From 804b1107b59f9aee06a1065ea7f5d1bb51c94690 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Krull Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 15:21:19 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Add config file and gir files Not sure if I want to keep the gir files in the repo --- rust-bindings/rust/.gitignore | 1 + rust-bindings/rust/conf/libostree-sys.toml | 7 + rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GLib-2.0.gir | 44516 ++++++++++ rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GObject-2.0.gir | 14381 +++ rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/Gio-2.0.gir | 79136 +++++++++++++++++ rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/OSTree-1.0.gir | 12383 +++ 6 files changed, 150424 insertions(+) create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/.gitignore create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/conf/libostree-sys.toml create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GLib-2.0.gir create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GObject-2.0.gir create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/Gio-2.0.gir create mode 100644 rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/OSTree-1.0.gir diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/.gitignore b/rust-bindings/rust/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a09c56df --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/.idea diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/conf/libostree-sys.toml b/rust-bindings/rust/conf/libostree-sys.toml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..059721cb --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/conf/libostree-sys.toml @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +[options] +work_mode = "sys" +library = "OSTree" +version = "1.0" +target_path = "../libostree-sys" + +girs_dir = "../gir-files" diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GLib-2.0.gir b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GLib-2.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f57eb45b --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GLib-2.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,44516 @@ + + + + + + + + Integer representing a day of the month; between 1 and 31. +#G_DATE_BAD_DAY represents an invalid day of the month. + + + + Integer representing a year; #G_DATE_BAD_YEAR is the invalid +value. The year must be 1 or higher; negative (BC) years are not +allowed. The year is represented with four digits. + + + + Opaque type. See g_mutex_locker_new() for details. + + + + A type which is used to hold a process identification. + +On UNIX, processes are identified by a process id (an integer), +while Windows uses process handles (which are pointers). + +GPid is used in GLib only for descendant processes spawned with +the g_spawn functions. + + + + A GQuark is a non-zero integer which uniquely identifies a +particular string. A GQuark value of zero is associated to %NULL. + + + + A typedef alias for gchar**. This is mostly useful when used together with +g_auto(). + + + + Simply a replacement for time_t. It has been deprecated +since it is not equivalent to time_t on 64-bit platforms +with a 64-bit time_t. Unrelated to #GTimer. + +Note that #GTime is defined to always be a 32-bit integer, +unlike time_t which may be 64-bit on some systems. Therefore, +#GTime will overflow in the year 2038, and you cannot use the +address of a #GTime variable as argument to the UNIX time() +function. + +Instead, do the following: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +time_t ttime; +GTime gtime; + +time (&ttime); +gtime = (GTime)ttime; +]| + + + + A value representing an interval of time, in microseconds. + + + + + + + + + + A good size for a buffer to be passed into g_ascii_dtostr(). +It is guaranteed to be enough for all output of that function +on systems with 64bit IEEE-compatible doubles. + +The typical usage would be something like: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + char buf[G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE]; + + fprintf (out, "value=%s\n", g_ascii_dtostr (buf, sizeof (buf), value)); +]| + + + + Contains the public fields of a GArray. + + a pointer to the element data. The data may be moved as + elements are added to the #GArray. + + + + the number of elements in the #GArray not including the + possible terminating zero element. + + + + Adds @len elements onto the end of the array. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + a pointer to the elements to append to the end of the array + + + + the number of elements to append + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GArray. If @free_segment is +%TRUE it frees the memory block holding the elements as well and +also each element if @array has a @element_free_func set. Pass +%FALSE if you want to free the #GArray wrapper but preserve the +underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array +is greater than one, the #GArray wrapper is preserved but the size +of @array will be set to zero. + +If array elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, they should +be freed separately. + +This function is not thread-safe. If using a #GArray from multiple +threads, use only the atomic g_array_ref() and g_array_unref() +functions. + + the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise + %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + if %TRUE the actual element data is freed as well + + + + + + Gets the size of the elements in @array. + + Size of each element, in bytes + + + + + A #GArray + + + + + + + + Inserts @len elements into a #GArray at the given index. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + the index to place the elements at + + + + a pointer to the elements to insert + + + + the number of elements to insert + + + + + + Creates a new #GArray with a reference count of 1. + + the new #GArray + + + + + + + %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at + the end which is set to 0 + + + + %TRUE if #GArray elements should be automatically cleared + to 0 when they are allocated + + + + the size of each element in bytes + + + + + + Adds @len elements onto the start of the array. + +This operation is slower than g_array_append_vals() since the +existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for +the new elements. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + a pointer to the elements to prepend to the start of the array + + + + the number of elements to prepend + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. +This function is thread-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #GArray + + + + + + + A #GArray + + + + + + + + Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The following +elements are moved down one place. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + the index of the element to remove + + + + + + Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The last +element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function +does not preserve the order of the #GArray. But it is faster than +g_array_remove_index(). + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a @GArray + + + + + + the index of the element to remove + + + + + + Removes the given number of elements starting at the given index +from a #GArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a @GArray + + + + + + the index of the first element to remove + + + + the number of elements to remove + + + + + + Sets a function to clear an element of @array. + +The @clear_func will be called when an element in the array +data segment is removed and when the array is freed and data +segment is deallocated as well. @clear_func will be passed a +pointer to the element to clear, rather than the element itself. + +Note that in contrast with other uses of #GDestroyNotify +functions, @clear_func is expected to clear the contents of +the array element it is given, but not free the element itself. + + + + + + A #GArray + + + + + + a function to clear an element of @array + + + + + + Sets the size of the array, expanding it if necessary. If the array +was created with @clear_ set to %TRUE, the new elements are set to 0. + + the #GArray + + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + the new size of the #GArray + + + + + + Creates a new #GArray with @reserved_size elements preallocated and +a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you +are going to add many elements to the array. Note however that the +size of the array is still 0. + + the new #GArray + + + + + + + %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at + the end with all bits cleared + + + + %TRUE if all bits in the array should be cleared to 0 on + allocation + + + + size of each element in the array + + + + number of elements preallocated + + + + + + Sorts a #GArray using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style +comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less +than second arg, zero for equal, greater zero if first arg is +greater than second arg). + +This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + + + Like g_array_sort(), but the comparison function receives an extra +user data argument. + +This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. + +There used to be a comment here about making the sort stable by +using the addresses of the elements in the comparison function. +This did not actually work, so any such code should be removed. + + + + + + a #GArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + data to pass to @compare_func + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is +released. This function is thread-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + A #GArray + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The GAsyncQueue struct is an opaque data structure which represents +an asynchronous queue. It should only be accessed through the +g_async_queue_* functions. + + Returns the length of the queue. + +Actually this function returns the number of data items in +the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative +value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available +entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries +in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking +of the queue or due to scheduling. + + the length of the @queue + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue. + + + + + + Returns the length of the queue. + +Actually this function returns the number of data items in +the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative +value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available +entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries +in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking +of the queue or due to scheduling. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + the length of the @queue. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Acquires the @queue's lock. If another thread is already +holding the lock, this call will block until the lock +becomes available. + +Call g_async_queue_unlock() to drop the lock again. + +While holding the lock, you can only call the +g_async_queue_*_unlocked() functions on @queue. Otherwise, +deadlock may occur. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function +blocks until data becomes available. + + data from the queue + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function +blocks until data becomes available. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + data from the queue. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + @data to push into the @queue + + + + + + Pushes the @item into the @queue. @item must not be %NULL. +In contrast to g_async_queue_push(), this function +pushes the new item ahead of the items already in the queue, +so that it will be the next one to be popped off the queue. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + data to push into the @queue + + + + + + Pushes the @item into the @queue. @item must not be %NULL. +In contrast to g_async_queue_push_unlocked(), this function +pushes the new item ahead of the items already in the queue, +so that it will be the next one to be popped off the queue. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + data to push into the @queue + + + + + + Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new +position. + +This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on +new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). + +This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock +it when it is finished. + +For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the @data to push into the @queue + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue + + + + user data passed to @func. + + + + + + Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new +position. + +The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. +It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the +first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value +if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second +element. + +This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on +new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + +For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the @data to push into the @queue + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue + + + + user data passed to @func. + + + + + + Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + @data to push into the @queue + + + + + + Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. +You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. + + the @queue that was passed in (since 2.6) + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. + Reference counting is done atomically. +so g_async_queue_ref() can be used regardless of the @queue's +lock. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Remove an item from the queue. + + %TRUE if the item was removed + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the data to remove from the @queue + + + + + + Remove an item from the queue. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + %TRUE if the item was removed + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the data to remove from the @queue + + + + + + Sorts @queue using @func. + +The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. +It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the +first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value +if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second +element. + +This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock +it when it is finished. + +If you were sorting a list of priority numbers to make sure the +lowest priority would be at the top of the queue, you could use: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + gint32 id1; + gint32 id2; + + id1 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element1); + id2 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element2); + + return (id1 > id2 ? +1 : id1 == id2 ? 0 : -1); +]| + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Sorts @queue using @func. + +The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. +It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the +first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value +if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second +element. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until +@end_time or until data becomes available. + +If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. + +To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() +and g_time_val_add() can be used. + use g_async_queue_timeout_pop(). + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + received before @end_time. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + a #GTimeVal, determining the final time + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until +@end_time or until data becomes available. + +If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. + +To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() +and g_time_val_add() can be used. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + use g_async_queue_timeout_pop_unlocked(). + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + received before @end_time. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + a #GTimeVal, determining the final time + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for +@timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. + +If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + received before the timeout. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the number of microseconds to wait + + + + + + Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for +@timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. + +If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + received before the timeout. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + the number of microseconds to wait + + + + + + Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, +%NULL is returned. + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + available immediately. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, +%NULL is returned. + +This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. + + data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is + available immediately. + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Releases the queue's lock. + +Calling this function when you have not acquired +the with g_async_queue_lock() leads to undefined +behaviour. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. + +If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed +and the memory allocated will be freed. So you are not allowed +to use the @queue afterwards, as it might have disappeared. +You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue. + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1 +and releases the lock. This function must be called while holding +the @queue's lock. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue +will be destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed. + Reference counting is done atomically. +so g_async_queue_unref() can be used regardless of the @queue's +lock. + + + + + + a #GAsyncQueue + + + + + + Creates a new asynchronous queue. + + a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() + + + + + Creates a new asynchronous queue and sets up a destroy notify +function that is used to free any remaining queue items when +the queue is destroyed after the final unref. + + a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() + + + + + function to free queue elements + + + + + + + Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. +See #G_BYTE_ORDER. + + + + The `GBookmarkFile` structure contains only +private data and should not be directly accessed. + + Adds the application with @name and @exec to the list of +applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri into +@bookmark. + +Every bookmark inside a #GBookmarkFile must have at least an +application registered. Each application must provide a name, a +command line useful for launching the bookmark, the number of times +the bookmark has been registered by the application and the last +time the application registered this bookmark. + +If @name is %NULL, the name of the application will be the +same returned by g_get_application_name(); if @exec is %NULL, the +command line will be a composition of the program name as +returned by g_get_prgname() and the "\%u" modifier, which will be +expanded to the bookmark's URI. + +This function will automatically take care of updating the +registrations count and timestamping in case an application +with the same @name had already registered a bookmark for +@uri inside @bookmark. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the name of the application registering the bookmark + or %NULL + + + + command line to be used to launch the bookmark or %NULL + + + + + + Adds @group to the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri +belongs to. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the group name to be added + + + + + + Frees a #GBookmarkFile. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + + + Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was added to @bookmark + +In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a timestamp + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Gets the registration informations of @app_name for the bookmark for +@uri. See g_bookmark_file_set_app_info() for more informations about +the returned data. + +The string returned in @app_exec must be freed. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark +for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to +#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting +the command line fails, an error of the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain is +set and %FALSE is returned. + + %TRUE on success. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + an application's name + + + + return location for the command line of the application, or %NULL + + + + return location for the registration count, or %NULL + + + + return location for the last registration time, or %NULL + + + + + + Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the +bookmark for @uri. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. + Use g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + return location of the length of the returned list, or %NULL + + + + + + Retrieves the description of the bookmark for @uri. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + URI cannot be found. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + +The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally +be %NULL. + + a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of group names. + Use g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL + + + + + + Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + %TRUE if the icon for the bookmark for the URI was found. + You should free the returned strings. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + return location for the icon's location or %NULL + + + + return location for the icon's MIME type or %NULL + + + + + + Gets whether the private flag of the bookmark for @uri is set. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that the private flag cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + %TRUE if the private flag is set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Retrieves the MIME type of the resource pointed by @uri. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that the MIME type cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + URI cannot be found. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Gets the time when the bookmark for @uri was last modified. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a timestamp + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Gets the number of bookmarks inside @bookmark. + + the number of bookmarks + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + + + Returns the title of the bookmark for @uri. + +If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is returned. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + URI cannot be found. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI or %NULL + + + + + + Returns all URIs of the bookmarks in the bookmark file @bookmark. +The array of returned URIs will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may +optionally be %NULL. + + a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. + Use g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + return location for the number of returned URIs, or %NULL + + + + + + Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + a timestamp. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Checks whether the bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark has been +registered by application @name. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + %TRUE if the application @name was found + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the name of the application + + + + + + Checks whether @group appears in the list of groups to which +the bookmark for @uri belongs to. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + %TRUE if @group was found. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the group name to be searched + + + + + + Looks whether the desktop bookmark has an item with its URI set to @uri. + + %TRUE if @uri is inside @bookmark, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Loads a bookmark file from memory into an empty #GBookmarkFile +structure. If the object cannot be created then @error is set to a +#GBookmarkFileError. + + %TRUE if a desktop bookmark could be loaded. + + + + + an empty #GBookmarkFile struct + + + + desktop bookmarks + loaded in memory + + + + + + the length of @data in bytes + + + + + + This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the +paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), +loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in +@full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is +set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a relative path to a filename to open and parse + + + + return location for a string + containing the full path of the file, or %NULL + + + + + + Loads a desktop bookmark file into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure. +If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError +or #GBookmarkFileError. + + %TRUE if a desktop bookmark file could be loaded + + + + + an empty #GBookmarkFile struct + + + + the path of a filename to load, in the + GLib file name encoding + + + + + + Changes the URI of a bookmark item from @old_uri to @new_uri. Any +existing bookmark for @new_uri will be overwritten. If @new_uri is +%NULL, then the bookmark is removed. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. + + %TRUE if the URI was successfully changed + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + a valid URI, or %NULL + + + + + + Removes application registered with @name from the list of applications +that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. +In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered +a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to +#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. + + %TRUE if the application was successfully removed. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the name of the application + + + + + + Removes @group from the list of groups to which the bookmark +for @uri belongs to. + +In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. +In the event no group was defined, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + %TRUE if @group was successfully removed. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the group name to be removed + + + + + + Removes the bookmark for @uri from the bookmark file @bookmark. + + %TRUE if the bookmark was removed successfully. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + + + Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was added into @bookmark. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + a timestamp or -1 to use the current time + + + + + + Sets the meta-data of application @name inside the list of +applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside +@bookmark. + +You should rarely use this function; use g_bookmark_file_add_application() +and g_bookmark_file_remove_application() instead. + +@name can be any UTF-8 encoded string used to identify an +application. +@exec can have one of these two modifiers: "\%f", which will +be expanded as the local file name retrieved from the bookmark's +URI; "\%u", which will be expanded as the bookmark's URI. +The expansion is done automatically when retrieving the stored +command line using the g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() function. +@count is the number of times the application has registered the +bookmark; if is < 0, the current registration count will be increased +by one, if is 0, the application with @name will be removed from +the list of registered applications. +@stamp is the Unix time of the last registration; if it is -1, the +current time will be used. + +If you try to remove an application by setting its registration count to +zero, and no bookmark for @uri is found, %FALSE is returned and +@error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND; similarly, +in the event that no application @name has registered a bookmark +for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to +#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. Otherwise, if no bookmark +for @uri is found, one is created. + + %TRUE if the application's meta-data was successfully + changed. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + an application's name + + + + an application's command line + + + + the number of registrations done for this application + + + + the time of the last registration for this application + + + + + + Sets @description as the description of the bookmark for @uri. + +If @uri is %NULL, the description of @bookmark is set. + +If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI or %NULL + + + + a string + + + + + + Sets a list of group names for the item with URI @uri. Each previously +set group name list is removed. + +If @uri cannot be found then an item for it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + an item's URI + + + + an array of + group names, or %NULL to remove all groups + + + + + + number of group name values in @groups + + + + + + Sets the icon for the bookmark for @uri. If @href is %NULL, unsets +the currently set icon. @href can either be a full URL for the icon +file or the icon name following the Icon Naming specification. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found one is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + the URI of the icon for the bookmark, or %NULL + + + + the MIME type of the icon for the bookmark + + + + + + Sets the private flag of the bookmark for @uri. + +If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + %TRUE if the bookmark should be marked as private + + + + + + Sets @mime_type as the MIME type of the bookmark for @uri. + +If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + a MIME type + + + + + + Sets the last time the bookmark for @uri was last modified. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. + +The "modified" time should only be set when the bookmark's meta-data +was actually changed. Every function of #GBookmarkFile that +modifies a bookmark also changes the modification time, except for +g_bookmark_file_set_visited(). + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + a timestamp or -1 to use the current time + + + + + + Sets @title as the title of the bookmark for @uri inside the +bookmark file @bookmark. + +If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is set. + +If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI or %NULL + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + + + Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. + +If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. + +The "visited" time should only be set if the bookmark was launched, +either using the command line retrieved by g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() +or by the default application for the bookmark's MIME type, retrieved +using g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type(). Changing the "visited" time +does not affect the "modified" time. + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + a valid URI + + + + a timestamp or -1 to use the current time + + + + + + This function outputs @bookmark as a string. + + + a newly allocated string holding the contents of the #GBookmarkFile + + + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL + + + + + + This function outputs @bookmark into a file. The write process is +guaranteed to be atomic by using g_file_set_contents() internally. + + %TRUE if the file was successfully written. + + + + + a #GBookmarkFile + + + + path of the output file + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new empty #GBookmarkFile object. + +Use g_bookmark_file_load_from_file(), g_bookmark_file_load_from_data() +or g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing bookmark +file. + + an empty #GBookmarkFile + + + + + + Error codes returned by bookmark file parsing. + + URI was ill-formed + + + a requested field was not found + + + a requested application did + not register a bookmark + + + a requested URI was not found + + + document was ill formed + + + the text being parsed was + in an unknown encoding + + + an error occurred while writing + + + requested file was not found + + + + Contains the public fields of a GByteArray. + + a pointer to the element data. The data may be moved as + elements are added to the #GByteArray + + + + the number of elements in the #GByteArray + + + + Adds the given bytes to the end of the #GByteArray. +The array will grow in size automatically if necessary. + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + the byte data to be added + + + + the number of bytes to add + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is +%TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of +@array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but +the size of @array will be set to zero. + + the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise + %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well + + + + + + Transfers the data from the #GByteArray into a new immutable #GBytes. + +The #GByteArray is freed unless the reference count of @array is greater +than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array +will be set to zero. + +This is identical to using g_bytes_new_take() and g_byte_array_free() +together. + + a new immutable #GBytes representing same + byte data that was in the array + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + + + Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1. + + the new #GByteArray + + + + + + + Create byte array containing the data. The data will be owned by the array +and will be freed with g_free(), i.e. it could be allocated using g_strdup(). + + a new #GByteArray + + + + + + + byte data for the array + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Adds the given data to the start of the #GByteArray. +The array will grow in size automatically if necessary. + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + the byte data to be added + + + + the number of bytes to add + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. +This function is thread-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #GByteArray + + + + + + + A #GByteArray + + + + + + + + Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. +The following bytes are moved down one place. + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + the index of the byte to remove + + + + + + Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The last +element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function +does not preserve the order of the #GByteArray. But it is faster +than g_byte_array_remove_index(). + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + the index of the byte to remove + + + + + + Removes the given number of bytes starting at the given index from a +#GByteArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a @GByteArray + + + + + + the index of the first byte to remove + + + + the number of bytes to remove + + + + + + Sets the size of the #GByteArray, expanding it if necessary. + + the #GByteArray + + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + the new size of the #GByteArray + + + + + + Creates a new #GByteArray with @reserved_size bytes preallocated. +This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many +bytes to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still +0. + + the new #GByteArray + + + + + + + number of bytes preallocated + + + + + + Sorts a byte array, using @compare_func which should be a +qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first +arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if +first arg is greater than second arg). + +If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array +is undefined. If you want equal elements to keep their order (i.e. +you want a stable sort) you can write a comparison function that, +if two elements would otherwise compare equal, compares them by +their addresses. + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + + + Like g_byte_array_sort(), but the comparison function takes an extra +user data argument. + + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + data to pass to @compare_func + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is +released. This function is thread-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + A #GByteArray + + + + + + + + + A simple refcounted data type representing an immutable sequence of zero or +more bytes from an unspecified origin. + +The purpose of a #GBytes is to keep the memory region that it holds +alive for as long as anyone holds a reference to the bytes. When +the last reference count is dropped, the memory is released. Multiple +unrelated callers can use byte data in the #GBytes without coordinating +their activities, resting assured that the byte data will not change or +move while they hold a reference. + +A #GBytes can come from many different origins that may have +different procedures for freeing the memory region. Examples are +memory from g_malloc(), from memory slices, from a #GMappedFile or +memory from other allocators. + +#GBytes work well as keys in #GHashTable. Use g_bytes_equal() and +g_bytes_hash() as parameters to g_hash_table_new() or g_hash_table_new_full(). +#GBytes can also be used as keys in a #GTree by passing the g_bytes_compare() +function to g_tree_new(). + +The data pointed to by this bytes must not be modified. For a mutable +array of bytes see #GByteArray. Use g_bytes_unref_to_array() to create a +mutable array for a #GBytes sequence. To create an immutable #GBytes from +a mutable #GByteArray, use the g_byte_array_free_to_bytes() function. + + Creates a new #GBytes from @data. + +@data is copied. If @size is 0, @data may be %NULL. + + a new #GBytes + + + + + + the data to be used for the bytes + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + + + Creates a new #GBytes from static data. + +@data must be static (ie: never modified or freed). It may be %NULL if @size +is 0. + + a new #GBytes + + + + + + the data to be used for the bytes + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + + + Creates a new #GBytes from @data. + +After this call, @data belongs to the bytes and may no longer be +modified by the caller. g_free() will be called on @data when the +bytes is no longer in use. Because of this @data must have been created by +a call to g_malloc(), g_malloc0() or g_realloc() or by one of the many +functions that wrap these calls (such as g_new(), g_strdup(), etc). + +For creating #GBytes with memory from other allocators, see +g_bytes_new_with_free_func(). + +@data may be %NULL if @size is 0. + + a new #GBytes + + + + + + the data to be used for the bytes + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + + + Creates a #GBytes from @data. + +When the last reference is dropped, @free_func will be called with the +@user_data argument. + +@data must not be modified after this call is made until @free_func has +been called to indicate that the bytes is no longer in use. + +@data may be %NULL if @size is 0. + + a new #GBytes + + + + + + the data to be used for the bytes + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + the function to call to release the data + + + + data to pass to @free_func + + + + + + Compares the two #GBytes values. + +This function can be used to sort GBytes instances in lexographical order. + + a negative value if bytes2 is lesser, a positive value if bytes2 is + greater, and zero if bytes2 is equal to bytes1 + + + + + a pointer to a #GBytes + + + + a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 + + + + + + Compares the two #GBytes values being pointed to and returns +%TRUE if they are equal. + +This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func +parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. + + %TRUE if the two keys match. + + + + + a pointer to a #GBytes + + + + a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 + + + + + + Get the byte data in the #GBytes. This data should not be modified. + +This function will always return the same pointer for a given #GBytes. + +%NULL may be returned if @size is 0. This is not guaranteed, as the #GBytes +may represent an empty string with @data non-%NULL and @size as 0. %NULL will +not be returned if @size is non-zero. + + + a pointer to the byte data, or %NULL + + + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + location to return size of byte data + + + + + + Get the size of the byte data in the #GBytes. + +This function will always return the same value for a given #GBytes. + + the size + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Creates an integer hash code for the byte data in the #GBytes. + +This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_hash_func +parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. + + a hash value corresponding to the key. + + + + + a pointer to a #GBytes key + + + + + + Creates a #GBytes which is a subsection of another #GBytes. The @offset + +@length may not be longer than the size of @bytes. + +A reference to @bytes will be held by the newly created #GBytes until +the byte data is no longer needed. + +Since 2.56, if @offset is 0 and @length matches the size of @bytes, then +@bytes will be returned with the reference count incremented by 1. If @bytes +is a slice of another #GBytes, then the resulting #GBytes will reference +the same #GBytes instead of @bytes. This allows consumers to simplify the +usage of #GBytes when asynchronously writing to streams. + + a new #GBytes + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + offset which subsection starts at + + + + length of subsection + + + + + + Increase the reference count on @bytes. + + the #GBytes + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Releases a reference on @bytes. This may result in the bytes being +freed. If @bytes is %NULL, it will return immediately. + + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Unreferences the bytes, and returns a new mutable #GByteArray containing +the same byte data. + +As an optimization, the byte data is transferred to the array without copying +if this was the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with +g_bytes_new(), g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all +other cases the data is copied. + + a new mutable #GByteArray containing the same byte data + + + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Unreferences the bytes, and returns a pointer the same byte data +contents. + +As an optimization, the byte data is returned without copying if this was +the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with g_bytes_new(), +g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all other cases the +data is copied. + + a pointer to the same byte data, which should be + freed with g_free() + + + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + location to place the length of the returned data + + + + + + + The set of uppercase ASCII alphabet characters. +Used for specifying valid identifier characters +in #GScannerConfig. + + + + The set of ASCII digits. +Used for specifying valid identifier characters +in #GScannerConfig. + + + + The set of lowercase ASCII alphabet characters. +Used for specifying valid identifier characters +in #GScannerConfig. + + + + An opaque structure representing a checksumming operation. +To create a new GChecksum, use g_checksum_new(). To free +a GChecksum, use g_checksum_free(). + + Creates a new #GChecksum, using the checksum algorithm @checksum_type. +If the @checksum_type is not known, %NULL is returned. +A #GChecksum can be used to compute the checksum, or digest, of an +arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. + +A #GChecksum works by feeding a binary blob through g_checksum_update() +until there is data to be checked; the digest can then be extracted +using g_checksum_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a +hexadecimal string; or g_checksum_get_digest(), which will return a +vector of raw bytes. Once either g_checksum_get_string() or +g_checksum_get_digest() have been called on a #GChecksum, the checksum +will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_checksum_update() +on it anymore. + + the newly created #GChecksum, or %NULL. + Use g_checksum_free() to free the memory allocated by it. + + + + + the desired type of checksum + + + + + + Copies a #GChecksum. If @checksum has been closed, by calling +g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest(), the copied +checksum will be closed as well. + + the copy of the passed #GChecksum. Use g_checksum_free() + when finished using it. + + + + + the #GChecksum to copy + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for @checksum. + + + + + + a #GChecksum + + + + + + Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary vector and places it +into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. + +Once this function has been called, the #GChecksum is closed and can +no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). + + + + + + a #GChecksum + + + + output buffer + + + + an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer. + After the call it contains the length of the digest. + + + + + + Gets the digest as an hexadecimal string. + +Once this function has been called the #GChecksum can no longer be +updated with g_checksum_update(). + +The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. + + the hexadecimal representation of the checksum. The + returned string is owned by the checksum and should not be modified + or freed. + + + + + a #GChecksum + + + + + + Resets the state of the @checksum back to its initial state. + + + + + + the #GChecksum to reset + + + + + + Feeds @data into an existing #GChecksum. The checksum must still be +open, that is g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() must +not have been called on @checksum. + + + + + + a #GChecksum + + + + buffer used to compute the checksum + + + + + + size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a null-terminated string. + + + + + + Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type + + the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is +not supported. + + + + + a #GChecksumType + + + + + + + The hashing algorithm to be used by #GChecksum when performing the +digest of some data. + +Note that the #GChecksumType enumeration may be extended at a later +date to include new hashing algorithm types. + + Use the MD5 hashing algorithm + + + Use the SHA-1 hashing algorithm + + + Use the SHA-256 hashing algorithm + + + Use the SHA-512 hashing algorithm (Since: 2.36) + + + Use the SHA-384 hashing algorithm (Since: 2.51) + + + + Prototype of a #GChildWatchSource callback, called when a child +process has exited. To interpret @status, see the documentation +for g_spawn_check_exit_status(). + + + + + + the process id of the child process + + + + Status information about the child process, encoded + in a platform-specific manner + + + + user data passed to g_child_watch_add() + + + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_clear_handle_id(). +The implementation is expected to free the resource identified +by @handle_id; for instance, if @handle_id is a #GSource ID, +g_source_remove() can be used. + + + + + + the handle ID to clear + + + + + + Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two +values. The function should return a negative integer if the first +value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive +integer if the first value comes after the second. + + negative value if @a < @b; zero if @a = @b; positive + value if @a > @b + + + + + a value + + + + a value to compare with + + + + user data + + + + + + Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two +values. The function should return a negative integer if the first +value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive +integer if the first value comes after the second. + + negative value if @a < @b; zero if @a = @b; positive + value if @a > @b + + + + + a value + + + + a value to compare with + + + + + + The #GCond struct is an opaque data structure that represents a +condition. Threads can block on a #GCond if they find a certain +condition to be false. If other threads change the state of this +condition they signal the #GCond, and that causes the waiting +threads to be woken up. + +Consider the following example of a shared variable. One or more +threads can wait for data to be published to the variable and when +another thread publishes the data, it can signal one of the waiting +threads to wake up to collect the data. + +Here is an example for using GCond to block a thread until a condition +is satisfied: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + gpointer current_data = NULL; + GMutex data_mutex; + GCond data_cond; + + void + push_data (gpointer data) + { + g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); + current_data = data; + g_cond_signal (&data_cond); + g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); + } + + gpointer + pop_data (void) + { + gpointer data; + + g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); + while (!current_data) + g_cond_wait (&data_cond, &data_mutex); + data = current_data; + current_data = NULL; + g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); + + return data; + } +]| +Whenever a thread calls pop_data() now, it will wait until +current_data is non-%NULL, i.e. until some other thread +has called push_data(). + +The example shows that use of a condition variable must always be +paired with a mutex. Without the use of a mutex, there would be a +race between the check of @current_data by the while loop in +pop_data() and waiting. Specifically, another thread could set +@current_data after the check, and signal the cond (with nobody +waiting on it) before the first thread goes to sleep. #GCond is +specifically useful for its ability to release the mutex and go +to sleep atomically. + +It is also important to use the g_cond_wait() and g_cond_wait_until() +functions only inside a loop which checks for the condition to be +true. See g_cond_wait() for an explanation of why the condition may +not be true even after it returns. + +If a #GCond is allocated in static storage then it can be used +without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call g_cond_init() +on it and g_cond_clear() when done. + +A #GCond should only be accessed via the g_cond_ functions. + + + + + + + + + + If threads are waiting for @cond, all of them are unblocked. +If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. +It is good practice to lock the same mutex as the waiting threads +while calling this function, though not required. + + + + + + a #GCond + + + + + + Frees the resources allocated to a #GCond with g_cond_init(). + +This function should not be used with a #GCond that has been +statically allocated. + +Calling g_cond_clear() for a #GCond on which threads are +blocking leads to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + an initialised #GCond + + + + + + Initialises a #GCond so that it can be used. + +This function is useful to initialise a #GCond that has been +allocated as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to +initialise a #GCond that has been statically allocated. + +To undo the effect of g_cond_init() when a #GCond is no longer +needed, use g_cond_clear(). + +Calling g_cond_init() on an already-initialised #GCond leads +to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + an uninitialized #GCond + + + + + + If threads are waiting for @cond, at least one of them is unblocked. +If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. +It is good practice to hold the same lock as the waiting thread +while calling this function, though not required. + + + + + + a #GCond + + + + + + Atomically releases @mutex and waits until @cond is signalled. +When this function returns, @mutex is locked again and owned by the +calling thread. + +When using condition variables, it is possible that a spurious wakeup +may occur (ie: g_cond_wait() returns even though g_cond_signal() was +not called). It's also possible that a stolen wakeup may occur. +This is when g_cond_signal() is called, but another thread acquires +@mutex before this thread and modifies the state of the program in +such a way that when g_cond_wait() is able to return, the expected +condition is no longer met. + +For this reason, g_cond_wait() must always be used in a loop. See +the documentation for #GCond for a complete example. + + + + + + a #GCond + + + + a #GMutex that is currently locked + + + + + + Waits until either @cond is signalled or @end_time has passed. + +As with g_cond_wait() it is possible that a spurious or stolen wakeup +could occur. For that reason, waiting on a condition variable should +always be in a loop, based on an explicitly-checked predicate. + +%TRUE is returned if the condition variable was signalled (or in the +case of a spurious wakeup). %FALSE is returned if @end_time has +passed. + +The following code shows how to correctly perform a timed wait on a +condition variable (extending the example presented in the +documentation for #GCond): + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +gpointer +pop_data_timed (void) +{ + gint64 end_time; + gpointer data; + + g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); + + end_time = g_get_monotonic_time () + 5 * G_TIME_SPAN_SECOND; + while (!current_data) + if (!g_cond_wait_until (&data_cond, &data_mutex, end_time)) + { + // timeout has passed. + g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); + return NULL; + } + + // there is data for us + data = current_data; + current_data = NULL; + + g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); + + return data; +} +]| + +Notice that the end time is calculated once, before entering the +loop and reused. This is the motivation behind the use of absolute +time on this API -- if a relative time of 5 seconds were passed +directly to the call and a spurious wakeup occurred, the program would +have to start over waiting again (which would lead to a total wait +time of more than 5 seconds). + + %TRUE on a signal, %FALSE on a timeout + + + + + a #GCond + + + + a #GMutex that is currently locked + + + + the monotonic time to wait until + + + + + + + Error codes returned by character set conversion routines. + + Conversion between the requested character + sets is not supported. + + + Invalid byte sequence in conversion input; + or the character sequence could not be represented in the target + character set. + + + Conversion failed for some reason. + + + Partial character sequence at end of input. + + + URI is invalid. + + + Pathname is not an absolute path. + + + No memory available. Since: 2.40 + + + An embedded NUL character is present in + conversion output where a NUL-terminated string is expected. + Since: 2.56 + + + + A function of this signature is used to copy the node data +when doing a deep-copy of a tree. + + A pointer to the copy + + + + + A pointer to the data which should be copied + + + + Additional data + + + + + + A bitmask that restricts the possible flags passed to +g_datalist_set_flags(). Passing a flags value where +flags & ~G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK != 0 is an error. + + + + Represents an invalid #GDateDay. + + + + Represents an invalid Julian day number. + + + + Represents an invalid year. + + + + The directory separator character. +This is '/' on UNIX machines and '\' under Windows. + + + + The directory separator as a string. +This is "/" on UNIX machines and "\" under Windows. + + + + The #GData struct is an opaque data structure to represent a +[Keyed Data List][glib-Keyed-Data-Lists]. It should only be +accessed via the following functions. + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_dataset_foreach(). It is +called with each #GQuark id and associated data element, together +with the @user_data parameter supplied to g_dataset_foreach(). + + + + + + the #GQuark id to identifying the data element. + + + + the data element. + + + + user data passed to g_dataset_foreach(). + + + + + + Represents a day between January 1, Year 1 and a few thousand years in +the future. None of its members should be accessed directly. + +If the #GDate-struct is obtained from g_date_new(), it will be safe +to mutate but invalid and thus not safe for calendrical computations. + +If it's declared on the stack, it will contain garbage so must be +initialized with g_date_clear(). g_date_clear() makes the date invalid +but sane. An invalid date doesn't represent a day, it's "empty." A date +becomes valid after you set it to a Julian day or you set a day, month, +and year. + + the Julian representation of the date + + + + this bit is set if @julian_days is valid + + + + this is set if @day, @month and @year are valid + + + + the day of the day-month-year representation of the date, + as a number between 1 and 31 + + + + the day of the day-month-year representation of the date, + as a number between 1 and 12 + + + + the day of the day-month-year representation of the date + + + + Allocates a #GDate and initializes +it to a sane state. The new date will +be cleared (as if you'd called g_date_clear()) but invalid (it won't +represent an existing day). Free the return value with g_date_free(). + + a newly-allocated #GDate + + + + + Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the +day-month-year triplet you pass in represents an existing day, the +returned date will be valid. + + a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @day, @month, and @year + + + + + day of the month + + + + month of the year + + + + year + + + + + + Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the +Julian day number you pass in is valid (greater than 0, less than an +unreasonably large number), the returned date will be valid. + + a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @julian_day + + + + + days since January 1, Year 1 + + + + + + Increments a date some number of days. +To move forward by weeks, add weeks*7 days. +The date must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to increment + + + + number of days to move the date forward + + + + + + Increments a date by some number of months. +If the day of the month is greater than 28, +this routine may change the day of the month +(because the destination month may not have +the current day in it). The date must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to increment + + + + number of months to move forward + + + + + + Increments a date by some number of years. +If the date is February 29, and the destination +year is not a leap year, the date will be changed +to February 28. The date must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to increment + + + + number of years to move forward + + + + + + If @date is prior to @min_date, sets @date equal to @min_date. +If @date falls after @max_date, sets @date equal to @max_date. +Otherwise, @date is unchanged. +Either of @min_date and @max_date may be %NULL. +All non-%NULL dates must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to clamp + + + + minimum accepted value for @date + + + + maximum accepted value for @date + + + + + + Initializes one or more #GDate structs to a sane but invalid +state. The cleared dates will not represent an existing date, but will +not contain garbage. Useful to init a date declared on the stack. +Validity can be tested with g_date_valid(). + + + + + + pointer to one or more dates to clear + + + + number of dates to clear + + + + + + qsort()-style comparison function for dates. +Both dates must be valid. + + 0 for equal, less than zero if @lhs is less than @rhs, + greater than zero if @lhs is greater than @rhs + + + + + first date to compare + + + + second date to compare + + + + + + Copies a GDate to a newly-allocated GDate. If the input was invalid +(as determined by g_date_valid()), the invalid state will be copied +as is into the new object. + + a newly-allocated #GDate initialized from @date + + + + + a #GDate to copy + + + + + + Computes the number of days between two dates. +If @date2 is prior to @date1, the returned value is negative. +Both dates must be valid. + + the number of days between @date1 and @date2 + + + + + the first date + + + + the second date + + + + + + Frees a #GDate returned from g_date_new(). + + + + + + a #GDate to free + + + + + + Returns the day of the month. The date must be valid. + + day of the month + + + + + a #GDate to extract the day of the month from + + + + + + Returns the day of the year, where Jan 1 is the first day of the +year. The date must be valid. + + day of the year + + + + + a #GDate to extract day of year from + + + + + + Returns the week of the year, where weeks are interpreted according +to ISO 8601. + + ISO 8601 week number of the year. + + + + + a valid #GDate + + + + + + Returns the Julian day or "serial number" of the #GDate. The +Julian day is simply the number of days since January 1, Year 1; i.e., +January 1, Year 1 is Julian day 1; January 2, Year 1 is Julian day 2, +etc. The date must be valid. + + Julian day + + + + + a #GDate to extract the Julian day from + + + + + + Returns the week of the year, where weeks are understood to start on +Monday. If the date is before the first Monday of the year, return 0. +The date must be valid. + + week of the year + + + + + a #GDate + + + + + + Returns the month of the year. The date must be valid. + + month of the year as a #GDateMonth + + + + + a #GDate to get the month from + + + + + + Returns the week of the year during which this date falls, if +weeks are understood to begin on Sunday. The date must be valid. +Can return 0 if the day is before the first Sunday of the year. + + week number + + + + + a #GDate + + + + + + Returns the day of the week for a #GDate. The date must be valid. + + day of the week as a #GDateWeekday. + + + + + a #GDate + + + + + + Returns the year of a #GDate. The date must be valid. + + year in which the date falls + + + + + a #GDate + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the date is on the first of a month. +The date must be valid. + + %TRUE if the date is the first of the month + + + + + a #GDate to check + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month. +The date must be valid. + + %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month + + + + + a #GDate to check + + + + + + Checks if @date1 is less than or equal to @date2, +and swap the values if this is not the case. + + + + + + the first date + + + + the second date + + + + + + Sets the day of the month for a #GDate. If the resulting +day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + day to set + + + + + + Sets the value of a #GDate from a day, month, and year. +The day-month-year triplet must be valid; if you aren't +sure it is, call g_date_valid_dmy() to check before you +set it. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + day + + + + month + + + + year + + + + + + Sets the value of a #GDate from a Julian day number. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + Julian day number (days since January 1, Year 1) + + + + + + Sets the month of the year for a #GDate. If the resulting +day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + month to set + + + + + + Parses a user-inputted string @str, and try to figure out what date it +represents, taking the [current locale][setlocale] into account. If the +string is successfully parsed, the date will be valid after the call. +Otherwise, it will be invalid. You should check using g_date_valid() +to see whether the parsing succeeded. + +This function is not appropriate for file formats and the like; it +isn't very precise, and its exact behavior varies with the locale. +It's intended to be a heuristic routine that guesses what the user +means by a given string (and it does work pretty well in that +capacity). + + + + + + a #GDate to fill in + + + + string to parse + + + + + + Sets the value of a date from a #GTime value. +The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. + Use g_date_set_time_t() instead. + + + + + + a #GDate. + + + + #GTime value to set. + + + + + + Sets the value of a date to the date corresponding to a time +specified as a time_t. The time to date conversion is done using +the user's current timezone. + +To set the value of a date to the current day, you could write: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_date_set_time_t (date, time (NULL)); +]| + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + time_t value to set + + + + + + Sets the value of a date from a #GTimeVal value. Note that the +@tv_usec member is ignored, because #GDate can't make use of the +additional precision. + +The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + #GTimeVal value to set + + + + + + Sets the year for a #GDate. If the resulting day-month-year +triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. + + + + + + a #GDate + + + + year to set + + + + + + Moves a date some number of days into the past. +To move by weeks, just move by weeks*7 days. +The date must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to decrement + + + + number of days to move + + + + + + Moves a date some number of months into the past. +If the current day of the month doesn't exist in +the destination month, the day of the month +may change. The date must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to decrement + + + + number of months to move + + + + + + Moves a date some number of years into the past. +If the current day doesn't exist in the destination +year (i.e. it's February 29 and you move to a non-leap-year) +then the day is changed to February 29. The date +must be valid. + + + + + + a #GDate to decrement + + + + number of years to move + + + + + + Fills in the date-related bits of a struct tm using the @date value. +Initializes the non-date parts with something sane but meaningless. + + + + + + a #GDate to set the struct tm from + + + + struct tm to fill + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the #GDate represents an existing day. The date must not +contain garbage; it should have been initialized with g_date_clear() +if it wasn't allocated by one of the g_date_new() variants. + + Whether the date is valid + + + + + a #GDate to check + + + + + + Returns the number of days in a month, taking leap +years into account. + + number of days in @month during the @year + + + + + month + + + + year + + + + + + Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks +are taken to start on Monday. Will be 52 or 53. The +date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, +plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap +year. This function is basically telling you how many +Mondays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Mondays if +one of the extra days happens to be a Monday.) + + number of Mondays in the year + + + + + a year + + + + + + Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks +are taken to start on Sunday. Will be 52 or 53. The +date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, +plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap +year. This function is basically telling you how many +Sundays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Sundays if +one of the extra days happens to be a Sunday.) + + the number of weeks in @year + + + + + year to count weeks in + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the year is a leap year. + +For the purposes of this function, leap year is every year +divisible by 4 unless that year is divisible by 100. If it +is divisible by 100 it would be a leap year only if that year +is also divisible by 400. + + %TRUE if the year is a leap year + + + + + year to check + + + + + + Generates a printed representation of the date, in a +[locale][setlocale]-specific way. +Works just like the platform's C library strftime() function, +but only accepts date-related formats; time-related formats +give undefined results. Date must be valid. Unlike strftime() +(which uses the locale encoding), works on a UTF-8 format +string and stores a UTF-8 result. + +This function does not provide any conversion specifiers in +addition to those implemented by the platform's C library. +For example, don't expect that using g_date_strftime() would +make the \%F provided by the C99 strftime() work on Windows +where the C library only complies to C89. + + number of characters written to the buffer, or 0 the buffer was too small + + + + + destination buffer + + + + buffer size + + + + format string + + + + valid #GDate + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the day of the month is valid (a day is valid if it's +between 1 and 31 inclusive). + + %TRUE if the day is valid + + + + + day to check + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the day-month-year triplet forms a valid, existing day +in the range of days #GDate understands (Year 1 or later, no more than +a few thousand years in the future). + + %TRUE if the date is a valid one + + + + + day + + + + month + + + + year + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the Julian day is valid. Anything greater than zero +is basically a valid Julian, though there is a 32-bit limit. + + %TRUE if the Julian day is valid + + + + + Julian day to check + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the month value is valid. The 12 #GDateMonth +enumeration values are the only valid months. + + %TRUE if the month is valid + + + + + month + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the weekday is valid. The seven #GDateWeekday enumeration +values are the only valid weekdays. + + %TRUE if the weekday is valid + + + + + weekday + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the year is valid. Any year greater than 0 is valid, +though there is a 16-bit limit to what #GDate will understand. + + %TRUE if the year is valid + + + + + year + + + + + + + This enumeration isn't used in the API, but may be useful if you need +to mark a number as a day, month, or year. + + a day + + + a month + + + a year + + + + Enumeration representing a month; values are #G_DATE_JANUARY, +#G_DATE_FEBRUARY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_MONTH is the invalid value. + + invalid value + + + January + + + February + + + March + + + April + + + May + + + June + + + July + + + August + + + September + + + October + + + November + + + December + + + + `GDateTime` is an opaque structure whose members +cannot be accessed directly. + + Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in +the time zone @tz. + +The @year must be between 1 and 9999, @month between 1 and 12 and @day +between 1 and 28, 29, 30 or 31 depending on the month and the year. + +@hour must be between 0 and 23 and @minute must be between 0 and 59. + +@seconds must be at least 0.0 and must be strictly less than 60.0. +It will be rounded down to the nearest microsecond. + +If the given time is not representable in the given time zone (for +example, 02:30 on March 14th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight savings +time) then the time will be rounded up to the nearest existing time +(in this case, 03:00). If this matters to you then you should verify +the return value for containing the same as the numbers you gave. + +In the case that the given time is ambiguous in the given time zone +(for example, 01:30 on November 7th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight +savings time) then the time falling within standard (ie: +non-daylight) time is taken. + +It not considered a programmer error for the values to this function +to be out of range, but in the case that they are, the function will +return %NULL. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + the year component of the date + + + + the month component of the date + + + + the day component of the date + + + + the hour component of the date + + + + the minute component of the date + + + + the number of seconds past the minute + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given +[ISO 8601 formatted string](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) +@text. ISO 8601 strings of the form <date><sep><time><tz> are supported. + +<sep> is the separator and can be either 'T', 't' or ' '. + +<date> is in the form: + +- `YYYY-MM-DD` - Year/month/day, e.g. 2016-08-24. +- `YYYYMMDD` - Same as above without dividers. +- `YYYY-DDD` - Ordinal day where DDD is from 001 to 366, e.g. 2016-237. +- `YYYYDDD` - Same as above without dividers. +- `YYYY-Www-D` - Week day where ww is from 01 to 52 and D from 1-7, + e.g. 2016-W34-3. +- `YYYYWwwD` - Same as above without dividers. + +<time> is in the form: + +- `hh:mm:ss(.sss)` - Hours, minutes, seconds (subseconds), e.g. 22:10:42.123. +- `hhmmss(.sss)` - Same as above without dividers. + +<tz> is an optional timezone suffix of the form: + +- `Z` - UTC. +- `+hh:mm` or `-hh:mm` - Offset from UTC in hours and minutes, e.g. +12:00. +- `+hh` or `-hh` - Offset from UTC in hours, e.g. +12. + +If the timezone is not provided in @text it must be provided in @default_tz +(this field is otherwise ignored). + +This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @text is not a valid ISO 8601 +formatted string. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + an ISO 8601 formatted time string. + + + + a #GTimeZone to use if the text doesn't contain a + timezone, or %NULL. + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in the +local time zone. + +The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of +seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the +local time offset. + +This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside +of the supported range of #GDateTime. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in UTC. + +The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of +seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. + +This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside +of the supported range of #GDateTime. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in the +local time zone. + +Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 +00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the local time offset. + +This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside +of the supported range of #GDateTime. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + the Unix time + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in UTC. + +Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 +00:00:00 UTC. + +This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside +of the supported range of #GDateTime. + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + the Unix time + + + + + + Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in +the local time zone. + +This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time +zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). + + a #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + the year component of the date + + + + the month component of the date + + + + the day component of the date + + + + the hour component of the date + + + + the minute component of the date + + + + the number of seconds past the minute + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the given +time zone @tz. The time is as accurate as the system allows, to a +maximum accuracy of 1 microsecond. + +This function will always succeed unless the system clock is set to +truly insane values (or unless GLib is still being used after the +year 9999). + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the local +time zone. + +This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time +zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in UTC. + +This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time +zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in +UTC. + +This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time +zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). + + a #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + the year component of the date + + + + the month component of the date + + + + the day component of the date + + + + the hour component of the date + + + + the minute component of the date + + + + the number of seconds past the minute + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified timespan to the copy. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + a #GTimeSpan + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of days to the +copy. Add negative values to subtract days. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of days + + + + + + Creates a new #GDateTime adding the specified values to the current date and +time in @datetime. Add negative values to subtract. + + the newly created #GDateTime that should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of years to add + + + + the number of months to add + + + + the number of days to add + + + + the number of hours to add + + + + the number of minutes to add + + + + the number of seconds to add + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of hours. +Add negative values to subtract hours. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of hours to add + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime adding the specified number of minutes. +Add negative values to subtract minutes. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of minutes to add + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of months to the +copy. Add negative values to subtract months. + +The day of the month of the resulting #GDateTime is clamped to the number +of days in the updated calendar month. For example, if adding 1 month to +31st January 2018, the result would be 28th February 2018. In 2020 (a leap +year), the result would be 29th February. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of months + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of seconds. +Add negative values to subtract seconds. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of seconds to add + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of weeks to the +copy. Add negative values to subtract weeks. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of weeks + + + + + + Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of years to the +copy. Add negative values to subtract years. + +As with g_date_time_add_months(), if the resulting date would be 29th +February on a non-leap year, the day will be clamped to 28th February. + + the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with + g_date_time_unref(). + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the number of years + + + + + + Calculates the difference in time between @end and @begin. The +#GTimeSpan that is returned is effectively @end - @begin (ie: +positive if the first parameter is larger). + + the difference between the two #GDateTime, as a time + span expressed in microseconds. + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Creates a newly allocated string representing the requested @format. + +The format strings understood by this function are a subset of the +strftime() format language as specified by C99. The \%D, \%U and \%W +conversions are not supported, nor is the 'E' modifier. The GNU +extensions \%k, \%l, \%s and \%P are supported, however, as are the +'0', '_' and '-' modifiers. + +In contrast to strftime(), this function always produces a UTF-8 +string, regardless of the current locale. Note that the rendering of +many formats is locale-dependent and may not match the strftime() +output exactly. + +The following format specifiers are supported: + +- \%a: the abbreviated weekday name according to the current locale +- \%A: the full weekday name according to the current locale +- \%b: the abbreviated month name according to the current locale +- \%B: the full month name according to the current locale +- \%c: the preferred date and time representation for the current locale +- \%C: the century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer (00-99) +- \%d: the day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31) +- \%e: the day of the month as a decimal number (range 1 to 31) +- \%F: equivalent to `%Y-%m-%d` (the ISO 8601 date format) +- \%g: the last two digits of the ISO 8601 week-based year as a + decimal number (00-99). This works well with \%V and \%u. +- \%G: the ISO 8601 week-based year as a decimal number. This works + well with \%V and \%u. +- \%h: equivalent to \%b +- \%H: the hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to 23) +- \%I: the hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to 12) +- \%j: the day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366) +- \%k: the hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23); + single digits are preceded by a blank +- \%l: the hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12); + single digits are preceded by a blank +- \%m: the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12) +- \%M: the minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59) +- \%p: either "AM" or "PM" according to the given time value, or the + corresponding strings for the current locale. Noon is treated as + "PM" and midnight as "AM". +- \%P: like \%p but lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding string for + the current locale +- \%r: the time in a.m. or p.m. notation +- \%R: the time in 24-hour notation (\%H:\%M) +- \%s: the number of seconds since the Epoch, that is, since 1970-01-01 + 00:00:00 UTC +- \%S: the second as a decimal number (range 00 to 60) +- \%t: a tab character +- \%T: the time in 24-hour notation with seconds (\%H:\%M:\%S) +- \%u: the ISO 8601 standard day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, + Monday being 1. This works well with \%G and \%V. +- \%V: the ISO 8601 standard week number of the current year as a decimal + number, range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at + least 4 days in the new year. See g_date_time_get_week_of_year(). + This works well with \%G and \%u. +- \%w: the day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0. + This is not the ISO 8601 standard format -- use \%u instead. +- \%x: the preferred date representation for the current locale without + the time +- \%X: the preferred time representation for the current locale without + the date +- \%y: the year as a decimal number without the century +- \%Y: the year as a decimal number including the century +- \%z: the time zone as an offset from UTC (+hhmm) +- \%:z: the time zone as an offset from UTC (+hh:mm). + This is a gnulib strftime() extension. Since: 2.38 +- \%::z: the time zone as an offset from UTC (+hh:mm:ss). This is a + gnulib strftime() extension. Since: 2.38 +- \%:::z: the time zone as an offset from UTC, with : to necessary + precision (e.g., -04, +05:30). This is a gnulib strftime() extension. Since: 2.38 +- \%Z: the time zone or name or abbreviation +- \%\%: a literal \% character + +Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the +conversion specifier by one or more modifier characters. The +following modifiers are supported for many of the numeric +conversions: + +- O: Use alternative numeric symbols, if the current locale supports those. +- _: Pad a numeric result with spaces. This overrides the default padding + for the specifier. +- -: Do not pad a numeric result. This overrides the default padding + for the specifier. +- 0: Pad a numeric result with zeros. This overrides the default padding + for the specifier. + +Additionally, when O is used with B, b, or h, it produces the alternative +form of a month name. The alternative form should be used when the month +name is used without a day number (e.g., standalone). It is required in +some languages (Baltic, Slavic, Greek, and more) due to their grammatical +rules. For other languages there is no difference. \%OB is a GNU and BSD +strftime() extension expected to be added to the future POSIX specification, +\%Ob and \%Oh are GNU strftime() extensions. Since: 2.56 + + a newly allocated string formatted to the requested format + or %NULL in the case that there was an error (such as a format specifier + not being supported in the current locale). The string + should be freed with g_free(). + + + + + A #GDateTime + + + + a valid UTF-8 string, containing the format for the + #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the day of the month represented by @datetime in the gregorian +calendar. + + the day of the month + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the ISO 8601 day of the week on which @datetime falls (1 is +Monday, 2 is Tuesday... 7 is Sunday). + + the day of the week + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the day of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian +calendar. + + the day of the year + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the hour of the day represented by @datetime + + the hour of the day + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the microsecond of the date represented by @datetime + + the microsecond of the second + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the minute of the hour represented by @datetime + + the minute of the hour + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the month of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian +calendar. + + the month represented by @datetime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the second of the minute represented by @datetime + + the second represented by @datetime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the number of seconds since the start of the last minute, +including the fractional part. + + the number of seconds + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used at the time and in +the time zone of @datetime. + +For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter +months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings +time is in effect. + + the time zone abbreviation. The returned + string is owned by the #GDateTime and it should not be + modified or freed + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Determines the offset to UTC in effect at the time and in the time +zone of @datetime. + +The offset is the number of microseconds that you add to UTC time to +arrive at local time for the time zone (ie: negative numbers for time +zones west of GMT, positive numbers for east). + +If @datetime represents UTC time, then the offset is always zero. + + the number of microseconds that should be added to UTC to + get the local time + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Returns the ISO 8601 week-numbering year in which the week containing +@datetime falls. + +This function, taken together with g_date_time_get_week_of_year() and +g_date_time_get_day_of_week() can be used to determine the full ISO +week date on which @datetime falls. + +This is usually equal to the normal Gregorian year (as returned by +g_date_time_get_year()), except as detailed below: + +For Thursday, the week-numbering year is always equal to the usual +calendar year. For other days, the number is such that every day +within a complete week (Monday to Sunday) is contained within the +same week-numbering year. + +For Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday occurring near the end of the year, +this may mean that the week-numbering year is one greater than the +calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year +as the Thursday occurring early in the next year). + +For Friday, Saturday and Sunday occurring near the start of the year, +this may mean that the week-numbering year is one less than the +calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year +as the Thursday occurring late in the previous year). + +An equivalent description is that the week-numbering year is equal to +the calendar year containing the majority of the days in the current +week (Monday to Sunday). + +Note that January 1 0001 in the proleptic Gregorian calendar is a +Monday, so this function never returns 0. + + the ISO 8601 week-numbering year for @datetime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Returns the ISO 8601 week number for the week containing @datetime. +The ISO 8601 week number is the same for every day of the week (from +Moday through Sunday). That can produce some unusual results +(described below). + +The first week of the year is week 1. This is the week that contains +the first Thursday of the year. Equivalently, this is the first week +that has more than 4 of its days falling within the calendar year. + +The value 0 is never returned by this function. Days contained +within a year but occurring before the first ISO 8601 week of that +year are considered as being contained in the last week of the +previous year. Similarly, the final days of a calendar year may be +considered as being part of the first ISO 8601 week of the next year +if 4 or more days of that week are contained within the new year. + + the ISO 8601 week number for @datetime. + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian calendar. + + the year represented by @datetime + + + + + A #GDateTime + + + + + + Retrieves the Gregorian day, month, and year of a given #GDateTime. + + + + + + a #GDateTime. + + + + the return location for the gregorian year, or %NULL. + + + + the return location for the month of the year, or %NULL. + + + + the return location for the day of the month, or %NULL. + + + + + + Determines if daylight savings time is in effect at the time and in +the time zone of @datetime. + + %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @datetime by one. + + the #GDateTime with the reference count increased + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as +@datetime, but in the local time zone. + +This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the +time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). + + the newly created #GDateTime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Stores the instant in time that @datetime represents into @tv. + +The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of +seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time +zone associated with @datetime. + +On systems where 'long' is 32bit (ie: all 32bit systems and all +Windows systems), a #GTimeVal is incapable of storing the entire +range of values that #GDateTime is capable of expressing. On those +systems, this function returns %FALSE to indicate that the time is +out of range. + +On systems where 'long' is 64bit, this function never fails. + + %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + a #GTimeVal to modify + + + + + + Create a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as +@datetime, but in the time zone @tz. + +This call can fail in the case that the time goes out of bounds. For +example, converting 0001-01-01 00:00:00 UTC to a time zone west of +Greenwich will fail (due to the year 0 being out of range). + +You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() +when you are done with it. + + a new #GDateTime, or %NULL + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + the new #GTimeZone + + + + + + Gives the Unix time corresponding to @datetime, rounding down to the +nearest second. + +Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 +00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time zone associated with @datetime. + + the Unix time corresponding to @datetime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as +@datetime, but in UTC. + +This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the +time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). + + the newly created #GDateTime + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @datetime by one. + +When the reference count reaches zero, the resources allocated by +@datetime are freed + + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + A comparison function for #GDateTimes that is suitable +as a #GCompareFunc. Both #GDateTimes must be non-%NULL. + + -1, 0 or 1 if @dt1 is less than, equal to or greater + than @dt2. + + + + + first #GDateTime to compare + + + + second #GDateTime to compare + + + + + + Checks to see if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal. + +Equal here means that they represent the same moment after converting +them to the same time zone. + + %TRUE if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Hashes @datetime into a #guint, suitable for use within #GHashTable. + + a #guint containing the hash + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + + Enumeration representing a day of the week; #G_DATE_MONDAY, +#G_DATE_TUESDAY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY is an invalid weekday. + + invalid value + + + Monday + + + Tuesday + + + Wednesday + + + Thursday + + + Friday + + + Saturday + + + Sunday + + + + Associates a string with a bit flag. +Used in g_parse_debug_string(). + + the string + + + + the flag + + + + + Specifies the type of function which is called when a data element +is destroyed. It is passed the pointer to the data element and +should free any memory and resources allocated for it. + + + + + + the data element. + + + + + + An opaque structure representing an opened directory. + + Closes the directory and deallocates all related resources. + + + + + + a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() + + + + + + Retrieves the name of another entry in the directory, or %NULL. +The order of entries returned from this function is not defined, +and may vary by file system or other operating-system dependent +factors. + +%NULL may also be returned in case of errors. On Unix, you can +check `errno` to find out if %NULL was returned because of an error. + +On Unix, the '.' and '..' entries are omitted, and the returned +name is in the on-disk encoding. + +On Windows, as is true of all GLib functions which operate on +filenames, the returned name is in UTF-8. + + The entry's name or %NULL if there are no + more entries. The return value is owned by GLib and + must not be modified or freed. + + + + + a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() + + + + + + Resets the given directory. The next call to g_dir_read_name() +will return the first entry again. + + + + + + a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() + + + + + + Creates a subdirectory in the preferred directory for temporary +files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). + +@tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing +a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). +However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a +basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is +%NULL, a default template is used. + +Note that in contrast to g_mkdtemp() (and mkdtemp()) @tmpl is not +modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. + + The actual name used. This string + should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer and is + is in the GLib file name encoding. In case of errors, %NULL is + returned and @error will be set. + + + + + Template for directory name, + as in g_mkdtemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template + + + + + + Opens a directory for reading. The names of the files in the +directory can then be retrieved using g_dir_read_name(). Note +that the ordering is not defined. + + a newly allocated #GDir on success, %NULL on failure. + If non-%NULL, you must free the result with g_dir_close() + when you are finished with it. + + + + + the path to the directory you are interested in. On Unix + in the on-disk encoding. On Windows in UTF-8 + + + + Currently must be set to 0. Reserved for future use. + + + + + + + The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, +mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined +as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported +(used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. + + the double value + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type of functions that are used to 'duplicate' an object. +What this means depends on the context, it could just be +incrementing the reference count, if @data is a ref-counted +object. + + a duplicate of data + + + + + the data to duplicate + + + + user data that was specified in + g_datalist_id_dup_data() + + + + + + The base of natural logarithms. + + + + Specifies the type of a function used to test two values for +equality. The function should return %TRUE if both values are equal +and %FALSE otherwise. + + %TRUE if @a = @b; %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a value + + + + a value to compare with + + + + + + The `GError` structure contains information about +an error that has occurred. + + error domain, e.g. #G_FILE_ERROR + + + + error code, e.g. %G_FILE_ERROR_NOENT + + + + human-readable informative error message + + + + Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, +and a message formatted with @format. + + a new #GError + + + + + error domain + + + + error code + + + + printf()-style format for error message + + + + parameters for message format + + + + + + Creates a new #GError; unlike g_error_new(), @message is +not a printf()-style format string. Use this function if +@message contains text you don't have control over, +that could include printf() escape sequences. + + a new #GError + + + + + error domain + + + + error code + + + + error message + + + + + + Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, +and a message formatted with @format. + + a new #GError + + + + + error domain + + + + error code + + + + printf()-style format for error message + + + + #va_list of parameters for the message format + + + + + + Makes a copy of @error. + + a new #GError + + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Frees a #GError and associated resources. + + + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if @error matches @domain and @code, %FALSE +otherwise. In particular, when @error is %NULL, %FALSE will +be returned. + +If @domain contains a `FAILED` (or otherwise generic) error code, +you should generally not check for it explicitly, but should +instead treat any not-explicitly-recognized error code as being +equivalent to the `FAILED` code. This way, if the domain is +extended in the future to provide a more specific error code for +a certain case, your code will still work. + + whether @error has @domain and @code + + + + + a #GError + + + + an error domain + + + + an error code + + + + + + + The possible errors, used in the @v_error field +of #GTokenValue, when the token is a %G_TOKEN_ERROR. + + unknown error + + + unexpected end of file + + + unterminated string constant + + + unterminated comment + + + non-digit character in a number + + + digit beyond radix in a number + + + non-decimal floating point number + + + malformed floating point number + + + + Values corresponding to @errno codes returned from file operations +on UNIX. Unlike @errno codes, GFileError values are available on +all systems, even Windows. The exact meaning of each code depends +on what sort of file operation you were performing; the UNIX +documentation gives more details. The following error code descriptions +come from the GNU C Library manual, and are under the copyright +of that manual. + +It's not very portable to make detailed assumptions about exactly +which errors will be returned from a given operation. Some errors +don't occur on some systems, etc., sometimes there are subtle +differences in when a system will report a given error, etc. + + Operation not permitted; only the owner of + the file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges + can perform the operation. + + + File is a directory; you cannot open a directory + for writing, or create or remove hard links to it. + + + Permission denied; the file permissions do not + allow the attempted operation. + + + Filename too long. + + + No such file or directory. This is a "file + doesn't exist" error for ordinary files that are referenced in + contexts where they are expected to already exist. + + + A file that isn't a directory was specified when + a directory is required. + + + No such device or address. The system tried to + use the device represented by a file you specified, and it + couldn't find the device. This can mean that the device file was + installed incorrectly, or that the physical device is missing or + not correctly attached to the computer. + + + The underlying file system of the specified file + does not support memory mapping. + + + The directory containing the new link can't be + modified because it's on a read-only file system. + + + Text file busy. + + + You passed in a pointer to bad memory. + (GLib won't reliably return this, don't pass in pointers to bad + memory.) + + + Too many levels of symbolic links were encountered + in looking up a file name. This often indicates a cycle of symbolic + links. + + + No space left on device; write operation on a + file failed because the disk is full. + + + No memory available. The system cannot allocate + more virtual memory because its capacity is full. + + + The current process has too many files open and + can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward this + limit. + + + There are too many distinct file openings in the + entire system. + + + Bad file descriptor; for example, I/O on a + descriptor that has been closed or reading from a descriptor open + only for writing (or vice versa). + + + Invalid argument. This is used to indicate + various kinds of problems with passing the wrong argument to a + library function. + + + Broken pipe; there is no process reading from the + other end of a pipe. Every library function that returns this + error code also generates a 'SIGPIPE' signal; this signal + terminates the program if not handled or blocked. Thus, your + program will never actually see this code unless it has handled + or blocked 'SIGPIPE'. + + + Resource temporarily unavailable; the call might + work if you try again later. + + + Interrupted function call; an asynchronous signal + occurred and prevented completion of the call. When this + happens, you should try the call again. + + + Input/output error; usually used for physical read + or write errors. i.e. the disk or other physical device hardware + is returning errors. + + + Operation not permitted; only the owner of the + file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges can + perform the operation. + + + Function not implemented; this indicates that + the system is missing some functionality. + + + Does not correspond to a UNIX error code; this + is the standard "failed for unspecified reason" error code present + in all #GError error code enumerations. Returned if no specific + code applies. + + + + A test to perform on a file using g_file_test(). + + %TRUE if the file is a regular file + (not a directory). Note that this test will also return %TRUE + if the tested file is a symlink to a regular file. + + + %TRUE if the file is a symlink. + + + %TRUE if the file is a directory. + + + %TRUE if the file is executable. + + + %TRUE if the file exists. It may or may not + be a regular file. + + + + The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, +mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined +as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported +(used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. + + the double value + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags to modify the format of the string returned by g_format_size_full(). + + behave the same as g_format_size() + + + include the exact number of bytes as part + of the returned string. For example, "45.6 kB (45,612 bytes)". + + + use IEC (base 1024) units with "KiB"-style + suffixes. IEC units should only be used for reporting things with + a strong "power of 2" basis, like RAM sizes or RAID stripe sizes. + Network and storage sizes should be reported in the normal SI units. + + + set the size as a quantity in bits, rather than + bytes, and return units in bits. For example, ‘Mb’ rather than ‘MB’. + + + + Declares a type of function which takes an arbitrary +data pointer argument and has no return value. It is +not currently used in GLib or GTK+. + + + + + + a data pointer + + + + + + Specifies the type of functions passed to g_list_foreach() and +g_slist_foreach(). + + + + + + the element's data + + + + user data passed to g_list_foreach() or g_slist_foreach() + + + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and +printing values of type #gint16. It is a string literal, but doesn't +include the percent-sign, such that you can add precision and length +modifiers between percent-sign and conversion specifier. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +gint16 in; +gint32 out; +sscanf ("42", "%" G_GINT16_FORMAT, &in) +out = in * 1000; +g_print ("%" G_GINT32_FORMAT, out); +]| + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gint16 or #guint16. It +is a string literal, but doesn't include the percent-sign, such +that you can add precision and length modifiers between percent-sign +and conversion specifier and append a conversion specifier. + +The following example prints "0x7b"; +|[<!-- language="C" --> +gint16 value = 123; +g_print ("%#" G_GINT16_MODIFIER "x", value); +]| + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #gint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gint32 or #guint32. It +is a string literal. See also #G_GINT16_MODIFIER. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #gint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + +Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64-bit integers, +even though the types are supported. On such platforms %G_GINT64_FORMAT +is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64-bit integers, even +if %G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() +is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() +instead. + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gint64 or #guint64. +It is a string literal. + +Some platforms do not support printing 64-bit integers, even +though the types are supported. On such platforms %G_GINT64_MODIFIER +is not defined. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #gintptr. + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gintptr or #guintptr. +It is a string literal. + + + + Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to __FUNCTION__ on gcc +version 2.x. Don't use it. + Use G_STRFUNC() instead + + + + Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ +on gcc version 2.x. Don't use it. + Use G_STRFUNC() instead + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #gsize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gsize. It +is a string literal. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #gssize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + + + + The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers +for scanning and printing values of type #gssize. It +is a string literal. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #guint16. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #guint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning +and printing values of type #guint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. + +Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64-bit integers, +even though the types are supported. On such platforms %G_GUINT64_FORMAT +is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64-bit integers, even +if %G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() +is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() +instead. + + + + This is the platform dependent conversion specifier +for scanning and printing values of type #guintptr. + + + + + + + + + + Defined to 1 if gcc-style visibility handling is supported. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of the function passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). +It is called with each key/value pair, together with the @user_data +parameter which is passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). + + + + + + a key + + + + the value corresponding to the key + + + + user data passed to g_hash_table_foreach() + + + + + + The position of the first bit which is not reserved for internal +use be the #GHook implementation, i.e. +`1 << G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT` is the first +bit which can be used for application-defined flags. + + + + Specifies the type of the function passed to +g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It is called with each key/value +pair, together with the @user_data parameter passed to +g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It should return %TRUE if the +key/value pair should be removed from the #GHashTable. + + %TRUE if the key/value pair should be removed from the + #GHashTable + + + + + a key + + + + the value associated with the key + + + + user data passed to g_hash_table_remove() + + + + + + Specifies the type of the hash function which is passed to +g_hash_table_new() when a #GHashTable is created. + +The function is passed a key and should return a #guint hash value. +The functions g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash() and g_str_hash() provide +hash functions which can be used when the key is a #gpointer, #gint*, +and #gchar* respectively. + +g_direct_hash() is also the appropriate hash function for keys +of the form `GINT_TO_POINTER (n)` (or similar macros). + +A good hash functions should produce +hash values that are evenly distributed over a fairly large range. +The modulus is taken with the hash table size (a prime number) to +find the 'bucket' to place each key into. The function should also +be very fast, since it is called for each key lookup. + +Note that the hash functions provided by GLib have these qualities, +but are not particularly robust against manufactured keys that +cause hash collisions. Therefore, you should consider choosing +a more secure hash function when using a GHashTable with keys +that originate in untrusted data (such as HTTP requests). +Using g_str_hash() in that situation might make your application +vulerable to +[Algorithmic Complexity Attacks](https://lwn.net/Articles/474912/). + +The key to choosing a good hash is unpredictability. Even +cryptographic hashes are very easy to find collisions for when the +remainder is taken modulo a somewhat predictable prime number. There +must be an element of randomness that an attacker is unable to guess. + + the hash value corresponding to the key + + + + + a key + + + + + + The #GHashTable struct is an opaque data structure to represent a +[Hash Table][glib-Hash-Tables]. It should only be accessed via the +following functions. + + This is a convenience function for using a #GHashTable as a set. It +is equivalent to calling g_hash_table_replace() with @key as both the +key and the value. + +When a hash table only ever contains keys that have themselves as the +corresponding value it is able to be stored more efficiently. See +the discussion in the section description. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + + + Checks if @key is in @hash_table. + + %TRUE if @key is in @hash_table, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to check + + + + + + Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its +reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, +you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy +notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy +functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the +destruction phase. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Calls the given function for key/value pairs in the #GHashTable +until @predicate returns %TRUE. The function is passed the key +and value of each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The +hash table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't +add/remove items). + +Note, that hash tables are really only optimized for forward +lookups, i.e. g_hash_table_lookup(). So code that frequently issues +g_hash_table_find() or g_hash_table_foreach() (e.g. in the order of +once per every entry in a hash table) should probably be reworked +to use additional or different data structures for reverse lookups +(keep in mind that an O(n) find/foreach operation issued for all n +values in a hash table ends up needing O(n*n) operations). + + The value of the first key/value pair is returned, + for which @predicate evaluates to %TRUE. If no pair with the + requested property is found, %NULL is returned. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + function to test the key/value pairs for a certain property + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the +#GHashTable. The function is passed the key and value of each +pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not +be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove +items). To remove all items matching a predicate, use +g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). + +See g_hash_table_find() for performance caveats for linear +order searches in contrast to g_hash_table_lookup(). + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the function to call for each key/value pair + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the +#GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value +pair is removed from the #GHashTable. If you supplied key or +value destroy functions when creating the #GHashTable, they are +used to free the memory allocated for the removed keys and values. + +See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the +key/value pairs in the hash table. + + the number of key/value pairs removed + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the function to call for each key/value pair + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the +#GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value +pair is removed from the #GHashTable, but no key or value +destroy functions are called. + +See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the +key/value pairs in the hash table. + + the number of key/value pairs removed. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the function to call for each key/value pair + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Retrieves every key inside @hash_table. The returned data is valid +until changes to the hash release those keys. + +This iterates over every entry in the hash table to build its return value. +To iterate over the entries in a #GHashTable more efficiently, use a +#GHashTableIter. + + a #GList containing all the keys + inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the + hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() + when done using the list. + + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Retrieves every key inside @hash_table, as an array. + +The returned array is %NULL-terminated but may contain %NULL as a +key. Use @length to determine the true length if it's possible that +%NULL was used as the value for a key. + +Note: in the common case of a string-keyed #GHashTable, the return +value of this function can be conveniently cast to (const gchar **). + +This iterates over every entry in the hash table to build its return value. +To iterate over the entries in a #GHashTable more efficiently, use a +#GHashTableIter. + +You should always free the return result with g_free(). In the +above-mentioned case of a string-keyed hash table, it may be +appropriate to use g_strfreev() if you call g_hash_table_steal_all() +first to transfer ownership of the keys. + + a + %NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. + + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the length of the returned array + + + + + + Retrieves every value inside @hash_table. The returned data +is valid until @hash_table is modified. + +This iterates over every entry in the hash table to build its return value. +To iterate over the entries in a #GHashTable more efficiently, use a +#GHashTableIter. + + a #GList containing all the values + inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the + hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() + when done using the list. + + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable. + +If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current +value is replaced with the new value. If you supplied a +@value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old +value is freed using that function. If you supplied a +@key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed +key is freed using that function. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + the value to associate with the key + + + + + + Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot +distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present +and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use +g_hash_table_lookup_extended(). + + the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the +associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This +is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, +for example before calling g_hash_table_remove(). + +You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test +whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions +of @hash_table are %NULL-safe. + + %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to look up + + + + return location for the original key + + + + return location for the value associated +with the key + + + + + + Creates a new #GHashTable with a reference count of 1. + +Hash values returned by @hash_func are used to determine where keys +are stored within the #GHashTable data structure. The g_direct_hash(), +g_int_hash(), g_int64_hash(), g_double_hash() and g_str_hash() +functions are provided for some common types of keys. +If @hash_func is %NULL, g_direct_hash() is used. + +@key_equal_func is used when looking up keys in the #GHashTable. +The g_direct_equal(), g_int_equal(), g_int64_equal(), g_double_equal() +and g_str_equal() functions are provided for the most common types +of keys. If @key_equal_func is %NULL, keys are compared directly in +a similar fashion to g_direct_equal(), but without the overhead of +a function call. @key_equal_func is called with the key from the hash table +as its first parameter, and the user-provided key to check against as +its second. + + a new #GHashTable + + + + + + + + a function to create a hash value from a key + + + + a function to check two keys for equality + + + + + + Creates a new #GHashTable like g_hash_table_new() with a reference +count of 1 and allows to specify functions to free the memory +allocated for the key and value that get called when removing the +entry from the #GHashTable. + +Since version 2.42 it is permissible for destroy notify functions to +recursively remove further items from the hash table. This is only +permissible if the application still holds a reference to the hash table. +This means that you may need to ensure that the hash table is empty by +calling g_hash_table_remove_all() before releasing the last reference using +g_hash_table_unref(). + + a new #GHashTable + + + + + + + + a function to create a hash value from a key + + + + a function to check two keys for equality + + + + a function to free the memory allocated for the key + used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL + if you don't want to supply such a function. + + + + a function to free the memory allocated for the + value used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL + if you don't want to supply such a function. + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @hash_table by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + the passed in #GHashTable + + + + + + + + a valid #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable. + +If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the +key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise +you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed +yourself. + + %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable. + +If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), +the keys and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, +otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated +values are freed yourself. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to +g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key +already exists in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the +new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating +the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. +If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the +#GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + the value to associate with the key + + + + + + Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable. + + the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without +calling the key and value destroy functions. + + %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable +without calling the key and value destroy functions. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be +destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + + + + + a valid #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + + A GHashTableIter structure represents an iterator that can be used +to iterate over the elements of a #GHashTable. GHashTableIter +structures are typically allocated on the stack and then initialized +with g_hash_table_iter_init(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the #GHashTable associated with @iter. + + the #GHashTable associated with @iter. + + + + + + + + an initialized #GHashTableIter + + + + + + Initializes a key/value pair iterator and associates it with +@hash_table. Modifying the hash table after calling this function +invalidates the returned iterator. +|[<!-- language="C" --> +GHashTableIter iter; +gpointer key, value; + +g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, hash_table); +while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value)) + { + // do something with key and value + } +]| + + + + + + an uninitialized #GHashTableIter + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now +pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned, +@key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid. + + %FALSE if the end of the #GHashTable has been reached. + + + + + an initialized #GHashTableIter + + + + a location to store the key + + + + a location to store the value + + + + + + Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator +from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after +g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called +more than once for the same key/value pair. + +If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), +the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, +otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated +values are freed yourself. + +It is safe to continue iterating the #GHashTable afterward: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value)) + { + if (condition) + g_hash_table_iter_remove (&iter); + } +]| + + + + + + an initialized #GHashTableIter + + + + + + Replaces the value currently pointed to by the iterator +from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after +g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE. + +If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the +#GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. + + + + + + an initialized #GHashTableIter + + + + the value to replace with + + + + + + Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the +iterator from its associated #GHashTable, without calling +the key and value destroy functions. Can only be called +after g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot +be called more than once for the same key/value pair. + + + + + + an initialized #GHashTableIter + + + + + + + An opaque structure representing a HMAC operation. +To create a new GHmac, use g_hmac_new(). To free +a GHmac, use g_hmac_unref(). + + Copies a #GHmac. If @hmac has been closed, by calling +g_hmac_get_string() or g_hmac_get_digest(), the copied +HMAC will be closed as well. + + the copy of the passed #GHmac. Use g_hmac_unref() + when finished using it. + + + + + the #GHmac to copy + + + + + + Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary array and places it +into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. + +Once this function has been called, the #GHmac is closed and can +no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). + + + + + + a #GHmac + + + + output buffer + + + + an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the + size of @buffer. After the call it contains the length of the digest + + + + + + Gets the HMAC as an hexadecimal string. + +Once this function has been called the #GHmac can no longer be +updated with g_hmac_update(). + +The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. + + the hexadecimal representation of the HMAC. The + returned string is owned by the HMAC and should not be modified + or freed. + + + + + a #GHmac + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @hmac by one. + +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + the passed in #GHmac. + + + + + a valid #GHmac + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @hmac by one. + +If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be +destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. +Frees the memory allocated for @hmac. + + + + + + a #GHmac + + + + + + Feeds @data into an existing #GHmac. + +The HMAC must still be open, that is g_hmac_get_string() or +g_hmac_get_digest() must not have been called on @hmac. + + + + + + a #GHmac + + + + buffer used to compute the checksum + + + + + + size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a nul-terminated string + + + + + + Creates a new #GHmac, using the digest algorithm @digest_type. +If the @digest_type is not known, %NULL is returned. +A #GHmac can be used to compute the HMAC of a key and an +arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. + +A #GHmac works by feeding a binary blob through g_hmac_update() +until the data is complete; the digest can then be extracted +using g_hmac_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a +hexadecimal string; or g_hmac_get_digest(), which will return a +array of raw bytes. Once either g_hmac_get_string() or +g_hmac_get_digest() have been called on a #GHmac, the HMAC +will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_hmac_update() +on it anymore. + +Support for digests of type %G_CHECKSUM_SHA512 has been added in GLib 2.42. +Support for %G_CHECKSUM_SHA384 was added in GLib 2.52. + + the newly created #GHmac, or %NULL. + Use g_hmac_unref() to free the memory allocated by it. + + + + + the desired type of digest + + + + the key for the HMAC + + + + + + the length of the keys + + + + + + + The #GHook struct represents a single hook function in a #GHookList. + + data which is passed to func when this hook is invoked + + + + pointer to the next hook in the list + + + + pointer to the previous hook in the list + + + + the reference count of this hook + + + + the id of this hook, which is unique within its list + + + + flags which are set for this hook. See #GHookFlagMask for + predefined flags + + + + the function to call when this hook is invoked. The possible + signatures for this function are #GHookFunc and #GHookCheckFunc + + + + the default @finalize_hook function of a #GHookList calls + this member of the hook that is being finalized + + + + Compares the ids of two #GHook elements, returning a negative value +if the second id is greater than the first. + + a value <= 0 if the id of @sibling is >= the id of @new_hook + + + + + a #GHook + + + + a #GHook to compare with @new_hook + + + + + + Allocates space for a #GHook and initializes it. + + a new #GHook + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + + + Destroys a #GHook, given its ID. + + %TRUE if the #GHook was found in the #GHookList and destroyed + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + a hook ID + + + + + + Removes one #GHook from a #GHookList, marking it +inactive and calling g_hook_unref() on it. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to remove + + + + + + Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList using the given function to +test for a match. + + the found #GHook or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed + should be skipped + + + + the function to call for each #GHook, which should return + %TRUE when the #GHook has been found + + + + the data to pass to @func + + + + + + Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given data. + + the #GHook with the given @data or %NULL if no matching + #GHook is found + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed + should be skipped + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function. + + the #GHook with the given @func or %NULL if no matching + #GHook is found + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed + should be skipped + + + + the function to find + + + + + + Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function and data. + + the #GHook with the given @func and @data or %NULL if + no matching #GHook is found + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed + should be skipped + + + + the function to find + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Returns the first #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. +The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call +g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or call +g_hook_next_valid() if you are stepping through the #GHookList.) + + the first valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if hooks which are currently running + (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + + + Calls the #GHookList @finalize_hook function if it exists, +and frees the memory allocated for the #GHook. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to free + + + + + + Returns the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found. + + the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + a hook id + + + + + + Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, before a given #GHook. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to insert the new #GHook before + + + + the #GHook to insert + + + + + + Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, sorted by the given function. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to insert + + + + the comparison function used to sort the #GHook elements + + + + + + Returns the next #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. +The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call +g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or continue to call +g_hook_next_valid() until %NULL is returned.) + + the next valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the current #GHook + + + + %TRUE if hooks which are currently running + (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + + + Prepends a #GHook on the start of a #GHookList. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to add to the start of @hook_list + + + + + + Increments the reference count for a #GHook. + + the @hook that was passed in (since 2.6) + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to increment the reference count of + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of a #GHook. +If the reference count falls to 0, the #GHook is removed +from the #GHookList and g_hook_free() is called to free it. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to unref + + + + + + + Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked +by g_hook_list_invoke_check(). + + %FALSE if the #GHook should be destroyed + + + + + the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here + + + + + + Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal_check(). + + %FALSE if @hook should be destroyed + + + + + a #GHook + + + + user data + + + + + + Defines the type of function used to compare #GHook elements in +g_hook_insert_sorted(). + + a value <= 0 if @new_hook should be before @sibling + + + + + the #GHook being inserted + + + + the #GHook to compare with @new_hook + + + + + + Defines the type of function to be called when a hook in a +list of hooks gets finalized. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the hook in @hook_list that gets finalized + + + + + + Defines the type of the function passed to g_hook_find(). + + %TRUE if the required #GHook has been found + + + + + a #GHook + + + + user data passed to g_hook_find_func() + + + + + + Flags used internally in the #GHook implementation. + + set if the hook has not been destroyed + + + set if the hook is currently being run + + + A mask covering all bits reserved for + hook flags; see %G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT + + + + Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked +by g_hook_list_invoke(). + + + + + + the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here + + + + + + The #GHookList struct represents a list of hook functions. + + the next free #GHook id + + + + the size of the #GHookList elements, in bytes + + + + 1 if the #GHookList has been initialized + + + + the first #GHook element in the list + + + + unused + + + + the function to call to finalize a #GHook element. + The default behaviour is to call the hooks @destroy function + + + + unused + + + + + + Removes all the #GHook elements from a #GHookList. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + + + Initializes a #GHookList. +This must be called before the #GHookList is used. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the size of each element in the #GHookList, + typically `sizeof (GHook)`. + + + + + + Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if functions which are already running + (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + + + Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. +Any function which returns %FALSE is removed from the #GHookList. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if functions which are already running + (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + + + Calls a function on each valid #GHook. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if hooks which are currently running + (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + the function to call for each #GHook + + + + data to pass to @marshaller + + + + + + Calls a function on each valid #GHook and destroys it if the +function returns %FALSE. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + %TRUE if hooks which are currently running + (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, + these are skipped + + + + the function to call for each #GHook + + + + data to pass to @marshaller + + + + + + + Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal(). + + + + + + a #GHook + + + + user data + + + + + + The GIConv struct wraps an iconv() conversion descriptor. It contains +private data and should only be accessed using the following functions. + + Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but +may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack +a native implementation. + +GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely +more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. + +Note that the behaviour of iconv() for characters which are valid in the +input character set, but which have no representation in the output character +set, is implementation defined. This function may return success (with a +positive number of non-reversible conversions as replacement characters were +used), or it may return -1 and set an error such as %EILSEQ, in such a +situation. + + count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error + + + + + conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() + + + + bytes to convert + + + + inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf + + + + converted output bytes + + + + inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf + + + + + + Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_close(), but +may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack +a native implementation. Should be called to clean up +the conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() when +you are done converting things. + +GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely +more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. + + -1 on error, 0 on success + + + + + a conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() + + + + + + Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but +may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack +a native implementation. + +GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely +more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. + + a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if + opening the converter failed. + + + + + destination codeset + + + + source codeset + + + + + + + The bias by which exponents in double-precision floats are offset. + + + + The bias by which exponents in single-precision floats are offset. + + + + A data structure representing an IO Channel. The fields should be +considered private and should only be accessed with the following +functions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Open a file @filename as a #GIOChannel using mode @mode. This +channel will be closed when the last reference to it is dropped, +so there is no need to call g_io_channel_close() (though doing +so will not cause problems, as long as no attempt is made to +access the channel after it is closed). + + A #GIOChannel on success, %NULL on failure. + + + + + A string containing the name of a file + + + + One of "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+", "a+". These have + the same meaning as in fopen() + + + + + + Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor. On UNIX systems +this works for plain files, pipes, and sockets. + +The returned #GIOChannel has a reference count of 1. + +The default encoding for #GIOChannel is UTF-8. If your application +is reading output from a command using via pipe, you may need to set +the encoding to the encoding of the current locale (see +g_get_charset()) with the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function. +By default, the fd passed will not be closed when the final reference +to the #GIOChannel data structure is dropped. + +If you want to read raw binary data without interpretation, then +call the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function with %NULL for the +encoding argument. + +This function is available in GLib on Windows, too, but you should +avoid using it on Windows. The domain of file descriptors and +sockets overlap. There is no way for GLib to know which one you mean +in case the argument you pass to this function happens to be both a +valid file descriptor and socket. If that happens a warning is +issued, and GLib assumes that it is the file descriptor you mean. + + a new #GIOChannel. + + + + + a file descriptor. + + + + + + Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be +flushed, ignoring errors. The channel will not be freed until the +last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). + Use g_io_channel_shutdown() instead. + + + + + + A #GIOChannel + + + + + + Flushes the write buffer for the GIOChannel. + + the status of the operation: One of + #G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL, #G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN, or + #G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + This function returns a #GIOCondition depending on whether there +is data to be read/space to write data in the internal buffers in +the #GIOChannel. Only the flags %G_IO_IN and %G_IO_OUT may be set. + + A #GIOCondition + + + + + A #GIOChannel + + + + + + Gets the buffer size. + + the size of the buffer. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Returns whether @channel is buffered. + + %TRUE if the @channel is buffered. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Returns whether the file/socket/whatever associated with @channel +will be closed when @channel receives its final unref and is +destroyed. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created +by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. + + %TRUE if the channel will be closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GIOChannel. + + + + + + Gets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. +The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The encoding %NULL +makes the channel safe for binary data. + + A string containing the encoding, this string is + owned by GLib and must not be freed. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Gets the current flags for a #GIOChannel, including read-only +flags such as %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE. + +The values of the flags %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE and %G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE +are cached for internal use by the channel when it is created. +If they should change at some later point (e.g. partial shutdown +of a socket with the UNIX shutdown() function), the user +should immediately call g_io_channel_get_flags() to update +the internal values of these flags. + + the flags which are set on the channel + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine +where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL +indicates autodetection. + + The line termination string. This value + is owned by GLib and must not be freed. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a location to return the length of the line terminator + + + + + + Initializes a #GIOChannel struct. + +This is called by each of the above functions when creating a +#GIOChannel, and so is not often needed by the application +programmer (unless you are creating a new type of #GIOChannel). + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Reads data from a #GIOChannel. + Use g_io_channel_read_chars() instead. + + %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a buffer to read the data into (which should be at least + count bytes long) + + + + the number of bytes to read from the #GIOChannel + + + + returns the number of bytes actually read + + + + + + Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API. + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + a buffer to read data into + + + + + + the size of the buffer. Note that the buffer may not be + complelely filled even if there is data in the buffer if the + remaining data is not a complete character. + + + + The number of bytes read. This may be + zero even on success if count < 6 and the channel's encoding + is non-%NULL. This indicates that the next UTF-8 character is + too wide for the buffer. + + + + + + Reads a line, including the terminating character(s), +from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string. +@str_return will contain allocated memory if the return +is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + The line read from the #GIOChannel, including the + line terminator. This data should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. This is a nul-terminated string. + If a @length of zero is returned, this will be %NULL instead. + + + + location to store length of the read data, or %NULL + + + + location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL + + + + + + Reads a line from a #GIOChannel, using a #GString as a buffer. + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a #GString into which the line will be written. + If @buffer already contains data, the old data will + be overwritten. + + + + location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL + + + + + + Reads all the remaining data from the file. + + %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL on success. + This function never returns %G_IO_STATUS_EOF. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + Location to + store a pointer to a string holding the remaining data in the + #GIOChannel. This data should be freed with g_free() when no + longer needed. This data is terminated by an extra nul + character, but there may be other nuls in the intervening data. + + + + + + location to store length of the data + + + + + + Reads a Unicode character from @channel. +This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. + + a #GIOStatus + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a location to return a character + + + + + + Increments the reference count of a #GIOChannel. + + the @channel that was passed in (since 2.6) + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Sets the current position in the #GIOChannel, similar to the standard +library function fseek(). + Use g_io_channel_seek_position() instead. + + %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + an offset, in bytes, which is added to the position specified + by @type + + + + the position in the file, which can be %G_SEEK_CUR (the current + position), %G_SEEK_SET (the start of the file), or %G_SEEK_END + (the end of the file) + + + + + + Replacement for g_io_channel_seek() with the new API. + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + The offset in bytes from the position specified by @type + + + + a #GSeekType. The type %G_SEEK_CUR is only allowed in those + cases where a call to g_io_channel_set_encoding () + is allowed. See the documentation for + g_io_channel_set_encoding () for details. + + + + + + Sets the buffer size. + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the size of the buffer, or 0 to let GLib pick a good size + + + + + + The buffering state can only be set if the channel's encoding +is %NULL. For any other encoding, the channel must be buffered. + +A buffered channel can only be set unbuffered if the channel's +internal buffers have been flushed. Newly created channels or +channels which have returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF +not require such a flush. For write-only channels, a call to +g_io_channel_flush () is sufficient. For all other channels, +the buffers may be flushed by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position (). +This includes the possibility of seeking with seek type %G_SEEK_CUR +and an offset of zero. Note that this means that socket-based +channels cannot be set unbuffered once they have had data +read from them. + +On unbuffered channels, it is safe to mix read and write +calls from the new and old APIs, if this is necessary for +maintaining old code. + +The default state of the channel is buffered. + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + whether to set the channel buffered or unbuffered + + + + + + Whether to close the channel on the final unref of the #GIOChannel +data structure. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels +created by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. + +Setting this flag to %TRUE for a channel you have already closed +can cause problems when the final reference to the #GIOChannel is dropped. + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + Whether to close the channel on the final unref of + the GIOChannel data structure. + + + + + + Sets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. +The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The default encoding +for the external file is UTF-8. + +The encoding %NULL is safe to use with binary data. + +The encoding can only be set if one of the following conditions +is true: + +- The channel was just created, and has not been written to or read from yet. + +- The channel is write-only. + +- The channel is a file, and the file pointer was just repositioned + by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position(). (This flushes all the + internal buffers.) + +- The current encoding is %NULL or UTF-8. + +- One of the (new API) read functions has just returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF + (or, in the case of g_io_channel_read_to_end(), %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL). + +- One of the functions g_io_channel_read_chars() or + g_io_channel_read_unichar() has returned %G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN or + %G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. This may be useful in the case of + %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. + Returning one of these statuses from g_io_channel_read_line(), + g_io_channel_read_line_string(), or g_io_channel_read_to_end() + does not guarantee that the encoding can be changed. + +Channels which do not meet one of the above conditions cannot call +g_io_channel_seek_position() with an offset of %G_SEEK_CUR, and, if +they are "seekable", cannot call g_io_channel_write_chars() after +calling one of the API "read" functions. + + %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL if the encoding was successfully set + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the encoding type + + + + + + Sets the (writeable) flags in @channel to (@flags & %G_IO_FLAG_SET_MASK). + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the flags to set on the IO channel + + + + + + This sets the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine +where in the file a line break occurs. + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + The line termination string. Use %NULL for + autodetect. Autodetection breaks on "\n", "\r\n", "\r", "\0", + and the Unicode paragraph separator. Autodetection should not be + used for anything other than file-based channels. + + + + The length of the termination string. If -1 is passed, the + string is assumed to be nul-terminated. This option allows + termination strings with embedded nuls. + + + + + + Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be +flushed if @flush is %TRUE. The channel will not be freed until the +last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + if %TRUE, flush pending + + + + + + Returns the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. + +On Windows this function returns the file descriptor or socket of +the #GIOChannel. + + the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. + + + + + a #GIOChannel, created with g_io_channel_unix_new(). + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of a #GIOChannel. + + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + + + Writes data to a #GIOChannel. + Use g_io_channel_write_chars() instead. + + %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the buffer containing the data to write + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + the number of bytes actually written + + + + + + Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API. + +On seekable channels with encodings other than %NULL or UTF-8, generic +mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars () +may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the +cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding (). + + the status of the operation. + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a buffer to write data from + + + + + + the size of the buffer. If -1, the buffer + is taken to be a nul-terminated string. + + + + The number of bytes written. This can be nonzero + even if the return value is not %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. + If the return value is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL and the + channel is blocking, this will always be equal + to @count if @count >= 0. + + + + + + Writes a Unicode character to @channel. +This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. + + a #GIOStatus + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + a character + + + + + + Converts an `errno` error number to a #GIOChannelError. + + a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g. + %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL. + + + + + an `errno` error number, e.g. `EINVAL` + + + + + + + + + + + + Error codes returned by #GIOChannel operations. + + File too large. + + + Invalid argument. + + + IO error. + + + File is a directory. + + + No space left on device. + + + No such device or address. + + + Value too large for defined datatype. + + + Broken pipe. + + + Some other error. + + + + A bitwise combination representing a condition to watch for on an +event source. + + There is data to read. + + + Data can be written (without blocking). + + + There is urgent data to read. + + + Error condition. + + + Hung up (the connection has been broken, usually for + pipes and sockets). + + + Invalid request. The file descriptor is not open. + + + + #GIOError is only used by the deprecated functions +g_io_channel_read(), g_io_channel_write(), and g_io_channel_seek(). + + no error + + + an EAGAIN error occurred + + + an EINVAL error occurred + + + another error occurred + + + + Specifies properties of a #GIOChannel. Some of the flags can only be +read with g_io_channel_get_flags(), but not changed with +g_io_channel_set_flags(). + + turns on append mode, corresponds to %O_APPEND + (see the documentation of the UNIX open() syscall) + + + turns on nonblocking mode, corresponds to + %O_NONBLOCK/%O_NDELAY (see the documentation of the UNIX open() + syscall) + + + indicates that the io channel is readable. + This flag cannot be changed. + + + indicates that the io channel is writable. + This flag cannot be changed. + + + a misspelled version of @G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE + that existed before the spelling was fixed in GLib 2.30. It is kept + here for compatibility reasons. Deprecated since 2.30 + + + indicates that the io channel is seekable, + i.e. that g_io_channel_seek_position() can be used on it. + This flag cannot be changed. + + + the mask that specifies all the valid flags. + + + the mask of the flags that are returned from + g_io_channel_get_flags() + + + the mask of the flags that the user can modify + with g_io_channel_set_flags() + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_io_add_watch() or +g_io_add_watch_full(), which is called when the requested condition +on a #GIOChannel is satisfied. + + the function should return %FALSE if the event source + should be removed + + + + + the #GIOChannel event source + + + + the condition which has been satisfied + + + + user data set in g_io_add_watch() or g_io_add_watch_full() + + + + + + A table of functions used to handle different types of #GIOChannel +in a generic way. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Stati returned by most of the #GIOFuncs functions. + + An error occurred. + + + Success. + + + End of file. + + + Resource temporarily unavailable. + + + + + + + The name of the main group of a desktop entry file, as defined in the +[Desktop Entry Specification](http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec). +Consult the specification for more +details about the meanings of the keys below. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string list +giving the available application actions. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list +of strings giving the categories in which the desktop entry +should be shown in a menu. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized +string giving the tooltip for the desktop entry. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean set to true +if the application is D-Bus activatable. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +giving the command line to execute. It is only valid for desktop +entries with the `Application` type. + + + + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized +string giving the generic name of the desktop entry. + + + + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean +stating whether the desktop entry has been deleted by the user. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized +string giving the name of the icon to be displayed for the desktop +entry. + + + + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list +of strings giving the MIME types supported by this desktop entry. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized +string giving the specific name of the desktop entry. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of +strings identifying the environments that should not display the +desktop entry. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean +stating whether the desktop entry should be shown in menus. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of +strings identifying the environments that should display the +desktop entry. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +containing the working directory to run the program in. It is only +valid for desktop entries with the `Application` type. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean +stating whether the application supports the +[Startup Notification Protocol Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/startup-notification-spec). + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is string +identifying the WM class or name hint of a window that the application +will create, which can be used to emulate Startup Notification with +older applications. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean +stating whether the program should be run in a terminal window. +It is only valid for desktop entries with the +`Application` type. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +giving the file name of a binary on disk used to determine if the +program is actually installed. It is only valid for desktop entries +with the `Application` type. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +giving the type of the desktop entry. Usually +#G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_APPLICATION, +#G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_LINK, or +#G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_DIRECTORY. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +giving the URL to access. It is only valid for desktop entries +with the `Link` type. + + + + A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string +giving the version of the Desktop Entry Specification used for +the desktop entry file. + + + + The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop +entries representing applications. + + + + The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop +entries representing directories. + + + + The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop +entries representing links to documents. + + + + The GKeyFile struct contains only private data +and should not be accessed directly. + + Creates a new empty #GKeyFile object. Use +g_key_file_load_from_file(), g_key_file_load_from_data(), +g_key_file_load_from_dirs() or g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs() to +read an existing key file. + + an empty #GKeyFile. + + + + + Clears all keys and groups from @key_file, and decreases the +reference count by 1. If the reference count reaches zero, +frees the key file and all its allocated memory. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a +boolean. + +If @key cannot be found then %FALSE is returned and @error is set +to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value +associated with @key cannot be interpreted as a boolean then %FALSE +is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + the value associated with the key as a boolean, + or %FALSE if the key was not found or could not be parsed. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + + + Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as +booleans. + +If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated +with @key cannot be interpreted as booleans then %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + + the values associated with the key as a list of booleans, or %NULL if the + key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of booleans + should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + the number of booleans returned + + + + + + Retrieves a comment above @key from @group_name. +If @key is %NULL then @comment will be read from above +@group_name. If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then +@comment will be read from above the first group in the file. + +Note that the returned string includes the '#' comment markers. + + a comment that should be freed with g_free() + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name, or %NULL + + + + a key + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a +double. If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. + +If @key cannot be found then 0.0 is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated +with @key cannot be interpreted as a double then 0.0 is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + the value associated with the key as a double, or + 0.0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + + + Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as +doubles. + +If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated +with @key cannot be interpreted as doubles then %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + + the values associated with the key as a list of doubles, or %NULL if the + key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of doubles + should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + the number of doubles returned + + + + + + Returns all groups in the key file loaded with @key_file. +The array of returned groups will be %NULL-terminated, so +@length may optionally be %NULL. + + a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. + Use g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + return location for the number of returned groups, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a signed +64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return +64-bit results without truncation. + + the value associated with the key as a signed 64-bit integer, or +0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. + + + + + a non-%NULL #GKeyFile + + + + a non-%NULL group name + + + + a non-%NULL key + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an +integer. + +If @key cannot be found then 0 is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated +with @key cannot be interpreted as an integer, or is out of range +for a #gint, then 0 is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + the value associated with the key as an integer, or + 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + + + Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as +integers. + +If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated +with @key cannot be interpreted as integers, or are out of range for +#gint, then %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. + + + the values associated with the key as a list of integers, or %NULL if + the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of + integers should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + the number of integers returned + + + + + + Returns all keys for the group name @group_name. The array of +returned keys will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may +optionally be %NULL. In the event that the @group_name cannot +be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to +#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. + Use g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + return location for the number of keys returned, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the actual locale which the result of +g_key_file_get_locale_string() or g_key_file_get_locale_string_list() +came from. + +If calling g_key_file_get_locale_string() or +g_key_file_get_locale_string_list() with exactly the same @key_file, +@group_name, @key and @locale, the result of those functions will +have originally been tagged with the locale that is the result of +this function. + + the locale from the file, or %NULL if the key was not + found or the entry in the file was was untranslated + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a locale identifier or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name +translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is +%NULL then the current locale is assumed. + +If @locale is to be non-%NULL, or if the current locale will change over +the lifetime of the #GKeyFile, it must be loaded with +%G_KEY_FILE_KEEP_TRANSLATIONS in order to load strings for all locales. + +If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set +to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the value associated +with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translation can +be found then the untranslated value is returned. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + key cannot be found. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a locale identifier or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name +translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is +%NULL then the current locale is assumed. + +If @locale is to be non-%NULL, or if the current locale will change over +the lifetime of the #GKeyFile, it must be loaded with +%G_KEY_FILE_KEEP_TRANSLATIONS in order to load strings for all locales. + +If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set +to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the values associated +with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translations +can be found then the untranslated values are returned. The +returned array is %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally +be %NULL. + + a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array + or %NULL if the key isn't found. The string array should be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a locale identifier or %NULL + + + + return location for the number of returned strings or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the name of the start group of the file. + + The start group of the key file. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + + + Returns the string value associated with @key under @group_name. +Unlike g_key_file_get_value(), this function handles escape sequences +like \s. + +In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + key cannot be found. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + + + Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name. + +In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. + + + a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified + key cannot be found. The array should be freed with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + return location for the number of returned strings, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an unsigned +64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return +large positive results without truncation. + + the value associated with the key as an unsigned 64-bit integer, +or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. + + + + + a non-%NULL #GKeyFile + + + + a non-%NULL group name + + + + a non-%NULL key + + + + + + Returns the raw value associated with @key under @group_name. +Use g_key_file_get_string() to retrieve an unescaped UTF-8 string. + +In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and +@error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the +event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned +and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. + + a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified + key cannot be found. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + + + Looks whether the key file has the group @group_name. + + %TRUE if @group_name is a part of @key_file, %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + + + Looks whether the key file has the key @key in the group +@group_name. + +Note that this function does not follow the rules for #GError strictly; +the return value both carries meaning and signals an error. To use +this function, you must pass a #GError pointer in @error, and check +whether it is not %NULL to see if an error occurred. + +Language bindings should use g_key_file_get_value() to test whether +or not a key exists. + + %TRUE if @key is a part of @group_name, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key name + + + + + + Loads a key file from the data in @bytes into an empty #GKeyFile structure. +If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an empty #GKeyFile struct + + + + a #GBytes + + + + flags from #GKeyFileFlags + + + + + + Loads a key file from memory into an empty #GKeyFile structure. +If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an empty #GKeyFile struct + + + + key file loaded in memory + + + + the length of @data in bytes (or (gsize)-1 if data is nul-terminated) + + + + flags from #GKeyFileFlags + + + + + + This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths +returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), +loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in +@full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is +set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise + + + + + an empty #GKeyFile struct + + + + a relative path to a filename to open and parse + + + + return location for a string containing the full path + of the file, or %NULL + + + + flags from #GKeyFileFlags + + + + + + This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths +specified in @search_dirs, loads the file into @key_file and +returns the file's full path in @full_path. + +If the file could not be found in any of the @search_dirs, +%G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_NOT_FOUND is returned. If +the file is found but the OS returns an error when opening or reading the +file, a %G_FILE_ERROR is returned. If there is a problem parsing the file, a +%G_KEY_FILE_ERROR is returned. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an empty #GKeyFile struct + + + + a relative path to a filename to open and parse + + + + %NULL-terminated array of directories to search + + + + + + return location for a string containing the full path + of the file, or %NULL + + + + flags from #GKeyFileFlags + + + + + + Loads a key file into an empty #GKeyFile structure. + +If the OS returns an error when opening or reading the file, a +%G_FILE_ERROR is returned. If there is a problem parsing the file, a +%G_KEY_FILE_ERROR is returned. + +This function will never return a %G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error. If the +@file is not found, %G_FILE_ERROR_NOENT is returned. + + %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an empty #GKeyFile struct + + + + the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding + + + + flags from #GKeyFileFlags + + + + + + Increases the reference count of @key_file. + + the same @key_file. + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + + + Removes a comment above @key from @group_name. +If @key is %NULL then @comment will be removed above @group_name. +If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will +be removed above the first group in the file. + + %TRUE if the comment was removed, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name, or %NULL + + + + a key + + + + + + Removes the specified group, @group_name, +from the key file. + + %TRUE if the group was removed, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + + + Removes @key in @group_name from the key file. + + %TRUE if the key was removed, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key name to remove + + + + + + Writes the contents of @key_file to @filename using +g_file_set_contents(). + +This function can fail for any of the reasons that +g_file_set_contents() may fail. + + %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE with @error set + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + the name of the file to write to + + + + + + Associates a new boolean value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + + Associates a list of boolean values with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. +If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an array of boolean values + + + + + + length of @list + + + + + + Places a comment above @key from @group_name. + +If @key is %NULL then @comment will be written above @group_name. +If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be +written above the first group in the file. + +Note that this function prepends a '#' comment marker to +each line of @comment. + + %TRUE if the comment was written, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name, or %NULL + + + + a key + + + + a comment + + + + + + Associates a new double value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an double value + + + + + + Associates a list of double values with @key under +@group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an array of double values + + + + + + number of double values in @list + + + + + + Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an integer value + + + + + + Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an integer value + + + + + + Associates a list of integer values with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an array of integer values + + + + + + number of integer values in @list + + + + + + Sets the character which is used to separate +values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used +as separators. The default list separator is ';'. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + the separator + + + + + + Associates a string value for @key and @locale under @group_name. +If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a locale identifier + + + + a string + + + + + + Associates a list of string values for @key and @locale under +@group_name. If the translation for @key cannot be found then +it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a locale identifier + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of locale string values + + + + + + the length of @list + + + + + + Associates a new string value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. +If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. +Unlike g_key_file_set_value(), this function handles characters +that need escaping, such as newlines. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a string + + + + + + Associates a list of string values for @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. +If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an array of string values + + + + + + number of string values in @list + + + + + + Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. +If @key cannot be found then it is created. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + an integer value + + + + + + Associates a new value with @key under @group_name. + +If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot +be found then it is created. To set an UTF-8 string which may contain +characters that need escaping (such as newlines or spaces), use +g_key_file_set_string(). + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + a group name + + + + a key + + + + a string + + + + + + This function outputs @key_file as a string. + +Note that this function never reports an error, +so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error. + + a newly allocated string holding + the contents of the #GKeyFile + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + return location for the length of the + returned string, or %NULL + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of @key_file by 1. If the reference count +reaches zero, frees the key file and all its allocated memory. + + + + + + a #GKeyFile + + + + + + + + + + + + Error codes returned by key file parsing. + + the text being parsed was in + an unknown encoding + + + document was ill-formed + + + the file was not found + + + a requested key was not found + + + a requested group was not found + + + a value could not be parsed + + + + Flags which influence the parsing. + + No flags, default behaviour + + + Use this flag if you plan to write the + (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; + otherwise all comments will be lost when the key file is + written back. + + + Use this flag if you plan to write the + (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; + otherwise only the translations for the current language will be + written back. + + + + Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. +See #G_BYTE_ORDER. + + + + The natural logarithm of 10. + + + + The natural logarithm of 2. + + + + Multiplying the base 2 exponent by this number yields the base 10 exponent. + + + + Defines the log domain. See [Log Domains](#log-domains). + +Libraries should define this so that any messages +which they log can be differentiated from messages from other +libraries and application code. But be careful not to define +it in any public header files. + +Log domains must be unique, and it is recommended that they are the +application or library name, optionally followed by a hyphen and a sub-domain +name. For example, `bloatpad` or `bloatpad-io`. + +If undefined, it defaults to the default %NULL (or `""`) log domain; this is +not advisable, as it cannot be filtered against using the `G_MESSAGES_DEBUG` +environment variable. + +For example, GTK+ uses this in its `Makefile.am`: +|[ +AM_CPPFLAGS = -DG_LOG_DOMAIN=\"Gtk\" +]| + +Applications can choose to leave it as the default %NULL (or `""`) +domain. However, defining the domain offers the same advantages as +above. + + + + GLib log levels that are considered fatal by default. + +This is not used if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + + + Log levels below 1<<G_LOG_LEVEL_USER_SHIFT are used by GLib. +Higher bits can be used for user-defined log levels. + + + + The #GList struct is used for each element in a doubly-linked list. + + holds the element's data, which can be a pointer to any kind + of data, or any integer value using the + [Type Conversion Macros][glib-Type-Conversion-Macros] + + + + contains the link to the next element in the list + + + + + + contains the link to the previous element in the list + + + + + + Allocates space for one #GList element. It is called by +g_list_append(), g_list_prepend(), g_list_insert() and +g_list_insert_sorted() and so is rarely used on its own. + + a pointer to the newly-allocated #GList element + + + + + + + Adds a new element on to the end of the list. + +Note that the return value is the new start of the list, +if @list was empty; make sure you store the new value. + +g_list_append() has to traverse the entire list to find the end, +which is inefficient when adding multiple elements. A common idiom +to avoid the inefficiency is to use g_list_prepend() and reverse +the list with g_list_reverse() when all elements have been added. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. +GList *string_list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; + +// This is a list of strings. +string_list = g_list_append (string_list, "first"); +string_list = g_list_append (string_list, "second"); + +// This is a list of integers. +number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); +number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); +]| + + either @list or the new start of the #GList if @list was %NULL + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Adds the second #GList onto the end of the first #GList. +Note that the elements of the second #GList are not copied. +They are used directly. + +This function is for example used to move an element in the list. +The following example moves an element to the top of the list: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +list = g_list_remove_link (list, llink); +list = g_list_concat (llink, list); +]| + + the start of the new #GList, which equals @list1 if not %NULL + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the #GList to add to the end of the first #GList, + this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + + + Copies a #GList. + +Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements +consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but +the actual data is not. See g_list_copy_deep() if you need +to copy the data as well. + + the start of the new list that holds the same data as @list + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + + + Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GList. + +In contrast with g_list_copy(), this function uses @func to make +a copy of each list element, in addition to copying the list +container itself. + +@func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied +and a @user_data pointer. It's safe to pass %NULL as user_data, +if the copy function takes only one argument. + +For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +another_list = g_list_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); +]| + +And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_list_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); +]| + + the start of the new list that holds a full copy of @list, + use g_list_free_full() to free it + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + a copy function used to copy every element in the list + + + + user data passed to the copy function @func, or %NULL + + + + + + Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. +Compare this to g_list_remove_link() which removes the node +without freeing it. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + node to delete from @list + + + + + + + + Finds the element in a #GList which contains the given data. + + the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the element data to find + + + + + + Finds an element in a #GList, using a supplied function to +find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling +the given function which should return 0 when the desired +element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, +the #GList element's data as the first argument and the +given user data. + + the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + user data passed to the function + + + + the function to call for each element. + It should return 0 when the desired element is found + + + + + + Gets the first element in a #GList. + + the first element in the #GList, + or %NULL if the #GList has no elements + + + + + + + any #GList element + + + + + + + + Calls a function for each element of a #GList. + +It is safe for @func to remove the element from @list, but it must +not modify any part of the list after that element. + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the function to call with each element's data + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Frees all of the memory used by a #GList. +The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. + +If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, you should +either use g_list_free_full() or free them manually first. + + + + + + a #GList + + + + + + + + Frees one #GList element, but does not update links from the next and +previous elements in the list, so you should not call this function on an +element that is currently part of a list. + +It is usually used after g_list_remove_link(). + + + + + + a #GList element + + + + + + + + Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GList, +and calls @free_func on every element's data. + +@free_func must not modify the list (eg, by removing the freed +element from it). + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList + + + + + + the function to be called to free each element's data + + + + + + Gets the position of the element containing +the given data (starting from 0). + + the index of the element containing the data, + or -1 if the data is not found + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the position to insert the element. If this is + negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the + list, the new element is added on to the end of the list. + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list before the given position. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the list element before which the new element + is inserted or %NULL to insert at the end of the list + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison +function to determine its position. + +If you are adding many new elements to a list, and the number of +new elements is much larger than the length of the list, use +g_list_prepend() to add the new items and sort the list afterwards +with g_list_sort(). + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList, this must point to the top of the + already sorted list + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the function to compare elements in the list. It should + return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the + second parameter in the sort order. + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison +function to determine its position. + +If you are adding many new elements to a list, and the number of +new elements is much larger than the length of the list, use +g_list_prepend() to add the new items and sort the list afterwards +with g_list_sort(). + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList, this must point to the top of the + already sorted list + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the function to compare elements in the list. It should + return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the + second parameter in the sort order. + + + + user data to pass to comparison function + + + + + + Gets the last element in a #GList. + + the last element in the #GList, + or %NULL if the #GList has no elements + + + + + + + any #GList element + + + + + + + + Gets the number of elements in a #GList. + +This function iterates over the whole list to count its elements. +Use a #GQueue instead of a GList if you regularly need the number +of items. To check whether the list is non-empty, it is faster to check +@list against %NULL. + + the number of elements in the #GList + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + + + Gets the element at the given position in a #GList. + +This iterates over the list until it reaches the @n-th position. If you +intend to iterate over every element, it is better to use a for-loop as +described in the #GList introduction. + + the element, or %NULL if the position is off + the end of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the position of the element, counting from 0 + + + + + + Gets the data of the element at the given position. + +This iterates over the list until it reaches the @n-th position. If you +intend to iterate over every element, it is better to use a for-loop as +described in the #GList introduction. + + the element's data, or %NULL if the position + is off the end of the #GList + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the position of the element + + + + + + Gets the element @n places before @list. + + the element, or %NULL if the position is + off the end of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList + + + + + + the position of the element, counting from 0 + + + + + + Gets the position of the given element +in the #GList (starting from 0). + + the position of the element in the #GList, + or -1 if the element is not found + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + an element in the #GList + + + + + + + + Prepends a new element on to the start of the list. + +Note that the return value is the new start of the list, +which will have changed, so make sure you store the new value. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. +GList *list = NULL; + +list = g_list_prepend (list, "last"); +list = g_list_prepend (list, "first"); +]| + +Do not use this function to prepend a new element to a different +element than the start of the list. Use g_list_insert_before() instead. + + a pointer to the newly prepended element, which is the new + start of the #GList + + + + + + + a pointer to a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Removes an element from a #GList. +If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. +If none of the elements contain the data, the #GList is unchanged. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the data of the element to remove + + + + + + Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. +Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with +g_list_remove() which removes only the first node +matching the given data. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + data to remove + + + + + + Removes an element from a #GList, without freeing the element. +The removed element's prev and next links are set to %NULL, so +that it becomes a self-contained list with one element. + +This function is for example used to move an element in the list +(see the example for g_list_concat()) or to remove an element in +the list before freeing its data: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +list = g_list_remove_link (list, llink); +free_some_data_that_may_access_the_list_again (llink->data); +g_list_free (llink); +]| + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + an element in the #GList + + + + + + + + Reverses a #GList. +It simply switches the next and prev pointers of each element. + + the start of the reversed #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + + + Sorts a #GList using the given comparison function. The algorithm +used is a stable sort. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + the comparison function used to sort the #GList. + This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GList + and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the + first element comes before the second, or a positive value if + the first element comes after the second. + + + + + + Like g_list_sort(), but the comparison function accepts +a user data argument. + + the (possibly changed) start of the #GList + + + + + + + a #GList, this must point to the top of the list + + + + + + comparison function + + + + user data to pass to comparison function + + + + + + + Structure representing a single field in a structured log entry. See +g_log_structured() for details. + +Log fields may contain arbitrary values, including binary with embedded nul +bytes. If the field contains a string, the string must be UTF-8 encoded and +have a trailing nul byte. Otherwise, @length must be set to a non-negative +value. + + field name (UTF-8 string) + + + + field value (arbitrary bytes) + + + + length of @value, in bytes, or -1 if it is nul-terminated + + + + + Specifies the prototype of log handler functions. + +The default log handler, g_log_default_handler(), automatically appends a +new-line character to @message when printing it. It is advised that any +custom log handler functions behave similarly, so that logging calls in user +code do not need modifying to add a new-line character to the message if the +log handler is changed. + +This is not used if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + + + + + the log domain of the message + + + + the log level of the message (including the + fatal and recursion flags) + + + + the message to process + + + + user data, set in g_log_set_handler() + + + + + + Flags specifying the level of log messages. + +It is possible to change how GLib treats messages of the various +levels using g_log_set_handler() and g_log_set_fatal_mask(). + + internal flag + + + internal flag + + + log level for errors, see g_error(). + This level is also used for messages produced by g_assert(). + + + log level for critical warning messages, see + g_critical(). + This level is also used for messages produced by g_return_if_fail() + and g_return_val_if_fail(). + + + log level for warnings, see g_warning() + + + log level for messages, see g_message() + + + log level for informational messages, see g_info() + + + log level for debug messages, see g_debug() + + + a mask including all log levels + + + + Writer function for log entries. A log entry is a collection of one or more +#GLogFields, using the standard [field names from journal +specification](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html). +See g_log_structured() for more information. + +Writer functions must ignore fields which they do not recognise, unless they +can write arbitrary binary output, as field values may be arbitrary binary. + +@log_level is guaranteed to be included in @fields as the `PRIORITY` field, +but is provided separately for convenience of deciding whether or where to +output the log entry. + +Writer functions should return %G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED if they handled the log +message successfully or if they deliberately ignored it. If there was an +error handling the message (for example, if the writer function is meant to +send messages to a remote logging server and there is a network error), it +should return %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED. This allows writer functions to be +chained and fall back to simpler handlers in case of failure. + + %G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED if the log entry was handled successfully; + %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED otherwise + + + + + log level of the message + + + + fields forming the message + + + + + + number of @fields + + + + user data passed to g_log_set_writer_func() + + + + + + Return values from #GLogWriterFuncs to indicate whether the given log entry +was successfully handled by the writer, or whether there was an error in +handling it (and hence a fallback writer should be used). + +If a #GLogWriterFunc ignores a log entry, it should return +%G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED. + + Log writer has handled the log entry. + + + Log writer could not handle the log entry. + + + + The major version number of the GLib library. + +Like #glib_major_version, but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library +linked against at application run time. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #gint16. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #gint32. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #gint64. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #gint8. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #guint16. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #guint32. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #guint64. + + + + The maximum value which can be held in a #guint8. + + + + The micro version number of the GLib library. + +Like #gtk_micro_version, but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library +linked against at application run time. + + + + The minimum value which can be held in a #gint16. + + + + The minimum value which can be held in a #gint32. + + + + The minimum value which can be held in a #gint64. + + + + The minimum value which can be held in a #gint8. + + + + The minor version number of the GLib library. + +Like #gtk_minor_version, but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library +linked against at application run time. + + + + + + + The `GMainContext` struct is an opaque data +type representing a set of sources to be handled in a main loop. + + Creates a new #GMainContext structure. + + the new #GMainContext + + + + + Tries to become the owner of the specified context. +If some other thread is the owner of the context, +returns %FALSE immediately. Ownership is properly +recursive: the owner can require ownership again +and will release ownership when g_main_context_release() +is called as many times as g_main_context_acquire(). + +You must be the owner of a context before you +can call g_main_context_prepare(), g_main_context_query(), +g_main_context_check(), g_main_context_dispatch(). + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and + this thread is now the owner of @context. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for +this context. This will very seldom be used directly. Instead +a typical event source will use g_source_add_unix_fd() instead. + + + + + + a #GMainContext (or %NULL for the default context) + + + + a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file + descriptor to watch. + + + + the priority for this file descriptor which should be + the same as the priority used for g_source_attach() to ensure that the + file descriptor is polled whenever the results may be needed. + + + + + + Passes the results of polling back to the main loop. + +You must have successfully acquired the context with +g_main_context_acquire() before you may call this function. + + %TRUE if some sources are ready to be dispatched. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + the maximum numerical priority of sources to check + + + + array of #GPollFD's that was passed to + the last call to g_main_context_query() + + + + + + return value of g_main_context_query() + + + + + + Dispatches all pending sources. + +You must have successfully acquired the context with +g_main_context_acquire() before you may call this function. + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Finds a source with the given source functions and user data. If +multiple sources exist with the same source function and user data, +the first one found will be returned. + + the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL + + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). + + + + the @source_funcs passed to g_source_new(). + + + + the user data from the callback. + + + + + + Finds a #GSource given a pair of context and ID. + +It is a programmer error to attempt to lookup a non-existent source. + +More specifically: source IDs can be reissued after a source has been +destroyed and therefore it is never valid to use this function with a +source ID which may have already been removed. An example is when +scheduling an idle to run in another thread with g_idle_add(): the +idle may already have run and been removed by the time this function +is called on its (now invalid) source ID. This source ID may have +been reissued, leading to the operation being performed against the +wrong source. + + the #GSource + + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) + + + + the source ID, as returned by g_source_get_id(). + + + + + + Finds a source with the given user data for the callback. If +multiple sources exist with the same user data, the first +one found will be returned. + + the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + the user_data for the callback. + + + + + + Gets the poll function set by g_main_context_set_poll_func(). + + the poll function + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the +invocation of @function. + +If @context is %NULL then the global default main context — as +returned by g_main_context_default() — is used. + +If @context is owned by the current thread, @function is called +directly. Otherwise, if @context is the thread-default main context +of the current thread and g_main_context_acquire() succeeds, then +@function is called and g_main_context_release() is called +afterwards. + +In any other case, an idle source is created to call @function and +that source is attached to @context (presumably to be run in another +thread). The idle source is attached with #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT +priority. If you want a different priority, use +g_main_context_invoke_full(). + +Note that, as with normal idle functions, @function should probably +return %FALSE. If it returns %TRUE, it will be continuously run in a +loop (and may prevent this call from returning). + + + + + + a #GMainContext, or %NULL + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + + + Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the +invocation of @function. + +This function is the same as g_main_context_invoke() except that it +lets you specify the priority in case @function ends up being +scheduled as an idle and also lets you give a #GDestroyNotify for @data. + +@notify should not assume that it is called from any particular +thread or with any particular context acquired. + + + + + + a #GMainContext, or %NULL + + + + the priority at which to run @function + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. + + + + + + Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive) +ownership of this #GMainContext. This is useful to +know before waiting on another thread that may be +blocking to get ownership of @context. + + %TRUE if current thread is owner of @context. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Runs a single iteration for the given main loop. This involves +checking to see if any event sources are ready to be processed, +then if no events sources are ready and @may_block is %TRUE, waiting +for a source to become ready, then dispatching the highest priority +events sources that are ready. Otherwise, if @may_block is %FALSE +sources are not waited to become ready, only those highest priority +events sources will be dispatched (if any), that are ready at this +given moment without further waiting. + +Note that even when @may_block is %TRUE, it is still possible for +g_main_context_iteration() to return %FALSE, since the wait may +be interrupted for other reasons than an event source becoming ready. + + %TRUE if events were dispatched. + + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) + + + + whether the call may block. + + + + + + Checks if any sources have pending events for the given context. + + %TRUE if events are pending. + + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) + + + + + + Pops @context off the thread-default context stack (verifying that +it was on the top of the stack). + + + + + + a #GMainContext object, or %NULL + + + + + + Prepares to poll sources within a main loop. The resulting information +for polling is determined by calling g_main_context_query (). + +You must have successfully acquired the context with +g_main_context_acquire() before you may call this function. + + %TRUE if some source is ready to be dispatched + prior to polling. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + location to store priority of highest priority + source already ready. + + + + + + Acquires @context and sets it as the thread-default context for the +current thread. This will cause certain asynchronous operations +(such as most [gio][gio]-based I/O) which are +started in this thread to run under @context and deliver their +results to its main loop, rather than running under the global +default context in the main thread. Note that calling this function +changes the context returned by g_main_context_get_thread_default(), +not the one returned by g_main_context_default(), so it does not affect +the context used by functions like g_idle_add(). + +Normally you would call this function shortly after creating a new +thread, passing it a #GMainContext which will be run by a +#GMainLoop in that thread, to set a new default context for all +async operations in that thread. In this case you may not need to +ever call g_main_context_pop_thread_default(), assuming you want the +new #GMainContext to be the default for the whole lifecycle of the +thread. + +If you don't have control over how the new thread was created (e.g. +in the new thread isn't newly created, or if the thread life +cycle is managed by a #GThreadPool), it is always suggested to wrap +the logic that needs to use the new #GMainContext inside a +g_main_context_push_thread_default() / g_main_context_pop_thread_default() +pair, otherwise threads that are re-used will end up never explicitly +releasing the #GMainContext reference they hold. + +In some cases you may want to schedule a single operation in a +non-default context, or temporarily use a non-default context in +the main thread. In that case, you can wrap the call to the +asynchronous operation inside a +g_main_context_push_thread_default() / +g_main_context_pop_thread_default() pair, but it is up to you to +ensure that no other asynchronous operations accidentally get +started while the non-default context is active. + +Beware that libraries that predate this function may not correctly +handle being used from a thread with a thread-default context. Eg, +see g_file_supports_thread_contexts(). + + + + + + a #GMainContext, or %NULL for the global default context + + + + + + Determines information necessary to poll this main loop. + +You must have successfully acquired the context with +g_main_context_acquire() before you may call this function. + + the number of records actually stored in @fds, + or, if more than @n_fds records need to be stored, the number + of records that need to be stored. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + maximum priority source to check + + + + location to store timeout to be used in polling + + + + location to + store #GPollFD records that need to be polled. + + + + + + length of @fds. + + + + + + Increases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. + + the @context that was passed in (since 2.6) + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread +with g_main_context_acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple +times, the ownership will be released only when g_main_context_release() +is called as many times as it was acquired. + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Removes file descriptor from the set of file descriptors to be +polled for a particular context. + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + a #GPollFD descriptor previously added with g_main_context_add_poll() + + + + + + Sets the function to use to handle polling of file descriptors. It +will be used instead of the poll() system call +(or GLib's replacement function, which is used where +poll() isn't available). + +This function could possibly be used to integrate the GLib event +loop with an external event loop. + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + the function to call to poll all file descriptors + + + + + + Decreases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. If +the result is zero, free the context and free all associated memory. + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Tries to become the owner of the specified context, +as with g_main_context_acquire(). But if another thread +is the owner, atomically drop @mutex and wait on @cond until +that owner releases ownership or until @cond is signaled, then +try again (once) to become the owner. + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and + this thread is now the owner of @context. + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + a condition variable + + + + a mutex, currently held + + + + + + If @context is currently blocking in g_main_context_iteration() +waiting for a source to become ready, cause it to stop blocking +and return. Otherwise, cause the next invocation of +g_main_context_iteration() to return without blocking. + +This API is useful for low-level control over #GMainContext; for +example, integrating it with main loop implementations such as +#GMainLoop. + +Another related use for this function is when implementing a main +loop with a termination condition, computed from multiple threads: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + #define NUM_TASKS 10 + static volatile gint tasks_remaining = NUM_TASKS; + ... + + while (g_atomic_int_get (&tasks_remaining) != 0) + g_main_context_iteration (NULL, TRUE); +]| + +Then in a thread: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + perform_work(); + + if (g_atomic_int_dec_and_test (&tasks_remaining)) + g_main_context_wakeup (NULL); +]| + + + + + + a #GMainContext + + + + + + Returns the global default main context. This is the main context +used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly +specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also +g_main_context_get_thread_default(). + + the global default main context. + + + + + Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous +operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than +the default one should call this method or +g_main_context_ref_thread_default() to get a #GMainContext to add +their #GSources to. (Note that even in single-threaded +programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a +non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will +always return %NULL if you are running in the default thread.) + +If you need to hold a reference on the context, use +g_main_context_ref_thread_default() instead. + + the thread-default #GMainContext, or +%NULL if the thread-default context is the global default context. + + + + + Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread, as with +g_main_context_get_thread_default(), but also adds a reference to +it with g_main_context_ref(). In addition, unlike +g_main_context_get_thread_default(), if the thread-default context +is the global default context, this will return that #GMainContext +(with a ref added to it) rather than returning %NULL. + + the thread-default #GMainContext. Unref + with g_main_context_unref() when you are done with it. + + + + + + The `GMainLoop` struct is an opaque data type +representing the main event loop of a GLib or GTK+ application. + + Creates a new #GMainLoop structure. + + a new #GMainLoop. + + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). + + + + set to %TRUE to indicate that the loop is running. This +is not very important since calling g_main_loop_run() will set this to +%TRUE anyway. + + + + + + Returns the #GMainContext of @loop. + + the #GMainContext of @loop + + + + + a #GMainLoop. + + + + + + Checks to see if the main loop is currently being run via g_main_loop_run(). + + %TRUE if the mainloop is currently being run. + + + + + a #GMainLoop. + + + + + + Stops a #GMainLoop from running. Any calls to g_main_loop_run() +for the loop will return. + +Note that sources that have already been dispatched when +g_main_loop_quit() is called will still be executed. + + + + + + a #GMainLoop + + + + + + Increases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. + + @loop + + + + + a #GMainLoop + + + + + + Runs a main loop until g_main_loop_quit() is called on the loop. +If this is called for the thread of the loop's #GMainContext, +it will process events from the loop, otherwise it will +simply wait. + + + + + + a #GMainLoop + + + + + + Decreases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. If +the result is zero, free the loop and free all associated memory. + + + + + + a #GMainLoop + + + + + + + The #GMappedFile represents a file mapping created with +g_mapped_file_new(). It has only private members and should +not be accessed directly. + + Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. + +If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise +it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer +are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not +written back to the file. + +Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents +of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file +will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done +atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). + +If @filename is the name of an empty, regular file, the function +will successfully return an empty #GMappedFile. In other cases of +size 0 (e.g. device files such as /dev/null), @error will be set +to the #GFileError value #G_FILE_ERROR_INVAL. + + a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd + with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. + + + + + The path of the file to load, in the GLib + filename encoding + + + + whether the mapping should be writable + + + + + + Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. + +If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise +it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer +are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not +written back to the file. + +Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents +of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file +will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done +atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). + + a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd + with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. + + + + + The file descriptor of the file to load + + + + whether the mapping should be writable + + + + + + This call existed before #GMappedFile had refcounting and is currently +exactly the same as g_mapped_file_unref(). + Use g_mapped_file_unref() instead. + + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + Creates a new #GBytes which references the data mapped from @file. +The mapped contents of the file must not be modified after creating this +bytes object, because a #GBytes should be immutable. + + A newly allocated #GBytes referencing data + from @file + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + Returns the contents of a #GMappedFile. + +Note that the contents may not be zero-terminated, +even if the #GMappedFile is backed by a text file. + +If the file is empty then %NULL is returned. + + the contents of @file, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + Returns the length of the contents of a #GMappedFile. + + the length of the contents of @file. + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + Increments the reference count of @file by one. It is safe to call +this function from any thread. + + the passed in #GMappedFile. + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of @file by one. If the reference count +drops to 0, unmaps the buffer of @file and frees it. + +It is safe to call this function from any thread. + +Since 2.22 + + + + + + a #GMappedFile + + + + + + + A mixed enumerated type and flags field. You must specify one type +(string, strdup, boolean, tristate). Additionally, you may optionally +bitwise OR the type with the flag %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL. + +It is likely that this enum will be extended in the future to +support other types. + + used to terminate the list of attributes + to collect + + + collect the string pointer directly from + the attribute_values[] array. Expects a parameter of type (const + char **). If %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is specified and the + attribute isn't present then the pointer will be set to %NULL + + + as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, but + expects a parameter of type (char **) and g_strdup()s the + returned pointer. The pointer must be freed with g_free() + + + expects a parameter of type (gboolean *) + and parses the attribute value as a boolean. Sets %FALSE if the + attribute isn't present. Valid boolean values consist of + (case-insensitive) "false", "f", "no", "n", "0" and "true", "t", + "yes", "y", "1" + + + as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN, but + in the case of a missing attribute a value is set that compares + equal to neither %FALSE nor %TRUE G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is + implied + + + can be bitwise ORed with the other fields. + If present, allows the attribute not to appear. A default value + is set depending on what value type is used + + + + Error codes returned by markup parsing. + + text being parsed was not valid UTF-8 + + + document contained nothing, or only whitespace + + + document was ill-formed + + + error should be set by #GMarkupParser + functions; element wasn't known + + + error should be set by #GMarkupParser + functions; attribute wasn't known + + + error should be set by #GMarkupParser + functions; content was invalid + + + error should be set by #GMarkupParser + functions; a required attribute was missing + + + + A parse context is used to parse a stream of bytes that +you expect to contain marked-up text. + +See g_markup_parse_context_new(), #GMarkupParser, and so +on for more details. + + Creates a new parse context. A parse context is used to parse +marked-up documents. You can feed any number of documents into +a context, as long as no errors occur; once an error occurs, +the parse context can't continue to parse text (you have to +free it and create a new parse context). + + a new #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + a #GMarkupParser + + + + one or more #GMarkupParseFlags + + + + user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions + + + + user data destroy notifier called when + the parse context is freed + + + + + + Signals to the #GMarkupParseContext that all data has been +fed into the parse context with g_markup_parse_context_parse(). + +This function reports an error if the document isn't complete, +for example if elements are still open. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Frees a #GMarkupParseContext. + +This function can't be called from inside one of the +#GMarkupParser functions or while a subparser is pushed. + + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the currently open element. + +If called from the start_element or end_element handlers this will +give the element_name as passed to those functions. For the parent +elements, see g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack(). + + the name of the currently open element, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser. + +The returned #GSList is a list of strings where the first item is +the currently open tag (as would be returned by +g_markup_parse_context_get_element()) and the next item is its +immediate parent. + +This function is intended to be used in the start_element and +end_element handlers where g_markup_parse_context_get_element() +would merely return the name of the element that is being +processed. + + the element stack, which must not be modified + + + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on +that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict +semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than +"the best number we could come up with for error messages." + + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + return location for a line number, or %NULL + + + + return location for a char-on-line number, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the user_data associated with @context. + +This will either be the user_data that was provided to +g_markup_parse_context_new() or to the most recent call +of g_markup_parse_context_push(). + + the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to + the markup context and will be freed when + g_markup_parse_context_free() is called. + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Feed some data to the #GMarkupParseContext. + +The data need not be valid UTF-8; an error will be signaled if +it's invalid. The data need not be an entire document; you can +feed a document into the parser incrementally, via multiple calls +to this function. Typically, as you receive data from a network +connection or file, you feed each received chunk of data into this +function, aborting the process if an error occurs. Once an error +is reported, no further data may be fed to the #GMarkupParseContext; +all errors are fatal. + + %FALSE if an error occurred, %TRUE on success + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + chunk of text to parse + + + + length of @text in bytes + + + + + + Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection. + +This function exists to collect the user_data allocated by a +matching call to g_markup_parse_context_push(). It must be called +in the end_element handler corresponding to the start_element +handler during which g_markup_parse_context_push() was called. +You must not call this function from the error callback -- the +@user_data is provided directly to the callback in that case. + +This function is not intended to be directly called by users +interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to +be used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level +interface. + + the user data passed to g_markup_parse_context_push() + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser. + +This function may only be called from the start_element handler of +a #GMarkupParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to +g_markup_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler +(except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error). + +All tags, text and other data between the matching tags is +redirected to the subparser given by @parser. @user_data is used +as the user_data for that parser. @user_data is also passed to the +error callback in the event that an error occurs. This includes +errors that occur in subparsers of the subparser. + +The end tag matching the start tag for which this call was made is +handled by the previous parser (which is given its own user_data) +which is why g_markup_parse_context_pop() is provided to allow "one +last access" to the @user_data provided to this function. In the +case of error, the @user_data provided here is passed directly to +the error callback of the subparser and g_markup_parse_context_pop() +should not be called. In either case, if @user_data was allocated +then it ought to be freed from both of these locations. + +This function is not intended to be directly called by users +interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be +used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level +interface. + +As an example, see the following implementation of a simple +parser that counts the number of tags encountered. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +typedef struct +{ + gint tag_count; +} CounterData; + +static void +counter_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context, + const gchar *element_name, + const gchar **attribute_names, + const gchar **attribute_values, + gpointer user_data, + GError **error) +{ + CounterData *data = user_data; + + data->tag_count++; +} + +static void +counter_error (GMarkupParseContext *context, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data) +{ + CounterData *data = user_data; + + g_slice_free (CounterData, data); +} + +static GMarkupParser counter_subparser = +{ + counter_start_element, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + counter_error +}; +]| + +In order to allow this parser to be easily used as a subparser, the +following interface is provided: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +void +start_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) +{ + CounterData *data = g_slice_new (CounterData); + + data->tag_count = 0; + g_markup_parse_context_push (context, &counter_subparser, data); +} + +gint +end_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) +{ + CounterData *data = g_markup_parse_context_pop (context); + int result; + + result = data->tag_count; + g_slice_free (CounterData, data); + + return result; +} +]| + +The subparser would then be used as follows: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void start_element (context, element_name, ...) +{ + if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) + start_counting (context); + + // else, handle other tags... +} + +static void end_element (context, element_name, ...) +{ + if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) + g_print ("Counted %d tags\n", end_counting (context)); + + // else, handle other tags... +} +]| + + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + a #GMarkupParser + + + + user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions + + + + + + Increases the reference count of @context. + + the same @context + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of @context. When its reference count +drops to 0, it is freed. + + + + + + a #GMarkupParseContext + + + + + + + Flags that affect the behaviour of the parser. + + flag you should not use + + + When this flag is set, CDATA marked + sections are not passed literally to the @passthrough function of + the parser. Instead, the content of the section (without the + `<![CDATA[` and `]]>`) is + passed to the @text function. This flag was added in GLib 2.12 + + + Normally errors caught by GMarkup + itself have line/column information prefixed to them to let the + caller know the location of the error. When this flag is set the + location information is also prefixed to errors generated by the + #GMarkupParser implementation functions + + + Ignore (don't report) qualified + attributes and tags, along with their contents. A qualified + attribute or tag is one that contains ':' in its name (ie: is in + another namespace). Since: 2.40. + + + + Any of the fields in #GMarkupParser can be %NULL, in which case they +will be ignored. Except for the @error function, any of these callbacks +can set an error; in particular the %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ELEMENT, +%G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE, and %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT +errors are intended to be set from these callbacks. If you set an error +from a callback, g_markup_parse_context_parse() will report that error +back to its caller. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A GMatchInfo is an opaque struct used to return information about +matches. + + Returns a new string containing the text in @string_to_expand with +references and escape sequences expanded. References refer to the last +match done with @string against @regex and have the same syntax used by +g_regex_replace(). + +The @string_to_expand must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was +passed to g_regex_new(). + +The backreferences are extracted from the string passed to the match +function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. + +@match_info may be %NULL in which case @string_to_expand must not +contain references. For instance "foo\n" does not refer to an actual +pattern and '\n' merely will be replaced with \n character, +while to expand "\0" (whole match) one needs the result of a match. +Use g_regex_check_replacement() to find out whether @string_to_expand +contains references. + + the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred + + + + + a #GMatchInfo or %NULL + + + + the string to expand + + + + + + Retrieves the text matching the @match_num'th capturing +parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren +set, 2 the second, and so on. + +If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything +(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty +string is returned. + +If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using +g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved +string is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched +substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so +0 is the longest match. + +The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, +so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. + + The matched substring, or %NULL if an error + occurred. You have to free the string yourself + + + + + #GMatchInfo structure + + + + number of the sub expression + + + + + + Bundles up pointers to each of the matching substrings from a match +and stores them in an array of gchar pointers. The first element in +the returned array is the match number 0, i.e. the entire matched +text. + +If a sub pattern didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching +"b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is inserted. + +If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using +g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved +strings are not that matched by sets of parentheses but that of the +matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, +so the first one is the longest match. + +The strings are fetched from the string passed to the match function, +so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. + + a %NULL-terminated array of gchar * + pointers. It must be freed using g_strfreev(). If the previous + match failed %NULL is returned + + + + + + + a #GMatchInfo structure + + + + + + Retrieves the text matching the capturing parentheses named @name. + +If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything +(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b") +then an empty string is returned. + +The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, +so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. + + The matched substring, or %NULL if an error + occurred. You have to free the string yourself + + + + + #GMatchInfo structure + + + + name of the subexpression + + + + + + Retrieves the position in bytes of the capturing parentheses named @name. + +If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything +(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b") +then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. + + %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. + If the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos + are left unchanged. + + + + + #GMatchInfo structure + + + + name of the subexpression + + + + pointer to location where to store + the start position, or %NULL + + + + pointer to location where to store + the end position, or %NULL + + + + + + Retrieves the position in bytes of the @match_num'th capturing +parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first +paren set, 2 the second, and so on. + +If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything +(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then @start_pos +and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. + +If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using +g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved +position is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched +substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so +0 is the longest match. + + %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If + the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left + unchanged + + + + + #GMatchInfo structure + + + + number of the sub expression + + + + pointer to location where to store + the start position, or %NULL + + + + pointer to location where to store + the end position, or %NULL + + + + + + If @match_info is not %NULL, calls g_match_info_unref(); otherwise does +nothing. + + + + + + a #GMatchInfo, or %NULL + + + + + + Retrieves the number of matched substrings (including substring 0, +that is the whole matched text), so 1 is returned if the pattern +has no substrings in it and 0 is returned if the match failed. + +If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is +using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved +count is not that of the number of capturing parentheses but that of +the number of matched substrings. + + Number of matched substrings, or -1 if an error occurred + + + + + a #GMatchInfo structure + + + + + + Returns #GRegex object used in @match_info. It belongs to Glib +and must not be freed. Use g_regex_ref() if you need to keep it +after you free @match_info object. + + #GRegex object used in @match_info + + + + + a #GMatchInfo + + + + + + Returns the string searched with @match_info. This is the +string passed to g_regex_match() or g_regex_replace() so +you may not free it before calling this function. + + the string searched with @match_info + + + + + a #GMatchInfo + + + + + + Usually if the string passed to g_regex_match*() matches as far as +it goes, but is too short to match the entire pattern, %FALSE is +returned. There are circumstances where it might be helpful to +distinguish this case from other cases in which there is no match. + +Consider, for example, an application where a human is required to +type in data for a field with specific formatting requirements. An +example might be a date in the form ddmmmyy, defined by the pattern +"^\d?\d(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\d\d$". +If the application sees the user’s keystrokes one by one, and can +check that what has been typed so far is potentially valid, it is +able to raise an error as soon as a mistake is made. + +GRegex supports the concept of partial matching by means of the +#G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD flags. +When they are used, the return code for +g_regex_match() or g_regex_match_full() is, as usual, %TRUE +for a complete match, %FALSE otherwise. But, when these functions +return %FALSE, you can check if the match was partial calling +g_match_info_is_partial_match(). + +The difference between #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and +#G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD is that when a partial match is encountered +with #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT, matching continues to search for a +possible complete match, while with #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD matching +stops at the partial match. +When both #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD +are set, the latter takes precedence. + +There were formerly some restrictions on the pattern for partial matching. +The restrictions no longer apply. + +See pcrepartial(3) for more information on partial matching. + + %TRUE if the match was partial, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GMatchInfo structure + + + + + + Returns whether the previous match operation succeeded. + + %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded, + %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GMatchInfo structure + + + + + + Scans for the next match using the same parameters of the previous +call to g_regex_match_full() or g_regex_match() that returned +@match_info. + +The match is done on the string passed to the match function, so you +cannot free it before calling this function. + + %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GMatchInfo structure + + + + + + Increases reference count of @match_info by 1. + + @match_info + + + + + a #GMatchInfo + + + + + + Decreases reference count of @match_info by 1. When reference count drops +to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the match_info structure. + + + + + + a #GMatchInfo + + + + + + + A set of functions used to perform memory allocation. The same #GMemVTable must +be used for all allocations in the same program; a call to g_mem_set_vtable(), +if it exists, should be prior to any use of GLib. + +This functions related to this has been deprecated in 2.46, and no longer work. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a mutex +(mutual exclusion). It can be used to protect data against shared +access. + +Take for example the following function: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + int + give_me_next_number (void) + { + static int current_number = 0; + + // now do a very complicated calculation to calculate the new + // number, this might for example be a random number generator + current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); + + return current_number; + } +]| +It is easy to see that this won't work in a multi-threaded +application. There current_number must be protected against shared +access. A #GMutex can be used as a solution to this problem: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + int + give_me_next_number (void) + { + static GMutex mutex; + static int current_number = 0; + int ret_val; + + g_mutex_lock (&mutex); + ret_val = current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); + g_mutex_unlock (&mutex); + + return ret_val; + } +]| +Notice that the #GMutex is not initialised to any particular value. +Its placement in static storage ensures that it will be initialised +to all-zeros, which is appropriate. + +If a #GMutex is placed in other contexts (eg: embedded in a struct) +then it must be explicitly initialised using g_mutex_init(). + +A #GMutex should only be accessed via g_mutex_ functions. + + + + + + + + + + Frees the resources allocated to a mutex with g_mutex_init(). + +This function should not be used with a #GMutex that has been +statically allocated. + +Calling g_mutex_clear() on a locked mutex leads to undefined +behaviour. + +Sine: 2.32 + + + + + + an initialized #GMutex + + + + + + Initializes a #GMutex so that it can be used. + +This function is useful to initialize a mutex that has been +allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. +It is not necessary to initialize a mutex that has been +statically allocated. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + GMutex m; + ... + } Blob; + +Blob *b; + +b = g_new (Blob, 1); +g_mutex_init (&b->m); +]| + +To undo the effect of g_mutex_init() when a mutex is no longer +needed, use g_mutex_clear(). + +Calling g_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GMutex leads +to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + an uninitialized #GMutex + + + + + + Locks @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, the +current thread will block until @mutex is unlocked by the other +thread. + +#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be +non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has +already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour +(including but not limited to deadlocks). + + + + + + a #GMutex + + + + + + Tries to lock @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, +it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @mutex and returns +%TRUE. + +#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be +non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has +already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour +(including but not limited to deadlocks or arbitrary return values). + + %TRUE if @mutex could be locked + + + + + a #GMutex + + + + + + Unlocks @mutex. If another thread is blocked in a g_mutex_lock() +call for @mutex, it will become unblocked and can lock @mutex itself. + +Calling g_mutex_unlock() on a mutex that is not locked by the +current thread leads to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + a #GMutex + + + + + + + The #GNode struct represents one node in a [n-ary tree][glib-N-ary-Trees]. + + contains the actual data of the node. + + + + points to the node's next sibling (a sibling is another + #GNode with the same parent). + + + + points to the node's previous sibling. + + + + points to the parent of the #GNode, or is %NULL if the + #GNode is the root of the tree. + + + + points to the first child of the #GNode. The other + children are accessed by using the @next pointer of each + child. + + + + Gets the position of the first child of a #GNode +which contains the given data. + + the index of the child of @node which contains + @data, or -1 if the data is not found + + + + + a #GNode + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Gets the position of a #GNode with respect to its siblings. +@child must be a child of @node. The first child is numbered 0, +the second 1, and so on. + + the position of @child with respect to its siblings + + + + + a #GNode + + + + a child of @node + + + + + + Calls a function for each of the children of a #GNode. Note that it +doesn't descend beneath the child nodes. @func must not do anything +that would modify the structure of the tree. + + + + + + a #GNode + + + + which types of children are to be visited, one of + %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES + + + + the function to call for each visited node + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Recursively copies a #GNode (but does not deep-copy the data inside the +nodes, see g_node_copy_deep() if you need that). + + a new #GNode containing the same data pointers + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Recursively copies a #GNode and its data. + + a new #GNode containing copies of the data in @node. + + + + + a #GNode + + + + the function which is called to copy the data inside each node, + or %NULL to use the original data. + + + + data to pass to @copy_func + + + + + + Gets the depth of a #GNode. + +If @node is %NULL the depth is 0. The root node has a depth of 1. +For the children of the root node the depth is 2. And so on. + + the depth of the #GNode + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Removes @root and its children from the tree, freeing any memory +allocated. + + + + + + the root of the tree/subtree to destroy + + + + + + Finds a #GNode in a tree. + + the found #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found + + + + + the root #GNode of the tree to search + + + + the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, + %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER + + + + which types of children are to be searched, one of + %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data. + + the found child #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found + + + + + a #GNode + + + + which types of children are to be searched, one of + %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Gets the first sibling of a #GNode. +This could possibly be the node itself. + + the first sibling of @node + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Gets the root of a tree. + + the root of the tree + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent at the given position. + + the inserted #GNode + + + + + the #GNode to place @node under + + + + the position to place @node at, with respect to its siblings + If position is -1, @node is inserted as the last child of @parent + + + + the #GNode to insert + + + + + + Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent after the given sibling. + + the inserted #GNode + + + + + the #GNode to place @node under + + + + the sibling #GNode to place @node after. + If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the first child of @parent. + + + + the #GNode to insert + + + + + + Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent before the given sibling. + + the inserted #GNode + + + + + the #GNode to place @node under + + + + the sibling #GNode to place @node before. + If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the last child of @parent. + + + + the #GNode to insert + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant. +This is true if node is the parent of @descendant, +or if node is the grandparent of @descendant etc. + + %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant + + + + + a #GNode + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Gets the last child of a #GNode. + + the last child of @node, or %NULL if @node has no children + + + + + a #GNode (must not be %NULL) + + + + + + Gets the last sibling of a #GNode. +This could possibly be the node itself. + + the last sibling of @node + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Gets the maximum height of all branches beneath a #GNode. +This is the maximum distance from the #GNode to all leaf nodes. + +If @root is %NULL, 0 is returned. If @root has no children, +1 is returned. If @root has children, 2 is returned. And so on. + + the maximum height of the tree beneath @root + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Gets the number of children of a #GNode. + + the number of children of @node + + + + + a #GNode + + + + + + Gets the number of nodes in a tree. + + the number of nodes in the tree + + + + + a #GNode + + + + which types of children are to be counted, one of + %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES + + + + + + Gets a child of a #GNode, using the given index. +The first child is at index 0. If the index is +too big, %NULL is returned. + + the child of @node at index @n + + + + + a #GNode + + + + the index of the desired child + + + + + + Inserts a #GNode as the first child of the given parent. + + the inserted #GNode + + + + + the #GNode to place the new #GNode under + + + + the #GNode to insert + + + + + + Reverses the order of the children of a #GNode. +(It doesn't change the order of the grandchildren.) + + + + + + a #GNode. + + + + + + Traverses a tree starting at the given root #GNode. +It calls the given function for each node visited. +The traversal can be halted at any point by returning %TRUE from @func. +@func must not do anything that would modify the structure of the tree. + + + + + + the root #GNode of the tree to traverse + + + + the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, + %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER. + + + + which types of children are to be visited, one of + %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES + + + + the maximum depth of the traversal. Nodes below this + depth will not be visited. If max_depth is -1 all nodes in + the tree are visited. If depth is 1, only the root is visited. + If depth is 2, the root and its children are visited. And so on. + + + + the function to call for each visited #GNode + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Unlinks a #GNode from a tree, resulting in two separate trees. + + + + + + the #GNode to unlink, which becomes the root of a new tree + + + + + + Creates a new #GNode containing the given data. +Used to create the first node in a tree. + + a new #GNode + + + + + the data of the new node + + + + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_children_foreach(). +The function is called with each child node, together with the user +data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). + + + + + + a #GNode. + + + + user data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). + + + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_traverse(). The +function is called with each of the nodes visited, together with the +user data passed to g_node_traverse(). If the function returns +%TRUE, then the traversal is stopped. + + %TRUE to stop the traversal. + + + + + a #GNode. + + + + user data passed to g_node_traverse(). + + + + + + Defines how a Unicode string is transformed in a canonical +form, standardizing such issues as whether a character with +an accent is represented as a base character and combining +accent or as a single precomposed character. Unicode strings +should generally be normalized before comparing them. + + standardize differences that do not affect the + text content, such as the above-mentioned accent representation + + + another name for %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT + + + like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT, but with + composed forms rather than a maximally decomposed form + + + another name for %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE + + + beyond %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT also standardize the + "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such as SUPERSCRIPT THREE + to the standard forms (in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting + information may be lost but for most text operations such + characters should be considered the same + + + another name for %G_NORMALIZE_ALL + + + like %G_NORMALIZE_ALL, but with composed + forms rather than a maximally decomposed form + + + another name for %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE + + + + Error codes returned by functions converting a string to a number. + + String was not a valid number. + + + String was a number, but out of bounds. + + + + If a long option in the main group has this name, it is not treated as a +regular option. Instead it collects all non-option arguments which would +otherwise be left in `argv`. The option must be of type +%G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK, %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING_ARRAY +or %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME_ARRAY. + + +Using #G_OPTION_REMAINING instead of simply scanning `argv` +for leftover arguments has the advantage that GOption takes care of +necessary encoding conversions for strings or filenames. + + + + A #GOnce struct controls a one-time initialization function. Any +one-time initialization function must have its own unique #GOnce +struct. + + the status of the #GOnce + + + + the value returned by the call to the function, if @status + is %G_ONCE_STATUS_READY + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Function to be called when starting a critical initialization +section. The argument @location must point to a static +0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at +the end of the initialization section. In combination with +g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can +be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once +during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are +blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs +like this: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + static gsize initialization_value = 0; + + if (g_once_init_enter (&initialization_value)) + { + gsize setup_value = 42; // initialization code here + + g_once_init_leave (&initialization_value, setup_value); + } + + // use initialization_value here +]| + + %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered, + %FALSE and blocks otherwise + + + + + location of a static initializable variable + containing 0 + + + + + + Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static +0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value +other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and +releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this +initialization variable. + + + + + + location of a static initializable variable + containing 0 + + + + new non-0 value for *@value_location + + + + + + + The possible statuses of a one-time initialization function +controlled by a #GOnce struct. + + the function has not been called yet. + + + the function call is currently in progress. + + + the function has been called. + + + + The #GOptionArg enum values determine which type of extra argument the +options expect to find. If an option expects an extra argument, it can +be specified in several ways; with a short option: `-x arg`, with a long +option: `--name arg` or combined in a single argument: `--name=arg`. + + No extra argument. This is useful for simple flags. + + + The option takes a string argument. + + + The option takes an integer argument. + + + The option provides a callback (of type + #GOptionArgFunc) to parse the extra argument. + + + The option takes a filename as argument. + + + The option takes a string argument, multiple + uses of the option are collected into an array of strings. + + + The option takes a filename as argument, + multiple uses of the option are collected into an array of strings. + + + The option takes a double argument. The argument + can be formatted either for the user's locale or for the "C" locale. + Since 2.12 + + + The option takes a 64-bit integer. Like + %G_OPTION_ARG_INT but for larger numbers. The number can be in + decimal base, or in hexadecimal (when prefixed with `0x`, for + example, `0xffffffff`). Since 2.12 + + + + The type of function to be passed as callback for %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK +options. + + %TRUE if the option was successfully parsed, %FALSE if an error + occurred, in which case @error should be set with g_set_error() + + + + + The name of the option being parsed. This will be either a + single dash followed by a single letter (for a short name) or two dashes + followed by a long option name. + + + + The value to be parsed. + + + + User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it + was created with g_option_group_new() + + + + + + A `GOptionContext` struct defines which options +are accepted by the commandline option parser. The struct has only private +fields and should not be directly accessed. + + Adds a #GOptionGroup to the @context, so that parsing with @context +will recognize the options in the group. Note that this will take +ownership of the @group and thus the @group should not be freed. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + the group to add + + + + + + A convenience function which creates a main group if it doesn't +exist, adds the @entries to it and sets the translation domain. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntrys + + + + a translation domain to use for translating + the `--help` output for the options in @entries + with gettext(), or %NULL + + + + + + Frees context and all the groups which have been +added to it. + +Please note that parsed arguments need to be freed separately (see +#GOptionEntry). + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns the description. See g_option_context_set_description(). + + the description + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns a formatted, translated help text for the given context. +To obtain the text produced by `--help`, call +`g_option_context_get_help (context, TRUE, NULL)`. +To obtain the text produced by `--help-all`, call +`g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, NULL)`. +To obtain the help text for an option group, call +`g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, group)`. + + A newly allocated string containing the help text + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + if %TRUE, only include the main group + + + + the #GOptionGroup to create help for, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns whether automatic `--help` generation +is turned on for @context. See g_option_context_set_help_enabled(). + + %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on. + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns whether unknown options are ignored or not. See +g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options(). + + %TRUE if unknown options are ignored. + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the main group of @context. + + the main group of @context, or %NULL if + @context doesn't have a main group. Note that group belongs to + @context and should not be modified or freed. + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns whether strict POSIX code is enabled. + +See g_option_context_set_strict_posix() for more information. + + %TRUE if strict POSIX is enabled, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Returns the summary. See g_option_context_set_summary(). + + the summary + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + + + Parses the command line arguments, recognizing options +which have been added to @context. A side-effect of +calling this function is that g_set_prgname() will be +called. + +If the parsing is successful, any parsed arguments are +removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated +accordingly. A '--' option is stripped from @argv +unless there are unparsed options before and after it, +or some of the options after it start with '-'. In case +of an error, @argc and @argv are left unmodified. + +If automatic `--help` support is enabled +(see g_option_context_set_help_enabled()), and the +@argv array contains one of the recognized help options, +this function will produce help output to stdout and +call `exit (0)`. + +Note that function depends on the [current locale][setlocale] for +automatic character set conversion of string and filename +arguments. + + %TRUE if the parsing was successful, + %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + a pointer to the number of command line arguments + + + + a pointer to the array of command line arguments + + + + + + + + Parses the command line arguments. + +This function is similar to g_option_context_parse() except that it +respects the normal memory rules when dealing with a strv instead of +assuming that the passed-in array is the argv of the main function. + +In particular, strings that are removed from the arguments list will +be freed using g_free(). + +On Windows, the strings are expected to be in UTF-8. This is in +contrast to g_option_context_parse() which expects them to be in the +system codepage, which is how they are passed as @argv to main(). +See g_win32_get_command_line() for a solution. + +This function is useful if you are trying to use #GOptionContext with +#GApplication. + + %TRUE if the parsing was successful, + %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + a pointer to the + command line arguments (which must be in UTF-8 on Windows) + + + + + + + + Adds a string to be displayed in `--help` output after the list +of options. This text often includes a bug reporting address. + +Note that the summary is translated (see +g_option_context_set_translate_func()). + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + a string to be shown in `--help` output + after the list of options, or %NULL + + + + + + Enables or disables automatic generation of `--help` output. +By default, g_option_context_parse() recognizes `--help`, `-h`, +`-?`, `--help-all` and `--help-groupname` and creates suitable +output to stdout. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + %TRUE to enable `--help`, %FALSE to disable it + + + + + + Sets whether to ignore unknown options or not. If an argument is +ignored, it is left in the @argv array after parsing. By default, +g_option_context_parse() treats unknown options as error. + +This setting does not affect non-option arguments (i.e. arguments +which don't start with a dash). But note that GOption cannot reliably +determine whether a non-option belongs to a preceding unknown option. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + %TRUE to ignore unknown options, %FALSE to produce + an error when unknown options are met + + + + + + Sets a #GOptionGroup as main group of the @context. +This has the same effect as calling g_option_context_add_group(), +the only difference is that the options in the main group are +treated differently when generating `--help` output. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + the group to set as main group + + + + + + Sets strict POSIX mode. + +By default, this mode is disabled. + +In strict POSIX mode, the first non-argument parameter encountered +(eg: filename) terminates argument processing. Remaining arguments +are treated as non-options and are not attempted to be parsed. + +If strict POSIX mode is disabled then parsing is done in the GNU way +where option arguments can be freely mixed with non-options. + +As an example, consider "ls foo -l". With GNU style parsing, this +will list "foo" in long mode. In strict POSIX style, this will list +the files named "foo" and "-l". + +It may be useful to force strict POSIX mode when creating "verb +style" command line tools. For example, the "gsettings" command line +tool supports the global option "--schemadir" as well as many +subcommands ("get", "set", etc.) which each have their own set of +arguments. Using strict POSIX mode will allow parsing the global +options up to the verb name while leaving the remaining options to be +parsed by the relevant subcommand (which can be determined by +examining the verb name, which should be present in argv[1] after +parsing). + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + the new value + + + + + + Adds a string to be displayed in `--help` output before the list +of options. This is typically a summary of the program functionality. + +Note that the summary is translated (see +g_option_context_set_translate_func() and +g_option_context_set_translation_domain()). + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + a string to be shown in `--help` output + before the list of options, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the function which is used to translate the contexts +user-visible strings, for `--help` output. If @func is %NULL, +strings are not translated. + +Note that option groups have their own translation functions, +this function only affects the @parameter_string (see g_option_context_new()), +the summary (see g_option_context_set_summary()) and the description +(see g_option_context_set_description()). + +If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation +domain, see g_option_context_set_translation_domain(). + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL + + + + user data to pass to @func, or %NULL + + + + a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL + + + + + + A convenience function to use gettext() for translating +user-visible strings. + + + + + + a #GOptionContext + + + + the domain to use + + + + + + Creates a new option context. + +The @parameter_string can serve multiple purposes. It can be used +to add descriptions for "rest" arguments, which are not parsed by +the #GOptionContext, typically something like "FILES" or +"FILE1 FILE2...". If you are using #G_OPTION_REMAINING for +collecting "rest" arguments, GLib handles this automatically by +using the @arg_description of the corresponding #GOptionEntry in +the usage summary. + +Another usage is to give a short summary of the program +functionality, like " - frob the strings", which will be displayed +in the same line as the usage. For a longer description of the +program functionality that should be displayed as a paragraph +below the usage line, use g_option_context_set_summary(). + +Note that the @parameter_string is translated using the +function set with g_option_context_set_translate_func(), so +it should normally be passed untranslated. + + a newly created #GOptionContext, which must be + freed with g_option_context_free() after use. + + + + + a string which is displayed in + the first line of `--help` output, after the usage summary + `programname [OPTION...]` + + + + + + + A GOptionEntry struct defines a single option. To have an effect, they +must be added to a #GOptionGroup with g_option_context_add_main_entries() +or g_option_group_add_entries(). + + The long name of an option can be used to specify it + in a commandline as `--long_name`. Every option must have a + long name. To resolve conflicts if multiple option groups contain + the same long name, it is also possible to specify the option as + `--groupname-long_name`. + + + + If an option has a short name, it can be specified + `-short_name` in a commandline. @short_name must be a printable + ASCII character different from '-', or zero if the option has no + short name. + + + + Flags from #GOptionFlags + + + + The type of the option, as a #GOptionArg + + + + If the @arg type is %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK, then @arg_data + must point to a #GOptionArgFunc callback function, which will be + called to handle the extra argument. Otherwise, @arg_data is a + pointer to a location to store the value, the required type of + the location depends on the @arg type: + - %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE: %gboolean + - %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING: %gchar* + - %G_OPTION_ARG_INT: %gint + - %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME: %gchar* + - %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING_ARRAY: %gchar** + - %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME_ARRAY: %gchar** + - %G_OPTION_ARG_DOUBLE: %gdouble + If @arg type is %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING or %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME, + the location will contain a newly allocated string if the option + was given. That string needs to be freed by the callee using g_free(). + Likewise if @arg type is %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING_ARRAY or + %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME_ARRAY, the data should be freed using g_strfreev(). + + + + the description for the option in `--help` + output. The @description is translated using the @translate_func + of the group, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain(). + + + + The placeholder to use for the extra argument parsed + by the option in `--help` output. The @arg_description is translated + using the @translate_func of the group, see + g_option_group_set_translation_domain(). + + + + + Error codes returned by option parsing. + + An option was not known to the parser. + This error will only be reported, if the parser hasn't been instructed + to ignore unknown options, see g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options(). + + + A value couldn't be parsed. + + + A #GOptionArgFunc callback failed. + + + + The type of function to be used as callback when a parse error occurs. + + + + + + The active #GOptionContext + + + + The group to which the function belongs + + + + User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it + was created with g_option_group_new() + + + + + + Flags which modify individual options. + + No flags. Since: 2.42. + + + The option doesn't appear in `--help` output. + + + The option appears in the main section of the + `--help` output, even if it is defined in a group. + + + For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE kind, this + flag indicates that the sense of the option is reversed. + + + For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK kind, + this flag indicates that the callback does not take any argument + (like a %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE option). Since 2.8 + + + For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK + kind, this flag indicates that the argument should be passed to the + callback in the GLib filename encoding rather than UTF-8. Since 2.8 + + + For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK + kind, this flag indicates that the argument supply is optional. + If no argument is given then data of %GOptionParseFunc will be + set to NULL. Since 2.8 + + + This flag turns off the automatic conflict + resolution which prefixes long option names with `groupname-` if + there is a conflict. This option should only be used in situations + where aliasing is necessary to model some legacy commandline interface. + It is not safe to use this option, unless all option groups are under + your direct control. Since 2.8. + + + + A `GOptionGroup` struct defines the options in a single +group. The struct has only private fields and should not be directly accessed. + +All options in a group share the same translation function. Libraries which +need to parse commandline options are expected to provide a function for +getting a `GOptionGroup` holding their options, which +the application can then add to its #GOptionContext. + + Creates a new #GOptionGroup. + + a newly created option group. It should be added + to a #GOptionContext or freed with g_option_group_unref(). + + + + + the name for the option group, this is used to provide + help for the options in this group with `--help-`@name + + + + a description for this group to be shown in + `--help`. This string is translated using the translation + domain or translation function of the group + + + + a description for the `--help-`@name option. + This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function + of the group + + + + user data that will be passed to the pre- and post-parse hooks, + the error hook and to callbacks of %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options, or %NULL + + + + a function that will be called to free @user_data, or %NULL + + + + + + Adds the options specified in @entries to @group. + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntrys + + + + + + Frees a #GOptionGroup. Note that you must not free groups +which have been added to a #GOptionContext. + Use g_option_group_unref() instead. + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + + + Increments the reference count of @group by one. + + a #GoptionGroup + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + + + Associates a function with @group which will be called +from g_option_context_parse() when an error occurs. + +Note that the user data to be passed to @error_func can be +specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new(). + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + a function to call when an error occurs + + + + + + Associates two functions with @group which will be called +from g_option_context_parse() before the first option is parsed +and after the last option has been parsed, respectively. + +Note that the user data to be passed to @pre_parse_func and +@post_parse_func can be specified when constructing the group +with g_option_group_new(). + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + a function to call before parsing, or %NULL + + + + a function to call after parsing, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the function which is used to translate user-visible strings, +for `--help` output. Different groups can use different +#GTranslateFuncs. If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated. + +If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation +domain, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain(). + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL + + + + user data to pass to @func, or %NULL + + + + a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL + + + + + + A convenience function to use gettext() for translating +user-visible strings. + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + the domain to use + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of @group by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, the @group will be freed. +and all memory allocated by the @group is released. + + + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + + + + The type of function that can be called before and after parsing. + + %TRUE if the function completed successfully, %FALSE if an error + occurred, in which case @error should be set with g_set_error() + + + + + The active #GOptionContext + + + + The group to which the function belongs + + + + User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it + was created with g_option_group_new() + + + + + + Specifies one of the possible types of byte order +(currently unused). See #G_BYTE_ORDER. + + + + The value of pi (ratio of circle's circumference to its diameter). + + + + A format specifier that can be used in printf()-style format strings +when printing a #GPid. + + + + Pi divided by 2. + + + + Pi divided by 4. + + + + A format specifier that can be used in printf()-style format strings +when printing the @fd member of a #GPollFD. + + + + Use this for default priority event sources. + +In GLib this priority is used when adding timeout functions +with g_timeout_add(). In GDK this priority is used for events +from the X server. + + + + Use this for default priority idle functions. + +In GLib this priority is used when adding idle functions with +g_idle_add(). + + + + Use this for high priority event sources. + +It is not used within GLib or GTK+. + + + + Use this for high priority idle functions. + +GTK+ uses #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE + 10 for resizing operations, +and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE + 20 for redrawing operations. (This is +done to ensure that any pending resizes are processed before any +pending redraws, so that widgets are not redrawn twice unnecessarily.) + + + + Use this for very low priority background tasks. + +It is not used within GLib or GTK+. + + + + A GPatternSpec struct is the 'compiled' form of a pattern. This +structure is opaque and its fields cannot be accessed directly. + + Compares two compiled pattern specs and returns whether they will +match the same set of strings. + + Whether the compiled patterns are equal + + + + + a #GPatternSpec + + + + another #GPatternSpec + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GPatternSpec. + + + + + + a #GPatternSpec + + + + + + Compiles a pattern to a #GPatternSpec. + + a newly-allocated #GPatternSpec + + + + + a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string + + + + + + + Represents a file descriptor, which events to poll for, and which events +occurred. + + the file descriptor to poll (or a HANDLE on Win32) + + + + a bitwise combination from #GIOCondition, specifying which + events should be polled for. Typically for reading from a file + descriptor you would use %G_IO_IN | %G_IO_HUP | %G_IO_ERR, and + for writing you would use %G_IO_OUT | %G_IO_ERR. + + + + a bitwise combination of flags from #GIOCondition, returned + from the poll() function to indicate which events occurred. + + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_main_context_set_poll_func(). +The semantics of the function should match those of the poll() system call. + + the number of #GPollFD elements which have events or errors + reported, or -1 if an error occurred. + + + + + an array of #GPollFD elements + + + + the number of elements in @ufds + + + + the maximum time to wait for an event of the file descriptors. + A negative value indicates an infinite timeout. + + + + + + Specifies the type of the print handler functions. +These are called with the complete formatted string to output. + + + + + + the message to output + + + + + + The #GPrivate struct is an opaque data structure to represent a +thread-local data key. It is approximately equivalent to the +pthread_setspecific()/pthread_getspecific() APIs on POSIX and to +TlsSetValue()/TlsGetValue() on Windows. + +If you don't already know why you might want this functionality, +then you probably don't need it. + +#GPrivate is a very limited resource (as far as 128 per program, +shared between all libraries). It is also not possible to destroy a +#GPrivate after it has been used. As such, it is only ever acceptable +to use #GPrivate in static scope, and even then sparingly so. + +See G_PRIVATE_INIT() for a couple of examples. + +The #GPrivate structure should be considered opaque. It should only +be accessed via the g_private_ functions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the current value of the thread local variable @key. + +If the value has not yet been set in this thread, %NULL is returned. +Values are never copied between threads (when a new thread is +created, for example). + + the thread-local value + + + + + a #GPrivate + + + + + + Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the +current thread. + +This function differs from g_private_set() in the following way: if +the previous value was non-%NULL then the #GDestroyNotify handler for +@key is run on it. + + + + + + a #GPrivate + + + + the new value + + + + + + Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the +current thread. + +This function differs from g_private_replace() in the following way: +the #GDestroyNotify for @key is not called on the old value. + + + + + + a #GPrivate + + + + the new value + + + + + + + Contains the public fields of a pointer array. + + points to the array of pointers, which may be moved when the + array grows + + + + number of pointers in the array + + + + Adds a pointer to the end of the pointer array. The array will grow +in size automatically if necessary. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the pointer to add + + + + + + Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack. If the element is found, %TRUE is +returned and the element’s index is returned in @index_ (if non-%NULL). +Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @index_ is undefined. If @needle exists +multiple times in @haystack, the index of the first instance is returned. + +This does pointer comparisons only. If you want to use more complex equality +checks, such as string comparisons, use g_ptr_array_find_with_equal_func(). + + %TRUE if @needle is one of the elements of @haystack + + + + + pointer array to be searched + + + + + + pointer to look for + + + + return location for the index of + the element, if found + + + + + + Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack, using the given @equal_func. +If the element is found, %TRUE is returned and the element’s index is +returned in @index_ (if non-%NULL). Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @index_ +is undefined. If @needle exists multiple times in @haystack, the index of +the first instance is returned. + +@equal_func is called with the element from the array as its first parameter, +and @needle as its second parameter. If @equal_func is %NULL, pointer +equality is used. + + %TRUE if @needle is one of the elements of @haystack + + + + + pointer array to be searched + + + + + + pointer to look for + + + + the function to call for each element, which should + return %TRUE when the desired element is found; or %NULL to use pointer + equality + + + + return location for the index of + the element, if found + + + + + + Calls a function for each element of a #GPtrArray. @func must not +add elements to or remove elements from the array. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the function to call for each array element + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GPtrArray. If @free_seg is %TRUE +it frees the memory block holding the elements as well. Pass %FALSE +if you want to free the #GPtrArray wrapper but preserve the +underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array +is greater than one, the #GPtrArray wrapper is preserved but the +size of @array will be set to zero. + +If array contents point to dynamically-allocated memory, they should +be freed separately if @free_seg is %TRUE and no #GDestroyNotify +function has been set for @array. + +This function is not thread-safe. If using a #GPtrArray from multiple +threads, use only the atomic g_ptr_array_ref() and g_ptr_array_unref() +functions. + + the pointer array if @free_seg is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. + The pointer array should be freed using g_free(). + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + if %TRUE the actual pointer array is freed as well + + + + + + Inserts an element into the pointer array at the given index. The +array will grow in size automatically if necessary. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the index to place the new element at, or -1 to append + + + + the pointer to add. + + + + + + Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1. + + the new #GPtrArray + + + + + + + Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated +and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if +you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that +the size of the array is still 0. It also set @element_free_func +for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via +g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with +@free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. + + A new #GPtrArray + + + + + + + number of pointers preallocated + + + + A function to free elements with + destroy @array or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1 and use +@element_free_func for freeing each element when the array is destroyed +either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with +@free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. + + A new #GPtrArray + + + + + + + A function to free elements with + destroy @array or %NULL + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. +This function is thread-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #GPtrArray + + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer +array. The following elements are moved down one place. If @array +has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the +removed element. + +It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the +pointer was not found. + + %TRUE if the pointer is removed, %FALSE if the pointer + is not found in the array + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the pointer to remove + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer +array. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, +so this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it +is faster than g_ptr_array_remove(). If @array has a non-%NULL +#GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. + +It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the +pointer was not found. + + %TRUE if the pointer was found in the array + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the pointer to remove + + + + + + Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. +The following elements are moved down one place. If @array has +a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed +element. + + the pointer which was removed + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the index of the pointer to remove + + + + + + Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. +The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so +this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it +is faster than g_ptr_array_remove_index(). If @array has a non-%NULL +#GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. + + the pointer which was removed + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the index of the pointer to remove + + + + + + Removes the given number of pointers starting at the given index +from a #GPtrArray. The following elements are moved to close the +gap. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is +called for the removed elements. + + the @array + + + + + + + a @GPtrArray + + + + + + the index of the first pointer to remove + + + + the number of pointers to remove + + + + + + Sets a function for freeing each element when @array is destroyed +either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called +with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. + + + + + + A #GPtrArray + + + + + + A function to free elements with + destroy @array or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the size of the array. When making the array larger, +newly-added elements will be set to %NULL. When making it smaller, +if @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function then it will be +called for the removed elements. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + the new length of the pointer array + + + + + + Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated +and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if +you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that +the size of the array is still 0. + + the new #GPtrArray + + + + + + + number of pointers preallocated + + + + + + Sorts the array, using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style +comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less +than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if irst arg is +greater than second arg). + +Note that the comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort() doesn't +take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes pointers to +the pointers in the array. + +This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + + + Like g_ptr_array_sort(), but the comparison function has an extra +user data argument. + +Note that the comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort_with_data() +doesn't take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes +pointers to the pointers in the array. + +This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + comparison function + + + + data to pass to @compare_func + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, the effect is the same as calling +g_ptr_array_free() with @free_segment set to %TRUE. This function +is thread-safe and may be called from any thread. + + + + + + A #GPtrArray + + + + + + + + + Contains the public fields of a +[Queue][glib-Double-ended-Queues]. + + a pointer to the first element of the queue + + + + + + a pointer to the last element of the queue + + + + + + the number of elements in the queue + + + + Removes all the elements in @queue. If queue elements contain +dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Copies a @queue. Note that is a shallow copy. If the elements in the +queue consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied, but the +actual data is not. + + a copy of @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Removes @link_ from @queue and frees it. + +@link_ must be part of @queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a #GList link that must be part of @queue + + + + + + + + Finds the first link in @queue which contains @data. + + the first link in @queue which contains @data + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + data to find + + + + + + Finds an element in a #GQueue, using a supplied function to find the +desired element. It iterates over the queue, calling the given function +which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function +takes two gconstpointer arguments, the #GQueue element's data as the +first argument and the given user data as the second argument. + + the found link, or %NULL if it wasn't found + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + a #GCompareFunc to call for each element. It should return 0 + when the desired element is found + + + + + + Calls @func for each element in the queue passing @user_data to the +function. + +It is safe for @func to remove the element from @queue, but it must +not modify any part of the queue after that element. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the function to call for each element's data + + + + user data to pass to @func + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GQueue. Only call this function +if @queue was created with g_queue_new(). If queue elements contain +dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. + +If queue elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, you should +either use g_queue_free_full() or free them manually first. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GQueue, +and calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. + +@free_func should not modify the queue (eg, by removing the freed +element from it). + + + + + + a pointer to a #GQueue + + + + the function to be called to free each element's data + + + + + + Returns the number of items in @queue. + + the number of items in @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Returns the position of the first element in @queue which contains @data. + + the position of the first element in @queue which + contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data to find + + + + + + A statically-allocated #GQueue must be initialized with this function +before it can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with +#G_QUEUE_INIT. It is not necessary to initialize queues created with +g_queue_new(). + + + + + + an uninitialized #GQueue + + + + + + Inserts @data into @queue after @sibling. + +@sibling must be part of @queue. Since GLib 2.44 a %NULL sibling pushes the +data at the head of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a #GList link that must be part of @queue, or %NULL to + push at the head of the queue. + + + + + + the data to insert + + + + + + Inserts @data into @queue before @sibling. + +@sibling must be part of @queue. Since GLib 2.44 a %NULL sibling pushes the +data at the tail of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a #GList link that must be part of @queue, or %NULL to + push at the tail of the queue. + + + + + + the data to insert + + + + + + Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data to insert + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare elements in the queue. It is + called with two elements of the @queue and @user_data. It should + return 0 if the elements are equal, a negative value if the first + element comes before the second, and a positive value if the second + element comes before the first. + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the queue is empty. + + %TRUE if the queue is empty + + + + + a #GQueue. + + + + + + Returns the position of @link_ in @queue. + + the position of @link_, or -1 if the link is + not part of @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a #GList link + + + + + + + + Returns the first element of the queue. + + the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Returns the first link in @queue. + + the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Returns the @n'th element of @queue. + + the data for the @n'th element of @queue, + or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the position of the element + + + + + + Returns the link at the given position + + the link at the @n'th position, or %NULL + if @n is off the end of the list + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the position of the link + + + + + + Returns the last element of the queue. + + the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Returns the last link in @queue. + + the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Removes the first element of the queue and returns its data. + + the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Removes and returns the first element of the queue. + + the #GList element at the head of the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Removes the @n'th element of @queue and returns its data. + + the element's data, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the position of the element + + + + + + Removes and returns the link at the given position. + + the @n'th link, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the link's position + + + + + + Removes the last element of the queue and returns its data. + + the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Removes and returns the last element of the queue. + + the #GList element at the tail of the queue, or %NULL + if the queue is empty + + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Adds a new element at the head of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue. + + + + the data for the new element. + + + + + + Adds a new element at the head of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a single #GList element, not a list with more than one element + + + + + + + + Inserts a new element into @queue at the given position. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the position to insert the new element. If @n is negative or + larger than the number of elements in the @queue, the element is + added to the end of the queue. + + + + + + Inserts @link into @queue at the given position. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the position to insert the link. If this is negative or larger than + the number of elements in @queue, the link is added to the end of + @queue. + + + + the link to add to @queue + + + + + + + + Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a single #GList element, not a list with more than one element + + + + + + + + Removes the first element in @queue that contains @data. + + %TRUE if @data was found and removed from @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data to remove + + + + + + Remove all elements whose data equals @data from @queue. + + the number of elements removed from @queue + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the data to remove + + + + + + Reverses the order of the items in @queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + + + Sorts @queue using @compare_func. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @queue. This function + is passed two elements of the queue and should return 0 if they are + equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and + a positive value if the second comes before the first. + + + + user data passed to @compare_func + + + + + + Unlinks @link_ so that it will no longer be part of @queue. +The link is not freed. + +@link_ must be part of @queue. + + + + + + a #GQueue + + + + a #GList link that must be part of @queue + + + + + + + + Creates a new #GQueue. + + a newly allocated #GQueue + + + + + + The GRWLock struct is an opaque data structure to represent a +reader-writer lock. It is similar to a #GMutex in that it allows +multiple threads to coordinate access to a shared resource. + +The difference to a mutex is that a reader-writer lock discriminates +between read-only ('reader') and full ('writer') access. While only +one thread at a time is allowed write access (by holding the 'writer' +lock via g_rw_lock_writer_lock()), multiple threads can gain +simultaneous read-only access (by holding the 'reader' lock via +g_rw_lock_reader_lock()). + +Here is an example for an array with access functions: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GRWLock lock; + GPtrArray *array; + + gpointer + my_array_get (guint index) + { + gpointer retval = NULL; + + if (!array) + return NULL; + + g_rw_lock_reader_lock (&lock); + if (index < array->len) + retval = g_ptr_array_index (array, index); + g_rw_lock_reader_unlock (&lock); + + return retval; + } + + void + my_array_set (guint index, gpointer data) + { + g_rw_lock_writer_lock (&lock); + + if (!array) + array = g_ptr_array_new (); + + if (index >= array->len) + g_ptr_array_set_size (array, index+1); + g_ptr_array_index (array, index) = data; + + g_rw_lock_writer_unlock (&lock); + } + ]| +This example shows an array which can be accessed by many readers +(the my_array_get() function) simultaneously, whereas the writers +(the my_array_set() function) will only be allowed one at a time +and only if no readers currently access the array. This is because +of the potentially dangerous resizing of the array. Using these +functions is fully multi-thread safe now. + +If a #GRWLock is allocated in static storage then it can be used +without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call +g_rw_lock_init() on it and g_rw_lock_clear() when done. + +A GRWLock should only be accessed with the g_rw_lock_ functions. + + + + + + + + + + Frees the resources allocated to a lock with g_rw_lock_init(). + +This function should not be used with a #GRWLock that has been +statically allocated. + +Calling g_rw_lock_clear() when any thread holds the lock +leads to undefined behaviour. + +Sine: 2.32 + + + + + + an initialized #GRWLock + + + + + + Initializes a #GRWLock so that it can be used. + +This function is useful to initialize a lock that has been +allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. It is not +necessary to initialise a reader-writer lock that has been statically +allocated. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + GRWLock l; + ... + } Blob; + +Blob *b; + +b = g_new (Blob, 1); +g_rw_lock_init (&b->l); +]| + +To undo the effect of g_rw_lock_init() when a lock is no longer +needed, use g_rw_lock_clear(). + +Calling g_rw_lock_init() on an already initialized #GRWLock leads +to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + an uninitialized #GRWLock + + + + + + Obtain a read lock on @rw_lock. If another thread currently holds +the write lock on @rw_lock or blocks waiting for it, the current +thread will block. Read locks can be taken recursively. + +It is implementation-defined how many threads are allowed to +hold read locks on the same lock simultaneously. If the limit is hit, +or if a deadlock is detected, a critical warning will be emitted. + + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + Tries to obtain a read lock on @rw_lock and returns %TRUE if +the read lock was successfully obtained. Otherwise it +returns %FALSE. + + %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + Release a read lock on @rw_lock. + +Calling g_rw_lock_reader_unlock() on a lock that is not held +by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + Obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any thread already holds +a read or write lock on @rw_lock, the current thread will block +until all other threads have dropped their locks on @rw_lock. + + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + Tries to obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any other thread holds +a read or write lock on @rw_lock, it immediately returns %FALSE. +Otherwise it locks @rw_lock and returns %TRUE. + + %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + Release a write lock on @rw_lock. + +Calling g_rw_lock_writer_unlock() on a lock that is not held +by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + a #GRWLock + + + + + + + The GRand struct is an opaque data structure. It should only be +accessed through the g_rand_* functions. + + Copies a #GRand into a new one with the same exact state as before. +This way you can take a snapshot of the random number generator for +replaying later. + + the new #GRand + + + + + a #GRand + + + + + + Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over +the range [0..1). + + a random number + + + + + a #GRand + + + + + + Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over +the range [@begin..@end). + + a random number + + + + + a #GRand + + + + lower closed bound of the interval + + + + upper open bound of the interval + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GRand. + + + + + + a #GRand + + + + + + Returns the next random #guint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over +the range [0..2^32-1]. + + a random number + + + + + a #GRand + + + + + + Returns the next random #gint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over +the range [@begin..@end-1]. + + a random number + + + + + a #GRand + + + + lower closed bound of the interval + + + + upper open bound of the interval + + + + + + Sets the seed for the random number generator #GRand to @seed. + + + + + + a #GRand + + + + a value to reinitialize the random number generator + + + + + + Initializes the random number generator by an array of longs. +Array can be of arbitrary size, though only the first 624 values +are taken. This function is useful if you have many low entropy +seeds, or if you require more then 32 bits of actual entropy for +your application. + + + + + + a #GRand + + + + array to initialize with + + + + length of array + + + + + + Creates a new random number generator initialized with a seed taken +either from `/dev/urandom` (if existing) or from the current time +(as a fallback). + +On Windows, the seed is taken from rand_s(). + + the new #GRand + + + + + Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. + + the new #GRand + + + + + a value to initialize the random number generator + + + + + + Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. + + the new #GRand + + + + + an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator + + + + an array of seeds to initialize the random number + generator + + + + + + + The GRecMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a +recursive mutex. It is similar to a #GMutex with the difference +that it is possible to lock a GRecMutex multiple times in the same +thread without deadlock. When doing so, care has to be taken to +unlock the recursive mutex as often as it has been locked. + +If a #GRecMutex is allocated in static storage then it can be used +without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call +g_rec_mutex_init() on it and g_rec_mutex_clear() when done. + +A GRecMutex should only be accessed with the +g_rec_mutex_ functions. + + + + + + + + + + Frees the resources allocated to a recursive mutex with +g_rec_mutex_init(). + +This function should not be used with a #GRecMutex that has been +statically allocated. + +Calling g_rec_mutex_clear() on a locked recursive mutex leads +to undefined behaviour. + +Sine: 2.32 + + + + + + an initialized #GRecMutex + + + + + + Initializes a #GRecMutex so that it can be used. + +This function is useful to initialize a recursive mutex +that has been allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger +structure. + +It is not necessary to initialise a recursive mutex that has been +statically allocated. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + GRecMutex m; + ... + } Blob; + +Blob *b; + +b = g_new (Blob, 1); +g_rec_mutex_init (&b->m); +]| + +Calling g_rec_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GRecMutex +leads to undefined behaviour. + +To undo the effect of g_rec_mutex_init() when a recursive mutex +is no longer needed, use g_rec_mutex_clear(). + + + + + + an uninitialized #GRecMutex + + + + + + Locks @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked by another +thread, the current thread will block until @rec_mutex is +unlocked by the other thread. If @rec_mutex is already locked +by the current thread, the 'lock count' of @rec_mutex is increased. +The mutex will only become available again when it is unlocked +as many times as it has been locked. + + + + + + a #GRecMutex + + + + + + Tries to lock @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked +by another thread, it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise +it locks @rec_mutex and returns %TRUE. + + %TRUE if @rec_mutex could be locked + + + + + a #GRecMutex + + + + + + Unlocks @rec_mutex. If another thread is blocked in a +g_rec_mutex_lock() call for @rec_mutex, it will become unblocked +and can lock @rec_mutex itself. + +Calling g_rec_mutex_unlock() on a recursive mutex that is not +locked by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. + + + + + + a #GRecMutex + + + + + + + The g_regex_*() functions implement regular +expression pattern matching using syntax and semantics similar to +Perl regular expression. + +Some functions accept a @start_position argument, setting it differs +from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL +in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion. +For example, consider the pattern "\Biss\B" which finds occurrences of "iss" +in the middle of words. ("\B" matches only if the current position in the +subject is not a word boundary.) When applied to the string "Mississipi" +from the fourth byte, namely "issipi", it does not match, because "\B" is +always false at the start of the subject, which is deemed to be a word +boundary. However, if the entire string is passed , but with +@start_position set to 4, it finds the second occurrence of "iss" because +it is able to look behind the starting point to discover that it is +preceded by a letter. + +Note that, unless you set the #G_REGEX_RAW flag, all the strings passed +to these functions must be encoded in UTF-8. The lengths and the positions +inside the strings are in bytes and not in characters, so, for instance, +"\xc3\xa0" (i.e. "à") is two bytes long but it is treated as a +single character. If you set #G_REGEX_RAW the strings can be non-valid +UTF-8 strings and a byte is treated as a character, so "\xc3\xa0" is two +bytes and two characters long. + +When matching a pattern, "\n" matches only against a "\n" character in +the string, and "\r" matches only a "\r" character. To match any newline +sequence use "\R". This particular group matches either the two-character +sequence CR + LF ("\r\n"), or one of the single characters LF (linefeed, +U+000A, "\n"), VT vertical tab, U+000B, "\v"), FF (formfeed, U+000C, "\f"), +CR (carriage return, U+000D, "\r"), NEL (next line, U+0085), LS (line +separator, U+2028), or PS (paragraph separator, U+2029). + +The behaviour of the dot, circumflex, and dollar metacharacters are +affected by newline characters, the default is to recognize any newline +character (the same characters recognized by "\R"). This can be changed +with #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_LF and #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CRLF +compile options, and with #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_ANY, +#G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_LF and +#G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CRLF match options. These settings are also +relevant when compiling a pattern if #G_REGEX_EXTENDED is set, and an +unescaped "#" outside a character class is encountered. This indicates +a comment that lasts until after the next newline. + +When setting the %G_REGEX_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT flag, pattern syntax and pattern +matching is changed to be compatible with the way that regular expressions +work in JavaScript. More precisely, a lonely ']' character in the pattern +is a syntax error; the '\x' escape only allows 0 to 2 hexadecimal digits, and +you must use the '\u' escape sequence with 4 hex digits to specify a unicode +codepoint instead of '\x' or 'x{....}'. If '\x' or '\u' are not followed by +the specified number of hex digits, they match 'x' and 'u' literally; also +'\U' always matches 'U' instead of being an error in the pattern. Finally, +pattern matching is modified so that back references to an unset subpattern +group produces a match with the empty string instead of an error. See +pcreapi(3) for more information. + +Creating and manipulating the same #GRegex structure from different +threads is not a problem as #GRegex does not modify its internal +state between creation and destruction, on the other hand #GMatchInfo +is not threadsafe. + +The regular expressions low-level functionalities are obtained through +the excellent +[PCRE](http://www.pcre.org/) +library written by Philip Hazel. + + Compiles the regular expression to an internal form, and does +the initial setup of the #GRegex structure. + + a #GRegex structure or %NULL if an error occured. Call + g_regex_unref() when you are done with it + + + + + the regular expression + + + + compile options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + match options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + + + Returns the number of capturing subpatterns in the pattern. + + the number of capturing subpatterns + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Returns the compile options that @regex was created with. + +Depending on the version of PCRE that is used, this may or may not +include flags set by option expressions such as `(?i)` found at the +top-level within the compiled pattern. + + flags from #GRegexCompileFlags + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Checks whether the pattern contains explicit CR or LF references. + + %TRUE if the pattern contains explicit CR or LF references + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + + + Returns the match options that @regex was created with. + + flags from #GRegexMatchFlags + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Returns the number of the highest back reference +in the pattern, or 0 if the pattern does not contain +back references. + + the number of the highest back reference + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Gets the number of characters in the longest lookbehind assertion in the +pattern. This information is useful when doing multi-segment matching using +the partial matching facilities. + + the number of characters in the longest lookbehind assertion. + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + + + Gets the pattern string associated with @regex, i.e. a copy of +the string passed to g_regex_new(). + + the pattern of @regex + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + + + Retrieves the number of the subexpression named @name. + + The number of the subexpression or -1 if @name + does not exists + + + + + #GRegex structure + + + + name of the subexpression + + + + + + Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. +The @match_options are combined with the match options specified +when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more +flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. + +A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, +is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info +is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, +i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. + +To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in +string you can use g_match_info_next(). + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) +{ + // Print all uppercase-only words. + GRegex *regex; + GMatchInfo *match_info; + + regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); + g_regex_match (regex, string, 0, &match_info); + while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) + { + gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); + g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); + g_free (word); + g_match_info_next (match_info, NULL); + } + g_match_info_free (match_info); + g_regex_unref (regex); +} +]| + +@string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If +you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after +freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. + + %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + match options + + + + pointer to location where to store + the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it + + + + + + Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only +the longest match in the string is retrieved. This function uses +a different algorithm so it can retrieve all the possible matches. +For more documentation see g_regex_match_all_full(). + +A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is +stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is +not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, +i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually +matched. + +@string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If +you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after +freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. + + %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + match options + + + + pointer to location where to store + the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it + + + + + + Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only +the longest match in the string is retrieved, it is not possible +to obtain all the available matches. For instance matching +"<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>" +you get "<a> <b> <c>". + +This function uses a different algorithm (called DFA, i.e. deterministic +finite automaton), so it can retrieve all the possible matches, all +starting at the same point in the string. For instance matching +"<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>;" +you would obtain three matches: "<a> <b> <c>", +"<a> <b>" and "<a>". + +The number of matched strings is retrieved using +g_match_info_get_match_count(). To obtain the matched strings and +their position you can use, respectively, g_match_info_fetch() and +g_match_info_fetch_pos(). Note that the strings are returned in +reverse order of length; that is, the longest matching string is +given first. + +Note that the DFA algorithm is slower than the standard one and it +is not able to capture substrings, so backreferences do not work. + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened +string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern +that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". + +A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is +stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is +not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, +i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually +matched. + +@string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If +you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after +freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. + + %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + match options + + + + pointer to location where to store + the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it + + + + + + Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. +The @match_options are combined with the match options specified +when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more +flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened +string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern +that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". + +A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is +stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is +not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, +i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually +matched. + +@string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If +you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after +freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. + +To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in +string you can use g_match_info_next(). + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) +{ + // Print all uppercase-only words. + GRegex *regex; + GMatchInfo *match_info; + GError *error = NULL; + + regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); + g_regex_match_full (regex, string, -1, 0, 0, &match_info, &error); + while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) + { + gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); + g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); + g_free (word); + g_match_info_next (match_info, &error); + } + g_match_info_free (match_info); + g_regex_unref (regex); + if (error != NULL) + { + g_printerr ("Error while matching: %s\n", error->message); + g_error_free (error); + } +} +]| + + %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + match options + + + + pointer to location where to store + the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it + + + + + + Increases reference count of @regex by 1. + + @regex + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the +replacement text. Backreferences of the form '\number' or +'\g<number>' in the replacement text are interpolated by the +number-th captured subexpression of the match, '\g<name>' refers +to the captured subexpression with the given name. '\0' refers +to the complete match, but '\0' followed by a number is the octal +representation of a character. To include a literal '\' in the +replacement, write '\\\\'. + +There are also escapes that changes the case of the following text: + +- \l: Convert to lower case the next character +- \u: Convert to upper case the next character +- \L: Convert to lower case till \E +- \U: Convert to upper case till \E +- \E: End case modification + +If you do not need to use backreferences use g_regex_replace_literal(). + +The @replacement string must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was +passed to g_regex_new(). If you want to use not UTF-8 encoded stings +you can use g_regex_replace_literal(). + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened +string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that +begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". + + a newly allocated string containing the replacements + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + the string to perform matches against + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + text to replace each match with + + + + options for the match + + + + + + Replaces occurrences of the pattern in regex with the output of +@eval for that occurrence. + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened +string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern +that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". + +The following example uses g_regex_replace_eval() to replace multiple +strings at once: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean +eval_cb (const GMatchInfo *info, + GString *res, + gpointer data) +{ + gchar *match; + gchar *r; + + match = g_match_info_fetch (info, 0); + r = g_hash_table_lookup ((GHashTable *)data, match); + g_string_append (res, r); + g_free (match); + + return FALSE; +} + +... + +GRegex *reg; +GHashTable *h; +gchar *res; + +h = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); + +g_hash_table_insert (h, "1", "ONE"); +g_hash_table_insert (h, "2", "TWO"); +g_hash_table_insert (h, "3", "THREE"); +g_hash_table_insert (h, "4", "FOUR"); + +reg = g_regex_new ("1|2|3|4", 0, 0, NULL); +res = g_regex_replace_eval (reg, text, -1, 0, 0, eval_cb, h, NULL); +g_hash_table_destroy (h); + +... +]| + + a newly allocated string containing the replacements + + + + + a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() + + + + string to perform matches against + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + options for the match + + + + a function to call for each match + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the +replacement text. @replacement is replaced literally, to +include backreferences use g_regex_replace(). + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a +shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the +case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind +assertion, such as "\b". + + a newly allocated string containing the replacements + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + the string to perform matches against + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + text to replace each match with + + + + options for the match + + + + + + Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. +If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each +of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match +anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first +token. + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an +empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for +this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is +typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If +you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the +empty string before calling this function. + +A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate +characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. +For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get +"a", "b" and "c". + + a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free +it using g_strfreev() + + + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + the string to split with the pattern + + + + match time option flags + + + + + + Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. +If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each +of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match +anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first +token. + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an +empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for +this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is +typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If +you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the +empty string before calling this function. + +A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate +characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. +For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get +"a", "b" and "c". + +Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened +string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern +that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". + + a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free +it using g_strfreev() + + + + + + + a #GRegex structure + + + + the string to split with the pattern + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + starting index of the string to match, in bytes + + + + match time option flags + + + + the maximum number of tokens to split @string into. + If this is less than 1, the string is split completely + + + + + + Decreases reference count of @regex by 1. When reference count drops +to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the regex structure. + + + + + + a #GRegex + + + + + + Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string +(see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in +it are valid. + +If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked +for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n' +does not contain references and may be evaluated without information +about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first +subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object. + + whether @replacement is a valid replacement string + + + + + the replacement string + + + + location to store information about + references in @replacement or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used +to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. + +For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. +In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. + + a newly-allocated escaped string + + + + + the string to escape + + + + the length of @string + + + + + + Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions +in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This +function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions. + +@string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", +in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string +in @length. + + a newly-allocated escaped string + + + + + the string to escape + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + + + Scans for a match in @string for @pattern. + +This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not +require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some +lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting +substrings, capture counts, and so on. + +If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than +once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with +g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match(). + + %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + the regular expression + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + compile options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + match options, or 0 + + + + + + Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of +the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, +then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. +If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the +whole string is returned as the first token. + +This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does +not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding +some lines of code when you need just to do a split without +extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. + +If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than +once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with +g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split(). + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" +is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. +The reason for this special case is that being able to represent +a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling +of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, +you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this +function. + +A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into +separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between +characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator +"\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free +it using g_strfreev() + + + + + + + the regular expression + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + compile options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + match options, or 0 + + + + + + + Flags specifying compile-time options. + + Letters in the pattern match both upper- and + lowercase letters. This option can be changed within a pattern + by a "(?i)" option setting. + + + By default, GRegex treats the strings as consisting + of a single line of characters (even if it actually contains + newlines). The "start of line" metacharacter ("^") matches only + at the start of the string, while the "end of line" metacharacter + ("$") matches only at the end of the string, or before a terminating + newline (unless #G_REGEX_DOLLAR_ENDONLY is set). When + #G_REGEX_MULTILINE is set, the "start of line" and "end of line" + constructs match immediately following or immediately before any + newline in the string, respectively, as well as at the very start + and end. This can be changed within a pattern by a "(?m)" option + setting. + + + A dot metacharacter (".") in the pattern matches all + characters, including newlines. Without it, newlines are excluded. + This option can be changed within a pattern by a ("?s") option setting. + + + Whitespace data characters in the pattern are + totally ignored except when escaped or inside a character class. + Whitespace does not include the VT character (code 11). In addition, + characters between an unescaped "#" outside a character class and + the next newline character, inclusive, are also ignored. This can + be changed within a pattern by a "(?x)" option setting. + + + The pattern is forced to be "anchored", that is, + it is constrained to match only at the first matching point in the + string that is being searched. This effect can also be achieved by + appropriate constructs in the pattern itself such as the "^" + metacharacter. + + + A dollar metacharacter ("$") in the pattern + matches only at the end of the string. Without this option, a + dollar also matches immediately before the final character if + it is a newline (but not before any other newlines). This option + is ignored if #G_REGEX_MULTILINE is set. + + + Inverts the "greediness" of the quantifiers so that + they are not greedy by default, but become greedy if followed by "?". + It can also be set by a "(?U)" option setting within the pattern. + + + Usually strings must be valid UTF-8 strings, using this + flag they are considered as a raw sequence of bytes. + + + Disables the use of numbered capturing + parentheses in the pattern. Any opening parenthesis that is not + followed by "?" behaves as if it were followed by "?:" but named + parentheses can still be used for capturing (and they acquire numbers + in the usual way). + + + Optimize the regular expression. If the pattern will + be used many times, then it may be worth the effort to optimize it + to improve the speed of matches. + + + Limits an unanchored pattern to match before (or at) the + first newline. Since: 2.34 + + + Names used to identify capturing subpatterns need not + be unique. This can be helpful for certain types of pattern when it + is known that only one instance of the named subpattern can ever be + matched. + + + Usually any newline character or character sequence is + recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character + is '\r'. + + + Usually any newline character or character sequence is + recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character + is '\n'. + + + Usually any newline character or character sequence is + recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character + sequence is '\r\n'. + + + Usually any newline character or character sequence + is recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character + sequences are '\r', '\n', and '\r\n'. Since: 2.34 + + + Usually any newline character or character sequence + is recognised. If this option is set, then "\R" only recognizes the newline + characters '\r', '\n' and '\r\n'. Since: 2.34 + + + Changes behaviour so that it is compatible with + JavaScript rather than PCRE. Since: 2.34 + + + + Error codes returned by regular expressions functions. + + Compilation of the regular expression failed. + + + Optimization of the regular expression failed. + + + Replacement failed due to an ill-formed replacement + string. + + + The match process failed. + + + Internal error of the regular expression engine. + Since 2.16 + + + "\\" at end of pattern. Since 2.16 + + + "\\c" at end of pattern. Since 2.16 + + + Unrecognized character follows "\\". + Since 2.16 + + + Numbers out of order in "{}" + quantifier. Since 2.16 + + + Number too big in "{}" quantifier. + Since 2.16 + + + Missing terminating "]" for + character class. Since 2.16 + + + Invalid escape sequence + in character class. Since 2.16 + + + Range out of order in character class. + Since 2.16 + + + Nothing to repeat. Since 2.16 + + + Unrecognized character after "(?", + "(?<" or "(?P". Since 2.16 + + + POSIX named classes are + supported only within a class. Since 2.16 + + + Missing terminating ")" or ")" + without opening "(". Since 2.16 + + + Reference to non-existent + subpattern. Since 2.16 + + + Missing terminating ")" after comment. + Since 2.16 + + + Regular expression too large. + Since 2.16 + + + Failed to get memory. Since 2.16 + + + Lookbehind assertion is not + fixed length. Since 2.16 + + + Malformed number or name after "(?(". + Since 2.16 + + + Conditional group contains + more than two branches. Since 2.16 + + + Assertion expected after "(?(". + Since 2.16 + + + Unknown POSIX class name. + Since 2.16 + + + POSIX collating + elements are not supported. Since 2.16 + + + Character value in "\\x{...}" sequence + is too large. Since 2.16 + + + Invalid condition "(?(0)". Since 2.16 + + + \\C not allowed in + lookbehind assertion. Since 2.16 + + + Recursive call could loop indefinitely. + Since 2.16 + + + Missing terminator + in subpattern name. Since 2.16 + + + Two named subpatterns have + the same name. Since 2.16 + + + Malformed "\\P" or "\\p" sequence. + Since 2.16 + + + Unknown property name after "\\P" or + "\\p". Since 2.16 + + + Subpattern name is too long + (maximum 32 characters). Since 2.16 + + + Too many named subpatterns (maximum + 10,000). Since 2.16 + + + Octal value is greater than "\\377". + Since 2.16 + + + "DEFINE" group contains more + than one branch. Since 2.16 + + + Repeating a "DEFINE" group is not allowed. + This error is never raised. Since: 2.16 Deprecated: 2.34 + + + Inconsistent newline options. + Since 2.16 + + + "\\g" is not followed by a braced, + angle-bracketed, or quoted name or number, or by a plain number. Since: 2.16 + + + relative reference must not be zero. Since: 2.34 + + + the backtracing + control verb used does not allow an argument. Since: 2.34 + + + unknown backtracing + control verb. Since: 2.34 + + + number is too big in escape sequence. Since: 2.34 + + + Missing subpattern name. Since: 2.34 + + + Missing digit. Since 2.34 + + + In JavaScript compatibility mode, + "[" is an invalid data character. Since: 2.34 + + + different names for subpatterns of the + same number are not allowed. Since: 2.34 + + + the backtracing control + verb requires an argument. Since: 2.34 + + + "\\c" must be followed by an ASCII + character. Since: 2.34 + + + "\\k" is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or + quoted name. Since: 2.34 + + + "\\N" is not supported in a class. Since: 2.34 + + + too many forward references. Since: 2.34 + + + the name is too long in "(*MARK)", "(*PRUNE)", + "(*SKIP)", or "(*THEN)". Since: 2.34 + + + the character value in the \\u sequence is + too large. Since: 2.34 + + + + Specifies the type of the function passed to g_regex_replace_eval(). +It is called for each occurrence of the pattern in the string passed +to g_regex_replace_eval(), and it should append the replacement to +@result. + + %FALSE to continue the replacement process, %TRUE to stop it + + + + + the #GMatchInfo generated by the match. + Use g_match_info_get_regex() and g_match_info_get_string() if you + need the #GRegex or the matched string. + + + + a #GString containing the new string + + + + user data passed to g_regex_replace_eval() + + + + + + Flags specifying match-time options. + + The pattern is forced to be "anchored", that is, + it is constrained to match only at the first matching point in the + string that is being searched. This effect can also be achieved by + appropriate constructs in the pattern itself such as the "^" + metacharacter. + + + Specifies that first character of the string is + not the beginning of a line, so the circumflex metacharacter should + not match before it. Setting this without #G_REGEX_MULTILINE (at + compile time) causes circumflex never to match. This option affects + only the behaviour of the circumflex metacharacter, it does not + affect "\A". + + + Specifies that the end of the subject string is + not the end of a line, so the dollar metacharacter should not match + it nor (except in multiline mode) a newline immediately before it. + Setting this without #G_REGEX_MULTILINE (at compile time) causes + dollar never to match. This option affects only the behaviour of + the dollar metacharacter, it does not affect "\Z" or "\z". + + + An empty string is not considered to be a valid + match if this option is set. If there are alternatives in the pattern, + they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the + entire match fails. For example, if the pattern "a?b?" is applied to + a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it matches the empty string + at the start of the string. With this flag set, this match is not + valid, so GRegex searches further into the string for occurrences + of "a" or "b". + + + Turns on the partial matching feature, for more + documentation on partial matching see g_match_info_is_partial_match(). + + + Overrides the newline definition set when + creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\r' character as line terminator. + + + Overrides the newline definition set when + creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\n' character as line terminator. + + + Overrides the newline definition set when + creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\r\n' characters sequence as line terminator. + + + Overrides the newline definition set when + creating a new #GRegex, any Unicode newline sequence + is recognised as a newline. These are '\r', '\n' and '\rn', and the + single characters U+000B LINE TABULATION, U+000C FORM FEED (FF), + U+0085 NEXT LINE (NEL), U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR and + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR. + + + Overrides the newline definition set when + creating a new #GRegex; any '\r', '\n', or '\r\n' character sequence + is recognized as a newline. Since: 2.34 + + + Overrides the newline definition for "\R" set when + creating a new #GRegex; only '\r', '\n', or '\r\n' character sequences + are recognized as a newline by "\R". Since: 2.34 + + + Overrides the newline definition for "\R" set when + creating a new #GRegex; any Unicode newline character or character sequence + are recognized as a newline by "\R". These are '\r', '\n' and '\rn', and the + single characters U+000B LINE TABULATION, U+000C FORM FEED (FF), + U+0085 NEXT LINE (NEL), U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR and + U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR. Since: 2.34 + + + An alias for #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL. Since: 2.34 + + + Turns on the partial matching feature. In contrast to + to #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT, this stops matching as soon as a partial match + is found, without continuing to search for a possible complete match. See + g_match_info_is_partial_match() for more information. Since: 2.34 + + + Like #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTEMPTY, but only applied to + the start of the matched string. For anchored + patterns this can only happen for pattern containing "\K". Since: 2.34 + + + + The search path separator character. +This is ':' on UNIX machines and ';' under Windows. + + + + The search path separator as a string. +This is ":" on UNIX machines and ";" under Windows. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GSList struct is used for each element in the singly-linked +list. + + holds the element's data, which can be a pointer to any kind + of data, or any integer value using the + [Type Conversion Macros][glib-Type-Conversion-Macros] + + + + contains the link to the next element in the list. + + + + + + Allocates space for one #GSList element. It is called by the +g_slist_append(), g_slist_prepend(), g_slist_insert() and +g_slist_insert_sorted() functions and so is rarely used on its own. + + a pointer to the newly-allocated #GSList element. + + + + + + + Adds a new element on to the end of the list. + +The return value is the new start of the list, which may +have changed, so make sure you store the new value. + +Note that g_slist_append() has to traverse the entire list +to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple +elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend +the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. +GSList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; + +// This is a list of strings. +list = g_slist_append (list, "first"); +list = g_slist_append (list, "second"); + +// This is a list of integers. +number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); +number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); +]| + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Adds the second #GSList onto the end of the first #GSList. +Note that the elements of the second #GSList are not copied. +They are used directly. + + the start of the new #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the #GSList to add to the end of the first #GSList + + + + + + + + Copies a #GSList. + +Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements +consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but +the actual data isn't. See g_slist_copy_deep() if you need +to copy the data as well. + + a copy of @list + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + + + Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GSList. + +In contrast with g_slist_copy(), this function uses @func to make a copy of +each list element, in addition to copying the list container itself. + +@func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied and a user +pointer. It's safe to pass #NULL as user_data, if the copy function takes only +one argument. + +For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +another_list = g_slist_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); +]| + +And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_slist_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); +]| + + a full copy of @list, use #g_slist_free_full to free it + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + a copy function used to copy every element in the list + + + + user data passed to the copy function @func, or #NULL + + + + + + Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. +Compare this to g_slist_remove_link() which removes the node +without freeing it. + +Removing arbitrary nodes from a singly-linked list requires time +that is proportional to the length of the list (ie. O(n)). If you +find yourself using g_slist_delete_link() frequently, you should +consider a different data structure, such as the doubly-linked +#GList. + + the new head of @list + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + node to delete + + + + + + + + Finds the element in a #GSList which +contains the given data. + + the found #GSList element, + or %NULL if it is not found + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the element data to find + + + + + + Finds an element in a #GSList, using a supplied function to +find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling +the given function which should return 0 when the desired +element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, +the #GSList element's data as the first argument and the +given user data. + + the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + user data passed to the function + + + + the function to call for each element. + It should return 0 when the desired element is found + + + + + + Calls a function for each element of a #GSList. + +It is safe for @func to remove the element from @list, but it must +not modify any part of the list after that element. + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the function to call with each element's data + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Frees all of the memory used by a #GSList. +The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. + +If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, +you should either use g_slist_free_full() or free them manually +first. + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + + + Frees one #GSList element. +It is usually used after g_slist_remove_link(). + + + + + + a #GSList element + + + + + + + + Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GSList, and +calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. + +@free_func must not modify the list (eg, by removing the freed +element from it). + + + + + + a pointer to a #GSList + + + + + + the function to be called to free each element's data + + + + + + Gets the position of the element containing +the given data (starting from 0). + + the index of the element containing the data, + or -1 if the data is not found + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data to find + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the position to insert the element. + If this is negative, or is larger than the number + of elements in the list, the new element is added on + to the end of the list. + + + + + + Inserts a node before @sibling containing @data. + + the new head of the list. + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + node to insert @data before + + + + + + data to put in the newly-inserted node + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list, using the given +comparison function to determine its position. + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the function to compare elements in the list. + It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter + comes after the second parameter in the sort order. + + + + + + Inserts a new element into the list, using the given +comparison function to determine its position. + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + the function to compare elements in the list. + It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter + comes after the second parameter in the sort order. + + + + data to pass to comparison function + + + + + + Gets the last element in a #GSList. + +This function iterates over the whole list. + + the last element in the #GSList, + or %NULL if the #GSList has no elements + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + + + Gets the number of elements in a #GSList. + +This function iterates over the whole list to +count its elements. To check whether the list is non-empty, it is faster to +check @list against %NULL. + + the number of elements in the #GSList + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + + + Gets the element at the given position in a #GSList. + + the element, or %NULL if the position is off + the end of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the position of the element, counting from 0 + + + + + + Gets the data of the element at the given position. + + the element's data, or %NULL if the position + is off the end of the #GSList + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the position of the element + + + + + + Gets the position of the given element +in the #GSList (starting from 0). + + the position of the element in the #GSList, + or -1 if the element is not found + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + an element in the #GSList + + + + + + + + Adds a new element on to the start of the list. + +The return value is the new start of the list, which +may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. +GSList *list = NULL; +list = g_slist_prepend (list, "last"); +list = g_slist_prepend (list, "first"); +]| + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data for the new element + + + + + + Removes an element from a #GSList. +If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. +If none of the elements contain the data, the #GSList is unchanged. + + the new start of the #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the data of the element to remove + + + + + + Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. +Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with +g_slist_remove() which removes only the first node +matching the given data. + + new head of @list + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + data to remove + + + + + + Removes an element from a #GSList, without +freeing the element. The removed element's next +link is set to %NULL, so that it becomes a +self-contained list with one element. + +Removing arbitrary nodes from a singly-linked list +requires time that is proportional to the length of the list +(ie. O(n)). If you find yourself using g_slist_remove_link() +frequently, you should consider a different data structure, +such as the doubly-linked #GList. + + the new start of the #GSList, without the element + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + an element in the #GSList + + + + + + + + Reverses a #GSList. + + the start of the reversed #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + + + Sorts a #GSList using the given comparison function. The algorithm +used is a stable sort. + + the start of the sorted #GSList + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + the comparison function used to sort the #GSList. + This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GSList + and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the + first element comes before the second, or a positive value if + the first element comes after the second. + + + + + + Like g_slist_sort(), but the sort function accepts a user data argument. + + new head of the list + + + + + + + a #GSList + + + + + + comparison function + + + + data to pass to comparison function + + + + + + + Use this macro as the return value of a #GSourceFunc to leave +the #GSource in the main loop. + + + + Use this macro as the return value of a #GSourceFunc to remove +the #GSource from the main loop. + + + + The square root of two. + + + + The standard delimiters, used in g_strdelimit(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The data structure representing a lexical scanner. + +You should set @input_name after creating the scanner, since +it is used by the default message handler when displaying +warnings and errors. If you are scanning a file, the filename +would be a good choice. + +The @user_data and @max_parse_errors fields are not used. +If you need to associate extra data with the scanner you +can place them here. + +If you want to use your own message handler you can set the +@msg_handler field. The type of the message handler function +is declared by #GScannerMsgFunc. + + unused + + + + unused + + + + g_scanner_error() increments this field + + + + name of input stream, featured by the default message handler + + + + quarked data + + + + link into the scanner configuration + + + + token parsed by the last g_scanner_get_next_token() + + + + value of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() + + + + line number of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() + + + + char number of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() + + + + token parsed by the last g_scanner_peek_next_token() + + + + value of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() + + + + line number of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() + + + + char number of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + handler function for _warn and _error + + + + Returns the current line in the input stream (counting +from 1). This is the line of the last token parsed via +g_scanner_get_next_token(). + + the current line + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Returns the current position in the current line (counting +from 0). This is the position of the last token parsed via +g_scanner_get_next_token(). + + the current position on the line + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Gets the current token type. This is simply the @token +field in the #GScanner structure. + + the current token type + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Gets the current token value. This is simply the @value +field in the #GScanner structure. + + the current token value + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Frees all memory used by the #GScanner. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of +the file or text buffer. + + %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of + the file or text buffer + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Outputs an error message, via the #GScanner message handler. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Parses the next token just like g_scanner_peek_next_token() +and also removes it from the input stream. The token data is +placed in the @token, @value, @line, and @position fields of +the #GScanner structure. + + the type of the token + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Prepares to scan a file. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + a file descriptor + + + + + + Prepares to scan a text buffer. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the text buffer to scan + + + + the length of the text buffer + + + + + + Looks up a symbol in the current scope and return its value. +If the symbol is not bound in the current scope, %NULL is +returned. + + the value of @symbol in the current scope, or %NULL + if @symbol is not bound in the current scope + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the symbol to look up + + + + + + Parses the next token, without removing it from the input stream. +The token data is placed in the @next_token, @next_value, @next_line, +and @next_position fields of the #GScanner structure. + +Note that, while the token is not removed from the input stream +(i.e. the next call to g_scanner_get_next_token() will return the +same token), it will not be reevaluated. This can lead to surprising +results when changing scope or the scanner configuration after peeking +the next token. Getting the next token after switching the scope or +configuration will return whatever was peeked before, regardless of +any symbols that may have been added or removed in the new scope. + + the type of the token + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Adds a symbol to the given scope. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the scope id + + + + the symbol to add + + + + the value of the symbol + + + + + + Calls the given function for each of the symbol/value pairs +in the given scope of the #GScanner. The function is passed +the symbol and value of each pair, and the given @user_data +parameter. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the scope id + + + + the function to call for each symbol/value pair + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Looks up a symbol in a scope and return its value. If the +symbol is not bound in the scope, %NULL is returned. + + the value of @symbol in the given scope, or %NULL + if @symbol is not bound in the given scope. + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the scope id + + + + the symbol to look up + + + + + + Removes a symbol from a scope. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the scope id + + + + the symbol to remove + + + + + + Sets the current scope. + + the old scope id + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the new scope id + + + + + + Rewinds the filedescriptor to the current buffer position +and blows the file read ahead buffer. This is useful for +third party uses of the scanners filedescriptor, which hooks +onto the current scanning position. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + + + Outputs a message through the scanner's msg_handler, +resulting from an unexpected token in the input stream. +Note that you should not call g_scanner_peek_next_token() +followed by g_scanner_unexp_token() without an intermediate +call to g_scanner_get_next_token(), as g_scanner_unexp_token() +evaluates the scanner's current token (not the peeked token) +to construct part of the message. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the expected token + + + + a string describing how the scanner's user + refers to identifiers (%NULL defaults to "identifier"). + This is used if @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER or + %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL. + + + + a string describing how the scanner's user refers + to symbols (%NULL defaults to "symbol"). This is used if + @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_SYMBOL or any token value greater + than %G_TOKEN_LAST. + + + + the name of the symbol, if the scanner's current + token is a symbol. + + + + a message string to output at the end of the + warning/error, or %NULL. + + + + if %TRUE it is output as an error. If %FALSE it is + output as a warning. + + + + + + Outputs a warning message, via the #GScanner message handler. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Creates a new #GScanner. + +The @config_templ structure specifies the initial settings +of the scanner, which are copied into the #GScanner +@config field. If you pass %NULL then the default settings +are used. + + the new #GScanner + + + + + the initial scanner settings + + + + + + + Specifies the #GScanner parser configuration. Most settings can +be changed during the parsing phase and will affect the lexical +parsing of the next unpeeked token. + + specifies which characters should be skipped + by the scanner (the default is the whitespace characters: space, + tab, carriage-return and line-feed). + + + + specifies the characters which can start + identifiers (the default is #G_CSET_a_2_z, "_", and #G_CSET_A_2_Z). + + + + specifies the characters which can be used + in identifiers, after the first character (the default is + #G_CSET_a_2_z, "_0123456789", #G_CSET_A_2_Z, #G_CSET_LATINS, + #G_CSET_LATINC). + + + + specifies the characters at the start and + end of single-line comments. The default is "#\n" which means + that single-line comments start with a '#' and continue until + a '\n' (end of line). + + + + specifies if symbols are case sensitive (the + default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if multi-line comments are skipped + and not returned as tokens (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if single-line comments are skipped + and not returned as tokens (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if multi-line comments are recognized + (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if identifiers are recognized (the + default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if single-character + identifiers are recognized (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if %NULL is reported as + %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if symbols are recognized (the default + is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if binary numbers are recognized (the + default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if octal numbers are recognized (the + default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if floating point numbers are recognized + (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if hexadecimal numbers are recognized (the + default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if '$' is recognized as a prefix for + hexadecimal numbers (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if strings can be enclosed in single + quotes (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if strings can be enclosed in double + quotes (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers + are reported as #G_TOKEN_INT (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if all numbers are reported as %G_TOKEN_FLOAT + (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if identifiers are reported as strings + (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if characters are reported by setting + `token = ch` or as %G_TOKEN_CHAR (the default is %TRUE). + + + + specifies if symbols are reported by setting + `token = v_symbol` or as %G_TOKEN_SYMBOL (the default is %FALSE). + + + + specifies if a symbol is searched for in the + default scope in addition to the current scope (the default is %FALSE). + + + + use value.v_int64 rather than v_int + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of the message handler function. + + + + + + a #GScanner + + + + the message + + + + %TRUE if the message signals an error, + %FALSE if it signals a warning. + + + + + + An enumeration specifying the base position for a +g_io_channel_seek_position() operation. + + the current position in the file. + + + the start of the file. + + + the end of the file. + + + + The #GSequence struct is an opaque data type representing a +[sequence][glib-Sequences] data type. + + Adds a new item to the end of @seq. + + an iterator pointing to the new item + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the data for the new item + + + + + + Calls @func for each item in the sequence passing @user_data +to the function. @func must not modify the sequence itself. + + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the function to call for each item in @seq + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for @seq. If @seq has a data destroy +function associated with it, that function is called on all items +in @seq. + + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + + + Returns the begin iterator for @seq. + + the begin iterator for @seq. + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + + + Returns the end iterator for @seg + + the end iterator for @seq + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + + + Returns the iterator at position @pos. If @pos is negative or larger +than the number of items in @seq, the end iterator is returned. + + The #GSequenceIter at position @pos + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + a position in @seq, or -1 for the end + + + + + + Returns the length of @seq. Note that this method is O(h) where `h' is the +height of the tree. It is thus more efficient to use g_sequence_is_empty() +when comparing the length to zero. + + the length of @seq + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + + + Inserts @data into @sequence using @func to determine the new +position. The sequence must already be sorted according to @cmp_func; +otherwise the new position of @data is undefined. + +@cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. +It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value +if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value +if the second item comes before the first. + +Note that when adding a large amount of data to a #GSequence, +it is more efficient to do unsorted insertions and then call +g_sequence_sort() or g_sequence_sort_iter(). + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item. + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the data to insert + + + + the function used to compare items in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func. + + + + + + Like g_sequence_insert_sorted(), but uses +a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as +the compare function. + +@iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. +It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative +value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a +positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. + +It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should +return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the +first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value +if the second iterator comes before the first. + +Note that when adding a large amount of data to a #GSequence, +it is more efficient to do unsorted insertions and then call +g_sequence_sort() or g_sequence_sort_iter(). + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + data for the new item + + + + the function used to compare iterators in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the sequence contains zero items. + +This function is functionally identical to checking the result of +g_sequence_get_length() being equal to zero. However this function is +implemented in O(1) running time. + + %TRUE if the sequence is empty, otherwise %FALSE. + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + + + Returns an iterator pointing to the position of the first item found +equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. If more than one +item is equal, it is not guaranteed that it is the first which is +returned. In that case, you can use g_sequence_iter_next() and +g_sequence_iter_prev() to get others. + +@cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. +It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if +the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if +the second item comes before the first. + +This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is +unsorted. + + an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of the + first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and + @cmp_data, or %NULL if no such item exists + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + data to lookup + + + + the function used to compare items in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Like g_sequence_lookup(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc +instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. + +@iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. +It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value +if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive +value if the second iterator comes before the first. + +This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is +unsorted. + + an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of + the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func + and @cmp_data, or %NULL if no such item exists + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + data to lookup + + + + the function used to compare iterators in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @iter_cmp + + + + + + Adds a new item to the front of @seq + + an iterator pointing to the new item + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the data for the new item + + + + + + Returns an iterator pointing to the position where @data would +be inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. + +@cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. +It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if +the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if +the second item comes before the first. + +If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, +consider using g_sequence_lookup(). + +This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is +unsorted. + + an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data + would have been inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + data for the new item + + + + the function used to compare items in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Like g_sequence_search(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc +instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. + +@iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. +It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value +if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive +value if the second iterator comes before the first. + +If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, +consider using g_sequence_lookup_iter(). + +This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is +unsorted. + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position in @seq + where @data would have been inserted according to @iter_cmp + and @cmp_data + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + data for the new item + + + + the function used to compare iterators in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @iter_cmp + + + + + + Sorts @seq using @cmp_func. + +@cmp_func is passed two items of @seq and should +return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the +first comes before the second, and a positive value +if the second comes before the first. + + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the function used to sort the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Like g_sequence_sort(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead +of a GCompareDataFunc as the compare function + +@cmp_func is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should +return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first +iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second +iterator comes before the first. + + + + + + a #GSequence + + + + the function used to compare iterators in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Calls @func for each item in the range (@begin, @end) passing +@user_data to the function. @func must not modify the sequence +itself. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GFunc + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Returns the data that @iter points to. + + the data that @iter points to + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter. + + an iterator pointing to the new item + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + the data for the new item + + + + + + Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest. +After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately +after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different +sequences. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move + + + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which + the item is moved + + + + + + Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr. +The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is +allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed +into by @begin and @end. + +If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is +removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within +the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Creates a new GSequence. The @data_destroy function, if non-%NULL will +be called on all items when the sequence is destroyed and on items that +are removed from the sequence. + + a new #GSequence + + + + + a #GDestroyNotify function, or %NULL + + + + + + Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This +iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not +guaranteed to be exactly in the middle. + +The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence +and @begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence. + + a #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the + (@begin, @end) range + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the +end iterator to this function. + +If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this +function is called on the data for the removed item. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range. + +If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this +function is called on the data for the removed items. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If +the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that +function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + new data for the item + + + + + + Moves the data pointed to a new position as indicated by @cmp_func. This +function should be called for items in a sequence already sorted according +to @cmp_func whenever some aspect of an item changes so that @cmp_func +may return different values for that item. + +@cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. +It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if +the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if +the second item comes before the first. + + + + + + A #GSequenceIter + + + + the function used to compare items in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func. + + + + + + Like g_sequence_sort_changed(), but uses +a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as +the compare function. + +@iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should +return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first +iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second +iterator comes before the first. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + the function used to compare iterators in the sequence + + + + user data passed to @cmp_func + + + + + + Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b +to point into difference sequences. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + + The #GSequenceIter struct is an opaque data type representing an +iterator pointing into a #GSequence. + + Returns a negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal, +and a positive number if @a comes after @b. + +The @a and @b iterators must point into the same sequence. + + a negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are + equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns the position of @iter + + the position of @iter + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns the #GSequence that @iter points into. + + the #GSequence that @iter points into + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns whether @iter is the begin iterator + + whether @iter is the begin iterator + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns whether @iter is the end iterator + + Whether @iter is the end iterator + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns the #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter. +If @iter is closer than -@delta positions to the beginning of the sequence, +the begin iterator is returned. If @iter is closer than @delta positions +to the end of the sequence, the end iterator is returned. + + a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + A positive or negative number indicating how many positions away + from @iter the returned #GSequenceIter will be + + + + + + Returns an iterator pointing to the next position after @iter. +If @iter is the end iterator, the end iterator is returned. + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Returns an iterator pointing to the previous position before @iter. +If @iter is the begin iterator, the begin iterator is returned. + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position + before @iter + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + + A #GSequenceIterCompareFunc is a function used to compare iterators. +It must return zero if the iterators compare equal, a negative value +if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. + + zero if the iterators are equal, a negative value if @a + comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + user data + + + + + + Error codes returned by shell functions. + + Mismatched or otherwise mangled quoting. + + + String to be parsed was empty. + + + Some other error. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The `GSource` struct is an opaque data type +representing an event source. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #GSource structure. The size is specified to +allow creating structures derived from #GSource that contain +additional data. The size passed in must be at least +`sizeof (GSource)`. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. + + the newly-created #GSource. + + + + + structure containing functions that implement + the sources behavior. + + + + size of the #GSource structure to create. + + + + + + Adds @child_source to @source as a "polled" source; when @source is +added to a #GMainContext, @child_source will be automatically added +with the same priority, when @child_source is triggered, it will +cause @source to dispatch (in addition to calling its own +callback), and when @source is destroyed, it will destroy +@child_source as well. (@source will also still be dispatched if +its own prepare/check functions indicate that it is ready.) + +If you don't need @child_source to do anything on its own when it +triggers, you can call g_source_set_dummy_callback() on it to set a +callback that does nothing (except return %TRUE if appropriate). + +@source will hold a reference on @child_source while @child_source +is attached to it. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + a second #GSource that @source should "poll" + + + + + + Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for +this source. This is usually combined with g_source_new() to add an +event source. The event source's check function will typically test +the @revents field in the #GPollFD struct and return %TRUE if events need +to be processed. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + +Using this API forces the linear scanning of event sources on each +main loop iteration. Newly-written event sources should try to use +g_source_add_unix_fd() instead of this API. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file + descriptor to watch. + + + + + + Monitors @fd for the IO events in @events. + +The tag returned by this function can be used to remove or modify the +monitoring of the fd using g_source_remove_unix_fd() or +g_source_modify_unix_fd(). + +It is not necessary to remove the fd before destroying the source; it +will be cleaned up automatically. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + +As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. + + an opaque tag + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the fd to monitor + + + + an event mask + + + + + + Adds a #GSource to a @context so that it will be executed within +that context. Remove it by calling g_source_destroy(). + + the ID (greater than 0) for the source within the + #GMainContext. + + + + + a #GSource + + + + a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) + + + + + + Removes a source from its #GMainContext, if any, and mark it as +destroyed. The source cannot be subsequently added to another +context. It is safe to call this on sources which have already been +removed from their context. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Checks whether a source is allowed to be called recursively. +see g_source_set_can_recurse(). + + whether recursion is allowed. + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Gets the #GMainContext with which the source is associated. + +You can call this on a source that has been destroyed, provided +that the #GMainContext it was attached to still exists (in which +case it will return that #GMainContext). In particular, you can +always call this function on the source returned from +g_main_current_source(). But calling this function on a source +whose #GMainContext has been destroyed is an error. + + the #GMainContext with which the + source is associated, or %NULL if the context has not + yet been added to a source. + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + This function ignores @source and is otherwise the same as +g_get_current_time(). + use g_source_get_time() instead + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. + + + + + + Returns the numeric ID for a particular source. The ID of a source +is a positive integer which is unique within a particular main loop +context. The reverse +mapping from ID to source is done by g_main_context_find_source_by_id(). + + the ID (greater than 0) for the source + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Gets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. The +name may be #NULL if it has never been set with g_source_set_name(). + + the name of the source + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Gets the priority of a source. + + the priority of the source + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Gets the "ready time" of @source, as set by +g_source_set_ready_time(). + +Any time before the current monotonic time (including 0) is an +indication that the source will fire immediately. + + the monotonic ready time, -1 for "never" + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Gets the time to be used when checking this source. The advantage of +calling this function over calling g_get_monotonic_time() directly is +that when checking multiple sources, GLib can cache a single value +instead of having to repeatedly get the system monotonic time. + +The time here is the system monotonic time, if available, or some +other reasonable alternative otherwise. See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the monotonic time in microseconds + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Returns whether @source has been destroyed. + +This is important when you operate upon your objects +from within idle handlers, but may have freed the object +before the dispatch of your idle handler. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean +idle_callback (gpointer data) +{ + SomeWidget *self = data; + + GDK_THREADS_ENTER (); + // do stuff with self + self->idle_id = 0; + GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (); + + return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; +} + +static void +some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self) +{ + self->idle_id = g_idle_add (idle_callback, self); +} + +static void +some_widget_finalize (GObject *object) +{ + SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object); + + if (self->idle_id) + g_source_remove (self->idle_id); + + G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object); +} +]| + +This will fail in a multi-threaded application if the +widget is destroyed before the idle handler fires due +to the use after free in the callback. A solution, to +this particular problem, is to check to if the source +has already been destroy within the callback. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean +idle_callback (gpointer data) +{ + SomeWidget *self = data; + + GDK_THREADS_ENTER (); + if (!g_source_is_destroyed (g_main_current_source ())) + { + // do stuff with self + } + GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (); + + return FALSE; +} +]| + +Calls to this function from a thread other than the one acquired by the +#GMainContext the #GSource is attached to are typically redundant, as the +source could be destroyed immediately after this function returns. However, +once a source is destroyed it cannot be un-destroyed, so this function can be +used for opportunistic checks from any thread. + + %TRUE if the source has been destroyed + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Updates the event mask to watch for the fd identified by @tag. + +@tag is the tag returned from g_source_add_unix_fd(). + +If you want to remove a fd, don't set its event mask to zero. +Instead, call g_source_remove_unix_fd(). + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + +As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() + + + + the new event mask to watch + + + + + + Queries the events reported for the fd corresponding to @tag on +@source during the last poll. + +The return value of this function is only defined when the function +is called from the check or dispatch functions for @source. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + +As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. + + the conditions reported on the fd + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() + + + + + + Increases the reference count on a source by one. + + @source + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Detaches @child_source from @source and destroys it. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + a #GSource previously passed to + g_source_add_child_source(). + + + + + + Removes a file descriptor from the set of file descriptors polled for +this source. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + a #GPollFD structure previously passed to g_source_add_poll(). + + + + + + Reverses the effect of a previous call to g_source_add_unix_fd(). + +You only need to call this if you want to remove an fd from being +watched while keeping the same source around. In the normal case you +will just want to destroy the source. + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + +As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() + + + + + + Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is +called from the source's dispatch function. + +The exact type of @func depends on the type of source; ie. you +should not count on @func being called with @data as its first +parameter. + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle memory management of @data. + +Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions specific +to the type of source you are using. + + + + + + the source + + + + a callback function + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. + + + + + + Sets the callback function storing the data as a refcounted callback +"object". This is used internally. Note that calling +g_source_set_callback_indirect() assumes +an initial reference count on @callback_data, and thus +@callback_funcs->unref will eventually be called once more +than @callback_funcs->ref. + + + + + + the source + + + + pointer to callback data "object" + + + + functions for reference counting @callback_data + and getting the callback and data + + + + + + Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If @can_recurse is +%TRUE, then while the source is being dispatched then this source +will be processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this +source is blocked until the dispatch function returns. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + whether recursion is allowed for this source + + + + + + Sets the source functions (can be used to override +default implementations) of an unattached source. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the new #GSourceFuncs + + + + + + Sets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. +The name defaults to #NULL. + +The source name should describe in a human-readable way +what the source does. For example, "X11 event queue" +or "GTK+ repaint idle handler" or whatever it is. + +It is permitted to call this function multiple times, but is not +recommended due to the potential performance impact. For example, +one could change the name in the "check" function of a #GSourceFuncs +to include details like the event type in the source name. + +Use caution if changing the name while another thread may be +accessing it with g_source_get_name(); that function does not copy +the value, and changing the value will free it while the other thread +may be attempting to use it. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + debug name for the source + + + + + + Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being run, a +source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no +sources at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be +dispatched. + +A child source always has the same priority as its parent. It is not +permitted to change the priority of a source once it has been added +as a child of another source. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the new priority. + + + + + + Sets a #GSource to be dispatched when the given monotonic time is +reached (or passed). If the monotonic time is in the past (as it +always will be if @ready_time is 0) then the source will be +dispatched immediately. + +If @ready_time is -1 then the source is never woken up on the basis +of the passage of time. + +Dispatching the source does not reset the ready time. You should do +so yourself, from the source dispatch function. + +Note that if you have a pair of sources where the ready time of one +suggests that it will be delivered first but the priority for the +other suggests that it would be delivered first, and the ready time +for both sources is reached during the same main context iteration, +then the order of dispatch is undefined. + +It is a no-op to call this function on a #GSource which has already been +destroyed with g_source_destroy(). + +This API is only intended to be used by implementations of #GSource. +Do not call this API on a #GSource that you did not create. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + the monotonic time at which the source will be ready, + 0 for "immediately", -1 for "never" + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of a source by one. If the +resulting reference count is zero the source and associated +memory will be destroyed. + + + + + + a #GSource + + + + + + Removes the source with the given ID from the default main context. You must +use g_source_destroy() for sources added to a non-default main context. + +The ID of a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be +returned by the functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), +g_idle_add_full(), g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), +g_child_watch_add(), g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and +g_io_add_watch_full(). + +It is a programmer error to attempt to remove a non-existent source. + +More specifically: source IDs can be reissued after a source has been +destroyed and therefore it is never valid to use this function with a +source ID which may have already been removed. An example is when +scheduling an idle to run in another thread with g_idle_add(): the +idle may already have run and been removed by the time this function +is called on its (now invalid) source ID. This source ID may have +been reissued, leading to the operation being performed against the +wrong source. + + For historical reasons, this function always returns %TRUE + + + + + the ID of the source to remove. + + + + + + Removes a source from the default main loop context given the +source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the +same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed. + + %TRUE if a source was found and removed. + + + + + The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new() + + + + the user data for the callback + + + + + + Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user +data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user +data, only one will be destroyed. + + %TRUE if a source was found and removed. + + + + + the user_data for the callback. + + + + + + Sets the name of a source using its ID. + +This is a convenience utility to set source names from the return +value of g_idle_add(), g_timeout_add(), etc. + +It is a programmer error to attempt to set the name of a non-existent +source. + +More specifically: source IDs can be reissued after a source has been +destroyed and therefore it is never valid to use this function with a +source ID which may have already been removed. An example is when +scheduling an idle to run in another thread with g_idle_add(): the +idle may already have run and been removed by the time this function +is called on its (now invalid) source ID. This source ID may have +been reissued, leading to the operation being performed against the +wrong source. + + + + + + a #GSource ID + + + + debug name for the source + + + + + + + The `GSourceCallbackFuncs` struct contains +functions for managing callback objects. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is just a placeholder for #GClosureMarshal, +which cannot be used here for dependency reasons. + + + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_timeout_add(), +g_timeout_add_full(), g_idle_add(), and g_idle_add_full(). + + %FALSE if the source should be removed. #G_SOURCE_CONTINUE and +#G_SOURCE_REMOVE are more memorable names for the return value. + + + + + data passed to the function, set when the source was + created with one of the above functions + + + + + + The `GSourceFuncs` struct contains a table of +functions used to handle event sources in a generic manner. + +For idle sources, the prepare and check functions always return %TRUE +to indicate that the source is always ready to be processed. The prepare +function also returns a timeout value of 0 to ensure that the poll() call +doesn't block (since that would be time wasted which could have been spent +running the idle function). + +For timeout sources, the prepare and check functions both return %TRUE +if the timeout interval has expired. The prepare function also returns +a timeout value to ensure that the poll() call doesn't block too long +and miss the next timeout. + +For file descriptor sources, the prepare function typically returns %FALSE, +since it must wait until poll() has been called before it knows whether +any events need to be processed. It sets the returned timeout to -1 to +indicate that it doesn't mind how long the poll() call blocks. In the +check function, it tests the results of the poll() call to see if the +required condition has been met, and returns %TRUE if so. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of the setup function passed to g_spawn_async(), +g_spawn_sync() and g_spawn_async_with_pipes(), which can, in very +limited ways, be used to affect the child's execution. + +On POSIX platforms, the function is called in the child after GLib +has performed all the setup it plans to perform, but before calling +exec(). Actions taken in this function will only affect the child, +not the parent. + +On Windows, the function is called in the parent. Its usefulness on +Windows is thus questionable. In many cases executing the child setup +function in the parent can have ill effects, and you should be very +careful when porting software to Windows that uses child setup +functions. + +However, even on POSIX, you are extremely limited in what you can +safely do from a #GSpawnChildSetupFunc, because any mutexes that were +held by other threads in the parent process at the time of the fork() +will still be locked in the child process, and they will never be +unlocked (since the threads that held them don't exist in the child). +POSIX allows only async-signal-safe functions (see signal(7)) to be +called in the child between fork() and exec(), which drastically limits +the usefulness of child setup functions. + +In particular, it is not safe to call any function which may +call malloc(), which includes POSIX functions such as setenv(). +If you need to set up the child environment differently from +the parent, you should use g_get_environ(), g_environ_setenv(), +and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass the complete environment +list to the `g_spawn...` function. + + + + + + user data to pass to the function. + + + + + + Error codes returned by spawning processes. + + Fork failed due to lack of memory. + + + Read or select on pipes failed. + + + Changing to working directory failed. + + + execv() returned `EACCES` + + + execv() returned `EPERM` + + + execv() returned `E2BIG` + + + deprecated alias for %G_SPAWN_ERROR_TOO_BIG + + + execv() returned `ENOEXEC` + + + execv() returned `ENAMETOOLONG` + + + execv() returned `ENOENT` + + + execv() returned `ENOMEM` + + + execv() returned `ENOTDIR` + + + execv() returned `ELOOP` + + + execv() returned `ETXTBUSY` + + + execv() returned `EIO` + + + execv() returned `ENFILE` + + + execv() returned `EMFILE` + + + execv() returned `EINVAL` + + + execv() returned `EISDIR` + + + execv() returned `ELIBBAD` + + + Some other fatal failure, + `error->message` should explain. + + + + Flags passed to g_spawn_sync(), g_spawn_async() and g_spawn_async_with_pipes(). + + no flags, default behaviour + + + the parent's open file descriptors will + be inherited by the child; otherwise all descriptors except stdin, + stdout and stderr will be closed before calling exec() in the child. + + + the child will not be automatically reaped; + you must use g_child_watch_add() yourself (or call waitpid() or handle + `SIGCHLD` yourself), or the child will become a zombie. + + + `argv[0]` need not be an absolute path, it will be + looked for in the user's `PATH`. + + + the child's standard output will be discarded, + instead of going to the same location as the parent's standard output. + + + the child's standard error will be discarded. + + + the child will inherit the parent's standard + input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to `/dev/null`). + + + the first element of `argv` is the file to + execute, while the remaining elements are the actual argument vector + to pass to the file. Normally g_spawn_async_with_pipes() uses `argv[0]` + as the file to execute, and passes all of `argv` to the child. + + + if `argv[0]` is not an abolute path, + it will be looked for in the `PATH` from the passed child environment. + Since: 2.34 + + + create all pipes with the `O_CLOEXEC` flag set. + Since: 2.40 + + + + A type corresponding to the appropriate struct type for the stat() +system call, depending on the platform and/or compiler being used. + +See g_stat() for more information. + + + The GString struct contains the public fields of a GString. + + points to the character data. It may move as text is added. + The @str field is null-terminated and so + can be used as an ordinary C string. + + + + contains the length of the string, not including the + terminating nul byte. + + + + the number of bytes that can be stored in the + string before it needs to be reallocated. May be larger than @len. + + + + Adds a string onto the end of a #GString, expanding +it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string to append onto the end of @string + + + + + + Adds a byte onto the end of a #GString, expanding +it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the byte to append onto the end of @string + + + + + + Appends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is +provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not +be nul-terminated. + +Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is +the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at +least @len addressable bytes. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + bytes to append + + + + number of bytes of @val to use + + + + + + Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. +This function is similar to g_string_printf() except +that the text is appended to the #GString. + + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and appends it +to the string. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Appends @unescaped to @string, escaped any characters that +are reserved in URIs using URI-style escape sequences. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + a string + + + + a string of reserved characters allowed + to be used, or %NULL + + + + set %TRUE if the escaped string may include UTF8 characters + + + + + + Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. +This function is similar to g_string_append_printf() +except that the arguments to the format string are passed +as a va_list. + + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output + + + + + + Converts all uppercase ASCII letters to lowercase ASCII letters. + + passed-in @string pointer, with all the + uppercase characters converted to lowercase in place, + with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). + + + + + a GString + + + + + + Converts all lowercase ASCII letters to uppercase ASCII letters. + + passed-in @string pointer, with all the + lowercase characters converted to uppercase in place, + with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). + + + + + a GString + + + + + + Copies the bytes from a string into a #GString, +destroying any previous contents. It is rather like +the standard strcpy() function, except that you do not +have to worry about having enough space to copy the string. + + @string + + + + + the destination #GString. Its current contents + are destroyed. + + + + the string to copy into @string + + + + + + Converts a #GString to lowercase. + This function uses the locale-specific + tolower() function, which is almost never the right thing. + Use g_string_ascii_down() or g_utf8_strdown() instead. + + the #GString + + + + + a #GString + + + + + + Compares two strings for equality, returning %TRUE if they are equal. +For use with #GHashTable. + + %TRUE if the strings are the same length and contain the + same bytes + + + + + a #GString + + + + another #GString + + + + + + Removes @len bytes from a #GString, starting at position @pos. +The rest of the #GString is shifted down to fill the gap. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position of the content to remove + + + + the number of bytes to remove, or -1 to remove all + following bytes + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated for the #GString. +If @free_segment is %TRUE it also frees the character data. If +it's %FALSE, the caller gains ownership of the buffer and must +free it after use with g_free(). + + the character data of @string + (i.e. %NULL if @free_segment is %TRUE) + + + + + a #GString + + + + if %TRUE, the actual character data is freed as well + + + + + + Transfers ownership of the contents of @string to a newly allocated +#GBytes. The #GString structure itself is deallocated, and it is +therefore invalid to use @string after invoking this function. + +Note that while #GString ensures that its buffer always has a +trailing nul character (not reflected in its "len"), the returned +#GBytes does not include this extra nul; i.e. it has length exactly +equal to the "len" member. + + A newly allocated #GBytes containing contents of @string; @string itself is freed + + + + + a #GString + + + + + + Creates a hash code for @str; for use with #GHashTable. + + hash code for @str + + + + + a string to hash + + + + + + Inserts a copy of a string into a #GString, +expanding it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position to insert the copy of the string + + + + the string to insert + + + + + + Inserts a byte into a #GString, expanding it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position to insert the byte + + + + the byte to insert + + + + + + Inserts @len bytes of @val into @string at @pos. +Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded +nuls and need not be nul-terminated. If @pos is -1, +bytes are inserted at the end of the string. + +Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is +the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at +least @len addressable bytes. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + position in @string where insertion should + happen, or -1 for at the end + + + + bytes to insert + + + + number of bytes of @val to insert + + + + + + Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and insert it +into the string at the given position. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position at which to insert character, or -1 + to append at the end of the string + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position at which to start overwriting + + + + the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos + + + + + + Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. +This function will work with embedded nuls. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the position at which to start overwriting + + + + the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos + + + + the number of bytes to write from @val + + + + + + Adds a string on to the start of a #GString, +expanding it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string to prepend on the start of @string + + + + + + Adds a byte onto the start of a #GString, +expanding it if necessary. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the byte to prepend on the start of the #GString + + + + + + Prepends @len bytes of @val to @string. +Because @len is provided, @val may contain +embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated. + +Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, +it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that +@val has at least @len addressable bytes. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + bytes to prepend + + + + number of bytes in @val to prepend + + + + + + Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and prepends it +to the string. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Writes a formatted string into a #GString. +This is similar to the standard sprintf() function, +except that the #GString buffer automatically expands +to contain the results. The previous contents of the +#GString are destroyed. + + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Sets the length of a #GString. If the length is less than +the current length, the string will be truncated. If the +length is greater than the current length, the contents +of the newly added area are undefined. (However, as +always, string->str[string->len] will be a nul byte.) + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the new length + + + + + + Cuts off the end of the GString, leaving the first @len bytes. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + the new size of @string + + + + + + Converts a #GString to uppercase. + This function uses the locale-specific + toupper() function, which is almost never the right thing. + Use g_string_ascii_up() or g_utf8_strup() instead. + + @string + + + + + a #GString + + + + + + Writes a formatted string into a #GString. +This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that +the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. + + + + + + a #GString + + + + the string format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + + An opaque data structure representing String Chunks. +It should only be accessed by using the following functions. + + Frees all strings contained within the #GStringChunk. +After calling g_string_chunk_clear() it is not safe to +access any of the strings which were contained within it. + + + + + + a #GStringChunk + + + + + + Frees all memory allocated by the #GStringChunk. +After calling g_string_chunk_free() it is not safe to +access any of the strings which were contained within it. + + + + + + a #GStringChunk + + + + + + Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk. +It returns a pointer to the new copy of the string +in the #GStringChunk. The characters in the string +can be changed, if necessary, though you should not +change anything after the end of the string. + +Unlike g_string_chunk_insert_const(), this function +does not check for duplicates. Also strings added +with g_string_chunk_insert() will not be searched +by g_string_chunk_insert_const() when looking for +duplicates. + + a pointer to the copy of @string within + the #GStringChunk + + + + + a #GStringChunk + + + + the string to add + + + + + + Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk, unless the same +string has already been added to the #GStringChunk with +g_string_chunk_insert_const(). + +This function is useful if you need to copy a large number +of strings but do not want to waste space storing duplicates. +But you must remember that there may be several pointers to +the same string, and so any changes made to the strings +should be done very carefully. + +Note that g_string_chunk_insert_const() will not return a +pointer to a string added with g_string_chunk_insert(), even +if they do match. + + a pointer to the new or existing copy of @string + within the #GStringChunk + + + + + a #GStringChunk + + + + the string to add + + + + + + Adds a copy of the first @len bytes of @string to the #GStringChunk. +The copy is nul-terminated. + +Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's +responsibility to ensure that @string has at least @len addressable +bytes. + +The characters in the returned string can be changed, if necessary, +though you should not change anything after the end of the string. + + a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk + + + + + a #GStringChunk + + + + bytes to insert + + + + number of bytes of @string to insert, or -1 to insert a + nul-terminated string + + + + + + Creates a new #GStringChunk. + + a new #GStringChunk + + + + + the default size of the blocks of memory which are + allocated to store the strings. If a particular string + is larger than this default size, a larger block of + memory will be allocated for it. + + + + + + + Evaluates to a time span of one day. + + + + Evaluates to a time span of one hour. + + + + Evaluates to a time span of one millisecond. + + + + Evaluates to a time span of one minute. + + + + Evaluates to a time span of one second. + + + + An opaque structure representing a test case. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type used for test case functions that take an extra pointer +argument. + + + + + + the data provided when registering the test + + + + + + The type of file to return the filename for, when used with +g_test_build_filename(). + +These two options correspond rather directly to the 'dist' and +'built' terminology that automake uses and are explicitly used to +distinguish between the 'srcdir' and 'builddir' being separate. All +files in your project should either be dist (in the +`EXTRA_DIST` or `dist_schema_DATA` +sense, in which case they will always be in the srcdir) or built (in +the `BUILT_SOURCES` sense, in which case they will +always be in the builddir). + +Note: as a general rule of automake, files that are generated only as +part of the build-from-git process (but then are distributed with the +tarball) always go in srcdir (even if doing a srcdir != builddir +build from git) and are considered as distributed files. + + a file that was included in the distribution tarball + + + a file that was built on the compiling machine + + + + The type used for functions that operate on test fixtures. This is +used for the fixture setup and teardown functions as well as for the +testcases themselves. + +@user_data is a pointer to the data that was given when registering +the test case. + +@fixture will be a pointer to the area of memory allocated by the +test framework, of the size requested. If the requested size was +zero then @fixture will be equal to @user_data. + + + + + + the test fixture + + + + the data provided when registering the test + + + + + + The type used for test case functions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. + + + + + + + + + + + Internal function for gtester to retrieve test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. + + + + + + + + + + + Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. + + + + + + + Specifies the prototype of fatal log handler functions. + + %TRUE if the program should abort, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + the log domain of the message + + + + the log level of the message (including the fatal and recursion flags) + + + + the message to process + + + + user data, set in g_test_log_set_fatal_handler() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags to pass to g_test_trap_subprocess() to control input and output. + +Note that in contrast with g_test_trap_fork(), the default is to +not show stdout and stderr. + + If this flag is given, the child + process will inherit the parent's stdin. Otherwise, the child's + stdin is redirected to `/dev/null`. + + + If this flag is given, the child + process will inherit the parent's stdout. Otherwise, the child's + stdout will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow + later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stdout(). + + + If this flag is given, the child + process will inherit the parent's stderr. Otherwise, the child's + stderr will not be visible, but it will be captured to allow + later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stderr(). + + + + An opaque structure representing a test suite. + + Adds @test_case to @suite. + + + + + + a #GTestSuite + + + + a #GTestCase + + + + + + Adds @nestedsuite to @suite. + + + + + + a #GTestSuite + + + + another #GTestSuite + + + + + + + Test traps are guards around forked tests. +These flags determine what traps to set. + #GTestTrapFlags is used only with g_test_trap_fork(), +which is deprecated. g_test_trap_subprocess() uses +#GTestSubprocessFlags. + + Redirect stdout of the test child to + `/dev/null` so it cannot be observed on the console during test + runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later + tests with g_test_trap_assert_stdout(). + + + Redirect stderr of the test child to + `/dev/null` so it cannot be observed on the console during test + runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later + tests with g_test_trap_assert_stderr(). + + + If this flag is given, stdin of the + child process is shared with stdin of its parent process. + It is redirected to `/dev/null` otherwise. + + + + The #GThread struct represents a running thread. This struct +is returned by g_thread_new() or g_thread_try_new(). You can +obtain the #GThread struct representing the current thread by +calling g_thread_self(). + +GThread is refcounted, see g_thread_ref() and g_thread_unref(). +The thread represented by it holds a reference while it is running, +and g_thread_join() consumes the reference that it is given, so +it is normally not necessary to manage GThread references +explicitly. + +The structure is opaque -- none of its fields may be directly +accessed. + + This function creates a new thread. The new thread starts by invoking +@func with the argument data. The thread will run until @func returns +or until g_thread_exit() is called from the new thread. The return value +of @func becomes the return value of the thread, which can be obtained +with g_thread_join(). + +The @name can be useful for discriminating threads in a debugger. +It is not used for other purposes and does not have to be unique. +Some systems restrict the length of @name to 16 bytes. + +If the thread can not be created the program aborts. See +g_thread_try_new() if you want to attempt to deal with failures. + +If you are using threads to offload (potentially many) short-lived tasks, +#GThreadPool may be more appropriate than manually spawning and tracking +multiple #GThreads. + +To free the struct returned by this function, use g_thread_unref(). +Note that g_thread_join() implicitly unrefs the #GThread as well. + + the new #GThread + + + + + an (optional) name for the new thread + + + + a function to execute in the new thread + + + + an argument to supply to the new thread + + + + + + This function is the same as g_thread_new() except that +it allows for the possibility of failure. + +If a thread can not be created (due to resource limits), +@error is set and %NULL is returned. + + the new #GThread, or %NULL if an error occurred + + + + + an (optional) name for the new thread + + + + a function to execute in the new thread + + + + an argument to supply to the new thread + + + + + + Waits until @thread finishes, i.e. the function @func, as +given to g_thread_new(), returns or g_thread_exit() is called. +If @thread has already terminated, then g_thread_join() +returns immediately. + +Any thread can wait for any other thread by calling g_thread_join(), +not just its 'creator'. Calling g_thread_join() from multiple threads +for the same @thread leads to undefined behaviour. + +The value returned by @func or given to g_thread_exit() is +returned by this function. + +g_thread_join() consumes the reference to the passed-in @thread. +This will usually cause the #GThread struct and associated resources +to be freed. Use g_thread_ref() to obtain an extra reference if you +want to keep the GThread alive beyond the g_thread_join() call. + + the return value of the thread + + + + + a #GThread + + + + + + Increase the reference count on @thread. + + a new reference to @thread + + + + + a #GThread + + + + + + Decrease the reference count on @thread, possibly freeing all +resources associated with it. + +Note that each thread holds a reference to its #GThread while +it is running, so it is safe to drop your own reference to it +if you don't need it anymore. + + + + + + a #GThread + + + + + + + + + + + Terminates the current thread. + +If another thread is waiting for us using g_thread_join() then the +waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value +of g_thread_join(). + +Calling g_thread_exit() with a parameter @retval is equivalent to +returning @retval from the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(). + +You must only call g_thread_exit() from a thread that you created +yourself with g_thread_new() or related APIs. You must not call +this function from a thread created with another threading library +or or from within a #GThreadPool. + + + + + + the return value of this thread + + + + + + This function returns the #GThread corresponding to the +current thread. Note that this function does not increase +the reference count of the returned struct. + +This function will return a #GThread even for threads that +were not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading +APIs). This may be useful for thread identification purposes +(i.e. comparisons) but you must not use GLib functions (such +as g_thread_join()) on these threads. + + the #GThread representing the current thread + + + + + Causes the calling thread to voluntarily relinquish the CPU, so +that other threads can run. + +This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil. + + + + + + + Possible errors of thread related functions. + + a thread couldn't be created due to resource + shortage. Try again later. + + + + Specifies the type of the @func functions passed to g_thread_new() +or g_thread_try_new(). + + the return value of the thread + + + + + data passed to the thread + + + + + + The #GThreadPool struct represents a thread pool. It has three +public read-only members, but the underlying struct is bigger, +so you must not copy this struct. + + the function to execute in the threads of this pool + + + + the user data for the threads of this pool + + + + are all threads exclusive to this pool + + + + Frees all resources allocated for @pool. + +If @immediate is %TRUE, no new task is processed for @pool. +Otherwise @pool is not freed before the last task is processed. +Note however, that no thread of this pool is interrupted while +processing a task. Instead at least all still running threads +can finish their tasks before the @pool is freed. + +If @wait_ is %TRUE, the functions does not return before all +tasks to be processed (dependent on @immediate, whether all +or only the currently running) are ready. +Otherwise the function returns immediately. + +After calling this function @pool must not be used anymore. + + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + should @pool shut down immediately? + + + + should the function wait for all tasks to be finished? + + + + + + Returns the maximal number of threads for @pool. + + the maximal number of threads + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + + + Returns the number of threads currently running in @pool. + + the number of threads currently running + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + + + Moves the item to the front of the queue of unprocessed +items, so that it will be processed next. + + %TRUE if the item was found and moved + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + an unprocessed item in the pool + + + + + + Inserts @data into the list of tasks to be executed by @pool. + +When the number of currently running threads is lower than the +maximal allowed number of threads, a new thread is started (or +reused) with the properties given to g_thread_pool_new(). +Otherwise, @data stays in the queue until a thread in this pool +finishes its previous task and processes @data. + +@error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report +errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be +created. In that case @data is simply appended to the queue of +work to do. + +Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + a new task for @pool + + + + + + Sets the maximal allowed number of threads for @pool. +A value of -1 means that the maximal number of threads +is unlimited. If @pool is an exclusive thread pool, setting +the maximal number of threads to -1 is not allowed. + +Setting @max_threads to 0 means stopping all work for @pool. +It is effectively frozen until @max_threads is set to a non-zero +value again. + +A thread is never terminated while calling @func, as supplied by +g_thread_pool_new(). Instead the maximal number of threads only +has effect for the allocation of new threads in g_thread_pool_push(). +A new thread is allocated, whenever the number of currently +running threads in @pool is smaller than the maximal number. + +@error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report +errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be +created. + +Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + a new maximal number of threads for @pool, + or -1 for unlimited + + + + + + Sets the function used to sort the list of tasks. This allows the +tasks to be processed by a priority determined by @func, and not +just in the order in which they were added to the pool. + +Note, if the maximum number of threads is more than 1, the order +that threads are executed cannot be guaranteed 100%. Threads are +scheduled by the operating system and are executed at random. It +cannot be assumed that threads are executed in the order they are +created. + + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort the list of tasks. + This function is passed two tasks. It should return + 0 if the order in which they are handled does not matter, + a negative value if the first task should be processed before + the second or a positive value if the second task should be + processed first. + + + + user data passed to @func + + + + + + Returns the number of tasks still unprocessed in @pool. + + the number of unprocessed tasks + + + + + a #GThreadPool + + + + + + This function will return the maximum @interval that a +thread will wait in the thread pool for new tasks before +being stopped. + +If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread +pool for new work are not stopped. + + the maximum @interval (milliseconds) to wait + for new tasks in the thread pool before stopping the + thread + + + + + Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. + + the maximal number of unused threads + + + + + Returns the number of currently unused threads. + + the number of currently unused threads + + + + + This function creates a new thread pool. + +Whenever you call g_thread_pool_push(), either a new thread is +created or an unused one is reused. At most @max_threads threads +are running concurrently for this thread pool. @max_threads = -1 +allows unlimited threads to be created for this thread pool. The +newly created or reused thread now executes the function @func +with the two arguments. The first one is the parameter to +g_thread_pool_push() and the second one is @user_data. + +The parameter @exclusive determines whether the thread pool owns +all threads exclusive or shares them with other thread pools. +If @exclusive is %TRUE, @max_threads threads are started +immediately and they will run exclusively for this thread pool +until it is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). If @exclusive is +%FALSE, threads are created when needed and shared between all +non-exclusive thread pools. This implies that @max_threads may +not be -1 for exclusive thread pools. Besides, exclusive thread +pools are not affected by g_thread_pool_set_max_idle_time() +since their threads are never considered idle and returned to the +global pool. + +@error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report +errors. An error can only occur when @exclusive is set to %TRUE +and not all @max_threads threads could be created. +See #GThreadError for possible errors that may occur. +Note, even in case of error a valid #GThreadPool is returned. + + the new #GThreadPool + + + + + a function to execute in the threads of the new thread pool + + + + user data that is handed over to @func every time it + is called + + + + the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently + in the new thread pool, -1 means no limit + + + + should this thread pool be exclusive? + + + + + + This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread +waiting in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before +being stopped. This function is similar to calling +g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, +except this is done on a per thread basis. + +By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped. + +The default value is 15000 (15 seconds). + + + + + + the maximum @interval (in milliseconds) + a thread can be idle + + + + + + Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. +If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number +of unused threads. + +The default value is 2. + + + + + + maximal number of unused threads + + + + + + Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the +maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to +regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add(). + + + + + + + Disambiguates a given time in two ways. + +First, specifies if the given time is in universal or local time. + +Second, if the time is in local time, specifies if it is local +standard time or local daylight time. This is important for the case +where the same local time occurs twice (during daylight savings time +transitions, for example). + + the time is in local standard time + + + the time is in local daylight time + + + the time is in UTC + + + + Represents a precise time, with seconds and microseconds. +Similar to the struct timeval returned by the gettimeofday() +UNIX system call. + +GLib is attempting to unify around the use of 64bit integers to +represent microsecond-precision time. As such, this type will be +removed from a future version of GLib. + + seconds + + + + microseconds + + + + Adds the given number of microseconds to @time_. @microseconds can +also be negative to decrease the value of @time_. + + + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + number of microseconds to add to @time + + + + + + Converts @time_ into an RFC 3339 encoded string, relative to the +Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). This is one of the many formats +allowed by ISO 8601. + +ISO 8601 allows a large number of date/time formats, with or without +punctuation and optional elements. The format returned by this function +is a complete date and time, with optional punctuation included, the +UTC time zone represented as "Z", and the @tv_usec part included if +and only if it is nonzero, i.e. either +"YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.fffffZ". + +This corresponds to the Internet date/time format defined by +[RFC 3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt), +and to either of the two most-precise formats defined by +the W3C Note +[Date and Time Formats](http://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime-19980827). +Both of these documents are profiles of ISO 8601. + +Use g_date_time_format() or g_strdup_printf() if a different +variation of ISO 8601 format is required. + +If @time_ represents a date which is too large to fit into a `struct tm`, +%NULL will be returned. This is platform dependent, but it is safe to assume +years up to 3000 are supported. The return value of g_time_val_to_iso8601() +has been nullable since GLib 2.54; before then, GLib would crash under the +same conditions. + + a newly allocated string containing an ISO 8601 date, + or %NULL if @time_ was too large + + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + + + Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time +to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_. + +@iso_date must include year, month, day, hours, minutes, and +seconds. It can optionally include fractions of a second and a time +zone indicator. (In the absence of any time zone indication, the +timestamp is assumed to be in local time.) + + %TRUE if the conversion was successful. + + + + + an ISO 8601 encoded date string + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + + + + #GTimeZone is an opaque structure whose members cannot be accessed +directly. + + Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to @identifier. + +@identifier can either be an RFC3339/ISO 8601 time offset or +something that would pass as a valid value for the `TZ` environment +variable (including %NULL). + +In Windows, @identifier can also be the unlocalized name of a time +zone for standard time, for example "Pacific Standard Time". + +Valid RFC3339 time offsets are `"Z"` (for UTC) or +`"±hh:mm"`. ISO 8601 additionally specifies +`"±hhmm"` and `"±hh"`. Offsets are +time values to be added to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to get +the local time. + +In UNIX, the `TZ` environment variable typically corresponds +to the name of a file in the zoneinfo database, or string in +"std offset [dst [offset],start[/time],end[/time]]" (POSIX) format. +There are no spaces in the specification. The name of standard +and daylight savings time zone must be three or more alphabetic +characters. Offsets are time values to be added to local time to +get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and should be +`"[±]hh[[:]mm[:ss]]"`. Dates are either +`"Jn"` (Julian day with n between 1 and 365, leap +years not counted), `"n"` (zero-based Julian day +with n between 0 and 365) or `"Mm.w.d"` (day d +(0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of month m (1 <= m <= 12), day +0 is a Sunday). Times are in local wall clock time, the default is +02:00:00. + +In Windows, the "tzn[+|–]hh[:mm[:ss]][dzn]" format is used, but also +accepts POSIX format. The Windows format uses US rules for all time +zones; daylight savings time is 60 minutes behind the standard time +with date and time of change taken from Pacific Standard Time. +Offsets are time values to be added to the local time to get +Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + +g_time_zone_new_local() calls this function with the value of the +`TZ` environment variable. This function itself is independent of +the value of `TZ`, but if @identifier is %NULL then `/etc/localtime` +will be consulted to discover the correct time zone on UNIX and the +registry will be consulted or GetTimeZoneInformation() will be used +to get the local time zone on Windows. + +If intervals are not available, only time zone rules from `TZ` +environment variable or other means, then they will be computed +from year 1900 to 2037. If the maximum year for the rules is +available and it is greater than 2037, then it will followed +instead. + +See +[RFC3339 §5.6](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339#section-5.6) +for a precise definition of valid RFC3339 time offsets +(the `time-offset` expansion) and ISO 8601 for the +full list of valid time offsets. See +[The GNU C Library manual](http://www.gnu.org/s/libc/manual/html_node/TZ-Variable.html) +for an explanation of the possible +values of the `TZ` environment variable. See +[Microsoft Time Zone Index Values](http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms912391%28v=winembedded.11%29.aspx) +for the list of time zones on Windows. + +You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() +when you are done with it. + + the requested timezone + + + + + a timezone identifier + + + + + + Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to local time. The local time +zone may change between invocations to this function; for example, +if the system administrator changes it. + +This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with the value of +the `TZ` environment variable (including the possibility of %NULL). + +You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() +when you are done with it. + + the local timezone + + + + + Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to UTC. + +This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with a value like +"Z", "UTC", "+00", etc. + +You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() +when you are done with it. + + the universal timezone + + + + + Finds an interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_, +possibly adjusting @time_ if required to fit into an interval. +The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. + +This function is similar to g_time_zone_find_interval(), with the +difference that it always succeeds (by making the adjustments +described below). + +In any of the cases where g_time_zone_find_interval() succeeds then +this function returns the same value, without modifying @time_. + +This function may, however, modify @time_ in order to deal with +non-existent times. If the non-existent local @time_ of 02:30 were +requested on March 14th 2010 in Toronto then this function would +adjust @time_ to be 03:00 and return the interval containing the +adjusted time. + + the interval containing @time_, never -1 + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + the #GTimeType of @time_ + + + + a pointer to a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 + + + + + + Finds an the interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_. +The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. + +If @type is %G_TIME_TYPE_UNIVERSAL then this function will always +succeed (since universal time is monotonic and continuous). + +Otherwise @time_ is treated as local time. The distinction between +%G_TIME_TYPE_STANDARD and %G_TIME_TYPE_DAYLIGHT is ignored except in +the case that the given @time_ is ambiguous. In Toronto, for example, +01:30 on November 7th 2010 occurred twice (once inside of daylight +savings time and the next, an hour later, outside of daylight savings +time). In this case, the different value of @type would result in a +different interval being returned. + +It is still possible for this function to fail. In Toronto, for +example, 02:00 on March 14th 2010 does not exist (due to the leap +forward to begin daylight savings time). -1 is returned in that +case. + + the interval containing @time_, or -1 in case of failure + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + the #GTimeType of @time_ + + + + a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 + + + + + + Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used during a particular +@interval of time in the time zone @tz. + +For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter +months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings time +is in effect. + + the time zone abbreviation, which belongs to @tz + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + an interval within the timezone + + + + + + Determines the offset to UTC in effect during a particular @interval +of time in the time zone @tz. + +The offset is the number of seconds that you add to UTC time to +arrive at local time for @tz (ie: negative numbers for time zones +west of GMT, positive numbers for east). + + the number of seconds that should be added to UTC to get the + local time in @tz + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + an interval within the timezone + + + + + + Determines if daylight savings time is in effect during a particular +@interval of time in the time zone @tz. + + %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + an interval within the timezone + + + + + + Increases the reference count on @tz. + + a new reference to @tz. + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + + + Decreases the reference count on @tz. + + + + + + a #GTimeZone + + + + + + + Opaque datatype that records a start time. + + Resumes a timer that has previously been stopped with +g_timer_stop(). g_timer_stop() must be called before using this +function. + + + + + + a #GTimer. + + + + + + Destroys a timer, freeing associated resources. + + + + + + a #GTimer to destroy. + + + + + + If @timer has been started but not stopped, obtains the time since +the timer was started. If @timer has been stopped, obtains the +elapsed time between the time it was started and the time it was +stopped. The return value is the number of seconds elapsed, +including any fractional part. The @microseconds out parameter is +essentially useless. + + seconds elapsed as a floating point value, including any + fractional part. + + + + + a #GTimer. + + + + return location for the fractional part of seconds + elapsed, in microseconds (that is, the total number + of microseconds elapsed, modulo 1000000), or %NULL + + + + + + This function is useless; it's fine to call g_timer_start() on an +already-started timer to reset the start time, so g_timer_reset() +serves no purpose. + + + + + + a #GTimer. + + + + + + Marks a start time, so that future calls to g_timer_elapsed() will +report the time since g_timer_start() was called. g_timer_new() +automatically marks the start time, so no need to call +g_timer_start() immediately after creating the timer. + + + + + + a #GTimer. + + + + + + Marks an end time, so calls to g_timer_elapsed() will return the +difference between this end time and the start time. + + + + + + a #GTimer. + + + + + + Creates a new timer, and starts timing (i.e. g_timer_start() is +implicitly called for you). + + a new #GTimer. + + + + + + The possible types of token returned from each +g_scanner_get_next_token() call. + + the end of the file + + + a '(' character + + + a ')' character + + + a '{' character + + + a '}' character + + + a '[' character + + + a ']' character + + + a '=' character + + + a ',' character + + + not a token + + + an error occurred + + + a character + + + a binary integer + + + an octal integer + + + an integer + + + a hex integer + + + a floating point number + + + a string + + + a symbol + + + an identifier + + + a null identifier + + + one line comment + + + multi line comment + + + + A union holding the value of the token. + + token symbol value + + + + token identifier value + + + + token binary integer value + + + + octal integer value + + + + integer value + + + + 64-bit integer value + + + + floating point value + + + + hex integer value + + + + string value + + + + comment value + + + + character value + + + + error value + + + + + The type of functions which are used to translate user-visible +strings, for <option>--help</option> output. + + a translation of the string for the current locale. + The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be freed. + + + + + the untranslated string + + + + user data specified when installing the function, e.g. + in g_option_group_set_translate_func() + + + + + + Each piece of memory that is pushed onto the stack +is cast to a GTrashStack*. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + pointer to the previous element of the stack, + gets stored in the first `sizeof (gpointer)` + bytes of the element + + + + Returns the height of a #GTrashStack. + +Note that execution of this function is of O(N) complexity +where N denotes the number of items on the stack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the height of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Returns the element at the top of a #GTrashStack +which may be %NULL. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the element at the top of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Pops a piece of memory off a #GTrashStack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the element at the top of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Pushes a piece of memory onto a #GTrashStack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + the piece of memory to push on the stack + + + + + + + Specifies which nodes are visited during several of the tree +functions, including g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). + + only leaf nodes should be visited. This name has + been introduced in 2.6, for older version use + %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. + + + only non-leaf nodes should be visited. This + name has been introduced in 2.6, for older + version use %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAFS. + + + all nodes should be visited. + + + a mask of all traverse flags. + + + identical to %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES. + + + identical to %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES. + + + + Specifies the type of function passed to g_tree_traverse(). It is +passed the key and value of each node, together with the @user_data +parameter passed to g_tree_traverse(). If the function returns +%TRUE, the traversal is stopped. + + %TRUE to stop the traversal + + + + + a key of a #GTree node + + + + the value corresponding to the key + + + + user data passed to g_tree_traverse() + + + + + + Specifies the type of traveral performed by g_tree_traverse(), +g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). The different orders are +illustrated here: +- In order: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I + ![](Sorted_binary_tree_inorder.svg) +- Pre order: F, B, A, D, C, E, G, I, H + ![](Sorted_binary_tree_preorder.svg) +- Post order: A, C, E, D, B, H, I, G, F + ![](Sorted_binary_tree_postorder.svg) +- Level order: F, B, G, A, D, I, C, E, H + ![](Sorted_binary_tree_breadth-first_traversal.svg) + + vists a node's left child first, then the node itself, + then its right child. This is the one to use if you + want the output sorted according to the compare + function. + + + visits a node, then its children. + + + visits the node's children, then the node itself. + + + is not implemented for + [balanced binary trees][glib-Balanced-Binary-Trees]. + For [n-ary trees][glib-N-ary-Trees], it + vists the root node first, then its children, then + its grandchildren, and so on. Note that this is less + efficient than the other orders. + + + + The GTree struct is an opaque data structure representing a +[balanced binary tree][glib-Balanced-Binary-Trees]. It should be +accessed only by using the following functions. + + Removes all keys and values from the #GTree and decreases its +reference count by one. If keys and/or values are dynamically +allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GTree +using g_tree_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions +you supplied will be called on all keys and values before destroying +the #GTree. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + + + Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GTree. +The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given +@data parameter. The tree is traversed in sorted order. + +The tree may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't +add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, you need +to add each item to a list in your #GTraverseFunc as you walk over +the tree, then walk the list and remove each item. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the function to call for each node visited. + If this function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Gets the height of a #GTree. + +If the #GTree contains no nodes, the height is 0. +If the #GTree contains only one root node the height is 1. +If the root node has children the height is 2, etc. + + the height of @tree + + + + + a #GTree + + + + + + Inserts a key/value pair into a #GTree. + +If the given key already exists in the #GTree its corresponding value +is set to the new value. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when +creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If +you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the passed +key is freed using that function. + +The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, +so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to insert + + + + the value corresponding to the key + + + + + + Gets the value corresponding to the given key. Since a #GTree is +automatically balanced as key/value pairs are added, key lookup +is O(log n) (where n is the number of key/value pairs in the tree). + + the value corresponding to the key, or %NULL + if the key was not found + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the +associated value. This is useful if you need to free the memory +allocated for the original key, for example before calling +g_tree_remove(). + + %TRUE if the key was found in the #GTree + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to look up + + + + returns the original key + + + + returns the value associated with the key + + + + + + Gets the number of nodes in a #GTree. + + the number of nodes in @tree + + + + + a #GTree + + + + + + Increments the reference count of @tree by one. + +It is safe to call this function from any thread. + + the passed in #GTree + + + + + a #GTree + + + + + + Removes a key/value pair from a #GTree. + +If the #GTree was created using g_tree_new_full(), the key and value +are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to +make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. +If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. + + %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function + returned nothing) + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Inserts a new key and value into a #GTree similar to g_tree_insert(). +The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GTree, it gets +replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when +creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you +supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old key is +freed using that function. + +The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, +so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to insert + + + + the value corresponding to the key + + + + + + Searches a #GTree using @search_func. + +The @search_func is called with a pointer to the key of a key/value +pair in the tree, and the passed in @user_data. If @search_func returns +0 for a key/value pair, then the corresponding value is returned as +the result of g_tree_search(). If @search_func returns -1, searching +will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a smaller key; if +@search_func returns 1, searching will proceed among the key/value +pairs that have a larger key. + + the value corresponding to the found key, or %NULL + if the key was not found + + + + + a #GTree + + + + a function used to search the #GTree + + + + the data passed as the second argument to @search_func + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GTree without calling +the key and value destroy functions. + +If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. + + %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function + returned nothing) + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Calls the given function for each node in the #GTree. + The order of a balanced tree is somewhat arbitrary. + If you just want to visit all nodes in sorted order, use + g_tree_foreach() instead. If you really need to visit nodes in + a different order, consider using an [n-ary tree][glib-N-ary-Trees]. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + the function to call for each node visited. If this + function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. + + + + the order in which nodes are visited, one of %G_IN_ORDER, + %G_PRE_ORDER and %G_POST_ORDER + + + + user data to pass to the function + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of @tree by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will +be destroyed (if destroy functions were specified) and all +memory allocated by @tree will be released. + +It is safe to call this function from any thread. + + + + + + a #GTree + + + + + + Creates a new #GTree. + + a newly allocated #GTree + + + + + the function used to order the nodes in the #GTree. + It should return values similar to the standard strcmp() function - + 0 if the two arguments are equal, a negative value if the first argument + comes before the second, or a positive value if the first argument comes + after the second. + + + + + + Creates a new #GTree like g_tree_new() and allows to specify functions +to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when +removing the entry from the #GTree. + + a newly allocated #GTree + + + + + qsort()-style comparison function + + + + data to pass to comparison function + + + + a function to free the memory allocated for the key + used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't + want to supply such a function + + + + a function to free the memory allocated for the + value used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you + don't want to supply such a function + + + + + + Creates a new #GTree with a comparison function that accepts user data. +See g_tree_new() for more details. + + a newly allocated #GTree + + + + + qsort()-style comparison function + + + + data to pass to comparison function + + + + + + + The maximum length (in codepoints) of a compatibility or canonical +decomposition of a single Unicode character. + +This is as defined by Unicode 6.1. + + + + Generic delimiters characters as defined in RFC 3986. Includes ":/?#[]@". + + + + Subcomponent delimiter characters as defined in RFC 3986. Includes "!$&'()*+,;=". + + + + Number of microseconds in one second (1 million). +This macro is provided for code readability. + + + + These are the possible line break classifications. + +Since new unicode versions may add new types here, applications should be ready +to handle unknown values. They may be regarded as %G_UNICODE_BREAK_UNKNOWN. + +See [Unicode Line Breaking Algorithm](http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr14/). + + Mandatory Break (BK) + + + Carriage Return (CR) + + + Line Feed (LF) + + + Attached Characters and Combining Marks (CM) + + + Surrogates (SG) + + + Zero Width Space (ZW) + + + Inseparable (IN) + + + Non-breaking ("Glue") (GL) + + + Contingent Break Opportunity (CB) + + + Space (SP) + + + Break Opportunity After (BA) + + + Break Opportunity Before (BB) + + + Break Opportunity Before and After (B2) + + + Hyphen (HY) + + + Nonstarter (NS) + + + Opening Punctuation (OP) + + + Closing Punctuation (CL) + + + Ambiguous Quotation (QU) + + + Exclamation/Interrogation (EX) + + + Ideographic (ID) + + + Numeric (NU) + + + Infix Separator (Numeric) (IS) + + + Symbols Allowing Break After (SY) + + + Ordinary Alphabetic and Symbol Characters (AL) + + + Prefix (Numeric) (PR) + + + Postfix (Numeric) (PO) + + + Complex Content Dependent (South East Asian) (SA) + + + Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) (AI) + + + Unknown (XX) + + + Next Line (NL) + + + Word Joiner (WJ) + + + Hangul L Jamo (JL) + + + Hangul V Jamo (JV) + + + Hangul T Jamo (JT) + + + Hangul LV Syllable (H2) + + + Hangul LVT Syllable (H3) + + + Closing Parenthesis (CP). Since 2.28 + + + Conditional Japanese Starter (CJ). Since: 2.32 + + + Hebrew Letter (HL). Since: 2.32 + + + Regional Indicator (RI). Since: 2.36 + + + Emoji Base (EB). Since: 2.50 + + + Emoji Modifier (EM). Since: 2.50 + + + Zero Width Joiner (ZWJ). Since: 2.50 + + + + The #GUnicodeScript enumeration identifies different writing +systems. The values correspond to the names as defined in the +Unicode standard. The enumeration has been added in GLib 2.14, +and is interchangeable with #PangoScript. + +Note that new types may be added in the future. Applications +should be ready to handle unknown values. +See [Unicode Standard Annex #24: Script names](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr24/). + + a value never returned from g_unichar_get_script() + + + a character used by multiple different scripts + + + a mark glyph that takes its script from the + base glyph to which it is attached + + + Arabic + + + Armenian + + + Bengali + + + Bopomofo + + + Cherokee + + + Coptic + + + Cyrillic + + + Deseret + + + Devanagari + + + Ethiopic + + + Georgian + + + Gothic + + + Greek + + + Gujarati + + + Gurmukhi + + + Han + + + Hangul + + + Hebrew + + + Hiragana + + + Kannada + + + Katakana + + + Khmer + + + Lao + + + Latin + + + Malayalam + + + Mongolian + + + Myanmar + + + Ogham + + + Old Italic + + + Oriya + + + Runic + + + Sinhala + + + Syriac + + + Tamil + + + Telugu + + + Thaana + + + Thai + + + Tibetan + + + Canadian Aboriginal + + + Yi + + + Tagalog + + + Hanunoo + + + Buhid + + + Tagbanwa + + + Braille + + + Cypriot + + + Limbu + + + Osmanya + + + Shavian + + + Linear B + + + Tai Le + + + Ugaritic + + + New Tai Lue + + + Buginese + + + Glagolitic + + + Tifinagh + + + Syloti Nagri + + + Old Persian + + + Kharoshthi + + + an unassigned code point + + + Balinese + + + Cuneiform + + + Phoenician + + + Phags-pa + + + N'Ko + + + Kayah Li. Since 2.16.3 + + + Lepcha. Since 2.16.3 + + + Rejang. Since 2.16.3 + + + Sundanese. Since 2.16.3 + + + Saurashtra. Since 2.16.3 + + + Cham. Since 2.16.3 + + + Ol Chiki. Since 2.16.3 + + + Vai. Since 2.16.3 + + + Carian. Since 2.16.3 + + + Lycian. Since 2.16.3 + + + Lydian. Since 2.16.3 + + + Avestan. Since 2.26 + + + Bamum. Since 2.26 + + + Egyptian Hieroglpyhs. Since 2.26 + + + Imperial Aramaic. Since 2.26 + + + Inscriptional Pahlavi. Since 2.26 + + + Inscriptional Parthian. Since 2.26 + + + Javanese. Since 2.26 + + + Kaithi. Since 2.26 + + + Lisu. Since 2.26 + + + Meetei Mayek. Since 2.26 + + + Old South Arabian. Since 2.26 + + + Old Turkic. Since 2.28 + + + Samaritan. Since 2.26 + + + Tai Tham. Since 2.26 + + + Tai Viet. Since 2.26 + + + Batak. Since 2.28 + + + Brahmi. Since 2.28 + + + Mandaic. Since 2.28 + + + Chakma. Since: 2.32 + + + Meroitic Cursive. Since: 2.32 + + + Meroitic Hieroglyphs. Since: 2.32 + + + Miao. Since: 2.32 + + + Sharada. Since: 2.32 + + + Sora Sompeng. Since: 2.32 + + + Takri. Since: 2.32 + + + Bassa. Since: 2.42 + + + Caucasian Albanian. Since: 2.42 + + + Duployan. Since: 2.42 + + + Elbasan. Since: 2.42 + + + Grantha. Since: 2.42 + + + Kjohki. Since: 2.42 + + + Khudawadi, Sindhi. Since: 2.42 + + + Linear A. Since: 2.42 + + + Mahajani. Since: 2.42 + + + Manichaean. Since: 2.42 + + + Mende Kikakui. Since: 2.42 + + + Modi. Since: 2.42 + + + Mro. Since: 2.42 + + + Nabataean. Since: 2.42 + + + Old North Arabian. Since: 2.42 + + + Old Permic. Since: 2.42 + + + Pahawh Hmong. Since: 2.42 + + + Palmyrene. Since: 2.42 + + + Pau Cin Hau. Since: 2.42 + + + Psalter Pahlavi. Since: 2.42 + + + Siddham. Since: 2.42 + + + Tirhuta. Since: 2.42 + + + Warang Citi. Since: 2.42 + + + Ahom. Since: 2.48 + + + Anatolian Hieroglyphs. Since: 2.48 + + + Hatran. Since: 2.48 + + + Multani. Since: 2.48 + + + Old Hungarian. Since: 2.48 + + + Signwriting. Since: 2.48 + + + Adlam. Since: 2.50 + + + Bhaiksuki. Since: 2.50 + + + Marchen. Since: 2.50 + + + Newa. Since: 2.50 + + + Osage. Since: 2.50 + + + Tangut. Since: 2.50 + + + Masaram Gondi. Since: 2.54 + + + Nushu. Since: 2.54 + + + Soyombo. Since: 2.54 + + + Zanabazar Square. Since: 2.54 + + + + These are the possible character classifications from the +Unicode specification. +See [Unicode Character Database](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr44/#General_Category_Values). + + General category "Other, Control" (Cc) + + + General category "Other, Format" (Cf) + + + General category "Other, Not Assigned" (Cn) + + + General category "Other, Private Use" (Co) + + + General category "Other, Surrogate" (Cs) + + + General category "Letter, Lowercase" (Ll) + + + General category "Letter, Modifier" (Lm) + + + General category "Letter, Other" (Lo) + + + General category "Letter, Titlecase" (Lt) + + + General category "Letter, Uppercase" (Lu) + + + General category "Mark, Spacing" (Mc) + + + General category "Mark, Enclosing" (Me) + + + General category "Mark, Nonspacing" (Mn) + + + General category "Number, Decimal Digit" (Nd) + + + General category "Number, Letter" (Nl) + + + General category "Number, Other" (No) + + + General category "Punctuation, Connector" (Pc) + + + General category "Punctuation, Dash" (Pd) + + + General category "Punctuation, Close" (Pe) + + + General category "Punctuation, Final quote" (Pf) + + + General category "Punctuation, Initial quote" (Pi) + + + General category "Punctuation, Other" (Po) + + + General category "Punctuation, Open" (Ps) + + + General category "Symbol, Currency" (Sc) + + + General category "Symbol, Modifier" (Sk) + + + General category "Symbol, Math" (Sm) + + + General category "Symbol, Other" (So) + + + General category "Separator, Line" (Zl) + + + General category "Separator, Paragraph" (Zp) + + + General category "Separator, Space" (Zs) + + + + The type of functions to be called when a UNIX fd watch source +triggers. + + %FALSE if the source should be removed + + + + + the fd that triggered the event + + + + the IO conditions reported on @fd + + + + user data passed to g_unix_fd_add() + + + + + + These are logical ids for special directories which are defined +depending on the platform used. You should use g_get_user_special_dir() +to retrieve the full path associated to the logical id. + +The #GUserDirectory enumeration can be extended at later date. Not +every platform has a directory for every logical id in this +enumeration. + + the user's Desktop directory + + + the user's Documents directory + + + the user's Downloads directory + + + the user's Music directory + + + the user's Pictures directory + + + the user's shared directory + + + the user's Templates directory + + + the user's Movies directory + + + the number of enum values + + + + + + + A macro that should be defined by the user prior to including +the glib.h header. +The definition should be one of the predefined GLib version +macros: %GLIB_VERSION_2_26, %GLIB_VERSION_2_28,... + +This macro defines the earliest version of GLib that the package is +required to be able to compile against. + +If the compiler is configured to warn about the use of deprecated +functions, then using functions that were deprecated in version +%GLIB_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED or earlier will cause warnings (but +using functions deprecated in later releases will not). + + + + #GVariant is a variant datatype; it can contain one or more values +along with information about the type of the values. + +A #GVariant may contain simple types, like an integer, or a boolean value; +or complex types, like an array of two strings, or a dictionary of key +value pairs. A #GVariant is also immutable: once it's been created neither +its type nor its content can be modified further. + +GVariant is useful whenever data needs to be serialized, for example when +sending method parameters in DBus, or when saving settings using GSettings. + +When creating a new #GVariant, you pass the data you want to store in it +along with a string representing the type of data you wish to pass to it. + +For instance, if you want to create a #GVariant holding an integer value you +can use: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GVariant *v = g_variant_new ("u", 40); +]| + +The string "u" in the first argument tells #GVariant that the data passed to +the constructor (40) is going to be an unsigned integer. + +More advanced examples of #GVariant in use can be found in documentation for +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + +The range of possible values is determined by the type. + +The type system used by #GVariant is #GVariantType. + +#GVariant instances always have a type and a value (which are given +at construction time). The type and value of a #GVariant instance +can never change other than by the #GVariant itself being +destroyed. A #GVariant cannot contain a pointer. + +#GVariant is reference counted using g_variant_ref() and +g_variant_unref(). #GVariant also has floating reference counts -- +see g_variant_ref_sink(). + +#GVariant is completely threadsafe. A #GVariant instance can be +concurrently accessed in any way from any number of threads without +problems. + +#GVariant is heavily optimised for dealing with data in serialised +form. It works particularly well with data located in memory-mapped +files. It can perform nearly all deserialisation operations in a +small constant time, usually touching only a single memory page. +Serialised #GVariant data can also be sent over the network. + +#GVariant is largely compatible with D-Bus. Almost all types of +#GVariant instances can be sent over D-Bus. See #GVariantType for +exceptions. (However, #GVariant's serialisation format is not the same +as the serialisation format of a D-Bus message body: use #GDBusMessage, +in the gio library, for those.) + +For space-efficiency, the #GVariant serialisation format does not +automatically include the variant's length, type or endianness, +which must either be implied from context (such as knowledge that a +particular file format always contains a little-endian +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT which occupies the whole length of the file) +or supplied out-of-band (for instance, a length, type and/or endianness +indicator could be placed at the beginning of a file, network message +or network stream). + +A #GVariant's size is limited mainly by any lower level operating +system constraints, such as the number of bits in #gsize. For +example, it is reasonable to have a 2GB file mapped into memory +with #GMappedFile, and call g_variant_new_from_data() on it. + +For convenience to C programmers, #GVariant features powerful +varargs-based value construction and destruction. This feature is +designed to be embedded in other libraries. + +There is a Python-inspired text language for describing #GVariant +values. #GVariant includes a printer for this language and a parser +with type inferencing. + +## Memory Use + +#GVariant tries to be quite efficient with respect to memory use. +This section gives a rough idea of how much memory is used by the +current implementation. The information here is subject to change +in the future. + +The memory allocated by #GVariant can be grouped into 4 broad +purposes: memory for serialised data, memory for the type +information cache, buffer management memory and memory for the +#GVariant structure itself. + +## Serialised Data Memory + +This is the memory that is used for storing GVariant data in +serialised form. This is what would be sent over the network or +what would end up on disk, not counting any indicator of the +endianness, or of the length or type of the top-level variant. + +The amount of memory required to store a boolean is 1 byte. 16, +32 and 64 bit integers and double precision floating point numbers +use their "natural" size. Strings (including object path and +signature strings) are stored with a nul terminator, and as such +use the length of the string plus 1 byte. + +Maybe types use no space at all to represent the null value and +use the same amount of space (sometimes plus one byte) as the +equivalent non-maybe-typed value to represent the non-null case. + +Arrays use the amount of space required to store each of their +members, concatenated. Additionally, if the items stored in an +array are not of a fixed-size (ie: strings, other arrays, etc) +then an additional framing offset is stored for each item. The +size of this offset is either 1, 2 or 4 bytes depending on the +overall size of the container. Additionally, extra padding bytes +are added as required for alignment of child values. + +Tuples (including dictionary entries) use the amount of space +required to store each of their members, concatenated, plus one +framing offset (as per arrays) for each non-fixed-sized item in +the tuple, except for the last one. Additionally, extra padding +bytes are added as required for alignment of child values. + +Variants use the same amount of space as the item inside of the +variant, plus 1 byte, plus the length of the type string for the +item inside the variant. + +As an example, consider a dictionary mapping strings to variants. +In the case that the dictionary is empty, 0 bytes are required for +the serialisation. + +If we add an item "width" that maps to the int32 value of 500 then +we will use 4 byte to store the int32 (so 6 for the variant +containing it) and 6 bytes for the string. The variant must be +aligned to 8 after the 6 bytes of the string, so that's 2 extra +bytes. 6 (string) + 2 (padding) + 6 (variant) is 14 bytes used +for the dictionary entry. An additional 1 byte is added to the +array as a framing offset making a total of 15 bytes. + +If we add another entry, "title" that maps to a nullable string +that happens to have a value of null, then we use 0 bytes for the +null value (and 3 bytes for the variant to contain it along with +its type string) plus 6 bytes for the string. Again, we need 2 +padding bytes. That makes a total of 6 + 2 + 3 = 11 bytes. + +We now require extra padding between the two items in the array. +After the 14 bytes of the first item, that's 2 bytes required. +We now require 2 framing offsets for an extra two +bytes. 14 + 2 + 11 + 2 = 29 bytes to encode the entire two-item +dictionary. + +## Type Information Cache + +For each GVariant type that currently exists in the program a type +information structure is kept in the type information cache. The +type information structure is required for rapid deserialisation. + +Continuing with the above example, if a #GVariant exists with the +type "a{sv}" then a type information struct will exist for +"a{sv}", "{sv}", "s", and "v". Multiple uses of the same type +will share the same type information. Additionally, all +single-digit types are stored in read-only static memory and do +not contribute to the writable memory footprint of a program using +#GVariant. + +Aside from the type information structures stored in read-only +memory, there are two forms of type information. One is used for +container types where there is a single element type: arrays and +maybe types. The other is used for container types where there +are multiple element types: tuples and dictionary entries. + +Array type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus the +memory required to store the type string itself. This means that +on 32-bit systems, the cache entry for "a{sv}" would require 30 +bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). + +Tuple type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus 4 * +sizeof (void *) for each item in the tuple, plus the memory +required to store the type string itself. A 2-item tuple, for +example, would have a type information structure that consumed +writable memory in the size of 14 * sizeof (void *) (plus type +string) This means that on 32-bit systems, the cache entry for +"{sv}" would require 61 bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). + +This means that in total, for our "a{sv}" example, 91 bytes of +type information would be allocated. + +The type information cache, additionally, uses a #GHashTable to +store and lookup the cached items and stores a pointer to this +hash table in static storage. The hash table is freed when there +are zero items in the type cache. + +Although these sizes may seem large it is important to remember +that a program will probably only have a very small number of +different types of values in it and that only one type information +structure is required for many different values of the same type. + +## Buffer Management Memory + +#GVariant uses an internal buffer management structure to deal +with the various different possible sources of serialised data +that it uses. The buffer is responsible for ensuring that the +correct call is made when the data is no longer in use by +#GVariant. This may involve a g_free() or a g_slice_free() or +even g_mapped_file_unref(). + +One buffer management structure is used for each chunk of +serialised data. The size of the buffer management structure +is 4 * (void *). On 32-bit systems, that's 16 bytes. + +## GVariant structure + +The size of a #GVariant structure is 6 * (void *). On 32-bit +systems, that's 24 bytes. + +#GVariant structures only exist if they are explicitly created +with API calls. For example, if a #GVariant is constructed out of +serialised data for the example given above (with the dictionary) +then although there are 9 individual values that comprise the +entire dictionary (two keys, two values, two variants containing +the values, two dictionary entries, plus the dictionary itself), +only 1 #GVariant instance exists -- the one referring to the +dictionary. + +If calls are made to start accessing the other values then +#GVariant instances will exist for those values only for as long +as they are in use (ie: until you call g_variant_unref()). The +type information is shared. The serialised data and the buffer +management structure for that serialised data is shared by the +child. + +## Summary + +To put the entire example together, for our dictionary mapping +strings to variants (with two entries, as given above), we are +using 91 bytes of memory for type information, 29 bytes of memory +for the serialised data, 16 bytes for buffer management and 24 +bytes for the #GVariant instance, or a total of 160 bytes, plus +malloc overhead. If we were to use g_variant_get_child_value() to +access the two dictionary entries, we would use an additional 48 +bytes. If we were to have other dictionaries of the same type, we +would use more memory for the serialised data and buffer +management for those dictionaries, but the type information would +be shared. + + Creates a new #GVariant instance. + +Think of this function as an analogue to g_strdup_printf(). + +The type of the created instance and the arguments that are expected +by this function are determined by @format_string. See the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings]. Please note that +the syntax of the format string is very likely to be extended in the +future. + +The first character of the format string must not be '*' '?' '@' or +'r'; in essence, a new #GVariant must always be constructed by this +function (and not merely passed through it unmodified). + +Note that the arguments must be of the correct width for their types +specified in @format_string. This can be achieved by casting them. See +the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +MyFlags some_flags = FLAG_ONE | FLAG_TWO; +const gchar *some_strings[] = { "a", "b", "c", NULL }; +GVariant *new_variant; + +new_variant = g_variant_new ("(t^as)", + // This cast is required. + (guint64) some_flags, + some_strings); +]| + + a new floating #GVariant instance + + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + arguments, as per @format_string + + + + + + Creates a new #GVariant array from @children. + +@child_type must be non-%NULL if @n_children is zero. Otherwise, the +child type is determined by inspecting the first element of the +@children array. If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a +definite type. + +The items of the array are taken from the @children array. No entry +in the @children array may be %NULL. + +All items in the array must have the same type, which must be the +same as @child_type, if given. + +If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the +new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). + + a floating reference to a new #GVariant array + + + + + the element type of the new array + + + + an array of + #GVariant pointers, the children + + + + + + the length of @children + + + + + + Creates a new boolean #GVariant instance -- either %TRUE or %FALSE. + + a floating reference to a new boolean #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gboolean value + + + + + + Creates a new byte #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new byte #GVariant instance + + + + + a #guint8 value + + + + + + Creates an array-of-bytes #GVariant with the contents of @string. +This function is just like g_variant_new_string() except that the +string need not be valid UTF-8. + +The nul terminator character at the end of the string is stored in +the array. + + a floating reference to a new bytestring #GVariant instance + + + + + a normal + nul-terminated string in no particular encoding + + + + + + + + Constructs an array of bytestring #GVariant from the given array of +strings. + +If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. + + a new floating #GVariant instance + + + + + an array of strings + + + + + + the length of @strv, or -1 + + + + + + Creates a new dictionary entry #GVariant. @key and @value must be +non-%NULL. @key must be a value of a basic type (ie: not a container). + +If the @key or @value are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), +the new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). + + a floating reference to a new dictionary entry #GVariant + + + + + a basic #GVariant, the key + + + + a #GVariant, the value + + + + + + Creates a new double #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new double #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gdouble floating point value + + + + + + Constructs a new array #GVariant instance, where the elements are +of @element_type type. + +@elements must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are +fixed-size as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. + +@element_size must be the size of a single element in the array. +For example, if calling this function for an array of 32-bit integers, +you might say sizeof(gint32). This value isn't used except for the purpose +of a double-check that the form of the serialised data matches the caller's +expectation. + +@n_elements must be the length of the @elements array. + + a floating reference to a new array #GVariant instance + + + + + the #GVariantType of each element + + + + a pointer to the fixed array of contiguous elements + + + + the number of elements + + + + the size of each element + + + + + + Constructs a new serialised-mode #GVariant instance. This is the +inner interface for creation of new serialised values that gets +called from various functions in gvariant.c. + +A reference is taken on @bytes. + + a new #GVariant with a floating reference + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + a #GBytes + + + + if the contents of @bytes are trusted + + + + + + Creates a new #GVariant instance from serialised data. + +@type is the type of #GVariant instance that will be constructed. +The interpretation of @data depends on knowing the type. + +@data is not modified by this function and must remain valid with an +unchanging value until such a time as @notify is called with +@user_data. If the contents of @data change before that time then +the result is undefined. + +If @data is trusted to be serialised data in normal form then +@trusted should be %TRUE. This applies to serialised data created +within this process or read from a trusted location on the disk (such +as a file installed in /usr/lib alongside your application). You +should set trusted to %FALSE if @data is read from the network, a +file in the user's home directory, etc. + +If @data was not stored in this machine's native endianness, any multi-byte +numeric values in the returned variant will also be in non-native +endianness. g_variant_byteswap() can be used to recover the original values. + +@notify will be called with @user_data when @data is no longer +needed. The exact time of this call is unspecified and might even be +before this function returns. + + a new floating #GVariant of type @type + + + + + a definite #GVariantType + + + + the serialised data + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + %TRUE if @data is definitely in normal form + + + + function to call when @data is no longer needed + + + + data for @notify + + + + + + Creates a new handle #GVariant instance. + +By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors +that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting +with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. + + a floating reference to a new handle #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gint32 value + + + + + + Creates a new int16 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new int16 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gint16 value + + + + + + Creates a new int32 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new int32 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gint32 value + + + + + + Creates a new int64 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new int64 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #gint64 value + + + + + + Depending on if @child is %NULL, either wraps @child inside of a +maybe container or creates a Nothing instance for the given @type. + +At least one of @child_type and @child must be non-%NULL. +If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a definite type. +If they are both non-%NULL then @child_type must be the type +of @child. + +If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new +instance takes ownership of @child. + + a floating reference to a new #GVariant maybe instance + + + + + the #GVariantType of the child, or %NULL + + + + the child value, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a D-Bus object path #GVariant with the contents of @string. +@string must be a valid D-Bus object path. Use +g_variant_is_object_path() if you're not sure. + + a floating reference to a new object path #GVariant instance + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Constructs an array of object paths #GVariant from the given array of +strings. + +Each string must be a valid #GVariant object path; see +g_variant_is_object_path(). + +If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. + + a new floating #GVariant instance + + + + + an array of strings + + + + + + the length of @strv, or -1 + + + + + + Parses @format and returns the result. + +@format must be a text format #GVariant with one extension: at any +point that a value may appear in the text, a '%' character followed +by a GVariant format string (as per g_variant_new()) may appear. In +that case, the same arguments are collected from the argument list as +g_variant_new() would have collected. + +Note that the arguments must be of the correct width for their types +specified in @format. This can be achieved by casting them. See +the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +Consider this simple example: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_variant_new_parsed ("[('one', 1), ('two', %i), (%s, 3)]", 2, "three"); +]| + +In the example, the variable argument parameters are collected and +filled in as if they were part of the original string to produce the +result of +|[<!-- language="C" --> +[('one', 1), ('two', 2), ('three', 3)] +]| + +This function is intended only to be used with @format as a string +literal. Any parse error is fatal to the calling process. If you +want to parse data from untrusted sources, use g_variant_parse(). + +You may not use this function to return, unmodified, a single +#GVariant pointer from the argument list. ie: @format may not solely +be anything along the lines of "%*", "%?", "\%r", or anything starting +with "%@". + + a new floating #GVariant instance + + + + + a text format #GVariant + + + + arguments as per @format + + + + + + Parses @format and returns the result. + +This is the version of g_variant_new_parsed() intended to be used +from libraries. + +The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant +instance. In the case that @format simply specified the collection +of a #GVariant pointer (eg: @format was "%*") then the collected +#GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, without adding any +additional references. + +Note that the arguments in @app must be of the correct width for their types +specified in @format when collected into the #va_list. See +the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the +calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before +returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. +At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the +result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, +or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. + + a new, usually floating, #GVariant + + + + + a text format #GVariant + + + + a pointer to a #va_list + + + + + + Creates a string-type GVariant using printf formatting. + +This is similar to calling g_strdup_printf() and then +g_variant_new_string() but it saves a temporary variable and an +unnecessary copy. + + a floating reference to a new string + #GVariant instance + + + + + a printf-style format string + + + + arguments for @format_string + + + + + + Creates a D-Bus type signature #GVariant with the contents of +@string. @string must be a valid D-Bus type signature. Use +g_variant_is_signature() if you're not sure. + + a floating reference to a new signature #GVariant instance + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Creates a string #GVariant with the contents of @string. + +@string must be valid UTF-8, and must not be %NULL. To encode +potentially-%NULL strings, use g_variant_new() with `ms` as the +[format string][gvariant-format-strings-maybe-types]. + + a floating reference to a new string #GVariant instance + + + + + a normal UTF-8 nul-terminated string + + + + + + Constructs an array of strings #GVariant from the given array of +strings. + +If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. + + a new floating #GVariant instance + + + + + an array of strings + + + + + + the length of @strv, or -1 + + + + + + Creates a string #GVariant with the contents of @string. + +@string must be valid UTF-8, and must not be %NULL. To encode +potentially-%NULL strings, use this with g_variant_new_maybe(). + +This function consumes @string. g_free() will be called on @string +when it is no longer required. + +You must not modify or access @string in any other way after passing +it to this function. It is even possible that @string is immediately +freed. + + a floating reference to a new string + #GVariant instance + + + + + a normal UTF-8 nul-terminated string + + + + + + Creates a new tuple #GVariant out of the items in @children. The +type is determined from the types of @children. No entry in the +@children array may be %NULL. + +If @n_children is 0 then the unit tuple is constructed. + +If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the +new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). + + a floating reference to a new #GVariant tuple + + + + + the items to make the tuple out of + + + + + + the length of @children + + + + + + Creates a new uint16 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new uint16 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #guint16 value + + + + + + Creates a new uint32 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new uint32 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #guint32 value + + + + + + Creates a new uint64 #GVariant instance. + + a floating reference to a new uint64 #GVariant instance + + + + + a #guint64 value + + + + + + This function is intended to be used by libraries based on +#GVariant that want to provide g_variant_new()-like functionality +to their users. + +The API is more general than g_variant_new() to allow a wider range +of possible uses. + +@format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only +needs to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is +non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the +end of the format string. + +@app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to +@format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left +pointing to the argument following the last. + +Note that the arguments in @app must be of the correct width for their +types specified in @format_string when collected into the #va_list. +See the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to +g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual +varargs call by the user. + +The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant +instance (for example, if the format string was "(ii)"). In the case +that the format_string was '*', '?', 'r', or a format starting with +'@' then the collected #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, +without adding any additional references. + +In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the +calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before +returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. +At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the +result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, +or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. + + a new, usually floating, #GVariant + + + + + a string that is prefixed with a format string + + + + location to store the end pointer, + or %NULL + + + + a pointer to a #va_list + + + + + + Boxes @value. The result is a #GVariant instance representing a +variant containing the original value. + +If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new +instance takes ownership of @child. + + a floating reference to a new variant #GVariant instance + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Performs a byteswapping operation on the contents of @value. The +result is that all multi-byte numeric data contained in @value is +byteswapped. That includes 16, 32, and 64bit signed and unsigned +integers as well as file handles and double precision floating point +values. + +This function is an identity mapping on any value that does not +contain multi-byte numeric data. That include strings, booleans, +bytes and containers containing only these things (recursively). + +The returned value is always in normal form and is marked as trusted. + + the byteswapped form of @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Checks if calling g_variant_get() with @format_string on @value would +be valid from a type-compatibility standpoint. @format_string is +assumed to be a valid format string (from a syntactic standpoint). + +If @copy_only is %TRUE then this function additionally checks that it +would be safe to call g_variant_unref() on @value immediately after +the call to g_variant_get() without invalidating the result. This is +only possible if deep copies are made (ie: there are no pointers to +the data inside of the soon-to-be-freed #GVariant instance). If this +check fails then a g_critical() is printed and %FALSE is returned. + +This function is meant to be used by functions that wish to provide +varargs accessors to #GVariant values of uncertain values (eg: +g_variant_lookup() or g_menu_model_get_item_attribute()). + + %TRUE if @format_string is safe to use + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + a valid #GVariant format string + + + + %TRUE to ensure the format string makes deep copies + + + + + + Classifies @value according to its top-level type. + + the #GVariantClass of @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Compares @one and @two. + +The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of +this function with #GTree, #GPtrArray, etc. They must each be a +#GVariant. + +Comparison is only defined for basic types (ie: booleans, numbers, +strings). For booleans, %FALSE is less than %TRUE. Numbers are +ordered in the usual way. Strings are in ASCII lexographical order. + +It is a programmer error to attempt to compare container values or +two values that have types that are not exactly equal. For example, +you cannot compare a 32-bit signed integer with a 32-bit unsigned +integer. Also note that this function is not particularly +well-behaved when it comes to comparison of doubles; in particular, +the handling of incomparable values (ie: NaN) is undefined. + +If you only require an equality comparison, g_variant_equal() is more +general. + + negative value if a < b; + zero if a = b; + positive value if a > b. + + + + + a basic-typed #GVariant instance + + + + a #GVariant instance of the same type + + + + + + Similar to g_variant_get_bytestring() except that instead of +returning a constant string, the string is duplicated. + +The return value must be freed using g_free(). + + + a newly allocated string + + + + + + + an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance + + + + a pointer to a #gsize, to store + the length (not including the nul terminator) + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call +makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with +g_strfreev(). + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is +stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of strings + + + + + + + an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call +makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with +g_strfreev(). + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result +is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of strings + + + + + + + an array of object paths #GVariant + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Similar to g_variant_get_string() except that instead of returning +a constant string, the string is duplicated. + +The string will always be UTF-8 encoded. + +The return value must be freed using g_free(). + + a newly allocated string, UTF-8 encoded + + + + + a string #GVariant instance + + + + a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call +makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with +g_strfreev(). + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result +is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of strings + + + + + + + an array of strings #GVariant + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if @one and @two have the same type and value. + +The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of +this function with #GHashTable. They must each be a #GVariant. + + %TRUE if @one and @two are equal + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Deconstructs a #GVariant instance. + +Think of this function as an analogue to scanf(). + +The arguments that are expected by this function are entirely +determined by @format_string. @format_string also restricts the +permissible types of @value. It is an error to give a value with +an incompatible type. See the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings]. +Please note that the syntax of the format string is very likely to be +extended in the future. + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, +see the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + arguments, as per @format_string + + + + + + Returns the boolean value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + a boolean #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the byte value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE. + + a #guchar + + + + + a byte #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with an +array-of-bytes type. The string has no particular encoding. + +If the array does not end with a nul terminator character, the empty +string is returned. For this reason, you can always trust that a +non-%NULL nul-terminated string will be returned by this function. + +If the array contains a nul terminator character somewhere other than +the last byte then the returned string is the string, up to the first +such nul character. + +g_variant_get_fixed_array() should be used instead if the array contains +arbitrary data that could not be nul-terminated or could contain nul bytes. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value that is not an +array of bytes. + +The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. + + + the constant string + + + + + + + an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call +makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with +g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is +stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of constant strings + + + + + + + an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance and +deconstructs it according to @format_string. This call is +essentially a combination of g_variant_get_child_value() and +g_variant_get(). + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, +see the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + + + + + a container #GVariant + + + + the index of the child to deconstruct + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + arguments, as per @format_string + + + + + + Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance. This +includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary +entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of +#GVariant. + +It is an error if @index_ is greater than the number of child items +in the container. See g_variant_n_children(). + +The returned value is never floating. You should free it with +g_variant_unref() when you're done with it. + +This function is O(1). + + the child at the specified index + + + + + a container #GVariant + + + + the index of the child to fetch + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance. +The returned data may not be in fully-normalised form if read from an +untrusted source. The returned data must not be freed; it remains +valid for as long as @value exists. + +If @value is a fixed-sized value that was deserialised from a +corrupted serialised container then %NULL may be returned. In this +case, the proper thing to do is typically to use the appropriate +number of nul bytes in place of @value. If @value is not fixed-sized +then %NULL is never returned. + +In the case that @value is already in serialised form, this function +is O(1). If the value is not already in serialised form, +serialisation occurs implicitly and is approximately O(n) in the size +of the result. + +To deserialise the data returned by this function, in addition to the +serialised data, you must know the type of the #GVariant, and (if the +machine might be different) the endianness of the machine that stored +it. As a result, file formats or network messages that incorporate +serialised #GVariants must include this information either +implicitly (for instance "the file always contains a +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT and it is always in little-endian order") or +explicitly (by storing the type and/or endianness in addition to the +serialised data). + + the serialised form of @value, or %NULL + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance. +The semantics of this function are exactly the same as +g_variant_get_data(), except that the returned #GBytes holds +a reference to the variant data. + + A new #GBytes representing the variant data + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Returns the double precision floating point value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE. + + a #gdouble + + + + + a double #GVariant instance + + + + + + Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized +items. + +@value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are +fixed-size, as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. + +@element_size must be the size of a single element in the array, +as given by the section on +[serialized data memory][gvariant-serialised-data-memory]. + +In particular, arrays of these fixed-sized types can be interpreted +as an array of the given C type, with @element_size set to the size +the appropriate type: +- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16 (etc.): #gint16 (etc.) +- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN: #guchar (not #gboolean!) +- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE: #guchar +- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE: #guint32 +- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE: #gdouble + +For example, if calling this function for an array of 32-bit integers, +you might say `sizeof(gint32)`. This value isn't used except for the purpose +of a double-check that the form of the serialised data matches the caller's +expectation. + +@n_elements, which must be non-%NULL, is set equal to the number of +items in the array. + + a pointer to + the fixed array + + + + + + + a #GVariant array with fixed-sized elements + + + + a pointer to the location to store the number of items + + + + the size of each element + + + + + + Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other +than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE. + +By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors +that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting +with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. + + a #gint32 + + + + + a handle #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the 16-bit signed integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16. + + a #gint16 + + + + + a int16 #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32. + + a #gint32 + + + + + a int32 #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the 64-bit signed integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64. + + a #gint64 + + + + + a int64 #GVariant instance + + + + + + Given a maybe-typed #GVariant instance, extract its value. If the +value is Nothing, then this function returns %NULL. + + the contents of @value, or %NULL + + + + + a maybe-typed value + + + + + + Gets a #GVariant instance that has the same value as @value and is +trusted to be in normal form. + +If @value is already trusted to be in normal form then a new +reference to @value is returned. + +If @value is not already trusted, then it is scanned to check if it +is in normal form. If it is found to be in normal form then it is +marked as trusted and a new reference to it is returned. + +If @value is found not to be in normal form then a new trusted +#GVariant is created with the same value as @value. + +It makes sense to call this function if you've received #GVariant +data from untrusted sources and you want to ensure your serialised +output is definitely in normal form. + +If @value is already in normal form, a new reference will be returned +(which will be floating if @value is floating). If it is not in normal form, +the newly created #GVariant will be returned with a single non-floating +reference. Typically, g_variant_take_ref() should be called on the return +value from this function to guarantee ownership of a single non-floating +reference to it. + + a trusted #GVariant + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call +makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with +g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result +is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of constant strings + + + + + + + an array of object paths #GVariant + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Determines the number of bytes that would be required to store @value +with g_variant_store(). + +If @value has a fixed-sized type then this function always returned +that fixed size. + +In the case that @value is already in serialised form or the size has +already been calculated (ie: this function has been called before) +then this function is O(1). Otherwise, the size is calculated, an +operation which is approximately O(n) in the number of values +involved. + + the serialised size of @value + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with a string +type. This includes the types %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING, +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH and %G_VARIANT_TYPE_SIGNATURE. + +The string will always be UTF-8 encoded, and will never be %NULL. + +If @length is non-%NULL then the length of the string (in bytes) is +returned there. For trusted values, this information is already +known. For untrusted values, a strlen() will be performed. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than those three. + +The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. + + the constant string, UTF-8 encoded + + + + + a string #GVariant instance + + + + a pointer to a #gsize, + to store the length + + + + + + Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call +makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with +g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. + +If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result +is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be +%NULL-terminated. + +For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a +%NULL pointer will be returned. + + an array of constant strings + + + + + + + an array of strings #GVariant + + + + the length of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Determines the type of @value. + +The return value is valid for the lifetime of @value and must not +be freed. + + a #GVariantType + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Returns the type string of @value. Unlike the result of calling +g_variant_type_peek_string(), this string is nul-terminated. This +string belongs to #GVariant and must not be freed. + + the type string for the type of @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Returns the 16-bit unsigned integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16. + + a #guint16 + + + + + a uint16 #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the 32-bit unsigned integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32. + + a #guint32 + + + + + a uint32 #GVariant instance + + + + + + Returns the 64-bit unsigned integer value of @value. + +It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type +other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64. + + a #guint64 + + + + + a uint64 #GVariant instance + + + + + + This function is intended to be used by libraries based on #GVariant +that want to provide g_variant_get()-like functionality to their +users. + +The API is more general than g_variant_get() to allow a wider range +of possible uses. + +@format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only +need to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is +non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the +end of the format string. + +@app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to +@format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left +pointing to the argument following the last. + +These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to +g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual +varargs call by the user. + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, +see the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + a string that is prefixed with a format string + + + + location to store the end pointer, + or %NULL + + + + a pointer to a #va_list + + + + + + Unboxes @value. The result is the #GVariant instance that was +contained in @value. + + the item contained in the variant + + + + + a variant #GVariant instance + + + + + + Generates a hash value for a #GVariant instance. + +The output of this function is guaranteed to be the same for a given +value only per-process. It may change between different processor +architectures or even different versions of GLib. Do not use this +function as a basis for building protocols or file formats. + +The type of @value is #gconstpointer only to allow use of this +function with #GHashTable. @value must be a #GVariant. + + a hash value corresponding to @value + + + + + a basic #GVariant value as a #gconstpointer + + + + + + Checks if @value is a container. + + %TRUE if @value is a container + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Checks whether @value has a floating reference count. + +This function should only ever be used to assert that a given variant +is or is not floating, or for debug purposes. To acquire a reference +to a variant that might be floating, always use g_variant_ref_sink() +or g_variant_take_ref(). + +See g_variant_ref_sink() for more information about floating reference +counts. + + whether @value is floating + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Checks if @value is in normal form. + +The main reason to do this is to detect if a given chunk of +serialised data is in normal form: load the data into a #GVariant +using g_variant_new_from_data() and then use this function to +check. + +If @value is found to be in normal form then it will be marked as +being trusted. If the value was already marked as being trusted then +this function will immediately return %TRUE. + + %TRUE if @value is in normal form + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + + + Checks if a value has a type matching the provided type. + + %TRUE if the type of @value matches @type + + + + + a #GVariant instance + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Creates a heap-allocated #GVariantIter for iterating over the items +in @value. + +Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer +need it. + +A reference is taken to @value and will be released only when +g_variant_iter_free() is called. + + a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter + + + + + a container #GVariant + + + + + + Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. + +This function is a wrapper around g_variant_lookup_value() and +g_variant_get(). In the case that %NULL would have been returned, +this function returns %FALSE. Otherwise, it unpacks the returned +value and returns %TRUE. + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, +see the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + +This function is currently implemented with a linear scan. If you +plan to do many lookups then #GVariantDict may be more efficient. + + %TRUE if a value was unpacked + + + + + a dictionary #GVariant + + + + the key to lookup in the dictionary + + + + a GVariant format string + + + + the arguments to unpack the value into + + + + + + Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. + +This function works with dictionaries of the type a{s*} (and equally +well with type a{o*}, but we only further discuss the string case +for sake of clarity). + +In the event that @dictionary has the type a{sv}, the @expected_type +string specifies what type of value is expected to be inside of the +variant. If the value inside the variant has a different type then +%NULL is returned. In the event that @dictionary has a value type other +than v then @expected_type must directly match the key type and it is +used to unpack the value directly or an error occurs. + +In either case, if @key is not found in @dictionary, %NULL is returned. + +If the key is found and the value has the correct type, it is +returned. If @expected_type was specified then any non-%NULL return +value will have this type. + +This function is currently implemented with a linear scan. If you +plan to do many lookups then #GVariantDict may be more efficient. + + the value of the dictionary key, or %NULL + + + + + a dictionary #GVariant + + + + the key to lookup in the dictionary + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + + + Determines the number of children in a container #GVariant instance. +This includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary +entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of +#GVariant. + +For variants, the return value is always 1. For values with maybe +types, it is always zero or one. For arrays, it is the length of the +array. For tuples it is the number of tuple items (which depends +only on the type). For dictionary entries, it is always 2 + +This function is O(1). + + the number of children in the container + + + + + a container #GVariant + + + + + + Pretty-prints @value in the format understood by g_variant_parse(). + +The format is described [here][gvariant-text]. + +If @type_annotate is %TRUE, then type information is included in +the output. + + a newly-allocated string holding the result. + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + %TRUE if type information should be included in + the output + + + + + + Behaves as g_variant_print(), but operates on a #GString. + +If @string is non-%NULL then it is appended to and returned. Else, +a new empty #GString is allocated and it is returned. + + a #GString containing the string + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + a #GString, or %NULL + + + + %TRUE if type information should be included in + the output + + + + + + Increases the reference count of @value. + + the same @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + #GVariant uses a floating reference count system. All functions with +names starting with `g_variant_new_` return floating +references. + +Calling g_variant_ref_sink() on a #GVariant with a floating reference +will convert the floating reference into a full reference. Calling +g_variant_ref_sink() on a non-floating #GVariant results in an +additional normal reference being added. + +In other words, if the @value is floating, then this call "assumes +ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal +reference. If the @value is not floating, then this call adds a +new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. + +All calls that result in a #GVariant instance being inserted into a +container will call g_variant_ref_sink() on the instance. This means +that if the value was just created (and has only its floating +reference) then the container will assume sole ownership of the value +at that point and the caller will not need to unreference it. This +makes certain common styles of programming much easier while still +maintaining normal refcounting semantics in situations where values +are not floating. + + the same @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Stores the serialised form of @value at @data. @data should be +large enough. See g_variant_get_size(). + +The stored data is in machine native byte order but may not be in +fully-normalised form if read from an untrusted source. See +g_variant_get_normal_form() for a solution. + +As with g_variant_get_data(), to be able to deserialise the +serialised variant successfully, its type and (if the destination +machine might be different) its endianness must also be available. + +This function is approximately O(n) in the size of @data. + + + + + + the #GVariant to store + + + + the location to store the serialised data at + + + + + + If @value is floating, sink it. Otherwise, do nothing. + +Typically you want to use g_variant_ref_sink() in order to +automatically do the correct thing with respect to floating or +non-floating references, but there is one specific scenario where +this function is helpful. + +The situation where this function is helpful is when creating an API +that allows the user to provide a callback function that returns a +#GVariant. We certainly want to allow the user the flexibility to +return a non-floating reference from this callback (for the case +where the value that is being returned already exists). + +At the same time, the style of the #GVariant API makes it likely that +for newly-created #GVariant instances, the user can be saved some +typing if they are allowed to return a #GVariant with a floating +reference. + +Using this function on the return value of the user's callback allows +the user to do whichever is more convenient for them. The caller +will alway receives exactly one full reference to the value: either +the one that was returned in the first place, or a floating reference +that has been converted to a full reference. + +This function has an odd interaction when combined with +g_variant_ref_sink() running at the same time in another thread on +the same #GVariant instance. If g_variant_ref_sink() runs first then +the result will be that the floating reference is converted to a hard +reference. If g_variant_take_ref() runs first then the result will +be that the floating reference is converted to a hard reference and +an additional reference on top of that one is added. It is best to +avoid this situation. + + the same @value + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of @value. When its reference count +drops to 0, the memory used by the variant is freed. + + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus object path. You +should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus object path before +passing it to g_variant_new_object_path(). + +A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more +sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence +must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence +(including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty. + + %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus object path + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus type signature. You +should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus type signature before +passing it to g_variant_new_signature(). + +D-Bus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType +strings in sequence. + + %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus type signature + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Parses a #GVariant from a text representation. + +A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text. + +The format is described [here][gvariant-text]. + +The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as +if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the +effect of bounding @text. + +If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data +following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be +updated to point to the first character past the end of the text +parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data +then an error is returned. + +If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that +type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that +the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer +errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as +with empty arrays). + +In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant +is returned. It is never floating, and must be freed with +g_variant_unref(). + +In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL +then it will be set to reflect the error that occurred. + +Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string +produced by g_variant_print()". + + a non-floating reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + a string containing a GVariant in text form + + + + a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL + + + + a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL + + + + + + Pretty-prints a message showing the context of a #GVariant parse +error within the string for which parsing was attempted. + +The resulting string is suitable for output to the console or other +monospace media where newlines are treated in the usual way. + +The message will typically look something like one of the following: + +|[ +unterminated string constant: + (1, 2, 3, 'abc + ^^^^ +]| + +or + +|[ +unable to find a common type: + [1, 2, 3, 'str'] + ^ ^^^^^ +]| + +The format of the message may change in a future version. + +@error must have come from a failed attempt to g_variant_parse() and +@source_str must be exactly the same string that caused the error. +If @source_str was not nul-terminated when you passed it to +g_variant_parse() then you must add nul termination before using this +function. + + the printed message + + + + + a #GError from the #GVariantParseError domain + + + + the string that was given to the parser + + + + + + + + + + + Same as g_variant_error_quark(). + Use g_variant_parse_error_quark() instead. + + + + + + + A utility type for constructing container-type #GVariant instances. + +This is an opaque structure and may only be accessed using the +following functions. + +#GVariantBuilder is not threadsafe in any way. Do not attempt to +access it from more than one thread. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allocates and initialises a new #GVariantBuilder. + +You should call g_variant_builder_unref() on the return value when it +is no longer needed. The memory will not be automatically freed by +any other call. + +In most cases it is easier to place a #GVariantBuilder directly on +the stack of the calling function and initialise it with +g_variant_builder_init(). + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + + a container type + + + + + + Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. + +This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to +calling g_variant_new() followed by g_variant_builder_add_value(). + +Note that the arguments must be of the correct width for their types +specified in @format_string. This can be achieved by casting them. See +the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +This function might be used as follows: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +GVariant * +make_pointless_dictionary (void) +{ + GVariantBuilder builder; + int i; + + g_variant_builder_init (&builder, G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) + { + gchar buf[3]; + + sprintf (buf, "%d", i); + g_variant_builder_add (&builder, "{is}", i, buf); + } + + return g_variant_builder_end (&builder); +} +]| + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + a #GVariant varargs format string + + + + arguments, as per @format_string + + + + + + Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. + +This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to +calling g_variant_new_parsed() followed by +g_variant_builder_add_value(). + +Note that the arguments must be of the correct width for their types +specified in @format_string. This can be achieved by casting them. See +the [GVariant varargs documentation][gvariant-varargs]. + +This function might be used as follows: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +GVariant * +make_pointless_dictionary (void) +{ + GVariantBuilder builder; + int i; + + g_variant_builder_init (&builder, G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); + g_variant_builder_add_parsed (&builder, "{'width', <%i>}", 600); + g_variant_builder_add_parsed (&builder, "{'title', <%s>}", "foo"); + g_variant_builder_add_parsed (&builder, "{'transparency', <0.5>}"); + return g_variant_builder_end (&builder); +} +]| + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + a text format #GVariant + + + + arguments as per @format + + + + + + Adds @value to @builder. + +It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an +inconsistent value to be constructed. Some examples of this are +putting different types of items into an array, putting the wrong +types or number of items in a tuple, putting more than one value into +a variant, etc. + +If @value is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), +the @builder instance takes ownership of @value. + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Releases all memory associated with a #GVariantBuilder without +freeing the #GVariantBuilder structure itself. + +It typically only makes sense to do this on a stack-allocated +#GVariantBuilder if you want to abort building the value part-way +through. This function need not be called if you call +g_variant_builder_end() and it also doesn't need to be called on +builders allocated with g_variant_builder_new() (see +g_variant_builder_unref() for that). + +This function leaves the #GVariantBuilder structure set to all-zeros. +It is valid to call this function on either an initialised +#GVariantBuilder or one that is set to all-zeros but it is not valid +to call this function on uninitialised memory. + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + + + Closes the subcontainer inside the given @builder that was opened by +the most recent call to g_variant_builder_open(). + +It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an +inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: too few values added to the +subcontainer). + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + + + Ends the builder process and returns the constructed value. + +It is not permissible to use @builder in any way after this call +except for reference counting operations (in the case of a +heap-allocated #GVariantBuilder) or by reinitialising it with +g_variant_builder_init() (in the case of stack-allocated). This +means that for the stack-allocated builders there is no need to +call g_variant_builder_clear() after the call to +g_variant_builder_end(). + +It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an +inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: insufficient number of +items added to a container with a specific number of children +required). It is also an error to call this function if the builder +was created with an indefinite array or maybe type and no children +have been added; in this case it is impossible to infer the type of +the empty array. + + a new, floating, #GVariant + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + + + Initialises a #GVariantBuilder structure. + +@type must be non-%NULL. It specifies the type of container to +construct. It can be an indefinite type such as +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY or a definite type such as "as" or "(ii)". +Maybe, array, tuple, dictionary entry and variant-typed values may be +constructed. + +After the builder is initialised, values are added using +g_variant_builder_add_value() or g_variant_builder_add(). + +After all the child values are added, g_variant_builder_end() frees +the memory associated with the builder and returns the #GVariant that +was created. + +This function completely ignores the previous contents of @builder. +On one hand this means that it is valid to pass in completely +uninitialised memory. On the other hand, this means that if you are +initialising over top of an existing #GVariantBuilder you need to +first call g_variant_builder_clear() in order to avoid leaking +memory. + +You must not call g_variant_builder_ref() or +g_variant_builder_unref() on a #GVariantBuilder that was initialised +with this function. If you ever pass a reference to a +#GVariantBuilder outside of the control of your own code then you +should assume that the person receiving that reference may try to use +reference counting; you should use g_variant_builder_new() instead of +this function. + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + a container type + + + + + + Opens a subcontainer inside the given @builder. When done adding +items to the subcontainer, g_variant_builder_close() must be called. @type +is the type of the container: so to build a tuple of several values, @type +must include the tuple itself. + +It is an error to call this function in any way that would cause an +inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: adding too many values or +a value of an incorrect type). + +Example of building a nested variant: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +GVariantBuilder builder; +guint32 some_number = get_number (); +g_autoptr (GHashTable) some_dict = get_dict (); +GHashTableIter iter; +const gchar *key; +const GVariant *value; +g_autoptr (GVariant) output = NULL; + +g_variant_builder_init (&builder, G_VARIANT_TYPE ("(ua{sv})")); +g_variant_builder_add (&builder, "u", some_number); +g_variant_builder_open (&builder, G_VARIANT_TYPE ("a{sv}")); + +g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, some_dict); +while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, (gpointer *) &key, (gpointer *) &value)) + { + g_variant_builder_open (&builder, G_VARIANT_TYPE ("{sv}")); + g_variant_builder_add (&builder, "s", key); + g_variant_builder_add (&builder, "v", value); + g_variant_builder_close (&builder); + } + +g_variant_builder_close (&builder); + +output = g_variant_builder_end (&builder); +]| + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder + + + + the #GVariantType of the container + + + + + + Increases the reference count on @builder. + +Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad +things will happen. + + a new reference to @builder + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() + + + + + + Decreases the reference count on @builder. + +In the event that there are no more references, releases all memory +associated with the #GVariantBuilder. + +Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad +things will happen. + + + + + + a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() + + + + + + + The range of possible top-level types of #GVariant instances. + + The #GVariant is a boolean. + + + The #GVariant is a byte. + + + The #GVariant is a signed 16 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is an unsigned 16 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is a signed 32 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is an unsigned 32 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is a signed 64 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is an unsigned 64 bit integer. + + + The #GVariant is a file handle index. + + + The #GVariant is a double precision floating + point value. + + + The #GVariant is a normal string. + + + The #GVariant is a D-Bus object path + string. + + + The #GVariant is a D-Bus signature string. + + + The #GVariant is a variant. + + + The #GVariant is a maybe-typed value. + + + The #GVariant is an array. + + + The #GVariant is a tuple. + + + The #GVariant is a dictionary entry. + + + + #GVariantDict is a mutable interface to #GVariant dictionaries. + +It can be used for doing a sequence of dictionary lookups in an +efficient way on an existing #GVariant dictionary or it can be used +to construct new dictionaries with a hashtable-like interface. It +can also be used for taking existing dictionaries and modifying them +in order to create new ones. + +#GVariantDict can only be used with %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT +dictionaries. + +It is possible to use #GVariantDict allocated on the stack or on the +heap. When using a stack-allocated #GVariantDict, you begin with a +call to g_variant_dict_init() and free the resources with a call to +g_variant_dict_clear(). + +Heap-allocated #GVariantDict follows normal refcounting rules: you +allocate it with g_variant_dict_new() and use g_variant_dict_ref() +and g_variant_dict_unref(). + +g_variant_dict_end() is used to convert the #GVariantDict back into a +dictionary-type #GVariant. When used with stack-allocated instances, +this also implicitly frees all associated memory, but for +heap-allocated instances, you must still call g_variant_dict_unref() +afterwards. + +You will typically want to use a heap-allocated #GVariantDict when +you expose it as part of an API. For most other uses, the +stack-allocated form will be more convenient. + +Consider the following two examples that do the same thing in each +style: take an existing dictionary and look up the "count" uint32 +key, adding 1 to it if it is found, or returning an error if the +key is not found. Each returns the new dictionary as a floating +#GVariant. + +## Using a stack-allocated GVariantDict + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GVariant * + add_to_count (GVariant *orig, + GError **error) + { + GVariantDict dict; + guint32 count; + + g_variant_dict_init (&dict, orig); + if (!g_variant_dict_lookup (&dict, "count", "u", &count)) + { + g_set_error (...); + g_variant_dict_clear (&dict); + return NULL; + } + + g_variant_dict_insert (&dict, "count", "u", count + 1); + + return g_variant_dict_end (&dict); + } +]| + +## Using heap-allocated GVariantDict + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GVariant * + add_to_count (GVariant *orig, + GError **error) + { + GVariantDict *dict; + GVariant *result; + guint32 count; + + dict = g_variant_dict_new (orig); + + if (g_variant_dict_lookup (dict, "count", "u", &count)) + { + g_variant_dict_insert (dict, "count", "u", count + 1); + result = g_variant_dict_end (dict); + } + else + { + g_set_error (...); + result = NULL; + } + + g_variant_dict_unref (dict); + + return result; + } +]| + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allocates and initialises a new #GVariantDict. + +You should call g_variant_dict_unref() on the return value when it +is no longer needed. The memory will not be automatically freed by +any other call. + +In some cases it may be easier to place a #GVariantDict directly on +the stack of the calling function and initialise it with +g_variant_dict_init(). This is particularly useful when you are +using #GVariantDict to construct a #GVariant. + + a #GVariantDict + + + + + the #GVariant with which to initialise the + dictionary + + + + + + Releases all memory associated with a #GVariantDict without freeing +the #GVariantDict structure itself. + +It typically only makes sense to do this on a stack-allocated +#GVariantDict if you want to abort building the value part-way +through. This function need not be called if you call +g_variant_dict_end() and it also doesn't need to be called on dicts +allocated with g_variant_dict_new (see g_variant_dict_unref() for +that). + +It is valid to call this function on either an initialised +#GVariantDict or one that was previously cleared by an earlier call +to g_variant_dict_clear() but it is not valid to call this function +on uninitialised memory. + + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + + + Checks if @key exists in @dict. + + %TRUE if @key is in @dict + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to lookup in the dictionary + + + + + + Returns the current value of @dict as a #GVariant of type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, clearing it in the process. + +It is not permissible to use @dict in any way after this call except +for reference counting operations (in the case of a heap-allocated +#GVariantDict) or by reinitialising it with g_variant_dict_init() (in +the case of stack-allocated). + + a new, floating, #GVariant + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + + + Initialises a #GVariantDict structure. + +If @from_asv is given, it is used to initialise the dictionary. + +This function completely ignores the previous contents of @dict. On +one hand this means that it is valid to pass in completely +uninitialised memory. On the other hand, this means that if you are +initialising over top of an existing #GVariantDict you need to first +call g_variant_dict_clear() in order to avoid leaking memory. + +You must not call g_variant_dict_ref() or g_variant_dict_unref() on a +#GVariantDict that was initialised with this function. If you ever +pass a reference to a #GVariantDict outside of the control of your +own code then you should assume that the person receiving that +reference may try to use reference counting; you should use +g_variant_dict_new() instead of this function. + + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the initial value for @dict + + + + + + Inserts a value into a #GVariantDict. + +This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to +calling g_variant_new() followed by g_variant_dict_insert_value(). + + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to insert a value for + + + + a #GVariant varargs format string + + + + arguments, as per @format_string + + + + + + Inserts (or replaces) a key in a #GVariantDict. + +@value is consumed if it is floating. + + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to insert a value for + + + + the value to insert + + + + + + Looks up a value in a #GVariantDict. + +This function is a wrapper around g_variant_dict_lookup_value() and +g_variant_get(). In the case that %NULL would have been returned, +this function returns %FALSE. Otherwise, it unpacks the returned +value and returns %TRUE. + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the +values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the +section on [GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + %TRUE if a value was unpacked + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to lookup in the dictionary + + + + a GVariant format string + + + + the arguments to unpack the value into + + + + + + Looks up a value in a #GVariantDict. + +If @key is not found in @dictionary, %NULL is returned. + +The @expected_type string specifies what type of value is expected. +If the value associated with @key has a different type then %NULL is +returned. + +If the key is found and the value has the correct type, it is +returned. If @expected_type was specified then any non-%NULL return +value will have this type. + + the value of the dictionary key, or %NULL + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to lookup in the dictionary + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + + + Increases the reference count on @dict. + +Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantDict instances or bad +things will happen. + + a new reference to @dict + + + + + a heap-allocated #GVariantDict + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GVariantDict. + + %TRUE if the key was found and removed + + + + + a #GVariantDict + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Decreases the reference count on @dict. + +In the event that there are no more references, releases all memory +associated with the #GVariantDict. + +Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantDict instances or bad +things will happen. + + + + + + a heap-allocated #GVariantDict + + + + + + + #GVariantIter is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + + + + + + Creates a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter to iterate over the +container that was being iterated over by @iter. Iteration begins on +the new iterator from the current position of the old iterator but +the two copies are independent past that point. + +Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer +need it. + +A reference is taken to the container that @iter is iterating over +and will be releated only when g_variant_iter_free() is called. + + a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter + + + + + a #GVariantIter + + + + + + Frees a heap-allocated #GVariantIter. Only call this function on +iterators that were returned by g_variant_iter_new() or +g_variant_iter_copy(). + + + + + + a heap-allocated #GVariantIter + + + + + + Initialises (without allocating) a #GVariantIter. @iter may be +completely uninitialised prior to this call; its old value is +ignored. + +The iterator remains valid for as long as @value exists, and need not +be freed in any way. + + the number of items in @value + + + + + a pointer to a #GVariantIter + + + + a container #GVariant + + + + + + Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable +argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. + +If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. + +On the first call to this function, the pointers appearing on the +variable argument list are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. +On the second and later calls, it is assumed that the same pointers +will be given and that they will point to the memory as set by the +previous call to this function. This allows the previous values to +be freed, as appropriate. + +This function is intended to be used with a while loop as +demonstrated in the following example. This function can only be +used when iterating over an array. It is only valid to call this +function with a string constant for the format string and the same +string constant must be used each time. Mixing calls to this +function and g_variant_iter_next() or g_variant_iter_next_value() on +the same iterator causes undefined behavior. + +If you break out of a such a while loop using g_variant_iter_loop() then +you must free or unreference all the unpacked values as you would with +g_variant_get(). Failure to do so will cause a memory leak. + +Here is an example for memory management with g_variant_iter_loop(): +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' + void + iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) + { + GVariantIter iter; + GVariant *value; + gchar *key; + + g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); + while (g_variant_iter_loop (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) + { + g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, + g_variant_get_type_string (value)); + + // no need to free 'key' and 'value' here + // unless breaking out of this loop + } + } +]| + +For most cases you should use g_variant_iter_next(). + +This function is really only useful when unpacking into #GVariant or +#GVariantIter in order to allow you to skip the call to +g_variant_unref() or g_variant_iter_free(). + +For example, if you are only looping over simple integer and string +types, g_variant_iter_next() is definitely preferred. For string +types, use the '&' prefix to avoid allocating any memory at all (and +thereby avoiding the need to free anything as well). + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed. + +See the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there was no + value + + + + + a #GVariantIter + + + + a GVariant format string + + + + the arguments to unpack the value into + + + + + + Queries the number of child items in the container that we are +iterating over. This is the total number of items -- not the number +of items remaining. + +This function might be useful for preallocation of arrays. + + the number of children in the container + + + + + a #GVariantIter + + + + + + Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable +argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. + +If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. + +All of the pointers given on the variable arguments list of this +function are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. It is the +responsibility of the caller to free all of the values returned by +the unpacking process. + +Here is an example for memory management with g_variant_iter_next(): +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' + void + iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) + { + GVariantIter iter; + GVariant *value; + gchar *key; + + g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); + while (g_variant_iter_next (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) + { + g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, + g_variant_get_type_string (value)); + + // must free data for ourselves + g_variant_unref (value); + g_free (key); + } + } +]| + +For a solution that is likely to be more convenient to C programmers +when dealing with loops, see g_variant_iter_loop(). + +@format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking +the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed. + +See the section on +[GVariant format strings][gvariant-format-strings-pointers]. + + %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there as no value + + + + + a #GVariantIter + + + + a GVariant format string + + + + the arguments to unpack the value into + + + + + + Gets the next item in the container. If no more items remain then +%NULL is returned. + +Use g_variant_unref() to drop your reference on the return value when +you no longer need it. + +Here is an example for iterating with g_variant_iter_next_value(): +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // recursively iterate a container + void + iterate_container_recursive (GVariant *container) + { + GVariantIter iter; + GVariant *child; + + g_variant_iter_init (&iter, container); + while ((child = g_variant_iter_next_value (&iter))) + { + g_print ("type '%s'\n", g_variant_get_type_string (child)); + + if (g_variant_is_container (child)) + iterate_container_recursive (child); + + g_variant_unref (child); + } + } +]| + + a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + a #GVariantIter + + + + + + + Error codes returned by parsing text-format GVariants. + + generic error (unused) + + + a non-basic #GVariantType was given where a basic type was expected + + + cannot infer the #GVariantType + + + an indefinite #GVariantType was given where a definite type was expected + + + extra data after parsing finished + + + invalid character in number or unicode escape + + + not a valid #GVariant format string + + + not a valid object path + + + not a valid type signature + + + not a valid #GVariant type string + + + could not find a common type for array entries + + + the numerical value is out of range of the given type + + + the numerical value is out of range for any type + + + cannot parse as variant of the specified type + + + an unexpected token was encountered + + + an unknown keyword was encountered + + + unterminated string constant + + + no value given + + + + This section introduces the GVariant type system. It is based, in +large part, on the D-Bus type system, with two major changes and +some minor lifting of restrictions. The +[D-Bus specification](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html), +therefore, provides a significant amount of +information that is useful when working with GVariant. + +The first major change with respect to the D-Bus type system is the +introduction of maybe (or "nullable") types. Any type in GVariant can be +converted to a maybe type, in which case, "nothing" (or "null") becomes a +valid value. Maybe types have been added by introducing the +character "m" to type strings. + +The second major change is that the GVariant type system supports the +concept of "indefinite types" -- types that are less specific than +the normal types found in D-Bus. For example, it is possible to speak +of "an array of any type" in GVariant, where the D-Bus type system +would require you to speak of "an array of integers" or "an array of +strings". Indefinite types have been added by introducing the +characters "*", "?" and "r" to type strings. + +Finally, all arbitrary restrictions relating to the complexity of +types are lifted along with the restriction that dictionary entries +may only appear nested inside of arrays. + +Just as in D-Bus, GVariant types are described with strings ("type +strings"). Subject to the differences mentioned above, these strings +are of the same form as those found in DBus. Note, however: D-Bus +always works in terms of messages and therefore individual type +strings appear nowhere in its interface. Instead, "signatures" +are a concatenation of the strings of the type of each argument in a +message. GVariant deals with single values directly so GVariant type +strings always describe the type of exactly one value. This means +that a D-Bus signature string is generally not a valid GVariant type +string -- except in the case that it is the signature of a message +containing exactly one argument. + +An indefinite type is similar in spirit to what may be called an +abstract type in other type systems. No value can exist that has an +indefinite type as its type, but values can exist that have types +that are subtypes of indefinite types. That is to say, +g_variant_get_type() will never return an indefinite type, but +calling g_variant_is_of_type() with an indefinite type may return +%TRUE. For example, you cannot have a value that represents "an +array of no particular type", but you can have an "array of integers" +which certainly matches the type of "an array of no particular type", +since "array of integers" is a subtype of "array of no particular +type". + +This is similar to how instances of abstract classes may not +directly exist in other type systems, but instances of their +non-abstract subtypes may. For example, in GTK, no object that has +the type of #GtkBin can exist (since #GtkBin is an abstract class), +but a #GtkWindow can certainly be instantiated, and you would say +that the #GtkWindow is a #GtkBin (since #GtkWindow is a subclass of +#GtkBin). + +## GVariant Type Strings + +A GVariant type string can be any of the following: + +- any basic type string (listed below) + +- "v", "r" or "*" + +- one of the characters 'a' or 'm', followed by another type string + +- the character '(', followed by a concatenation of zero or more other + type strings, followed by the character ')' + +- the character '{', followed by a basic type string (see below), + followed by another type string, followed by the character '}' + +A basic type string describes a basic type (as per +g_variant_type_is_basic()) and is always a single character in length. +The valid basic type strings are "b", "y", "n", "q", "i", "u", "x", "t", +"h", "d", "s", "o", "g" and "?". + +The above definition is recursive to arbitrary depth. "aaaaai" and +"(ui(nq((y)))s)" are both valid type strings, as is +"a(aa(ui)(qna{ya(yd)}))". + +The meaning of each of the characters is as follows: +- `b`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN; a boolean value. +- `y`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE; a byte. +- `n`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16; a signed 16 bit integer. +- `q`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16; an unsigned 16 bit integer. +- `i`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32; a signed 32 bit integer. +- `u`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32; an unsigned 32 bit integer. +- `x`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64; a signed 64 bit integer. +- `t`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64; an unsigned 64 bit integer. +- `h`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE; a signed 32 bit value + that, by convention, is used as an index into an array of file + descriptors that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. +- `d`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE; a double precision + floating point value. +- `s`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; a string. +- `o`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH; a string in the form + of a D-Bus object path. +- `g`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_SIGNATURE; a string in the form of + a D-Bus type signature. +- `?`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC; an indefinite type that + is a supertype of any of the basic types. +- `v`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT; a container type that + contain any other type of value. +- `a`: used as a prefix on another type string to mean an array of that + type; the type string "ai", for example, is the type of an array of + signed 32-bit integers. +- `m`: used as a prefix on another type string to mean a "maybe", or + "nullable", version of that type; the type string "ms", for example, + is the type of a value that maybe contains a string, or maybe contains + nothing. +- `()`: used to enclose zero or more other concatenated type strings to + create a tuple type; the type string "(is)", for example, is the type of + a pair of an integer and a string. +- `r`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE; an indefinite type that is + a supertype of any tuple type, regardless of the number of items. +- `{}`: used to enclose a basic type string concatenated with another type + string to create a dictionary entry type, which usually appears inside of + an array to form a dictionary; the type string "a{sd}", for example, is + the type of a dictionary that maps strings to double precision floating + point values. + + The first type (the basic type) is the key type and the second type is + the value type. The reason that the first type is restricted to being a + basic type is so that it can easily be hashed. +- `*`: the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ANY; the indefinite type that is + a supertype of all types. Note that, as with all type strings, this + character represents exactly one type. It cannot be used inside of tuples + to mean "any number of items". + +Any type string of a container that contains an indefinite type is, +itself, an indefinite type. For example, the type string "a*" +(corresponding to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY) is an indefinite type +that is a supertype of every array type. "(*s)" is a supertype +of all tuples that contain exactly two items where the second +item is a string. + +"a{?*}" is an indefinite type that is a supertype of all arrays +containing dictionary entries where the key is any basic type and +the value is any type at all. This is, by definition, a dictionary, +so this type string corresponds to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICTIONARY. Note +that, due to the restriction that the key of a dictionary entry must +be a basic type, "{**}" is not a valid type string. + + Creates a new #GVariantType corresponding to the type string given +by @type_string. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on +the return value. + +It is a programmer error to call this function with an invalid type +string. Use g_variant_type_string_is_valid() if you are unsure. + + a new #GVariantType + + + + + a valid GVariant type string + + + + + + Constructs the type corresponding to an array of elements of the +type @type. + +It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. + + a new array #GVariantType + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Constructs the type corresponding to a dictionary entry with a key +of type @key and a value of type @value. + +It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. + + a new dictionary entry #GVariantType + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a basic #GVariantType + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Constructs the type corresponding to a maybe instance containing +type @type or Nothing. + +It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. + + a new maybe #GVariantType + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Constructs a new tuple type, from @items. + +@length is the number of items in @items, or -1 to indicate that +@items is %NULL-terminated. + +It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. + + a new tuple #GVariantType + +Since 2.24 + + + + + an array of #GVariantTypes, one for each item + + + + + + the length of @items, or -1 + + + + + + Makes a copy of a #GVariantType. It is appropriate to call +g_variant_type_free() on the return value. @type may not be %NULL. + + a new #GVariantType + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Returns a newly-allocated copy of the type string corresponding to +@type. The returned string is nul-terminated. It is appropriate to +call g_free() on the return value. + + the corresponding type string + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the element type of an array or maybe type. + +This function may only be used with array or maybe types. + + the element type of @type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + an array or maybe #GVariantType + + + + + + Compares @type1 and @type2 for equality. + +Only returns %TRUE if the types are exactly equal. Even if one type +is an indefinite type and the other is a subtype of it, %FALSE will +be returned if they are not exactly equal. If you want to check for +subtypes, use g_variant_type_is_subtype_of(). + +The argument types of @type1 and @type2 are only #gconstpointer to +allow use with #GHashTable without function pointer casting. For +both arguments, a valid #GVariantType must be provided. + + %TRUE if @type1 and @type2 are exactly equal + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the first item type of a tuple or dictionary entry +type. + +This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, +but must not be used with the generic tuple type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. + +In the case of a dictionary entry type, this returns the type of +the key. + +%NULL is returned in case of @type being %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. + +This call, together with g_variant_type_next() provides an iterator +interface over tuple and dictionary entry types. + + the first item type of @type, or %NULL + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType + + + + + + Frees a #GVariantType that was allocated with +g_variant_type_copy(), g_variant_type_new() or one of the container +type constructor functions. + +In the case that @type is %NULL, this function does nothing. + +Since 2.24 + + + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the length of the type string corresponding to the given +@type. This function must be used to determine the valid extent of +the memory region returned by g_variant_type_peek_string(). + + the length of the corresponding type string + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Hashes @type. + +The argument type of @type is only #gconstpointer to allow use with +#GHashTable without function pointer casting. A valid +#GVariantType must be provided. + + the hash value + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is an array type. This is true if the +type string for @type starts with an 'a'. + +This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every +definite subtype is an array type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for +example. + + %TRUE if @type is an array type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is a basic type. + +Basic types are booleans, bytes, integers, doubles, strings, object +paths and signatures. + +Only a basic type may be used as the key of a dictionary entry. + +This function returns %FALSE for all indefinite types except +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC. + + %TRUE if @type is a basic type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is a container type. + +Container types are any array, maybe, tuple, or dictionary +entry types plus the variant type. + +This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every +definite subtype is a container -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for +example. + + %TRUE if @type is a container type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is definite (ie: not indefinite). + +A type is definite if its type string does not contain any indefinite +type characters ('*', '?', or 'r'). + +A #GVariant instance may not have an indefinite type, so calling +this function on the result of g_variant_get_type() will always +result in %TRUE being returned. Calling this function on an +indefinite type like %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, however, will result in +%FALSE being returned. + + %TRUE if @type is definite + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is a dictionary entry type. This is +true if the type string for @type starts with a '{'. + +This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every +definite subtype is a dictionary entry type -- +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICT_ENTRY, for example. + + %TRUE if @type is a dictionary entry type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is a maybe type. This is true if the +type string for @type starts with an 'm'. + +This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every +definite subtype is a maybe type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_MAYBE, for +example. + + %TRUE if @type is a maybe type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Checks if @type is a subtype of @supertype. + +This function returns %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype. All +types are considered to be subtypes of themselves. Aside from that, +only indefinite types can have subtypes. + + %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is a tuple type. This is true if the +type string for @type starts with a '(' or if @type is +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. + +This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every +definite subtype is a tuple type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE, for +example. + + %TRUE if @type is a tuple type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines if the given @type is the variant type. + + %TRUE if @type is the variant type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the key type of a dictionary entry type. + +This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. Other +than the additional restriction, this call is equivalent to +g_variant_type_first(). + + the key type of the dictionary entry + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a dictionary entry #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the number of items contained in a tuple or +dictionary entry type. + +This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, +but must not be used with the generic tuple type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. + +In the case of a dictionary entry type, this function will always +return 2. + + the number of items in @type + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the next item type of a tuple or dictionary entry +type. + +@type must be the result of a previous call to +g_variant_type_first() or g_variant_type_next(). + +If called on the key type of a dictionary entry then this call +returns the value type. If called on the value type of a dictionary +entry then this call returns %NULL. + +For tuples, %NULL is returned when @type is the last item in a tuple. + + the next #GVariantType after @type, or %NULL + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType from a previous call + + + + + + Returns the type string corresponding to the given @type. The +result is not nul-terminated; in order to determine its length you +must call g_variant_type_get_string_length(). + +To get a nul-terminated string, see g_variant_type_dup_string(). + + the corresponding type string (not nul-terminated) + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + + + Determines the value type of a dictionary entry type. + +This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. + + the value type of the dictionary entry + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a dictionary entry #GVariantType + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is +equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming +that the following character is a nul terminator. + + %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a pointer to any string + + + + + + Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string. +The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never +accessed. + +If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the +first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE +is returned. + +If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type +string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned. + +For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string, +see g_variant_type_string_is_valid(). + + %TRUE if a valid type string was found + + + + + a pointer to any string + + + + the end of @string, or %NULL + + + + location to store the end pointer, or %NULL + + + + + + + Declares a type of function which takes no arguments +and has no return value. It is used to specify the type +function passed to g_atexit(). + + + + + + + + + A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to +test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute +permissions, or just existence. + +On Windows, the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like, +and the underlying function in the C library only checks the +FAT-style READONLY attribute, and does not look at the ACL of a +file at all. This function is this in practise almost useless on +Windows. Software that needs to handle file permissions on Windows +more exactly should use the Win32 API. + +See your C library manual for more details about access(). + + zero if the pathname refers to an existing file system + object that has all the tested permissions, or -1 otherwise + or on error. + + + + + a pathname in the GLib file name encoding + (UTF-8 on Windows) + + + + as in access() + + + + + + Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal digit. +Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes a char, so +there's no worry about sign extension if characters are signed. + + If @c is a decimal digit (according to g_ascii_isdigit()), + its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. + + + + + an ASCII character + + + + + + Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as +decimal point. + +This function generates enough precision that converting +the string back using g_ascii_strtod() gives the same machine-number +(on machines with IEEE compatible 64bit doubles). It is +guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never +be larger than @G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes, including the terminating +nul character, which is always added. + + The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. + + + + + A buffer to place the resulting string in + + + + The length of the buffer. + + + + The #gdouble to convert + + + + + + Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as +decimal point. To format the number you pass in +a printf()-style format string. Allowed conversion +specifiers are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g' and 'G'. + +The returned buffer is guaranteed to be nul-terminated. + +If you just want to want to serialize the value into a +string, use g_ascii_dtostr(). + + The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. + + + + + A buffer to place the resulting string in + + + + The length of the buffer. + + + + The printf()-style format to use for the + code to use for converting. + + + + The #gdouble to convert + + + + + + Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters. + +Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard +ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII +bytes as if they are not letters. + +This function should be used only on strings that are known to be +in encodings where the bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always +represent themselves. This includes UTF-8 and the ISO-8859-* +charsets, but not for instance double-byte encodings like the +Windows Codepage 932, where the trailing bytes of double-byte +characters include all ASCII letters. If you compare two CP932 +strings using this function, you will get false matches. + +Both @s1 and @s2 must be non-%NULL. + + 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, + or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. + + + + + string to compare with @s2 + + + + string to compare with @s1 + + + + + + Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters. + + a newly-allocated string, with all the upper case + characters in @str converted to lower case, with semantics that + exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). (Note that this is unlike the + old g_strdown(), which modified the string in place.) + + + + + a string + + + + length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated + + + + + + A convenience function for converting a string to a signed number. + +This function assumes that @str contains only a number of the given +@base that is within inclusive bounds limited by @min and @max. If +this is true, then the converted number is stored in @out_num. An +empty string is not a valid input. A string with leading or +trailing whitespace is also an invalid input. + +@base can be between 2 and 36 inclusive. Hexadecimal numbers must +not be prefixed with "0x" or "0X". Such a problem does not exist +for octal numbers, since they were usually prefixed with a zero +which does not change the value of the parsed number. + +Parsing failures result in an error with the %G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR +domain. If the input is invalid, the error code will be +%G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR_INVALID. If the parsed number is out of +bounds - %G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR_OUT_OF_BOUNDS. + +See g_ascii_strtoll() if you have more complex needs such as +parsing a string which starts with a number, but then has other +characters. + + %TRUE if @str was a number, otherwise %FALSE. + + + + + a string + + + + base of a parsed number + + + + a lower bound (inclusive) + + + + an upper bound (inclusive) + + + + a return location for a number + + + + + + A convenience function for converting a string to an unsigned number. + +This function assumes that @str contains only a number of the given +@base that is within inclusive bounds limited by @min and @max. If +this is true, then the converted number is stored in @out_num. An +empty string is not a valid input. A string with leading or +trailing whitespace is also an invalid input. + +@base can be between 2 and 36 inclusive. Hexadecimal numbers must +not be prefixed with "0x" or "0X". Such a problem does not exist +for octal numbers, since they were usually prefixed with a zero +which does not change the value of the parsed number. + +Parsing failures result in an error with the %G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR +domain. If the input is invalid, the error code will be +%G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR_INVALID. If the parsed number is out of +bounds - %G_NUMBER_PARSER_ERROR_OUT_OF_BOUNDS. + +See g_ascii_strtoull() if you have more complex needs such as +parsing a string which starts with a number, but then has other +characters. + + %TRUE if @str was a number, otherwise %FALSE. + + + + + a string + + + + base of a parsed number + + + + a lower bound (inclusive) + + + + an upper bound (inclusive) + + + + a return location for a number + + + + + + Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any +characters after the first @n in each string. + +Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard +ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII +characters as if they are not letters. + +The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this +function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes +corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves. + + 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, + or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. + + + + + string to compare with @s2 + + + + string to compare with @s1 + + + + number of characters to compare + + + + + + Converts a string to a #gdouble value. + +This function behaves like the standard strtod() function +does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing +the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe. +A limitation of the implementation is that this function +will still accept localized versions of infinities and NANs. + +This function is typically used when reading configuration +files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. +To handle input from the user you should normally use the +locale-sensitive system strtod() function. + +To convert from a #gdouble to a string in a locale-insensitive +way, use g_ascii_dtostr(). + +If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus %HUGE_VAL +is returned (according to the sign of the value), and %ERANGE is +stored in %errno. If the correct value would cause underflow, +zero is returned and %ERANGE is stored in %errno. + +This function resets %errno before calling strtod() so that +you can reliably detect overflow and underflow. + + the #gdouble value. + + + + + the string to convert to a numeric value. + + + + if non-%NULL, it returns the + character after the last character used in the conversion. + + + + + + Converts a string to a #gint64 value. +This function behaves like the standard strtoll() function +does in the C locale. It does this without actually +changing the current locale, since that would not be +thread-safe. + +This function is typically used when reading configuration +files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. +To handle input from the user you should normally use the +locale-sensitive system strtoll() function. + +If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXINT64 or %G_MININT64 +is returned, and `ERANGE` is stored in `errno`. +If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and +`EINVAL` is stored in `errno`. If the +string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns @nptr +(if @endptr is non-%NULL). + + the #gint64 value or zero on error. + + + + + the string to convert to a numeric value. + + + + if non-%NULL, it returns the + character after the last character used in the conversion. + + + + to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 + + + + + + Converts a string to a #guint64 value. +This function behaves like the standard strtoull() function +does in the C locale. It does this without actually +changing the current locale, since that would not be +thread-safe. + +This function is typically used when reading configuration +files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. +To handle input from the user you should normally use the +locale-sensitive system strtoull() function. + +If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXUINT64 +is returned, and `ERANGE` is stored in `errno`. +If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and +`EINVAL` is stored in `errno`. +If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns +@nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL). + + the #guint64 value or zero on error. + + + + + the string to convert to a numeric value. + + + + if non-%NULL, it returns the + character after the last character used in the conversion. + + + + to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 + + + + + + Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters. + + a newly allocated string, with all the lower case + characters in @str converted to upper case, with semantics that + exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). (Note that this is unlike the + old g_strup(), which modified the string in place.) + + + + + a string + + + + length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated + + + + + + Convert a character to ASCII lower case. + +Unlike the standard C library tolower() function, this only +recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning +all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are lower case +letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard +library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so +don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar +before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. + + the result of converting @c to lower case. If @c is + not an ASCII upper case letter, @c is returned unchanged. + + + + + any character + + + + + + Convert a character to ASCII upper case. + +Unlike the standard C library toupper() function, this only +recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning +all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are upper case +letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard +library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so +don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar +before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. + + the result of converting @c to upper case. If @c is not + an ASCII lower case letter, @c is returned unchanged. + + + + + any character + + + + + + Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal +digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes +a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters +are signed. + + If @c is a hex digit (according to g_ascii_isxdigit()), + its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. + + + + + an ASCII character. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies a function to be called at normal program termination. + +Since GLib 2.8.2, on Windows g_atexit() actually is a preprocessor +macro that maps to a call to the atexit() function in the C +library. This means that in case the code that calls g_atexit(), +i.e. atexit(), is in a DLL, the function will be called when the +DLL is detached from the program. This typically makes more sense +than that the function is called when the GLib DLL is detached, +which happened earlier when g_atexit() was a function in the GLib +DLL. + +The behaviour of atexit() in the context of dynamically loaded +modules is not formally specified and varies wildly. + +On POSIX systems, calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) in a dynamically +loaded module which is unloaded before the program terminates might +well cause a crash at program exit. + +Some POSIX systems implement atexit() like Windows, and have each +dynamically loaded module maintain an own atexit chain that is +called when the module is unloaded. + +On other POSIX systems, before a dynamically loaded module is +unloaded, the registered atexit functions (if any) residing in that +module are called, regardless where the code that registered them +resided. This is presumably the most robust approach. + +As can be seen from the above, for portability it's best to avoid +calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) except in the main executable of a +program. + It is best to avoid g_atexit(). + + + + + + the function to call on normal program termination. + + + + + + Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic += val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + +Before version 2.30, this function did not return a value +(but g_atomic_int_exchange_and_add() did, and had the same meaning). + + the value of @atomic before the add, signed + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + the value to add + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic &= val; return tmp; }`. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + the value to 'and' + + + + + + Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. +If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. + +This compare and exchange is done atomically. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ if (*atomic == oldval) { *atomic = newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + %TRUE if the exchange took place + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + the value to compare with + + + + the value to conditionally replace with + + + + + + Decrements the value of @atomic by 1. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ *atomic -= 1; return (*atomic == 0); }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + %TRUE if the resultant value is zero + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + + + This function existed before g_atomic_int_add() returned the prior +value of the integer (which it now does). It is retained only for +compatibility reasons. Don't use this function in new code. + Use g_atomic_int_add() instead. + + the value of @atomic before the add, signed + + + + + a pointer to a #gint + + + + the value to add + + + + + + Gets the current value of @atomic. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware +memory barrier (before the get). + + the value of the integer + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + + + Increments the value of @atomic by 1. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of `{ *atomic += 1; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic |= val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + the value to 'or' + + + + + + Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware +memory barrier (after the set). + + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + a new value to store + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic ^= val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gint or #guint + + + + the value to 'xor' + + + + + + Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic += val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the add, signed + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + the value to add + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic &= val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + the value to 'and' + + + + + + Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. +If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. + +This compare and exchange is done atomically. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ if (*atomic == oldval) { *atomic = newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + %TRUE if the exchange took place + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + the value to compare with + + + + the value to conditionally replace with + + + + + + Gets the current value of @atomic. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware +memory barrier (before the get). + + the value of the pointer + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic |= val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + the value to 'or' + + + + + + Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware +memory barrier (after the set). + + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + a new value to store + + + + + + Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, +storing the result back in @atomic. + +Think of this operation as an atomic version of +`{ tmp = *atomic; *atomic ^= val; return tmp; }`. + +This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. + + the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + the value to 'xor' + + + + + + Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data. Note +that the returned binary data is not necessarily zero-terminated, +so it should not be used as a character string. + + + newly allocated buffer containing the binary data + that @text represents. The returned buffer must + be freed with g_free(). + + + + + + + zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode + + + + The length of the decoded data is written here + + + + + + Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data +by overwriting the input data. + + The binary data that @text responds. This pointer + is the same as the input @text. + + + + + zero-terminated + string with base64 text to decode + + + + + + The length of the decoded data is written here + + + + + + Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified +representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert +data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. + +The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will +be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need +at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero +state). + + The number of bytes of output that was written + + + + + binary input data + + + + + + max length of @in data to decode + + + + output buffer + + + + + + Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 + + + + Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 + + + + + + Encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified +representation. + + a newly allocated, zero-terminated Base-64 + encoded string representing @data. The returned string must + be freed with g_free(). + + + + + the binary data to encode + + + + + + the length of @data + + + + + + Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step(). + +The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will +be written to it. It will need up to 4 bytes, or up to 5 bytes if +line-breaking is enabled. + +The @out array will not be automatically nul-terminated. + + The number of bytes of output that was written + + + + + whether to break long lines + + + + pointer to destination buffer + + + + + + Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() + + + + Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() + + + + + + Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified +representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert +data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. + +When all of the data has been converted you must call +g_base64_encode_close() to flush the saved state. + +The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will +be written to it. Due to the way base64 encodes you will need +at least: (@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4 bytes (+ 4 may be needed in case of +non-zero state). If you enable line-breaking you will need at least: +((@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4) / 72 + 1 bytes of extra space. + +@break_lines is typically used when putting base64-encoded data in emails. +It breaks the lines at 72 columns instead of putting all of the text on +the same line. This avoids problems with long lines in the email system. +Note however that it breaks the lines with `LF` characters, not +`CR LF` sequences, so the result cannot be passed directly to SMTP +or certain other protocols. + + The number of bytes of output that was written + + + + + the binary data to encode + + + + + + the length of @in + + + + whether to break long lines + + + + pointer to destination buffer + + + + + + Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 + + + + Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 + + + + + + Gets the name of the file without any leading directory +components. It returns a pointer into the given file name +string. + Use g_path_get_basename() instead, but notice + that g_path_get_basename() allocates new memory for the + returned string, unlike this function which returns a pointer + into the argument. + + the name of the file without any leading + directory components + + + + + the name of the file + + + + + + Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If the bit is already +set, this call will block until g_bit_unlock() unsets the +corresponding bit. + +Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is +not supported and will very probably cause deadlocks. + +The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not +between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. + +This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to +@address must be atomic in order for this function to work +reliably. + + + + + + a pointer to an integer + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching +from (but not including) @nth_bit upwards. Bits are numbered +from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, +usually). To start searching from the 0th bit, set @nth_bit to -1. + + the index of the first bit set which is higher than @nth_bit, or -1 + if no higher bits are set + + + + + a #gulong containing flags + + + + the index of the bit to start the search from + + + + + + Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching +from (but not including) @nth_bit downwards. Bits are numbered +from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, +usually). To start searching from the last bit, set @nth_bit to +-1 or GLIB_SIZEOF_LONG * 8. + + the index of the first bit set which is lower than @nth_bit, or -1 + if no lower bits are set + + + + + a #gulong containing flags + + + + the index of the bit to start the search from + + + + + + Gets the number of bits used to hold @number, +e.g. if @number is 4, 3 bits are needed. + + the number of bits used to hold @number + + + + + a #guint + + + + + + Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address, returning %TRUE if +successful. If the bit is already set, returns %FALSE immediately. + +Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is +not supported. + +The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not +between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. + +This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to +@address must be atomic in order for this function to work +reliably. + + %TRUE if the lock was acquired + + + + + a pointer to an integer + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + Clears the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If another thread is +currently blocked in g_bit_lock() on this same bit then it will be +woken up. + +This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to +@address must be atomic in order for this function to work +reliably. + + + + + + a pointer to an integer + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a filename from a series of elements using the correct +separator for filenames. + +On Unix, this function behaves identically to `g_build_path +(G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, first_element, ....)`. + +On Windows, it takes into account that either the backslash +(`\` or slash (`/`) can be used as separator in filenames, but +otherwise behaves as on UNIX. When file pathname separators need +to be inserted, the one that last previously occurred in the +parameters (reading from left to right) is used. + +No attempt is made to force the resulting filename to be an absolute +path. If the first element is a relative path, the result will +be a relative path. + + a newly-allocated string that must be freed with + g_free(). + + + + + the first element in the path + + + + remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL + + + + + + Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements +as a va_list. This function is mainly meant for language bindings. + + a newly-allocated string that must be freed + with g_free(). + + + + + the first element in the path + + + + va_list of remaining elements in path + + + + + + Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements +as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly +meant for language bindings. + + a newly-allocated string that must be freed + with g_free(). + + + + + %NULL-terminated + array of strings containing the path elements. + + + + + + + + Creates a path from a series of elements using @separator as the +separator between elements. At the boundary between two elements, +any trailing occurrences of separator in the first element, or +leading occurrences of separator in the second element are removed +and exactly one copy of the separator is inserted. + +Empty elements are ignored. + +The number of leading copies of the separator on the result is +the same as the number of leading copies of the separator on +the first non-empty element. + +The number of trailing copies of the separator on the result is +the same as the number of trailing copies of the separator on +the last non-empty element. (Determination of the number of +trailing copies is done without stripping leading copies, so +if the separator is `ABA`, then `ABABA` has 1 trailing copy.) + +However, if there is only a single non-empty element, and there +are no characters in that element not part of the leading or +trailing separators, then the result is exactly the original value +of that element. + +Other than for determination of the number of leading and trailing +copies of the separator, elements consisting only of copies +of the separator are ignored. + + a newly-allocated string that must be freed with + g_free(). + + + + + a string used to separator the elements of the path. + + + + the first element in the path + + + + remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL + + + + + + Behaves exactly like g_build_path(), but takes the path elements +as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly +meant for language bindings. + + a newly-allocated string that must be freed + with g_free(). + + + + + a string used to separator the elements of the path. + + + + %NULL-terminated + array of strings containing the path elements. + + + + + + + + Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is +%TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of +@array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but +the size of @array will be set to zero. + + the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise + %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well + + + + + + Transfers the data from the #GByteArray into a new immutable #GBytes. + +The #GByteArray is freed unless the reference count of @array is greater +than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array +will be set to zero. + +This is identical to using g_bytes_new_take() and g_byte_array_free() +together. + + a new immutable #GBytes representing same + byte data that was in the array + + + + + a #GByteArray + + + + + + + + Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1. + + the new #GByteArray + + + + + + + Create byte array containing the data. The data will be owned by the array +and will be freed with g_free(), i.e. it could be allocated using g_strdup(). + + a new #GByteArray + + + + + + + byte data for the array + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is +released. This function is thread-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + A #GByteArray + + + + + + + + A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the +current directory of the process to @path. + +See your C library manual for more details about chdir(). + + 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred. + + + + + a pathname in the GLib file name encoding + (UTF-8 on Windows) + + + + + + Checks that the GLib library in use is compatible with the +given version. Generally you would pass in the constants +#GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MICRO_VERSION +as the three arguments to this function; that produces +a check that the library in use is compatible with +the version of GLib the application or module was compiled +against. + +Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version +of the running library is newer than the version +@required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second +the running library must be binary compatible with the +version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro +(same major version.) + + %NULL if the GLib library is compatible with the + given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. + The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be modified + or freed. + + + + + the required major version + + + + the required minor version + + + + the required micro version + + + + + + Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type + + the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is +not supported. + + + + + a #GChecksumType + + + + + + Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid +exits, at a default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() +you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to +the spawn function for the child watching to work. + +Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed +(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the +source is still active. Typically, you will want to call +g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. + +GLib supports only a single callback per process id. +On POSIX platforms, the same restrictions mentioned for +g_child_watch_source_new() apply to this function. + +This internally creates a main loop source using +g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context +using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you +need greater control. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + process id to watch. On POSIX the positive pid of a child +process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be +a child). + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + + + Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid +exits, at the priority @priority. + +If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() +you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to +the spawn function for the child watching to work. + +In many programs, you will want to call g_spawn_check_exit_status() +in the callback to determine whether or not the child exited +successfully. + +Also, note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed +(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the source +is still active. Typically, you should invoke g_spawn_close_pid() +in the callback function for the source. + +GLib supports only a single callback per process id. +On POSIX platforms, the same restrictions mentioned for +g_child_watch_source_new() apply to this function. + +This internally creates a main loop source using +g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context +using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you +need greater control. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the + range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. + + + + process to watch. On POSIX the positive pid of a child process. On +Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new child_watch source. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. + +Note that child watch sources can only be used in conjunction with +`g_spawn...` when the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag is used. + +Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed +(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the +source is still active. Typically, you will want to call +g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. + +On POSIX platforms, the following restrictions apply to this API +due to limitations in POSIX process interfaces: + +* @pid must be a child of this process +* @pid must be positive +* the application must not call `waitpid` with a non-positive + first argument, for instance in another thread +* the application must not wait for @pid to exit by any other + mechanism, including `waitpid(pid, ...)` or a second child-watch + source for the same @pid +* the application must not ignore SIGCHILD + +If any of those conditions are not met, this and related APIs will +not work correctly. This can often be diagnosed via a GLib warning +stating that `ECHILD` was received by `waitpid`. + +Calling `waitpid` for specific processes other than @pid remains a +valid thing to do. + + the newly-created child watch source + + + + + process to watch. On POSIX the positive pid of a child process. On +Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). + + + + + + If @err or *@err is %NULL, does nothing. Otherwise, +calls g_error_free() on *@err and sets *@err to %NULL. + + + + + + Clears a numeric handler, such as a #GSource ID. + +@tag_ptr must be a valid pointer to the variable holding the handler. + +If the ID is zero then this function does nothing. +Otherwise, clear_func() is called with the ID as a parameter, and the tag is +set to zero. + +A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without +pointer casts. + + + + + + a pointer to the handler ID + + + + the function to call to clear the handler + + + + + + Clears a reference to a variable. + +@pp must not be %NULL. + +If the reference is %NULL then this function does nothing. +Otherwise, the variable is destroyed using @destroy and the +pointer is set to %NULL. + +A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without +pointer casts. + + + + + + a pointer to a variable, struct member etc. holding a + pointer + + + + a function to which a gpointer can be passed, to destroy *@pp + + + + + + This wraps the close() call; in case of error, %errno will be +preserved, but the error will also be stored as a #GError in @error. + +Besides using #GError, there is another major reason to prefer this +function over the call provided by the system; on Unix, it will +attempt to correctly handle %EINTR, which has platform-specific +semantics. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error. + + + + + A file descriptor + + + + + + Computes the checksum for a binary @data. This is a +convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string() +and g_checksum_free(). + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType + + + + binary blob to compute the digest of + + + + + + Computes the checksum for a binary @data of @length. This is a +convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string() +and g_checksum_free(). + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType + + + + binary blob to compute the digest of + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Computes the checksum of a string. + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the checksum as a hexadecimal string. The returned string + should be freed with g_free() when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType + + + + the string to compute the checksum of + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is null-terminated. + + + + + + Computes the HMAC for a binary @data. This is a +convenience wrapper for g_hmac_new(), g_hmac_get_string() +and g_hmac_unref(). + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the HMAC of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC + + + + the key to use in the HMAC + + + + binary blob to compute the HMAC of + + + + + + Computes the HMAC for a binary @data of @length. This is a +convenience wrapper for g_hmac_new(), g_hmac_get_string() +and g_hmac_unref(). + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the HMAC of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC + + + + the key to use in the HMAC + + + + + + the length of the key + + + + binary blob to compute the HMAC of + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Computes the HMAC for a string. + +The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. + + the HMAC as a hexadecimal string. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when done using it. + + + + + a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC + + + + the key to use in the HMAC + + + + + + the length of the key + + + + the string to compute the HMAC for + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated + + + + + + Converts a string from one character set to another. + +Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions. +Despite the fact that @bytes_read can return information about partial +characters, the g_convert_... functions are not generally suitable +for streaming. If the underlying converter maintains internal state, +then this won't be preserved across successive calls to g_convert(), +g_convert_with_iconv() or g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of +this is the GNU C converter for CP1255 which does not emit a base +character until it knows that the next character is not a mark that +could combine with the base character.) + +Using extensions such as "//TRANSLIT" may not work (or may not work +well) on many platforms. Consider using g_str_to_ascii() instead. + + + If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated buffer + containing the converted string, which must be freed with g_free(). + Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. + + + + + + + + the string to convert. + + + + + + the length of the string in bytes, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated (Note that some encodings may allow nul + bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 + for the @len parameter is unsafe) + + + + name of character set into which to convert @str + + + + character set of @str. + + + + location to store the number of bytes in + the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in + the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + + + + + + Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly +including fallback sequences for characters not representable +in the output. Note that it is not guaranteed that the specification +for the fallback sequences in @fallback will be honored. Some +systems may do an approximate conversion from @from_codeset +to @to_codeset in their iconv() functions, +in which case GLib will simply return that approximate conversion. + +Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions. +Despite the fact that @bytes_read can return information about partial +characters, the g_convert_... functions are not generally suitable +for streaming. If the underlying converter maintains internal state, +then this won't be preserved across successive calls to g_convert(), +g_convert_with_iconv() or g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of +this is the GNU C converter for CP1255 which does not emit a base +character until it knows that the next character is not a mark that +could combine with the base character.) + + + If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated buffer + containing the converted string, which must be freed with g_free(). + Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. + + + + + + + + the string to convert. + + + + + + the length of the string in bytes, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated (Note that some encodings may allow nul + bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 + for the @len parameter is unsafe) + + + + name of character set into which to convert @str + + + + character set of @str. + + + + UTF-8 string to use in place of characters not + present in the target encoding. (The string must be + representable in the target encoding). + If %NULL, characters not in the target encoding will + be represented as Unicode escapes \uxxxx or \Uxxxxyyyy. + + + + location to store the number of bytes in + the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. + + + + the number of bytes stored in + the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Converts a string from one character set to another. + +Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions. +Despite the fact that @bytes_read can return information about partial +characters, the g_convert_... functions are not generally suitable +for streaming. If the underlying converter maintains internal state, +then this won't be preserved across successive calls to g_convert(), +g_convert_with_iconv() or g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of +this is the GNU C converter for CP1255 which does not emit a base +character until it knows that the next character is not a mark that +could combine with the base character.) + +Characters which are valid in the input character set, but which have no +representation in the output character set will result in a +%G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE error. This is in contrast to the iconv() +specification, which leaves this behaviour implementation defined. Note that +this is the same error code as is returned for an invalid byte sequence in +the input character set. To get defined behaviour for conversion of +unrepresentable characters, use g_convert_with_fallback(). + + + If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated buffer + containing the converted string, which must be freed with + g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. + + + + + + + + the string to convert. + + + + + + the length of the string in bytes, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated (Note that some encodings may allow nul + bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 + for the @len parameter is unsafe) + + + + conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() + + + + location to store the number of bytes in + the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in + the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Frees all the data elements of the datalist. +The data elements' destroy functions are called +if they have been set. + + + + + + a datalist. + + + + + + Calls the given function for each data element of the datalist. The +function is called with each data element's #GQuark id and data, +together with the given @user_data parameter. Note that this +function is NOT thread-safe. So unless @datalist can be protected +from any modifications during invocation of this function, it should +not be called. + +@func can make changes to @datalist, but the iteration will not +reflect changes made during the g_datalist_foreach() call, other +than skipping over elements that are removed. + + + + + + a datalist. + + + + the function to call for each data element. + + + + user data to pass to the function. + + + + + + Gets a data element, using its string identifier. This is slower than +g_datalist_id_get_data() because it compares strings. + + the data element, or %NULL if it + is not found. + + + + + a datalist. + + + + the string identifying a data element. + + + + + + Gets flags values packed in together with the datalist. +See g_datalist_set_flags(). + + the flags of the datalist + + + + + pointer to the location that holds a list + + + + + + This is a variant of g_datalist_id_get_data() which +returns a 'duplicate' of the value. @dup_func defines the +meaning of 'duplicate' in this context, it could e.g. +take a reference on a ref-counted object. + +If the @key_id is not set in the datalist then @dup_func +will be called with a %NULL argument. + +Note that @dup_func is called while the datalist is locked, so it +is not allowed to read or modify the datalist. + +This function can be useful to avoid races when multiple +threads are using the same datalist and the same key. + + the result of calling @dup_func on the value + associated with @key_id in @datalist, or %NULL if not set. + If @dup_func is %NULL, the value is returned unmodified. + + + + + location of a datalist + + + + the #GQuark identifying a data element + + + + function to duplicate the old value + + + + passed as user_data to @dup_func + + + + + + Retrieves the data element corresponding to @key_id. + + the data element, or %NULL if + it is not found. + + + + + a datalist. + + + + the #GQuark identifying a data element. + + + + + + Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification +function. + + the data previously stored at @key_id, + or %NULL if none. + + + + + a datalist. + + + + the #GQuark identifying a data element. + + + + + + Compares the member that is associated with @key_id in +@datalist to @oldval, and if they are the same, replace +@oldval with @newval. + +This is like a typical atomic compare-and-exchange +operation, for a member of @datalist. + +If the previous value was replaced then ownership of the +old value (@oldval) is passed to the caller, including +the registered destroy notify for it (passed out in @old_destroy). +Its up to the caller to free this as he wishes, which may +or may not include using @old_destroy as sometimes replacement +should not destroy the object in the normal way. + + %TRUE if the existing value for @key_id was replaced + by @newval, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + location of a datalist + + + + the #GQuark identifying a data element + + + + the old value to compare against + + + + the new value to replace it with + + + + destroy notify for the new value + + + + destroy notify for the existing value + + + + + + Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id, and the +function to be called when the element is removed from the datalist. +Any previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy +function is called. + + + + + + a datalist. + + + + the #GQuark to identify the data element. + + + + the data element or %NULL to remove any previous element + corresponding to @key_id. + + + + the function to call when the data element is + removed. This function will be called with the data + element and can be used to free any memory allocated + for it. If @data is %NULL, then @destroy_func must + also be %NULL. + + + + + + Resets the datalist to %NULL. It does not free any memory or call +any destroy functions. + + + + + + a pointer to a pointer to a datalist. + + + + + + Turns on flag values for a data list. This function is used +to keep a small number of boolean flags in an object with +a data list without using any additional space. It is +not generally useful except in circumstances where space +is very tight. (It is used in the base #GObject type, for +example.) + + + + + + pointer to the location that holds a list + + + + the flags to turn on. The values of the flags are + restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently + 3; giving two possible boolean flags). + A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is + an error. + + + + + + Turns off flag values for a data list. See g_datalist_unset_flags() + + + + + + pointer to the location that holds a list + + + + the flags to turn off. The values of the flags are + restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently + 3: giving two possible boolean flags). + A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is + an error. + + + + + + Destroys the dataset, freeing all memory allocated, and calling any +destroy functions set for data elements. + + + + + + the location identifying the dataset. + + + + + + Calls the given function for each data element which is associated +with the given location. Note that this function is NOT thread-safe. +So unless @dataset_location can be protected from any modifications +during invocation of this function, it should not be called. + +@func can make changes to the dataset, but the iteration will not +reflect changes made during the g_dataset_foreach() call, other +than skipping over elements that are removed. + + + + + + the location identifying the dataset. + + + + the function to call for each data element. + + + + user data to pass to the function. + + + + + + Gets the data element corresponding to a #GQuark. + + the data element corresponding to + the #GQuark, or %NULL if it is not found. + + + + + the location identifying the dataset. + + + + the #GQuark id to identify the data element. + + + + + + Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification +function. + + the data previously stored at @key_id, + or %NULL if none. + + + + + the location identifying the dataset. + + + + the #GQuark ID identifying the data element. + + + + + + Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id, and also +the function to call when the data element is destroyed. Any +previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function +is called. + + + + + + the location identifying the dataset. + + + + the #GQuark id to identify the data element. + + + + the data element. + + + + the function to call when the data element is + removed. This function will be called with the data + element and can be used to free any memory allocated + for it. + + + + + + Returns the number of days in a month, taking leap +years into account. + + number of days in @month during the @year + + + + + month + + + + year + + + + + + Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks +are taken to start on Monday. Will be 52 or 53. The +date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, +plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap +year. This function is basically telling you how many +Mondays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Mondays if +one of the extra days happens to be a Monday.) + + number of Mondays in the year + + + + + a year + + + + + + Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks +are taken to start on Sunday. Will be 52 or 53. The +date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, +plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap +year. This function is basically telling you how many +Sundays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Sundays if +one of the extra days happens to be a Sunday.) + + the number of weeks in @year + + + + + year to count weeks in + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the year is a leap year. + +For the purposes of this function, leap year is every year +divisible by 4 unless that year is divisible by 100. If it +is divisible by 100 it would be a leap year only if that year +is also divisible by 400. + + %TRUE if the year is a leap year + + + + + year to check + + + + + + Generates a printed representation of the date, in a +[locale][setlocale]-specific way. +Works just like the platform's C library strftime() function, +but only accepts date-related formats; time-related formats +give undefined results. Date must be valid. Unlike strftime() +(which uses the locale encoding), works on a UTF-8 format +string and stores a UTF-8 result. + +This function does not provide any conversion specifiers in +addition to those implemented by the platform's C library. +For example, don't expect that using g_date_strftime() would +make the \%F provided by the C99 strftime() work on Windows +where the C library only complies to C89. + + number of characters written to the buffer, or 0 the buffer was too small + + + + + destination buffer + + + + buffer size + + + + format string + + + + valid #GDate + + + + + + A comparison function for #GDateTimes that is suitable +as a #GCompareFunc. Both #GDateTimes must be non-%NULL. + + -1, 0 or 1 if @dt1 is less than, equal to or greater + than @dt2. + + + + + first #GDateTime to compare + + + + second #GDateTime to compare + + + + + + Checks to see if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal. + +Equal here means that they represent the same moment after converting +them to the same time zone. + + %TRUE if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Hashes @datetime into a #guint, suitable for use within #GHashTable. + + a #guint containing the hash + + + + + a #GDateTime + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the day of the month is valid (a day is valid if it's +between 1 and 31 inclusive). + + %TRUE if the day is valid + + + + + day to check + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the day-month-year triplet forms a valid, existing day +in the range of days #GDate understands (Year 1 or later, no more than +a few thousand years in the future). + + %TRUE if the date is a valid one + + + + + day + + + + month + + + + year + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the Julian day is valid. Anything greater than zero +is basically a valid Julian, though there is a 32-bit limit. + + %TRUE if the Julian day is valid + + + + + Julian day to check + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the month value is valid. The 12 #GDateMonth +enumeration values are the only valid months. + + %TRUE if the month is valid + + + + + month + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the weekday is valid. The seven #GDateWeekday enumeration +values are the only valid weekdays. + + %TRUE if the weekday is valid + + + + + weekday + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the year is valid. Any year greater than 0 is valid, +though there is a 16-bit limit to what #GDate will understand. + + %TRUE if the year is valid + + + + + year + + + + + + This is a variant of g_dgettext() that allows specifying a locale +category instead of always using `LC_MESSAGES`. See g_dgettext() for +more information about how this functions differs from calling +dcgettext() directly. + + the translated string for the given locale category + + + + + the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use + the domain set with textdomain() + + + + message to translate + + + + a locale category + + + + + + This function is a wrapper of dgettext() which does not translate +the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no +translations for the current locale. + +The advantage of using this function over dgettext() proper is that +libraries using this function (like GTK+) will not use translations +if the application using the library does not have translations for +the current locale. This results in a consistent English-only +interface instead of one having partial translations. For this +feature to work, the call to textdomain() and setlocale() should +precede any g_dgettext() invocations. For GTK+, it means calling +textdomain() before gtk_init or its variants. + +This function disables translations if and only if upon its first +call all the following conditions hold: + +- @domain is not %NULL + +- textdomain() has been called to set a default text domain + +- there is no translations available for the default text domain + and the current locale + +- current locale is not "C" or any English locales (those + starting with "en_") + +Note that this behavior may not be desired for example if an application +has its untranslated messages in a language other than English. In those +cases the application should call textdomain() after initializing GTK+. + +Applications should normally not use this function directly, +but use the _() macro for translations. + + The translated string + + + + + the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use + the domain set with textdomain() + + + + message to translate + + + + + + Creates a subdirectory in the preferred directory for temporary +files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). + +@tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing +a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). +However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a +basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is +%NULL, a default template is used. + +Note that in contrast to g_mkdtemp() (and mkdtemp()) @tmpl is not +modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. + + The actual name used. This string + should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer and is + is in the GLib file name encoding. In case of errors, %NULL is + returned and @error will be set. + + + + + Template for directory name, + as in g_mkdtemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template + + + + + + Compares two #gpointer arguments and returns %TRUE if they are equal. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func +parameter, when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as +keys in a #GHashTable. + +This equality function is also appropriate for keys that are integers +stored in pointers, such as `GINT_TO_POINTER (n)`. + + %TRUE if the two keys match. + + + + + a key + + + + a key to compare with @v1 + + + + + + Converts a gpointer to a hash value. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as keys in a +#GHashTable. + +This hash function is also appropriate for keys that are integers +stored in pointers, such as `GINT_TO_POINTER (n)`. + + a hash value corresponding to the key. + + + + + a #gpointer key + + + + + + This function is a wrapper of dngettext() which does not translate +the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no +translations for the current locale. + +See g_dgettext() for details of how this differs from dngettext() +proper. + + The translated string + + + + + the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use + the domain set with textdomain() + + + + message to translate + + + + plural form of the message + + + + the quantity for which translation is needed + + + + + + Compares the two #gdouble values being pointed to and returns +%TRUE if they are equal. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func +parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a +#GHashTable. + + %TRUE if the two keys match. + + + + + a pointer to a #gdouble key + + + + a pointer to a #gdouble key to compare with @v1 + + + + + + Converts a pointer to a #gdouble to a hash value. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable. + + a hash value corresponding to the key. + + + + + a pointer to a #gdouble key + + + + + + This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports +a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the +'\004' character to separate the message context and +message id in @msgctxtid. +If 0 is passed as @msgidoffset, this function will fall back to +trying to use the deprecated convention of using "|" as a separation +character. + +This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences +with dgettext() proper. + +Applications should normally not use this function directly, +but use the C_() macro for translations with context. + + The translated string + + + + + the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use + the domain set with textdomain() + + + + a combined message context and message id, separated + by a \004 character + + + + the offset of the message id in @msgctxid + + + + + + This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports +a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the +'\004' character to separate the message context and +message id in @msgctxtid. + +This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences +with dgettext() proper. + +This function differs from C_() in that it is not a macro and +thus you may use non-string-literals as context and msgid arguments. + + The translated string + + + + + the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use + the domain set with textdomain() + + + + the message context + + + + the message + + + + + + Returns the value of the environment variable @variable in the +provided list @envp. + + the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if + the environment variable is not set in @envp. The returned + string is owned by @envp, and will be freed if @variable is + set or unset again. + + + + + + an environment list (eg, as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL + for an empty environment list + + + + + + the environment variable to get + + + + + + Sets the environment variable @variable in the provided list +@envp to @value. + + + the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + + an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as + returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty + environment list + + + + + + the environment variable to set, must not + contain '=' + + + + the value for to set the variable to + + + + whether to change the variable if it already exists + + + + + + Removes the environment variable @variable from the provided +environment @envp. + + + the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + + an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as + returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list + + + + + + the environment variable to remove, must not + contain '=' + + + + + + Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @err_no. +For example, if you pass in `EEXIST` this function returns +#G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST. Unlike `errno` values, you can portably +assume that all #GFileError values will exist. + +Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned +from a function that manipulates files. So you would use +g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError. + + #GFileError corresponding to the given @errno + + + + + an "errno" value + + + + + + + + + + + Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error +checking. + +If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE and sets @contents to the file +contents and @length to the length of the file contents in bytes. The string +stored in @contents will be nul-terminated, so for text files you can pass +%NULL for the @length argument. If the call was not successful, it returns +%FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error +codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case, +@contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + name of a file to read contents from, in the GLib file name encoding + + + + location to store an allocated string, use g_free() to free + the returned string + + + + + + location to store length in bytes of the contents, or %NULL + + + + + + Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary +files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). + +@tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing +a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). +However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a +basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is +%NULL, a default template is used. + +Note that in contrast to g_mkstemp() (and mkstemp()) @tmpl is not +modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. + +Upon success, and if @name_used is non-%NULL, the actual name used +is returned in @name_used. This string should be freed with g_free() +when not needed any longer. The returned name is in the GLib file +name encoding. + + A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for + reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode on platforms + where there is a difference. The file handle should be closed with + close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and @error will be set. + + + + + Template for file name, as in + g_mkstemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template + + + + location to store actual name used, + or %NULL + + + + + + Reads the contents of the symbolic link @filename like the POSIX +readlink() function. The returned string is in the encoding used +for filenames. Use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert it to UTF-8. + + A newly-allocated string with the contents of + the symbolic link, or %NULL if an error occurred. + + + + + the symbolic link + + + + + + Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking. +If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten. + +This write is atomic in the sense that it is first written to a temporary +file which is then renamed to the final name. Notes: + +- On UNIX, if @filename already exists hard links to @filename will break. + Also since the file is recreated, existing permissions, access control + lists, metadata etc. may be lost. If @filename is a symbolic link, + the link itself will be replaced, not the linked file. + +- On Windows renaming a file will not remove an existing file with the + new name, so on Windows there is a race condition between the existing + file being removed and the temporary file being renamed. + +- On Windows there is no way to remove a file that is open to some + process, or mapped into memory. Thus, this function will fail if + @filename already exists and is open. + +If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE. If the call was not successful, +it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. +Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. + +Note that the name for the temporary file is constructed by appending up +to 7 characters to @filename. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred + + + + + name of a file to write @contents to, in the GLib file name + encoding + + + + string to write to the file + + + + + + length of @contents, or -1 if @contents is a nul-terminated string + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if any of the tests in the bitfield @test are +%TRUE. For example, `(G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS | G_FILE_TEST_IS_DIR)` +will return %TRUE if the file exists; the check whether it's a +directory doesn't matter since the existence test is %TRUE. With +the current set of available tests, there's no point passing in +more than one test at a time. + +Apart from %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK all tests follow symbolic links, +so for a symbolic link to a regular file g_file_test() will return +%TRUE for both %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %G_FILE_TEST_IS_REGULAR. + +Note, that for a dangling symbolic link g_file_test() will return +%TRUE for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %FALSE for all other flags. + +You should never use g_file_test() to test whether it is safe +to perform an operation, because there is always the possibility +of the condition changing before you actually perform the operation. +For example, you might think you could use %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK +to know whether it is safe to write to a file without being +tricked into writing into a different location. It doesn't work! +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // DON'T DO THIS + if (!g_file_test (filename, G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK)) + { + fd = g_open (filename, O_WRONLY); + // write to fd + } +]| + +Another thing to note is that %G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS and +%G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE are implemented using the access() +system call. This usually doesn't matter, but if your program +is setuid or setgid it means that these tests will give you +the answer for the real user ID and group ID, rather than the +effective user ID and group ID. + +On Windows, there are no symlinks, so testing for +%G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK will always return %FALSE. Testing for +%G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE will just check that the file exists and +its name indicates that it is executable, checking for well-known +extensions and those listed in the `PATHEXT` environment variable. + + whether a test was %TRUE + + + + + a filename to test in the + GLib file name encoding + + + + bitfield of #GFileTest flags + + + + + + Returns the display basename for the particular filename, guaranteed +to be valid UTF-8. The display name might not be identical to the filename, +for instance there might be problems converting it to UTF-8, and some files +can be translated in the display. + +If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it +replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. +You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is +"\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid +encoding. + +You must pass the whole absolute pathname to this functions so that +translation of well known locations can be done. + +This function is preferred over g_filename_display_name() if you know the +whole path, as it allows translation. + + a newly allocated string containing + a rendition of the basename of the filename in valid UTF-8 + + + + + an absolute pathname in the + GLib file name encoding + + + + + + Converts a filename into a valid UTF-8 string. The conversion is +not necessarily reversible, so you should keep the original around +and use the return value of this function only for display purposes. +Unlike g_filename_to_utf8(), the result is guaranteed to be non-%NULL +even if the filename actually isn't in the GLib file name encoding. + +If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it +replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. +You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is +"\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid +encoding. + +If you know the whole pathname of the file you should use +g_filename_display_basename(), since that allows location-based +translation of filenames. + + a newly allocated string containing + a rendition of the filename in valid UTF-8 + + + + + a pathname hopefully in the + GLib file name encoding + + + + + + Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the +encoding used for filenames. + + a newly-allocated string holding + the resulting filename, or %NULL on an error. + + + + + a uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in ASCII). + + + + Location to store hostname for the URI. + If there is no hostname in the URI, %NULL will be + stored in this location. + + + + + + Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for +filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames; +on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the +[current locale][setlocale]. + +The input string shall not contain nul characters even if the @len +argument is positive. A nul character found inside the string will result +in error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. If the filename encoding is +not UTF-8 and the conversion output contains a nul character, the error +%G_CONVERT_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NUL is set and the function returns %NULL. + + + The converted string, or %NULL on an error. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string. + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated. + + + + location to store the number of bytes in + the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in + the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Converts an absolute filename to an escaped ASCII-encoded URI, with the path +component following Section 3.3. of RFC 2396. + + a newly-allocated string holding the resulting + URI, or %NULL on an error. + + + + + an absolute filename specified in the GLib file + name encoding, which is the on-disk file name bytes on Unix, and UTF-8 + on Windows + + + + A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or %NULL for none. + + + + + + Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for +filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 +for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on +the [current locale][setlocale]. + +The input string shall not contain nul characters even if the @len +argument is positive. A nul character found inside the string will result +in error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. +If the source encoding is not UTF-8 and the conversion output contains a +nul character, the error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NUL is set and the +function returns %NULL. Use g_convert() to produce output that +may contain embedded nul characters. + + The converted string, or %NULL on an error. + + + + + a string in the encoding for filenames + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated (Note that some encodings may allow nul + bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 + for the @len parameter is unsafe) + + + + location to store the number of bytes in the + input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in the output + buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Locates the first executable named @program in the user's path, in the +same way that execvp() would locate it. Returns an allocated string +with the absolute path name, or %NULL if the program is not found in +the path. If @program is already an absolute path, returns a copy of +@program if @program exists and is executable, and %NULL otherwise. + +On Windows, if @program does not have a file type suffix, tries +with the suffixes .exe, .cmd, .bat and .com, and the suffixes in +the `PATHEXT` environment variable. + +On Windows, it looks for the file in the same way as CreateProcess() +would. This means first in the directory where the executing +program was loaded from, then in the current directory, then in the +Windows 32-bit system directory, then in the Windows directory, and +finally in the directories in the `PATH` environment variable. If +the program is found, the return value contains the full name +including the type suffix. + + a newly-allocated string with the absolute path, + or %NULL + + + + + a program name in the GLib file name encoding + + + + + + Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable +string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (kB, MB, GB) +and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size +3292528 bytes will be converted into the string "3.2 MB". + +The prefix units base is 1000 (i.e. 1 kB is 1000 bytes). + +This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. + +See g_format_size_full() for more options about how the size might be +formatted. + + a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable + file size + + + + + a size in bytes + + + + + + Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human +readable string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix +(KB, MB, GB) and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. +E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be converted into the +string "3.1 MB". + +The prefix units base is 1024 (i.e. 1 KB is 1024 bytes). + +This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. + This function is broken due to its use of SI + suffixes to denote IEC units. Use g_format_size() instead. + + a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human + readable file size + + + + + a size in bytes + + + + + + Formats a size. + +This function is similar to g_format_size() but allows for flags +that modify the output. See #GFormatSizeFlags. + + a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human + readable file size + + + + + a size in bytes + + + + #GFormatSizeFlags to modify the output + + + + + + An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + the stream to write to. + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + Frees the memory pointed to by @mem. + +If @mem is %NULL it simply returns, so there is no need to check @mem +against %NULL before calling this function. + + + + + + the memory to free + + + + + + Gets a human-readable name for the application, as set by +g_set_application_name(). This name should be localized if +possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with +g_get_prgname(), which gets a non-localized name. If +g_set_application_name() has not been called, returns the result of +g_get_prgname() (which may be %NULL if g_set_prgname() has also not +been called). + + human-readable application name. may return %NULL + + + + + Obtains the character set for the [current locale][setlocale]; you +might use this character set as an argument to g_convert(), to convert +from the current locale's encoding to some other encoding. (Frequently +g_locale_to_utf8() and g_locale_from_utf8() are nice shortcuts, though.) + +On Windows the character set returned by this function is the +so-called system default ANSI code-page. That is the character set +used by the "narrow" versions of C library and Win32 functions that +handle file names. It might be different from the character set +used by the C library's current locale. + +On Linux, the character set is found by consulting nl_langinfo() if +available. If not, the environment variables `LC_ALL`, `LC_CTYPE`, `LANG` +and `CHARSET` are queried in order. + +The return value is %TRUE if the locale's encoding is UTF-8, in that +case you can perhaps avoid calling g_convert(). + +The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be +freed. + + %TRUE if the returned charset is UTF-8 + + + + + return location for character set + name, or %NULL. + + + + + + Gets the character set for the current locale. + + a newly allocated string containing the name + of the character set. This string must be freed with g_free(). + + + + + Gets the current directory. + +The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. +The encoding of the returned string is system defined. +On Windows, it is always UTF-8. + +Since GLib 2.40, this function will return the value of the "PWD" +environment variable if it is set and it happens to be the same as +the current directory. This can make a difference in the case that +the current directory is the target of a symbolic link. + + the current directory + + + + + Equivalent to the UNIX gettimeofday() function, but portable. + +You may find g_get_real_time() to be more convenient. + + + + + + #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. + + + + + + Gets the list of environment variables for the current process. + +The list is %NULL terminated and each item in the list is of the +form 'NAME=VALUE'. + +This is equivalent to direct access to the 'environ' global variable, +except portable. + +The return value is freshly allocated and it should be freed with +g_strfreev() when it is no longer needed. + + + the list of environment variables + + + + + + + Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames. +The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the +subsequent character sets are used when trying to generate a displayable +representation of a filename, see g_filename_display_name(). + +On Unix, the character sets are determined by consulting the +environment variables `G_FILENAME_ENCODING` and `G_BROKEN_FILENAMES`. +On Windows, the character set used in the GLib API is always UTF-8 +and said environment variables have no effect. + +`G_FILENAME_ENCODING` may be set to a comma-separated list of +character set names. The special token "\@locale" is taken +to mean the character set for the [current locale][setlocale]. +If `G_FILENAME_ENCODING` is not set, but `G_BROKEN_FILENAMES` is, +the character set of the current locale is taken as the filename +encoding. If neither environment variable is set, UTF-8 is taken +as the filename encoding, but the character set of the current locale +is also put in the list of encodings. + +The returned @charsets belong to GLib and must not be freed. + +Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or +`G_FILENAME_ENCODING` value, the actual file names present +on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish. + + %TRUE if the filename encoding is UTF-8. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the current user's home directory. + +As with most UNIX tools, this function will return the value of the +`HOME` environment variable if it is set to an existing absolute path +name, falling back to the `passwd` file in the case that it is unset. + +If the path given in `HOME` is non-absolute, does not exist, or is +not a directory, the result is undefined. + +Before version 2.36 this function would ignore the `HOME` environment +variable, taking the value from the `passwd` database instead. This was +changed to increase the compatibility of GLib with other programs (and +the XDG basedir specification) and to increase testability of programs +based on GLib (by making it easier to run them from test frameworks). + +If your program has a strong requirement for either the new or the +old behaviour (and if you don't wish to increase your GLib +dependency to ensure that the new behaviour is in effect) then you +should either directly check the `HOME` environment variable yourself +or unset it before calling any functions in GLib. + + the current user's home directory + + + + + Return a name for the machine. + +The returned name is not necessarily a fully-qualified domain name, +or even present in DNS or some other name service at all. It need +not even be unique on your local network or site, but usually it +is. Callers should not rely on the return value having any specific +properties like uniqueness for security purposes. Even if the name +of the machine is changed while an application is running, the +return value from this function does not change. The returned +string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. If no +name can be determined, a default fixed string "localhost" is +returned. + +The encoding of the returned string is UTF-8. + + the host name of the machine. + + + + + Computes a list of applicable locale names, which can be used to +e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned +list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable and always contains +the default locale "C". + +For example, if LANGUAGE=de:en_US, then the returned list is +"de", "en_US", "en", "C". + +This function consults the environment variables `LANGUAGE`, `LC_ALL`, +`LC_MESSAGES` and `LANG` to find the list of locales specified by the +user. + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib + that must not be modified or freed. + + + + + + + Returns a list of derived variants of @locale, which can be used to +e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned +list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable. +This function handles territory, charset and extra locale modifiers. + +For example, if @locale is "fr_BE", then the returned list +is "fr_BE", "fr". + +If you need the list of variants for the current locale, +use g_get_language_names(). + + a newly + allocated array of newly allocated strings with the locale variants. Free with + g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a locale identifier + + + + + + Queries the system monotonic time. + +The monotonic clock will always increase and doesn't suffer +discontinuities when the user (or NTP) changes the system time. It +may or may not continue to tick during times where the machine is +suspended. + +We try to use the clock that corresponds as closely as possible to +the passage of time as measured by system calls such as poll() but it +may not always be possible to do this. + + the monotonic time, in microseconds + + + + + Determine the approximate number of threads that the system will +schedule simultaneously for this process. This is intended to be +used as a parameter to g_thread_pool_new() for CPU bound tasks and +similar cases. + + Number of schedulable threads, always greater than 0 + + + + + Gets the name of the program. This name should not be localized, +in contrast to g_get_application_name(). + +If you are using #GApplication the program name is set in +g_application_run(). In case of GDK or GTK+ it is set in +gdk_init(), which is called by gtk_init() and the +#GtkApplication::startup handler. The program name is found by +taking the last component of @argv[0]. + + the name of the program. The returned string belongs + to GLib and must not be modified or freed. + + + + + Gets the real name of the user. This usually comes from the user's +entry in the `passwd` file. The encoding of the returned string is +system-defined. (On Windows, it is, however, always UTF-8.) If the +real user name cannot be determined, the string "Unknown" is +returned. + + the user's real name. + + + + + Queries the system wall-clock time. + +This call is functionally equivalent to g_get_current_time() except +that the return value is often more convenient than dealing with a +#GTimeVal. + +You should only use this call if you are actually interested in the real +wall-clock time. g_get_monotonic_time() is probably more useful for +measuring intervals. + + the number of microseconds since January 1, 1970 UTC. + + + + + Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access +system-wide configuration information. + +On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). +In this case the list of directories retrieved will be `XDG_CONFIG_DIRS`. + +On Windows it follows XDG Base Directory Specification if `XDG_CONFIG_DIRS` is defined. +If `XDG_CONFIG_DIRS` is undefined, the directory that contains application +data for all users is used instead. A typical path is +`C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data`. +This folder is used for application data +that is not user specific. For example, an application can store +a spell-check dictionary, a database of clip art, or a log file in the +CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA folder. This information will not roam and is available +to anyone using the computer. + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be + modified or freed. + + + + + + + Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access +system-wide application data. + +On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec) +In this case the list of directories retrieved will be `XDG_DATA_DIRS`. + +On Windows it follows XDG Base Directory Specification if `XDG_DATA_DIRS` is defined. +If `XDG_DATA_DIRS` is undefined, +the first elements in the list are the Application Data +and Documents folders for All Users. (These can be determined only +on Windows 2000 or later and are not present in the list on other +Windows versions.) See documentation for CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA and +CSIDL_COMMON_DOCUMENTS. + +Then follows the "share" subfolder in the installation folder for +the package containing the DLL that calls this function, if it can +be determined. + +Finally the list contains the "share" subfolder in the installation +folder for GLib, and in the installation folder for the package the +application's .exe file belongs to. + +The installation folders above are determined by looking up the +folder where the module (DLL or EXE) in question is located. If the +folder's name is "bin", its parent is used, otherwise the folder +itself. + +Note that on Windows the returned list can vary depending on where +this function is called. + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be + modified or freed. + + + + + + + Gets the directory to use for temporary files. + +On UNIX, this is taken from the `TMPDIR` environment variable. +If the variable is not set, `P_tmpdir` is +used, as defined by the system C library. Failing that, a +hard-coded default of "/tmp" is returned. + +On Windows, the `TEMP` environment variable is used, with the +root directory of the Windows installation (eg: "C:\") used +as a default. + +The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On Windows, +it is always UTF-8. The return value is never %NULL or the empty +string. + + the directory to use for temporary files. + + + + + Returns a base directory in which to store non-essential, cached +data specific to particular user. + +On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). +In this case the directory retrieved will be `XDG_CACHE_HOME`. + +On Windows it follows XDG Base Directory Specification if `XDG_CACHE_HOME` is defined. +If `XDG_CACHE_HOME` is undefined, the directory that serves as a common +repository for temporary Internet files is used instead. A typical path is +`C:\Documents and Settings\username\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files`. +See the [documentation for `CSIDL_INTERNET_CACHE`](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/bb762494%28v=vs.85%29.aspx#csidl_internet_cache). + + a string owned by GLib that must not be modified + or freed. + + + + + Returns a base directory in which to store user-specific application +configuration information such as user preferences and settings. + +On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). +In this case the directory retrieved will be `XDG_CONFIG_HOME`. + +On Windows it follows XDG Base Directory Specification if `XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is defined. +If `XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is undefined, the folder to use for local (as opposed +to roaming) application data is used instead. See the +[documentation for `CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA`](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/bb762494%28v=vs.85%29.aspx#csidl_local_appdata). +Note that in this case on Windows it will be the same +as what g_get_user_data_dir() returns. + + a string owned by GLib that must not be modified + or freed. + + + + + Returns a base directory in which to access application data such +as icons that is customized for a particular user. + +On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). +In this case the directory retrieved will be `XDG_DATA_HOME`. + +On Windows it follows XDG Base Directory Specification if `XDG_DATA_HOME` +is defined. If `XDG_DATA_HOME` is undefined, the folder to use for local (as +opposed to roaming) application data is used instead. See the +[documentation for `CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA`](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/bb762494%28v=vs.85%29.aspx#csidl_local_appdata). +Note that in this case on Windows it will be the same +as what g_get_user_config_dir() returns. + + a string owned by GLib that must not be modified + or freed. + + + + + Gets the user name of the current user. The encoding of the returned +string is system-defined. On UNIX, it might be the preferred file name +encoding, or something else, and there is no guarantee that it is even +consistent on a machine. On Windows, it is always UTF-8. + + the user name of the current user. + + + + + Returns a directory that is unique to the current user on the local +system. + +This is determined using the mechanisms described +in the +[XDG Base Directory Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). +This is the directory +specified in the `XDG_RUNTIME_DIR` environment variable. +In the case that this variable is not set, we return the value of +g_get_user_cache_dir(), after verifying that it exists. + + a string owned by GLib that must not be + modified or freed. + + + + + Returns the full path of a special directory using its logical id. + +On UNIX this is done using the XDG special user directories. +For compatibility with existing practise, %G_USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP +falls back to `$HOME/Desktop` when XDG special user directories have +not been set up. + +Depending on the platform, the user might be able to change the path +of the special directory without requiring the session to restart; GLib +will not reflect any change once the special directories are loaded. + + the path to the specified special directory, or + %NULL if the logical id was not found. The returned string is owned by + GLib and should not be modified or freed. + + + + + the logical id of special directory + + + + + + Returns the value of an environment variable. + +On UNIX, the name and value are byte strings which might or might not +be in some consistent character set and encoding. On Windows, they are +in UTF-8. +On Windows, in case the environment variable's value contains +references to other environment variables, they are expanded. + + the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if + the environment variable is not found. The returned string + may be overwritten by the next call to g_getenv(), g_setenv() + or g_unsetenv(). + + + + + the environment variable to get + + + + + + This is a convenience function for using a #GHashTable as a set. It +is equivalent to calling g_hash_table_replace() with @key as both the +key and the value. + +When a hash table only ever contains keys that have themselves as the +corresponding value it is able to be stored more efficiently. See +the discussion in the section description. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + + + Checks if @key is in @hash_table. + + %TRUE if @key is in @hash_table, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to check + + + + + + Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its +reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, +you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy +notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy +functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the +destruction phase. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable. + +If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current +value is replaced with the new value. If you supplied a +@value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old +value is freed using that function. If you supplied a +@key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed +key is freed using that function. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + the value to associate with the key + + + + + + Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot +distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present +and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use +g_hash_table_lookup_extended(). + + the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the +associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This +is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, +for example before calling g_hash_table_remove(). + +You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test +whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions +of @hash_table are %NULL-safe. + + %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to look up + + + + return location for the original key + + + + return location for the value associated +with the key + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable. + +If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the +key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise +you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed +yourself. + + %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable. + +If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), +the keys and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, +otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated +values are freed yourself. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to +g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key +already exists in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the +new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating +the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. +If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the +#GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function. + +Starting from GLib 2.40, this function returns a boolean value to +indicate whether the newly added value was already in the hash table +or not. + + %TRUE if the key did not exist yet + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + a key to insert + + + + the value to associate with the key + + + + + + Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable. + + the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without +calling the key and value destroy functions. + + %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + the key to remove + + + + + + Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable +without calling the key and value destroy functions. + + + + + + a #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be +destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + + + + + a valid #GHashTable + + + + + + + + + Destroys a #GHook, given its ID. + + %TRUE if the #GHook was found in the #GHookList and destroyed + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + a hook ID + + + + + + Removes one #GHook from a #GHookList, marking it +inactive and calling g_hook_unref() on it. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to remove + + + + + + Calls the #GHookList @finalize_hook function if it exists, +and frees the memory allocated for the #GHook. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to free + + + + + + Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, before a given #GHook. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to insert the new #GHook before + + + + the #GHook to insert + + + + + + Prepends a #GHook on the start of a #GHookList. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to add to the start of @hook_list + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of a #GHook. +If the reference count falls to 0, the #GHook is removed +from the #GHookList and g_hook_free() is called to free it. + + + + + + a #GHookList + + + + the #GHook to unref + + + + + + Tests if @hostname contains segments with an ASCII-compatible +encoding of an Internationalized Domain Name. If this returns +%TRUE, you should decode the hostname with g_hostname_to_unicode() +before displaying it to the user. + +Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded +segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and +g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. + + %TRUE if @hostname contains any ASCII-encoded +segments. + + + + + a hostname + + + + + + Tests if @hostname is the string form of an IPv4 or IPv6 address. +(Eg, "192.168.0.1".) + + %TRUE if @hostname is an IP address + + + + + a hostname (or IP address in string form) + + + + + + Tests if @hostname contains Unicode characters. If this returns +%TRUE, you need to encode the hostname with g_hostname_to_ascii() +before using it in non-IDN-aware contexts. + +Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded +segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and +g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. + + %TRUE if @hostname contains any non-ASCII characters + + + + + a hostname + + + + + + Converts @hostname to its canonical ASCII form; an ASCII-only +string containing no uppercase letters and not ending with a +trailing dot. + + an ASCII hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if +@hostname is in some way invalid. + + + + + a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname + + + + + + Converts @hostname to its canonical presentation form; a UTF-8 +string in Unicode normalization form C, containing no uppercase +letters, no forbidden characters, and no ASCII-encoded segments, +and not ending with a trailing dot. + +Of course if @hostname is not an internationalized hostname, then +the canonical presentation form will be entirely ASCII. + + a UTF-8 hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if +@hostname is in some way invalid. + + + + + a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname + + + + + + Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but +may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack +a native implementation. + +GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely +more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. + +Note that the behaviour of iconv() for characters which are valid in the +input character set, but which have no representation in the output character +set, is implementation defined. This function may return success (with a +positive number of non-reversible conversions as replacement characters were +used), or it may return -1 and set an error such as %EILSEQ, in such a +situation. + + count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error + + + + + conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() + + + + bytes to convert + + + + inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf + + + + converted output bytes + + + + inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf + + + + + + Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but +may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack +a native implementation. + +GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely +more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. + + a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if + opening the converter failed. + + + + + destination codeset + + + + source codeset + + + + + + Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority +events pending to the default main loop. The function is given the +default idle priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. If the function +returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event +sources and will not be called again. + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() +and attaches it to the global #GMainContext using g_source_attach(), so +the callback will be invoked in whichever thread is running that main +context. You can do these steps manually if you need greater control or to +use a custom main context. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function. + + + + + + Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority +events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically +removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() +and attaches it to the global #GMainContext using g_source_attach(), so +the callback will be invoked in whichever thread is running that main +context. You can do these steps manually if you need greater control or to +use a custom main context. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the + range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL + + + + + + Removes the idle function with the given data. + + %TRUE if an idle source was found and removed. + + + + + the data for the idle source's callback. + + + + + + Creates a new idle source. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. Note that the default priority for idle sources is +%G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE, as compared to other sources which +have a default priority of %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + + the newly-created idle source + + + + + Compares the two #gint64 values being pointed to and returns +%TRUE if they are equal. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func +parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integers as keys in a +#GHashTable. + + %TRUE if the two keys match. + + + + + a pointer to a #gint64 key + + + + a pointer to a #gint64 key to compare with @v1 + + + + + + Converts a pointer to a #gint64 to a hash value. + +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integer values as keys in a +#GHashTable. + + a hash value corresponding to the key. + + + + + a pointer to a #gint64 key + + + + + + Compares the two #gint values being pointed to and returns +%TRUE if they are equal. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func +parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to integers as keys in a +#GHashTable. + +Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint +directly: if your hash table's keys are of the form +`GINT_TO_POINTER (n)`, use g_direct_equal() instead. + + %TRUE if the two keys match. + + + + + a pointer to a #gint key + + + + a pointer to a #gint key to compare with @v1 + + + + + + Converts a pointer to a #gint to a hash value. +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +when using non-%NULL pointers to integer values as keys in a #GHashTable. + +Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint +directly: if your hash table's keys are of the form +`GINT_TO_POINTER (n)`, use g_direct_hash() instead. + + a hash value corresponding to the key. + + + + + a pointer to a #gint key + + + + + + Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings +can be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of +using strcmp(). g_intern_static_string() does not copy the string, +therefore @string must not be freed or modified. + + a canonical representation for the string + + + + + a static string + + + + + + Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings +can be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of +using strcmp(). + + a canonical representation for the string + + + + + a string + + + + + + Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context +with the default priority. + + the event source id + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the condition to watch for + + + + the function to call when the condition is satisfied + + + + user data to pass to @func + + + + + + Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context +with the given priority. + +This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch() +and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach(). +You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. + + the event source id + + + + + a #GIOChannel + + + + the priority of the #GIOChannel source + + + + the condition to watch for + + + + the function to call when the condition is satisfied + + + + user data to pass to @func + + + + the function to call when the source is removed + + + + + + Converts an `errno` error number to a #GIOChannelError. + + a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g. + %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL. + + + + + an `errno` error number, e.g. `EINVAL` + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that's dispatched when @condition is met for the +given @channel. For example, if condition is #G_IO_IN, the source will +be dispatched when there's data available for reading. + +g_io_add_watch() is a simpler interface to this same functionality, for +the case where you want to add the source to the default main loop context +at the default priority. + +On Windows, polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket +puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the +implementation and unavoidable. + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GIOChannel to watch + + + + conditions to watch for + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the names of all variables set in the environment. + +Programs that want to be portable to Windows should typically use +this function and g_getenv() instead of using the environ array +from the C library directly. On Windows, the strings in the environ +array are in system codepage encoding, while in most of the typical +use cases for environment variables in GLib-using programs you want +the UTF-8 encoding that this function and g_getenv() provide. + + + a %NULL-terminated list of strings which must be freed with + g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by +the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating +system) in the [current locale][setlocale]. On Windows this means +the system codepage. + +The input string shall not contain nul characters even if the @len +argument is positive. A nul character found inside the string will result +in error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. Use g_convert() to convert +input that may contain embedded nul characters. + + + A newly-allocated buffer containing the converted string, + or %NULL on an error, and error will be set. + + + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated. + + + + location to store the number of bytes in the + input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in the output + buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by +the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating +system) in the [current locale][setlocale] into a UTF-8 string. + +If the source encoding is not UTF-8 and the conversion output contains a +nul character, the error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NUL is set and the +function returns %NULL. +If the source encoding is UTF-8, an embedded nul character is treated with +the %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE error for backward compatibility with +earlier versions of this library. Use g_convert() to produce output that +may contain embedded nul characters. + + The converted string, or %NULL on an error. + + + + + a string in the + encoding of the current locale. On Windows + this means the system codepage. + + + + + + the length of the string, or -1 if the string is + nul-terminated (Note that some encodings may allow nul + bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 + for the @len parameter is unsafe) + + + + location to store the number of bytes in the + input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. + Even if the conversion was successful, this may be + less than @len if there were partial characters + at the end of the input. If the error + %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value + stored will be the byte offset after the last valid + input sequence. + + + + the number of bytes stored in the output + buffer (not including the terminating nul). + + + + + + Logs an error or debugging message. + +If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() +function is called to terminate the program. + +If g_log_default_handler() is used as the log handler function, a new-line +character will automatically be appended to @..., and need not be entered +manually. + +If [structured logging is enabled][using-structured-logging] this will +output via the structured log writer function (see g_log_set_writer_func()). + + + + + + the log domain, usually #G_LOG_DOMAIN, or %NULL +for the default + + + + the log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags + or a user-defined level + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + The default log handler set up by GLib; g_log_set_default_handler() +allows to install an alternate default log handler. +This is used if no log handler has been set for the particular log +domain and log level combination. It outputs the message to stderr +or stdout and if the log level is fatal it calls abort(). It automatically +prints a new-line character after the message, so one does not need to be +manually included in @message. + +The behavior of this log handler can be influenced by a number of +environment variables: + +- `G_MESSAGES_PREFIXED`: A :-separated list of log levels for which + messages should be prefixed by the program name and PID of the + aplication. + +- `G_MESSAGES_DEBUG`: A space-separated list of log domains for + which debug and informational messages are printed. By default + these messages are not printed. + +stderr is used for levels %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, %G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, +%G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING and %G_LOG_LEVEL_MESSAGE. stdout is used for +the rest. + +This has no effect if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + + + + + the log domain of the message, or %NULL for the +default "" application domain + + + + the level of the message + + + + the message + + + + data passed from g_log() which is unused + + + + + + Removes the log handler. + +This has no effect if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + + + + + the log domain + + + + the id of the handler, which was returned + in g_log_set_handler() + + + + + + Sets the message levels which are always fatal, in any log domain. +When a message with any of these levels is logged the program terminates. +You can only set the levels defined by GLib to be fatal. +%G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. + +You can also make some message levels fatal at runtime by setting +the `G_DEBUG` environment variable (see +[Running GLib Applications](glib-running.html)). + +Libraries should not call this function, as it affects all messages logged +by a process, including those from other libraries. + +Structured log messages (using g_log_structured() and +g_log_structured_array()) are fatal only if the default log writer is used; +otherwise it is up to the writer function to determine which log messages +are fatal. See [Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + the old fatal mask + + + + + the mask containing bits set for each level + of error which is to be fatal + + + + + + Installs a default log handler which is used if no +log handler has been set for the particular log domain +and log level combination. By default, GLib uses +g_log_default_handler() as default log handler. + +This has no effect if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + the previous default log handler + + + + + the log handler function + + + + data passed to the log handler + + + + + + Sets the log levels which are fatal in the given domain. +%G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. + +This has no effect on structured log messages (using g_log_structured() or +g_log_structured_array()). To change the fatal behaviour for specific log +messages, programs must install a custom log writer function using +g_log_set_writer_func(). See +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + the old fatal mask for the log domain + + + + + the log domain + + + + the new fatal mask + + + + + + Sets the log handler for a domain and a set of log levels. +To handle fatal and recursive messages the @log_levels parameter +must be combined with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION +bit flags. + +Note that since the #G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR log level is always fatal, if +you want to set a handler for this log level you must combine it with +#G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL. + +This has no effect if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + +Here is an example for adding a log handler for all warning messages +in the default domain: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_log_set_handler (NULL, G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL + | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); +]| + +This example adds a log handler for all critical messages from GTK+: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_log_set_handler ("Gtk", G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL + | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); +]| + +This example adds a log handler for all messages from GLib: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_MASK | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL + | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); +]| + + the id of the new handler + + + + + the log domain, or %NULL for the default "" + application domain + + + + the log levels to apply the log handler for. + To handle fatal and recursive messages as well, combine + the log levels with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and + #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION bit flags. + + + + the log handler function + + + + data passed to the log handler + + + + + + Like g_log_set_handler(), but takes a destroy notify for the @user_data. + +This has no effect if structured logging is enabled; see +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + the id of the new handler + + + + + the log domain, or %NULL for the default "" + application domain + + + + the log levels to apply the log handler for. + To handle fatal and recursive messages as well, combine + the log levels with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and + #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION bit flags. + + + + the log handler function + + + + data passed to the log handler + + + + destroy notify for @user_data, or %NULL + + + + + + Set a writer function which will be called to format and write out each log +message. Each program should set a writer function, or the default writer +(g_log_writer_default()) will be used. + +Libraries **must not** call this function — only programs are allowed to +install a writer function, as there must be a single, central point where +log messages are formatted and outputted. + +There can only be one writer function. It is an error to set more than one. + + + + + + log writer function, which must not be %NULL + + + + user data to pass to @func + + + + function to free @user_data once it’s + finished with, if non-%NULL + + + + + + Log a message with structured data. The message will be passed through to +the log writer set by the application using g_log_set_writer_func(). If the +message is fatal (i.e. its log level is %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR), the program will +be aborted at the end of this function. If the log writer returns +%G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED (failure), no other fallback writers will be tried. +See the documentation for #GLogWriterFunc for information on chaining +writers. + +The structured data is provided as key–value pairs, where keys are UTF-8 +strings, and values are arbitrary pointers — typically pointing to UTF-8 +strings, but that is not a requirement. To pass binary (non-nul-terminated) +structured data, use g_log_structured_array(). The keys for structured data +should follow the [systemd journal +fields](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html) +specification. It is suggested that custom keys are namespaced according to +the code which sets them. For example, custom keys from GLib all have a +`GLIB_` prefix. + +The @log_domain will be converted into a `GLIB_DOMAIN` field. @log_level will +be converted into a +[`PRIORITY`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#PRIORITY=) +field. The format string will have its placeholders substituted for the provided +values and be converted into a +[`MESSAGE`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#MESSAGE=) +field. + +Other fields you may commonly want to pass into this function: + + * [`MESSAGE_ID`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#MESSAGE_ID=) + * [`CODE_FILE`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#CODE_FILE=) + * [`CODE_LINE`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#CODE_LINE=) + * [`CODE_FUNC`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#CODE_FUNC=) + * [`ERRNO`](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#ERRNO=) + +Note that `CODE_FILE`, `CODE_LINE` and `CODE_FUNC` are automatically set by +the logging macros, G_DEBUG_HERE(), g_message(), g_warning(), g_critical(), +g_error(), etc, if the symbols `G_LOG_USE_STRUCTURED` is defined before including +glib.h. + +For example: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_log_structured (G_LOG_DOMAIN, G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, + "MESSAGE_ID", "06d4df59e6c24647bfe69d2c27ef0b4e", + "MY_APPLICATION_CUSTOM_FIELD", "some debug string", + "MESSAGE", "This is a debug message about pointer %p and integer %u.", + some_pointer, some_integer); +]| + +Note that each `MESSAGE_ID` must be [uniquely and randomly +generated](https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.journal-fields.html#MESSAGE_ID=). +If adding a `MESSAGE_ID`, consider shipping a [message +catalog](https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog/) with +your software. + +To pass a user data pointer to the log writer function which is specific to +this logging call, you must use g_log_structured_array() and pass the pointer +as a field with #GLogField.length set to zero, otherwise it will be +interpreted as a string. + +For example: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +const GLogField fields[] = { + { "MESSAGE", "This is a debug message.", -1 }, + { "MESSAGE_ID", "fcfb2e1e65c3494386b74878f1abf893", -1 }, + { "MY_APPLICATION_CUSTOM_FIELD", "some debug string", -1 }, + { "MY_APPLICATION_STATE", state_object, 0 }, +}; +g_log_structured_array (G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, fields, G_N_ELEMENTS (fields)); +]| + +Note also that, even if no other structured fields are specified, there +must always be a `MESSAGE` key before the format string. The `MESSAGE`-format +pair has to be the last of the key-value pairs, and `MESSAGE` is the only +field for which printf()-style formatting is supported. + +The default writer function for `stdout` and `stderr` will automatically +append a new-line character after the message, so you should not add one +manually to the format string. + + + + + + log domain, usually %G_LOG_DOMAIN + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key-value pairs of structured data to add to the log entry, followed + by the key "MESSAGE", followed by a printf()-style message format, + followed by parameters to insert in the format string + + + + + + Log a message with structured data. The message will be passed through to the +log writer set by the application using g_log_set_writer_func(). If the +message is fatal (i.e. its log level is %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR), the program will +be aborted at the end of this function. + +See g_log_structured() for more documentation. + +This assumes that @log_level is already present in @fields (typically as the +`PRIORITY` field). + + + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key–value pairs of structured data to add + to the log message + + + + + + number of elements in the @fields array + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Log a message with structured data, accepting the data within a #GVariant. This +version is especially useful for use in other languages, via introspection. + +The only mandatory item in the @fields dictionary is the "MESSAGE" which must +contain the text shown to the user. + +The values in the @fields dictionary are likely to be of type String +(#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING). Array of bytes (#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTESTRING) is also +supported. In this case the message is handled as binary and will be forwarded +to the log writer as such. The size of the array should not be higher than +%G_MAXSSIZE. Otherwise it will be truncated to this size. For other types +g_variant_print() will be used to convert the value into a string. + +For more details on its usage and about the parameters, see g_log_structured(). + + + + + + log domain, usually %G_LOG_DOMAIN + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + a dictionary (#GVariant of the type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT) +containing the key-value pairs of message data. + + + + + + Format a structured log message and output it to the default log destination +for the platform. On Linux, this is typically the systemd journal, falling +back to `stdout` or `stderr` if running from the terminal or if output is +being redirected to a file. + +Support for other platform-specific logging mechanisms may be added in +future. Distributors of GLib may modify this function to impose their own +(documented) platform-specific log writing policies. + +This is suitable for use as a #GLogWriterFunc, and is the default writer used +if no other is set using g_log_set_writer_func(). + +As with g_log_default_handler(), this function drops debug and informational +messages unless their log domain (or `all`) is listed in the space-separated +`G_MESSAGES_DEBUG` environment variable. + + %G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED on success, %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED otherwise + + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key–value pairs of structured data forming + the log message + + + + + + number of elements in the @fields array + + + + user data passed to g_log_set_writer_func() + + + + + + Format a structured log message as a string suitable for outputting to the +terminal (or elsewhere). This will include the values of all fields it knows +how to interpret, which includes `MESSAGE` and `GLIB_DOMAIN` (see the +documentation for g_log_structured()). It does not include values from +unknown fields. + +The returned string does **not** have a trailing new-line character. It is +encoded in the character set of the current locale, which is not necessarily +UTF-8. + + string containing the formatted log message, in + the character set of the current locale + + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key–value pairs of structured data forming + the log message + + + + + + number of elements in the @fields array + + + + %TRUE to use ANSI color escape sequences when formatting the + message, %FALSE to not + + + + + + Check whether the given @output_fd file descriptor is a connection to the +systemd journal, or something else (like a log file or `stdout` or +`stderr`). + +Invalid file descriptors are accepted and return %FALSE, which allows for +the following construct without needing any additional error handling: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + is_journald = g_log_writer_is_journald (fileno (stderr)); +]| + + %TRUE if @output_fd points to the journal, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + output file descriptor to check + + + + + + Format a structured log message and send it to the systemd journal as a set +of key–value pairs. All fields are sent to the journal, but if a field has +length zero (indicating program-specific data) then only its key will be +sent. + +This is suitable for use as a #GLogWriterFunc. + +If GLib has been compiled without systemd support, this function is still +defined, but will always return %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED. + + %G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED on success, %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED otherwise + + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key–value pairs of structured data forming + the log message + + + + + + number of elements in the @fields array + + + + user data passed to g_log_set_writer_func() + + + + + + Format a structured log message and print it to either `stdout` or `stderr`, +depending on its log level. %G_LOG_LEVEL_INFO and %G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG messages +are sent to `stdout`; all other log levels are sent to `stderr`. Only fields +which are understood by this function are included in the formatted string +which is printed. + +If the output stream supports ANSI color escape sequences, they will be used +in the output. + +A trailing new-line character is added to the log message when it is printed. + +This is suitable for use as a #GLogWriterFunc. + + %G_LOG_WRITER_HANDLED on success, %G_LOG_WRITER_UNHANDLED otherwise + + + + + log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags, or a user-defined + level + + + + key–value pairs of structured data forming + the log message + + + + + + number of elements in the @fields array + + + + user data passed to g_log_set_writer_func() + + + + + + Check whether the given @output_fd file descriptor supports ANSI color +escape sequences. If so, they can safely be used when formatting log +messages. + + %TRUE if ANSI color escapes are supported, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + output file descriptor to check + + + + + + Logs an error or debugging message. + +If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() +function is called to terminate the program. + +If g_log_default_handler() is used as the log handler function, a new-line +character will automatically be appended to @..., and need not be entered +manually. + +If [structured logging is enabled][using-structured-logging] this will +output via the structured log writer function (see g_log_set_writer_func()). + + + + + + the log domain, or %NULL for the default "" +application domain + + + + the log level + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Returns the global default main context. This is the main context +used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly +specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also +g_main_context_get_thread_default(). + + the global default main context. + + + + + Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous +operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than +the default one should call this method or +g_main_context_ref_thread_default() to get a #GMainContext to add +their #GSources to. (Note that even in single-threaded +programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a +non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will +always return %NULL if you are running in the default thread.) + +If you need to hold a reference on the context, use +g_main_context_ref_thread_default() instead. + + the thread-default #GMainContext, or +%NULL if the thread-default context is the global default context. + + + + + Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread, as with +g_main_context_get_thread_default(), but also adds a reference to +it with g_main_context_ref(). In addition, unlike +g_main_context_get_thread_default(), if the thread-default context +is the global default context, this will return that #GMainContext +(with a ref added to it) rather than returning %NULL. + + the thread-default #GMainContext. Unref + with g_main_context_unref() when you are done with it. + + + + + Returns the currently firing source for this thread. + + The currently firing source or %NULL. + + + + + Returns the depth of the stack of calls to +g_main_context_dispatch() on any #GMainContext in the current thread. + That is, when called from the toplevel, it gives 0. When +called from within a callback from g_main_context_iteration() +(or g_main_loop_run(), etc.) it returns 1. When called from within +a callback to a recursive call to g_main_context_iteration(), +it returns 2. And so forth. + +This function is useful in a situation like the following: +Imagine an extremely simple "garbage collected" system. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static GList *free_list; + +gpointer +allocate_memory (gsize size) +{ + gpointer result = g_malloc (size); + free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, result); + return result; +} + +void +free_allocated_memory (void) +{ + GList *l; + for (l = free_list; l; l = l->next); + g_free (l->data); + g_list_free (free_list); + free_list = NULL; + } + +[...] + +while (TRUE); + { + g_main_context_iteration (NULL, TRUE); + free_allocated_memory(); + } +]| + +This works from an application, however, if you want to do the same +thing from a library, it gets more difficult, since you no longer +control the main loop. You might think you can simply use an idle +function to make the call to free_allocated_memory(), but that +doesn't work, since the idle function could be called from a +recursive callback. This can be fixed by using g_main_depth() + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +gpointer +allocate_memory (gsize size) +{ + FreeListBlock *block = g_new (FreeListBlock, 1); + block->mem = g_malloc (size); + block->depth = g_main_depth (); + free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, block); + return block->mem; +} + +void +free_allocated_memory (void) +{ + GList *l; + + int depth = g_main_depth (); + for (l = free_list; l; ); + { + GList *next = l->next; + FreeListBlock *block = l->data; + if (block->depth > depth) + { + g_free (block->mem); + g_free (block); + free_list = g_list_delete_link (free_list, l); + } + + l = next; + } + } +]| + +There is a temptation to use g_main_depth() to solve +problems with reentrancy. For instance, while waiting for data +to be received from the network in response to a menu item, +the menu item might be selected again. It might seem that +one could make the menu item's callback return immediately +and do nothing if g_main_depth() returns a value greater than 1. +However, this should be avoided since the user then sees selecting +the menu item do nothing. Furthermore, you'll find yourself adding +these checks all over your code, since there are doubtless many, +many things that the user could do. Instead, you can use the +following techniques: + +1. Use gtk_widget_set_sensitive() or modal dialogs to prevent + the user from interacting with elements while the main + loop is recursing. + +2. Avoid main loop recursion in situations where you can't handle + arbitrary callbacks. Instead, structure your code so that you + simply return to the main loop and then get called again when + there is more work to do. + + The main loop recursion level in the current thread + + + + + Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory. +If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. + + a pointer to the allocated memory + + + + + the number of bytes to allocate + + + + + + Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory, initialized to 0's. +If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. + + a pointer to the allocated memory + + + + + the number of bytes to allocate + + + + + + This function is similar to g_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + a pointer to the allocated memory + + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + This function is similar to g_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + a pointer to the allocated memory + + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + Collects the attributes of the element from the data passed to the +#GMarkupParser start_element function, dealing with common error +conditions and supporting boolean values. + +This utility function is not required to write a parser but can save +a lot of typing. + +The @element_name, @attribute_names, @attribute_values and @error +parameters passed to the start_element callback should be passed +unmodified to this function. + +Following these arguments is a list of "supported" attributes to collect. +It is an error to specify multiple attributes with the same name. If any +attribute not in the list appears in the @attribute_names array then an +unknown attribute error will result. + +The #GMarkupCollectType field allows specifying the type of collection +to perform and if a given attribute must appear or is optional. + +The attribute name is simply the name of the attribute to collect. + +The pointer should be of the appropriate type (see the descriptions +under #GMarkupCollectType) and may be %NULL in case a particular +attribute is to be allowed but ignored. + +This function deals with issuing errors for missing attributes +(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE), unknown attributes +(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE) and duplicate +attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT) as well +as parse errors for boolean-valued attributes (again of type +%G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT). In all of these cases %FALSE +will be returned and @error will be set as appropriate. + + %TRUE if successful + + + + + the current tag name + + + + the attribute names + + + + the attribute values + + + + a pointer to a #GError or %NULL + + + + the #GMarkupCollectType of the first attribute + + + + the name of the first attribute + + + + a pointer to the storage location of the first attribute + (or %NULL), followed by more types names and pointers, ending + with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID + + + + + + + + + + + Escapes text so that the markup parser will parse it verbatim. +Less than, greater than, ampersand, etc. are replaced with the +corresponding entities. This function would typically be used +when writing out a file to be parsed with the markup parser. + +Note that this function doesn't protect whitespace and line endings +from being processed according to the XML rules for normalization +of line endings and attribute values. + +Note also that this function will produce character references in +the range of &#x1; ... &#x1f; for all control sequences +except for tabstop, newline and carriage return. The character +references in this range are not valid XML 1.0, but they are +valid XML 1.1 and will be accepted by the GMarkup parser. + + a newly allocated string with the escaped text + + + + + some valid UTF-8 text + + + + length of @text in bytes, or -1 if the text is nul-terminated + + + + + + Formats arguments according to @format, escaping +all string and character arguments in the fashion +of g_markup_escape_text(). This is useful when you +want to insert literal strings into XML-style markup +output, without having to worry that the strings +might themselves contain markup. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +const char *store = "Fortnum & Mason"; +const char *item = "Tea"; +char *output; + +output = g_markup_printf_escaped ("<purchase>" + "<store>%s</store>" + "<item>%s</item>" + "</purchase>", + store, item); +]| + + newly allocated result from formatting + operation. Free with g_free(). + + + + + printf() style format string + + + + the arguments to insert in the format string + + + + + + Formats the data in @args according to @format, escaping +all string and character arguments in the fashion +of g_markup_escape_text(). See g_markup_printf_escaped(). + + newly allocated result from formatting + operation. Free with g_free(). + + + + + printf() style format string + + + + variable argument list, similar to vprintf() + + + + + + Checks whether the allocator used by g_malloc() is the system's +malloc implementation. If it returns %TRUE memory allocated with +malloc() can be used interchangeable with memory allocated using g_malloc(). +This function is useful for avoiding an extra copy of allocated memory returned +by a non-GLib-based API. + GLib always uses the system malloc, so this function always +returns %TRUE. + + if %TRUE, malloc() and g_malloc() can be mixed. + + + + + GLib used to support some tools for memory profiling, but this +no longer works. There are many other useful tools for memory +profiling these days which can be used instead. + Use other memory profiling tools instead + + + + + + This function used to let you override the memory allocation function. +However, its use was incompatible with the use of global constructors +in GLib and GIO, because those use the GLib allocators before main is +reached. Therefore this function is now deprecated and is just a stub. + This function now does nothing. Use other memory +profiling tools instead + + + + + + table of memory allocation routines. + + + + + + Allocates @byte_size bytes of memory, and copies @byte_size bytes into it +from @mem. If @mem is %NULL it returns %NULL. + + a pointer to the newly-allocated copy of the memory, or %NULL if @mem + is %NULL. + + + + + the memory to copy. + + + + the number of bytes to copy. + + + + + + Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate +parent directories as needed, too. + + 0 if the directory already exists, or was successfully +created. Returns -1 if an error occurred, with errno set. + + + + + a pathname in the GLib file name encoding + + + + permissions to use for newly created directories + + + + + + Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation +on most UNIX-like systems. + +The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for +mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". +g_mkdtemp() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the +sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template. +The X string will be modified to form the name of a directory that +didn't exist. +The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, +on Windows it should be in UTF-8. + +If you are going to be creating a temporary directory inside the +directory returned by g_get_tmp_dir(), you might want to use +g_dir_make_tmp() instead. + + A pointer to @tmpl, which has been + modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is + returned and %errno will be set. + + + + + template directory name + + + + + + Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation +on most UNIX-like systems. + +The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for +mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". +g_mkdtemp_full() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the +sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template +and you can pass a @mode. The X string will be modified to form +the name of a directory that didn't exist. The string should be +in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it +should be in UTF-8. + +If you are going to be creating a temporary directory inside the +directory returned by g_get_tmp_dir(), you might want to use +g_dir_make_tmp() instead. + + A pointer to @tmpl, which has been + modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is + returned, and %errno will be set. + + + + + template directory name + + + + permissions to create the temporary directory with + + + + + + Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation +on most UNIX-like systems. + +The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for +mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". +g_mkstemp() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() in that the +sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template. +The X string will be modified to form the name of a file that +didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. +Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. + + A file handle (as from open()) to the file + opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary + mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle + should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is + returned and %errno will be set. + + + + + template filename + + + + + + Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation +on most UNIX-like systems. + +The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for +mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". +g_mkstemp_full() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() +in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the +template and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X +string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist. +The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, +on Windows it should be in UTF-8. + + A file handle (as from open()) to the file + opened for reading and writing. The file handle should be + closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned + and %errno will be set. + + + + + template filename + + + + flags to pass to an open() call in addition to O_EXCL + and O_CREAT, which are passed automatically + + + + permissions to create the temporary file with + + + + + + Set the pointer at the specified location to %NULL. + + + + + + the memory address of the pointer. + + + + + + + + + + + Prompts the user with +`[E]xit, [H]alt, show [S]tack trace or [P]roceed`. +This function is intended to be used for debugging use only. +The following example shows how it can be used together with +the g_log() functions. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +#include <glib.h> + +static void +log_handler (const gchar *log_domain, + GLogLevelFlags log_level, + const gchar *message, + gpointer user_data) +{ + g_log_default_handler (log_domain, log_level, message, user_data); + + g_on_error_query (MY_PROGRAM_NAME); +} + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + g_log_set_handler (MY_LOG_DOMAIN, + G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | + G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR | + G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, + log_handler, + NULL); + ... +]| + +If "[E]xit" is selected, the application terminates with a call +to _exit(0). + +If "[S]tack" trace is selected, g_on_error_stack_trace() is called. +This invokes gdb, which attaches to the current process and shows +a stack trace. The prompt is then shown again. + +If "[P]roceed" is selected, the function returns. + +This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. + + + + + + the program name, needed by gdb for the "[S]tack trace" + option. If @prg_name is %NULL, g_get_prgname() is called to get + the program name (which will work correctly if gdk_init() or + gtk_init() has been called) + + + + + + Invokes gdb, which attaches to the current process and shows a +stack trace. Called by g_on_error_query() when the "[S]tack trace" +option is selected. You can get the current process's program name +with g_get_prgname(), assuming that you have called gtk_init() or +gdk_init(). + +This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. + + + + + + the program name, needed by gdb for the "[S]tack trace" + option + + + + + + Function to be called when starting a critical initialization +section. The argument @location must point to a static +0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at +the end of the initialization section. In combination with +g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can +be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once +during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are +blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs +like this: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + static gsize initialization_value = 0; + + if (g_once_init_enter (&initialization_value)) + { + gsize setup_value = 42; // initialization code here + + g_once_init_leave (&initialization_value, setup_value); + } + + // use initialization_value here +]| + + %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered, + %FALSE and blocks otherwise + + + + + location of a static initializable variable + containing 0 + + + + + + Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static +0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value +other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and +releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this +initialization variable. + + + + + + location of a static initializable variable + containing 0 + + + + new non-0 value for *@value_location + + + + + + + + + + + Parses a string containing debugging options +into a %guint containing bit flags. This is used +within GDK and GTK+ to parse the debug options passed on the +command line or through environment variables. + +If @string is equal to "all", all flags are set. Any flags +specified along with "all" in @string are inverted; thus, +"all,foo,bar" or "foo,bar,all" sets all flags except those +corresponding to "foo" and "bar". + +If @string is equal to "help", all the available keys in @keys +are printed out to standard error. + + the combined set of bit flags. + + + + + a list of debug options separated by colons, spaces, or +commas, or %NULL. + + + + pointer to an array of #GDebugKey which associate + strings with bit flags. + + + + + + the number of #GDebugKeys in the array. + + + + + + Gets the last component of the filename. + +If @file_name ends with a directory separator it gets the component +before the last slash. If @file_name consists only of directory +separators (and on Windows, possibly a drive letter), a single +separator is returned. If @file_name is empty, it gets ".". + + a newly allocated string containing the last + component of the filename + + + + + the name of the file + + + + + + Gets the directory components of a file name. + +If the file name has no directory components "." is returned. +The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. + + the directory components of the file + + + + + the name of the file + + + + + + Returns %TRUE if the given @file_name is an absolute file name. +Note that this is a somewhat vague concept on Windows. + +On POSIX systems, an absolute file name is well-defined. It always +starts from the single root directory. For example "/usr/local". + +On Windows, the concepts of current drive and drive-specific +current directory introduce vagueness. This function interprets as +an absolute file name one that either begins with a directory +separator such as "\Users\tml" or begins with the root on a drive, +for example "C:\Windows". The first case also includes UNC paths +such as "\\\\myserver\docs\foo". In all cases, either slashes or +backslashes are accepted. + +Note that a file name relative to the current drive root does not +truly specify a file uniquely over time and across processes, as +the current drive is a per-process value and can be changed. + +File names relative the current directory on some specific drive, +such as "D:foo/bar", are not interpreted as absolute by this +function, but they obviously are not relative to the normal current +directory as returned by getcwd() or g_get_current_dir() +either. Such paths should be avoided, or need to be handled using +Windows-specific code. + + %TRUE if @file_name is absolute + + + + + a file name + + + + + + Returns a pointer into @file_name after the root component, +i.e. after the "/" in UNIX or "C:\" under Windows. If @file_name +is not an absolute path it returns %NULL. + + a pointer into @file_name after the + root component + + + + + a file name + + + + + + Matches a string against a compiled pattern. Passing the correct +length of the string given is mandatory. The reversed string can be +omitted by passing %NULL, this is more efficient if the reversed +version of the string to be matched is not at hand, as +g_pattern_match() will only construct it if the compiled pattern +requires reverse matches. + +Note that, if the user code will (possibly) match a string against a +multitude of patterns containing wildcards, chances are high that +some patterns will require a reversed string. In this case, it's +more efficient to provide the reversed string to avoid multiple +constructions thereof in the various calls to g_pattern_match(). + +Note also that the reverse of a UTF-8 encoded string can in general +not be obtained by g_strreverse(). This works only if the string +does not contain any multibyte characters. GLib offers the +g_utf8_strreverse() function to reverse UTF-8 encoded strings. + + %TRUE if @string matches @pspec + + + + + a #GPatternSpec + + + + the length of @string (in bytes, i.e. strlen(), + not g_utf8_strlen()) + + + + the UTF-8 encoded string to match + + + + the reverse of @string or %NULL + + + + + + Matches a string against a pattern given as a string. If this +function is to be called in a loop, it's more efficient to compile +the pattern once with g_pattern_spec_new() and call +g_pattern_match_string() repeatedly. + + %TRUE if @string matches @pspec + + + + + the UTF-8 encoded pattern + + + + the UTF-8 encoded string to match + + + + + + Matches a string against a compiled pattern. If the string is to be +matched against more than one pattern, consider using +g_pattern_match() instead while supplying the reversed string. + + %TRUE if @string matches @pspec + + + + + a #GPatternSpec + + + + the UTF-8 encoded string to match + + + + + + This is equivalent to g_bit_lock, but working on pointers (or other +pointer-sized values). + +For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of +the pointer. + + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + This is equivalent to g_bit_trylock, but working on pointers (or +other pointer-sized values). + +For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of +the pointer. + + %TRUE if the lock was acquired + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + This is equivalent to g_bit_unlock, but working on pointers (or other +pointer-sized values). + +For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of +the pointer. + + + + + + a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value + + + + a bit value between 0 and 31 + + + + + + Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On +systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().) +This is used internally by #GMainContext, but it can be called +directly if you need to block until a file descriptor is ready, but +don't want to run the full main loop. + +Each element of @fds is a #GPollFD describing a single file +descriptor to poll. The @fd field indicates the file descriptor, +and the @events field indicates the events to poll for. On return, +the @revents fields will be filled with the events that actually +occurred. + +On POSIX systems, the file descriptors in @fds can be any sort of +file descriptor, but the situation is much more complicated on +Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on +Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your +#GPollFDs with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd(). + + the number of entries in @fds whose @revents fields +were filled in, or 0 if the operation timed out, or -1 on error or +if the call was interrupted. + + + + + file descriptors to poll + + + + the number of file descriptors in @fds + + + + amount of time to wait, in milliseconds, or -1 to wait forever + + + + + + Formats a string according to @format and prefix it to an existing +error message. If @err is %NULL (ie: no error variable) then do +nothing. + +If *@err is %NULL (ie: an error variable is present but there is no +error condition) then also do nothing. + + + + + + a return location for a #GError + + + + printf()-style format string + + + + arguments to @format + + + + + + Outputs a formatted message via the print handler. +The default print handler simply outputs the message to stdout, without +appending a trailing new-line character. Typically, @format should end with +its own new-line character. + +g_print() should not be used from within libraries for debugging +messages, since it may be redirected by applications to special +purpose message windows or even files. Instead, libraries should +use g_log(), g_log_structured(), or the convenience macros g_message(), +g_warning() and g_error(). + + + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Outputs a formatted message via the error message handler. +The default handler simply outputs the message to stderr, without appending +a trailing new-line character. Typically, @format should end with its own +new-line character. + +g_printerr() should not be used from within libraries. +Instead g_log() or g_log_structured() should be used, or the convenience +macros g_message(), g_warning() and g_error(). + + + + + + the message format. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +As with the standard printf(), this does not automatically append a trailing +new-line character to the message, so typically @format should end with its +own new-line character. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + Calculates the maximum space needed to store the output +of the sprintf() function. + + the maximum space needed to store the formatted string + + + + + the format string. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to be inserted into the format string + + + + + + If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into *@dest. +The error variable @dest points to must be %NULL. + +@src must be non-%NULL. + +Note that @src is no longer valid after this call. If you want +to keep using the same GError*, you need to set it to %NULL +after calling this function on it. + + + + + + error return location + + + + error to move into the return location + + + + + + If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into *@dest. +*@dest must be %NULL. After the move, add a prefix as with +g_prefix_error(). + + + + + + error return location + + + + error to move into the return location + + + + printf()-style format string + + + + arguments to @format + + + + + + Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack. If the element is found, %TRUE is +returned and the element’s index is returned in @index_ (if non-%NULL). +Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @index_ is undefined. If @needle exists +multiple times in @haystack, the index of the first instance is returned. + +This does pointer comparisons only. If you want to use more complex equality +checks, such as string comparisons, use g_ptr_array_find_with_equal_func(). + + %TRUE if @needle is one of the elements of @haystack + + + + + pointer array to be searched + + + + + + pointer to look for + + + + return location for the index of + the element, if found + + + + + + Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack, using the given @equal_func. +If the element is found, %TRUE is returned and the element’s index is +returned in @index_ (if non-%NULL). Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @index_ +is undefined. If @needle exists multiple times in @haystack, the index of +the first instance is returned. + +@equal_func is called with the element from the array as its first parameter, +and @needle as its second parameter. If @equal_func is %NULL, pointer +equality is used. + + %TRUE if @needle is one of the elements of @haystack + + + + + pointer array to be searched + + + + + + pointer to look for + + + + the function to call for each element, which should + return %TRUE when the desired element is found; or %NULL to use pointer + equality + + + + return location for the index of + the element, if found + + + + + + This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but +the comparison routine accepts a user data argument. + +This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. + + + + + + start of array to sort + + + + elements in the array + + + + size of each element + + + + function to compare elements + + + + data to pass to @compare_func + + + + + + Gets the #GQuark identifying the given (static) string. If the +string does not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark +is created, linked to the given string. + +Note that this function is identical to g_quark_from_string() except +that if a new #GQuark is created the string itself is used rather +than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string +will continue to exist until the program terminates. It can be used +with statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with +statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you +expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this +function in GTK+ theme engines). + + the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL + + + + + a string + + + + + + Gets the #GQuark identifying the given string. If the string does +not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark is created, +using a copy of the string. + + the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL + + + + + a string + + + + + + Gets the string associated with the given #GQuark. + + the string associated with the #GQuark + + + + + a #GQuark. + + + + + + Gets the #GQuark associated with the given string, or 0 if string is +%NULL or it has no associated #GQuark. + +If you want the GQuark to be created if it doesn't already exist, +use g_quark_from_string() or g_quark_from_static_string(). + + the #GQuark associated with the string, or 0 if @string is + %NULL or there is no #GQuark associated with it + + + + + a string + + + + + + Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [0..1). + + a random number + + + + + Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range +[@begin..@end). + + a random number + + + + + lower closed bound of the interval + + + + upper open bound of the interval + + + + + + Return a random #guint32 equally distributed over the range +[0..2^32-1]. + + a random number + + + + + Returns a random #gint32 equally distributed over the range +[@begin..@end-1]. + + a random number + + + + + lower closed bound of the interval + + + + upper open bound of the interval + + + + + + Sets the seed for the global random number generator, which is used +by the g_random_* functions, to @seed. + + + + + + a value to reinitialize the global random number generator + + + + + + Reallocates the memory pointed to by @mem, so that it now has space for +@n_bytes bytes of memory. It returns the new address of the memory, which may +have been moved. @mem may be %NULL, in which case it's considered to +have zero-length. @n_bytes may be 0, in which case %NULL will be returned +and @mem will be freed unless it is %NULL. + + the new address of the allocated memory + + + + + the memory to reallocate + + + + new size of the memory in bytes + + + + + + This function is similar to g_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + the new address of the allocated memory + + + + + the memory to reallocate + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string +(see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in +it are valid. + +If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked +for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n' +does not contain references and may be evaluated without information +about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first +subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object. + + whether @replacement is a valid replacement string + + + + + the replacement string + + + + location to store information about + references in @replacement or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used +to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. + +For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. +In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. + + a newly-allocated escaped string + + + + + the string to escape + + + + the length of @string + + + + + + Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions +in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This +function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions. + +@string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", +in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string +in @length. + + a newly-allocated escaped string + + + + + the string to escape + + + + + + the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated + + + + + + Scans for a match in @string for @pattern. + +This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not +require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some +lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting +substrings, capture counts, and so on. + +If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than +once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with +g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match(). + + %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + the regular expression + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + compile options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + match options, or 0 + + + + + + Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of +the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, +then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. +If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the +whole string is returned as the first token. + +This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does +not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding +some lines of code when you need just to do a split without +extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. + +If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than +once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with +g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split(). + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" +is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. +The reason for this special case is that being able to represent +a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling +of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, +you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this +function. + +A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into +separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between +characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator +"\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free +it using g_strfreev() + + + + + + + the regular expression + + + + the string to scan for matches + + + + compile options for the regular expression, or 0 + + + + match options, or 0 + + + + + + Resets the cache used for g_get_user_special_dir(), so +that the latest on-disk version is used. Call this only +if you just changed the data on disk yourself. + +Due to threadsafety issues this may cause leaking of strings +that were previously returned from g_get_user_special_dir() +that can't be freed. We ensure to only leak the data for +the directories that actually changed value though. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function +deletes a directory from the filesystem. + +See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works +on your system. + + 0 if the directory was successfully removed, -1 if an error + occurred + + + + + a pathname in the GLib file name encoding + (UTF-8 on Windows) + + + + + + Returns the data that @iter points to. + + the data that @iter points to + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter. + + an iterator pointing to the new item + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + the data for the new item + + + + + + Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest. +After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately +after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different +sequences. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move + + + + a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which + the item is moved + + + + + + Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr. +The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is +allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed +into by @begin and @end. + +If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is +removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within +the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This +iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not +guaranteed to be exactly in the middle. + +The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence +and @begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence. + + a #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the + (@begin, @end) range + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the +end iterator to this function. + +If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this +function is called on the data for the removed item. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range. + +If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this +function is called on the data for the removed items. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If +the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that +function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + new data for the item + + + + + + Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b +to point into difference sequences. + + + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + a #GSequenceIter + + + + + + Sets a human-readable name for the application. This name should be +localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user. +Contrast with g_set_prgname(), which sets a non-localized name. +g_set_prgname() will be called automatically by gtk_init(), +but g_set_application_name() will not. + +Note that for thread safety reasons, this function can only +be called once. + +The application name will be used in contexts such as error messages, +or when displaying an application's name in the task list. + + + + + + localized name of the application + + + + + + Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err +must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. + + + + + + a return location for a #GError + + + + error domain + + + + error code + + + + printf()-style format + + + + args for @format + + + + + + Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err +must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. +Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string. +Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over, +that could include printf() escape sequences. + + + + + + a return location for a #GError + + + + error domain + + + + error code + + + + error message + + + + + + Sets the name of the program. This name should not be localized, +in contrast to g_set_application_name(). + +If you are using #GApplication the program name is set in +g_application_run(). In case of GDK or GTK+ it is set in +gdk_init(), which is called by gtk_init() and the +#GtkApplication::startup handler. The program name is found by +taking the last component of @argv[0]. + +Note that for thread-safety reasons this function can only be called once. + + + + + + the name of the program. + + + + + + Sets the print handler. + +Any messages passed to g_print() will be output via +the new handler. The default handler simply outputs +the message to stdout. By providing your own handler +you can redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a +log file for example. + + the old print handler + + + + + the new print handler + + + + + + Sets the handler for printing error messages. + +Any messages passed to g_printerr() will be output via +the new handler. The default handler simply outputs the +message to stderr. By providing your own handler you can +redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a log file for +example. + + the old error message handler + + + + + the new error message handler + + + + + + Sets an environment variable. On UNIX, both the variable's name and +value can be arbitrary byte strings, except that the variable's name +cannot contain '='. On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. + +Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory +used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. + +You should be mindful of the fact that environment variable handling +in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your program may crash if one thread +calls g_setenv() while another thread is calling getenv(). (And note +that many functions, such as gettext(), call getenv() internally.) +This function is only safe to use at the very start of your program, +before creating any other threads (or creating objects that create +worker threads of their own). + +If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can +use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with +g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that +array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. + + %FALSE if the environment variable couldn't be set. + + + + + the environment variable to set, must not + contain '='. + + + + the value for to set the variable to. + + + + whether to change the variable if it already exists. + + + + + + + + + + + Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way +the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would +perform (variable expansion, globs, operators, filename expansion, +etc. are not supported). The results are defined to be the same as +those you would get from a UNIX98 /bin/sh, as long as the input +contains none of the unsupported shell expansions. If the input +does contain such expansions, they are passed through +literally. Possible errors are those from the #G_SHELL_ERROR +domain. Free the returned vector with g_strfreev(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error set + + + + + command line to parse + + + + return location for number of args + + + + + return location for array of args + + + + + + + + Quotes a string so that the shell (/bin/sh) will interpret the +quoted string to mean @unquoted_string. If you pass a filename to +the shell, for example, you should first quote it with this +function. The return value must be freed with g_free(). The +quoting style used is undefined (single or double quotes may be +used). + + quoted string + + + + + a literal string + + + + + + Unquotes a string as the shell (/bin/sh) would. Only handles +quotes; if a string contains file globs, arithmetic operators, +variables, backticks, redirections, or other special-to-the-shell +features, the result will be different from the result a real shell +would produce (the variables, backticks, etc. will be passed +through literally instead of being expanded). This function is +guaranteed to succeed if applied to the result of +g_shell_quote(). If it fails, it returns %NULL and sets the +error. The @quoted_string need not actually contain quoted or +escaped text; g_shell_unquote() simply goes through the string and +unquotes/unescapes anything that the shell would. Both single and +double quotes are handled, as are escapes including escaped +newlines. The return value must be freed with g_free(). Possible +errors are in the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain. + +Shell quoting rules are a bit strange. Single quotes preserve the +literal string exactly. escape sequences are not allowed; not even +\' - if you want a ' in the quoted text, you have to do something +like 'foo'\''bar'. Double quotes allow $, `, ", \, and newline to +be escaped with backslash. Otherwise double quotes preserve things +literally. + + an unquoted string + + + + + shell-quoted string + + + + + + Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator. +The block address handed out can be expected to be aligned +to at least 1 * sizeof (void*), +though in general slices are 2 * sizeof (void*) bytes aligned, +if a malloc() fallback implementation is used instead, +the alignment may be reduced in a libc dependent fashion. +Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can +be changed with the [`G_SLICE=always-malloc`][G_SLICE] +environment variable. + + a pointer to the allocated memory block, which will be %NULL if and + only if @mem_size is 0 + + + + + the number of bytes to allocate + + + + + + Allocates a block of memory via g_slice_alloc() and initializes +the returned memory to 0. Note that the underlying slice allocation +mechanism can be changed with the [`G_SLICE=always-malloc`][G_SLICE] +environment variable. + + a pointer to the allocated block, which will be %NULL if and only + if @mem_size is 0 + + + + + the number of bytes to allocate + + + + + + Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator +and copies @block_size bytes into it from @mem_block. + +@mem_block must be non-%NULL if @block_size is non-zero. + + a pointer to the allocated memory block, which will be %NULL if and + only if @mem_size is 0 + + + + + the number of bytes to allocate + + + + the memory to copy + + + + + + Frees a block of memory. + +The memory must have been allocated via g_slice_alloc() or +g_slice_alloc0() and the @block_size has to match the size +specified upon allocation. Note that the exact release behaviour +can be changed with the [`G_DEBUG=gc-friendly`][G_DEBUG] environment +variable, also see [`G_SLICE`][G_SLICE] for related debugging options. + +If @mem_block is %NULL, this function does nothing. + + + + + + the size of the block + + + + a pointer to the block to free + + + + + + Frees a linked list of memory blocks of structure type @type. + +The memory blocks must be equal-sized, allocated via +g_slice_alloc() or g_slice_alloc0() and linked together by a +@next pointer (similar to #GSList). The offset of the @next +field in each block is passed as third argument. +Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the +[`G_DEBUG=gc-friendly`][G_DEBUG] environment variable, also see +[`G_SLICE`][G_SLICE] for related debugging options. + +If @mem_chain is %NULL, this function does nothing. + + + + + + the size of the blocks + + + + a pointer to the first block of the chain + + + + the offset of the @next field in the blocks + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed +to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so +it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. + +See also g_strdup_printf(). + +In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the +output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. +In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output +string. + +The return value of g_snprintf() conforms to the snprintf() +function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from +traditional snprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. + +The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in +the Single Unix Specification. + + the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer + was large enough. + + + + + the buffer to hold the output. + + + + the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the + terminating nul character). + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + Removes the source with the given ID from the default main context. You must +use g_source_destroy() for sources added to a non-default main context. + +The ID of a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be +returned by the functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), +g_idle_add_full(), g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), +g_child_watch_add(), g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and +g_io_add_watch_full(). + +It is a programmer error to attempt to remove a non-existent source. + +More specifically: source IDs can be reissued after a source has been +destroyed and therefore it is never valid to use this function with a +source ID which may have already been removed. An example is when +scheduling an idle to run in another thread with g_idle_add(): the +idle may already have run and been removed by the time this function +is called on its (now invalid) source ID. This source ID may have +been reissued, leading to the operation being performed against the +wrong source. + + For historical reasons, this function always returns %TRUE + + + + + the ID of the source to remove. + + + + + + Removes a source from the default main loop context given the +source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the +same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed. + + %TRUE if a source was found and removed. + + + + + The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new() + + + + the user data for the callback + + + + + + Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user +data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user +data, only one will be destroyed. + + %TRUE if a source was found and removed. + + + + + the user_data for the callback. + + + + + + Sets the name of a source using its ID. + +This is a convenience utility to set source names from the return +value of g_idle_add(), g_timeout_add(), etc. + +It is a programmer error to attempt to set the name of a non-existent +source. + +More specifically: source IDs can be reissued after a source has been +destroyed and therefore it is never valid to use this function with a +source ID which may have already been removed. An example is when +scheduling an idle to run in another thread with g_idle_add(): the +idle may already have run and been removed by the time this function +is called on its (now invalid) source ID. This source ID may have +been reissued, leading to the operation being performed against the +wrong source. + + + + + + a #GSource ID + + + + debug name for the source + + + + + + Gets the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes which +is larger than @num. This is used within GLib to calculate the optimum +size of a #GHashTable. + +The built-in array of primes ranges from 11 to 13845163 such that +each prime is approximately 1.5-2 times the previous prime. + + the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes + which is larger than @num + + + + + a #guint + + + + + + See g_spawn_async_with_pipes() for a full description; this function +simply calls the g_spawn_async_with_pipes() without any pipes. + +You should call g_spawn_close_pid() on the returned child process +reference when you don't need it any more. + +If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you are spawning is a +graphical application too, then to ensure that the spawned program opens its +windows on the right screen, you may want to use #GdkAppLaunchContext, +#GAppLaunchContext, or set the %DISPLAY environment variable. + +Note that the returned @child_pid on Windows is a handle to the child +process and not its identifier. Process handles and process identifiers +are different concepts on Windows. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set + + + + + child's current working + directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's + + + + + child's argument vector + + + + + + + child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's + + + + + + flags from #GSpawnFlags + + + + function to run in the child just before exec() + + + + user data for @child_setup + + + + return location for child process reference, or %NULL + + + + + + Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not +block waiting for the child to exit). The child program is +specified by the only argument that must be provided, @argv. +@argv should be a %NULL-terminated array of strings, to be passed +as the argument vector for the child. The first string in @argv +is of course the name of the program to execute. By default, the +name of the program must be a full path. If @flags contains the +%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag, the `PATH` environment variable is +used to search for the executable. If @flags contains the +%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP flag, the `PATH` variable from +@envp is used to search for the executable. If both the +%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP flags +are set, the `PATH` variable from @envp takes precedence over +the environment variable. + +If the program name is not a full path and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is not +used, then the program will be run from the current directory (or +@working_directory, if specified); this might be unexpected or even +dangerous in some cases when the current directory is world-writable. + +On Windows, note that all the string or string vector arguments to +this function and the other g_spawn*() functions are in UTF-8, the +GLib file name encoding. Unicode characters that are not part of +the system codepage passed in these arguments will be correctly +available in the spawned program only if it uses wide character API +to retrieve its command line. For C programs built with Microsoft's +tools it is enough to make the program have a wmain() instead of +main(). wmain() has a wide character argument vector as parameter. + +At least currently, mingw doesn't support wmain(), so if you use +mingw to develop the spawned program, it should call +g_win32_get_command_line() to get arguments in UTF-8. + +On Windows the low-level child process creation API CreateProcess() +doesn't use argument vectors, but a command line. The C runtime +library's spawn*() family of functions (which g_spawn_async_with_pipes() +eventually calls) paste the argument vector elements together into +a command line, and the C runtime startup code does a corresponding +reconstruction of an argument vector from the command line, to be +passed to main(). Complications arise when you have argument vector +elements that contain spaces of double quotes. The spawn*() functions +don't do any quoting or escaping, but on the other hand the startup +code does do unquoting and unescaping in order to enable receiving +arguments with embedded spaces or double quotes. To work around this +asymmetry, g_spawn_async_with_pipes() will do quoting and escaping on +argument vector elements that need it before calling the C runtime +spawn() function. + +The returned @child_pid on Windows is a handle to the child +process, not its identifier. Process handles and process +identifiers are different concepts on Windows. + +@envp is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string +has the form `KEY=VALUE`. This will become the child's environment. +If @envp is %NULL, the child inherits its parent's environment. + +@flags should be the bitwise OR of any flags you want to affect the +function's behaviour. The %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD means that the +child will not automatically be reaped; you must use a child watch +(g_child_watch_add()) to be notified about the death of the child process, +otherwise it will stay around as a zombie process until this process exits. +Eventually you must call g_spawn_close_pid() on the @child_pid, in order to +free resources which may be associated with the child process. (On Unix, +using a child watch is equivalent to calling waitpid() or handling +the %SIGCHLD signal manually. On Windows, calling g_spawn_close_pid() +is equivalent to calling CloseHandle() on the process handle returned +in @child_pid). See g_child_watch_add(). + +%G_SPAWN_LEAVE_DESCRIPTORS_OPEN means that the parent's open file +descriptors will be inherited by the child; otherwise all descriptors +except stdin/stdout/stderr will be closed before calling exec() in +the child. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH means that @argv[0] need not be an +absolute path, it will be looked for in the `PATH` environment +variable. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP means need not be an +absolute path, it will be looked for in the `PATH` variable from +@envp. If both %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP +are used, the value from @envp takes precedence over the environment. +%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard output +will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's +standard output. If you use this flag, @standard_output must be %NULL. +%G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard error +will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's +standard error. If you use this flag, @standard_error must be %NULL. +%G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN means that the child will inherit the parent's +standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to +`/dev/null`). If you use this flag, @standard_input must be %NULL. +%G_SPAWN_FILE_AND_ARGV_ZERO means that the first element of @argv is +the file to execute, while the remaining elements are the actual +argument vector to pass to the file. Normally g_spawn_async_with_pipes() +uses @argv[0] as the file to execute, and passes all of @argv to the child. + +@child_setup and @user_data are a function and user data. On POSIX +platforms, the function is called in the child after GLib has +performed all the setup it plans to perform (including creating +pipes, closing file descriptors, etc.) but before calling exec(). +That is, @child_setup is called just before calling exec() in the +child. Obviously actions taken in this function will only affect +the child, not the parent. + +On Windows, there is no separate fork() and exec() functionality. +Child processes are created and run with a single API call, +CreateProcess(). There is no sensible thing @child_setup +could be used for on Windows so it is ignored and not called. + +If non-%NULL, @child_pid will on Unix be filled with the child's +process ID. You can use the process ID to send signals to the child, +or to use g_child_watch_add() (or waitpid()) if you specified the +%G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. On Windows, @child_pid will be +filled with a handle to the child process only if you specified the +%G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. You can then access the child +process using the Win32 API, for example wait for its termination +with the WaitFor*() functions, or examine its exit code with +GetExitCodeProcess(). You should close the handle with CloseHandle() +or g_spawn_close_pid() when you no longer need it. + +If non-%NULL, the @standard_input, @standard_output, @standard_error +locations will be filled with file descriptors for writing to the child's +standard input or reading from its standard output or standard error. +The caller of g_spawn_async_with_pipes() must close these file descriptors +when they are no longer in use. If these parameters are %NULL, the +corresponding pipe won't be created. + +If @standard_input is %NULL, the child's standard input is attached to +`/dev/null` unless %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN is set. + +If @standard_error is NULL, the child's standard error goes to the same +location as the parent's standard error unless %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL +is set. + +If @standard_output is NULL, the child's standard output goes to the same +location as the parent's standard output unless %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL +is set. + +@error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. +If an error is set, the function returns %FALSE. Errors are reported +even if they occur in the child (for example if the executable in +@argv[0] is not found). Typically the `message` field of returned +errors should be displayed to users. Possible errors are those from +the #G_SPAWN_ERROR domain. + +If an error occurs, @child_pid, @standard_input, @standard_output, +and @standard_error will not be filled with valid values. + +If @child_pid is not %NULL and an error does not occur then the returned +process reference must be closed using g_spawn_close_pid(). + +If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you are spawning is a +graphical application too, then to ensure that the spawned program opens its +windows on the right screen, you may want to use #GdkAppLaunchContext, +#GAppLaunchContext, or set the %DISPLAY environment variable. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set + + + + + child's current working + directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding + + + + child's argument + vector, in the GLib file name encoding + + + + + + + child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file + name encoding + + + + + + flags from #GSpawnFlags + + + + function to run in the child just before exec() + + + + user data for @child_setup + + + + return location for child process ID, or %NULL + + + + return location for file descriptor to write to child's stdin, or %NULL + + + + return location for file descriptor to read child's stdout, or %NULL + + + + return location for file descriptor to read child's stderr, or %NULL + + + + + + Set @error if @exit_status indicates the child exited abnormally +(e.g. with a nonzero exit code, or via a fatal signal). + +The g_spawn_sync() and g_child_watch_add() family of APIs return an +exit status for subprocesses encoded in a platform-specific way. +On Unix, this is guaranteed to be in the same format waitpid() returns, +and on Windows it is guaranteed to be the result of GetExitCodeProcess(). + +Prior to the introduction of this function in GLib 2.34, interpreting +@exit_status required use of platform-specific APIs, which is problematic +for software using GLib as a cross-platform layer. + +Additionally, many programs simply want to determine whether or not +the child exited successfully, and either propagate a #GError or +print a message to standard error. In that common case, this function +can be used. Note that the error message in @error will contain +human-readable information about the exit status. + +The @domain and @code of @error have special semantics in the case +where the process has an "exit code", as opposed to being killed by +a signal. On Unix, this happens if WIFEXITED() would be true of +@exit_status. On Windows, it is always the case. + +The special semantics are that the actual exit code will be the +code set in @error, and the domain will be %G_SPAWN_EXIT_ERROR. +This allows you to differentiate between different exit codes. + +If the process was terminated by some means other than an exit +status, the domain will be %G_SPAWN_ERROR, and the code will be +%G_SPAWN_ERROR_FAILED. + +This function just offers convenience; you can of course also check +the available platform via a macro such as %G_OS_UNIX, and use +WIFEXITED() and WEXITSTATUS() on @exit_status directly. Do not attempt +to scan or parse the error message string; it may be translated and/or +change in future versions of GLib. + + %TRUE if child exited successfully, %FALSE otherwise (and + @error will be set) + + + + + An exit code as returned from g_spawn_sync() + + + + + + On some platforms, notably Windows, the #GPid type represents a resource +which must be closed to prevent resource leaking. g_spawn_close_pid() +is provided for this purpose. It should be used on all platforms, even +though it doesn't do anything under UNIX. + + + + + + The process reference to close + + + + + + A simple version of g_spawn_async() that parses a command line with +g_shell_parse_argv() and passes it to g_spawn_async(). Runs a +command line in the background. Unlike g_spawn_async(), the +%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled, other flags are not. Note +that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so +consider using g_spawn_async() directly if appropriate. Possible +errors are those from g_shell_parse_argv() and g_spawn_async(). + +The same concerns on Windows apply as for g_spawn_command_line_sync(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set + + + + + a command line + + + + + + A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters +removed, taking a command line instead of an argument vector. See +g_spawn_sync() for full details. @command_line will be parsed by +g_shell_parse_argv(). Unlike g_spawn_sync(), the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag +is enabled. Note that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security +implications, so consider using g_spawn_sync() directly if +appropriate. Possible errors are those from g_spawn_sync() and those +from g_shell_parse_argv(). + +If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the platform-specific exit status of +the child is stored there; see the documentation of +g_spawn_check_exit_status() for how to use and interpret this. + +On Windows, please note the implications of g_shell_parse_argv() +parsing @command_line. Parsing is done according to Unix shell rules, not +Windows command interpreter rules. +Space is a separator, and backslashes are +special. Thus you cannot simply pass a @command_line containing +canonical Windows paths, like "c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe", as +the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a +separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like +"'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'". + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set + + + + + a command line + + + + return location for child output + + + + + + return location for child errors + + + + + + return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning). +All output from the child is stored in @standard_output and @standard_error, +if those parameters are non-%NULL. Note that you must set the +%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL and %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL flags when +passing %NULL for @standard_output and @standard_error. + +If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the platform-specific exit status of +the child is stored there; see the documentation of +g_spawn_check_exit_status() for how to use and interpret this. +Note that it is invalid to pass %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD in +@flags, and on POSIX platforms, the same restrictions as for +g_child_watch_source_new() apply. + +If an error occurs, no data is returned in @standard_output, +@standard_error, or @exit_status. + +This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that +function for full details on the other parameters and details on +how these functions work on Windows. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set + + + + + child's current working + directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's + + + + + child's argument vector + + + + + + + child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's + + + + + + flags from #GSpawnFlags + + + + function to run in the child just before exec() + + + + user data for @child_setup + + + + return location for child output, or %NULL + + + + + + return location for child error messages, or %NULL + + + + + + return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid(), or %NULL + + + + + + An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +Note that it is usually better to use g_snprintf(), to avoid the +risk of buffer overflow. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + +See also g_strdup_printf(). + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + A pointer to a memory buffer to contain the resulting string. It + is up to the caller to ensure that the allocated buffer is large + enough to hold the formatted result + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + Copies a nul-terminated string into the dest buffer, include the +trailing nul, and return a pointer to the trailing nul byte. +This is useful for concatenating multiple strings together +without having to repeatedly scan for the end. + + a pointer to trailing nul byte. + + + + + destination buffer. + + + + source string. + + + + + + Compares two strings for byte-by-byte equality and returns %TRUE +if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the +@key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a +#GHashTable. + +Note that this function is primarily meant as a hash table comparison +function. For a general-purpose, %NULL-safe string comparison function, +see g_strcmp0(). + + %TRUE if the two keys match + + + + + a key + + + + a key to compare with @v1 + + + + + + Looks whether the string @str begins with @prefix. + + %TRUE if @str begins with @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a nul-terminated string + + + + the nul-terminated prefix to look for + + + + + + Looks whether the string @str ends with @suffix. + + %TRUE if @str end with @suffix, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a nul-terminated string + + + + the nul-terminated suffix to look for + + + + + + Converts a string to a hash value. + +This function implements the widely used "djb" hash apparently +posted by Daniel Bernstein to comp.lang.c some time ago. The 32 +bit unsigned hash value starts at 5381 and for each byte 'c' in +the string, is updated: `hash = hash * 33 + c`. This function +uses the signed value of each byte. + +It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, +when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a #GHashTable. + +Note that this function may not be a perfect fit for all use cases. +For example, it produces some hash collisions with strings as short +as 2. + + a hash value corresponding to the key + + + + + a string key + + + + + + Determines if a string is pure ASCII. A string is pure ASCII if it +contains no bytes with the high bit set. + + %TRUE if @str is ASCII + + + + + a string + + + + + + Checks if a search conducted for @search_term should match +@potential_hit. + +This function calls g_str_tokenize_and_fold() on both +@search_term and @potential_hit. ASCII alternates are never taken +for @search_term but will be taken for @potential_hit according to +the value of @accept_alternates. + +A hit occurs when each folded token in @search_term is a prefix of a +folded token from @potential_hit. + +Depending on how you're performing the search, it will typically be +faster to call g_str_tokenize_and_fold() on each string in +your corpus and build an index on the returned folded tokens, then +call g_str_tokenize_and_fold() on the search term and +perform lookups into that index. + +As some examples, searching for ‘fred’ would match the potential hit +‘Smith, Fred’ and also ‘Frédéric’. Searching for ‘Fréd’ would match +‘Frédéric’ but not ‘Frederic’ (due to the one-directional nature of +accent matching). Searching ‘fo’ would match ‘Foo’ and ‘Bar Foo +Baz’, but not ‘SFO’ (because no word has ‘fo’ as a prefix). + + %TRUE if @potential_hit is a hit + + + + + the search term from the user + + + + the text that may be a hit + + + + %TRUE to accept ASCII alternates + + + + + + Transliterate @str to plain ASCII. + +For best results, @str should be in composed normalised form. + +This function performs a reasonably good set of character +replacements. The particular set of replacements that is done may +change by version or even by runtime environment. + +If the source language of @str is known, it can used to improve the +accuracy of the translation by passing it as @from_locale. It should +be a valid POSIX locale string (of the form +"language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]"). + +If @from_locale is %NULL then the current locale is used. + +If you want to do translation for no specific locale, and you want it +to be done independently of the currently locale, specify "C" for +@from_locale. + + a string in plain ASCII + + + + + a string, in UTF-8 + + + + the source locale, if known + + + + + + Tokenises @string and performs folding on each token. + +A token is a non-empty sequence of alphanumeric characters in the +source string, separated by non-alphanumeric characters. An +"alphanumeric" character for this purpose is one that matches +g_unichar_isalnum() or g_unichar_ismark(). + +Each token is then (Unicode) normalised and case-folded. If +@ascii_alternates is non-%NULL and some of the returned tokens +contain non-ASCII characters, ASCII alternatives will be generated. + +The number of ASCII alternatives that are generated and the method +for doing so is unspecified, but @translit_locale (if specified) may +improve the transliteration if the language of the source string is +known. + + the folded tokens + + + + + + + a string + + + + the language code (like 'de' or + 'en_GB') from which @string originates + + + + a + return location for ASCII alternates + + + + + + + + For each character in @string, if the character is not in @valid_chars, +replaces the character with @substitutor. Modifies @string in place, +and return @string itself, not a copy. The return value is to allow +nesting such as +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_ascii_strup (g_strcanon (str, "abc", '?')) +]| + + @string + + + + + a nul-terminated array of bytes + + + + bytes permitted in @string + + + + replacement character for disallowed bytes + + + + + + A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard +strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it. + See g_strncasecmp() for a discussion of why this + function is deprecated and how to replace it. + + 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, + or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. + + + + + a string + + + + a string to compare with @s1 + + + + + + Removes trailing whitespace from a string. + +This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; +it modifies @string in place. Therefore, it cannot be used +on statically allocated strings. + +The pointer to @string is returned to allow the nesting of functions. + +Also see g_strchug() and g_strstrip(). + + @string + + + + + a string to remove the trailing whitespace from + + + + + + Removes leading whitespace from a string, by moving the rest +of the characters forward. + +This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; +it modifies @string in place. Therefore, it cannot be used on +statically allocated strings. + +The pointer to @string is returned to allow the nesting of functions. + +Also see g_strchomp() and g_strstrip(). + + @string + + + + + a string to remove the leading whitespace from + + + + + + Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL +gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings. +Comparing two %NULL pointers returns 0. + + an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero, if @str1 is <, == or > than @str2. + + + + + a C string or %NULL + + + + another C string or %NULL + + + + + + Replaces all escaped characters with their one byte equivalent. + +This function does the reverse conversion of g_strescape(). + + a newly-allocated copy of @source with all escaped + character compressed + + + + + a string to compress + + + + + + Concatenates all of the given strings into one long string. The +returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + +The variable argument list must end with %NULL. If you forget the %NULL, +g_strconcat() will start appending random memory junk to your string. + +Note that this function is usually not the right function to use to +assemble a translated message from pieces, since proper translation +often requires the pieces to be reordered. + + a newly-allocated string containing all the string arguments + + + + + the first string to add, which must not be %NULL + + + + a %NULL-terminated list of strings to append to the string + + + + + + Converts any delimiter characters in @string to @new_delimiter. +Any characters in @string which are found in @delimiters are +changed to the @new_delimiter character. Modifies @string in place, +and returns @string itself, not a copy. The return value is to +allow nesting such as +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_ascii_strup (g_strdelimit (str, "abc", '?')) +]| + + @string + + + + + the string to convert + + + + a string containing the current delimiters, + or %NULL to use the standard delimiters defined in #G_STR_DELIMITERS + + + + the new delimiter character + + + + + + Converts a string to lower case. + This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed +in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strdown() or g_utf8_strdown() +instead. + + the string + + + + + the string to convert. + + + + + + Duplicates a string. If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL. +The returned string should be freed with g_free() +when no longer needed. + + a newly-allocated copy of @str + + + + + the string to duplicate + + + + + + Similar to the standard C sprintf() function but safer, since it +calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold +the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no +longer needed. + + a newly-allocated string holding the result + + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Similar to the standard C vsprintf() function but safer, since it +calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold +the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when +no longer needed. + +See also g_vasprintf(), which offers the same functionality, but +additionally returns the length of the allocated string. + + a newly-allocated string holding the result + + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Copies %NULL-terminated array of strings. The copy is a deep copy; +the new array should be freed by first freeing each string, then +the array itself. g_strfreev() does this for you. If called +on a %NULL value, g_strdupv() simply returns %NULL. + + a new %NULL-terminated array of strings. + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings + + + + + + Returns a string corresponding to the given error code, e.g. "no +such process". Unlike strerror(), this always returns a string in +UTF-8 encoding, and the pointer is guaranteed to remain valid for +the lifetime of the process. + +Note that the string may be translated according to the current locale. + +The value of %errno will not be changed by this function. However, it may +be changed by intermediate function calls, so you should save its value +as soon as the call returns: +|[ + int saved_errno; + + ret = read (blah); + saved_errno = errno; + + g_strerror (saved_errno); +]| + + a UTF-8 string describing the error code. If the error code + is unknown, it returns a string like "unknown error (<code>)". + + + + + the system error number. See the standard C %errno + documentation + + + + + + Escapes the special characters '\b', '\f', '\n', '\r', '\t', '\v', '\' +and '"' in the string @source by inserting a '\' before +them. Additionally all characters in the range 0x01-0x1F (everything +below SPACE) and in the range 0x7F-0xFF (all non-ASCII chars) are +replaced with a '\' followed by their octal representation. +Characters supplied in @exceptions are not escaped. + +g_strcompress() does the reverse conversion. + + a newly-allocated copy of @source with certain + characters escaped. See above. + + + + + a string to escape + + + + a string of characters not to escape in @source + + + + + + Frees a %NULL-terminated array of strings, as well as each +string it contains. + +If @str_array is %NULL, this function simply returns. + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings to free + + + + + + Creates a new #GString, initialized with the given string. + + the new #GString + + + + + the initial text to copy into the string, or %NULL to +start with an empty string + + + + + + Creates a new #GString with @len bytes of the @init buffer. +Because a length is provided, @init need not be nul-terminated, +and can contain embedded nul bytes. + +Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's +responsibility to ensure that @init has at least @len addressable +bytes. + + a new #GString + + + + + initial contents of the string + + + + length of @init to use + + + + + + Creates a new #GString, with enough space for @dfl_size +bytes. This is useful if you are going to add a lot of +text to the string and don't want it to be reallocated +too often. + + the new #GString + + + + + the default size of the space allocated to + hold the string + + + + + + An auxiliary function for gettext() support (see Q_()). + + @msgval, unless @msgval is identical to @msgid + and contains a '|' character, in which case a pointer to + the substring of msgid after the first '|' character is returned. + + + + + a string + + + + another string + + + + + + Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the +optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string +should be freed with g_free(). + + a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined + together, with @separator between them + + + + + a string to insert between each of the + strings, or %NULL + + + + a %NULL-terminated list of strings to join + + + + + + Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the +optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string +should be freed with g_free(). + +If @str_array has no items, the return value will be an +empty string. If @str_array contains a single item, @separator will not +appear in the resulting string. + + a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined + together, with @separator between them + + + + + a string to insert between each of the + strings, or %NULL + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings to join + + + + + + Portability wrapper that calls strlcat() on systems which have it, +and emulates it otherwise. Appends nul-terminated @src string to @dest, +guaranteeing nul-termination for @dest. The total size of @dest won't +exceed @dest_size. + +At most @dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Unlike strncat(), +@dest_size is the full size of dest, not the space left over. This +function does not allocate memory. It always nul-terminates (unless +@dest_size == 0 or there were no nul characters in the @dest_size +characters of dest to start with). + +Caveat: this is supposedly a more secure alternative to strcat() or +strncat(), but for real security g_strconcat() is harder to mess up. + + size of attempted result, which is MIN (dest_size, strlen + (original dest)) + strlen (src), so if retval >= dest_size, + truncation occurred. + + + + + destination buffer, already containing one nul-terminated string + + + + source buffer + + + + length of @dest buffer in bytes (not length of existing string + inside @dest) + + + + + + Portability wrapper that calls strlcpy() on systems which have it, +and emulates strlcpy() otherwise. Copies @src to @dest; @dest is +guaranteed to be nul-terminated; @src must be nul-terminated; +@dest_size is the buffer size, not the number of bytes to copy. + +At most @dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Always nul-terminates +(unless @dest_size is 0). This function does not allocate memory. Unlike +strncpy(), this function doesn't pad @dest (so it's often faster). It +returns the size of the attempted result, strlen (src), so if +@retval >= @dest_size, truncation occurred. + +Caveat: strlcpy() is supposedly more secure than strcpy() or strncpy(), +but if you really want to avoid screwups, g_strdup() is an even better +idea. + + length of @src + + + + + destination buffer + + + + source buffer + + + + length of @dest in bytes + + + + + + A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard +strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it. It is similar +to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n characters of +the strings. + The problem with g_strncasecmp() is that it does + the comparison by calling toupper()/tolower(). These functions + are locale-specific and operate on single bytes. However, it is + impossible to handle things correctly from an internationalization + standpoint by operating on bytes, since characters may be multibyte. + Thus g_strncasecmp() is broken if your string is guaranteed to be + ASCII, since it is locale-sensitive, and it's broken if your string + is localized, since it doesn't work on many encodings at all, + including UTF-8, EUC-JP, etc. + + There are therefore two replacement techniques: g_ascii_strncasecmp(), + which only works on ASCII and is not locale-sensitive, and + g_utf8_casefold() followed by strcmp() on the resulting strings, + which is good for case-insensitive sorting of UTF-8. + + 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, + or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. + + + + + a string + + + + a string to compare with @s1 + + + + the maximum number of characters to compare + + + + + + Duplicates the first @n bytes of a string, returning a newly-allocated +buffer @n + 1 bytes long which will always be nul-terminated. If @str +is less than @n bytes long the buffer is padded with nuls. If @str is +%NULL it returns %NULL. The returned value should be freed when no longer +needed. + +To copy a number of characters from a UTF-8 encoded string, +use g_utf8_strncpy() instead. + + a newly-allocated buffer containing the first @n bytes + of @str, nul-terminated + + + + + the string to duplicate + + + + the maximum number of bytes to copy from @str + + + + + + Creates a new string @length bytes long filled with @fill_char. +The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. + + a newly-allocated string filled the @fill_char + + + + + the length of the new string + + + + the byte to fill the string with + + + + + + Reverses all of the bytes in a string. For example, +`g_strreverse ("abcdef")` will result in "fedcba". + +Note that g_strreverse() doesn't work on UTF-8 strings +containing multibyte characters. For that purpose, use +g_utf8_strreverse(). + + the same pointer passed in as @string + + + + + the string to reverse + + + + + + Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence +of the string @needle. + + a pointer to the found occurrence, or + %NULL if not found. + + + + + a nul-terminated string + + + + the nul-terminated string to search for + + + + + + Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence +of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search +to @haystack_len. + + a pointer to the found occurrence, or + %NULL if not found. + + + + + a nul-terminated string + + + + the maximum length of @haystack + + + + the nul-terminated string to search for + + + + + + Returns a string describing the given signal, e.g. "Segmentation fault". +You should use this function in preference to strsignal(), because it +returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support +the strsignal() function. + + a UTF-8 string describing the signal. If the signal is unknown, + it returns "unknown signal (<signum>)". + + + + + the signal number. See the `signal` documentation + + + + + + Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given +@delimiter. If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is +appended to the last token. + +As an example, the result of g_strsplit (":a:bc::d:", ":", -1) is a +%NULL-terminated vector containing the six strings "", "a", "bc", "", "d" +and "". + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty +vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this +special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically +more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need +to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string +before calling g_strsplit(). + + a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use + g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + a string to split + + + + a string which specifies the places at which to split + the string. The delimiter is not included in any of the resulting + strings, unless @max_tokens is reached. + + + + the maximum number of pieces to split @string into. + If this is less than 1, the string is split completely. + + + + + + Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters +in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not +contain any of the characters in @delimiters. If @max_tokens is reached, the +remainder is appended to the last token. + +For example the result of g_strsplit_set ("abc:def/ghi", ":/", -1) is a +%NULL-terminated vector containing the three strings "abc", "def", +and "ghi". + +The result of g_strsplit_set (":def/ghi:", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated +vector containing the four strings "", "def", "ghi", and "". + +As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty +vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this +special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically +more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need +to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string +before calling g_strsplit_set(). + +Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used +to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters. + + a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use + g_strfreev() to free it. + + + + + + + The string to be tokenized + + + + A nul-terminated string containing bytes that are used + to split the string. + + + + The maximum number of tokens to split @string into. + If this is less than 1, the string is split completely + + + + + + Searches the string @haystack for the first occurrence +of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search +to @haystack_len. + + a pointer to the found occurrence, or + %NULL if not found. + + + + + a string + + + + the maximum length of @haystack. Note that -1 is + a valid length, if @haystack is nul-terminated, meaning it will + search through the whole string. + + + + the string to search for + + + + + + Converts a string to a #gdouble value. +It calls the standard strtod() function to handle the conversion, but +if the string is not completely converted it attempts the conversion +again with g_ascii_strtod(), and returns the best match. + +This function should seldom be used. The normal situation when reading +numbers not for human consumption is to use g_ascii_strtod(). Only when +you know that you must expect both locale formatted and C formatted numbers +should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma +separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal +point in some locales, causing unexpected results. + + the #gdouble value. + + + + + the string to convert to a numeric value. + + + + if non-%NULL, it returns the + character after the last character used in the conversion. + + + + + + Converts a string to upper case. + This function is totally broken for the reasons + discussed in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strup() + or g_utf8_strup() instead. + + the string + + + + + the string to convert + + + + + + Checks if @strv contains @str. @strv must not be %NULL. + + %TRUE if @str is an element of @strv, according to g_str_equal(). + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings + + + + a string + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the length of the given %NULL-terminated +string array @str_array. + + length of @str_array. + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings + + + + + + Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However +the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically +created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the +slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument +will be passed as first argument to @test_func. + +If @testpath includes the component "subprocess" anywhere in it, +the test will be skipped by default, and only run if explicitly +required via the `-p` command-line option or g_test_trap_subprocess(). + + + + + + /-separated test case path name for the test. + + + + Test data argument for the test function. + + + + The test function to invoke for this test. + + + + + + Create a new test case, as with g_test_add_data_func(), but freeing +@test_data after the test run is complete. + + + + + + /-separated test case path name for the test. + + + + Test data argument for the test function. + + + + The test function to invoke for this test. + + + + #GDestroyNotify for @test_data. + + + + + + Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However +the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically +created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the +slash-separated portions of @testpath. + +If @testpath includes the component "subprocess" anywhere in it, +the test will be skipped by default, and only run if explicitly +required via the `-p` command-line option or g_test_trap_subprocess(). + + + + + + /-separated test case path name for the test. + + + + The test function to invoke for this test. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function adds a message to test reports that +associates a bug URI with a test case. +Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base() +and @bug_uri_snippet. + + + + + + Bug specific bug tracker URI portion. + + + + + + Specify the base URI for bug reports. + +The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for +g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called. +Calling this function outside of a test case sets the +default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within +a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test +case only. +Bug URIs are constructed by appending a bug specific URI +portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string +'\%s' within @uri_pattern if that is present. + + + + + + the base pattern for bug URIs + + + + + + Creates the pathname to a data file that is required for a test. + +This function is conceptually similar to g_build_filename() except +that the first argument has been replaced with a #GTestFileType +argument. + +The data file should either have been distributed with the module +containing the test (%G_TEST_DIST) or built as part of the build +system of that module (%G_TEST_BUILT). + +In order for this function to work in srcdir != builddir situations, +the G_TEST_SRCDIR and G_TEST_BUILDDIR environment variables need to +have been defined. As of 2.38, this is done by the glib.mk +included in GLib. Please ensure that your copy is up to date before +using this function. + +In case neither variable is set, this function will fall back to +using the dirname portion of argv[0], possibly removing ".libs". +This allows for casual running of tests directly from the commandline +in the srcdir == builddir case and should also support running of +installed tests, assuming the data files have been installed in the +same relative path as the test binary. + + the path of the file, to be freed using g_free() + + + + + the type of file (built vs. distributed) + + + + the first segment of the pathname + + + + %NULL-terminated additional path segments + + + + + + Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name, this API is fairly +low level, calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func() is preferable. +When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size +will be automatically allocated and filled with zeros. Then @data_setup is +called to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test +function @data_test is called. Once the test run completes, the +fixture structure is torn down by calling @data_teardown and +after that the memory is automatically released by the test framework. + +Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and +fixture teardown is most useful if the same fixture is used for +multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be +called with the same fixture, but varying @test_name and +@data_test arguments. + + a newly allocated #GTestCase. + + + + + the name for the test case + + + + the size of the fixture data structure + + + + test data argument for the test functions + + + + the function to set up the fixture data + + + + the actual test function + + + + the function to teardown the fixture data + + + + + + Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name. + + A newly allocated #GTestSuite instance. + + + + + a name for the suite + + + + + + Indicates that a message with the given @log_domain and @log_level, +with text matching @pattern, is expected to be logged. When this +message is logged, it will not be printed, and the test case will +not abort. + +This API may only be used with the old logging API (g_log() without +%G_LOG_USE_STRUCTURED defined). It will not work with the structured logging +API. See [Testing for Messages][testing-for-messages]. + +Use g_test_assert_expected_messages() to assert that all +previously-expected messages have been seen and suppressed. + +You can call this multiple times in a row, if multiple messages are +expected as a result of a single call. (The messages must appear in +the same order as the calls to g_test_expect_message().) + +For example: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // g_main_context_push_thread_default() should fail if the + // context is already owned by another thread. + g_test_expect_message (G_LOG_DOMAIN, + G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, + "assertion*acquired_context*failed"); + g_main_context_push_thread_default (bad_context); + g_test_assert_expected_messages (); +]| + +Note that you cannot use this to test g_error() messages, since +g_error() intentionally never returns even if the program doesn't +abort; use g_test_trap_subprocess() in this case. + +If messages at %G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG are emitted, but not explicitly +expected via g_test_expect_message() then they will be ignored. + + + + + + the log domain of the message + + + + the log level of the message + + + + a glob-style [pattern][glib-Glob-style-pattern-matching] + + + + + + Indicates that a test failed. This function can be called +multiple times from the same test. You can use this function +if your test failed in a recoverable way. + +Do not use this function if the failure of a test could cause +other tests to malfunction. + +Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you +need to return from the test function yourself. So you can +produce additional diagnostic messages or even continue running +the test. + +If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing. + + + + + + Returns whether a test has already failed. This will +be the case when g_test_fail(), g_test_incomplete() +or g_test_skip() have been called, but also if an +assertion has failed. + +This can be useful to return early from a test if +continuing after a failed assertion might be harmful. + +The return value of this function is only meaningful +if it is called from inside a test function. + + %TRUE if the test has failed + + + + + Gets the pathname of the directory containing test files of the type +specified by @file_type. + +This is approximately the same as calling g_test_build_filename("."), +but you don't need to free the return value. + + the path of the directory, owned by GLib + + + + + the type of file (built vs. distributed) + + + + + + Gets the pathname to a data file that is required for a test. + +This is the same as g_test_build_filename() with two differences. +The first difference is that must only use this function from within +a testcase function. The second difference is that you need not free +the return value -- it will be automatically freed when the testcase +finishes running. + +It is safe to use this function from a thread inside of a testcase +but you must ensure that all such uses occur before the main testcase +function returns (ie: it is best to ensure that all threads have been +joined). + + the path, automatically freed at the end of the testcase + + + + + the type of file (built vs. distributed) + + + + the first segment of the pathname + + + + %NULL-terminated additional path segments + + + + + + Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API. + + the toplevel #GTestSuite + + + + + Indicates that a test failed because of some incomplete +functionality. This function can be called multiple times +from the same test. + +Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you +need to return from the test function yourself. So you can +produce additional diagnostic messages or even continue running +the test. + +If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing. + + + + + + explanation + + + + + + Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the +test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname() +and parsing test related command line args. + +So far, the following arguments are understood: + +- `-l`: List test cases available in a test executable. +- `--seed=SEED`: Provide a random seed to reproduce test + runs using random numbers. +- `--verbose`: Run tests verbosely. +- `-q`, `--quiet`: Run tests quietly. +- `-p PATH`: Execute all tests matching the given path. +- `-s PATH`: Skip all tests matching the given path. + This can also be used to force a test to run that would otherwise + be skipped (ie, a test whose name contains "/subprocess"). +- `-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick|undefined|no-undefined}`: Execute tests according to these test modes: + + `perf`: Performance tests, may take long and report results (off by default). + + `slow`, `thorough`: Slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and maximize coverage + (off by default). + + `quick`: Quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage (the default). + + `undefined`: Tests for undefined behaviour, may provoke programming errors + under g_test_trap_subprocess() or g_test_expect_message() to check + that appropriate assertions or warnings are given (the default). + + `no-undefined`: Avoid tests for undefined behaviour + +- `--debug-log`: Debug test logging output. + + + + + + Address of the @argc parameter of the main() function. + Changed if any arguments were handled. + + + + Address of the @argv parameter of main(). + Any parameters understood by g_test_init() stripped before return. + + + + %NULL-terminated list of special options. Currently the only + defined option is `"no_g_set_prgname"`, which + will cause g_test_init() to not call g_set_prgname(). + + + + + + Installs a non-error fatal log handler which can be +used to decide whether log messages which are counted +as fatal abort the program. + +The use case here is that you are running a test case +that depends on particular libraries or circumstances +and cannot prevent certain known critical or warning +messages. So you install a handler that compares the +domain and message to precisely not abort in such a case. + +Note that the handler is reset at the beginning of +any test case, so you have to set it inside each test +function which needs the special behavior. + +This handler has no effect on g_error messages. + +This handler also has no effect on structured log messages (using +g_log_structured() or g_log_structured_array()). To change the fatal +behaviour for specific log messages, programs must install a custom log +writer function using g_log_set_writer_func().See +[Using Structured Logging][using-structured-logging]. + + + + + + the log handler function. + + + + data passed to the log handler. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Report the result of a performance or measurement test. +The test should generally strive to maximize the reported +quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones), +this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting +order for test result reports. + + + + + + the reported value + + + + the format string of the report message + + + + arguments to pass to the printf() function + + + + + + Add a message to the test report. + + + + + + the format string + + + + printf-like arguments to @format + + + + + + Report the result of a performance or measurement test. +The test should generally strive to minimize the reported +quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones), +this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting +order for test result reports. + + + + + + the reported value + + + + the format string of the report message + + + + arguments to pass to the printf() function + + + + + + This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func to be executed +during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful +to auto destruct allocated test resources at the end of a test run. +Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing +callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before +A() during teardown. + + + + + + Destroy callback for teardown phase. + + + + Destroy callback data. + + + + + + Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next +teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy() +with a destroy callback of g_free(). + + + + + + the pointer to be stored. + + + + + + Get a reproducible random floating point number, +see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. + + a random number from the seeded random number generator. + + + + + Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range, +see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. + + a number with @range_start <= number < @range_end. + + + + + the minimum value returned by this function + + + + the minimum value not returned by this function + + + + + + Get a reproducible random integer number. + +The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions +change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is +given when starting test programs. + +For individual test cases however, the random number generator is +reseeded, to avoid dependencies between tests and to make --seed +effective for all test cases. + + a random number from the seeded random number generator. + + + + + Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range, +see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. + + a number with @begin <= number < @end. + + + + + the minimum value returned by this function + + + + the smallest value not to be returned by this function + + + + + + Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved +with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test +cases to be run are filtered according to test path arguments +(`-p testpath` and `-s testpath`) as parsed by g_test_init(). +g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once in a +program. + +In general, the tests and sub-suites within each suite are run in +the order in which they are defined. However, note that prior to +GLib 2.36, there was a bug in the `g_test_add_*` +functions which caused them to create multiple suites with the same +name, meaning that if you created tests "/foo/simple", +"/bar/simple", and "/foo/using-bar" in that order, they would get +run in that order (since g_test_run() would run the first "/foo" +suite, then the "/bar" suite, then the second "/foo" suite). As of +2.36, this bug is fixed, and adding the tests in that order would +result in a running order of "/foo/simple", "/foo/using-bar", +"/bar/simple". If this new ordering is sub-optimal (because it puts +more-complicated tests before simpler ones, making it harder to +figure out exactly what has failed), you can fix it by changing the +test paths to group tests by suite in a way that will result in the +desired running order. Eg, "/simple/foo", "/simple/bar", +"/complex/foo-using-bar". + +However, you should never make the actual result of a test depend +on the order that tests are run in. If you need to ensure that some +particular code runs before or after a given test case, use +g_test_add(), which lets you specify setup and teardown functions. + +If all tests are skipped, this function will return 0 if +producing TAP output, or 77 (treated as "skip test" by Automake) otherwise. + + 0 on success, 1 on failure (assuming it returns at all), + 0 or 77 if all tests were skipped with g_test_skip() + + + + + Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites. +The test suites to be executed are filtered according to +test path arguments (`-p testpath` and `-s testpath`) as parsed by +g_test_init(). See the g_test_run() documentation for more +information on the order that tests are run in. + +g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once +in a program. + + 0 on success + + + + + a #GTestSuite + + + + + + Changes the behaviour of g_assert_cmpstr(), g_assert_cmpint(), +g_assert_cmpuint(), g_assert_cmphex(), g_assert_cmpfloat(), +g_assert_true(), g_assert_false(), g_assert_null(), g_assert_no_error(), +g_assert_error(), g_test_assert_expected_messages() and the various +g_test_trap_assert_*() macros to not abort to program, but instead +call g_test_fail() and continue. (This also changes the behavior of +g_test_fail() so that it will not cause the test program to abort +after completing the failed test.) + +Note that the g_assert_not_reached() and g_assert() are not +affected by this. + +This function can only be called after g_test_init(). + + + + + + Indicates that a test was skipped. + +Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you +need to return from the test function yourself. So you can +produce additional diagnostic messages or even continue running +the test. + +If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing. + + + + + + explanation + + + + + + Returns %TRUE (after g_test_init() has been called) if the test +program is running under g_test_trap_subprocess(). + + %TRUE if the test program is running under +g_test_trap_subprocess(). + + + + + Get the time since the last start of the timer with g_test_timer_start(). + + the time since the last start of the timer, as a double + + + + + Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(). + + the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(), as a double + + + + + Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed +to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might +not return or that might abort. + +If @usec_timeout is non-0, the forked test case is aborted and +considered failing if its run time exceeds it. + +The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags. + +In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child +process produces some sample output and exits successfully. +The forking parent process then asserts successful child program +termination and validates child program outputs. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + static void + test_fork_patterns (void) + { + if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR)) + { + g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n"); + g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n"); + exit (0); // successful test run + } + g_test_trap_assert_passed (); + g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("*somagic17*"); + g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*"); + } +]| + This function is implemented only on Unix platforms, +and is not always reliable due to problems inherent in +fork-without-exec. Use g_test_trap_subprocess() instead. + + %TRUE for the forked child and %FALSE for the executing parent process. + + + + + Timeout for the forked test in micro seconds. + + + + Flags to modify forking behaviour. + + + + + + Check the result of the last g_test_trap_subprocess() call. + + %TRUE if the last test subprocess terminated successfully. + + + + + Check the result of the last g_test_trap_subprocess() call. + + %TRUE if the last test subprocess got killed due to a timeout. + + + + + Respawns the test program to run only @test_path in a subprocess. +This can be used for a test case that might not return, or that +might abort. + +If @test_path is %NULL then the same test is re-run in a subprocess. +You can use g_test_subprocess() to determine whether the test is in +a subprocess or not. + +@test_path can also be the name of the parent test, followed by +"`/subprocess/`" and then a name for the specific subtest (or just +ending with "`/subprocess`" if the test only has one child test); +tests with names of this form will automatically be skipped in the +parent process. + +If @usec_timeout is non-0, the test subprocess is aborted and +considered failing if its run time exceeds it. + +The subprocess behavior can be configured with the +#GTestSubprocessFlags flags. + +You can use methods such as g_test_trap_assert_passed(), +g_test_trap_assert_failed(), and g_test_trap_assert_stderr() to +check the results of the subprocess. (But note that +g_test_trap_assert_stdout() and g_test_trap_assert_stderr() +cannot be used if @test_flags specifies that the child should +inherit the parent stdout/stderr.) + +If your `main ()` needs to behave differently in +the subprocess, you can call g_test_subprocess() (after calling +g_test_init()) to see whether you are in a subprocess. + +The following example tests that calling +`my_object_new(1000000)` will abort with an error +message. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + static void + test_create_large_object (void) + { + if (g_test_subprocess ()) + { + my_object_new (1000000); + return; + } + + // Reruns this same test in a subprocess + g_test_trap_subprocess (NULL, 0, 0); + g_test_trap_assert_failed (); + g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*ERROR*too large*"); + } + + int + main (int argc, char **argv) + { + g_test_init (&argc, &argv, NULL); + + g_test_add_func ("/myobject/create_large_object", + test_create_large_object); + return g_test_run (); + } +]| + + + + + + Test to run in a subprocess + + + + Timeout for the subprocess test in micro seconds. + + + + Flags to modify subprocess behaviour. + + + + + + + + + + + Terminates the current thread. + +If another thread is waiting for us using g_thread_join() then the +waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value +of g_thread_join(). + +Calling g_thread_exit() with a parameter @retval is equivalent to +returning @retval from the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(). + +You must only call g_thread_exit() from a thread that you created +yourself with g_thread_new() or related APIs. You must not call +this function from a thread created with another threading library +or or from within a #GThreadPool. + + + + + + the return value of this thread + + + + + + This function will return the maximum @interval that a +thread will wait in the thread pool for new tasks before +being stopped. + +If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread +pool for new work are not stopped. + + the maximum @interval (milliseconds) to wait + for new tasks in the thread pool before stopping the + thread + + + + + Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. + + the maximal number of unused threads + + + + + Returns the number of currently unused threads. + + the number of currently unused threads + + + + + This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread +waiting in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before +being stopped. This function is similar to calling +g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, +except this is done on a per thread basis. + +By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped. + +The default value is 15000 (15 seconds). + + + + + + the maximum @interval (in milliseconds) + a thread can be idle + + + + + + Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. +If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number +of unused threads. + +The default value is 2. + + + + + + maximal number of unused threads + + + + + + Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the +maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to +regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add(). + + + + + + This function returns the #GThread corresponding to the +current thread. Note that this function does not increase +the reference count of the returned struct. + +This function will return a #GThread even for threads that +were not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading +APIs). This may be useful for thread identification purposes +(i.e. comparisons) but you must not use GLib functions (such +as g_thread_join()) on these threads. + + the #GThread representing the current thread + + + + + Causes the calling thread to voluntarily relinquish the CPU, so +that other threads can run. + +This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil. + + + + + + Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time +to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_. + +@iso_date must include year, month, day, hours, minutes, and +seconds. It can optionally include fractions of a second and a time +zone indicator. (In the absence of any time zone indication, the +timestamp is assumed to be in local time.) + + %TRUE if the conversion was successful. + + + + + an ISO 8601 encoded date string + + + + a #GTimeVal + + + + + + Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default +priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly +until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically +destroyed and the function will not be called again. The first call +to the function will be at the end of the first @interval. + +Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other +event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. +After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next +timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval +(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +If you want to have a timer in the "seconds" range and do not care +about the exact time of the first call of the timer, use the +g_timeout_add_seconds() function; this function allows for more +optimizations and more efficient system power usage. + +This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() +and attaches it to the global #GMainContext using g_source_attach(), so +the callback will be invoked in whichever thread is running that main +context. You can do these steps manually if you need greater control or to +use a custom main context. + +The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock +time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds + (1/1000ths of a second) + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + + + Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given +priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns +%FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and +the function will not be called again. The @notify function is +called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the +function will be at the end of the first @interval. + +Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other +event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. +After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next +timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval +(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() +and attaches it to the global #GMainContext using g_source_attach(), so +the callback will be invoked in whichever thread is running that main +context. You can do these steps manually if you need greater control or to +use a custom main context. + +The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. +See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in + the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. + + + + the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds + (1/1000ths of a second) + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets a function to be called at regular intervals with the default +priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until +it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed +and the function will not be called again. + +This internally creates a main loop source using +g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context +using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need +greater control. Also see g_timeout_add_seconds_full(). + +Note that the first call of the timer may not be precise for timeouts +of one second. If you need finer precision and have such a timeout, +you may want to use g_timeout_add() instead. + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock +time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the time between calls to the function, in seconds + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + + + Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority. +The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which +point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will +not be called again. + +Unlike g_timeout_add(), this function operates at whole second granularity. +The initial starting point of the timer is determined by the implementation +and the implementation is expected to group multiple timers together so that +they fire all at the same time. +To allow this grouping, the @interval to the first timer is rounded +and can deviate up to one second from the specified interval. +Subsequent timer iterations will generally run at the specified interval. + +Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other +event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. +After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next +timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given @interval + +See [memory management of sources][mainloop-memory-management] for details +on how to handle the return value and memory management of @data. + +If you want timing more precise than whole seconds, use g_timeout_add() +instead. + +The grouping of timers to fire at the same time results in a more power +and CPU efficient behavior so if your timer is in multiples of seconds +and you don't require the first timer exactly one second from now, the +use of g_timeout_add_seconds() is preferred over g_timeout_add(). + +This internally creates a main loop source using +g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context +using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need +greater control. + +The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock +time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. + + + + + the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in + the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. + + + + the time between calls to the function, in seconds + + + + function to call + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new timeout source. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. + +The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock +time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the newly-created timeout source + + + + + the timeout interval in milliseconds. + + + + + + Creates a new timeout source. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. + +The scheduling granularity/accuracy of this timeout source will be +in seconds. + +The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. +See g_get_monotonic_time(). + + the newly-created timeout source + + + + + the timeout interval in seconds + + + + + + Returns the height of a #GTrashStack. + +Note that execution of this function is of O(N) complexity +where N denotes the number of items on the stack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the height of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Returns the element at the top of a #GTrashStack +which may be %NULL. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the element at the top of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Pops a piece of memory off a #GTrashStack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + the element at the top of the stack + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + + + Pushes a piece of memory onto a #GTrashStack. + #GTrashStack is deprecated without replacement + + + + + + a #GTrashStack + + + + the piece of memory to push on the stack + + + + + + Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, and returns %NULL on failure. +Contrast with g_malloc(), which aborts the program on failure. + + the allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + + number of bytes to allocate. + + + + + + Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, initialized to 0's, and returns %NULL on +failure. Contrast with g_malloc0(), which aborts the program on failure. + + the allocated memory, or %NULL + + + + + number of bytes to allocate + + + + + + This function is similar to g_try_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + the allocated memory, or %NULL + + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + This function is similar to g_try_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + the allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + Attempts to realloc @mem to a new size, @n_bytes, and returns %NULL +on failure. Contrast with g_realloc(), which aborts the program +on failure. + +If @mem is %NULL, behaves the same as g_try_malloc(). + + the allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + + previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + number of bytes to allocate. + + + + + + This function is similar to g_try_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, +but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. + + the allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + + previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. + + + + the number of blocks to allocate + + + + the size of each block in bytes + + + + + + Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be +added to the result after the converted text. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a UCS-4 encoded string + + + + the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. + If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + bytes read, or %NULL. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid + input is stored here. + + + + location to store number + of #gunichar2 written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include + the trailing 0. + + + + + + Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4. +to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. In that case, @items_read + will be set to the position of the first invalid input character. + + + + + a UCS-4 encoded string + + + + the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. + If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + characters read, or %NULL. + + + + location to store number + of bytes written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include the + trailing 0 byte. + + + + + + Determines the break type of @c. @c should be a Unicode character +(to derive a character from UTF-8 encoded text, use +g_utf8_get_char()). The break type is used to find word and line +breaks ("text boundaries"), Pango implements the Unicode boundary +resolution algorithms and normally you would use a function such +as pango_break() instead of caring about break types yourself. + + the break type of @c + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character. + + the combining class of the character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Performs a single composition step of the +Unicode canonical composition algorithm. + +This function includes algorithmic Hangul Jamo composition, +but it is not exactly the inverse of g_unichar_decompose(). +No composition can have either of @a or @b equal to zero. +To be precise, this function composes if and only if +there exists a Primary Composite P which is canonically +equivalent to the sequence <@a,@b>. See the Unicode +Standard for the definition of Primary Composite. + +If @a and @b do not compose a new character, @ch is set to zero. + +See +[UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/) +for details. + + %TRUE if the characters could be composed + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + a Unicode character + + + + return location for the composed character + + + + + + Performs a single decomposition step of the +Unicode canonical decomposition algorithm. + +This function does not include compatibility +decompositions. It does, however, include algorithmic +Hangul Jamo decomposition, as well as 'singleton' +decompositions which replace a character by a single +other character. In the case of singletons *@b will +be set to zero. + +If @ch is not decomposable, *@a is set to @ch and *@b +is set to zero. + +Note that the way Unicode decomposition pairs are +defined, it is guaranteed that @b would not decompose +further, but @a may itself decompose. To get the full +canonical decomposition for @ch, one would need to +recursively call this function on @a. Or use +g_unichar_fully_decompose(). + +See +[UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/) +for details. + + %TRUE if the character could be decomposed + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + return location for the first component of @ch + + + + return location for the second component of @ch + + + + + + Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal +digit. + + If @c is a decimal digit (according to +g_unichar_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Computes the canonical or compatibility decomposition of a +Unicode character. For compatibility decomposition, +pass %TRUE for @compat; for canonical decomposition +pass %FALSE for @compat. + +The decomposed sequence is placed in @result. Only up to +@result_len characters are written into @result. The length +of the full decomposition (irrespective of @result_len) is +returned by the function. For canonical decomposition, +currently all decompositions are of length at most 4, but +this may change in the future (very unlikely though). +At any rate, Unicode does guarantee that a buffer of length +18 is always enough for both compatibility and canonical +decompositions, so that is the size recommended. This is provided +as %G_UNICHAR_MAX_DECOMPOSITION_LENGTH. + +See +[UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/) +for details. + + the length of the full decomposition. + + + + + a Unicode character. + + + + whether perform canonical or compatibility decomposition + + + + location to store decomposed result, or %NULL + + + + length of @result + + + + + + In Unicode, some characters are "mirrored". This means that their +images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid out from right +to left. For instance, "(" would become its mirror image, ")", in +right-to-left text. + +If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another unicode +character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's +glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address +pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put. + + %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + location to store the mirrored character + + + + + + Looks up the #GUnicodeScript for a particular character (as defined +by Unicode Standard Annex \#24). No check is made for @ch being a +valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the +result is undefined. + +This function is equivalent to pango_script_for_unichar() and the +two are interchangeable. + + the #GUnicodeScript for the character. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is alphanumeric. +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value +with g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is an alphanumeric character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter). +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is an alphabetic character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is a control character. +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is a control character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a given character is assigned in the Unicode +standard. + + %TRUE if the character has an assigned value + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is numeric (i.e. a digit). This +covers ASCII 0-9 and also digits in other languages/scripts. Given +some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is a digit + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is printable and not a space +(returns %FALSE for control characters, format characters, and +spaces). g_unichar_isprint() is similar, but returns %TRUE for +spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is printable unless it's a space + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is a lowercase letter. +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is a lowercase letter + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is a mark (non-spacing mark, +combining mark, or enclosing mark in Unicode speak). +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value +with g_utf8_get_char(). + +Note: in most cases where isalpha characters are allowed, +ismark characters should be allowed to as they are essential +for writing most European languages as well as many non-Latin +scripts. + + %TRUE if @c is a mark character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is printable. +Unlike g_unichar_isgraph(), returns %TRUE for spaces. +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is printable + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is punctuation or a symbol. +Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with +g_utf8_get_char(). + + %TRUE if @c is a punctuation or symbol character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines whether a character is a space, tab, or line separator +(newline, carriage return, etc.). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a +character value with g_utf8_get_char(). + +(Note: don't use this to do word breaking; you have to use +Pango or equivalent to get word breaking right, the algorithm +is fairly complex.) + + %TRUE if @c is a space character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a character is titlecase. Some characters in +Unicode which are composites, such as the DZ digraph +have three case variants instead of just two. The titlecase +form is used at the beginning of a word where only the +first letter is capitalized. The titlecase form of the DZ +digraph is U+01F2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTTER D WITH SMALL LETTER Z. + + %TRUE if the character is titlecase + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a character is uppercase. + + %TRUE if @c is an uppercase character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width +cell. + + %TRUE if the character is wide + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width +cell under legacy East Asian locales. If a character is wide according to +g_unichar_iswide(), then it is also reported wide with this function, but +the converse is not necessarily true. See the +[Unicode Standard Annex #11](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/) +for details. + +If a character passes the g_unichar_iswide() test then it will also pass +this test, but not the other way around. Note that some characters may +pass both this test and g_unichar_iszerowidth(). + + %TRUE if the character is wide in legacy East Asian locales + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines if a character is a hexidecimal digit. + + %TRUE if the character is a hexadecimal digit + + + + + a Unicode character. + + + + + + Determines if a given character typically takes zero width when rendered. +The return value is %TRUE for all non-spacing and enclosing marks +(e.g., combining accents), format characters, zero-width +space, but not U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN. + +A typical use of this function is with one of g_unichar_iswide() or +g_unichar_iswide_cjk() to determine the number of cells a string occupies +when displayed on a grid display (terminals). However, note that not all +terminals support zero-width rendering of zero-width marks. + + %TRUE if the character has zero width + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Converts a single character to UTF-8. + + number of bytes written + + + + + a Unicode character code + + + + output buffer, must have at + least 6 bytes of space. If %NULL, the length will be computed and + returned and nothing will be written to @outbuf. + + + + + + Converts a character to lower case. + + the result of converting @c to lower case. + If @c is not an upperlower or titlecase character, + or has no lowercase equivalent @c is returned unchanged. + + + + + a Unicode character. + + + + + + Converts a character to the titlecase. + + the result of converting @c to titlecase. + If @c is not an uppercase or lowercase character, + @c is returned unchanged. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Converts a character to uppercase. + + the result of converting @c to uppercase. + If @c is not an lowercase or titlecase character, + or has no upper case equivalent @c is returned unchanged. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Classifies a Unicode character by type. + + the type of the character. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Checks whether @ch is a valid Unicode character. Some possible +integer values of @ch will not be valid. 0 is considered a valid +character, though it's normally a string terminator. + + %TRUE if @ch is a valid Unicode character + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal +digit. + + If @c is a hex digit (according to +g_unichar_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. + + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Computes the canonical decomposition of a Unicode character. + Use the more flexible g_unichar_fully_decompose() + instead. + + a newly allocated string of Unicode characters. + @result_len is set to the resulting length of the string. + + + + + a Unicode character. + + + + location to store the length of the return value. + + + + + + Computes the canonical ordering of a string in-place. +This rearranges decomposed characters in the string +according to their combining classes. See the Unicode +manual for more information. + + + + + + a UCS-4 encoded string. + + + + the maximum length of @string to use. + + + + + + Looks up the Unicode script for @iso15924. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter +codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. +This function accepts four letter codes encoded as a @guint32 in a +big-endian fashion. That is, the code expected for Arabic is +0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). + +See +[Codes for the representation of names of scripts](http://unicode.org/iso15924/codelists.html) +for details. + + the Unicode script for @iso15924, or + of %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE if @iso15924 is zero and + %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_UNKNOWN if @iso15924 is unknown. + + + + + a Unicode script + + + + + + Looks up the ISO 15924 code for @script. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter +codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. The +four letter codes are encoded as a @guint32 by this function in a +big-endian fashion. That is, the code returned for Arabic is +0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). + +See +[Codes for the representation of names of scripts](http://unicode.org/iso15924/codelists.html) +for details. + + the ISO 15924 code for @script, encoded as an integer, + of zero if @script is %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE or + ISO 15924 code 'Zzzz' (script code for UNKNOWN) if @script is not understood. + + + + + a Unicode script + + + + + + + + + + + Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by +@condition becomes true for @fd. + +@function will be called when the specified IO condition becomes +%TRUE. The function is expected to clear whatever event caused the +IO condition to become true and return %TRUE in order to be notified +when it happens again. If @function returns %FALSE then the watch +will be cancelled. + +The return value of this function can be passed to g_source_remove() +to cancel the watch at any time that it exists. + +The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source + + + + + a file descriptor + + + + IO conditions to watch for on @fd + + + + a #GUnixFDSourceFunc + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + + + Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by +@condition becomes true for @fd. + +This is the same as g_unix_fd_add(), except that it allows you to +specify a non-default priority and a provide a #GDestroyNotify for +@user_data. + + the ID (greater than 0) of the event source + + + + + the priority of the source + + + + a file descriptor + + + + IO conditions to watch for on @fd + + + + a #GUnixFDSourceFunc + + + + data to pass to @function + + + + function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GSource to watch for a particular IO condition on a file +descriptor. + +The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. + + the newly created #GSource + + + + + a file descriptor + + + + IO conditions to watch for on @fd + + + + + + Similar to the UNIX pipe() call, but on modern systems like Linux +uses the pipe2() system call, which atomically creates a pipe with +the configured flags. The only supported flag currently is +%FD_CLOEXEC. If for example you want to configure %O_NONBLOCK, that +must still be done separately with fcntl(). + +This function does not take %O_CLOEXEC, it takes %FD_CLOEXEC as if +for fcntl(); these are different on Linux/glibc. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if not (and errno will be set). + + + + + Array of two integers + + + + Bitfield of file descriptor flags, as for fcntl() + + + + + + Control the non-blocking state of the given file descriptor, +according to @nonblock. On most systems this uses %O_NONBLOCK, but +on some older ones may use %O_NDELAY. + + %TRUE if successful + + + + + A file descriptor + + + + If %TRUE, set the descriptor to be non-blocking + + + + + + A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which +attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch +using g_source_remove(). + + An ID (greater than 0) for the event source + + + + + Signal number + + + + Callback + + + + Data for @handler + + + + + + A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which +attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch +using g_source_remove(). + + An ID (greater than 0) for the event source + + + + + the priority of the signal source. Typically this will be in + the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. + + + + Signal number + + + + Callback + + + + Data for @handler + + + + #GDestroyNotify for @handler + + + + + + Create a #GSource that will be dispatched upon delivery of the UNIX +signal @signum. In GLib versions before 2.36, only `SIGHUP`, `SIGINT`, +`SIGTERM` can be monitored. In GLib 2.36, `SIGUSR1` and `SIGUSR2` +were added. In GLib 2.54, `SIGWINCH` was added. + +Note that unlike the UNIX default, all sources which have created a +watch will be dispatched, regardless of which underlying thread +invoked g_unix_signal_source_new(). + +For example, an effective use of this function is to handle `SIGTERM` +cleanly; flushing any outstanding files, and then calling +g_main_loop_quit (). It is not safe to do any of this a regular +UNIX signal handler; your handler may be invoked while malloc() or +another library function is running, causing reentrancy if you +attempt to use it from the handler. None of the GLib/GObject API +is safe against this kind of reentrancy. + +The interaction of this source when combined with native UNIX +functions like sigprocmask() is not defined. + +The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext +and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be +executed. + + A newly created #GSource + + + + + A signal number + + + + + + A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function +deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the +file and no processes have it opened, the diskspace occupied by the +file is freed. + +See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note +that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that +are open to some process, or mapped into memory. + + 0 if the name was successfully deleted, -1 if an error + occurred + + + + + a pathname in the GLib file name encoding + (UTF-8 on Windows) + + + + + + Removes an environment variable from the environment. + +Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the +memory used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. + +You should be mindful of the fact that environment variable handling +in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your program may crash if one thread +calls g_unsetenv() while another thread is calling getenv(). (And note +that many functions, such as gettext(), call getenv() internally.) This +function is only safe to use at the very start of your program, before +creating any other threads (or creating objects that create worker +threads of their own). + +If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can +use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with +g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that +array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. + + + + + + the environment variable to remove, must + not contain '=' + + + + + + Escapes a string for use in a URI. + +Normally all characters that are not "unreserved" (i.e. ASCII alphanumerical +characters plus dash, dot, underscore and tilde) are escaped. +But if you specify characters in @reserved_chars_allowed they are not +escaped. This is useful for the "reserved" characters in the URI +specification, since those are allowed unescaped in some portions of +a URI. + + an escaped version of @unescaped. The returned string should be +freed when no longer needed. + + + + + the unescaped input string. + + + + a string of reserved characters that + are allowed to be used, or %NULL. + + + + %TRUE if the result can include UTF-8 characters. + + + + + + Splits an URI list conforming to the text/uri-list +mime type defined in RFC 2483 into individual URIs, +discarding any comments. The URIs are not validated. + + a newly allocated %NULL-terminated list + of strings holding the individual URIs. The array should be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + an URI list + + + + + + Gets the scheme portion of a URI string. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: +|[ +URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] +]| +Common schemes include "file", "http", "svn+ssh", etc. + + The "Scheme" component of the URI, or %NULL on error. +The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. + + + + + a valid URI. + + + + + + Unescapes a segment of an escaped string. + +If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears +as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL +will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a +slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname +handling. + + an unescaped version of @escaped_string or %NULL on error. +The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. As a +special case if %NULL is given for @escaped_string, this function +will return %NULL. + + + + + A string, may be %NULL + + + + Pointer to end of @escaped_string, may be %NULL + + + + An optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed, may be %NULL + + + + + + Unescapes a whole escaped string. + +If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears +as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL +will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a +slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname +handling. + + an unescaped version of @escaped_string. The returned string +should be freed when no longer needed. + + + + + an escaped string to be unescaped. + + + + a string of illegal characters not to be + allowed, or %NULL. + + + + + + Pauses the current thread for the given number of microseconds. + +There are 1 million microseconds per second (represented by the +#G_USEC_PER_SEC macro). g_usleep() may have limited precision, +depending on hardware and operating system; don't rely on the exact +length of the sleep. + + + + + + number of microseconds to pause + + + + + + Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4. The result will be +nul-terminated. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a UTF-16 encoded string + + + + the maximum length (number of #gunichar2) of @str to use. + If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will + be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If + an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. + + + + location to store number + of characters written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include + the trailing 0 character. + + + + + + Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8. The result will be +terminated with a 0 byte. + +Note that the input is expected to be already in native endianness, +an initial byte-order-mark character is not handled specially. +g_convert() can be used to convert a byte buffer of UTF-16 data of +ambiguous endianess. + +Further note that this function does not validate the result +string; it may e.g. include embedded NUL characters. The only +validation done by this function is to ensure that the input can +be correctly interpreted as UTF-16, i.e. it doesn't contain +things unpaired surrogates. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a UTF-16 encoded string + + + + the maximum length (number of #gunichar2) of @str to use. + If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will + be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If + an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. + + + + location to store number + of bytes written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the + trailing 0 byte. + + + + + + Converts a string into a form that is independent of case. The +result will not correspond to any particular case, but can be +compared for equality or ordered with the results of calling +g_utf8_casefold() on other strings. + +Note that calling g_utf8_casefold() followed by g_utf8_collate() is +only an approximation to the correct linguistic case insensitive +ordering, though it is a fairly good one. Getting this exactly +right would require a more sophisticated collation function that +takes case sensitivity into account. GLib does not currently +provide such a function. + + a newly allocated string, that is a + case independent form of @str. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically +correct rules for the [current locale][setlocale]. +When sorting a large number of strings, it will be significantly +faster to obtain collation keys with g_utf8_collate_key() and +compare the keys with strcmp() when sorting instead of sorting +the original strings. + + < 0 if @str1 compares before @str2, + 0 if they compare equal, > 0 if @str1 compares after @str2. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + + + Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared +with other collation keys produced by the same function using +strcmp(). + +The results of comparing the collation keys of two strings +with strcmp() will always be the same as comparing the two +original keys with g_utf8_collate(). + +Note that this function depends on the [current locale][setlocale]. + + a newly allocated string. This string should + be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string. + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared +with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp(). + +In order to sort filenames correctly, this function treats the dot '.' +as a special case. Most dictionary orderings seem to consider it +insignificant, thus producing the ordering "event.c" "eventgenerator.c" +"event.h" instead of "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, we +would like to treat numbers intelligently so that "file1" "file10" "file5" +is sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10". + +Note that this function depends on the [current locale][setlocale]. + + a newly allocated string. This string should + be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string. + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Finds the start of the next UTF-8 character in the string after @p. + +@p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check +is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than +it starts with an appropriate byte. + +If @end is %NULL, the return value will never be %NULL: if the end of the +string is reached, a pointer to the terminating nul byte is returned. If +@end is non-%NULL, the return value will be %NULL if the end of the string +is reached. + + a pointer to the found character or %NULL if @end is + set and is reached + + + + + a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + a pointer to the byte following the end of the string, + or %NULL to indicate that the string is nul-terminated + + + + + + Given a position @p with a UTF-8 encoded string @str, find the start +of the previous UTF-8 character starting before @p. Returns %NULL if no +UTF-8 characters are present in @str before @p. + +@p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check +is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than +it starts with an appropriate byte. + + a pointer to the found character or %NULL. + + + + + pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + pointer to some position within @str + + + + + + Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. + +If @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded character, results +are undefined. If you are not sure that the bytes are complete +valid Unicode characters, you should use g_utf8_get_char_validated() +instead. + + the resulting character + + + + + a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 + + + + + + Convert a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. +This function checks for incomplete characters, for invalid characters +such as characters that are out of the range of Unicode, and for +overlong encodings of valid characters. + +Note that g_utf8_get_char_validated() returns (gunichar)-2 if +@max_len is positive and any of the bytes in the first UTF-8 character +sequence are nul. + + the resulting character. If @p points to a partial + sequence at the end of a string that could begin a valid + character (or if @max_len is zero), returns (gunichar)-2; + otherwise, if @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded + Unicode character, returns (gunichar)-1. + + + + + a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 + + + + the maximum number of bytes to read, or -1 if @p is nul-terminated + + + + + + If the provided string is valid UTF-8, return a copy of it. If not, +return a copy in which bytes that could not be interpreted as valid Unicode +are replaced with the Unicode replacement character (U+FFFD). + +For example, this is an appropriate function to use if you have received +a string that was incorrectly declared to be UTF-8, and you need a valid +UTF-8 version of it that can be logged or displayed to the user, with the +assumption that it is close enough to ASCII or UTF-8 to be mostly +readable as-is. + + a valid UTF-8 string whose content resembles @str + + + + + string to coerce into UTF-8 + + + + the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, + then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Converts a string into canonical form, standardizing +such issues as whether a character with an accent +is represented as a base character and combining +accent or as a single precomposed character. The +string has to be valid UTF-8, otherwise %NULL is +returned. You should generally call g_utf8_normalize() +before comparing two Unicode strings. + +The normalization mode %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT only +standardizes differences that do not affect the +text content, such as the above-mentioned accent +representation. %G_NORMALIZE_ALL also standardizes +the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such +as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms +(in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information +may be lost but for most text operations such +characters should be considered the same. + +%G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE +are like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL, +but returned a result with composed forms rather +than a maximally decomposed form. This is often +useful if you intend to convert the string to +a legacy encoding or pass it to a system with +less capable Unicode handling. + + a newly allocated string, that is the + normalized form of @str, or %NULL if @str is not + valid UTF-8. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string. + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + the type of normalization to perform. + + + + + + Converts from an integer character offset to a pointer to a position +within the string. + +Since 2.10, this function allows to pass a negative @offset to +step backwards. It is usually worth stepping backwards from the end +instead of forwards if @offset is in the last fourth of the string, +since moving forward is about 3 times faster than moving backward. + +Note that this function doesn't abort when reaching the end of @str. +Therefore you should be sure that @offset is within string boundaries +before calling that function. Call g_utf8_strlen() when unsure. +This limitation exists as this function is called frequently during +text rendering and therefore has to be as fast as possible. + + the resulting pointer + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + a character offset within @str + + + + + + Converts from a pointer to position within a string to a integer +character offset. + +Since 2.10, this function allows @pos to be before @str, and returns +a negative offset in this case. + + the resulting character offset + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + a pointer to a position within @str + + + + + + Finds the previous UTF-8 character in the string before @p. + +@p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check +is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than +it starts with an appropriate byte. If @p might be the first +character of the string, you must use g_utf8_find_prev_char() instead. + + a pointer to the found character + + + + + a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + + + Finds the leftmost occurrence of the given Unicode character +in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. +If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. + + %NULL if the string does not contain the character, + otherwise, a pointer to the start of the leftmost occurrence + of the character in the string. + + + + + a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length of @p + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case +to lowercase. The exact manner that this is done depends +on the current locale, and may result in the number of +characters in the string changing. + + a newly allocated string, with all characters + converted to lowercase. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Computes the length of the string in characters, not including +the terminating nul character. If the @max'th byte falls in the +middle of a character, the last (partial) character is not counted. + + the length of the string in characters + + + + + pointer to the start of a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum number of bytes to examine. If @max + is less than 0, then the string is assumed to be + nul-terminated. If @max is 0, @p will not be examined and + may be %NULL. If @max is greater than 0, up to @max + bytes are examined + + + + + + Like the standard C strncpy() function, but copies a given number +of characters instead of a given number of bytes. The @src string +must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. (Use g_utf8_validate() on all +text before trying to use UTF-8 utility functions with it.) + +Note you must ensure @dest is at least 4 * @n to fit the +largest possible UTF-8 characters + + @dest + + + + + buffer to fill with characters from @src + + + + UTF-8 encoded string + + + + character count + + + + + + Find the rightmost occurrence of the given Unicode character +in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. +If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. + + %NULL if the string does not contain the character, + otherwise, a pointer to the start of the rightmost occurrence + of the character in the string. + + + + + a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length of @p + + + + a Unicode character + + + + + + Reverses a UTF-8 string. @str must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. +(Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8 +utility functions with it.) + +This function is intended for programmatic uses of reversed strings. +It pays no attention to decomposed characters, combining marks, byte +order marks, directional indicators (LRM, LRO, etc) and similar +characters which might need special handling when reversing a string +for display purposes. + +Note that unlike g_strreverse(), this function returns +newly-allocated memory, which should be freed with g_free() when +no longer needed. + + a newly-allocated string which is the reverse of @str + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, + then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case +to uppercase. The exact manner that this is done depends +on the current locale, and may result in the number of +characters in the string increasing. (For instance, the +German ess-zet will be changed to SS.) + + a newly allocated string, with all characters + converted to uppercase. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. + + + + + + Copies a substring out of a UTF-8 encoded string. +The substring will contain @end_pos - @start_pos characters. + + a newly allocated copy of the requested + substring. Free with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + a character offset within @str + + + + another character offset within @str + + + + + + Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width +representation as UCS-4. A trailing 0 character will be added to the +string after the converted text. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, + then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + bytes read, or %NULL. + If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be + returned in case @str contains a trailing partial + character. If an error occurs then the index of the + invalid input is stored here. + + + + location to store number + of characters written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include + the trailing 0 character. + + + + + + Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width +representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input. +This function is roughly twice as fast as g_utf8_to_ucs4() +but does no error checking on the input. A trailing 0 character +will be added to the string after the converted text. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, + then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store the + number of characters in the result, or %NULL. + + + + + + Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be +added to the result after the converted text. + + a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. + This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, + %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + + the maximum length (number of bytes) of @str to use. + If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. + + + + location to store number of + bytes read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will + be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If + an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. + + + + location to store number + of #gunichar2 written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include + the trailing 0. + + + + + + Validates UTF-8 encoded text. @str is the text to validate; +if @str is nul-terminated, then @max_len can be -1, otherwise +@max_len should be the number of bytes to validate. +If @end is non-%NULL, then the end of the valid range +will be stored there (i.e. the start of the first invalid +character if some bytes were invalid, or the end of the text +being validated otherwise). + +Note that g_utf8_validate() returns %FALSE if @max_len is +positive and any of the @max_len bytes are nul. + +Returns %TRUE if all of @str was valid. Many GLib and GTK+ +routines require valid UTF-8 as input; so data read from a file +or the network should be checked with g_utf8_validate() before +doing anything else with it. + + %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8 + + + + + a pointer to character data + + + + + + max bytes to validate, or -1 to go until NUL + + + + return location for end of valid data + + + + + + Parses the string @str and verify if it is a UUID. + +The function accepts the following syntax: + +- simple forms (e.g. `f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6`) + +Note that hyphens are required within the UUID string itself, +as per the aforementioned RFC. + + %TRUE if @str is a valid UUID, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a string representing a UUID + + + + + + Generates a random UUID (RFC 4122 version 4) as a string. + + A string that should be freed with g_free(). + + + + + + + + + + Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus object path. You +should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus object path before +passing it to g_variant_new_object_path(). + +A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more +sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence +must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence +(including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty. + + %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus object path + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus type signature. You +should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus type signature before +passing it to g_variant_new_signature(). + +D-Bus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType +strings in sequence. + + %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus type signature + + + + + a normal C nul-terminated string + + + + + + Parses a #GVariant from a text representation. + +A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text. + +The format is described [here][gvariant-text]. + +The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as +if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the +effect of bounding @text. + +If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data +following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be +updated to point to the first character past the end of the text +parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data +then an error is returned. + +If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that +type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that +the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer +errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as +with empty arrays). + +In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant +is returned. It is never floating, and must be freed with +g_variant_unref(). + +In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL +then it will be set to reflect the error that occurred. + +Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string +produced by g_variant_print()". + + a non-floating reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + a string containing a GVariant in text form + + + + a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL + + + + a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL + + + + + + Pretty-prints a message showing the context of a #GVariant parse +error within the string for which parsing was attempted. + +The resulting string is suitable for output to the console or other +monospace media where newlines are treated in the usual way. + +The message will typically look something like one of the following: + +|[ +unterminated string constant: + (1, 2, 3, 'abc + ^^^^ +]| + +or + +|[ +unable to find a common type: + [1, 2, 3, 'str'] + ^ ^^^^^ +]| + +The format of the message may change in a future version. + +@error must have come from a failed attempt to g_variant_parse() and +@source_str must be exactly the same string that caused the error. +If @source_str was not nul-terminated when you passed it to +g_variant_parse() then you must add nul termination before using this +function. + + the printed message + + + + + a #GError from the #GVariantParseError domain + + + + the string that was given to the parser + + + + + + + + + + + Same as g_variant_error_quark(). + Use g_variant_parse_error_quark() instead. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is +equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming +that the following character is a nul terminator. + + %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string + +Since 2.24 + + + + + a pointer to any string + + + + + + Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string. +The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never +accessed. + +If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the +first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE +is returned. + +If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type +string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned. + +For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string, +see g_variant_type_string_is_valid(). + + %TRUE if a valid type string was found + + + + + a pointer to any string + + + + the end of @string, or %NULL + + + + location to store the end pointer, or %NULL + + + + + + An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. +This function is similar to g_vsprintf(), except that it allocates a +string to hold the output, instead of putting the output in a buffer +you allocate in advance. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + the return location for the newly-allocated string. + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + the stream to write to. + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed +to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so +it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. + +See also g_strdup_vprintf(). + +In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the +output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. +In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output +string. + +The return value of g_vsnprintf() conforms to the vsnprintf() function +as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional +vsnprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. + +The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in +the Single Unix Specification. + + the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer + was large enough. + + + + + the buffer to hold the output. + + + + the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the + terminating nul character). + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports +positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. + +`glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. + + the number of bytes printed. + + + + + the buffer to hold the output. + + + + a standard printf() format string, but notice + [string precision pitfalls][string-precision] + + + + the list of arguments to insert in the output. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GObject-2.0.gir b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GObject-2.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a5383bf --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/GObject-2.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,14381 @@ + + + + + + + + + This is the signature of marshaller functions, required to marshall +arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback +invocations. It is merely an alias to #GClosureMarshal since the #GClosure +mechanism takes over responsibility of actual function invocation for the +signal system. + + + + This is the signature of va_list marshaller functions, an optional +marshaller that can be used in some situations to avoid +marshalling the signal argument into GValues. + + + + A numerical value which represents the unique identifier of a registered +type. + + + + A callback function used by the type system to finalize those portions +of a derived types class structure that were setup from the corresponding +GBaseInitFunc() function. Class finalization basically works the inverse +way in which class initialization is performed. +See GClassInitFunc() for a discussion of the class initialization process. + + + + + + The #GTypeClass structure to finalize + + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to do base initialization +of the class structures of derived types. It is called as part of the +initialization process of all derived classes and should reallocate +or reset all dynamic class members copied over from the parent class. +For example, class members (such as strings) that are not sufficiently +handled by a plain memory copy of the parent class into the derived class +have to be altered. See GClassInitFunc() for a discussion of the class +initialization process. + + + + + + The #GTypeClass structure to initialize + + + + + + #GBinding is the representation of a binding between a property on a +#GObject instance (or source) and another property on another #GObject +instance (or target). Whenever the source property changes, the same +value is applied to the target property; for instance, the following +binding: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_object_bind_property (object1, "property-a", + object2, "property-b", + G_BINDING_DEFAULT); +]| + +will cause the property named "property-b" of @object2 to be updated +every time g_object_set() or the specific accessor changes the value of +the property "property-a" of @object1. + +It is possible to create a bidirectional binding between two properties +of two #GObject instances, so that if either property changes, the +other is updated as well, for instance: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_object_bind_property (object1, "property-a", + object2, "property-b", + G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL); +]| + +will keep the two properties in sync. + +It is also possible to set a custom transformation function (in both +directions, in case of a bidirectional binding) to apply a custom +transformation from the source value to the target value before +applying it; for instance, the following binding: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_object_bind_property_full (adjustment1, "value", + adjustment2, "value", + G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL, + celsius_to_fahrenheit, + fahrenheit_to_celsius, + NULL, NULL); +]| + +will keep the "value" property of the two adjustments in sync; the +@celsius_to_fahrenheit function will be called whenever the "value" +property of @adjustment1 changes and will transform the current value +of the property before applying it to the "value" property of @adjustment2. + +Vice versa, the @fahrenheit_to_celsius function will be called whenever +the "value" property of @adjustment2 changes, and will transform the +current value of the property before applying it to the "value" property +of @adjustment1. + +Note that #GBinding does not resolve cycles by itself; a cycle like + +|[ + object1:propertyA -> object2:propertyB + object2:propertyB -> object3:propertyC + object3:propertyC -> object1:propertyA +]| + +might lead to an infinite loop. The loop, in this particular case, +can be avoided if the objects emit the #GObject::notify signal only +if the value has effectively been changed. A binding is implemented +using the #GObject::notify signal, so it is susceptible to all the +various ways of blocking a signal emission, like g_signal_stop_emission() +or g_signal_handler_block(). + +A binding will be severed, and the resources it allocates freed, whenever +either one of the #GObject instances it refers to are finalized, or when +the #GBinding instance loses its last reference. + +Bindings for languages with garbage collection can use +g_binding_unbind() to explicitly release a binding between the source +and target properties, instead of relying on the last reference on the +binding, source, and target instances to drop. + +#GBinding is available since GObject 2.26 + + Retrieves the flags passed when constructing the #GBinding. + + the #GBindingFlags used by the #GBinding + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Retrieves the #GObject instance used as the source of the binding. + + the source #GObject + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the property of #GBinding:source used as the source +of the binding. + + the name of the source property + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Retrieves the #GObject instance used as the target of the binding. + + the target #GObject + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Retrieves the name of the property of #GBinding:target used as the target +of the binding. + + the name of the target property + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Explicitly releases the binding between the source and the target +property expressed by @binding. + +This function will release the reference that is being held on +the @binding instance; if you want to hold on to the #GBinding instance +after calling g_binding_unbind(), you will need to hold a reference +to it. + + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + + + Flags to be used to control the #GBinding + + + + The #GObject that should be used as the source of the binding + + + + The name of the property of #GBinding:source that should be used +as the source of the binding + + + + The #GObject that should be used as the target of the binding + + + + The name of the property of #GBinding:target that should be used +as the target of the binding + + + + + Flags to be passed to g_object_bind_property() or +g_object_bind_property_full(). + +This enumeration can be extended at later date. + + The default binding; if the source property + changes, the target property is updated with its value. + + + Bidirectional binding; if either the + property of the source or the property of the target changes, + the other is updated. + + + Synchronize the values of the source and + target properties when creating the binding; the direction of + the synchronization is always from the source to the target. + + + If the two properties being bound are + booleans, setting one to %TRUE will result in the other being + set to %FALSE and vice versa. This flag will only work for + boolean properties, and cannot be used when passing custom + transformation functions to g_object_bind_property_full(). + + + + A function to be called to transform @from_value to @to_value. If +this is the @transform_to function of a binding, then @from_value +is the @source_property on the @source object, and @to_value is the +@target_property on the @target object. If this is the +@transform_from function of a %G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL binding, +then those roles are reversed. + + %TRUE if the transformation was successful, and %FALSE + otherwise + + + + + a #GBinding + + + + the #GValue containing the value to transform + + + + the #GValue in which to store the transformed value + + + + data passed to the transform function + + + + + + This function is provided by the user and should produce a copy +of the passed in boxed structure. + + The newly created copy of the boxed structure. + + + + + The boxed structure to be copied. + + + + + + This function is provided by the user and should free the boxed +structure passed. + + + + + + The boxed structure to be freed. + + + + + + A #GCClosure is a specialization of #GClosure for C function callbacks. + + the #GClosure + + + + the callback function + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take two boxed pointers as arguments and return a boolean. If you +have such a signal, you will probably also need to use an +accumulator, such as g_signal_accumulator_true_handled(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED_BOXED(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take a flags type as an argument and return a boolean. If you have +such a signal, you will probably also need to use an accumulator, +such as g_signal_accumulator_true_handled(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take a #GObject and a pointer and produce a string. It is highly +unlikely that your signal handler fits this description. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_STRING__OBJECT_POINTER(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +boolean argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument which is any boxed pointer type. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOXED(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +character argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__CHAR(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with one +double-precision floating point argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__DOUBLE(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument with an enumerated type. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ENUM(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument with a flags types. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLAGS(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with one +single-precision floating point argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLOAT(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__INT(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with with a single +long integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__LONG(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +#GObject argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument of type #GParamSpec. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single raw +pointer argument type. + +If it is possible, it is better to use one of the more specific +functions such as g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT() or +g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__POINTER(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single string +argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__STRING(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +unsigned character argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UCHAR(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with with a single +unsigned integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a unsigned int +and a pointer as arguments. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT_POINTER(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +unsigned long integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ULONG(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +#GVariant argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VARIANT(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with no arguments. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The #GVaClosureMarshal equivalent to g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID(). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + A generic marshaller function implemented via +[libffi](http://sourceware.org/libffi/). + +Normally this function is not passed explicitly to g_signal_new(), +but used automatically by GLib when specifying a %NULL marshaller. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A generic #GVaClosureMarshal function implemented via +[libffi](http://sourceware.org/libffi/). + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is + invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args_list. + + + + + + + + Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as +the last parameter. + + a floating reference to a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + user data to pass to @callback_func + + + + destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used + + + + + + A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and +calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created +closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely +associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run +after the object is is freed. + + a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func + + + + + + A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data +and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created +closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely +associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run +after the object is is freed. + + a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func + + + + + + Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as +the first parameter. + + a floating reference to a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + user data to pass to @callback_func + + + + destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used + + + + + + + The type used for callback functions in structure definitions and function +signatures. This doesn't mean that all callback functions must take no +parameters and return void. The required signature of a callback function +is determined by the context in which is used (e.g. the signal to which it +is connected). Use G_CALLBACK() to cast the callback function to a #GCallback. + + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to finalize a class. +This function is rarely needed, as dynamically allocated class resources +should be handled by GBaseInitFunc() and GBaseFinalizeFunc(). +Also, specification of a GClassFinalizeFunc() in the #GTypeInfo +structure of a static type is invalid, because classes of static types +will never be finalized (they are artificially kept alive when their +reference count drops to zero). + + + + + + The #GTypeClass structure to finalize + + + + The @class_data member supplied via the #GTypeInfo structure + + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to initialize the class +of a specific type. This function should initialize all static class +members. + +The initialization process of a class involves: + +- Copying common members from the parent class over to the + derived class structure. +- Zero initialization of the remaining members not copied + over from the parent class. +- Invocation of the GBaseInitFunc() initializers of all parent + types and the class' type. +- Invocation of the class' GClassInitFunc() initializer. + +Since derived classes are partially initialized through a memory copy +of the parent class, the general rule is that GBaseInitFunc() and +GBaseFinalizeFunc() should take care of necessary reinitialization +and release of those class members that were introduced by the type +that specified these GBaseInitFunc()/GBaseFinalizeFunc(). +GClassInitFunc() should only care about initializing static +class members, while dynamic class members (such as allocated strings +or reference counted resources) are better handled by a GBaseInitFunc() +for this type, so proper initialization of the dynamic class members +is performed for class initialization of derived types as well. + +An example may help to correspond the intend of the different class +initializers: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +typedef struct { + GObjectClass parent_class; + gint static_integer; + gchar *dynamic_string; +} TypeAClass; +static void +type_a_base_class_init (TypeAClass *class) +{ + class->dynamic_string = g_strdup ("some string"); +} +static void +type_a_base_class_finalize (TypeAClass *class) +{ + g_free (class->dynamic_string); +} +static void +type_a_class_init (TypeAClass *class) +{ + class->static_integer = 42; +} + +typedef struct { + TypeAClass parent_class; + gfloat static_float; + GString *dynamic_gstring; +} TypeBClass; +static void +type_b_base_class_init (TypeBClass *class) +{ + class->dynamic_gstring = g_string_new ("some other string"); +} +static void +type_b_base_class_finalize (TypeBClass *class) +{ + g_string_free (class->dynamic_gstring); +} +static void +type_b_class_init (TypeBClass *class) +{ + class->static_float = 3.14159265358979323846; +} +]| +Initialization of TypeBClass will first cause initialization of +TypeAClass (derived classes reference their parent classes, see +g_type_class_ref() on this). + +Initialization of TypeAClass roughly involves zero-initializing its fields, +then calling its GBaseInitFunc() type_a_base_class_init() to allocate +its dynamic members (dynamic_string), and finally calling its GClassInitFunc() +type_a_class_init() to initialize its static members (static_integer). +The first step in the initialization process of TypeBClass is then +a plain memory copy of the contents of TypeAClass into TypeBClass and +zero-initialization of the remaining fields in TypeBClass. +The dynamic members of TypeAClass within TypeBClass now need +reinitialization which is performed by calling type_a_base_class_init() +with an argument of TypeBClass. + +After that, the GBaseInitFunc() of TypeBClass, type_b_base_class_init() +is called to allocate the dynamic members of TypeBClass (dynamic_gstring), +and finally the GClassInitFunc() of TypeBClass, type_b_class_init(), +is called to complete the initialization process with the static members +(static_float). + +Corresponding finalization counter parts to the GBaseInitFunc() functions +have to be provided to release allocated resources at class finalization +time. + + + + + + The #GTypeClass structure to initialize. + + + + The @class_data member supplied via the #GTypeInfo structure. + + + + + + A #GClosure represents a callback supplied by the programmer. It +will generally comprise a function of some kind and a marshaller +used to call it. It is the responsibility of the marshaller to +convert the arguments for the invocation from #GValues into +a suitable form, perform the callback on the converted arguments, +and transform the return value back into a #GValue. + +In the case of C programs, a closure usually just holds a pointer +to a function and maybe a data argument, and the marshaller +converts between #GValue and native C types. The GObject +library provides the #GCClosure type for this purpose. Bindings for +other languages need marshallers which convert between #GValues +and suitable representations in the runtime of the language in +order to use functions written in that languages as callbacks. + +Within GObject, closures play an important role in the +implementation of signals. When a signal is registered, the +@c_marshaller argument to g_signal_new() specifies the default C +marshaller for any closure which is connected to this +signal. GObject provides a number of C marshallers for this +purpose, see the g_cclosure_marshal_*() functions. Additional C +marshallers can be generated with the [glib-genmarshal][glib-genmarshal] +utility. Closures can be explicitly connected to signals with +g_signal_connect_closure(), but it usually more convenient to let +GObject create a closure automatically by using one of the +g_signal_connect_*() functions which take a callback function/user +data pair. + +Using closures has a number of important advantages over a simple +callback function/data pointer combination: + +- Closures allow the callee to get the types of the callback parameters, + which means that language bindings don't have to write individual glue + for each callback type. + +- The reference counting of #GClosure makes it easy to handle reentrancy + right; if a callback is removed while it is being invoked, the closure + and its parameters won't be freed until the invocation finishes. + +- g_closure_invalidate() and invalidation notifiers allow callbacks to be + automatically removed when the objects they point to go away. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the closure is currently being invoked with + g_closure_invoke() + + + + Indicates whether the closure has been invalidated by + g_closure_invalidate() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A variant of g_closure_new_simple() which stores @object in the +@data field of the closure and calls g_object_watch_closure() on +@object and the created closure. This function is mainly useful +when implementing new types of closures. + + a newly allocated #GClosure + + + + + the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least + `sizeof (GClosure)` + + + + a #GObject pointer to store in the @data field of the newly + allocated #GClosure + + + + + + Allocates a struct of the given size and initializes the initial +part as a #GClosure. This function is mainly useful when +implementing new types of closures. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +typedef struct _MyClosure MyClosure; +struct _MyClosure +{ + GClosure closure; + // extra data goes here +}; + +static void +my_closure_finalize (gpointer notify_data, + GClosure *closure) +{ + MyClosure *my_closure = (MyClosure *)closure; + + // free extra data here +} + +MyClosure *my_closure_new (gpointer data) +{ + GClosure *closure; + MyClosure *my_closure; + + closure = g_closure_new_simple (sizeof (MyClosure), data); + my_closure = (MyClosure *) closure; + + // initialize extra data here + + g_closure_add_finalize_notifier (closure, notify_data, + my_closure_finalize); + return my_closure; +} +]| + + a floating reference to a new #GClosure + + + + + the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least + `sizeof (GClosure)` + + + + data to store in the @data field of the newly allocated #GClosure + + + + + + Registers a finalization notifier which will be called when the +reference count of @closure goes down to 0. Multiple finalization +notifiers on a single closure are invoked in unspecified order. If +a single call to g_closure_unref() results in the closure being +both invalidated and finalized, then the invalidate notifiers will +be run before the finalize notifiers. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + data to pass to @notify_func + + + + the callback function to register + + + + + + Registers an invalidation notifier which will be called when the +@closure is invalidated with g_closure_invalidate(). Invalidation +notifiers are invoked before finalization notifiers, in an +unspecified order. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + data to pass to @notify_func + + + + the callback function to register + + + + + + Adds a pair of notifiers which get invoked before and after the +closure callback, respectively. This is typically used to protect +the extra arguments for the duration of the callback. See +g_object_watch_closure() for an example of marshal guards. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + data to pass + to @pre_marshal_notify + + + + a function to call before the closure callback + + + + data to pass + to @post_marshal_notify + + + + a function to call after the closure callback + + + + + + Sets a flag on the closure to indicate that its calling +environment has become invalid, and thus causes any future +invocations of g_closure_invoke() on this @closure to be +ignored. Also, invalidation notifiers installed on the closure will +be called at this point. Note that unless you are holding a +reference to the closure yourself, the invalidation notifiers may +unref the closure and cause it to be destroyed, so if you need to +access the closure after calling g_closure_invalidate(), make sure +that you've previously called g_closure_ref(). + +Note that g_closure_invalidate() will also be called when the +reference count of a closure drops to zero (unless it has already +been invalidated before). + + + + + + GClosure to invalidate + + + + + + Invokes the closure, i.e. executes the callback represented by the @closure. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure + doesn't return a value. + + + + the length of the @param_values array + + + + an array of + #GValues holding the arguments on which to + invoke the callback of @closure + + + + + + a context-dependent invocation hint + + + + + + Increments the reference count on a closure to force it staying +alive while the caller holds a pointer to it. + + The @closure passed in, for convenience + + + + + #GClosure to increment the reference count on + + + + + + Removes a finalization notifier. + +Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + data which was passed to g_closure_add_finalize_notifier() + when registering @notify_func + + + + the callback function to remove + + + + + + Removes an invalidation notifier. + +Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + data which was passed to g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier() + when registering @notify_func + + + + the callback function to remove + + + + + + Sets the marshaller of @closure. The `marshal_data` +of @marshal provides a way for a meta marshaller to provide additional +information to the marshaller. (See g_closure_set_meta_marshal().) For +GObject's C predefined marshallers (the g_cclosure_marshal_*() +functions), what it provides is a callback function to use instead of +@closure->callback. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + a #GClosureMarshal function + + + + + + Sets the meta marshaller of @closure. A meta marshaller wraps +@closure->marshal and modifies the way it is called in some +fashion. The most common use of this facility is for C callbacks. +The same marshallers (generated by [glib-genmarshal][glib-genmarshal]), +are used everywhere, but the way that we get the callback function +differs. In most cases we want to use @closure->callback, but in +other cases we want to use some different technique to retrieve the +callback function. + +For example, class closures for signals (see +g_signal_type_cclosure_new()) retrieve the callback function from a +fixed offset in the class structure. The meta marshaller retrieves +the right callback and passes it to the marshaller as the +@marshal_data argument. + + + + + + a #GClosure + + + + context-dependent data to pass + to @meta_marshal + + + + a #GClosureMarshal function + + + + + + Takes over the initial ownership of a closure. Each closure is +initially created in a "floating" state, which means that the initial +reference count is not owned by any caller. g_closure_sink() checks +to see if the object is still floating, and if so, unsets the +floating state and decreases the reference count. If the closure +is not floating, g_closure_sink() does nothing. The reason for the +existence of the floating state is to prevent cumbersome code +sequences like: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +closure = g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data); +g_source_set_closure (source, closure); +g_closure_unref (closure); // GObject doesn't really need this +]| +Because g_source_set_closure() (and similar functions) take ownership of the +initial reference count, if it is unowned, we instead can write: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_source_set_closure (source, g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data)); +]| + +Generally, this function is used together with g_closure_ref(). Ane example +of storing a closure for later notification looks like: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static GClosure *notify_closure = NULL; +void +foo_notify_set_closure (GClosure *closure) +{ + if (notify_closure) + g_closure_unref (notify_closure); + notify_closure = closure; + if (notify_closure) + { + g_closure_ref (notify_closure); + g_closure_sink (notify_closure); + } +} +]| + +Because g_closure_sink() may decrement the reference count of a closure +(if it hasn't been called on @closure yet) just like g_closure_unref(), +g_closure_ref() should be called prior to this function. + + + + + + #GClosure to decrement the initial reference count on, if it's + still being held + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of a closure after it was previously +incremented by the same caller. If no other callers are using the +closure, then the closure will be destroyed and freed. + + + + + + #GClosure to decrement the reference count on + + + + + + + The type used for marshaller functions. + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the length of the @param_values array + + + + an array of + #GValues holding the arguments on which to invoke the + callback of @closure + + + + + + the invocation hint given as the + last argument to g_closure_invoke() + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + The type used for the various notification callbacks which can be registered +on closures. + + + + + + data specified when registering the notification callback + + + + the #GClosure on which the notification is emitted + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The connection flags are used to specify the behaviour of a signal's +connection. + + whether the handler should be called before or after the + default handler of the signal. + + + whether the instance and data should be swapped when + calling the handler; see g_signal_connect_swapped() for an example. + + + + The class of an enumeration type holds information about its +possible values. + + the parent class + + + + the smallest possible value. + + + + the largest possible value. + + + + the number of possible values. + + + + an array of #GEnumValue structs describing the + individual values. + + + + + A structure which contains a single enum value, its name, and its +nickname. + + the enum value + + + + the name of the value + + + + the nickname of the value + + + + + The class of a flags type holds information about its +possible values. + + the parent class + + + + a mask covering all possible values. + + + + the number of possible values. + + + + an array of #GFlagsValue structs describing the + individual values. + + + + + A structure which contains a single flags value, its name, and its +nickname. + + the flags value + + + + the name of the value + + + + the nickname of the value + + + + + All the fields in the GInitiallyUnowned structure +are private to the #GInitiallyUnowned implementation and should never be +accessed directly. + + + + + + + + + + + + The class structure for the GInitiallyUnowned type. + + the parent class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to initialize a new +instance of a type. This function initializes all instance members and +allocates any resources required by it. + +Initialization of a derived instance involves calling all its parent +types instance initializers, so the class member of the instance +is altered during its initialization to always point to the class that +belongs to the type the current initializer was introduced for. + +The extended members of @instance are guaranteed to have been filled with +zeros before this function is called. + + + + + + The instance to initialize + + + + The class of the type the instance is + created for + + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to finalize an interface. +This function should destroy any internal data and release any resources +allocated by the corresponding GInterfaceInitFunc() function. + + + + + + The interface structure to finalize + + + + The @interface_data supplied via the #GInterfaceInfo structure + + + + + + A structure that provides information to the type system which is +used specifically for managing interface types. + + location of the interface initialization function + + + + location of the interface finalization function + + + + user-supplied data passed to the interface init/finalize functions + + + + + A callback function used by the type system to initialize a new +interface. This function should initialize all internal data and +allocate any resources required by the interface. + +The members of @iface_data are guaranteed to have been filled with +zeros before this function is called. + + + + + + The interface structure to initialize + + + + The @interface_data supplied via the #GInterfaceInfo structure + + + + + + All the fields in the GObject structure are private +to the #GObject implementation and should never be accessed directly. + + Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. + +Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) +which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. + + a new instance of + @object_type + + + + + the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate + + + + the name of the first property + + + + the value of the first property, followed optionally by more + name/value pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. + +Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) +which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. + + a new instance of @object_type + + + + + the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate + + + + the name of the first property + + + + the value of the first property, followed optionally by more + name/value pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties using +the provided arrays. Both arrays must have exactly @n_properties elements, +and the names and values correspond by index. + +Construction parameters (see %G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, %G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) +which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. + + a new instance of +@object_type + + + + + the object type to instantiate + + + + the number of properties + + + + the names of each property to be set + + + + + + the values of each property to be set + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. + +Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) +which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. + Use g_object_new_with_properties() instead. +deprecated. See #GParameter for more information. + + a new instance of +@object_type + + + + + the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate + + + + the length of the @parameters array + + + + an array of #GParameter + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Find the #GParamSpec with the given name for an +interface. Generally, the interface vtable passed in as @g_iface +will be the default vtable from g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, +if you know the interface has already been loaded, +g_type_default_interface_peek(). + + the #GParamSpec for the property of the + interface with the name @property_name, or %NULL if no + such property exists. + + + + + any interface vtable for the + interface, or the default vtable for the interface + + + + name of a property to lookup. + + + + + + Add a property to an interface; this is only useful for interfaces +that are added to GObject-derived types. Adding a property to an +interface forces all objects classes with that interface to have a +compatible property. The compatible property could be a newly +created #GParamSpec, but normally +g_object_class_override_property() will be used so that the object +class only needs to provide an implementation and inherits the +property description, default value, bounds, and so forth from the +interface property. + +This function is meant to be called from the interface's default +vtable initialization function (the @class_init member of +#GTypeInfo.) It must not be called after after @class_init has +been called for any object types implementing this interface. + +If @pspec is a floating reference, it will be consumed. + + + + + + any interface vtable for the + interface, or the default + vtable for the interface. + + + + the #GParamSpec for the new property + + + + + + Lists the properties of an interface.Generally, the interface +vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from +g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has +already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek(). + + a + pointer to an array of pointers to #GParamSpec + structures. The paramspecs are owned by GLib, but the + array should be freed with g_free() when you are done with + it. + + + + + + + any interface vtable for the + interface, or the default vtable for the interface + + + + location to store number of properties returned. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object. + +When possible, eg. when signaling a property change from within the class +that registered the property, you should use g_object_notify_by_pspec() +instead. + +Note that emission of the notify signal may be blocked with +g_object_freeze_notify(). In this case, the signal emissions are queued +and will be emitted (in reverse order) when g_object_thaw_notify() is +called. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Increases the reference count of the object by one and sets a +callback to be called when all other references to the object are +dropped, or when this is already the last reference to the object +and another reference is established. + +This functionality is intended for binding @object to a proxy +object managed by another memory manager. This is done with two +paired references: the strong reference added by +g_object_add_toggle_ref() and a reverse reference to the proxy +object which is either a strong reference or weak reference. + +The setup is that when there are no other references to @object, +only a weak reference is held in the reverse direction from @object +to the proxy object, but when there are other references held to +@object, a strong reference is held. The @notify callback is called +when the reference from @object to the proxy object should be +"toggled" from strong to weak (@is_last_ref true) or weak to strong +(@is_last_ref false). + +Since a (normal) reference must be held to the object before +calling g_object_add_toggle_ref(), the initial state of the reverse +link is always strong. + +Multiple toggle references may be added to the same gobject, +however if there are multiple toggle references to an object, none +of them will ever be notified until all but one are removed. For +this reason, you should only ever use a toggle reference if there +is important state in the proxy object. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + a function to call when this reference is the + last reference to the object, or is no longer + the last reference. + + + + data to pass to @notify + + + + + + Adds a weak reference from weak_pointer to @object to indicate that +the pointer located at @weak_pointer_location is only valid during +the lifetime of @object. When the @object is finalized, +@weak_pointer will be set to %NULL. + +Note that as with g_object_weak_ref(), the weak references created by +this method are not thread-safe: they cannot safely be used in one +thread if the object's last g_object_unref() might happen in another +thread. Use #GWeakRef if thread-safety is required. + + + + + + The object that should be weak referenced. + + + + The memory address + of a pointer. + + + + + + Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property +on @target. Whenever the @source_property is changed the @target_property is +updated using the same value. For instance: + +|[ + g_object_bind_property (action, "active", widget, "sensitive", 0); +]| + +Will result in the "sensitive" property of the widget #GObject instance to be +updated with the same value of the "active" property of the action #GObject +instance. + +If @flags contains %G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL then the binding will be mutual: +if @target_property on @target changes then the @source_property on @source +will be updated as well. + +The binding will automatically be removed when either the @source or the +@target instances are finalized. To remove the binding without affecting the +@source and the @target you can just call g_object_unref() on the returned +#GBinding instance. + +A #GObject can have multiple bindings. + + the #GBinding instance representing the + binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released + whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. + + + + + the source #GObject + + + + the property on @source to bind + + + + the target #GObject + + + + the property on @target to bind + + + + flags to pass to #GBinding + + + + + + Complete version of g_object_bind_property(). + +Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property +on @target, allowing you to set the transformation functions to be used by +the binding. + +If @flags contains %G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL then the binding will be mutual: +if @target_property on @target changes then the @source_property on @source +will be updated as well. The @transform_from function is only used in case +of bidirectional bindings, otherwise it will be ignored + +The binding will automatically be removed when either the @source or the +@target instances are finalized. To remove the binding without affecting the +@source and the @target you can just call g_object_unref() on the returned +#GBinding instance. + +A #GObject can have multiple bindings. + +The same @user_data parameter will be used for both @transform_to +and @transform_from transformation functions; the @notify function will +be called once, when the binding is removed. If you need different data +for each transformation function, please use +g_object_bind_property_with_closures() instead. + + the #GBinding instance representing the + binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released + whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. + + + + + the source #GObject + + + + the property on @source to bind + + + + the target #GObject + + + + the property on @target to bind + + + + flags to pass to #GBinding + + + + the transformation function + from the @source to the @target, or %NULL to use the default + + + + the transformation function + from the @target to the @source, or %NULL to use the default + + + + custom data to be passed to the transformation functions, + or %NULL + + + + a function to call when disposing the binding, to free + resources used by the transformation functions, or %NULL if not required + + + + + + Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property +on @target, allowing you to set the transformation functions to be used by +the binding. + +This function is the language bindings friendly version of +g_object_bind_property_full(), using #GClosures instead of +function pointers. + + the #GBinding instance representing the + binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released + whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. + + + + + the source #GObject + + + + the property on @source to bind + + + + the target #GObject + + + + the property on @target to bind + + + + flags to pass to #GBinding + + + + a #GClosure wrapping the transformation function + from the @source to the @target, or %NULL to use the default + + + + a #GClosure wrapping the transformation function + from the @target to the @source, or %NULL to use the default + + + + + + A convenience function to connect multiple signals at once. + +The signal specs expected by this function have the form +"modifier::signal_name", where modifier can be one of the following: +* - signal: equivalent to g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, 0) +- object-signal, object_signal: equivalent to g_signal_connect_object (..., 0) +- swapped-signal, swapped_signal: equivalent to g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED) +- swapped_object_signal, swapped-object-signal: equivalent to g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED) +- signal_after, signal-after: equivalent to g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_AFTER) +- object_signal_after, object-signal-after: equivalent to g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_AFTER) +- swapped_signal_after, swapped-signal-after: equivalent to g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER) +- swapped_object_signal_after, swapped-object-signal-after: equivalent to g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER) + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + menu->toplevel = g_object_connect (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WINDOW, + "type", GTK_WINDOW_POPUP, + "child", menu, + NULL), + "signal::event", gtk_menu_window_event, menu, + "signal::size_request", gtk_menu_window_size_request, menu, + "signal::destroy", gtk_widget_destroyed, &menu->toplevel, + NULL); +]| + + @object + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the spec for the first signal + + + + #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the + first signal, followed optionally by more signal + spec/callback/data triples, followed by %NULL + + + + + + A convenience function to disconnect multiple signals at once. + +The signal specs expected by this function have the form +"any_signal", which means to disconnect any signal with matching +callback and data, or "any_signal::signal_name", which only +disconnects the signal named "signal_name". + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the spec for the first signal + + + + #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the first signal, + followed optionally by more signal spec/callback/data triples, + followed by %NULL + + + + + + This is a variant of g_object_get_data() which returns +a 'duplicate' of the value. @dup_func defines the +meaning of 'duplicate' in this context, it could e.g. +take a reference on a ref-counted object. + +If the @key is not set on the object then @dup_func +will be called with a %NULL argument. + +Note that @dup_func is called while user data of @object +is locked. + +This function can be useful to avoid races when multiple +threads are using object data on the same key on the same +object. + + the result of calling @dup_func on the value + associated with @key on @object, or %NULL if not set. + If @dup_func is %NULL, the value is returned + unmodified. + + + + + the #GObject to store user data on + + + + a string, naming the user data pointer + + + + function to dup the value + + + + passed as user_data to @dup_func + + + + + + This is a variant of g_object_get_qdata() which returns +a 'duplicate' of the value. @dup_func defines the +meaning of 'duplicate' in this context, it could e.g. +take a reference on a ref-counted object. + +If the @quark is not set on the object then @dup_func +will be called with a %NULL argument. + +Note that @dup_func is called while user data of @object +is locked. + +This function can be useful to avoid races when multiple +threads are using object data on the same key on the same +object. + + the result of calling @dup_func on the value + associated with @quark on @object, or %NULL if not set. + If @dup_func is %NULL, the value is returned + unmodified. + + + + + the #GObject to store user data on + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + function to dup the value + + + + passed as user_data to @dup_func + + + + + + This function is intended for #GObject implementations to re-enforce +a [floating][floating-ref] object reference. Doing this is seldom +required: all #GInitiallyUnowneds are created with a floating reference +which usually just needs to be sunken by calling g_object_ref_sink(). + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Increases the freeze count on @object. If the freeze count is +non-zero, the emission of "notify" signals on @object is +stopped. The signals are queued until the freeze count is decreased +to zero. Duplicate notifications are squashed so that at most one +#GObject::notify signal is emitted for each property modified while the +object is frozen. + +This is necessary for accessors that modify multiple properties to prevent +premature notification while the object is still being modified. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Gets properties of an object. + +In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller +is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for +the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref(). + +Here is an example of using g_object_get() to get the contents +of three properties: an integer, a string and an object: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + gint intval; + gchar *strval; + GObject *objval; + + g_object_get (my_object, + "int-property", &intval, + "str-property", &strval, + "obj-property", &objval, + NULL); + + // Do something with intval, strval, objval + + g_free (strval); + g_object_unref (objval); + ]| + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + name of the first property to get + + + + return location for the first property, followed optionally by more + name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Gets a named field from the objects table of associations (see g_object_set_data()). + + the data if found, + or %NULL if no such data exists. + + + + + #GObject containing the associations + + + + name of the key for that association + + + + + + Gets a property of an object. @value must have been initialized to the +expected type of the property (or a type to which the expected type can be +transformed) using g_value_init(). + +In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is +responsible for freeing the memory by calling g_value_unset(). + +Note that g_object_get_property() is really intended for language +bindings, g_object_get() is much more convenient for C programming. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of the property to get + + + + return location for the property value + + + + + + This function gets back user data pointers stored via +g_object_set_qdata(). + + The user data pointer set, or %NULL + + + + + The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from + + + + A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + + + Gets properties of an object. + +In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller +is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for +the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref(). + +See g_object_get(). + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + name of the first property to get + + + + return location for the first property, followed optionally by more + name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Gets @n_properties properties for an @object. +Obtained properties will be set to @values. All properties must be valid. +Warnings will be emitted and undefined behaviour may result if invalid +properties are passed in. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the number of properties + + + + the names of each property to get + + + + + + the values of each property to get + + + + + + + + Checks whether @object has a [floating][floating-ref] reference. + + %TRUE if @object has a floating reference + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object. + +When possible, eg. when signaling a property change from within the class +that registered the property, you should use g_object_notify_by_pspec() +instead. + +Note that emission of the notify signal may be blocked with +g_object_freeze_notify(). In this case, the signal emissions are queued +and will be emitted (in reverse order) when g_object_thaw_notify() is +called. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of a property installed on the class of @object. + + + + + + Emits a "notify" signal for the property specified by @pspec on @object. + +This function omits the property name lookup, hence it is faster than +g_object_notify(). + +One way to avoid using g_object_notify() from within the +class that registered the properties, and using g_object_notify_by_pspec() +instead, is to store the GParamSpec used with +g_object_class_install_property() inside a static array, e.g.: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + enum + { + PROP_0, + PROP_FOO, + PROP_LAST + }; + + static GParamSpec *properties[PROP_LAST]; + + static void + my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) + { + properties[PROP_FOO] = g_param_spec_int ("foo", "Foo", "The foo", + 0, 100, + 50, + G_PARAM_READWRITE); + g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, + PROP_FOO, + properties[PROP_FOO]); + } +]| + +and then notify a change on the "foo" property with: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_object_notify_by_pspec (self, properties[PROP_FOO]); +]| + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the #GParamSpec of a property installed on the class of @object. + + + + + + Increases the reference count of @object. + +Since GLib 2.56, if `GLIB_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED` is 2.56 or greater, the type +of @object will be propagated to the return type (using the GCC typeof() +extension), so any casting the caller needs to do on the return type must be +explicit. + + the same @object + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Increase the reference count of @object, and possibly remove the +[floating][floating-ref] reference, if @object has a floating reference. + +In other words, if the object is floating, then this call "assumes +ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal +reference by clearing the floating flag while leaving the reference +count unchanged. If the object is not floating, then this call +adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. + +Since GLib 2.56, the type of @object will be propagated to the return type +under the same conditions as for g_object_ref(). + + @object + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Removes a reference added with g_object_add_toggle_ref(). The +reference count of the object is decreased by one. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + a function to call when this reference is the + last reference to the object, or is no longer + the last reference. + + + + data to pass to @notify + + + + + + Removes a weak reference from @object that was previously added +using g_object_add_weak_pointer(). The @weak_pointer_location has +to match the one used with g_object_add_weak_pointer(). + + + + + + The object that is weak referenced. + + + + The memory address + of a pointer. + + + + + + Compares the user data for the key @key on @object with +@oldval, and if they are the same, replaces @oldval with +@newval. + +This is like a typical atomic compare-and-exchange +operation, for user data on an object. + +If the previous value was replaced then ownership of the +old value (@oldval) is passed to the caller, including +the registered destroy notify for it (passed out in @old_destroy). +It’s up to the caller to free this as needed, which may +or may not include using @old_destroy as sometimes replacement +should not destroy the object in the normal way. + + %TRUE if the existing value for @key was replaced + by @newval, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #GObject to store user data on + + + + a string, naming the user data pointer + + + + the old value to compare against + + + + the new value + + + + a destroy notify for the new value + + + + destroy notify for the existing value + + + + + + Compares the user data for the key @quark on @object with +@oldval, and if they are the same, replaces @oldval with +@newval. + +This is like a typical atomic compare-and-exchange +operation, for user data on an object. + +If the previous value was replaced then ownership of the +old value (@oldval) is passed to the caller, including +the registered destroy notify for it (passed out in @old_destroy). +It’s up to the caller to free this as needed, which may +or may not include using @old_destroy as sometimes replacement +should not destroy the object in the normal way. + + %TRUE if the existing value for @quark was replaced + by @newval, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #GObject to store user data on + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + the old value to compare against + + + + the new value + + + + a destroy notify for the new value + + + + destroy notify for the existing value + + + + + + Releases all references to other objects. This can be used to break +reference cycles. + +This function should only be called from object system implementations. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Sets properties on an object. + +Note that the "notify" signals are queued and only emitted (in +reverse order) after all properties have been set. See +g_object_freeze_notify(). + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + name of the first property to set + + + + value for the first property, followed optionally by more + name/value pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Each object carries around a table of associations from +strings to pointers. This function lets you set an association. + +If the object already had an association with that name, +the old association will be destroyed. + + + + + + #GObject containing the associations. + + + + name of the key + + + + data to associate with that key + + + + + + Like g_object_set_data() except it adds notification +for when the association is destroyed, either by setting it +to a different value or when the object is destroyed. + +Note that the @destroy callback is not called if @data is %NULL. + + + + + + #GObject containing the associations + + + + name of the key + + + + data to associate with that key + + + + function to call when the association is destroyed + + + + + + Sets a property on an object. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of the property to set + + + + the value + + + + + + This sets an opaque, named pointer on an object. +The name is specified through a #GQuark (retrived e.g. via +g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer +can be gotten back from the @object with g_object_get_qdata() +until the @object is finalized. +Setting a previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) +the old pointer set, using #NULL as pointer essentially +removes the data stored. + + + + + + The GObject to set store a user data pointer + + + + A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + An opaque user data pointer + + + + + + This function works like g_object_set_qdata(), but in addition, +a void (*destroy) (gpointer) function may be specified which is +called with @data as argument when the @object is finalized, or +the data is being overwritten by a call to g_object_set_qdata() +with the same @quark. + + + + + + The GObject to set store a user data pointer + + + + A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + An opaque user data pointer + + + + Function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data + needs to be freed + + + + + + Sets properties on an object. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + name of the first property to set + + + + value for the first property, followed optionally by more + name/value pairs, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Sets @n_properties properties for an @object. +Properties to be set will be taken from @values. All properties must be +valid. Warnings will be emitted and undefined behaviour may result if invalid +properties are passed in. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the number of properties + + + + the names of each property to be set + + + + + + the values of each property to be set + + + + + + + + Remove a specified datum from the object's data associations, +without invoking the association's destroy handler. + + the data if found, or %NULL + if no such data exists. + + + + + #GObject containing the associations + + + + name of the key + + + + + + This function gets back user data pointers stored via +g_object_set_qdata() and removes the @data from object +without invoking its destroy() function (if any was +set). +Usually, calling this function is only required to update +user data pointers with a destroy notifier, for example: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +void +object_add_to_user_list (GObject *object, + const gchar *new_string) +{ + // the quark, naming the object data + GQuark quark_string_list = g_quark_from_static_string ("my-string-list"); + // retrive the old string list + GList *list = g_object_steal_qdata (object, quark_string_list); + + // prepend new string + list = g_list_prepend (list, g_strdup (new_string)); + // this changed 'list', so we need to set it again + g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_string_list, list, free_string_list); +} +static void +free_string_list (gpointer data) +{ + GList *node, *list = data; + + for (node = list; node; node = node->next) + g_free (node->data); + g_list_free (list); +} +]| +Using g_object_get_qdata() in the above example, instead of +g_object_steal_qdata() would have left the destroy function set, +and thus the partial string list would have been freed upon +g_object_set_qdata_full(). + + The user data pointer set, or %NULL + + + + + The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from + + + + A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + + + Reverts the effect of a previous call to +g_object_freeze_notify(). The freeze count is decreased on @object +and when it reaches zero, queued "notify" signals are emitted. + +Duplicate notifications for each property are squashed so that at most one +#GObject::notify signal is emitted for each property, in the reverse order +in which they have been queued. + +It is an error to call this function when the freeze count is zero. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of @object. When its reference count +drops to 0, the object is finalized (i.e. its memory is freed). + +If the pointer to the #GObject may be reused in future (for example, if it is +an instance variable of another object), it is recommended to clear the +pointer to %NULL rather than retain a dangling pointer to a potentially +invalid #GObject instance. Use g_clear_object() for this. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + This function essentially limits the life time of the @closure to +the life time of the object. That is, when the object is finalized, +the @closure is invalidated by calling g_closure_invalidate() on +it, in order to prevent invocations of the closure with a finalized +(nonexisting) object. Also, g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are +added as marshal guards to the @closure, to ensure that an extra +reference count is held on @object during invocation of the +@closure. Usually, this function will be called on closures that +use this @object as closure data. + + + + + + GObject restricting lifetime of @closure + + + + GClosure to watch + + + + + + Adds a weak reference callback to an object. Weak references are +used for notification when an object is finalized. They are called +"weak references" because they allow you to safely hold a pointer +to an object without calling g_object_ref() (g_object_ref() adds a +strong reference, that is, forces the object to stay alive). + +Note that the weak references created by this method are not +thread-safe: they cannot safely be used in one thread if the +object's last g_object_unref() might happen in another thread. +Use #GWeakRef if thread-safety is required. + + + + + + #GObject to reference weakly + + + + callback to invoke before the object is freed + + + + extra data to pass to notify + + + + + + Removes a weak reference callback to an object. + + + + + + #GObject to remove a weak reference from + + + + callback to search for + + + + data to search for + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The notify signal is emitted on an object when one of its +properties has been changed. Note that getting this signal +doesn't guarantee that the value of the property has actually +changed, it may also be emitted when the setter for the property +is called to reinstate the previous value. + +This signal is typically used to obtain change notification for a +single property, by specifying the property name as a detail in the +g_signal_connect() call, like this: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_signal_connect (text_view->buffer, "notify::paste-target-list", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_text_view_target_list_notify), + text_view) +]| +It is important to note that you must use +[canonical][canonical-parameter-name] parameter names as +detail strings for the notify signal. + + + + + + the #GParamSpec of the property which changed. + + + + + + + The class structure for the GObject type. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// Example of implementing a singleton using a constructor. +static MySingleton *the_singleton = NULL; + +static GObject* +my_singleton_constructor (GType type, + guint n_construct_params, + GObjectConstructParam *construct_params) +{ + GObject *object; + + if (!the_singleton) + { + object = G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->constructor (type, + n_construct_params, + construct_params); + the_singleton = MY_SINGLETON (object); + } + else + object = g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (the_singleton)); + + return object; +} +]| + + the parent class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Looks up the #GParamSpec for a property of a class. + + the #GParamSpec for the property, or + %NULL if the class doesn't have a property of that name + + + + + a #GObjectClass + + + + the name of the property to look up + + + + + + Installs new properties from an array of #GParamSpecs. + +All properties should be installed during the class initializer. It +is possible to install properties after that, but doing so is not +recommend, and specifically, is not guaranteed to be thread-safe vs. +use of properties on the same type on other threads. + +The property id of each property is the index of each #GParamSpec in +the @pspecs array. + +The property id of 0 is treated specially by #GObject and it should not +be used to store a #GParamSpec. + +This function should be used if you plan to use a static array of +#GParamSpecs and g_object_notify_by_pspec(). For instance, this +class initialization: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +enum { + PROP_0, PROP_FOO, PROP_BAR, N_PROPERTIES +}; + +static GParamSpec *obj_properties[N_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, }; + +static void +my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) +{ + GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass); + + obj_properties[PROP_FOO] = + g_param_spec_int ("foo", "Foo", "Foo", + -1, G_MAXINT, + 0, + G_PARAM_READWRITE); + + obj_properties[PROP_BAR] = + g_param_spec_string ("bar", "Bar", "Bar", + NULL, + G_PARAM_READWRITE); + + gobject_class->set_property = my_object_set_property; + gobject_class->get_property = my_object_get_property; + g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, + N_PROPERTIES, + obj_properties); +} +]| + +allows calling g_object_notify_by_pspec() to notify of property changes: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +void +my_object_set_foo (MyObject *self, gint foo) +{ + if (self->foo != foo) + { + self->foo = foo; + g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (self), obj_properties[PROP_FOO]); + } + } +]| + + + + + + a #GObjectClass + + + + the length of the #GParamSpecs array + + + + the #GParamSpecs array + defining the new properties + + + + + + + + Installs a new property. + +All properties should be installed during the class initializer. It +is possible to install properties after that, but doing so is not +recommend, and specifically, is not guaranteed to be thread-safe vs. +use of properties on the same type on other threads. + +Note that it is possible to redefine a property in a derived class, +by installing a property with the same name. This can be useful at times, +e.g. to change the range of allowed values or the default value. + + + + + + a #GObjectClass + + + + the id for the new property + + + + the #GParamSpec for the new property + + + + + + Get an array of #GParamSpec* for all properties of a class. + + an array of + #GParamSpec* which should be freed after use + + + + + + + a #GObjectClass + + + + return location for the length of the returned array + + + + + + Registers @property_id as referring to a property with the name +@name in a parent class or in an interface implemented by @oclass. +This allows this class to "override" a property implementation in +a parent class or to provide the implementation of a property from +an interface. + +Internally, overriding is implemented by creating a property of type +#GParamSpecOverride; generally operations that query the properties of +the object class, such as g_object_class_find_property() or +g_object_class_list_properties() will return the overridden +property. However, in one case, the @construct_properties argument of +the @constructor virtual function, the #GParamSpecOverride is passed +instead, so that the @param_id field of the #GParamSpec will be +correct. For virtually all uses, this makes no difference. If you +need to get the overridden property, you can call +g_param_spec_get_redirect_target(). + + + + + + a #GObjectClass + + + + the new property ID + + + + the name of a property registered in a parent class or + in an interface of this class. + + + + + + + The GObjectConstructParam struct is an auxiliary +structure used to hand #GParamSpec/#GValue pairs to the @constructor of +a #GObjectClass. + + the #GParamSpec of the construct parameter + + + + the value to set the parameter to + + + + + The type of the @finalize function of #GObjectClass. + + + + + + the #GObject being finalized + + + + + + The type of the @get_property function of #GObjectClass. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the numeric id under which the property was registered with + g_object_class_install_property(). + + + + a #GValue to return the property value in + + + + the #GParamSpec describing the property + + + + + + The type of the @set_property function of #GObjectClass. + + + + + + a #GObject + + + + the numeric id under which the property was registered with + g_object_class_install_property(). + + + + the new value for the property + + + + the #GParamSpec describing the property + + + + + + Mask containing the bits of #GParamSpec.flags which are reserved for GLib. + + + + #GParamFlags value alias for %G_PARAM_STATIC_NAME | %G_PARAM_STATIC_NICK | %G_PARAM_STATIC_BLURB. + +Since 2.13.0 + + + + Minimum shift count to be used for user defined flags, to be stored in +#GParamSpec.flags. The maximum allowed is 10. + + + + Through the #GParamFlags flag values, certain aspects of parameters +can be configured. See also #G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS. + + the parameter is readable + + + the parameter is writable + + + alias for %G_PARAM_READABLE | %G_PARAM_WRITABLE + + + the parameter will be set upon object construction + + + the parameter can only be set upon object construction + + + upon parameter conversion (see g_param_value_convert()) + strict validation is not required + + + the string used as name when constructing the + parameter is guaranteed to remain valid and + unmodified for the lifetime of the parameter. + Since 2.8 + + + internal + + + the string used as nick when constructing the + parameter is guaranteed to remain valid and + unmmodified for the lifetime of the parameter. + Since 2.8 + + + the string used as blurb when constructing the + parameter is guaranteed to remain valid and + unmodified for the lifetime of the parameter. + Since 2.8 + + + calls to g_object_set_property() for this + property will not automatically result in a "notify" signal being + emitted: the implementation must call g_object_notify() themselves + in case the property actually changes. Since: 2.42. + + + the parameter is deprecated and will be removed + in a future version. A warning will be generated if it is used + while running with G_ENABLE_DIAGNOSTIC=1. + Since 2.26 + + + + #GParamSpec is an object structure that encapsulates the metadata +required to specify parameters, such as e.g. #GObject properties. + +## Parameter names # {#canonical-parameter-names} + +Parameter names need to start with a letter (a-z or A-Z). +Subsequent characters can be letters, numbers or a '-'. +All other characters are replaced by a '-' during construction. +The result of this replacement is called the canonical name of +the parameter. + + Creates a new #GParamSpec instance. + +A property name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and +digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first +character of a property name must be a letter. Names which violate these +rules lead to undefined behaviour. + +When creating and looking up a #GParamSpec, either separator can be +used, but they cannot be mixed. Using '-' is considerably more +efficient and in fact required when using property names as detail +strings for signals. + +Beyond the name, #GParamSpecs have two more descriptive +strings associated with them, the @nick, which should be suitable +for use as a label for the property in a property editor, and the +@blurb, which should be a somewhat longer description, suitable for +e.g. a tooltip. The @nick and @blurb should ideally be localized. + + a newly allocated #GParamSpec instance + + + + + the #GType for the property; must be derived from #G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + the canonical name of the property + + + + the nickname of the property + + + + a short description of the property + + + + a combination of #GParamFlags + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the short description of a #GParamSpec. + + the short description of @pspec. + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Gets the default value of @pspec as a pointer to a #GValue. + +The #GValue will remain valid for the life of @pspec. + + a pointer to a #GValue which must not be modified + + + + + a #GParamSpec + + + + + + Get the name of a #GParamSpec. + +The name is always an "interned" string (as per g_intern_string()). +This allows for pointer-value comparisons. + + the name of @pspec. + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Gets the GQuark for the name. + + the GQuark for @pspec->name. + + + + + a #GParamSpec + + + + + + Get the nickname of a #GParamSpec. + + the nickname of @pspec. + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata(). + + the user data pointer set, or %NULL + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + + + If the paramspec redirects operations to another paramspec, +returns that paramspec. Redirect is used typically for +providing a new implementation of a property in a derived +type while preserving all the properties from the parent +type. Redirection is established by creating a property +of type #GParamSpecOverride. See g_object_class_override_property() +for an example of the use of this capability. + + paramspec to which requests on this + paramspec should be redirected, or %NULL if none. + + + + + a #GParamSpec + + + + + + Increments the reference count of @pspec. + + the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Convenience function to ref and sink a #GParamSpec. + + the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Sets an opaque, named pointer on a #GParamSpec. The name is +specified through a #GQuark (retrieved e.g. via +g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer can be gotten back +from the @pspec with g_param_spec_get_qdata(). Setting a +previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) the old pointer +set, using %NULL as pointer essentially removes the data stored. + + + + + + the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + an opaque user data pointer + + + + + + This function works like g_param_spec_set_qdata(), but in addition, +a `void (*destroy) (gpointer)` function may be +specified which is called with @data as argument when the @pspec is +finalized, or the data is being overwritten by a call to +g_param_spec_set_qdata() with the same @quark. + + + + + + the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + an opaque user data pointer + + + + function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data needs to + be freed + + + + + + The initial reference count of a newly created #GParamSpec is 1, +even though no one has explicitly called g_param_spec_ref() on it +yet. So the initial reference count is flagged as "floating", until +someone calls `g_param_spec_ref (pspec); g_param_spec_sink +(pspec);` in sequence on it, taking over the initial +reference count (thus ending up with a @pspec that has a reference +count of 1 still, but is not flagged "floating" anymore). + + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata() +and removes the @data from @pspec without invoking its destroy() +function (if any was set). Usually, calling this function is only +required to update user data pointers with a destroy notifier. + + the user data pointer set, or %NULL + + + + + the #GParamSpec to get a stored user data pointer from + + + + a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of a @pspec. + + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + + + private #GTypeInstance portion + + + + name of this parameter: always an interned string + + + + #GParamFlags flags for this parameter + + + + the #GValue type for this parameter + + + + #GType type that uses (introduces) this parameter + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for boolean properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for boxed properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for character properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + The class structure for the GParamSpec type. +Normally, GParamSpec classes are filled by +g_param_type_register_static(). + + the parent class + + + + the #GValue type for this parameter + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for double properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + values closer than @epsilon will be considered identical + by g_param_values_cmp(); the default value is 1e-90. + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for enum +properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + the #GEnumClass for the enum + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for flags +properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + the #GFlagsClass for the flags + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for float properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + values closer than @epsilon will be considered identical + by g_param_values_cmp(); the default value is 1e-30. + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GType properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + a #GType whose subtypes can occur as values + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for 64bit integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for long integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for object properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + + This is a type of #GParamSpec type that simply redirects operations to +another paramspec. All operations other than getting or +setting the value are redirected, including accessing the nick and +blurb, validating a value, and so forth. See +g_param_spec_get_redirect_target() for retrieving the overidden +property. #GParamSpecOverride is used in implementing +g_object_class_override_property(), and will not be directly useful +unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject. + + + + + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for %G_TYPE_PARAM +properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for pointer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + + A #GParamSpecPool maintains a collection of #GParamSpecs which can be +quickly accessed by owner and name. The implementation of the #GObject property +system uses such a pool to store the #GParamSpecs of the properties all object +types. + + Inserts a #GParamSpec in the pool. + + + + + + a #GParamSpecPool. + + + + the #GParamSpec to insert + + + + a #GType identifying the owner of @pspec + + + + + + Gets an array of all #GParamSpecs owned by @owner_type in +the pool. + + a newly + allocated array containing pointers to all #GParamSpecs + owned by @owner_type in the pool + + + + + + + a #GParamSpecPool + + + + the owner to look for + + + + return location for the length of the returned array + + + + + + Gets an #GList of all #GParamSpecs owned by @owner_type in +the pool. + + a + #GList of all #GParamSpecs owned by @owner_type in + the pool#GParamSpecs. + + + + + + + a #GParamSpecPool + + + + the owner to look for + + + + + + Looks up a #GParamSpec in the pool. + + The found #GParamSpec, or %NULL if no +matching #GParamSpec was found. + + + + + a #GParamSpecPool + + + + the name to look for + + + + the owner to look for + + + + If %TRUE, also try to find a #GParamSpec with @param_name + owned by an ancestor of @owner_type. + + + + + + Removes a #GParamSpec from the pool. + + + + + + a #GParamSpecPool + + + + the #GParamSpec to remove + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecPool. + +If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will +allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the +property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is +deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE. + + a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool. + + + + + Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names. + + + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for string +properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + a string containing the allowed values for the first byte + + + + a string containing the allowed values for the subsequent bytes + + + + the replacement byte for bytes which don't match @cset_first or @cset_nth. + + + + replace empty string by %NULL + + + + replace %NULL strings by an empty string + + + + + This structure is used to provide the type system with the information +required to initialize and destruct (finalize) a parameter's class and +instances thereof. +The initialized structure is passed to the g_param_type_register_static() +The type system will perform a deep copy of this structure, so its memory +does not need to be persistent across invocation of +g_param_type_register_static(). + + Size of the instance (object) structure. + + + + Prior to GLib 2.10, it specified the number of pre-allocated (cached) instances to reserve memory for (0 indicates no caching). Since GLib 2.10, it is ignored, since instances are allocated with the [slice allocator][glib-Memory-Slices] now. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GType of values conforming to this #GParamSpec + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned character properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned 64bit integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned long integer properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unichar (unsigned integer) properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GValueArray properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + a #GParamSpec describing the elements contained in arrays of this property, may be %NULL + + + + if greater than 0, arrays of this property will always have this many elements + + + + + A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GVariant properties. + + private #GParamSpec portion + + + + a #GVariantType, or %NULL + + + + a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + The GParameter struct is an auxiliary structure used +to hand parameter name/value pairs to g_object_newv(). + This type is not introspectable. + + the parameter name + + + + the parameter value + + + + + A mask for all #GSignalFlags bits. + + + + A mask for all #GSignalMatchType bits. + + + + The signal accumulator is a special callback function that can be used +to collect return values of the various callbacks that are called +during a signal emission. The signal accumulator is specified at signal +creation time, if it is left %NULL, no accumulation of callback return +values is performed. The return value of signal emissions is then the +value returned by the last callback. + + The accumulator function returns whether the signal emission + should be aborted. Returning %FALSE means to abort the + current emission and %TRUE is returned for continuation. + + + + + Signal invocation hint, see #GSignalInvocationHint. + + + + Accumulator to collect callback return values in, this + is the return value of the current signal emission. + + + + A #GValue holding the return value of the signal handler. + + + + Callback data that was specified when creating the signal. + + + + + + A simple function pointer to get invoked when the signal is emitted. This +allows you to tie a hook to the signal type, so that it will trap all +emissions of that signal, from any object. + +You may not attach these to signals created with the #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag. + + whether it wants to stay connected. If it returns %FALSE, the signal + hook is disconnected (and destroyed). + + + + + Signal invocation hint, see #GSignalInvocationHint. + + + + the number of parameters to the function, including + the instance on which the signal was emitted. + + + + the instance on which + the signal was emitted, followed by the parameters of the emission. + + + + + + user data associated with the hook. + + + + + + The signal flags are used to specify a signal's behaviour, the overall +signal description outlines how especially the RUN flags control the +stages of a signal emission. + + Invoke the object method handler in the first emission stage. + + + Invoke the object method handler in the third emission stage. + + + Invoke the object method handler in the last emission stage. + + + Signals being emitted for an object while currently being in + emission for this very object will not be emitted recursively, + but instead cause the first emission to be restarted. + + + This signal supports "::detail" appendices to the signal name + upon handler connections and emissions. + + + Action signals are signals that may freely be emitted on alive + objects from user code via g_signal_emit() and friends, without + the need of being embedded into extra code that performs pre or + post emission adjustments on the object. They can also be thought + of as object methods which can be called generically by + third-party code. + + + No emissions hooks are supported for this signal. + + + Varargs signal emission will always collect the + arguments, even if there are no signal handlers connected. Since 2.30. + + + The signal is deprecated and will be removed + in a future version. A warning will be generated if it is connected while + running with G_ENABLE_DIAGNOSTIC=1. Since 2.32. + + + + The #GSignalInvocationHint structure is used to pass on additional information +to callbacks during a signal emission. + + The signal id of the signal invoking the callback + + + + The detail passed on for this emission + + + + The stage the signal emission is currently in, this + field will contain one of %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST, + %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP. + + + + + The match types specify what g_signal_handlers_block_matched(), +g_signal_handlers_unblock_matched() and g_signal_handlers_disconnect_matched() +match signals by. + + The signal id must be equal. + + + The signal detail be equal. + + + The closure must be the same. + + + The C closure callback must be the same. + + + The closure data must be the same. + + + Only unblocked signals may matched. + + + + A structure holding in-depth information for a specific signal. It is +filled in by the g_signal_query() function. + + The signal id of the signal being queried, or 0 if the + signal to be queried was unknown. + + + + The signal name. + + + + The interface/instance type that this signal can be emitted for. + + + + The signal flags as passed in to g_signal_new(). + + + + The return type for user callbacks. + + + + The number of parameters that user callbacks take. + + + + The individual parameter types for + user callbacks, note that the effective callback signature is: + |[<!-- language="C" --> + @return_type callback (#gpointer data1, + [param_types param_names,] + gpointer data2); + ]| + + + + + + + A bit in the type number that's supposed to be left untouched. + + + + An integer constant that represents the number of identifiers reserved +for types that are assigned at compile-time. + + + + Shift value used in converting numbers to type IDs. + + + + First fundamental type number to create a new fundamental type id with +G_TYPE_MAKE_FUNDAMENTAL() reserved for BSE. + + + + Last fundamental type number reserved for BSE. + + + + First fundamental type number to create a new fundamental type id with +G_TYPE_MAKE_FUNDAMENTAL() reserved for GLib. + + + + Last fundamental type number reserved for GLib. + + + + First available fundamental type number to create new fundamental +type id with G_TYPE_MAKE_FUNDAMENTAL(). + + + + A callback function used for notification when the state +of a toggle reference changes. See g_object_add_toggle_ref(). + + + + + + Callback data passed to g_object_add_toggle_ref() + + + + The object on which g_object_add_toggle_ref() was called. + + + + %TRUE if the toggle reference is now the + last reference to the object. %FALSE if the toggle + reference was the last reference and there are now other + references. + + + + + + A union holding one collected value. + + the field for holding integer values + + + + the field for holding long integer values + + + + the field for holding 64 bit integer values + + + + the field for holding floating point values + + + + the field for holding pointers + + + + + An opaque structure used as the base of all classes. + + + + + Registers a private structure for an instantiatable type. + +When an object is allocated, the private structures for +the type and all of its parent types are allocated +sequentially in the same memory block as the public +structures, and are zero-filled. + +Note that the accumulated size of the private structures of +a type and all its parent types cannot exceed 64 KiB. + +This function should be called in the type's class_init() function. +The private structure can be retrieved using the +G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE() macro. + +The following example shows attaching a private structure +MyObjectPrivate to an object MyObject defined in the standard +GObject fashion in the type's class_init() function. + +Note the use of a structure member "priv" to avoid the overhead +of repeatedly calling MY_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE(). + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +typedef struct _MyObject MyObject; +typedef struct _MyObjectPrivate MyObjectPrivate; + +struct _MyObject { + GObject parent; + + MyObjectPrivate *priv; +}; + +struct _MyObjectPrivate { + int some_field; +}; + +static void +my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) +{ + g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (MyObjectPrivate)); +} + +static void +my_object_init (MyObject *my_object) +{ + my_object->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (my_object, + MY_TYPE_OBJECT, + MyObjectPrivate); + // my_object->priv->some_field will be automatically initialised to 0 +} + +static int +my_object_get_some_field (MyObject *my_object) +{ + MyObjectPrivate *priv; + + g_return_val_if_fail (MY_IS_OBJECT (my_object), 0); + + priv = my_object->priv; + + return priv->some_field; +} +]| + + + + + + class structure for an instantiatable + type + + + + size of private structure + + + + + + Gets the offset of the private data for instances of @g_class. + +This is how many bytes you should add to the instance pointer of a +class in order to get the private data for the type represented by +@g_class. + +You can only call this function after you have registered a private +data area for @g_class using g_type_class_add_private(). + + the offset, in bytes + + + + + a #GTypeClass + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is a convenience function often needed in class initializers. +It returns the class structure of the immediate parent type of the +class passed in. Since derived classes hold a reference count on +their parent classes as long as they are instantiated, the returned +class will always exist. + +This function is essentially equivalent to: +g_type_class_peek (g_type_parent (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class))) + + the parent class + of @g_class + + + + + the #GTypeClass structure to + retrieve the parent class for + + + + + + Decrements the reference count of the class structure being passed in. +Once the last reference count of a class has been released, classes +may be finalized by the type system, so further dereferencing of a +class pointer after g_type_class_unref() are invalid. + + + + + + a #GTypeClass structure to unref + + + + + + A variant of g_type_class_unref() for use in #GTypeClassCacheFunc +implementations. It unreferences a class without consulting the chain +of #GTypeClassCacheFuncs, avoiding the recursion which would occur +otherwise. + + + + + + a #GTypeClass structure to unref + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), +except that the classes reference count isn't incremented. +As a consequence, this function may return %NULL if the class +of the type passed in does not currently exist (hasn't been +referenced before). + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not + currently exist + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for +static types. + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not + currently exist or is dynamically loaded + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to +@type. This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't +exist already. + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + + A callback function which is called when the reference count of a class +drops to zero. It may use g_type_class_ref() to prevent the class from +being freed. You should not call g_type_class_unref() from a +#GTypeClassCacheFunc function to prevent infinite recursion, use +g_type_class_unref_uncached() instead. + +The functions have to check the class id passed in to figure +whether they actually want to cache the class of this type, since all +classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc chain. + + %TRUE to stop further #GTypeClassCacheFuncs from being + called, %FALSE to continue + + + + + data that was given to the g_type_add_class_cache_func() call + + + + The #GTypeClass structure which is + unreferenced + + + + + + These flags used to be passed to g_type_init_with_debug_flags() which +is now deprecated. + +If you need to enable debugging features, use the GOBJECT_DEBUG +environment variable. + g_type_init() is now done automatically + + Print no messages + + + Print messages about object bookkeeping + + + Print messages about signal emissions + + + Keep a count of instances of each type + + + Mask covering all debug flags + + + + Bit masks used to check or determine characteristics of a type. + + Indicates an abstract type. No instances can be + created for an abstract type + + + Indicates an abstract value type, i.e. a type + that introduces a value table, but can't be used for + g_value_init() + + + + Bit masks used to check or determine specific characteristics of a +fundamental type. + + Indicates a classed type + + + Indicates an instantiable type (implies classed) + + + Indicates a flat derivable type + + + Indicates a deep derivable type (implies derivable) + + + + A structure that provides information to the type system which is +used specifically for managing fundamental types. + + #GTypeFundamentalFlags describing the characteristics of the fundamental type + + + + + This structure is used to provide the type system with the information +required to initialize and destruct (finalize) a type's class and +its instances. + +The initialized structure is passed to the g_type_register_static() function +(or is copied into the provided #GTypeInfo structure in the +g_type_plugin_complete_type_info()). The type system will perform a deep +copy of this structure, so its memory does not need to be persistent +across invocation of g_type_register_static(). + + Size of the class structure (required for interface, classed and instantiatable types) + + + + Location of the base initialization function (optional) + + + + Location of the base finalization function (optional) + + + + Location of the class initialization function for + classed and instantiatable types. Location of the default vtable + inititalization function for interface types. (optional) This function + is used both to fill in virtual functions in the class or default vtable, + and to do type-specific setup such as registering signals and object + properties. + + + + Location of the class finalization function for + classed and instantiatable types. Location of the default vtable + finalization function for interface types. (optional) + + + + User-supplied data passed to the class init/finalize functions + + + + Size of the instance (object) structure (required for instantiatable types only) + + + + Prior to GLib 2.10, it specified the number of pre-allocated (cached) instances to reserve memory for (0 indicates no caching). Since GLib 2.10, it is ignored, since instances are allocated with the [slice allocator][glib-Memory-Slices] now. + + + + Location of the instance initialization function (optional, for instantiatable types only) + + + + A #GTypeValueTable function table for generic handling of GValues + of this type (usually only useful for fundamental types) + + + + + An opaque structure used as the base of all type instances. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An opaque structure used as the base of all interface types. + + + + + + + + Returns the corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent type +of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs. This is useful when +deriving the implementation of an interface from the parent type and +then possibly overriding some methods. + + the + corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent type of the + instance type to which @g_iface belongs, or %NULL if the parent + type doesn't conform to the interface + + + + + a #GTypeInterface structure + + + + + + Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type. +This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement +@prerequisite_type. Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to +interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have +at most one instantiatable prerequisite type. + + + + + + #GType value of an interface type + + + + #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type + + + + + + Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for the dynamic interface +@interface_type which has been added to @instance_type, or %NULL +if @interface_type has not been added to @instance_type or does +not have a #GTypePlugin structure. See g_type_add_interface_dynamic(). + + the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic + interface @interface_type of @instance_type + + + + + #GType of an instantiatable type + + + + #GType of an interface type + + + + + + Returns the #GTypeInterface structure of an interface to which the +passed in class conforms. + + the #GTypeInterface + structure of @iface_type if implemented by @instance_class, %NULL + otherwise + + + + + a #GTypeClass structure + + + + an interface ID which this class conforms to + + + + + + Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type. + + a + newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing + the prerequisites of @interface_type + + + + + + + an interface type + + + + location to return the number + of prerequisites, or %NULL + + + + + + + A callback called after an interface vtable is initialized. +See g_type_add_interface_check(). + + + + + + data passed to g_type_add_interface_check() + + + + the interface that has been + initialized + + + + + + #GTypeModule provides a simple implementation of the #GTypePlugin +interface. The model of #GTypeModule is a dynamically loaded module +which implements some number of types and interface implementations. +When the module is loaded, it registers its types and interfaces +using g_type_module_register_type() and g_type_module_add_interface(). +As long as any instances of these types and interface implementations +are in use, the module is kept loaded. When the types and interfaces +are gone, the module may be unloaded. If the types and interfaces +become used again, the module will be reloaded. Note that the last +unref cannot happen in module code, since that would lead to the +caller's code being unloaded before g_object_unref() returns to it. + +Keeping track of whether the module should be loaded or not is done by +using a use count - it starts at zero, and whenever it is greater than +zero, the module is loaded. The use count is maintained internally by +the type system, but also can be explicitly controlled by +g_type_module_use() and g_type_module_unuse(). Typically, when loading +a module for the first type, g_type_module_use() will be used to load +it so that it can initialize its types. At some later point, when the +module no longer needs to be loaded except for the type +implementations it contains, g_type_module_unuse() is called. + +#GTypeModule does not actually provide any implementation of module +loading and unloading. To create a particular module type you must +derive from #GTypeModule and implement the load and unload functions +in #GTypeModuleClass. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Registers an additional interface for a type, whose interface lives +in the given type plugin. If the interface was already registered +for the type in this plugin, nothing will be done. + +As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will +not be unloaded. + +Since 2.56 if @module is %NULL this will call g_type_add_interface_static() +instead. This can be used when making a static build of the module. + + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + type to which to add the interface. + + + + interface type to add + + + + type information structure + + + + + + Looks up or registers an enumeration that is implemented with a particular +type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, +the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type +is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. + +As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will +not be unloaded. + +Since 2.56 if @module is %NULL this will call g_type_register_static() +instead. This can be used when making a static build of the module. + + the new or existing type ID + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + name for the type + + + + an array of #GEnumValue structs for the + possible enumeration values. The array is + terminated by a struct with all members being + 0. + + + + + + Looks up or registers a flags type that is implemented with a particular +type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, +the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type +is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. + +As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will +not be unloaded. + +Since 2.56 if @module is %NULL this will call g_type_register_static() +instead. This can be used when making a static build of the module. + + the new or existing type ID + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + name for the type + + + + an array of #GFlagsValue structs for the + possible flags values. The array is + terminated by a struct with all members being + 0. + + + + + + Looks up or registers a type that is implemented with a particular +type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, +the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type +is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. + +When reregistering a type (typically because a module is unloaded +then reloaded, and reinitialized), @module and @parent_type must +be the same as they were previously. + +As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will +not be unloaded. + +Since 2.56 if @module is %NULL this will call g_type_register_static() +instead. This can be used when making a static build of the module. + + the new or existing type ID + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + the type for the parent class + + + + name for the type + + + + type information structure + + + + flags field providing details about the type + + + + + + Sets the name for a #GTypeModule + + + + + + a #GTypeModule. + + + + a human-readable name to use in error messages. + + + + + + Decreases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the +result is zero, the module will be unloaded. (However, the +#GTypeModule will not be freed, and types associated with the +#GTypeModule are not unregistered. Once a #GTypeModule is +initialized, it must exist forever.) + + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + + + Increases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the +use count was zero before, the plugin will be loaded. +If loading the plugin fails, the use count is reset to +its prior value. + + %FALSE if the plugin needed to be loaded and + loading the plugin failed. + + + + + a #GTypeModule + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the name of the module + + + + + In order to implement dynamic loading of types based on #GTypeModule, +the @load and @unload functions in #GTypeModuleClass must be implemented. + + the parent class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The GObject type system supports dynamic loading of types. +The #GTypePlugin interface is used to handle the lifecycle +of dynamically loaded types. It goes as follows: + +1. The type is initially introduced (usually upon loading the module + the first time, or by your main application that knows what modules + introduces what types), like this: + |[<!-- language="C" --> + new_type_id = g_type_register_dynamic (parent_type_id, + "TypeName", + new_type_plugin, + type_flags); + ]| + where @new_type_plugin is an implementation of the + #GTypePlugin interface. + +2. The type's implementation is referenced, e.g. through + g_type_class_ref() or through g_type_create_instance() (this is + being called by g_object_new()) or through one of the above done on + a type derived from @new_type_id. + +3. This causes the type system to load the type's implementation by + calling g_type_plugin_use() and g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() + on @new_type_plugin. + +4. At some point the type's implementation isn't required anymore, + e.g. after g_type_class_unref() or g_type_free_instance() (called + when the reference count of an instance drops to zero). + +5. This causes the type system to throw away the information retrieved + from g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() and then it calls + g_type_plugin_unuse() on @new_type_plugin. + +6. Things may repeat from the second step. + +So basically, you need to implement a #GTypePlugin type that +carries a use_count, once use_count goes from zero to one, you need +to load the implementation to successfully handle the upcoming +g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() call. Later, maybe after +succeeding use/unuse calls, once use_count drops to zero, you can +unload the implementation again. The type system makes sure to call +g_type_plugin_use() and g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() again +when the type is needed again. + +#GTypeModule is an implementation of #GTypePlugin that already +implements most of this except for the actual module loading and +unloading. It even handles multiple registered types per module. + + Calls the @complete_interface_info function from the +#GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this +function outside of the GObject type system itself. + + + + + + the #GTypePlugin + + + + the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface + is added + + + + the #GType of the interface whose info is completed + + + + the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in + + + + + + Calls the @complete_type_info function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin. +There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject +type system itself. + + + + + + a #GTypePlugin + + + + the #GType whose info is completed + + + + the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in + + + + the #GTypeValueTable to fill in + + + + + + Calls the @unuse_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of +@plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of +the GObject type system itself. + + + + + + a #GTypePlugin + + + + + + Calls the @use_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of +@plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of +the GObject type system itself. + + + + + + a #GTypePlugin + + + + + + + The #GTypePlugin interface is used by the type system in order to handle +the lifecycle of dynamically loaded types. + + + + + Increases the use count of the plugin. + + + + Decreases the use count of the plugin. + + + + Fills in the #GTypeInfo and + #GTypeValueTable structs for the type. The structs are initialized + with `memset(s, 0, sizeof (s))` before calling this function. + + + + Fills in missing parts of the #GInterfaceInfo + for the interface. The structs is initialized with + `memset(s, 0, sizeof (s))` before calling this function. + + + + + The type of the @complete_interface_info function of #GTypePluginClass. + + + + + + the #GTypePlugin + + + + the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface + is added + + + + the #GType of the interface whose info is completed + + + + the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in + + + + + + The type of the @complete_type_info function of #GTypePluginClass. + + + + + + the #GTypePlugin + + + + the #GType whose info is completed + + + + the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in + + + + the #GTypeValueTable to fill in + + + + + + The type of the @unuse_plugin function of #GTypePluginClass. + + + + + + the #GTypePlugin whose use count should be decreased + + + + + + The type of the @use_plugin function of #GTypePluginClass, which gets called +to increase the use count of @plugin. + + + + + + the #GTypePlugin whose use count should be increased + + + + + + A structure holding information for a specific type. +It is filled in by the g_type_query() function. + + the #GType value of the type + + + + the name of the type + + + + the size of the class structure + + + + the size of the instance structure + + + + + The #GTypeValueTable provides the functions required by the #GValue +implementation, to serve as a container for values of a type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A string format describing how to collect the contents of + this value bit-by-bit. Each character in the format represents + an argument to be collected, and the characters themselves indicate + the type of the argument. Currently supported arguments are: + - 'i' - Integers. passed as collect_values[].v_int. + - 'l' - Longs. passed as collect_values[].v_long. + - 'd' - Doubles. passed as collect_values[].v_double. + - 'p' - Pointers. passed as collect_values[].v_pointer. + It should be noted that for variable argument list construction, + ANSI C promotes every type smaller than an integer to an int, and + floats to doubles. So for collection of short int or char, 'i' + needs to be used, and for collection of floats 'd'. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Format description of the arguments to collect for @lcopy_value, + analogous to @collect_format. Usually, @lcopy_format string consists + only of 'p's to provide lcopy_value() with pointers to storage locations. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. + +Note that this function should only be used from source code +that implements or has internal knowledge of the implementation of +@type. + + location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or + %NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type + + + + + a #GType + + + + + + + The maximal number of #GTypeCValues which can be collected for a +single #GValue. + + + + If passed to G_VALUE_COLLECT(), allocated data won't be copied +but used verbatim. This does not affect ref-counted types like +objects. + + + + This is the signature of va_list marshaller functions, an optional +marshaller that can be used in some situations to avoid +marshalling the signal argument into GValues. + + + + + + the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs + + + + a #GValue to store the return + value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a + value. + + + + the instance on which the closure is + invoked. + + + + va_list of arguments to be passed to the closure. + + + + additional data specified when + registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + the length of the @param_types array + + + + the #GType of each argument from + @args. + + + + + + + + An opaque structure used to hold different types of values. +The data within the structure has protected scope: it is accessible only +to functions within a #GTypeValueTable structure, or implementations of +the g_value_*() API. That is, code portions which implement new fundamental +types. +#GValue users cannot make any assumptions about how data is stored +within the 2 element @data union, and the @g_type member should +only be accessed through the G_VALUE_TYPE() macro. + + + + + + + + + + Copies the value of @src_value into @dest_value. + + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure. + + + + An initialized #GValue structure of the same type as @src_value. + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. Upon getting, +the boxed value is duplicated and needs to be later freed with +g_boxed_free(), e.g. like: g_boxed_free (G_VALUE_TYPE (@value), +return_value); + + boxed contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue, increasing +its reference count. If the contents of the #GValue are %NULL, then +%NULL will be returned. + + object content of @value, + should be unreferenced when no longer needed. + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_OBJECT + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue, increasing its +reference count. + + #GParamSpec content of @value, should be unreferenced when + no longer needed. + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + + + Get a copy the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue. + + a newly allocated copy of the string content of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + + + Get the contents of a variant #GValue, increasing its refcount. The returned +#GVariant is never floating. + + variant contents of @value (may be %NULL); + should be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when no longer needed + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_VARIANT + + + + + + Determines if @value will fit inside the size of a pointer value. +This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + + %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value. + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure. + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue. + + boolean contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. + + boxed contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + + + Do not use this function; it is broken on platforms where the %char +type is unsigned, such as ARM and PowerPC. See g_value_get_schar(). + +Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue. + This function's return type is broken, see g_value_get_schar() + + character contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue. + + double contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue. + + enum contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue. + + flags contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue. + + float contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue. + + the #GType stored in @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue. + + integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue. + + 64bit integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64 + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue. + + long integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue. + + object contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue. + + #GParamSpec content of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + + + Get the contents of a pointer #GValue. + + pointer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_POINTER + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue. + + signed 8 bit integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue. + + string content of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue. + + unsigned character contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue. + + unsigned integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue. + + unsigned 64bit integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64 + + + + + + Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue. + + unsigned long integer contents of @value + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG + + + + + + Get the contents of a variant #GValue. + + variant contents of @value (may be %NULL) + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_VARIANT + + + + + + Initializes @value with the default value of @type. + + the #GValue structure that has been passed in + + + + + A zero-filled (uninitialized) #GValue structure. + + + + Type the #GValue should hold values of. + + + + + + Initializes and sets @value from an instantiatable type via the +value_table's collect_value() function. + +Note: The @value will be initialised with the exact type of +@instance. If you wish to set the @value's type to a different GType +(such as a parent class GType), you need to manually call +g_value_init() and g_value_set_instance(). + + + + + + An uninitialized #GValue structure. + + + + the instance + + + + + + Returns the value contents as pointer. This function asserts that +g_value_fits_pointer() returned %TRUE for the passed in value. +This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + + the value contents as pointer + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure + + + + + + Clears the current value in @value and resets it to the default value +(as if the value had just been initialized). + + the #GValue structure that has been passed in + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure. + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue to @v_boolean. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN + + + + boolean value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + boxed value to be set + + + + + + This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + Use g_value_take_boxed() instead. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + duplicated unowned boxed value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char. + This function's input type is broken, see g_value_set_schar() + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR + + + + character value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue to @v_double. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE + + + + double value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue to @v_enum. + + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM + + + + enum value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue to @v_flags. + + + + + + a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS + + + + flags value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue to @v_float. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT + + + + float value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue to @v_gtype. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE + + + + #GType to be set + + + + + + Sets @value from an instantiatable type via the +value_table's collect_value() function. + + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure. + + + + the instance + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue to @v_int. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT + + + + integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue to @v_int64. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64 + + + + 64bit integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue to @v_long. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG + + + + long integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object. + +g_value_set_object() increases the reference count of @v_object +(the #GValue holds a reference to @v_object). If you do not wish +to increase the reference count of the object (i.e. you wish to +pass your current reference to the #GValue because you no longer +need it), use g_value_take_object() instead. + +It is important that your #GValue holds a reference to @v_object (either its +own, or one it has taken) to ensure that the object won't be destroyed while +the #GValue still exists). + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type + + + + object value to be set + + + + + + This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + Use g_value_take_object() instead. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type + + + + object value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + the #GParamSpec to be set + + + + + + This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + Use g_value_take_param() instead. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + the #GParamSpec to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a pointer #GValue to @v_pointer. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_POINTER + + + + pointer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR + + + + signed 8 bit integer to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed. +The boxed value is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated +when setting the #GValue. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + static boxed value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. +The string is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated +when setting the #GValue. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + static string to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + caller-owned string to be duplicated for the #GValue + + + + + + This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + Use g_value_take_string() instead. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + duplicated unowned string to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue to @v_uchar. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR + + + + unsigned character value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue to @v_uint. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT + + + + unsigned integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue to @v_uint64. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64 + + + + unsigned 64bit integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue to @v_ulong. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG + + + + unsigned long integer value to be set + + + + + + Set the contents of a variant #GValue to @variant. +If the variant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_VARIANT + + + + a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed +and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_boxed; +the caller doesn't have to unref it any more. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type + + + + duplicated unowned boxed value to be set + + + + + + Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object +and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_object; +the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference +count of the object is not increased). + +If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @v_object, use +g_value_set_object() instead. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type + + + + object value to be set + + + + + + Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param and takes +over the ownership of the callers reference to @param; the caller +doesn't have to unref it any more. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + the #GParamSpec to be set + + + + + + Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING + + + + string to take ownership of + + + + + + Set the contents of a variant #GValue to @variant, and takes over +the ownership of the caller's reference to @variant; +the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference +count of the variant is not increased). + +If @variant was floating then its floating reference is converted to +a hard reference. + +If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @variant, use +g_value_set_variant() instead. + +This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. + + + + + + a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_VARIANT + + + + a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + + Tries to cast the contents of @src_value into a type appropriate +to store in @dest_value, e.g. to transform a %G_TYPE_INT value +into a %G_TYPE_FLOAT value. Performing transformations between +value types might incur precision lossage. Especially +transformations into strings might reveal seemingly arbitrary +results and shouldn't be relied upon for production code (such +as rcfile value or object property serialization). + + Whether a transformation rule was found and could be applied. + Upon failing transformations, @dest_value is left untouched. + + + + + Source value. + + + + Target value. + + + + + + Clears the current value in @value (if any) and "unsets" the type, +this releases all resources associated with this GValue. An unset +value is the same as an uninitialized (zero-filled) #GValue +structure. + + + + + + An initialized #GValue structure. + + + + + + Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform(). +A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type +will be replaced. + + + + + + Source type. + + + + Target type. + + + + a function which transforms values of type @src_type + into value of type @dest_type + + + + + + Returns whether a #GValue of type @src_type can be copied into +a #GValue of type @dest_type. + + %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type. + + + + + source type to be copied. + + + + destination type for copying. + + + + + + Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values +of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type. Note that for +the types to be transformable, they must be compatible or a +transformation function must be registered. + + %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + Source type. + + + + Target type. + + + + + + + A #GValueArray contains an array of #GValue elements. + + number of values contained in the array + + + + array of values + + + + + + + Allocate and initialize a new #GValueArray, optionally preserve space +for @n_prealloced elements. New arrays always contain 0 elements, +regardless of the value of @n_prealloced. + Use #GArray and g_array_sized_new() instead. + + a newly allocated #GValueArray with 0 values + + + + + number of values to preallocate space for + + + + + + Insert a copy of @value as last element of @value_array. If @value is +%NULL, an uninitialized value is appended. + Use #GArray and g_array_append_val() instead. + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to add an element to + + + + #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL + + + + + + Construct an exact copy of a #GValueArray by duplicating all its +contents. + Use #GArray and g_array_ref() instead. + + Newly allocated copy of #GValueArray + + + + + #GValueArray to copy + + + + + + Free a #GValueArray including its contents. + Use #GArray and g_array_unref() instead. + + + + + + #GValueArray to free + + + + + + Return a pointer to the value at @index_ containd in @value_array. + Use g_array_index() instead. + + pointer to a value at @index_ in @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to get a value from + + + + index of the value of interest + + + + + + Insert a copy of @value at specified position into @value_array. If @value +is %NULL, an uninitialized value is inserted. + Use #GArray and g_array_insert_val() instead. + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to add an element to + + + + insertion position, must be <= value_array->;n_values + + + + #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL + + + + + + Insert a copy of @value as first element of @value_array. If @value is +%NULL, an uninitialized value is prepended. + Use #GArray and g_array_prepend_val() instead. + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to add an element to + + + + #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL + + + + + + Remove the value at position @index_ from @value_array. + Use #GArray and g_array_remove_index() instead. + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to remove an element from + + + + position of value to remove, which must be less than + @value_array->n_values + + + + + + Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements according to +the semantics of #GCompareFunc. + +The current implementation uses the same sorting algorithm as standard +C qsort() function. + Use #GArray and g_array_sort(). + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to sort + + + + function to compare elements + + + + + + Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements according +to the semantics of #GCompareDataFunc. + +The current implementation uses the same sorting algorithm as standard +C qsort() function. + Use #GArray and g_array_sort_with_data(). + + the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array + + + + + #GValueArray to sort + + + + function to compare elements + + + + extra data argument provided for @compare_func + + + + + + + The type of value transformation functions which can be registered with +g_value_register_transform_func(). + +@dest_value will be initialized to the correct destination type. + + + + + + Source value. + + + + Target value. + + + + + + A #GWeakNotify function can be added to an object as a callback that gets +triggered when the object is finalized. Since the object is already being +finalized when the #GWeakNotify is called, there's not much you could do +with the object, apart from e.g. using its address as hash-index or the like. + + + + + + data that was provided when the weak reference was established + + + + the object being finalized + + + + + + A structure containing a weak reference to a #GObject. It can either +be empty (i.e. point to %NULL), or point to an object for as long as +at least one "strong" reference to that object exists. Before the +object's #GObjectClass.dispose method is called, every #GWeakRef +associated with becomes empty (i.e. points to %NULL). + +Like #GValue, #GWeakRef can be statically allocated, stack- or +heap-allocated, or embedded in larger structures. + +Unlike g_object_weak_ref() and g_object_add_weak_pointer(), this weak +reference is thread-safe: converting a weak pointer to a reference is +atomic with respect to invalidation of weak pointers to destroyed +objects. + +If the object's #GObjectClass.dispose method results in additional +references to the object being held, any #GWeakRefs taken +before it was disposed will continue to point to %NULL. If +#GWeakRefs are taken after the object is disposed and +re-referenced, they will continue to point to it until its refcount +goes back to zero, at which point they too will be invalidated. + + + + + + + Frees resources associated with a non-statically-allocated #GWeakRef. +After this call, the #GWeakRef is left in an undefined state. + +You should only call this on a #GWeakRef that previously had +g_weak_ref_init() called on it. + + + + + + location of a weak reference, which + may be empty + + + + + + If @weak_ref is not empty, atomically acquire a strong +reference to the object it points to, and return that reference. + +This function is needed because of the potential race between taking +the pointer value and g_object_ref() on it, if the object was losing +its last reference at the same time in a different thread. + +The caller should release the resulting reference in the usual way, +by using g_object_unref(). + + the object pointed to + by @weak_ref, or %NULL if it was empty + + + + + location of a weak reference to a #GObject + + + + + + Initialise a non-statically-allocated #GWeakRef. + +This function also calls g_weak_ref_set() with @object on the +freshly-initialised weak reference. + +This function should always be matched with a call to +g_weak_ref_clear(). It is not necessary to use this function for a +#GWeakRef in static storage because it will already be +properly initialised. Just use g_weak_ref_set() directly. + + + + + + uninitialized or empty location for a weak + reference + + + + a #GObject or %NULL + + + + + + Change the object to which @weak_ref points, or set it to +%NULL. + +You must own a strong reference on @object while calling this +function. + + + + + + location for a weak reference + + + + a #GObject or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provide a copy of a boxed structure @src_boxed which is of type @boxed_type. + + The newly created copy of the boxed + structure. + + + + + The type of @src_boxed. + + + + The boxed structure to be copied. + + + + + + Free the boxed structure @boxed which is of type @boxed_type. + + + + + + The type of @boxed. + + + + The boxed structure to be freed. + + + + + + This function creates a new %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for a new +boxed type with name @name. Boxed type handling functions have to be +provided to copy and free opaque boxed structures of this type. + + New %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for @name. + + + + + Name of the new boxed type. + + + + Boxed structure copy function. + + + + Boxed structure free function. + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take two boxed pointers as arguments and return a boolean. If you +have such a signal, you will probably also need to use an +accumulator, such as g_signal_accumulator_true_handled(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take a flags type as an argument and return a boolean. If you have +such a signal, you will probably also need to use an accumulator, +such as g_signal_accumulator_true_handled(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with handlers that +take a #GObject and a pointer and produce a string. It is highly +unlikely that your signal handler fits this description. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +boolean argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument which is any boxed pointer type. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +character argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with one +double-precision floating point argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument with an enumerated type. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument with a flags types. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with one +single-precision floating point argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with with a single +long integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +#GObject argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +argument of type #GParamSpec. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single raw +pointer argument type. + +If it is possible, it is better to use one of the more specific +functions such as g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT() or +g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT(). + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single string +argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +unsigned character argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with with a single +unsigned integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a unsigned int +and a pointer as arguments. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +unsigned long integer argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with a single +#GVariant argument. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A #GClosureMarshal function for use with signals with no arguments. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + A generic marshaller function implemented via +[libffi](http://sourceware.org/libffi/). + +Normally this function is not passed explicitly to g_signal_new(), +but used automatically by GLib when specifying a %NULL marshaller. + + + + + + A #GClosure. + + + + A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL + if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. + + + + The length of the @param_values array. + + + + An array of #GValues holding the arguments + on which to invoke the callback of closure. + + + + The invocation hint given as the last argument to + g_closure_invoke(). + + + + Additional data specified when registering the + marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and + g_closure_set_meta_marshal() + + + + + + Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as +the last parameter. + + a floating reference to a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + user data to pass to @callback_func + + + + destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used + + + + + + A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and +calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created +closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely +associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run +after the object is is freed. + + a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func + + + + + + A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data +and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created +closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely +associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run +after the object is is freed. + + a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func + + + + + + Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as +the first parameter. + + a floating reference to a new #GCClosure + + + + + the function to invoke + + + + user data to pass to @callback_func + + + + destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used + + + + + + Clears a reference to a #GObject. + +@object_ptr must not be %NULL. + +If the reference is %NULL then this function does nothing. +Otherwise, the reference count of the object is decreased and the +pointer is set to %NULL. + +A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without +pointer casts. + + + + + + a pointer to a #GObject reference + + + + + + This function is meant to be called from the `complete_type_info` +function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, as in the following +example: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +my_enum_complete_type_info (GTypePlugin *plugin, + GType g_type, + GTypeInfo *info, + GTypeValueTable *value_table) +{ + static const GEnumValue values[] = { + { MY_ENUM_FOO, "MY_ENUM_FOO", "foo" }, + { MY_ENUM_BAR, "MY_ENUM_BAR", "bar" }, + { 0, NULL, NULL } + }; + + g_enum_complete_type_info (type, info, values); +} +]| + + + + + + the type identifier of the type being completed + + + + the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in + + + + An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible + enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all + members being 0. + + + + + + Returns the #GEnumValue for a value. + + the #GEnumValue for @value, or %NULL + if @value is not a member of the enumeration + + + + + a #GEnumClass + + + + the value to look up + + + + + + Looks up a #GEnumValue by name. + + the #GEnumValue with name @name, + or %NULL if the enumeration doesn't have a member + with that name + + + + + a #GEnumClass + + + + the name to look up + + + + + + Looks up a #GEnumValue by nickname. + + the #GEnumValue with nickname @nick, + or %NULL if the enumeration doesn't have a member + with that nickname + + + + + a #GEnumClass + + + + the nickname to look up + + + + + + Registers a new static enumeration type with the name @name. + +It is normally more convenient to let [glib-mkenums][glib-mkenums], +generate a my_enum_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration +definition than to write one yourself using g_enum_register_static(). + + The new type identifier. + + + + + A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type. + + + + An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible + enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all + members being 0. GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot + be stack-allocated. + + + + + + Pretty-prints @value in the form of the enum’s name. + +This is intended to be used for debugging purposes. The format of the output +may change in the future. + + a newly-allocated text string + + + + + the type identifier of a #GEnumClass type + + + + the value + + + + + + This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info() +function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, see the example for +g_enum_complete_type_info() above. + + + + + + the type identifier of the type being completed + + + + the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in + + + + An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible + enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all + members being 0. + + + + + + Returns the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value. + + the first #GFlagsValue which is set in + @value, or %NULL if none is set + + + + + a #GFlagsClass + + + + the value + + + + + + Looks up a #GFlagsValue by name. + + the #GFlagsValue with name @name, + or %NULL if there is no flag with that name + + + + + a #GFlagsClass + + + + the name to look up + + + + + + Looks up a #GFlagsValue by nickname. + + the #GFlagsValue with nickname @nick, + or %NULL if there is no flag with that nickname + + + + + a #GFlagsClass + + + + the nickname to look up + + + + + + Registers a new static flags type with the name @name. + +It is normally more convenient to let [glib-mkenums][glib-mkenums] +generate a my_flags_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration +definition than to write one yourself using g_flags_register_static(). + + The new type identifier. + + + + + A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type. + + + + An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible + flags values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. + GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot be stack-allocated. + + + + + + Pretty-prints @value in the form of the flag names separated by ` | ` and +sorted. Any extra bits will be shown at the end as a hexadecimal number. + +This is intended to be used for debugging purposes. The format of the output +may change in the future. + + a newly-allocated text string + + + + + the type identifier of a #GFlagsClass type + + + + the value + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecBoolean instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN +property. In many cases, it may be more appropriate to use an enum with +g_param_spec_enum(), both to improve code clarity by using explicitly named +values, and to allow for more values to be added in future without breaking +API. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOXED +derived property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type of this property + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_CHAR property. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecDouble instance specifying a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecEnum instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ENUM +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecFlags instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLAGS +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecFloat instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLOAT property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecGType instance specifying a +%G_TYPE_GTYPE property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GType whose subtypes are allowed as values + of the property (use %G_TYPE_NONE for any type) + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT64 property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecLong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_LONG property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_OBJECT +derived property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type of this property + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new property of type #GParamSpecOverride. This is used +to direct operations to another paramspec, and will not be directly +useful unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject. + + the newly created #GParamSpec + + + + + the name of the property. + + + + The property that is being overridden + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecParam instance specifying a %G_TYPE_PARAM +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecPointer instance specifying a pointer property. +Where possible, it is better to use g_param_spec_object() or +g_param_spec_boxed() to expose memory management information. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecPool. + +If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will +allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the +property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is +deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE. + + a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool. + + + + + Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names. + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecString instance. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecUChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UCHAR property. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT64 +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecULong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ULONG +property. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + minimum value for the property specified + + + + maximum value for the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecUnichar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT +property. #GValue structures for this property can be accessed with +g_value_set_uint() and g_value_get_uint(). + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + default value for the property specified + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecValueArray instance specifying a +%G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY property. %G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY is a +%G_TYPE_BOXED type, as such, #GValue structures for this property +can be accessed with g_value_set_boxed() and g_value_get_boxed(). + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + a newly created parameter specification + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GParamSpec describing the elements contained in + arrays of this property, may be %NULL + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Creates a new #GParamSpecVariant instance specifying a #GVariant +property. + +If @default_value is floating, it is consumed. + +See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. + + the newly created #GParamSpec + + + + + canonical name of the property specified + + + + nick name for the property specified + + + + description of the property specified + + + + a #GVariantType + + + + a #GVariant of type @type to + use as the default value, or %NULL + + + + flags for the property specified + + + + + + Registers @name as the name of a new static type derived from +#G_TYPE_PARAM. The type system uses the information contained in +the #GParamSpecTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the +#GParamSpec type and its instances. + + The new type identifier. + + + + + 0-terminated string used as the name of the new #GParamSpec type. + + + + The #GParamSpecTypeInfo for this #GParamSpec type. + + + + + + Transforms @src_value into @dest_value if possible, and then +validates @dest_value, in order for it to conform to @pspec. If +@strict_validation is %TRUE this function will only succeed if the +transformed @dest_value complied to @pspec without modifications. + +See also g_value_type_transformable(), g_value_transform() and +g_param_value_validate(). + + %TRUE if transformation and validation were successful, + %FALSE otherwise and @dest_value is left untouched. + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + souce #GValue + + + + destination #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + %TRUE requires @dest_value to conform to @pspec +without modifications + + + + + + Checks whether @value contains the default value as specified in @pspec. + + whether @value contains the canonical default for this @pspec + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + a #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + + + Sets @value to its default value as specified in @pspec. + + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + a #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + + + Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the specifications +set out by @pspec. For example, a #GParamSpecInt might require +that integers stored in @value may not be smaller than -42 and not be +greater than +42. If @value contains an integer outside of this range, +it is modified accordingly, so the resulting value will fit into the +range -42 .. +42. + + whether modifying @value was necessary to ensure validity + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + a #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + + + Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec, and return -1, 0 or +1, +if @value1 is found to be less than, equal to or greater than @value2, +respectively. + + -1, 0 or +1, for a less than, equal to or greater than result + + + + + a valid #GParamSpec + + + + a #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + a #GValue of correct type for @pspec + + + + + + Creates a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for a new +pointer type with name @name. + + a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for @name. + + + + + the name of the new pointer type. + + + + + + A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals intended to be used as a +hook for application code to provide a particular value. Usually +only one such value is desired and multiple handlers for the same +signal don't make much sense (except for the case of the default +handler defined in the class structure, in which case you will +usually want the signal connection to override the class handler). + +This accumulator will use the return value from the first signal +handler that is run as the return value for the signal and not run +any further handlers (ie: the first handler "wins"). + + standard #GSignalAccumulator result + + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + + + A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals that return a +boolean values. The behavior that this accumulator gives is +that a return of %TRUE stops the signal emission: no further +callbacks will be invoked, while a return of %FALSE allows +the emission to continue. The idea here is that a %TRUE return +indicates that the callback handled the signal, and no further +handling is needed. + + standard #GSignalAccumulator result + + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter + + + + + + Adds an emission hook for a signal, which will get called for any emission +of that signal, independent of the instance. This is possible only +for signals which don't have #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag set. + + the hook id, for later use with g_signal_remove_emission_hook(). + + + + + the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup(). + + + + the detail on which to call the hook. + + + + a #GSignalEmissionHook function. + + + + user data for @hook_func. + + + + a #GDestroyNotify for @hook_data. + + + + + + Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should only +be called from an overridden class closure; see +g_signal_override_class_closure() and +g_signal_override_class_handler(). + + + + + + the argument list of the signal emission. + The first element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal + is being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal. + + + + + + Location for the return value. + + + + + + Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should +only be called from an overridden class closure; see +g_signal_override_class_closure() and +g_signal_override_class_handler(). + + + + + + the instance the signal is being + emitted on. + + + + parameters to be passed to the parent class closure, followed by a + location for the return value. If the return type of the signal + is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted. + + + + + + Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object. + + the handler ID (always greater than 0 for successful connections) + + + + + the instance to connect to. + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + the closure to connect. + + + + whether the handler should be called before or after the + default handler of the signal. + + + + + + Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object. + + the handler ID (always greater than 0 for successful connections) + + + + + the instance to connect to. + + + + the id of the signal. + + + + the detail. + + + + the closure to connect. + + + + whether the handler should be called before or after the + default handler of the signal. + + + + + + Connects a #GCallback function to a signal for a particular object. Similar +to g_signal_connect(), but allows to provide a #GClosureNotify for the data +which will be called when the signal handler is disconnected and no longer +used. Specify @connect_flags if you need `..._after()` or +`..._swapped()` variants of this function. + + the handler ID (always greater than 0 for successful connections) + + + + + the instance to connect to. + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + the #GCallback to connect. + + + + data to pass to @c_handler calls. + + + + a #GClosureNotify for @data. + + + + a combination of #GConnectFlags. + + + + + + This is similar to g_signal_connect_data(), but uses a closure which +ensures that the @gobject stays alive during the call to @c_handler +by temporarily adding a reference count to @gobject. + +When the @gobject is destroyed the signal handler will be automatically +disconnected. Note that this is not currently threadsafe (ie: +emitting a signal while @gobject is being destroyed in another thread +is not safe). + + the handler id. + + + + + the instance to connect to. + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + the #GCallback to connect. + + + + the object to pass as data + to @c_handler. + + + + a combination of #GConnectFlags. + + + + + + Emits a signal. + +Note that g_signal_emit() resets the return value to the default +if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). + + + + + + the instance the signal is being emitted on. + + + + the signal id + + + + the detail + + + + parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a + location for the return value. If the return type of the signal + is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted. + + + + + + Emits a signal. + +Note that g_signal_emit_by_name() resets the return value to the default +if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). + + + + + + the instance the signal is being emitted on. + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a + location for the return value. If the return type of the signal + is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted. + + + + + + Emits a signal. + +Note that g_signal_emit_valist() resets the return value to the default +if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). + + + + + + the instance the signal is being + emitted on. + + + + the signal id + + + + the detail + + + + a list of parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a + location for the return value. If the return type of the signal + is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted. + + + + + + Emits a signal. + +Note that g_signal_emitv() doesn't change @return_value if no handlers are +connected, in contrast to g_signal_emit() and g_signal_emit_valist(). + + + + + + argument list for the signal emission. + The first element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal + is being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal. + + + + + + the signal id + + + + the detail + + + + Location to +store the return value of the signal emission. This must be provided if the +specified signal returns a value, but may be ignored otherwise. + + + + + + Returns the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission of instance. + + the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission. + + + + + the instance to query + + + + + + Blocks a handler of an instance so it will not be called during any +signal emissions unless it is unblocked again. Thus "blocking" a +signal handler means to temporarily deactive it, a signal handler +has to be unblocked exactly the same amount of times it has been +blocked before to become active again. + +The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a +signal of @instance. + + + + + + The instance to block the signal handler of. + + + + Handler id of the handler to be blocked. + + + + + + Disconnects a handler from an instance so it will not be called during +any future or currently ongoing emissions of the signal it has been +connected to. The @handler_id becomes invalid and may be reused. + +The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a +signal of @instance. + + + + + + The instance to remove the signal handler from. + + + + Handler id of the handler to be disconnected. + + + + + + Finds the first signal handler that matches certain selection criteria. +The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType +flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. +The match @mask has to be non-0 for successful matches. +If no handler was found, 0 is returned. + + A valid non-0 signal handler id for a successful match. + + + + + The instance owning the signal handler to be found. + + + + Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func + and/or @data the handler has to match. + + + + Signal the handler has to be connected to. + + + + Signal detail the handler has to be connected to. + + + + The closure the handler will invoke. + + + + The C closure callback of the handler (useless for non-C closures). + + + + The closure data of the handler's closure. + + + + + + Returns whether @handler_id is the ID of a handler connected to @instance. + + whether @handler_id identifies a handler connected to @instance. + + + + + The instance where a signal handler is sought. + + + + the handler ID. + + + + + + Undoes the effect of a previous g_signal_handler_block() call. A +blocked handler is skipped during signal emissions and will not be +invoked, unblocking it (for exactly the amount of times it has been +blocked before) reverts its "blocked" state, so the handler will be +recognized by the signal system and is called upon future or +currently ongoing signal emissions (since the order in which +handlers are called during signal emissions is deterministic, +whether the unblocked handler in question is called as part of a +currently ongoing emission depends on how far that emission has +proceeded yet). + +The @handler_id has to be a valid id of a signal handler that is +connected to a signal of @instance and is currently blocked. + + + + + + The instance to unblock the signal handler of. + + + + Handler id of the handler to be unblocked. + + + + + + Blocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria. +The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType +flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. +Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC +or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches. +If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of blocked handlers +otherwise. + + The number of handlers that matched. + + + + + The instance to block handlers from. + + + + Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func + and/or @data the handlers have to match. + + + + Signal the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + The closure the handlers will invoke. + + + + The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). + + + + The closure data of the handlers' closures. + + + + + + Destroy all signal handlers of a type instance. This function is +an implementation detail of the #GObject dispose implementation, +and should not be used outside of the type system. + + + + + + The instance whose signal handlers are destroyed + + + + + + Disconnects all handlers on an instance that match a certain +selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed +combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are +passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the +%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or +%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful +matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of +disconnected handlers otherwise. + + The number of handlers that matched. + + + + + The instance to remove handlers from. + + + + Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func + and/or @data the handlers have to match. + + + + Signal the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + The closure the handlers will invoke. + + + + The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). + + + + The closure data of the handlers' closures. + + + + + + Unblocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection +criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of +#GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. +Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC +or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches. +If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of unblocked handlers +otherwise. The match criteria should not apply to any handlers that are +not currently blocked. + + The number of handlers that matched. + + + + + The instance to unblock handlers from. + + + + Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func + and/or @data the handlers have to match. + + + + Signal the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. + + + + The closure the handlers will invoke. + + + + The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). + + + + The closure data of the handlers' closures. + + + + + + Returns whether there are any handlers connected to @instance for the +given signal id and detail. + +If @detail is 0 then it will only match handlers that were connected +without detail. If @detail is non-zero then it will match handlers +connected both without detail and with the given detail. This is +consistent with how a signal emitted with @detail would be delivered +to those handlers. + +Since 2.46 this also checks for a non-default class closure being +installed, as this is basically always what you want. + +One example of when you might use this is when the arguments to the +signal are difficult to compute. A class implementor may opt to not +emit the signal if no one is attached anyway, thus saving the cost +of building the arguments. + + %TRUE if a handler is connected to the signal, %FALSE + otherwise. + + + + + the object whose signal handlers are sought. + + + + the signal id. + + + + the detail. + + + + whether blocked handlers should count as match. + + + + + + Lists the signals by id that a certain instance or interface type +created. Further information about the signals can be acquired through +g_signal_query(). + + Newly allocated array of signal IDs. + + + + + + + Instance or interface type. + + + + Location to store the number of signal ids for @itype. + + + + + + Given the name of the signal and the type of object it connects to, gets +the signal's identifying integer. Emitting the signal by number is +somewhat faster than using the name each time. + +Also tries the ancestors of the given type. + +See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. + + the signal's identifying number, or 0 if no signal was found. + + + + + the signal's name. + + + + the type that the signal operates on. + + + + + + Given the signal's identifier, finds its name. + +Two different signals may have the same name, if they have differing types. + + the signal name, or %NULL if the signal number was invalid. + + + + + the signal's identifying number. + + + + + + Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) + +A signal name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and +digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first +character of a signal name must be a letter. Names which violate these +rules lead to undefined behaviour of the GSignal system. + +When registering a signal and looking up a signal, either separator can +be used, but they cannot be mixed. + +If 0 is used for @class_offset subclasses cannot override the class handler +in their class_init method by doing super_class->signal_handler = my_signal_handler. +Instead they will have to use g_signal_override_class_handler(). + +If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as +the marshaller for this signal. + + the signal id + + + + + the name for the signal + + + + the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to + types which are derived from this type. + + + + a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when + the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify + %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. + + + + The offset of the function pointer in the class structure + for this type. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass 0 to + not associate a class method slot with this signal. + + + + the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. + + + + user data for the @accumulator. + + + + the function to translate arrays of parameter + values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. + + + + the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal + without a return value. + + + + the number of parameter types to follow. + + + + a list of types, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) + +This is a variant of g_signal_new() that takes a C callback instead +off a class offset for the signal's class handler. This function +doesn't need a function pointer exposed in the class structure of +an object definition, instead the function pointer is passed +directly and can be overriden by derived classes with +g_signal_override_class_closure() or +g_signal_override_class_handler()and chained to with +g_signal_chain_from_overridden() or +g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler(). + +See g_signal_new() for information about signal names. + +If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as +the marshaller for this signal. + + the signal id + + + + + the name for the signal + + + + the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to + types which are derived from this type. + + + + a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when + the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify + %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. + + + + a #GCallback which acts as class implementation of + this signal. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass %NULL to + not associate a class method with this signal. + + + + the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. + + + + user data for the @accumulator. + + + + the function to translate arrays of parameter + values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. + + + + the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal + without a return value. + + + + the number of parameter types to follow. + + + + a list of types, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) + +See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. + +If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as +the marshaller for this signal. + + the signal id + + + + + the name for the signal + + + + the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to + types which are derived from this type. + + + + a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when + the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify + %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. + + + + The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL. + + + + the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. + + + + user data for the @accumulator. + + + + the function to translate arrays of parameter + values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. + + + + the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal + without a return value. + + + + the number of parameter types in @args. + + + + va_list of #GType, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) + +See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. + +If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as +the marshaller for this signal. + + the signal id + + + + + the name for the signal + + + + the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to + types which are derived from this type + + + + a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when + the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify + %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST + + + + The closure to invoke on signal emission; + may be %NULL + + + + the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL + + + + user data for the @accumulator + + + + the function to translate arrays of + parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback + invocations or %NULL + + + + the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal + without a return value + + + + the length of @param_types + + + + an array of types, one for + each parameter + + + + + + + + Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the given signal +for emissions on instances of @instance_type. @instance_type must be derived +from the type to which the signal belongs. + +See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and +g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the +parent class closure from inside the overridden one. + + + + + + the signal id + + + + the instance type on which to override the class closure + for the signal. + + + + the closure. + + + + + + Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the +given signal for emissions on instances of @instance_type with +callback @class_handler. @instance_type must be derived from the +type to which the signal belongs. + +See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and +g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the +parent class closure from inside the overridden one. + + + + + + the name for the signal + + + + the instance type on which to override the class handler + for the signal. + + + + the handler. + + + + + + Internal function to parse a signal name into its @signal_id +and @detail quark. + + Whether the signal name could successfully be parsed and @signal_id_p and @detail_p contain valid return values. + + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + The interface/instance type that introduced "signal-name". + + + + Location to store the signal id. + + + + Location to store the detail quark. + + + + %TRUE forces creation of a #GQuark for the detail. + + + + + + Queries the signal system for in-depth information about a +specific signal. This function will fill in a user-provided +structure to hold signal-specific information. If an invalid +signal id is passed in, the @signal_id member of the #GSignalQuery +is 0. All members filled into the #GSignalQuery structure should +be considered constant and have to be left untouched. + + + + + + The signal id of the signal to query information for. + + + + A user provided structure that is + filled in with constant values upon success. + + + + + + Deletes an emission hook. + + + + + + the id of the signal + + + + the id of the emission hook, as returned by + g_signal_add_emission_hook() + + + + + + Change the #GSignalCVaMarshaller used for a given signal. This is a +specialised form of the marshaller that can often be used for the +common case of a single connected signal handler and avoids the +overhead of #GValue. Its use is optional. + + + + + + the signal id + + + + the instance type on which to set the marshaller. + + + + the marshaller to set. + + + + + + Stops a signal's current emission. + +This will prevent the default method from running, if the signal was +%G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST and you connected normally (i.e. without the "after" +flag). + +Prints a warning if used on a signal which isn't being emitted. + + + + + + the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop. + + + + the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup(). + + + + the detail which the signal was emitted with. + + + + + + Stops a signal's current emission. + +This is just like g_signal_stop_emission() except it will look up the +signal id for you. + + + + + + the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop. + + + + a string of the form "signal-name::detail". + + + + + + Creates a new closure which invokes the function found at the offset +@struct_offset in the class structure of the interface or classed type +identified by @itype. + + a floating reference to a new #GCClosure + + + + + the #GType identifier of an interface or classed type + + + + the offset of the member function of @itype's class + structure which is to be invoked by the new closure + + + + + + Set the callback for a source as a #GClosure. + +If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the @closure_callback +and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs structure must have been +filled in with pointers to appropriate functions. + + + + + + the source + + + + a #GClosure + + + + + + Sets a dummy callback for @source. The callback will do nothing, and +if the source expects a #gboolean return value, it will return %TRUE. +(If the source expects any other type of return value, it will return +a 0/%NULL value; whatever g_value_init() initializes a #GValue to for +that type.) + +If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the +@closure_callback and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs +structure must have been filled in with pointers to appropriate +functions. + + + + + + the source + + + + + + Return a newly allocated string, which describes the contents of a +#GValue. The main purpose of this function is to describe #GValue +contents for debugging output, the way in which the contents are +described may change between different GLib versions. + + Newly allocated string. + + + + + #GValue which contents are to be described. + + + + + + Adds a #GTypeClassCacheFunc to be called before the reference count of a +class goes from one to zero. This can be used to prevent premature class +destruction. All installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc functions will be chained +until one of them returns %TRUE. The functions have to check the class id +passed in to figure whether they actually want to cache the class of this +type, since all classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc +chain. + + + + + + data to be passed to @cache_func + + + + a #GTypeClassCacheFunc + + + + + + Registers a private class structure for a classed type; +when the class is allocated, the private structures for +the class and all of its parent types are allocated +sequentially in the same memory block as the public +structures, and are zero-filled. + +This function should be called in the +type's get_type() function after the type is registered. +The private structure can be retrieved using the +G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE() macro. + + + + + + GType of an classed type + + + + size of private structure + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a function to be called after an interface vtable is +initialized for any class (i.e. after the @interface_init +member of #GInterfaceInfo has been called). + +This function is useful when you want to check an invariant +that depends on the interfaces of a class. For instance, the +implementation of #GObject uses this facility to check that an +object implements all of the properties that are defined on its +interfaces. + + + + + + data to pass to @check_func + + + + function to be called after each interface + is initialized + + + + + + Adds the dynamic @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information +contained in the #GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin +is used to manage the relationship. + + + + + + #GType value of an instantiable type + + + + #GType value of an interface type + + + + #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GInterfaceInfo from + + + + + + Adds the static @interface_type to @instantiable_type. +The information contained in the #GInterfaceInfo structure +pointed to by @info is used to manage the relationship. + + + + + + #GType value of an instantiable type + + + + #GType value of an interface type + + + + #GInterfaceInfo structure for this + (@instance_type, @interface_type) combination + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Private helper function to aid implementation of the +G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE() macro. + + %TRUE if @instance is valid, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a valid #GTypeInstance structure + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing +the child types of @type. + + Newly allocated + and 0-terminated array of child types, free with g_free() + + + + + + + the parent type + + + + location to store the length of + the returned array, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), +except that the classes reference count isn't incremented. +As a consequence, this function may return %NULL if the class +of the type passed in does not currently exist (hasn't been +referenced before). + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not + currently exist + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for +static types. + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not + currently exist or is dynamically loaded + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to +@type. This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't +exist already. + + the #GTypeClass + structure for the given type ID + + + + + type ID of a classed type + + + + + + Creates and initializes an instance of @type if @type is valid and +can be instantiated. The type system only performs basic allocation +and structure setups for instances: actual instance creation should +happen through functions supplied by the type's fundamental type +implementation. So use of g_type_create_instance() is reserved for +implementators of fundamental types only. E.g. instances of the +#GObject hierarchy should be created via g_object_new() and never +directly through g_type_create_instance() which doesn't handle things +like singleton objects or object construction. + +The extended members of the returned instance are guaranteed to be filled +with zeros. + +Note: Do not use this function, unless you're implementing a +fundamental type. Also language bindings should not use this +function, but g_object_new() instead. + + an allocated and initialized instance, subject to further + treatment by the fundamental type implementation + + + + + an instantiatable type to create an instance for + + + + + + If the interface type @g_type is currently in use, returns its +default interface vtable. + + the default + vtable for the interface, or %NULL if the type is not currently + in use + + + + + an interface type + + + + + + Increments the reference count for the interface type @g_type, +and returns the default interface vtable for the type. + +If the type is not currently in use, then the default vtable +for the type will be created and initalized by calling +the base interface init and default vtable init functions for +the type (the @base_init and @class_init members of #GTypeInfo). +Calling g_type_default_interface_ref() is useful when you +want to make sure that signals and properties for an interface +have been installed. + + the default + vtable for the interface; call g_type_default_interface_unref() + when you are done using the interface. + + + + + an interface type + + + + + + Decrements the reference count for the type corresponding to the +interface default vtable @g_iface. If the type is dynamic, then +when no one is using the interface and all references have +been released, the finalize function for the interface's default +vtable (the @class_finalize member of #GTypeInfo) will be called. + + + + + + the default vtable + structure for a interface, as returned by g_type_default_interface_ref() + + + + + + Returns the length of the ancestry of the passed in type. This +includes the type itself, so that e.g. a fundamental type has depth 1. + + the depth of @type + + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Ensures that the indicated @type has been registered with the +type system, and its _class_init() method has been run. + +In theory, simply calling the type's _get_type() method (or using +the corresponding macro) is supposed take care of this. However, +_get_type() methods are often marked %G_GNUC_CONST for performance +reasons, even though this is technically incorrect (since +%G_GNUC_CONST requires that the function not have side effects, +which _get_type() methods do on the first call). As a result, if +you write a bare call to a _get_type() macro, it may get optimized +out by the compiler. Using g_type_ensure() guarantees that the +type's _get_type() method is called. + + + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Frees an instance of a type, returning it to the instance pool for +the type, if there is one. + +Like g_type_create_instance(), this function is reserved for +implementors of fundamental types. + + + + + + an instance of a type + + + + + + Lookup the type ID from a given type name, returning 0 if no type +has been registered under this name (this is the preferred method +to find out by name whether a specific type has been registered +yet). + + corresponding type ID or 0 + + + + + type name to lookup + + + + + + Internal function, used to extract the fundamental type ID portion. +Use G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL() instead. + + fundamental type ID + + + + + valid type ID + + + + + + Returns the next free fundamental type id which can be used to +register a new fundamental type with g_type_register_fundamental(). +The returned type ID represents the highest currently registered +fundamental type identifier. + + the next available fundamental type ID to be registered, + or 0 if the type system ran out of fundamental type IDs + + + + + Returns the number of instances allocated of the particular type; +this is only available if GLib is built with debugging support and +the instance_count debug flag is set (by setting the GOBJECT_DEBUG +variable to include instance-count). + + the number of instances allocated of the given type; + if instance counts are not available, returns 0. + + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for @type. + + the corresponding plugin + if @type is a dynamic type, %NULL otherwise + + + + + #GType to retrieve the plugin for + + + + + + Obtains data which has previously been attached to @type +with g_type_set_qdata(). + +Note that this does not take subtyping into account; data +attached to one type with g_type_set_qdata() cannot +be retrieved from a subtype using g_type_get_qdata(). + + the data, or %NULL if no data was found + + + + + a #GType + + + + a #GQuark id to identify the data + + + + + + Returns an opaque serial number that represents the state of the set +of registered types. Any time a type is registered this serial changes, +which means you can cache information based on type lookups (such as +g_type_from_name()) and know if the cache is still valid at a later +time by comparing the current serial with the one at the type lookup. + + An unsigned int, representing the state of type registrations + + + + + This function used to initialise the type system. Since GLib 2.36, +the type system is initialised automatically and this function does +nothing. + the type system is now initialised automatically + + + + + + This function used to initialise the type system with debugging +flags. Since GLib 2.36, the type system is initialised automatically +and this function does nothing. + +If you need to enable debugging features, use the GOBJECT_DEBUG +environment variable. + the type system is now initialised automatically + + + + + + bitwise combination of #GTypeDebugFlags values for + debugging purposes + + + + + + Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type. +This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement +@prerequisite_type. Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to +interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have +at most one instantiatable prerequisite type. + + + + + + #GType value of an interface type + + + + #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type + + + + + + Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for the dynamic interface +@interface_type which has been added to @instance_type, or %NULL +if @interface_type has not been added to @instance_type or does +not have a #GTypePlugin structure. See g_type_add_interface_dynamic(). + + the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic + interface @interface_type of @instance_type + + + + + #GType of an instantiatable type + + + + #GType of an interface type + + + + + + Returns the #GTypeInterface structure of an interface to which the +passed in class conforms. + + the #GTypeInterface + structure of @iface_type if implemented by @instance_class, %NULL + otherwise + + + + + a #GTypeClass structure + + + + an interface ID which this class conforms to + + + + + + Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type. + + a + newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing + the prerequisites of @interface_type + + + + + + + an interface type + + + + location to return the number + of prerequisites, or %NULL + + + + + + Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing +the interface types that @type conforms to. + + Newly allocated + and 0-terminated array of interface types, free with g_free() + + + + + + + the type to list interface types for + + + + location to store the length of + the returned array, or %NULL + + + + + + If @is_a_type is a derivable type, check whether @type is a +descendant of @is_a_type. If @is_a_type is an interface, check +whether @type conforms to it. + + %TRUE if @type is a @is_a_type + + + + + type to check anchestry for + + + + possible anchestor of @type or interface that @type + could conform to + + + + + + Get the unique name that is assigned to a type ID. Note that this +function (like all other GType API) cannot cope with invalid type +IDs. %G_TYPE_INVALID may be passed to this function, as may be any +other validly registered type ID, but randomized type IDs should +not be passed in and will most likely lead to a crash. + + static type name or %NULL + + + + + type to return name for + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Given a @leaf_type and a @root_type which is contained in its +anchestry, return the type that @root_type is the immediate parent +of. In other words, this function determines the type that is +derived directly from @root_type which is also a base class of +@leaf_type. Given a root type and a leaf type, this function can +be used to determine the types and order in which the leaf type is +descended from the root type. + + immediate child of @root_type and anchestor of @leaf_type + + + + + descendant of @root_type and the type to be returned + + + + immediate parent of the returned type + + + + + + Return the direct parent type of the passed in type. If the passed +in type has no parent, i.e. is a fundamental type, 0 is returned. + + the parent type + + + + + the derived type + + + + + + Get the corresponding quark of the type IDs name. + + the type names quark or 0 + + + + + type to return quark of type name for + + + + + + Queries the type system for information about a specific type. +This function will fill in a user-provided structure to hold +type-specific information. If an invalid #GType is passed in, the +@type member of the #GTypeQuery is 0. All members filled into the +#GTypeQuery structure should be considered constant and have to be +left untouched. + + + + + + #GType of a static, classed type + + + + a user provided structure that is + filled in with constant values upon success + + + + + + Registers @type_name as the name of a new dynamic type derived from +@parent_type. The type system uses the information contained in the +#GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin to manage the type and its +instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature +(e.g. abstract or not) of the type. + + the new type identifier or #G_TYPE_INVALID if registration failed + + + + + type from which this type will be derived + + + + 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type + + + + #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GTypeInfo from + + + + bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values + + + + + + Registers @type_id as the predefined identifier and @type_name as the +name of a fundamental type. If @type_id is already registered, or a +type named @type_name is already registered, the behaviour is undefined. +The type system uses the information contained in the #GTypeInfo structure +pointed to by @info and the #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure pointed to by +@finfo to manage the type and its instances. The value of @flags determines +additional characteristics of the fundamental type. + + the predefined type identifier + + + + + a predefined type identifier + + + + 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type + + + + #GTypeInfo structure for this type + + + + #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure for this type + + + + bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values + + + + + + Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from +@parent_type. The type system uses the information contained in the +#GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the type and its +instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature +(e.g. abstract or not) of the type. + + the new type identifier + + + + + type from which this type will be derived + + + + 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type + + + + #GTypeInfo structure for this type + + + + bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values + + + + + + Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from +@parent_type. The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g. +abstract or not) of the type. It works by filling a #GTypeInfo +struct and calling g_type_register_static(). + + the new type identifier + + + + + type from which this type will be derived + + + + 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type + + + + size of the class structure (see #GTypeInfo) + + + + location of the class initialization function (see #GTypeInfo) + + + + size of the instance structure (see #GTypeInfo) + + + + location of the instance initialization function (see #GTypeInfo) + + + + bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values + + + + + + Removes a previously installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc. The cache +maintained by @cache_func has to be empty when calling +g_type_remove_class_cache_func() to avoid leaks. + + + + + + data that was given when adding @cache_func + + + + a #GTypeClassCacheFunc + + + + + + Removes an interface check function added with +g_type_add_interface_check(). + + + + + + callback data passed to g_type_add_interface_check() + + + + callback function passed to g_type_add_interface_check() + + + + + + Attaches arbitrary data to a type. + + + + + + a #GType + + + + a #GQuark id to identify the data + + + + the data + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. + +Note that this function should only be used from source code +that implements or has internal knowledge of the implementation of +@type. + + location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or + %NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type + + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform(). +A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type +will be replaced. + + + + + + Source type. + + + + Target type. + + + + a function which transforms values of type @src_type + into value of type @dest_type + + + + + + Returns whether a #GValue of type @src_type can be copied into +a #GValue of type @dest_type. + + %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type. + + + + + source type to be copied. + + + + destination type for copying. + + + + + + Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values +of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type. Note that for +the types to be transformable, they must be compatible or a +transformation function must be registered. + + %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + Source type. + + + + Target type. + + + + + + diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/Gio-2.0.gir b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/Gio-2.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dbe89f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/Gio-2.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,79136 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GAction represents a single named action. + +The main interface to an action is that it can be activated with +g_action_activate(). This results in the 'activate' signal being +emitted. An activation has a #GVariant parameter (which may be +%NULL). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static +parameter type (which is given at construction time). + +An action may optionally have a state, in which case the state may be +set with g_action_change_state(). This call takes a #GVariant. The +correct type for the state is determined by a static state type +(which is given at construction time). + +The state may have a hint associated with it, specifying its valid +range. + +#GAction is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as +described above. Various implementations of actions exist, including +#GSimpleAction. + +In all cases, the implementing class is responsible for storing the +name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the +optional state type and the state and emitting the appropriate +signals when these change. The implementor is responsible for filtering +calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() for type +safety and for the state being enabled. + +Probably the only useful thing to do with a #GAction is to put it +inside of a #GSimpleActionGroup. + + Checks if @action_name is valid. + +@action_name is valid if it consists only of alphanumeric characters, +plus '-' and '.'. The empty string is not a valid action name. + +It is an error to call this function with a non-utf8 @action_name. +@action_name must not be %NULL. + + %TRUE if @action_name is valid + + + + + an potential action name + + + + + + Parses a detailed action name into its separate name and target +components. + +Detailed action names can have three formats. + +The first format is used to represent an action name with no target +value and consists of just an action name containing no whitespace +nor the characters ':', '(' or ')'. For example: "app.action". + +The second format is used to represent an action with a target value +that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus '-' +and '.'. In that case, the action name and target value are +separated by a double colon ("::"). For example: +"app.action::target". + +The third format is used to represent an action with any type of +target value, including strings. The target value follows the action +name, surrounded in parens. For example: "app.action(42)". The +target value is parsed using g_variant_parse(). If a tuple-typed +value is desired, it must be specified in the same way, resulting in +two sets of parens, for example: "app.action((1,2,3))". A string +target can be specified this way as well: "app.action('target')". +For strings, this third format must be used if * target value is +empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, '-' and '.'. + + %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE with @error set + + + + + a detailed action name + + + + the action name + + + + the target value, or %NULL for no target + + + + + + Formats a detailed action name from @action_name and @target_value. + +It is an error to call this function with an invalid action name. + +This function is the opposite of g_action_parse_detailed_name(). +It will produce a string that can be parsed back to the @action_name +and @target_value by that function. + +See that function for the types of strings that will be printed by +this function. + + a detailed format string + + + + + a valid action name + + + + a #GVariant target value, or %NULL + + + + + + Activates the action. + +@parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie: +the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter +type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL. + +If the @parameter GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the parameter to the activation + + + + + + Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value. + +The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. +See g_action_get_state_type(). + +This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change +its state or may change its state to something other than @value. +See g_action_get_state_hint(). + +If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the new state + + + + + + Checks if @action is currently enabled. + +An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to +have its state changed from outside callers. + + whether the action is enabled + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the name of @action. + + the name of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating +@action. + +When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant +given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. + +In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any +#GVariant, but %NULL instead. + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the current state of @action. + +If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the +action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type +given by g_action_get_state_type(). + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of +@action. + +If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful +or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the +state of the action. + +If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a +possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is +returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound +of valid values for the state. + +In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to +have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value +within the range may fail. + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the type of the state of @action. + +If the action is stateful (e.g. created with +g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the +#GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value +given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a +#GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a +#GVariant of the same type. + +If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new()) +then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state() +will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state(). + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Activates the action. + +@parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie: +the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter +type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL. + +If the @parameter GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the parameter to the activation + + + + + + Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value. + +The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. +See g_action_get_state_type(). + +This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change +its state or may change its state to something other than @value. +See g_action_get_state_hint(). + +If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the new state + + + + + + Checks if @action is currently enabled. + +An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to +have its state changed from outside callers. + + whether the action is enabled + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the name of @action. + + the name of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating +@action. + +When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant +given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. + +In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any +#GVariant, but %NULL instead. + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the current state of @action. + +If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the +action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type +given by g_action_get_state_type(). + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of +@action. + +If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful +or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the +state of the action. + +If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a +possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is +returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound +of valid values for the state. + +In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to +have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value +within the range may fail. + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Queries the type of the state of @action. + +If the action is stateful (e.g. created with +g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the +#GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value +given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a +#GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a +#GVariant of the same type. + +If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new()) +then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state() +will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state(). + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + If @action is currently enabled. + +If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and +g_action_change_state() have no effect. + + + + The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying +the action once it has been added to a #GActionGroup. It is immutable. + + + + The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the +action. This is immutable, and may be %NULL if no parameter is needed when +activating the action. + + + + The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless. + + + + The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the +action is stateless. This is immutable. + + + + + This struct defines a single action. It is for use with +g_action_map_add_action_entries(). + +The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect +frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser +in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values +after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in +the future. + +See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. + + the name of the action + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the type of the parameter that must be passed to the + activate function for this action, given as a single + GVariant type string (or %NULL for no parameter) + + + + the initial state for this action, given in + [GVariant text format][gvariant-text]. The state is parsed + with no extra type information, so type tags must be added to + the string if they are necessary. Stateless actions should + give %NULL here. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GActionGroup represents a group of actions. Actions can be used to +expose functionality in a structured way, either from one part of a +program to another, or to the outside world. Action groups are often +used together with a #GMenuModel that provides additional +representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in +a menu. + +The main way to interact with the actions in a GActionGroup is to +activate them with g_action_group_activate_action(). Activating an +action may require a #GVariant parameter. The required type of the +parameter can be inquired with g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). +Actions may be disabled, see g_action_group_get_action_enabled(). +Activating a disabled action has no effect. + +Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a #GVariant. The +current state of an action can be inquired with +g_action_group_get_action_state(). Activating a stateful action may +change its state, but it is also possible to set the state by calling +g_action_group_change_action_state(). + +As typical example, consider a text editing application which has an +option to change the current font to 'bold'. A good way to represent +this would be a stateful action, with a boolean state. Activating the +action would toggle the state. + +Each action in the group has a unique name (which is a string). All +method calls, except g_action_group_list_actions() take the name of +an action as an argument. + +The #GActionGroup API is meant to be the 'public' API to the action +group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that 'external +forces' (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have +with actions. 'Internal' APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by +the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is +why you will find - for example - g_action_group_get_action_enabled() +but not an equivalent set() call. + +Signals are emitted on the action group in response to state changes +on individual actions. + +Implementations of #GActionGroup should provide implementations for +the virtual functions g_action_group_list_actions() and +g_action_group_query_action(). The other virtual functions should +not be implemented - their "wrappers" are actually implemented with +calls to g_action_group_query_action(). + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + whether or not the action is now enabled + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + the new state of the named action + + + + + + Activate the named action within @action_group. + +If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of +parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no +parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See +g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + parameters to the activation + + + + + + Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be +changed to @value. + +The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. +See g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). + +This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change +its state or may change its state to something other than @value. +See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint(). + +If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to request the change on + + + + the new state + + + + + + Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled. + +An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to +have its state changed from outside callers. + + whether or not the action is currently enabled + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating +the named action within @action_group. + +When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(), +the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned +by this function. + +In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any +#GVariant, but %NULL instead. + +The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is +possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added +with the same name but a different parameter type. + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group. + +If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the +action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type +given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the +named action within @action_group. + +If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful +or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the +state of the action. + +If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a +possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is +returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound +of valid values for the state. + +In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to +have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value +within the range may fail. + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the type of the state of the named action within +@action_group. + +If the action is stateful then this function returns the +#GVariantType of the state. All calls to +g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this +type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant +of the same type. + +If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL. +In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL +and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state(). + +The state type of a particular action will never change but it is +possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added +with the same name but a different state type. + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Checks if the named action exists within @action_group. + + whether the named action exists + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to check for + + + + + + Lists the actions contained within @action_group. + +The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when +it is no longer required. + + a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the +actions in the group + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + + + Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group. + +This function acquires the information available from +g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(), +g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(), +g_action_group_get_action_state_type(), +g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and +g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call. + +This provides two main benefits. + +The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having +to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover +different things about it. The second is that implementing +#GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual +function. + +The interface provides a default implementation of this function that +calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the +information. The interface also provides default implementations of +those functions that call this function. All implementations, +therefore, must override either this function or all of the others. + +If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested +fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are +filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the +fields may or may not have been modified. + + %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + if the action is presently enabled + + + + the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed + + + + the state type, or %NULL if stateless + + + + the state hint, or %NULL if none + + + + the current state, or %NULL if stateless + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + whether or not the action is now enabled + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group. + +This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + the new state of the named action + + + + + + Activate the named action within @action_group. + +If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of +parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no +parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See +g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + parameters to the activation + + + + + + Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be +changed to @value. + +The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. +See g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). + +This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change +its state or may change its state to something other than @value. +See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint(). + +If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to request the change on + + + + the new state + + + + + + Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled. + +An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to +have its state changed from outside callers. + + whether or not the action is currently enabled + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating +the named action within @action_group. + +When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(), +the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned +by this function. + +In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any +#GVariant, but %NULL instead. + +The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is +possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added +with the same name but a different parameter type. + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group. + +If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the +action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type +given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the +named action within @action_group. + +If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful +or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the +state of the action. + +If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a +possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is +returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound +of valid values for the state. + +In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to +have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value +within the range may fail. + +The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with +g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Queries the type of the state of the named action within +@action_group. + +If the action is stateful then this function returns the +#GVariantType of the state. All calls to +g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this +type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant +of the same type. + +If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL. +In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL +and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state(). + +The state type of a particular action will never change but it is +possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added +with the same name but a different state type. + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + Checks if the named action exists within @action_group. + + whether the named action exists + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to check for + + + + + + Lists the actions contained within @action_group. + +The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when +it is no longer required. + + a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the +actions in the group + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + + + Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group. + +This function acquires the information available from +g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(), +g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(), +g_action_group_get_action_state_type(), +g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and +g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call. + +This provides two main benefits. + +The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having +to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover +different things about it. The second is that implementing +#GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual +function. + +The interface provides a default implementation of this function that +calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the +information. The interface also provides default implementations of +those functions that call this function. All implementations, +therefore, must override either this function or all of the others. + +If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested +fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are +filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the +fields may or may not have been modified. + + %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + if the action is presently enabled + + + + the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed + + + + the state type, or %NULL if stateless + + + + the state hint, or %NULL if none + + + + the current state, or %NULL if stateless + + + + + + Signals that a new action was just added to the group. +This signal is emitted after the action has been added +and is now visible. + + + + + + the name of the action in @action_group + + + + + + Signals that the enabled status of the named action has changed. + + + + + + the name of the action in @action_group + + + + whether the action is enabled or not + + + + + + Signals that an action is just about to be removed from the group. +This signal is emitted before the action is removed, so the action +is still visible and can be queried from the signal handler. + + + + + + the name of the action in @action_group + + + + + + Signals that the state of the named action has changed. + + + + + + the name of the action in @action_group + + + + the new value of the state + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. + + + + + + + whether the named action exists + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to check for + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the +actions in the group + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + + + + + + whether or not the action is currently enabled + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + + + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + + + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + + + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + + + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to query + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to request the change on + + + + the new state + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + parameters to the activation + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + whether or not the action is now enabled + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + the new state of the named action + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE + + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + the name of an action in the group + + + + if the action is presently enabled + + + + the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed + + + + the state type, or %NULL if stateless + + + + the state hint, or %NULL if none + + + + the current state, or %NULL if stateless + + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GAction. + + + + + + + the name of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + the parameter type + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + the state type, if the action is stateful + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + the state range hint + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + whether the action is enabled + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + the current state of the action + + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the new state + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the parameter to the activation + + + + + + + + The GActionMap interface is implemented by #GActionGroup +implementations that operate by containing a number of +named #GAction instances, such as #GSimpleActionGroup. + +One useful application of this interface is to map the +names of actions from various action groups to unique, +prefixed names (e.g. by prepending "app." or "win."). +This is the motivation for the 'Map' part of the interface +name. + + Adds an action to the @action_map. + +If the action map already contains an action with the same name +as @action then the old action is dropped from the action map. + +The action map takes its own reference on @action. + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map. + +If no such action exists, returns %NULL. + + a #GAction, or %NULL + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of an action + + + + + + Removes the named action from the action map. + +If no action of this name is in the map then nothing happens. + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of the action + + + + + + Adds an action to the @action_map. + +If the action map already contains an action with the same name +as @action then the old action is dropped from the action map. + +The action map takes its own reference on @action. + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances +and adding them to a #GActionMap. + +Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple, + GVariant *parameter, + gpointer user_data) +{ + exit (0); +} + +static void +activate_print_string (GSimpleAction *simple, + GVariant *parameter, + gpointer user_data) +{ + g_print ("%s\n", g_variant_get_string (parameter, NULL)); +} + +static GActionGroup * +create_action_group (void) +{ + const GActionEntry entries[] = { + { "quit", activate_quit }, + { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" } + }; + GSimpleActionGroup *group; + + group = g_simple_action_group_new (); + g_action_map_add_action_entries (G_ACTION_MAP (group), entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL); + + return G_ACTION_GROUP (group); +} +]| + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + a pointer to + the first item in an array of #GActionEntry structs + + + + + + the length of @entries, or -1 if @entries is %NULL-terminated + + + + the user data for signal connections + + + + + + Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map. + +If no such action exists, returns %NULL. + + a #GAction, or %NULL + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of an action + + + + + + Removes the named action from the action map. + +If no action of this name is in the map then nothing happens. + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of the action + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GActionMap. + + + + + + + a #GAction, or %NULL + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of an action + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GActionMap + + + + the name of the action + + + + + + + + #GAppInfo and #GAppLaunchContext are used for describing and launching +applications installed on the system. + +As of GLib 2.20, URIs will always be converted to POSIX paths +(using g_file_get_path()) when using g_app_info_launch() even if +the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example +for an desktop-file based application with Exec key `totem +%U` and a single URI, `sftp://foo/file.avi`, then +`/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi` will be passed. This will +only work if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as gvfs 2.26 +compiled with FUSE support), is available and operational; if this +is not the case, the URI will be passed unmodified to the application. +Some URIs, such as `mailto:`, of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX +path (in gvfs there's no FUSE mount for it); such URIs will be +passed unmodified to the application. + +Specifically for gvfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped +back to the GIO URI in the #GFile constructors (since gvfs +implements the #GVfs extension point). As such, if the application +needs to examine the URI, it needs to use g_file_get_uri() or +similar on #GFile. In other words, an application cannot assume +that the URI passed to e.g. g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() is +equal to the result of g_file_get_uri(). The following snippet +illustrates this: + +|[ +GFile *f; +char *uri; + +file = g_file_new_for_commandline_arg (uri_from_commandline); + +uri = g_file_get_uri (file); +strcmp (uri, uri_from_commandline) == 0; +g_free (uri); + +if (g_file_has_uri_scheme (file, "cdda")) + { + // do something special with uri + } +g_object_unref (file); +]| + +This code will work when both `cdda://sr0/Track 1.wav` and +`/home/user/.gvfs/cdda on sr0/Track 1.wav` is passed to the +application. It should be noted that it's generally not safe +for applications to rely on the format of a particular URIs. +Different launcher applications (e.g. file managers) may have +different ideas of what a given URI means. + + Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information. + +Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the +[freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification](http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec) +are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains +percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from +being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules. + + new #GAppInfo for given command. + + + + + the commandline to use + + + + the application name, or %NULL to use @commandline + + + + flags that can specify details of the created #GAppInfo + + + + + + Gets a list of all of the applications currently registered +on this system. + +For desktop files, this includes applications that have +`NoDisplay=true` set or are excluded from display by means +of `OnlyShowIn` or `NotShowIn`. See g_app_info_should_show(). +The returned list does not include applications which have +the `Hidden` key set. + + a newly allocated #GList of references to #GAppInfos. + + + + + + + Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type, +including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See +g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and +g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type(). + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type. + + #GAppInfo for given @content_type or + %NULL on error. + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + if %TRUE, the #GAppInfo is expected to + support URIs + + + + + + Gets the default application for handling URIs with +the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part +of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http", +"ftp" or "sip". + + #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. + + + + + a string containing a URI scheme. + + + + + + Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. +those applications which claim to support the given content type +by MIME type subclassing and not directly. + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. +those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly, +and not by MIME type subclassing. +Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e. +the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been +called. + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Utility function that launches the default application +registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O +is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if +required. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + the uri to show + + + + an optional #GAppLaunchContext + + + + + + Async version of g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri(). + +This version is useful if you are interested in receiving +error information in the case where the application is +sandboxed and the portal may present an application chooser +dialog to the user. + + + + + + the uri to show + + + + an optional #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GASyncReadyCallback to call when the request is done + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous launch-default-for-uri operation. + + %TRUE if the launch was successful, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Removes all changes to the type associations done by +g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(), +g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(), +g_app_info_add_supports_type() or +g_app_info_remove_supports_type(). + + + + + + a content type + + + + + + Adds a content type to the application information to indicate the +application is capable of opening files with the given content type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted. +See g_app_info_delete(). + + %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Checks if a supported content type can be removed from an application. + + %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported + content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Tries to delete a #GAppInfo. + +On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined +#GAppInfos which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot. +See g_app_info_can_delete(). + + %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo. + + a duplicate of @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if two #GAppInfos are equal. + +Note that the check <emphasis>may not</emphasis> compare each individual +field, and only does an identity check. In case detecting changes in the +contents is needed, program code must additionally compare relevant fields. + + %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the first #GAppInfo. + + + + the second #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a human-readable description of an installed application. + + a string containing a description of the +application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the display name of the application. The display name is often more +descriptive to the user than the name itself. + + the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if +no display name is available. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the icon for the application. + + the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL +if there is no default icon. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that +identifies the application. The exact format of the id is +platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the +desktop file id from the xdg menu specification. + +Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how +the @appinfo has been constructed. + + a string containing the application's ID. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the installed name of the application. + + the name of the application for @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support. +If this information is not provided by the environment, this function +will return %NULL. +This function does not take in consideration associations added with +g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by +the application. + + + a list of content types. + + + + + + + a #GAppInfo that can handle files + + + + + + Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application +as arguments, using the optional @context to get information +about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). +On error, @error will be set accordingly. + +To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list. + +Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched +can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is +no way to detect this. + +Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance +unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have +a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using +g_app_info_launch_uris() instead. + +The launched application inherits the environment of the launching +process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv() +and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv(). + +On UNIX, this function sets the `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE` +environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and +`GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID` to the process id of the launched +process. This can be used to ignore `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`, +should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY` and +`DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment variables are also set, based +on information provided in @context. + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application +as arguments, using the optional @context to get information +about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). +On error, @error will be set accordingly. + +To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list. + +Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched +can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is +no way to detect this. + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList containing URIs to launch. + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + Removes a supported type from an application, if possible. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + Sets the application as the default handler for the given file extension. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string containing the file extension + (without the dot). + + + + + + Sets the application as the default handler for a given type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. +This will make the application appear as first in the list returned +by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default +application for that content type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that +list available applications. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if the application accepts files as arguments. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if the application supports reading files and directories from URIs. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Adds a content type to the application information to indicate the +application is capable of opening files with the given content type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted. +See g_app_info_delete(). + + %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Checks if a supported content type can be removed from an application. + + %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported + content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Tries to delete a #GAppInfo. + +On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined +#GAppInfos which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot. +See g_app_info_can_delete(). + + %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo. + + a duplicate of @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if two #GAppInfos are equal. + +Note that the check <emphasis>may not</emphasis> compare each individual +field, and only does an identity check. In case detecting changes in the +contents is needed, program code must additionally compare relevant fields. + + %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the first #GAppInfo. + + + + the second #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the commandline with which the application will be +started. + + a string containing the @appinfo's commandline, + or %NULL if this information is not available + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Gets a human-readable description of an installed application. + + a string containing a description of the +application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the display name of the application. The display name is often more +descriptive to the user than the name itself. + + the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if +no display name is available. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the executable's name for the installed application. + + a string containing the @appinfo's application +binaries name + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + Gets the icon for the application. + + the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL +if there is no default icon. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that +identifies the application. The exact format of the id is +platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the +desktop file id from the xdg menu specification. + +Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how +the @appinfo has been constructed. + + a string containing the application's ID. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the installed name of the application. + + the name of the application for @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support. +If this information is not provided by the environment, this function +will return %NULL. +This function does not take in consideration associations added with +g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by +the application. + + + a list of content types. + + + + + + + a #GAppInfo that can handle files + + + + + + Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application +as arguments, using the optional @context to get information +about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). +On error, @error will be set accordingly. + +To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list. + +Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched +can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is +no way to detect this. + +Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance +unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have +a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using +g_app_info_launch_uris() instead. + +The launched application inherits the environment of the launching +process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv() +and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv(). + +On UNIX, this function sets the `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE` +environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and +`GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID` to the process id of the launched +process. This can be used to ignore `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`, +should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY` and +`DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment variables are also set, based +on information provided in @context. + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application +as arguments, using the optional @context to get information +about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). +On error, @error will be set accordingly. + +To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list. + +Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched +can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is +no way to detect this. + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList containing URIs to launch. + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + Removes a supported type from an application, if possible. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + Sets the application as the default handler for the given file extension. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string containing the file extension + (without the dot). + + + + + + Sets the application as the default handler for a given type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. +This will make the application appear as first in the list returned +by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default +application for that content type. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that +list available applications. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if the application accepts files as arguments. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + Checks if the application supports reading files and directories from URIs. + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. + + No flags. + + + Application opens in a terminal window. + + + Application supports URI arguments. + + + Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 + + + + Application Information interface, for operating system portability. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a duplicate of @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the first #GAppInfo. + + + + the second #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + a string containing the application's ID. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + the name of the application for @appinfo. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + a string containing a description of the +application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL +if there is no default icon. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList containing URIs to launch. + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string containing the file extension + (without the dot). + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported + content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + a string. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted + + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if +no display name is available. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GAppInfo. + + + + the content type. + + + + + + + + + + a list of content types. + + + + + + + a #GAppInfo that can handle files + + + + + + + + #GAppInfoMonitor is a very simple object used for monitoring the app +info database for changes (ie: newly installed or removed +applications). + +Call g_app_info_monitor_get() to get a #GAppInfoMonitor and connect +to the "changed" signal. + +In the usual case, applications should try to make note of the change +(doing things like invalidating caches) but not act on it. In +particular, applications should avoid making calls to #GAppInfo APIs +in response to the change signal, deferring these until the time that +the data is actually required. The exception to this case is when +application information is actually being displayed on the screen +(eg: during a search or when the list of all applications is shown). +The reason for this is that changes to the list of installed +applications often come in groups (like during system updates) and +rescanning the list on every change is pointless and expensive. + + Gets the #GAppInfoMonitor for the current thread-default main +context. + +The #GAppInfoMonitor will emit a "changed" signal in the +thread-default main context whenever the list of installed +applications (as reported by g_app_info_get_all()) may have changed. + +You must only call g_object_unref() on the return value from under +the same main context as you created it. + + a reference to a #GAppInfoMonitor + + + + + Signal emitted when the app info database for changes (ie: newly installed +or removed applications). + + + + + + + Integrating the launch with the launching application. This is used to +handle for instance startup notification and launching the new application +on the same screen as the launching window. + + Creates a new application launch context. This is not normally used, +instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as #GdkAppLaunchContext. + + a #GAppLaunchContext. + + + + + Gets the display string for the @context. This is used to ensure new +applications are started on the same display as the launching +application, by setting the `DISPLAY` environment variable. + + a display string for the display. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the +`DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation, if supported. + +Startup notification IDs are defined in the +[FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt"). + + a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if + not supported. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel +the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext. + + + + the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the display string for the @context. This is used to ensure new +applications are started on the same display as the launching +application, by setting the `DISPLAY` environment variable. + + a display string for the display. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + Gets the complete environment variable list to be passed to +the child process when @context is used to launch an application. +This is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string has +the form `KEY=VALUE`. + + + the child's environment + + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + + + Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the +`DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation, if supported. + +Startup notification IDs are defined in the +[FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt"). + + a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if + not supported. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel +the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext. + + + + the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). + + + + + + Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child's +environment when @context is used to launch an application. + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + the environment variable to set + + + + the value for to set the variable to. + + + + + + Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child's environment +when @context is used to launch an application. + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + the environment variable to remove + + + + + + + + + + + + The ::launch-failed signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo launch +fails. The startup notification id is provided, so that the launcher +can cancel the startup notification. + + + + + + the startup notification id for the failed launch + + + + + + The ::launched signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo is successfully +launched. The @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping +strings to variants (ie a{sv}), which contains additional, +platform-specific data about this launch. On UNIX, at least the +"pid" and "startup-notification-id" keys will be present. + + + + + + the #GAppInfo that was just launched + + + + additional platform-specific data for this launch + + + + + + + + + + + + + a display string for the display. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + + + + a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if + not supported. + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GAppInfo + + + + a #GList of of #GFile objects + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext. + + + + the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GApplication is the foundation of an application. It wraps some +low-level platform-specific services and is intended to act as the +foundation for higher-level application classes such as +#GtkApplication or #MxApplication. In general, you should not use +this class outside of a higher level framework. + +GApplication provides convenient life cycle management by maintaining +a "use count" for the primary application instance. The use count can +be changed using g_application_hold() and g_application_release(). If +it drops to zero, the application exits. Higher-level classes such as +#GtkApplication employ the use count to ensure that the application +stays alive as long as it has any opened windows. + +Another feature that GApplication (optionally) provides is process +uniqueness. Applications can make use of this functionality by +providing a unique application ID. If given, only one application +with this ID can be running at a time per session. The session +concept is platform-dependent, but corresponds roughly to a graphical +desktop login. When your application is launched again, its +arguments are passed through platform communication to the already +running program. The already running instance of the program is +called the "primary instance"; for non-unique applications this is +the always the current instance. On Linux, the D-Bus session bus +is used for communication. + +The use of #GApplication differs from some other commonly-used +uniqueness libraries (such as libunique) in important ways. The +application is not expected to manually register itself and check +if it is the primary instance. Instead, the main() function of a +#GApplication should do very little more than instantiating the +application instance, possibly connecting signal handlers, then +calling g_application_run(). All checks for uniqueness are done +internally. If the application is the primary instance then the +startup signal is emitted and the mainloop runs. If the application +is not the primary instance then a signal is sent to the primary +instance and g_application_run() promptly returns. See the code +examples below. + +If used, the expected form of an application identifier is the same as +that of of a +[D-Bus well-known bus name](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-names-bus). +Examples include: `com.example.MyApp`, `org.example.internal_apps.Calculator`, +`org._7_zip.Archiver`. +For details on valid application identifiers, see g_application_id_is_valid(). + +On Linux, the application identifier is claimed as a well-known bus name +on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your +application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your +application may provide additional services (through registration of other +object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths +should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the +internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be dispatched at any time +(even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that +any object paths that you wish to register are registered before #GApplication +attempts to acquire the bus name of your application (which happens in +g_application_register()). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot use +g_application_get_is_remote() to decide if you want to register object paths. + +GApplication also implements the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap +interfaces and lets you easily export actions by adding them with +g_action_map_add_action(). When invoking an action by calling +g_action_group_activate_action() on the application, it is always +invoked in the primary instance. The actions are also exported on +the session bus, and GIO provides the #GDBusActionGroup wrapper to +conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a #GDBusMenuModel wrapper +for remote access to exported #GMenuModels. + +There is a number of different entry points into a GApplication: + +- via 'Activate' (i.e. just starting the application) + +- via 'Open' (i.e. opening some files) + +- by handling a command-line + +- via activating an action + +The #GApplication::startup signal lets you handle the application +initialization for all of these in a single place. + +Regardless of which of these entry points is used to start the +application, GApplication passes some "platform data from the +launching instance to the primary instance, in the form of a +#GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform +data, override the @before_emit or @after_emit virtual functions +in your #GApplication subclass. When dealing with +#GApplicationCommandLine objects, the platform data is +directly available via g_application_command_line_get_cwd(), +g_application_command_line_get_environ() and +g_application_command_line_get_platform_data(). + +As the name indicates, the platform data may vary depending on the +operating system, but it always includes the current directory (key +"cwd"), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment +variables and their values) of the calling process (key "environ"). +The environment is only added to the platform data if the +%G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT flag is set. #GApplication subclasses +can add their own platform data by overriding the @add_platform_data +virtual function. For instance, #GtkApplication adds startup notification +data in this way. + +To parse commandline arguments you may handle the +#GApplication::command-line signal or override the local_command_line() +vfunc, to parse them in either the primary instance or the local instance, +respectively. + +For an example of opening files with a GApplication, see +[gapplication-example-open.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-open.c). + +For an example of using actions with GApplication, see +[gapplication-example-actions.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-actions.c). + +For an example of using extra D-Bus hooks with GApplication, see +[gapplication-example-dbushooks.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-dbushooks.c). + + + + Creates a new #GApplication instance. + +If non-%NULL, the application id must be valid. See +g_application_id_is_valid(). + +If no application ID is given then some features of #GApplication +(most notably application uniqueness) will be disabled. + + a new #GApplication instance + + + + + the application id + + + + the application flags + + + + + + Returns the default #GApplication instance for this process. + +Normally there is only one #GApplication per process and it becomes +the default when it is created. You can exercise more control over +this by using g_application_set_default(). + +If there is no default application then %NULL is returned. + + the default application for this process, or %NULL + + + + + Checks if @application_id is a valid application identifier. + +A valid ID is required for calls to g_application_new() and +g_application_set_application_id(). + +Application identifiers follow the same format as +[D-Bus well-known bus names](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-names-bus). +For convenience, the restrictions on application identifiers are +reproduced here: + +- Application identifiers are composed of 1 or more elements separated by a + period (`.`) character. All elements must contain at least one character. + +- Each element must only contain the ASCII characters `[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_-`, + with `-` discouraged in new application identifiers. Each element must not + begin with a digit. + +- Application identifiers must contain at least one `.` (period) character + (and thus at least two elements). + +- Application identifiers must not begin with a `.` (period) character. + +- Application identifiers must not exceed 255 characters. + +Note that the hyphen (`-`) character is allowed in application identifiers, +but is problematic or not allowed in various specifications and APIs that +refer to D-Bus, such as +[Flatpak application IDs](http://docs.flatpak.org/en/latest/introduction.html#identifiers), +the +[`DBusActivatable` interface in the Desktop Entry Specification](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html#dbus), +and the convention that an application's "main" interface and object path +resemble its application identifier and bus name. To avoid situations that +require special-case handling, it is recommended that new application +identifiers consistently replace hyphens with underscores. + +Like D-Bus interface names, application identifiers should start with the +reversed DNS domain name of the author of the interface (in lower-case), and +it is conventional for the rest of the application identifier to consist of +words run together, with initial capital letters. + +As with D-Bus interface names, if the author's DNS domain name contains +hyphen/minus characters they should be replaced by underscores, and if it +contains leading digits they should be escaped by prepending an underscore. +For example, if the owner of 7-zip.org used an application identifier for an +archiving application, it might be named `org._7_zip.Archiver`. + + %TRUE if @application_id is valid + + + + + a potential application identifier + + + + + + Activates the application. + +In essence, this results in the #GApplication::activate signal being +emitted in the primary instance. + +The application must be registered before calling this function. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This virtual function is always invoked in the local instance. It +gets passed a pointer to a %NULL-terminated copy of @argv and is +expected to remove arguments that it handled (shifting up remaining +arguments). + +The last argument to local_command_line() is a pointer to the @status +variable which can used to set the exit status that is returned from +g_application_run(). + +See g_application_run() for more details on #GApplication startup. + + %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + array of command line arguments + + + + + + exit status to fill after processing the command line. + + + + + + Opens the given files. + +In essence, this results in the #GApplication::open signal being emitted +in the primary instance. + +@n_files must be greater than zero. + +@hint is simply passed through to the ::open signal. It is +intended to be used by applications that have multiple modes for +opening files (eg: "view" vs "edit", etc). Unless you have a need +for this functionality, you should use "". + +The application must be registered before calling this function +and it must have the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag set. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + an array of #GFiles to open + + + + + + the length of the @files array + + + + a hint (or ""), but never %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Activates the application. + +In essence, this results in the #GApplication::activate signal being +emitted in the primary instance. + +The application must be registered before calling this function. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Add an option to be handled by @application. + +Calling this function is the equivalent of calling +g_application_add_main_option_entries() with a single #GOptionEntry +that has its arg_data member set to %NULL. + +The parsed arguments will be packed into a #GVariantDict which +is passed to #GApplication::handle-local-options. If +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is set, then it will also +be sent to the primary instance. See +g_application_add_main_option_entries() for more details. + +See #GOptionEntry for more documentation of the arguments. + + + + + + the #GApplication + + + + the long name of an option used to specify it in a commandline + + + + the short name of an option + + + + flags from #GOptionFlags + + + + the type of the option, as a #GOptionArg + + + + the description for the option in `--help` output + + + + the placeholder to use for the extra argument + parsed by the option in `--help` output + + + + + + Adds main option entries to be handled by @application. + +This function is comparable to g_option_context_add_main_entries(). + +After the commandline arguments are parsed, the +#GApplication::handle-local-options signal will be emitted. At this +point, the application can inspect the values pointed to by @arg_data +in the given #GOptionEntrys. + +Unlike #GOptionContext, #GApplication supports giving a %NULL +@arg_data for a non-callback #GOptionEntry. This results in the +argument in question being packed into a #GVariantDict which is also +passed to #GApplication::handle-local-options, where it can be +inspected and modified. If %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is +set, then the resulting dictionary is sent to the primary instance, +where g_application_command_line_get_options_dict() will return it. +This "packing" is done according to the type of the argument -- +booleans for normal flags, strings for strings, bytestrings for +filenames, etc. The packing only occurs if the flag is given (ie: we +do not pack a "false" #GVariant in the case that a flag is missing). + +In general, it is recommended that all commandline arguments are +parsed locally. The options dictionary should then be used to +transmit the result of the parsing to the primary instance, where +g_variant_dict_lookup() can be used. For local options, it is +possible to either use @arg_data in the usual way, or to consult (and +potentially remove) the option from the options dictionary. + +This function is new in GLib 2.40. Before then, the only real choice +was to send all of the commandline arguments (options and all) to the +primary instance for handling. #GApplication ignored them completely +on the local side. Calling this function "opts in" to the new +behaviour, and in particular, means that unrecognised options will be +treated as errors. Unrecognised options have never been ignored when +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is unset. + +If #GApplication::handle-local-options needs to see the list of +filenames, then the use of %G_OPTION_REMAINING is recommended. If +@arg_data is %NULL then %G_OPTION_REMAINING can be used as a key into +the options dictionary. If you do use %G_OPTION_REMAINING then you +need to handle these arguments for yourself because once they are +consumed, they will no longer be visible to the default handling +(which treats them as filenames to be opened). + +It is important to use the proper GVariant format when retrieving +the options with g_variant_dict_lookup(): +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, use b +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING, use &s +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_INT, use i +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_INT64, use x +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_DOUBLE, use d +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME, use ^ay +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING_ARRAY, use &as +- for %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME_ARRAY, use ^aay + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + a + %NULL-terminated list of #GOptionEntrys + + + + + + + + Adds a #GOptionGroup to the commandline handling of @application. + +This function is comparable to g_option_context_add_group(). + +Unlike g_application_add_main_option_entries(), this function does +not deal with %NULL @arg_data and never transmits options to the +primary instance. + +The reason for that is because, by the time the options arrive at the +primary instance, it is typically too late to do anything with them. +Taking the GTK option group as an example: GTK will already have been +initialised by the time the #GApplication::command-line handler runs. +In the case that this is not the first-running instance of the +application, the existing instance may already have been running for +a very long time. + +This means that the options from #GOptionGroup are only really usable +in the case that the instance of the application being run is the +first instance. Passing options like `--display=` or `--gdk-debug=` +on future runs will have no effect on the existing primary instance. + +Calling this function will cause the options in the supplied option +group to be parsed, but it does not cause you to be "opted in" to the +new functionality whereby unrecognised options are rejected even if +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE was given. + + + + + + the #GApplication + + + + a #GOptionGroup + + + + + + Marks @application as busy (see g_application_mark_busy()) while +@property on @object is %TRUE. + +The binding holds a reference to @application while it is active, but +not to @object. Instead, the binding is destroyed when @object is +finalized. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of a boolean property of @object + + + + + + Gets the unique identifier for @application. + + the identifier for @application, owned by @application + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusConnection being used by the application, or %NULL. + +If #GApplication is using its D-Bus backend then this function will +return the #GDBusConnection being used for uniqueness and +communication with the desktop environment and other instances of the +application. + +If #GApplication is not using D-Bus then this function will return +%NULL. This includes the situation where the D-Bus backend would +normally be in use but we were unable to connect to the bus. + +This function must not be called before the application has been +registered. See g_application_get_is_registered(). + + a #GDBusConnection, or %NULL + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus object path being used by the application, or %NULL. + +If #GApplication is using its D-Bus backend then this function will +return the D-Bus object path that #GApplication is using. If the +application is the primary instance then there is an object published +at this path. If the application is not the primary instance then +the result of this function is undefined. + +If #GApplication is not using D-Bus then this function will return +%NULL. This includes the situation where the D-Bus backend would +normally be in use but we were unable to connect to the bus. + +This function must not be called before the application has been +registered. See g_application_get_is_registered(). + + the object path, or %NULL + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the flags for @application. + +See #GApplicationFlags. + + the flags for @application + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the current inactivity timeout for the application. + +This is the amount of time (in milliseconds) after the last call to +g_application_release() before the application stops running. + + the timeout, in milliseconds + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the application's current busy state, as set through +g_application_mark_busy() or g_application_bind_busy_property(). + + %TRUE if @application is currenty marked as busy + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Checks if @application is registered. + +An application is registered if g_application_register() has been +successfully called. + + %TRUE if @application is registered + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Checks if @application is remote. + +If @application is remote then it means that another instance of +application already exists (the 'primary' instance). Calls to +perform actions on @application will result in the actions being +performed by the primary instance. + +The value of this property cannot be accessed before +g_application_register() has been called. See +g_application_get_is_registered(). + + %TRUE if @application is remote + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Gets the resource base path of @application. + +See g_application_set_resource_base_path() for more information. + + the base resource path, if one is set + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Increases the use count of @application. + +Use this function to indicate that the application has a reason to +continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK+ +when a toplevel window is on the screen. + +To cancel the hold, call g_application_release(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Increases the busy count of @application. + +Use this function to indicate that the application is busy, for instance +while a long running operation is pending. + +The busy state will be exposed to other processes, so a session shell will +use that information to indicate the state to the user (e.g. with a +spinner). + +To cancel the busy indication, use g_application_unmark_busy(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Opens the given files. + +In essence, this results in the #GApplication::open signal being emitted +in the primary instance. + +@n_files must be greater than zero. + +@hint is simply passed through to the ::open signal. It is +intended to be used by applications that have multiple modes for +opening files (eg: "view" vs "edit", etc). Unless you have a need +for this functionality, you should use "". + +The application must be registered before calling this function +and it must have the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag set. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + an array of #GFiles to open + + + + + + the length of the @files array + + + + a hint (or ""), but never %NULL + + + + + + Immediately quits the application. + +Upon return to the mainloop, g_application_run() will return, +calling only the 'shutdown' function before doing so. + +The hold count is ignored. +Take care if your code has called g_application_hold() on the application and +is therefore still expecting it to exist. +(Note that you may have called g_application_hold() indirectly, for example +through gtk_application_add_window().) + +The result of calling g_application_run() again after it returns is +unspecified. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Attempts registration of the application. + +This is the point at which the application discovers if it is the +primary instance or merely acting as a remote for an already-existing +primary instance. This is implemented by attempting to acquire the +application identifier as a unique bus name on the session bus using +GDBus. + +If there is no application ID or if %G_APPLICATION_NON_UNIQUE was +given, then this process will always become the primary instance. + +Due to the internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be +dispatched at any time (even if a main loop is not running). For +this reason, you must ensure that any object paths that you wish to +register are registered before calling this function. + +If the application has already been registered then %TRUE is +returned with no work performed. + +The #GApplication::startup signal is emitted if registration succeeds +and @application is the primary instance (including the non-unique +case). + +In the event of an error (such as @cancellable being cancelled, or a +failure to connect to the session bus), %FALSE is returned and @error +is set appropriately. + +Note: the return value of this function is not an indicator that this +instance is or is not the primary instance of the application. See +g_application_get_is_remote() for that. + + %TRUE if registration succeeded + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Decrease the use count of @application. + +When the use count reaches zero, the application will stop running. + +Never call this function except to cancel the effect of a previous +call to g_application_hold(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Runs the application. + +This function is intended to be run from main() and its return value +is intended to be returned by main(). Although you are expected to pass +the @argc, @argv parameters from main() to this function, it is possible +to pass %NULL if @argv is not available or commandline handling is not +required. Note that on Windows, @argc and @argv are ignored, and +g_win32_get_command_line() is called internally (for proper support +of Unicode commandline arguments). + +#GApplication will attempt to parse the commandline arguments. You +can add commandline flags to the list of recognised options by way of +g_application_add_main_option_entries(). After this, the +#GApplication::handle-local-options signal is emitted, from which the +application can inspect the values of its #GOptionEntrys. + +#GApplication::handle-local-options is a good place to handle options +such as `--version`, where an immediate reply from the local process is +desired (instead of communicating with an already-running instance). +A #GApplication::handle-local-options handler can stop further processing +by returning a non-negative value, which then becomes the exit status of +the process. + +What happens next depends on the flags: if +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE was specified then the remaining +commandline arguments are sent to the primary instance, where a +#GApplication::command-line signal is emitted. Otherwise, the +remaining commandline arguments are assumed to be a list of files. +If there are no files listed, the application is activated via the +#GApplication::activate signal. If there are one or more files, and +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN was specified then the files are opened +via the #GApplication::open signal. + +If you are interested in doing more complicated local handling of the +commandline then you should implement your own #GApplication subclass +and override local_command_line(). In this case, you most likely want +to return %TRUE from your local_command_line() implementation to +suppress the default handling. See +[gapplication-example-cmdline2.c][gapplication-example-cmdline2] +for an example. + +If, after the above is done, the use count of the application is zero +then the exit status is returned immediately. If the use count is +non-zero then the default main context is iterated until the use count +falls to zero, at which point 0 is returned. + +If the %G_APPLICATION_IS_SERVICE flag is set, then the service will +run for as much as 10 seconds with a use count of zero while waiting +for the message that caused the activation to arrive. After that, +if the use count falls to zero the application will exit immediately, +except in the case that g_application_set_inactivity_timeout() is in +use. + +This function sets the prgname (g_set_prgname()), if not already set, +to the basename of argv[0]. + +Much like g_main_loop_run(), this function will acquire the main context +for the duration that the application is running. + +Since 2.40, applications that are not explicitly flagged as services +or launchers (ie: neither %G_APPLICATION_IS_SERVICE or +%G_APPLICATION_IS_LAUNCHER are given as flags) will check (from the +default handler for local_command_line) if "--gapplication-service" +was given in the command line. If this flag is present then normal +commandline processing is interrupted and the +%G_APPLICATION_IS_SERVICE flag is set. This provides a "compromise" +solution whereby running an application directly from the commandline +will invoke it in the normal way (which can be useful for debugging) +while still allowing applications to be D-Bus activated in service +mode. The D-Bus service file should invoke the executable with +"--gapplication-service" as the sole commandline argument. This +approach is suitable for use by most graphical applications but +should not be used from applications like editors that need precise +control over when processes invoked via the commandline will exit and +what their exit status will be. + + the exit status + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + the argc from main() (or 0 if @argv is %NULL) + + + + + the argv from main(), or %NULL + + + + + + + + Sends a notification on behalf of @application to the desktop shell. +There is no guarantee that the notification is displayed immediately, +or even at all. + +Notifications may persist after the application exits. It will be +D-Bus-activated when the notification or one of its actions is +activated. + +Modifying @notification after this call has no effect. However, the +object can be reused for a later call to this function. + +@id may be any string that uniquely identifies the event for the +application. It does not need to be in any special format. For +example, "new-message" might be appropriate for a notification about +new messages. + +If a previous notification was sent with the same @id, it will be +replaced with @notification and shown again as if it was a new +notification. This works even for notifications sent from a previous +execution of the application, as long as @id is the same string. + +@id may be %NULL, but it is impossible to replace or withdraw +notifications without an id. + +If @notification is no longer relevant, it can be withdrawn with +g_application_withdraw_notification(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + id of the notification, or %NULL + + + + the #GNotification to send + + + + + + This used to be how actions were associated with a #GApplication. +Now there is #GActionMap for that. + Use the #GActionMap interface instead. Never ever +mix use of this API with use of #GActionMap on the same @application +or things will go very badly wrong. This function is known to +introduce buggy behaviour (ie: signals not emitted on changes to the +action group), so you should really use #GActionMap instead. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + a #GActionGroup, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the unique identifier for @application. + +The application id can only be modified if @application has not yet +been registered. + +If non-%NULL, the application id must be valid. See +g_application_id_is_valid(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + the identifier for @application + + + + + + Sets or unsets the default application for the process, as returned +by g_application_get_default(). + +This function does not take its own reference on @application. If +@application is destroyed then the default application will revert +back to %NULL. + + + + + + the application to set as default, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the flags for @application. + +The flags can only be modified if @application has not yet been +registered. + +See #GApplicationFlags. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + the flags for @application + + + + + + Sets the current inactivity timeout for the application. + +This is the amount of time (in milliseconds) after the last call to +g_application_release() before the application stops running. + +This call has no side effects of its own. The value set here is only +used for next time g_application_release() drops the use count to +zero. Any timeouts currently in progress are not impacted. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + the timeout, in milliseconds + + + + + + Adds a description to the @application option context. + +See g_option_context_set_description() for more information. + + + + + + the #GApplication + + + + a string to be shown in `--help` output + after the list of options, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the parameter string to be used by the commandline handling of @application. + +This function registers the argument to be passed to g_option_context_new() +when the internal #GOptionContext of @application is created. + +See g_option_context_new() for more information about @parameter_string. + + + + + + the #GApplication + + + + a string which is displayed + in the first line of `--help` output, after the usage summary `programname [OPTION...]`. + + + + + + Adds a summary to the @application option context. + +See g_option_context_set_summary() for more information. + + + + + + the #GApplication + + + + a string to be shown in `--help` output + before the list of options, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets (or unsets) the base resource path of @application. + +The path is used to automatically load various [application +resources][gresource] such as menu layouts and action descriptions. +The various types of resources will be found at fixed names relative +to the given base path. + +By default, the resource base path is determined from the application +ID by prefixing '/' and replacing each '.' with '/'. This is done at +the time that the #GApplication object is constructed. Changes to +the application ID after that point will not have an impact on the +resource base path. + +As an example, if the application has an ID of "org.example.app" then +the default resource base path will be "/org/example/app". If this +is a #GtkApplication (and you have not manually changed the path) +then Gtk will then search for the menus of the application at +"/org/example/app/gtk/menus.ui". + +See #GResource for more information about adding resources to your +application. + +You can disable automatic resource loading functionality by setting +the path to %NULL. + +Changing the resource base path once the application is running is +not recommended. The point at which the resource path is consulted +for forming paths for various purposes is unspecified. When writing +a sub-class of #GApplication you should either set the +#GApplication:resource-base-path property at construction time, or call +this function during the instance initialization. Alternatively, you +can call this function in the #GApplicationClass.startup virtual function, +before chaining up to the parent implementation. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + the resource path to use + + + + + + Destroys a binding between @property and the busy state of +@application that was previously created with +g_application_bind_busy_property(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of a boolean property of @object + + + + + + Decreases the busy count of @application. + +When the busy count reaches zero, the new state will be propagated +to other processes. + +This function must only be called to cancel the effect of a previous +call to g_application_mark_busy(). + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + Withdraws a notification that was sent with +g_application_send_notification(). + +This call does nothing if a notification with @id doesn't exist or +the notification was never sent. + +This function works even for notifications sent in previous +executions of this application, as long @id is the same as it was for +the sent notification. + +Note that notifications are dismissed when the user clicks on one +of the buttons in a notification or triggers its default action, so +there is no need to explicitly withdraw the notification in that case. + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + id of a previously sent notification + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether the application is currently marked as busy through +g_application_mark_busy() or g_application_bind_busy_property(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The ::activate signal is emitted on the primary instance when an +activation occurs. See g_application_activate(). + + + + + + The ::command-line signal is emitted on the primary instance when +a commandline is not handled locally. See g_application_run() and +the #GApplicationCommandLine documentation for more information. + + An integer that is set as the exit status for the calling + process. See g_application_command_line_set_exit_status(). + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine representing the + passed commandline + + + + + + The ::handle-local-options signal is emitted on the local instance +after the parsing of the commandline options has occurred. + +You can add options to be recognised during commandline option +parsing using g_application_add_main_option_entries() and +g_application_add_option_group(). + +Signal handlers can inspect @options (along with values pointed to +from the @arg_data of an installed #GOptionEntrys) in order to +decide to perform certain actions, including direct local handling +(which may be useful for options like --version). + +In the event that the application is marked +%G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE the "normal processing" will +send the @options dictionary to the primary instance where it can be +read with g_application_command_line_get_options_dict(). The signal +handler can modify the dictionary before returning, and the +modified dictionary will be sent. + +In the event that %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is not set, +"normal processing" will treat the remaining uncollected command +line arguments as filenames or URIs. If there are no arguments, +the application is activated by g_application_activate(). One or +more arguments results in a call to g_application_open(). + +If you want to handle the local commandline arguments for yourself +by converting them to calls to g_application_open() or +g_action_group_activate_action() then you must be sure to register +the application first. You should probably not call +g_application_activate() for yourself, however: just return -1 and +allow the default handler to do it for you. This will ensure that +the `--gapplication-service` switch works properly (i.e. no activation +in that case). + +Note that this signal is emitted from the default implementation of +local_command_line(). If you override that function and don't +chain up then this signal will never be emitted. + +You can override local_command_line() if you need more powerful +capabilities than what is provided here, but this should not +normally be required. + + an exit code. If you have handled your options and want +to exit the process, return a non-negative option, 0 for success, +and a positive value for failure. To continue, return -1 to let +the default option processing continue. + + + + + the options dictionary + + + + + + The ::open signal is emitted on the primary instance when there are +files to open. See g_application_open() for more information. + + + + + + an array of #GFiles + + + + + + the length of @files + + + + a hint provided by the calling instance + + + + + + The ::shutdown signal is emitted only on the registered primary instance +immediately after the main loop terminates. + + + + + + The ::startup signal is emitted on the primary instance immediately +after registration. See g_application_register(). + + + + + + + Virtual function table for #GApplication. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + an array of #GFiles to open + + + + + + the length of the @files array + + + + a hint (or ""), but never %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled + + + + + a #GApplication + + + + array of command line arguments + + + + + + exit status to fill after processing the command line. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GApplicationCommandLine represents a command-line invocation of +an application. It is created by #GApplication and emitted +in the #GApplication::command-line signal and virtual function. + +The class contains the list of arguments that the program was invoked +with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was +local (ie: the current process is running in direct response to the +invocation) or remote (ie: some other process forwarded the +commandline to this process). + +The GApplicationCommandLine object can provide the @argc and @argv +parameters for use with the #GOptionContext command-line parsing API, +with the g_application_command_line_get_arguments() function. See +[gapplication-example-cmdline3.c][gapplication-example-cmdline3] +for an example. + +The exit status of the originally-invoked process may be set and +messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process. The +lifecycle of the originally-invoked process is tied to the lifecycle +of this object (ie: the process exits when the last reference is +dropped). + +The main use for #GApplicationCommandLine (and the +#GApplication::command-line signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases: +You can set the `EDITOR` environment variable to have e.g. git use +your favourite editor to edit commit messages, and if you already +have an instance of the editor running, the editing will happen +in the running instance, instead of opening a new one. An important +aspect of this use case is that the process that gets started by git +does not return until the editing is done. + +Normally, the commandline is completely handled in the +#GApplication::command-line handler. The launching instance exits +once the signal handler in the primary instance has returned, and +the return value of the signal handler becomes the exit status +of the launching instance. +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static int +command_line (GApplication *application, + GApplicationCommandLine *cmdline) +{ + gchar **argv; + gint argc; + gint i; + + argv = g_application_command_line_get_arguments (cmdline, &argc); + + g_application_command_line_print (cmdline, + "This text is written back\n" + "to stdout of the caller\n"); + + for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) + g_print ("argument %d: %s\n", i, argv[i]); + + g_strfreev (argv); + + return 0; +} +]| +The complete example can be found here: +[gapplication-example-cmdline.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline.c) + +In more complicated cases, the handling of the comandline can be +split between the launcher and the primary instance. +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean + test_local_cmdline (GApplication *application, + gchar ***arguments, + gint *exit_status) +{ + gint i, j; + gchar **argv; + + argv = *arguments; + + i = 1; + while (argv[i]) + { + if (g_str_has_prefix (argv[i], "--local-")) + { + g_print ("handling argument %s locally\n", argv[i]); + g_free (argv[i]); + for (j = i; argv[j]; j++) + argv[j] = argv[j + 1]; + } + else + { + g_print ("not handling argument %s locally\n", argv[i]); + i++; + } + } + + *exit_status = 0; + + return FALSE; +} + +static void +test_application_class_init (TestApplicationClass *class) +{ + G_APPLICATION_CLASS (class)->local_command_line = test_local_cmdline; + + ... +} +]| +In this example of split commandline handling, options that start +with `--local-` are handled locally, all other options are passed +to the #GApplication::command-line handler which runs in the primary +instance. + +The complete example can be found here: +[gapplication-example-cmdline2.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline2.c) + +If handling the commandline requires a lot of work, it may +be better to defer it. +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean +my_cmdline_handler (gpointer data) +{ + GApplicationCommandLine *cmdline = data; + + // do the heavy lifting in an idle + + g_application_command_line_set_exit_status (cmdline, 0); + g_object_unref (cmdline); // this releases the application + + return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; +} + +static int +command_line (GApplication *application, + GApplicationCommandLine *cmdline) +{ + // keep the application running until we are done with this commandline + g_application_hold (application); + + g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (cmdline), + "application", application, + (GDestroyNotify)g_application_release); + + g_object_ref (cmdline); + g_idle_add (my_cmdline_handler, cmdline); + + return 0; +} +]| +In this example the commandline is not completely handled before +the #GApplication::command-line handler returns. Instead, we keep +a reference to the #GApplicationCommandLine object and handle it +later (in this example, in an idle). Note that it is necessary to +hold the application until you are done with the commandline. + +The complete example can be found here: +[gapplication-example-cmdline3.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline3.c) + + Gets the stdin of the invoking process. + +The #GInputStream can be used to read data passed to the standard +input of the invoking process. +This doesn't work on all platforms. Presently, it is only available +on UNIX when using a DBus daemon capable of passing file descriptors. +If stdin is not available then %NULL will be returned. In the +future, support may be expanded to other platforms. + +You must only call this function once per commandline invocation. + + a #GInputStream for stdin + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #GFile corresponding to a filename that was given as part +of the invocation of @cmdline. + +This differs from g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() in that it +resolves relative pathnames using the current working directory of +the invoking process rather than the local process. + + a new #GFile + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + an argument from @cmdline + + + + + + Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line. + +The strings in the array may contain non-UTF-8 data on UNIX (such as +filenames or arguments given in the system locale) but are always in +UTF-8 on Windows. + +If you wish to use the return value with #GOptionContext, you must +use g_option_context_parse_strv(). + +The return value is %NULL-terminated and should be freed using +g_strfreev(). + + + the string array containing the arguments (the argv) + + + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + the length of the arguments array, or %NULL + + + + + + Gets the working directory of the command line invocation. +The string may contain non-utf8 data. + +It is possible that the remote application did not send a working +directory, so this may be %NULL. + +The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as +long as @cmdline exists. + + the current directory, or %NULL + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the contents of the 'environ' variable of the command line +invocation, as would be returned by g_get_environ(), ie as a +%NULL-terminated list of strings in the form 'NAME=VALUE'. +The strings may contain non-utf8 data. + +The remote application usually does not send an environment. Use +%G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT to affect that. Even with this flag +set it is possible that the environment is still not available (due +to invocation messages from other applications). + +The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as +long as @cmdline exists. + +See g_application_command_line_getenv() if you are only interested +in the value of a single environment variable. + + + the environment strings, or %NULL if they were not sent + + + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the exit status of @cmdline. See +g_application_command_line_set_exit_status() for more information. + + the exit status + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Determines if @cmdline represents a remote invocation. + + %TRUE if the invocation was remote + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the options there were passed to g_application_command_line(). + +If you did not override local_command_line() then these are the same +options that were parsed according to the #GOptionEntrys added to the +application with g_application_add_main_option_entries() and possibly +modified from your GApplication::handle-local-options handler. + +If no options were sent then an empty dictionary is returned so that +you don't need to check for %NULL. + + a #GVariantDict with the options + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the platform data associated with the invocation of @cmdline. + +This is a #GVariant dictionary containing information about the +context in which the invocation occurred. It typically contains +information like the current working directory and the startup +notification ID. + +For local invocation, it will be %NULL. + + the platform data, or %NULL + + + + + #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the stdin of the invoking process. + +The #GInputStream can be used to read data passed to the standard +input of the invoking process. +This doesn't work on all platforms. Presently, it is only available +on UNIX when using a DBus daemon capable of passing file descriptors. +If stdin is not available then %NULL will be returned. In the +future, support may be expanded to other platforms. + +You must only call this function once per commandline invocation. + + a #GInputStream for stdin + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + Gets the value of a particular environment variable of the command +line invocation, as would be returned by g_getenv(). The strings may +contain non-utf8 data. + +The remote application usually does not send an environment. Use +%G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT to affect that. Even with this flag +set it is possible that the environment is still not available (due +to invocation messages from other applications). + +The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as +long as @cmdline exists. + + the value of the variable, or %NULL if unset or unsent + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + the environment variable to get + + + + + + Formats a message and prints it using the stdout print handler in the +invoking process. + +If @cmdline is a local invocation then this is exactly equivalent to +g_print(). If @cmdline is remote then this is equivalent to calling +g_print() in the invoking process. + + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + a printf-style format string + + + + arguments, as per @format + + + + + + Formats a message and prints it using the stderr print handler in the +invoking process. + +If @cmdline is a local invocation then this is exactly equivalent to +g_printerr(). If @cmdline is remote then this is equivalent to +calling g_printerr() in the invoking process. + + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + a printf-style format string + + + + arguments, as per @format + + + + + + Sets the exit status that will be used when the invoking process +exits. + +The return value of the #GApplication::command-line signal is +passed to this function when the handler returns. This is the usual +way of setting the exit status. + +In the event that you want the remote invocation to continue running +and want to decide on the exit status in the future, you can use this +call. For the case of a remote invocation, the remote process will +typically exit when the last reference is dropped on @cmdline. The +exit status of the remote process will be equal to the last value +that was set with this function. + +In the case that the commandline invocation is local, the situation +is slightly more complicated. If the commandline invocation results +in the mainloop running (ie: because the use-count of the application +increased to a non-zero value) then the application is considered to +have been 'successful' in a certain sense, and the exit status is +always zero. If the application use count is zero, though, the exit +status of the local #GApplicationCommandLine is used. + + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + the exit status + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GApplicationCommandLineClass-struct +contains private data only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GInputStream for stdin + + + + + a #GApplicationCommandLine + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. + + Default + + + Run as a service. In this mode, registration + fails if the service is already running, and the application + will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation + message to arrive. + + + Don't try to become the primary instance. + + + This application handles opening files (in + the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default + implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if + %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. + See g_application_run() for details. + + + This application handles command line + arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect + the default implementation of local_command_line(). + See g_application_run() for details. + + + Send the environment of the + launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your + application is expected to behave differently depending on certain + environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected + to use the `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` environment variable + when editing a git commit message. The environment is available + to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via + g_application_command_line_getenv(). + + + Make no attempts to do any of the typical + single-instance application negotiation, even if the application + ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the + owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing + owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. + Since: 2.30. + + + Allow users to override the + application ID from the command line with `--gapplication-app-id`. + Since: 2.48 + + + + + + #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the +user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication +situation. + + operation requires a password. + + + operation requires a username. + + + operation requires a domain. + + + operation supports saving settings. + + + operation supports anonymous users. + + + + This is the asynchronous version of #GInitable; it behaves the same +in all ways except that initialization is asynchronous. For more details +see the descriptions on #GInitable. + +A class may implement both the #GInitable and #GAsyncInitable interfaces. + +Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use the interface +method directly; instead it will be used automatically in various ways. +For C applications you generally just call g_async_initable_new_async() +directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new_async() wrapper. This will call +g_async_initable_init_async() under the cover, calling back with %NULL and +a set %GError on failure. + +A typical implementation might look something like this: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +enum { + NOT_INITIALIZED, + INITIALIZING, + INITIALIZED +}; + +static void +_foo_ready_cb (Foo *self) +{ + GList *l; + + self->priv->state = INITIALIZED; + + for (l = self->priv->init_results; l != NULL; l = l->next) + { + GTask *task = l->data; + + if (self->priv->success) + g_task_return_boolean (task, TRUE); + else + g_task_return_new_error (task, ...); + g_object_unref (task); + } + + g_list_free (self->priv->init_results); + self->priv->init_results = NULL; +} + +static void +foo_init_async (GAsyncInitable *initable, + int io_priority, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) +{ + Foo *self = FOO (initable); + GTask *task; + + task = g_task_new (initable, cancellable, callback, user_data); + + switch (self->priv->state) + { + case NOT_INITIALIZED: + _foo_get_ready (self); + self->priv->init_results = g_list_append (self->priv->init_results, + task); + self->priv->state = INITIALIZING; + break; + case INITIALIZING: + self->priv->init_results = g_list_append (self->priv->init_results, + task); + break; + case INITIALIZED: + if (!self->priv->success) + g_task_return_new_error (task, ...); + else + g_task_return_boolean (task, TRUE); + g_object_unref (task); + break; + } +} + +static gboolean +foo_init_finish (GAsyncInitable *initable, + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error) +{ + g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, initable), FALSE); + + return g_task_propagate_boolean (G_TASK (result), error); +} + +static void +foo_async_initable_iface_init (gpointer g_iface, + gpointer data) +{ + GAsyncInitableIface *iface = g_iface; + + iface->init_async = foo_init_async; + iface->init_finish = foo_init_finish; +} +]| + + Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object asynchronously. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check +for any errors. + + + + + + a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is + finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + the name of the first property, or %NULL if no + properties + + + + the value of the first property, followed by other property + value pairs, and ended by %NULL. + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object +asynchronously. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check +for any errors. + + + + + + a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the name of the first property, followed by +the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL. + + + + The var args list generated from @first_property_name. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is + finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object asynchronously. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check +for any errors. + Use g_object_new_with_properties() and +g_async_initable_init_async() instead. See #GParameter for more information. + + + + + + a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the number of parameters in @parameters + + + + the parameters to use to construct the object + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is + finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the +interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after +initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can +optionally call g_initable_init() instead. + +This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C, +g_async_initable_new_async() should typically be used instead. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the +initialization. + +Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not +%NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable +object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and +the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. + +As with #GInitable, if the object is not initialized, or initialization +returns with an error, then all operations on the object except +g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and +have undefined behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or +g_warning(), but this must not be relied on. + +Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GAsyncInitable can +be initialized multiple times; for more information, see g_initable_init(). +If a class explicitly supports being initialized multiple times, +implementation requires yielding all subsequent calls to init_async() on the +results of the first call. + +For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default +implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function +in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via +threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding +any interface methods. + + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes asynchronous initialization and returns the result. +See g_async_initable_init_async(). + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function +will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the +interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after +initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can +optionally call g_initable_init() instead. + +This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C, +g_async_initable_new_async() should typically be used instead. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the +initialization. + +Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not +%NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable +object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and +the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. + +As with #GInitable, if the object is not initialized, or initialization +returns with an error, then all operations on the object except +g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and +have undefined behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or +g_warning(), but this must not be relied on. + +Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GAsyncInitable can +be initialized multiple times; for more information, see g_initable_init(). +If a class explicitly supports being initialized multiple times, +implementation requires yielding all subsequent calls to init_async() on the +results of the first call. + +For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default +implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function +in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via +threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding +any interface methods. + + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes asynchronous initialization and returns the result. +See g_async_initable_init_async(). + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function +will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Finishes the async construction for the various g_async_initable_new +calls, returning the created object or %NULL on error. + + a newly created #GObject, + or %NULL on error. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + the #GAsyncInitable from the callback + + + + the #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + + Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that +initialization may fail. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function +will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GAsyncInitable. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous +operation within GIO has been completed. #GAsyncReadyCallback +callbacks from #GTask are guaranteed to be invoked in a later +iteration of the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +where the #GTask was created. All other users of +#GAsyncReadyCallback must likewise call it asynchronously in a +later iteration of the main context. + + + + + + the object the asynchronous operation was started with. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + user data passed to the callback. + + + + + + Provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results. + +Asynchronous operations are broken up into two separate operations +which are chained together by a #GAsyncReadyCallback. To begin +an asynchronous operation, provide a #GAsyncReadyCallback to the +asynchronous function. This callback will be triggered when the +operation has completed, and must be run in a later iteration of +the [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +from where the operation was initiated. It will be passed a +#GAsyncResult instance filled with the details of the operation's +success or failure, the object the asynchronous function was +started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous callback +function is then expected to call the corresponding "_finish()" +function, passing the object the function was called for, the +#GAsyncResult instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any +error conditions that may have occurred. + +The "_finish()" function for an operation takes the generic result +(of type #GAsyncResult) and returns the specific result that the +operation in question yields (e.g. a #GFileEnumerator for a +"enumerate children" operation). If the result or error status of the +operation is not needed, there is no need to call the "_finish()" +function; GIO will take care of cleaning up the result and error +information after the #GAsyncReadyCallback returns. You can pass +%NULL for the #GAsyncReadyCallback if you don't need to take any +action at all after the operation completes. Applications may also +take a reference to the #GAsyncResult and call "_finish()" later; +however, the "_finish()" function may be called at most once. + +Example of a typical asynchronous operation flow: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +void _theoretical_frobnitz_async (Theoretical *t, + GCancellable *c, + GAsyncReadyCallback cb, + gpointer u); + +gboolean _theoretical_frobnitz_finish (Theoretical *t, + GAsyncResult *res, + GError **e); + +static void +frobnitz_result_func (GObject *source_object, + GAsyncResult *res, + gpointer user_data) +{ + gboolean success = FALSE; + + success = _theoretical_frobnitz_finish (source_object, res, NULL); + + if (success) + g_printf ("Hurray!\n"); + else + g_printf ("Uh oh!\n"); + + ... + +} + +int main (int argc, void *argv[]) +{ + ... + + _theoretical_frobnitz_async (theoretical_data, + NULL, + frobnitz_result_func, + NULL); + + ... +} +]| + +The callback for an asynchronous operation is called only once, and is +always called, even in the case of a cancelled operation. On cancellation +the result is a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error. + +## I/O Priority # {#io-priority} + +Many I/O-related asynchronous operations have a priority parameter, +which is used in certain cases to determine the order in which +operations are executed. They are not used to determine system-wide +I/O scheduling. Priorities are integers, with lower numbers indicating +higher priority. It is recommended to choose priorities between +%G_PRIORITY_LOW and %G_PRIORITY_HIGH, with %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT +as a default. + + Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult. + + a new reference to the source + object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult. + + the user data for @res. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Checks if @res has the given @source_tag (generally a function +pointer indicating the function @res was created by). + + %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if + not. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + an application-defined tag + + + + + + Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult. + + a new reference to the source + object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult. + + the user data for @res. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Checks if @res has the given @source_tag (generally a function +pointer indicating the function @res was created by). + + %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if + not. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + an application-defined tag + + + + + + If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to +g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns +%FALSE. + +This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish() +wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult +error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method. +This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are +set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods, +to enable subclasses to chain up correctly. + + %TRUE if @error is has been filled in with an error from + @res, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + the user data for @res. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a new reference to the source + object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if + not. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + an application-defined tag + + + + + + + + Buffered input stream implements #GFilterInputStream and provides +for buffered reads. + +By default, #GBufferedInputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes. + +To create a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_input_stream_new(), +or g_buffered_input_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size at +construction. + +To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use +g_buffered_input_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a +buffered input stream's buffer, use +g_buffered_input_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's size +cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer. + + + Creates a new #GInputStream from the given @base_stream, with +a buffer set to the default size (4 kilobytes). + + a #GInputStream for the given @base_stream. + + + + + a #GInputStream + + + + + + Creates a new #GBufferedInputStream from the given @base_stream, +with a buffer set to @size. + + a #GInputStream. + + + + + a #GInputStream + + + + a #gsize + + + + + + Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer. +Will block during this read. + +If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count +larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of +bytes that are required to fill the buffer. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + +For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see +g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async(). + + the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, + or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size. +@io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous +version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill(). + +If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number +of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. + + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous read. + + a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer. +Will block during this read. + +If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count +larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of +bytes that are required to fill the buffer. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + +For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see +g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async(). + + the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, + or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size. +@io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous +version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill(). + +If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number +of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. + + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous read. + + a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the size of the available data within the stream. + + size of the available stream. + + + + + #GBufferedInputStream + + + + + + Gets the size of the input buffer. + + the current buffer size. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + + + Peeks in the buffer, copying data of size @count into @buffer, +offset @offset bytes. + + a #gsize of the number of bytes peeked, or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a pointer to + an allocated chunk of memory + + + + + + a #gsize + + + + a #gsize + + + + + + Returns the buffer with the currently available bytes. The returned +buffer must not be modified and will become invalid when reading from +the stream or filling the buffer. + + + read-only buffer + + + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a #gsize to get the number of bytes available in the buffer + + + + + + Tries to read a single byte from the stream or the buffer. Will block +during this read. + +On success, the byte read from the stream is returned. On end of stream +-1 is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + the byte read from the @stream, or -1 on end of stream or error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets the size of the internal buffer of @stream to @size, or to the +size of the contents of the buffer. The buffer can never be resized +smaller than its current contents. + + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a #gsize + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, + or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + + + + a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. + + + + + a #GBufferedInputStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Buffered output stream implements #GFilterOutputStream and provides +for buffered writes. + +By default, #GBufferedOutputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes. + +To create a buffered output stream, use g_buffered_output_stream_new(), +or g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size +at construction. + +To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use +g_buffered_output_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a +buffered output stream's buffer, use +g_buffered_output_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's +size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer. + + + Creates a new buffered output stream for a base stream. + + a #GOutputStream for the given @base_stream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + Creates a new buffered output stream with a given buffer size. + + a #GOutputStream with an internal buffer set to @size. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #gsize. + + + + + + Checks if the buffer automatically grows as data is added. + + %TRUE if the @stream's buffer automatically grows, +%FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GBufferedOutputStream. + + + + + + Gets the size of the buffer in the @stream. + + the current size of the buffer. + + + + + a #GBufferedOutputStream. + + + + + + Sets whether or not the @stream's buffer should automatically grow. +If @auto_grow is true, then each write will just make the buffer +larger, and you must manually flush the buffer to actually write out +the data to the underlying stream. + + + + + + a #GBufferedOutputStream. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Sets the size of the internal buffer to @size. + + + + + + a #GBufferedOutputStream. + + + + a #gsize. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. + + + + The name that is requested to be owned. + + + + User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). + + + + + + Invoked when the name is acquired. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. + + + + The name being owned. + + + + User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). + + + + + + Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have a owner. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. + + + + The name being watched. + + + + Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. + + + + User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). + + + + + + Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if +the connection was disconnected. + + + + The name being owned. + + + + User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). + + + + + + Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). + + No flags set. + + + Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. + + + If another message bus connection owns the name and have +specified #G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. + + + If another message bus connection owns the name, immediately +return an error from g_bus_own_name() rather than entering the waiting queue for that name. (Since 2.54) + + + + Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have a owner. + +This is also invoked when the #GDBusConnection on which the watch was +established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be +%NULL. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or + %NULL. + + + + The name being watched. + + + + User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). + + + + + + Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). + + No flags set. + + + If no-one owns the name when +beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the +name. + + + + An enumeration for well-known message buses. + + An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. + + + Not a message bus. + + + The system-wide message bus. + + + The login session message bus. + + + + #GBytesIcon specifies an image held in memory in a common format (usually +png) to be used as icon. + + + + Creates a new icon for a bytes. + + a #GIcon for the given + @bytes, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GBytes. + + + + + + Gets the #GBytes associated with the given @icon. + + a #GBytes, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + The bytes containing the icon. + + + + + GCancellable is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used +throughout GIO to allow for cancellation of synchronous and +asynchronous operations. + + Creates a new #GCancellable object. + +Applications that want to start one or more operations +that should be cancellable should create a #GCancellable +and pass it to the operations. + +One #GCancellable can be used in multiple consecutive +operations or in multiple concurrent operations. + + a #GCancellable. + + + + + Gets the top cancellable from the stack. + + a #GCancellable from the top +of the stack, or %NULL if the stack is empty. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Will set @cancellable to cancelled, and will emit the +#GCancellable::cancelled signal. (However, see the warning about +race conditions in the documentation for that signal if you are +planning to connect to it.) + +This function is thread-safe. In other words, you can safely call +it from a thread other than the one running the operation that was +passed the @cancellable. + +If @cancellable is %NULL, this function returns immediately for convenience. + +The convention within GIO is that cancelling an asynchronous +operation causes it to complete asynchronously. That is, if you +cancel the operation from the same thread in which it is running, +then the operation's #GAsyncReadyCallback will not be invoked until +the application returns to the main loop. + + + + + + a #GCancellable object. + + + + + + Convenience function to connect to the #GCancellable::cancelled +signal. Also handles the race condition that may happen +if the cancellable is cancelled right before connecting. + +@callback is called at most once, either directly at the +time of the connect if @cancellable is already cancelled, +or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread. + +@data_destroy_func will be called when the handler is +disconnected, or immediately if the cancellable is already +cancelled. + +See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this. + +Since GLib 2.40, the lock protecting @cancellable is not held when +@callback is invoked. This lifts a restriction in place for +earlier GLib versions which now makes it easier to write cleanup +code that unconditionally invokes e.g. g_cancellable_cancel(). + + The id of the signal handler or 0 if @cancellable has already + been cancelled. + + + + + A #GCancellable. + + + + The #GCallback to connect. + + + + Data to pass to @callback. + + + + Free function for @data or %NULL. + + + + + + Disconnects a handler from a cancellable instance similar to +g_signal_handler_disconnect(). Additionally, in the event that a +signal handler is currently running, this call will block until the +handler has finished. Calling this function from a +#GCancellable::cancelled signal handler will therefore result in a +deadlock. + +This avoids a race condition where a thread cancels at the +same time as the cancellable operation is finished and the +signal handler is removed. See #GCancellable::cancelled for +details on how to use this. + +If @cancellable is %NULL or @handler_id is `0` this function does +nothing. + + + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + Handler id of the handler to be disconnected, or `0`. + + + + + + Gets the file descriptor for a cancellable job. This can be used to +implement cancellable operations on Unix systems. The returned fd will +turn readable when @cancellable is cancelled. + +You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for +readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done +with g_cancellable_reset(). + +After a successful return from this function, you should use +g_cancellable_release_fd() to free up resources allocated for +the returned file descriptor. + +See also g_cancellable_make_pollfd(). + + A valid file descriptor. %-1 if the file descriptor +is not supported, or on errors. + + + + + a #GCancellable. + + + + + + Checks if a cancellable job has been cancelled. + + %TRUE if @cancellable is cancelled, +FALSE if called with %NULL or if item is not cancelled. + + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GPollFD corresponding to @cancellable; this can be passed +to g_poll() and used to poll for cancellation. This is useful both +for unix systems without a native poll and for portability to +windows. + +When this function returns %TRUE, you should use +g_cancellable_release_fd() to free up resources allocated for the +@pollfd. After a %FALSE return, do not call g_cancellable_release_fd(). + +If this function returns %FALSE, either no @cancellable was given or +resource limits prevent this function from allocating the necessary +structures for polling. (On Linux, you will likely have reached +the maximum number of file descriptors.) The suggested way to handle +these cases is to ignore the @cancellable. + +You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for +readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done +with g_cancellable_reset(). + + %TRUE if @pollfd was successfully initialized, %FALSE on + failure to prepare the cancellable. + + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a pointer to a #GPollFD + + + + + + Pops @cancellable off the cancellable stack (verifying that @cancellable +is on the top of the stack). + + + + + + a #GCancellable object + + + + + + Pushes @cancellable onto the cancellable stack. The current +cancellable can then be received using g_cancellable_get_current(). + +This is useful when implementing cancellable operations in +code that does not allow you to pass down the cancellable object. + +This is typically called automatically by e.g. #GFile operations, +so you rarely have to call this yourself. + + + + + + a #GCancellable object + + + + + + Releases a resources previously allocated by g_cancellable_get_fd() +or g_cancellable_make_pollfd(). + +For compatibility reasons with older releases, calling this function +is not strictly required, the resources will be automatically freed +when the @cancellable is finalized. However, the @cancellable will +block scarce file descriptors until it is finalized if this function +is not called. This can cause the application to run out of file +descriptors when many #GCancellables are used at the same time. + + + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Resets @cancellable to its uncancelled state. + +If cancellable is currently in use by any cancellable operation +then the behavior of this function is undefined. + +Note that it is generally not a good idea to reuse an existing +cancellable for more operations after it has been cancelled once, +as this function might tempt you to do. The recommended practice +is to drop the reference to a cancellable after cancelling it, +and let it die with the outstanding async operations. You should +create a fresh cancellable for further async operations. + + + + + + a #GCancellable object. + + + + + + If the @cancellable is cancelled, sets the error to notify +that the operation was cancelled. + + %TRUE if @cancellable was cancelled, %FALSE if it was not + + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a source that triggers if @cancellable is cancelled and +calls its callback of type #GCancellableSourceFunc. This is +primarily useful for attaching to another (non-cancellable) source +with g_source_add_child_source() to add cancellability to it. + +For convenience, you can call this with a %NULL #GCancellable, +in which case the source will never trigger. + +The new #GSource will hold a reference to the #GCancellable. + + the new #GSource. + + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the operation has been cancelled. + +Can be used by implementations of cancellable operations. If the +operation is cancelled from another thread, the signal will be +emitted in the thread that cancelled the operation, not the +thread that is running the operation. + +Note that disconnecting from this signal (or any signal) in a +multi-threaded program is prone to race conditions. For instance +it is possible that a signal handler may be invoked even after +a call to g_signal_handler_disconnect() for that handler has +already returned. + +There is also a problem when cancellation happens right before +connecting to the signal. If this happens the signal will +unexpectedly not be emitted, and checking before connecting to +the signal leaves a race condition where this is still happening. + +In order to make it safe and easy to connect handlers there +are two helper functions: g_cancellable_connect() and +g_cancellable_disconnect() which protect against problems +like this. + +An example of how to us this: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + // Make sure we don't do unnecessary work if already cancelled + if (g_cancellable_set_error_if_cancelled (cancellable, error)) + return; + + // Set up all the data needed to be able to handle cancellation + // of the operation + my_data = my_data_new (...); + + id = 0; + if (cancellable) + id = g_cancellable_connect (cancellable, + G_CALLBACK (cancelled_handler) + data, NULL); + + // cancellable operation here... + + g_cancellable_disconnect (cancellable, id); + + // cancelled_handler is never called after this, it is now safe + // to free the data + my_data_free (my_data); +]| + +Note that the cancelled signal is emitted in the thread that +the user cancelled from, which may be the main thread. So, the +cancellable signal should not do something that can block. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource +returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). + + it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. + + + + + the #GCancellable + + + + data passed in by the user. + + + + + + #GCharsetConverter is an implementation of #GConverter based on +GIConv. + + + + Creates a new #GCharsetConverter. + + a new #GCharsetConverter or %NULL on error. + + + + + destination charset + + + + source charset + + + + + + Gets the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied so far. + + the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied + + + + + a #GCharsetConverter + + + + + + Gets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property. + + %TRUE if fallbacks are used by @converter + + + + + a #GCharsetConverter + + + + + + Sets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property. + + + + + + a #GCharsetConverter + + + + %TRUE to use fallbacks + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GConverter is implemented by objects that convert +binary data in various ways. The conversion can be +stateful and may fail at any place. + +Some example conversions are: character set conversion, +compression, decompression and regular expression +replace. + + This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called +multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e. +producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or +both. If its not possible to do any work an error is returned. + +Note that a single call may not consume all input (or any input at all). +Also a call may produce output even if given no input, due to state stored +in the converter producing output. + +If any data was either produced or consumed, and then an error happens, then +only the successful conversion is reported and the error is returned on the +next call. + +A full conversion loop involves calling this method repeatedly, each time +giving it new input and space output space. When there is no more input +data after the data in @inbuf, the flag %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END must be set. +The loop will be (unless some error happens) returning %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED +each time until all data is consumed and all output is produced, then +%G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned instead. Note, that %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED +may be returned even if %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is not set, for instance +in a decompression converter where the end of data is detectable from the +data (and there might even be other data after the end of the compressed data). + +When some data has successfully been converted @bytes_read and is set to +the number of bytes read from @inbuf, and @bytes_written is set to indicate +how many bytes was written to @outbuf. If there are more data to output +or consume (i.e. unless the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is specified) then +%G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED is returned, and if no more data is to be output +then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned. + +On error %G_CONVERTER_ERROR is returned and @error is set accordingly. +Some errors need special handling: + +%G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE is returned if there is not enough space +to write the resulting converted data, the application should +call the function again with a larger @outbuf to continue. + +%G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT is returned if there is not enough +input to fully determine what the conversion should produce, +and the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag is not set. This happens for +example with an incomplete multibyte sequence when converting text, +or when a regexp matches up to the end of the input (and may match +further input). It may also happen when @inbuf_size is zero and +there is no more data to produce. + +When this happens the application should read more input and then +call the function again. If further input shows that there is no +more data call the function again with the same data but with +the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag set. This may cause the conversion +to finish as e.g. in the regexp match case (or, to fail again with +%G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT in e.g. a charset conversion where the +input is actually partial). + +After g_converter_convert() has returned %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED the +converter object is in an invalid state where its not allowed +to call g_converter_convert() anymore. At this time you can only +free the object or call g_converter_reset() to reset it to the +initial state. + +If the flag %G_CONVERTER_FLUSH is set then conversion is modified +to try to write out all internal state to the output. The application +has to call the function multiple times with the flag set, and when +the available input has been consumed and all internal state has +been produced then %G_CONVERTER_FLUSHED (or %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED if +really at the end) is returned instead of %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED. +This is somewhat similar to what happens at the end of the input stream, +but done in the middle of the data. + +This has different meanings for different conversions. For instance +in a compression converter it would mean that we flush all the +compression state into output such that if you uncompress the +compressed data you get back all the input data. Doing this may +make the final file larger due to padding though. Another example +is a regexp conversion, where if you at the end of the flushed data +have a match, but there is also a potential longer match. In the +non-flushed case we would ask for more input, but when flushing we +treat this as the end of input and do the match. + +Flushing is not always possible (like if a charset converter flushes +at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try +to produce as much output as possible and then return an error +(typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT). + + a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + the buffer + containing the data to convert. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @inbuf + + + + a buffer to write + converted data in. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one + + + + a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details + + + + will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success + + + + will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success + + + + + + Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave +as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal +state that would produce output then that output is lost. + + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + + + This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called +multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e. +producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or +both. If its not possible to do any work an error is returned. + +Note that a single call may not consume all input (or any input at all). +Also a call may produce output even if given no input, due to state stored +in the converter producing output. + +If any data was either produced or consumed, and then an error happens, then +only the successful conversion is reported and the error is returned on the +next call. + +A full conversion loop involves calling this method repeatedly, each time +giving it new input and space output space. When there is no more input +data after the data in @inbuf, the flag %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END must be set. +The loop will be (unless some error happens) returning %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED +each time until all data is consumed and all output is produced, then +%G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned instead. Note, that %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED +may be returned even if %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is not set, for instance +in a decompression converter where the end of data is detectable from the +data (and there might even be other data after the end of the compressed data). + +When some data has successfully been converted @bytes_read and is set to +the number of bytes read from @inbuf, and @bytes_written is set to indicate +how many bytes was written to @outbuf. If there are more data to output +or consume (i.e. unless the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is specified) then +%G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED is returned, and if no more data is to be output +then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned. + +On error %G_CONVERTER_ERROR is returned and @error is set accordingly. +Some errors need special handling: + +%G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE is returned if there is not enough space +to write the resulting converted data, the application should +call the function again with a larger @outbuf to continue. + +%G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT is returned if there is not enough +input to fully determine what the conversion should produce, +and the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag is not set. This happens for +example with an incomplete multibyte sequence when converting text, +or when a regexp matches up to the end of the input (and may match +further input). It may also happen when @inbuf_size is zero and +there is no more data to produce. + +When this happens the application should read more input and then +call the function again. If further input shows that there is no +more data call the function again with the same data but with +the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag set. This may cause the conversion +to finish as e.g. in the regexp match case (or, to fail again with +%G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT in e.g. a charset conversion where the +input is actually partial). + +After g_converter_convert() has returned %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED the +converter object is in an invalid state where its not allowed +to call g_converter_convert() anymore. At this time you can only +free the object or call g_converter_reset() to reset it to the +initial state. + +If the flag %G_CONVERTER_FLUSH is set then conversion is modified +to try to write out all internal state to the output. The application +has to call the function multiple times with the flag set, and when +the available input has been consumed and all internal state has +been produced then %G_CONVERTER_FLUSHED (or %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED if +really at the end) is returned instead of %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED. +This is somewhat similar to what happens at the end of the input stream, +but done in the middle of the data. + +This has different meanings for different conversions. For instance +in a compression converter it would mean that we flush all the +compression state into output such that if you uncompress the +compressed data you get back all the input data. Doing this may +make the final file larger due to padding though. Another example +is a regexp conversion, where if you at the end of the flushed data +have a match, but there is also a potential longer match. In the +non-flushed case we would ask for more input, but when flushing we +treat this as the end of input and do the match. + +Flushing is not always possible (like if a charset converter flushes +at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try +to produce as much output as possible and then return an error +(typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT). + + a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + the buffer + containing the data to convert. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @inbuf + + + + a buffer to write + converted data in. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one + + + + a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details + + + + will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success + + + + will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success + + + + + + Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave +as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal +state that would produce output then that output is lost. + + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + + + + Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). + + No flags. + + + At end of input data + + + Flush data + + + + Provides an interface for converting data from one type +to another type. The conversion can be stateful +and may fail at any place. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + the buffer + containing the data to convert. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @inbuf + + + + a buffer to write + converted data in. + + + + + + the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one + + + + a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details + + + + will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success + + + + will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GConverter. + + + + + + + + Converter input stream implements #GInputStream and allows +conversion of data of various types during reading. + +As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterInputStream implements +#GPollableInputStream. + + + Creates a new converter input stream for the @base_stream. + + a new #GInputStream. + + + + + a #GInputStream + + + + a #GConverter + + + + + + Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream. + + the converter of the converter input stream + + + + + a #GConverterInputStream + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Converter output stream implements #GOutputStream and allows +conversion of data of various types during reading. + +As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterOutputStream implements +#GPollableOutputStream. + + + Creates a new converter output stream for the @base_stream. + + a new #GOutputStream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream + + + + a #GConverter + + + + + + Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream. + + the converter of the converter output stream + + + + + a #GConverterOutputStream + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Results returned from g_converter_convert(). + + There was an error during conversion. + + + Some data was consumed or produced + + + The conversion is finished + + + Flushing is finished + + + + The #GCredentials type is a reference-counted wrapper for native +credentials. This information is typically used for identifying, +authenticating and authorizing other processes. + +Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the +remote peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g. +g_socket_get_credentials(). + +Some operating systems supports securely sending and receiving +credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see +#GUnixCredentialsMessage, g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() for details. + +On Linux, the native credential type is a struct ucred - see the +unix(7) man page for details. This corresponds to +%G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED. + +On FreeBSD, Debian GNU/kFreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd, the native +credential type is a struct cmsgcred. This corresponds +to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED. + +On NetBSD, the native credential type is a struct unpcbid. +This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_NETBSD_UNPCBID. + +On OpenBSD, the native credential type is a struct sockpeercred. +This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED. + +On Solaris (including OpenSolaris and its derivatives), the native +credential type is a ucred_t. This corresponds to +%G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_SOLARIS_UCRED. + + Creates a new #GCredentials object with credentials matching the +the current process. + + A #GCredentials. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + Gets a pointer to native credentials of type @native_type from +@credentials. + +It is a programming error (which will cause an warning to be +logged) to use this method if there is no #GCredentials support for +the OS or if @native_type isn't supported by the OS. + + The pointer to native credentials or %NULL if the +operation there is no #GCredentials support for the OS or if +@native_type isn't supported by the OS. Do not free the returned +data, it is owned by @credentials. + + + + + A #GCredentials. + + + + The type of native credentials to get. + + + + + + Tries to get the UNIX process identifier from @credentials. This +method is only available on UNIX platforms. + +This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the +OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information +about the UNIX process ID. + + The UNIX process ID, or -1 if @error is set. + + + + + A #GCredentials + + + + + + Tries to get the UNIX user identifier from @credentials. This +method is only available on UNIX platforms. + +This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the +OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information +about the UNIX user. + + The UNIX user identifier or -1 if @error is set. + + + + + A #GCredentials + + + + + + Checks if @credentials and @other_credentials is the same user. + +This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the +the OS. + + %TRUE if @credentials and @other_credentials has the same +user, %FALSE otherwise or if @error is set. + + + + + A #GCredentials. + + + + A #GCredentials. + + + + + + Copies the native credentials of type @native_type from @native +into @credentials. + +It is a programming error (which will cause an warning to be +logged) to use this method if there is no #GCredentials support for +the OS or if @native_type isn't supported by the OS. + + + + + + A #GCredentials. + + + + The type of native credentials to set. + + + + A pointer to native credentials. + + + + + + Tries to set the UNIX user identifier on @credentials. This method +is only available on UNIX platforms. + +This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the +OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information +about the UNIX user. It can also fail if the OS does not allow the +use of "spoofed" credentials. + + %TRUE if @uid was set, %FALSE if error is set. + + + + + A #GCredentials. + + + + The UNIX user identifier to set. + + + + + + Creates a human-readable textual representation of @credentials +that can be used in logging and debug messages. The format of the +returned string may change in future GLib release. + + A string that should be freed with g_free(). + + + + + A #GCredentials object. + + + + + + + Class structure for #GCredentials. + + + Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. + + Indicates an invalid native credential type. + + + The native credentials type is a struct ucred. + + + The native credentials type is a struct cmsgcred. + + + The native credentials type is a struct sockpeercred. Added in 2.30. + + + The native credentials type is a ucred_t. Added in 2.40. + + + The native credentials type is a struct unpcbid. + + + + #GDBusActionGroup is an implementation of the #GActionGroup +interface that can be used as a proxy for an action group +that is exported over D-Bus with g_dbus_connection_export_action_group(). + + + + Obtains a #GDBusActionGroup for the action group which is exported at +the given @bus_name and @object_path. + +The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. +All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported +with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model +(and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with +the thread default main context unchanged. + +This call is non-blocking. The returned action group may or may not +already be filled in. The correct thing to do is connect the signals +for the action group to monitor for changes and then to call +g_action_group_list_actions() to get the initial list. + + a #GDBusActionGroup + + + + + A #GDBusConnection + + + + the bus name which exports the action + group or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + the object path at which the action group is exported + + + + + + + Information about an annotation. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The name of the annotation, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated". + + + + The value of the annotation. + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusAnnotationInfo. + + + + + + Looks up the value of an annotation. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of annotations. + + The value or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @annotations. + + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of annotations or %NULL. + + + + + + The name of the annotation to look up. + + + + + + + Information about an argument for a method or a signal. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + Name of the argument, e.g. @unix_user_id. + + + + D-Bus signature of the argument (a single complete type). + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusArgInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusArgInfo. + + + + + + + The #GDBusAuthObserver type provides a mechanism for participating +in how a #GDBusServer (or a #GDBusConnection) authenticates remote +peers. Simply instantiate a #GDBusAuthObserver and connect to the +signals you are interested in. Note that new signals may be added +in the future + +## Controlling Authentication # {#auth-observer} + +For example, if you only want to allow D-Bus connections from +processes owned by the same uid as the server, you would use a +signal handler like the following: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static gboolean +on_authorize_authenticated_peer (GDBusAuthObserver *observer, + GIOStream *stream, + GCredentials *credentials, + gpointer user_data) +{ + gboolean authorized; + + authorized = FALSE; + if (credentials != NULL) + { + GCredentials *own_credentials; + own_credentials = g_credentials_new (); + if (g_credentials_is_same_user (credentials, own_credentials, NULL)) + authorized = TRUE; + g_object_unref (own_credentials); + } + + return authorized; +} +]| + + Creates a new #GDBusAuthObserver object. + + A #GDBusAuthObserver. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::allow-mechanism signal on @observer. + + %TRUE if @mechanism can be used to authenticate the other peer, %FALSE if not. + + + + + A #GDBusAuthObserver. + + + + The name of the mechanism, e.g. `DBUS_COOKIE_SHA1`. + + + + + + Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer signal on @observer. + + %TRUE if the peer is authorized, %FALSE if not. + + + + + A #GDBusAuthObserver. + + + + A #GIOStream for the #GDBusConnection. + + + + Credentials received from the peer or %NULL. + + + + + + Emitted to check if @mechanism is allowed to be used. + + %TRUE if @mechanism can be used to authenticate the other peer, %FALSE if not. + + + + + The name of the mechanism, e.g. `DBUS_COOKIE_SHA1`. + + + + + + Emitted to check if a peer that is successfully authenticated +is authorized. + + %TRUE if the peer is authorized, %FALSE if not. + + + + + A #GIOStream for the #GDBusConnection. + + + + Credentials received from the peer or %NULL. + + + + + + + Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. + + No flags set. + + + The bus must not launch +an owner for the destination name in response to this method +invocation. + + + the caller is prepared to +wait for interactive authorization. Since 2.46. + + + + Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. + + No flags set. + + + The connection +supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. + + + + The #GDBusConnection type is used for D-Bus connections to remote +peers such as a message buses. It is a low-level API that offers a +lot of flexibility. For instance, it lets you establish a connection +over any transport that can by represented as an #GIOStream. + +This class is rarely used directly in D-Bus clients. If you are writing +a D-Bus client, it is often easier to use the g_bus_own_name(), +g_bus_watch_name() or g_dbus_proxy_new_for_bus() APIs. + +As an exception to the usual GLib rule that a particular object must not +be used by two threads at the same time, #GDBusConnection's methods may be +called from any thread. This is so that g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() +can safely return the same #GDBusConnection when called from any thread. + +Most of the ways to obtain a #GDBusConnection automatically initialize it +(i.e. connect to D-Bus): for instance, g_dbus_connection_new() and +g_bus_get(), and the synchronous versions of those methods, give you an +initialized connection. Language bindings for GIO should use +g_initable_new() or g_async_initable_new_async(), which also initialize the +connection. + +If you construct an uninitialized #GDBusConnection, such as via +g_object_new(), you must initialize it via g_initable_init() or +g_async_initable_init_async() before using its methods or properties. +Calling methods or accessing properties on a #GDBusConnection that has not +completed initialization successfully is considered to be invalid, and leads +to undefined behaviour. In particular, if initialization fails with a +#GError, the only valid thing you can do with that #GDBusConnection is to +free it with g_object_unref(). + +## An example D-Bus server # {#gdbus-server} + +Here is an example for a D-Bus server: +[gdbus-example-server.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-server.c) + +## An example for exporting a subtree # {#gdbus-subtree-server} + +Here is an example for exporting a subtree: +[gdbus-example-subtree.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-subtree.c) + +## An example for file descriptor passing # {#gdbus-unix-fd-client} + +Here is an example for passing UNIX file descriptors: +[gdbus-unix-fd-client.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-unix-fd-client.c) + +## An example for exporting a GObject # {#gdbus-export} + +Here is an example for exporting a #GObject: +[gdbus-example-export.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-export.c) + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_new(). + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback + passed to g_dbus_connection_new(). + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed + to g_dbus_connection_new() + + + + + + Synchronously connects and sets up a D-Bus client connection for +exchanging D-Bus messages with an endpoint specified by @address +which must be in the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + +This constructor can only be used to initiate client-side +connections - use g_dbus_connection_new_sync() if you need to act +as the server. In particular, @flags cannot contain the +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER or +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS flags. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor. See +g_dbus_connection_new_for_address() for the asynchronous version. + +If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the +authentication process. + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + a D-Bus address + + + + flags describing how to make the connection + + + + a #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Synchronously sets up a D-Bus connection for exchanging D-Bus messages +with the end represented by @stream. + +If @stream is a #GSocketConnection, then the corresponding #GSocket +will be put into non-blocking mode. + +The D-Bus connection will interact with @stream from a worker thread. +As a result, the caller should not interact with @stream after this +method has been called, except by calling g_object_unref() on it. + +If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the +authentication process. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor. See +g_dbus_connection_new() for the asynchronous version. + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the GUID to use if a authenticating as a server or %NULL + + + + flags describing how to make the connection + + + + a #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously sets up a D-Bus connection for exchanging D-Bus messages +with the end represented by @stream. + +If @stream is a #GSocketConnection, then the corresponding #GSocket +will be put into non-blocking mode. + +The D-Bus connection will interact with @stream from a worker thread. +As a result, the caller should not interact with @stream after this +method has been called, except by calling g_object_unref() on it. + +If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the +authentication process. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can +then call g_dbus_connection_new_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +This is a asynchronous failable constructor. See +g_dbus_connection_new_sync() for the synchronous +version. + + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the GUID to use if a authenticating as a server or %NULL + + + + flags describing how to make the connection + + + + a #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Asynchronously connects and sets up a D-Bus client connection for +exchanging D-Bus messages with an endpoint specified by @address +which must be in the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + +This constructor can only be used to initiate client-side +connections - use g_dbus_connection_new() if you need to act as the +server. In particular, @flags cannot contain the +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER or +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS flags. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can +then call g_dbus_connection_new_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the +authentication process. + +This is a asynchronous failable constructor. See +g_dbus_connection_new_for_address_sync() for the synchronous +version. + + + + + + a D-Bus address + + + + flags describing how to make the connection + + + + a #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Adds a message filter. Filters are handlers that are run on all +incoming and outgoing messages, prior to standard dispatch. Filters +are run in the order that they were added. The same handler can be +added as a filter more than once, in which case it will be run more +than once. Filters added during a filter callback won't be run on +the message being processed. Filter functions are allowed to modify +and even drop messages. + +Note that filters are run in a dedicated message handling thread so +they can't block and, generally, can't do anything but signal a +worker thread. Also note that filters are rarely needed - use API +such as g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply(), +g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe() or g_dbus_connection_call() instead. + +If a filter consumes an incoming message the message is not +dispatched anywhere else - not even the standard dispatch machinery +(that API such as g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe() and +g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply() relies on) will see the +message. Similary, if a filter consumes an outgoing message, the +message will not be sent to the other peer. + +If @user_data_free_func is non-%NULL, it will be called (in the +thread-default main context of the thread you are calling this +method from) at some point after @user_data is no longer +needed. (It is not guaranteed to be called synchronously when the +filter is removed, and may be called after @connection has been +destroyed.) + + a filter identifier that can be used with + g_dbus_connection_remove_filter() + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a filter function + + + + user data to pass to @filter_function + + + + function to free @user_data with when filter + is removed or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on the +@interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at +@object_path owned by @bus_name. + +If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will +fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value +not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +If @reply_type is non-%NULL then the reply will be checked for having this type and an +error will be raised if it does not match. Said another way, if you give a @reply_type +then any non-%NULL return value will be of this type. Unless it’s +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT, the @reply_type will be a tuple containing one or more +values. + +If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows +convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_dbus_connection_call (connection, + "org.freedesktop.StringThings", + "/org/freedesktop/StringThings", + "org.freedesktop.StringThings", + "TwoStrings", + g_variant_new ("(ss)", + "Thing One", + "Thing Two"), + NULL, + G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, + -1, + NULL, + (GAsyncReadyCallback) two_strings_done, + NULL); +]| + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, +@callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call +g_dbus_connection_call_finish() to get the result of the operation. +See g_dbus_connection_call_sync() for the synchronous version of this +function. + +If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with +the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if + @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + path of remote object + + + + D-Bus interface to invoke method on + + + + the name of the method to invoke + + + + a #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method + or %NULL if not passing parameters + + + + the expected type of the reply (which will be a + tuple), or %NULL + + + + flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request + is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result of the + method invocation + + + + the data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_call(). + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with + return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_call() + + + + + + Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on the +@interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at +@object_path owned by @bus_name. + +If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the +operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters +contains a value not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation +fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +If @reply_type is non-%NULL then the reply will be checked for having +this type and an error will be raised if it does not match. Said +another way, if you give a @reply_type then any non-%NULL return +value will be of this type. + +If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. +This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_dbus_connection_call_sync (connection, + "org.freedesktop.StringThings", + "/org/freedesktop/StringThings", + "org.freedesktop.StringThings", + "TwoStrings", + g_variant_new ("(ss)", + "Thing One", + "Thing Two"), + NULL, + G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, + -1, + NULL, + &error); +]| + +The calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See +g_dbus_connection_call() for the asynchronous version of +this method. + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with + return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if + @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + path of remote object + + + + D-Bus interface to invoke method on + + + + the name of the method to invoke + + + + a #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method + or %NULL if not passing parameters + + + + the expected type of the reply, or %NULL + + + + flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Like g_dbus_connection_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if + @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + path of remote object + + + + D-Bus interface to invoke method on + + + + the name of the method to invoke + + + + a #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method + or %NULL if not passing parameters + + + + the expected type of the reply, or %NULL + + + + flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + a #GUnixFDList or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is + satisfied or %NULL if you don't * care about the result of the + method invocation + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list(). + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with + return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to + g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list() + + + + + + Like g_dbus_connection_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with + return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a unique or well-known bus name or %NULL + if @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + path of remote object + + + + D-Bus interface to invoke method on + + + + the name of the method to invoke + + + + a #GVariant tuple with parameters for + the method or %NULL if not passing parameters + + + + the expected type of the reply, or %NULL + + + + flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + a #GUnixFDList or %NULL + + + + return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Closes @connection. Note that this never causes the process to +exit (this might only happen if the other end of a shared message +bus connection disconnects, see #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close). + +Once the connection is closed, operations such as sending a message +will return with the error %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a connection +will not automatically flush the connection so queued messages may +be lost. Use g_dbus_connection_flush() if you need such guarantees. + +If @connection is already closed, this method fails with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +When @connection has been closed, the #GDBusConnection::closed +signal is emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread that @connection was constructed in. + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, +@callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can +then call g_dbus_connection_close_finish() to get the result of the +operation. See g_dbus_connection_close_sync() for the synchronous +version. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is + satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result + + + + The data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_close(). + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed + to g_dbus_connection_close() + + + + + + Synchronously closees @connection. The calling thread is blocked +until this is done. See g_dbus_connection_close() for the +asynchronous version of this method and more details about what it +does. + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Emits a signal. + +If the parameters GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + +This can only fail if @parameters is not compatible with the D-Bus protocol +(%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT), or if @connection has been closed +(%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED). + + %TRUE unless @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the unique bus name for the destination + for the signal or %NULL to emit to all listeners + + + + path of remote object + + + + D-Bus interface to emit a signal on + + + + the name of the signal to emit + + + + a #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal + or %NULL if not passing parameters + + + + + + Exports @action_group on @connection at @object_path. + +The implemented D-Bus API should be considered private. It is +subject to change in the future. + +A given object path can only have one action group exported on it. +If this constraint is violated, the export will fail and 0 will be +returned (with @error set accordingly). + +You can unexport the action group using +g_dbus_connection_unexport_action_group() with the return value of +this function. + +The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. +All incoming action activations and state change requests are +reported from this context. Any changes on the action group that +cause it to emit signals must also come from this same context. +Since incoming action activations and state change requests are +rather likely to cause changes on the action group, this effectively +limits a given action group to being exported from only one main +context. + + the ID of the export (never zero), or 0 in case of failure + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a D-Bus object path + + + + a #GActionGroup + + + + + + Exports @menu on @connection at @object_path. + +The implemented D-Bus API should be considered private. +It is subject to change in the future. + +An object path can only have one menu model exported on it. If this +constraint is violated, the export will fail and 0 will be +returned (with @error set accordingly). + +You can unexport the menu model using +g_dbus_connection_unexport_menu_model() with the return value of +this function. + + the ID of the export (never zero), or 0 in case of failure + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a D-Bus object path + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + Asynchronously flushes @connection, that is, writes all queued +outgoing message to the transport and then flushes the transport +(using g_output_stream_flush_async()). This is useful in programs +that wants to emit a D-Bus signal and then exit immediately. Without +flushing the connection, there is no guaranteed that the message has +been sent to the networking buffers in the OS kernel. + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, +@callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can +then call g_dbus_connection_flush_finish() to get the result of the +operation. See g_dbus_connection_flush_sync() for the synchronous +version. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result + + + + The data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_flush(). + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed + to g_dbus_connection_flush() + + + + + + Synchronously flushes @connection. The calling thread is blocked +until this is done. See g_dbus_connection_flush() for the +asynchronous version of this method and more details about what it +does. + + %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Gets the capabilities negotiated with the remote peer + + zero or more flags from the #GDBusCapabilityFlags enumeration + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Gets whether the process is terminated when @connection is +closed by the remote peer. See +#GDBusConnection:exit-on-close for more details. + + whether the process is terminated when @connection is + closed by the remote peer + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when +authenticating. See #GDBusConnection:guid for more details. + + The GUID. Do not free this string, it is owned by + @connection. + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Retrieves the last serial number assigned to a #GDBusMessage on +the current thread. This includes messages sent via both low-level +API such as g_dbus_connection_send_message() as well as +high-level API such as g_dbus_connection_emit_signal(), +g_dbus_connection_call() or g_dbus_proxy_call(). + + the last used serial or zero when no message has been sent + within the current thread + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Gets the credentials of the authenticated peer. This will always +return %NULL unless @connection acted as a server +(e.g. %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER was passed) +when set up and the client passed credentials as part of the +authentication process. + +In a message bus setup, the message bus is always the server and +each application is a client. So this method will always return +%NULL for message bus clients. + + a #GCredentials or %NULL if not + available. Do not free this object, it is owned by @connection. + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Gets the underlying stream used for IO. + +While the #GDBusConnection is active, it will interact with this +stream from a worker thread, so it is not safe to interact with +the stream directly. + + the stream used for IO + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Gets the unique name of @connection as assigned by the message +bus. This can also be used to figure out if @connection is a +message bus connection. + + the unique name or %NULL if @connection is not a message + bus connection. Do not free this string, it is owned by + @connection. + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Gets whether @connection is closed. + + %TRUE if the connection is closed, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Registers callbacks for exported objects at @object_path with the +D-Bus interface that is described in @interface_info. + +Calls to functions in @vtable (and @user_data_free_func) will happen +in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. + +Note that all #GVariant values passed to functions in @vtable will match +the signature given in @interface_info - if a remote caller passes +incorrect values, the `org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.InvalidArgs` +is returned to the remote caller. + +Additionally, if the remote caller attempts to invoke methods or +access properties not mentioned in @interface_info the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.UnknownMethod` resp. +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.InvalidArgs` errors +are returned to the caller. + +It is considered a programming error if the +#GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc function in @vtable returns a +#GVariant of incorrect type. + +If an existing callback is already registered at @object_path and +@interface_name, then @error is set to #G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS. + +GDBus automatically implements the standard D-Bus interfaces +org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties, org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable +and org.freedesktop.Peer, so you don't have to implement those for the +objects you export. You can implement org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties +yourself, e.g. to handle getting and setting of properties asynchronously. + +Note that the reference count on @interface_info will be +incremented by 1 (unless allocated statically, e.g. if the +reference count is -1, see g_dbus_interface_info_ref()) for as long +as the object is exported. Also note that @vtable will be copied. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] for an example of how to use this method. + + 0 if @error is set, otherwise a registration id (never 0) + that can be used with g_dbus_connection_unregister_object() + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the object path to register at + + + + introspection data for the interface + + + + a #GDBusInterfaceVTable to call into or %NULL + + + + data to pass to functions in @vtable + + + + function to call when the object path is unregistered + + + + + + Version of g_dbus_connection_register_object() using closures instead of a +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for easier binding in other languages. + + 0 if @error is set, otherwise a registration id (never 0) +that can be used with g_dbus_connection_unregister_object() . + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The object path to register at. + + + + Introspection data for the interface. + + + + #GClosure for handling incoming method calls. + + + + #GClosure for getting a property. + + + + #GClosure for setting a property. + + + + + + Registers a whole subtree of dynamic objects. + +The @enumerate and @introspection functions in @vtable are used to +convey, to remote callers, what nodes exist in the subtree rooted +by @object_path. + +When handling remote calls into any node in the subtree, first the +@enumerate function is used to check if the node exists. If the node exists +or the #G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is set +the @introspection function is used to check if the node supports the +requested method. If so, the @dispatch function is used to determine +where to dispatch the call. The collected #GDBusInterfaceVTable and +#gpointer will be used to call into the interface vtable for processing +the request. + +All calls into user-provided code will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. + +If an existing subtree is already registered at @object_path or +then @error is set to #G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS. + +Note that it is valid to register regular objects (using +g_dbus_connection_register_object()) in a subtree registered with +g_dbus_connection_register_subtree() - if so, the subtree handler +is tried as the last resort. One way to think about a subtree +handler is to consider it a fallback handler for object paths not +registered via g_dbus_connection_register_object() or other bindings. + +Note that @vtable will be copied so you cannot change it after +registration. + +See this [server][gdbus-subtree-server] for an example of how to use +this method. + + 0 if @error is set, otherwise a subtree registration id (never 0) +that can be used with g_dbus_connection_unregister_subtree() . + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the object path to register the subtree at + + + + a #GDBusSubtreeVTable to enumerate, introspect and + dispatch nodes in the subtree + + + + flags used to fine tune the behavior of the subtree + + + + data to pass to functions in @vtable + + + + function to call when the subtree is unregistered + + + + + + Removes a filter. + +Note that since filters run in a different thread, there is a race +condition where it is possible that the filter will be running even +after calling g_dbus_connection_remove_filter(), so you cannot just +free data that the filter might be using. Instead, you should pass +a #GDestroyNotify to g_dbus_connection_add_filter(), which will be +called when it is guaranteed that the data is no longer needed. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + an identifier obtained from g_dbus_connection_add_filter() + + + + + + Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection. + +Unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number +will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via +g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the +serial number used will be written to this location prior to +submitting the message to the underlying transport. + +If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @message is not well-formed, +the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] +for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive +UNIX file descriptors. + +Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. + + %TRUE if the message was well-formed and queued for + transmission, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GDBusMessage + + + + flags affecting how the message is sent + + + + return location for serial number assigned + to @message when sending it or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection. + +Unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number +will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via +g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the +serial number used will be written to this location prior to +submitting the message to the underlying transport. + +If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will +fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @message is not well-formed, +the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback +will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call +g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply_finish() to get the result of the operation. +See g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply_sync() for the synchronous version. + +Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] +for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive +UNIX file descriptors. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GDBusMessage + + + + flags affecting how the message is sent + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + return location for serial number assigned + to @message when sending it or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request + is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result + + + + The data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply(). + +Note that @error is only set if a local in-process error +occurred. That is to say that the returned #GDBusMessage object may +be of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR. Use +g_dbus_message_to_gerror() to transcode this to a #GError. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] +for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive +UNIX file descriptors. + + a locked #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to + g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply() + + + + + + Synchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection +and blocks the calling thread until a reply is received or the +timeout is reached. See g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply() +for the asynchronous version of this method. + +Unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number +will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via +g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the +serial number used will be written to this location prior to +submitting the message to the underlying transport. + +If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will +fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @message is not well-formed, +the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +Note that @error is only set if a local in-process error +occurred. That is to say that the returned #GDBusMessage object may +be of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR. Use +g_dbus_message_to_gerror() to transcode this to a #GError. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] +for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive +UNIX file descriptors. + +Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the +%G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. + + a locked #GDBusMessage that is the reply + to @message or %NULL if @error is set + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a #GDBusMessage + + + + flags affecting how the message is sent. + + + + the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default + timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout + + + + return location for serial number + assigned to @message when sending it or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Sets whether the process should be terminated when @connection is +closed by the remote peer. See #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close for +more details. + +Note that this function should be used with care. Most modern UNIX +desktops tie the notion of a user session the session bus, and expect +all of a users applications to quit when their bus connection goes away. +If you are setting @exit_on_close to %FALSE for the shared session +bus connection, you should make sure that your application exits +when the user session ends. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + whether the process should be terminated + when @connection is closed by the remote peer + + + + + + Subscribes to signals on @connection and invokes @callback with a whenever +the signal is received. Note that @callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. + +If @connection is not a message bus connection, @sender must be +%NULL. + +If @sender is a well-known name note that @callback is invoked with +the unique name for the owner of @sender, not the well-known name +as one would expect. This is because the message bus rewrites the +name. As such, to avoid certain race conditions, users should be +tracking the name owner of the well-known name and use that when +processing the received signal. + +If one of %G_DBUS_SIGNAL_FLAGS_MATCH_ARG0_NAMESPACE or +%G_DBUS_SIGNAL_FLAGS_MATCH_ARG0_PATH are given, @arg0 is +interpreted as part of a namespace or path. The first argument +of a signal is matched against that part as specified by D-Bus. + +If @user_data_free_func is non-%NULL, it will be called (in the +thread-default main context of the thread you are calling this +method from) at some point after @user_data is no longer +needed. (It is not guaranteed to be called synchronously when the +signal is unsubscribed from, and may be called after @connection +has been destroyed.) + + a subscription identifier that can be used with g_dbus_connection_signal_unsubscribe() + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + sender name to match on (unique or well-known name) + or %NULL to listen from all senders + + + + D-Bus interface name to match on or %NULL to + match on all interfaces + + + + D-Bus signal name to match on or %NULL to match on + all signals + + + + object path to match on or %NULL to match on + all object paths + + + + contents of first string argument to match on or %NULL + to match on all kinds of arguments + + + + #GDBusSignalFlags describing how arg0 is used in subscribing to the + signal + + + + callback to invoke when there is a signal matching the requested data + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + function to free @user_data with when + subscription is removed or %NULL + + + + + + Unsubscribes from signals. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a subscription id obtained from + g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe() + + + + + + If @connection was created with +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING, this method +starts processing messages. Does nothing on if @connection wasn't +created with this flag or if the method has already been called. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + + + Reverses the effect of a previous call to +g_dbus_connection_export_action_group(). + +It is an error to call this function with an ID that wasn't returned +from g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() or to call it with the +same ID more than once. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the ID from g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() + + + + + + Reverses the effect of a previous call to +g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model(). + +It is an error to call this function with an ID that wasn't returned +from g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model() or to call it with the +same ID more than once. + + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the ID from g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model() + + + + + + Unregisters an object. + + %TRUE if the object was unregistered, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a registration id obtained from + g_dbus_connection_register_object() + + + + + + Unregisters a subtree. + + %TRUE if the subtree was unregistered, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + a subtree registration id obtained from + g_dbus_connection_register_subtree() + + + + + + A D-Bus address specifying potential endpoints that can be used +when establishing the connection. + + + + A #GDBusAuthObserver object to assist in the authentication process or %NULL. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusCapabilityFlags enumeration +representing connection features negotiated with the other peer. + + + + A boolean specifying whether the connection has been closed. + + + + A boolean specifying whether the process will be terminated (by +calling `raise(SIGTERM)`) if the connection is closed by the +remote peer. + +Note that #GDBusConnection objects returned by g_bus_get_finish() +and g_bus_get_sync() will (usually) have this property set to %TRUE. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusConnectionFlags enumeration. + + + + The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when +authenticating. + +If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER in the +#GDBusConnection:flags property then you MUST also set this +property to a valid guid. + +If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass +%G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT in the +#GDBusConnection:flags property you will be able to read the GUID +of the other peer here after the connection has been successfully +initialized. + + + + The underlying #GIOStream used for I/O. + +If this is passed on construction and is a #GSocketConnection, +then the corresponding #GSocket will be put into non-blocking mode. + +While the #GDBusConnection is active, it will interact with this +stream from a worker thread, so it is not safe to interact with +the stream directly. + + + + The unique name as assigned by the message bus or %NULL if the +connection is not open or not a message bus connection. + + + + Emitted when the connection is closed. + +The cause of this event can be + +- If g_dbus_connection_close() is called. In this case + @remote_peer_vanished is set to %FALSE and @error is %NULL. + +- If the remote peer closes the connection. In this case + @remote_peer_vanished is set to %TRUE and @error is set. + +- If the remote peer sends invalid or malformed data. In this + case @remote_peer_vanished is set to %FALSE and @error is set. + +Upon receiving this signal, you should give up your reference to +@connection. You are guaranteed that this signal is emitted only +once. + + + + + + %TRUE if @connection is closed because the + remote peer closed its end of the connection + + + + a #GError with more details about the event or %NULL + + + + + + + Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. + + No flags set. + + + Perform authentication against server. + + + Perform authentication against client. + + + When +authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication +method. + + + Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a +message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. + + + If set, processing of D-Bus messages is +delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. + + + + Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. + + A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for +more. + + + There was not enough memory to complete an operation. + + + The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name +you wanted. + + + The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns +it). + + + No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. + + + Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. + + + A D-Bus bus address was malformed. + + + Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). + + + Some limited resource is exhausted. + + + Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. + + + Authentication didn't work. + + + Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a +socket). + + + Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that +%G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: +this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also +exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be +careful. + + + No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). + + + Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). + + + The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. + + + Invalid arguments passed to a method call. + + + Missing file. + + + Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. + + + Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. + + + Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is +confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We +can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. + + + Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. + + + The match rule isn't syntactically valid. + + + While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. + + + While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. + + + While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. + + + While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. + + + While starting a new process, something went wrong. + + + We failed to setup the environment correctly. + + + We failed to setup the config parser correctly. + + + Bus name was not valid. + + + Service file not found in system-services directory. + + + Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. + + + Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). + + + Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. + + + Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. + + + A type signature is not valid. + + + A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. + + + Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. + + + Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. + + + There's already an object with the requested object path. + + + Object you invoked a method on isn't known. Since 2.42 + + + Interface you invoked a method on isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 + + + Property you tried to access isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 + + + Property you tried to set is read-only. Since 2.42 + + + Creates a D-Bus error name to use for @error. If @error matches +a registered error (cf. g_dbus_error_register_error()), the corresponding +D-Bus error name will be returned. + +Otherwise the a name of the form +`org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark._ESCAPED_QUARK_NAME.Code_ERROR_CODE` +will be used. This allows other GDBus applications to map the error +on the wire back to a #GError using g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error(). + +This function is typically only used in object mappings to put a +#GError on the wire. Regular applications should not use it. + + A D-Bus error name (never %NULL). Free with g_free(). + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus error name used for @error, if any. + +This function is guaranteed to return a D-Bus error name for all +#GErrors returned from functions handling remote method calls +(e.g. g_dbus_connection_call_finish()) unless +g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() has been used on @error. + + an allocated string or %NULL if the D-Bus error name + could not be found. Free with g_free(). + + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Checks if @error represents an error received via D-Bus from a remote peer. If so, +use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to get the name of the error. + + %TRUE if @error represents an error from a remote peer, +%FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Creates a #GError based on the contents of @dbus_error_name and +@dbus_error_message. + +Errors registered with g_dbus_error_register_error() will be looked +up using @dbus_error_name and if a match is found, the error domain +and code is used. Applications can use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() +to recover @dbus_error_name. + +If a match against a registered error is not found and the D-Bus +error name is in a form as returned by g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() +the error domain and code encoded in the name is used to +create the #GError. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message +such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). + +Otherwise, a #GError with the error code %G_IO_ERROR_DBUS_ERROR +in the #G_IO_ERROR error domain is returned. Also, @dbus_error_name is +added to the error message such that it can be recovered with +g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). + +In all three cases, @dbus_error_name can always be recovered from the +returned #GError using the g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() function +(unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() hasn't been used on the returned error). + +This function is typically only used in object mappings to prepare +#GError instances for applications. Regular applications should not use +it. + + An allocated #GError. Free with g_error_free(). + + + + + D-Bus error name. + + + + D-Bus error message. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an association to map between @dbus_error_name and +#GErrors specified by @error_domain and @error_code. + +This is typically done in the routine that returns the #GQuark for +an error domain. + + %TRUE if the association was created, %FALSE if it already +exists. + + + + + A #GQuark for a error domain. + + + + An error code. + + + + A D-Bus error name. + + + + + + Helper function for associating a #GError error domain with D-Bus error names. + + + + + + The error domain name. + + + + A pointer where to store the #GQuark. + + + + A pointer to @num_entries #GDBusErrorEntry struct items. + + + + + + Number of items to register. + + + + + + Does nothing if @error is %NULL. Otherwise sets *@error to +a new #GError created with g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error() +with @dbus_error_message prepend with @format (unless %NULL). + + + + + + A pointer to a #GError or %NULL. + + + + D-Bus error name. + + + + D-Bus error message. + + + + printf()-style format to prepend to @dbus_error_message or %NULL. + + + + Arguments for @format. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() but intended for language bindings. + + + + + + A pointer to a #GError or %NULL. + + + + D-Bus error name. + + + + D-Bus error message. + + + + printf()-style format to prepend to @dbus_error_message or %NULL. + + + + Arguments for @format. + + + + + + Looks for extra information in the error message used to recover +the D-Bus error name and strips it if found. If stripped, the +message field in @error will correspond exactly to what was +received on the wire. + +This is typically used when presenting errors to the end user. + + %TRUE if information was stripped, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Destroys an association previously set up with g_dbus_error_register_error(). + + %TRUE if the association was destroyed, %FALSE if it wasn't found. + + + + + A #GQuark for a error domain. + + + + An error code. + + + + A D-Bus error name. + + + + + + + Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). + + An error code. + + + + The D-Bus error name to associate with @error_code. + + + + + The #GDBusInterface type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both +on the service side (see #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton) and client side +(see #GDBusProxy). + + Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned +reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface +implemented by @interface_. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. + +It is not safe to use the returned object if @interface_ or +the returned object is being used from other threads. See +g_dbus_interface_dup_object() for a thread-safe alternative. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned + reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface + + + + + + Sets the #GDBusObject for @interface_ to @object. + +Note that @interface_ will hold a weak reference to @object. + + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned +reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface +implemented by @interface_. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. + +It is not safe to use the returned object if @interface_ or +the returned object is being used from other threads. See +g_dbus_interface_dup_object() for a thread-safe alternative. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned + reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface + + + + + + Sets the #GDBusObject for @interface_ to @object. + +Note that @interface_ will hold a weak reference to @object. + + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. + + + + + + + The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. + + A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if + @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is + consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that the method was invoked on. + + + + The D-Bus interface name for the property. + + + + The name of the property to get the value of. + + + + Return location for error. + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). + + + + + + Base type for D-Bus interfaces. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned + reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface + + + + + + + + + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned +reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + An exported D-Bus interface. + + + + + + + + Information about a D-Bus interface. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The name of the D-Bus interface, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusMethodInfo structures or %NULL if there are no methods. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusSignalInfo structures or %NULL if there are no signals. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusPropertyInfo structures or %NULL if there are no properties. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + Builds a lookup-cache to speed up +g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_method(), +g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_signal() and +g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_property(). + +If this has already been called with @info, the existing cache is +used and its use count is increased. + +Note that @info cannot be modified until +g_dbus_interface_info_cache_release() is called. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. + + + + + + Decrements the usage count for the cache for @info built by +g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() (if any) and frees the +resources used by the cache if the usage count drops to zero. + + + + + + A GDBusInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Appends an XML representation of @info (and its children) to @string_builder. + +This function is typically used for generating introspection XML +documents at run-time for handling the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable.Introspect` +method. + + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo + + + + Indentation level. + + + + A #GString to to append XML data to. + + + + + + Looks up information about a method. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of methods unless +g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. + + A #GDBusMethodInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. + + + + A D-Bus method name (typically in CamelCase) + + + + + + Looks up information about a property. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of properties unless +g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. + + A #GDBusPropertyInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. + + + + A D-Bus property name (typically in CamelCase). + + + + + + Looks up information about a signal. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of signals unless +g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. + + A #GDBusSignalInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. + + + + A D-Bus signal name (typically in CamelCase) + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. + + + + + + + The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. + + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that the method was invoked on. + + + + The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. + + + + The name of the method that was invoked. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters. + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that must be used to return a value or error. + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). + + + + + + The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. + + %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that the method was invoked on. + + + + The D-Bus interface name for the property. + + + + The name of the property to get the value of. + + + + The value to set the property to. + + + + Return location for error. + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). + + + + + + Abstract base class for D-Bus interfaces on the service side. + + + If @interface_ has outstanding changes, request for these changes to be +emitted immediately. + +For example, an exported D-Bus interface may queue up property +changes and emit the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.PropertiesChanged` +signal later (e.g. in an idle handler). This technique is useful +for collapsing multiple property changes into one. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface +implemented by @interface_. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets all D-Bus properties for @interface_. + + A #GVariant of type +['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. +Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets the interface vtable for the D-Bus interface implemented by +@interface_. The returned function pointers should expect @interface_ +itself to be passed as @user_data. + + A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Exports @interface_ at @object_path on @connection. + +This can be called multiple times to export the same @interface_ +onto multiple connections however the @object_path provided must be +the same for all connections. + +Use g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport() to unexport the object. + + %TRUE if the interface was exported on @connection, otherwise %FALSE with +@error set. + + + + + The D-Bus interface to export. + + + + A #GDBusConnection to export @interface_ on. + + + + The path to export the interface at. + + + + + + If @interface_ has outstanding changes, request for these changes to be +emitted immediately. + +For example, an exported D-Bus interface may queue up property +changes and emit the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.PropertiesChanged` +signal later (e.g. in an idle handler). This technique is useful +for collapsing multiple property changes into one. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets the first connection that @interface_ is exported on, if any. + + A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @interface_ is +not exported anywhere. Do not free, the object belongs to @interface_. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets a list of the connections that @interface_ is exported on. + + A list of + all the connections that @interface_ is exported on. The returned + list should be freed with g_list_free() after each element has + been freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags that describes what the behavior +of @interface_ + + One or more flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface +implemented by @interface_. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets the object path that @interface_ is exported on, if any. + + A string owned by @interface_ or %NULL if @interface_ is not exported +anywhere. Do not free, the string belongs to @interface_. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets all D-Bus properties for @interface_. + + A #GVariant of type +['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. +Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Gets the interface vtable for the D-Bus interface implemented by +@interface_. The returned function pointers should expect @interface_ +itself to be passed as @user_data. + + A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Checks if @interface_ is exported on @connection. + + %TRUE if @interface_ is exported on @connection, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + + + Sets flags describing what the behavior of @skeleton should be. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. + + + + + + Stops exporting @interface_ on all connections it is exported on. + +To unexport @interface_ from only a single connection, use +g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport_from_connection() + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Stops exporting @interface_ on @connection. + +To stop exporting on all connections the interface is exported on, +use g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport(). + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + + + Flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a method is invoked by a remote caller and used to +determine if the method call is authorized. + +Note that this signal is emitted in a thread dedicated to +handling the method call so handlers are allowed to perform +blocking IO. This means that it is appropriate to call e.g. +[polkit_authority_check_authorization_sync()](http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/polkit/PolkitAuthority.html#polkit-authority-check-authorization-sync) +with the +[POLKIT_CHECK_AUTHORIZATION_FLAGS_ALLOW_USER_INTERACTION](http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/polkit/PolkitAuthority.html#POLKIT-CHECK-AUTHORIZATION-FLAGS-ALLOW-USER-INTERACTION:CAPS) +flag set. + +If %FALSE is returned then no further handlers are run and the +signal handler must take a reference to @invocation and finish +handling the call (e.g. return an error via +g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error()). + +Otherwise, if %TRUE is returned, signal emission continues. If no +handlers return %FALSE, then the method is dispatched. If +@interface has an enclosing #GDBusObjectSkeleton, then the +#GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal handlers run before +the handlers for this signal. + +The default class handler just returns %TRUE. + +Please note that the common case is optimized: if no signals +handlers are connected and the default class handler isn't +overridden (for both @interface and the enclosing +#GDBusObjectSkeleton, if any) and #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton:g-flags does +not have the +%G_DBUS_INTERFACE_SKELETON_FLAGS_HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD +flags set, no dedicated thread is ever used and the call will be +handled in the same thread as the object that @interface belongs +to was exported in. + + %TRUE if the call is authorized, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + The parent class. + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + + + + A #GVariant of type +['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. +Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. + + No flags set. + + + Each method invocation is handled in + a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO + without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must + use locking to access data structures used by other threads. + + + + + + Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus +interface. + +Since 2.38, if you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties +asynchronously, give %NULL as your get_property() or set_property() +function. The D-Bus call will be directed to your @method_call function, +with the provided @interface_name set to "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". + +Ownership of the #GDBusMethodInvocation object passed to the +method_call() function is transferred to your handler; you must +call one of the methods of #GDBusMethodInvocation to return a reply +(possibly empty), or an error. These functions also take ownership +of the passed-in invocation object, so unless the invocation +object has otherwise been referenced, it will be then be freed. +Calling one of these functions may be done within your +method_call() implementation but it also can be done at a later +point to handle the method asynchronously. + +The usual checks on the validity of the calls is performed. For +`Get` calls, an error is automatically returned if the property does +not exist or the permissions do not allow access. The same checks are +performed for `Set` calls, and the provided value is also checked for +being the correct type. + +For both `Get` and `Set` calls, the #GDBusMethodInvocation +passed to the @method_call handler can be queried with +g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() to get a pointer +to the #GDBusPropertyInfo of the property. + +If you have readable properties specified in your interface info, +you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @get_property() +function or provide implementations of both the `Get` and `GetAll` +methods on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface in your @method_call +function. Note that the required return type of the `Get` call is +`(v)`, not the type of the property. `GetAll` expects a return value +of type `a{sv}`. + +If you have writable properties specified in your interface info, +you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @set_property() +function or provide an implementation of the `Set` call. If implementing +the call, you must return the value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. + + Function for handling incoming method calls. + + + + Function for getting a property. + + + + Function for setting a property. + + + + + + + + + + #GDBusMenuModel is an implementation of #GMenuModel that can be used +as a proxy for a menu model that is exported over D-Bus with +g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model(). + + Obtains a #GDBusMenuModel for the menu model which is exported +at the given @bus_name and @object_path. + +The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. +All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported +with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model +(and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with +the thread default main context unchanged. + + a #GDBusMenuModel object. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the bus name which exports the menu model + or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection + + + + the object path at which the menu model is exported + + + + + + + A type for representing D-Bus messages that can be sent or received +on a #GDBusConnection. + + Creates a new empty #GDBusMessage. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage from the data stored at @blob. The byte +order that the message was in can be retrieved using +g_dbus_message_get_byte_order(). + + A new #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set. Free with +g_object_unref(). + + + + + A blob represent a binary D-Bus message. + + + + + + The length of @blob. + + + + A #GDBusCapabilityFlags describing what protocol features are supported. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a method call. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A valid D-Bus name or %NULL. + + + + A valid object path. + + + + A valid D-Bus interface name or %NULL. + + + + A valid method name. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a signal emission. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A valid object path. + + + + A valid D-Bus interface name. + + + + A valid signal name. + + + + + + Utility function to calculate how many bytes are needed to +completely deserialize the D-Bus message stored at @blob. + + Number of bytes needed or -1 if @error is set (e.g. if +@blob contains invalid data or not enough data is available to +determine the size). + + + + + A blob represent a binary D-Bus message. + + + + + + The length of @blob (must be at least 16). + + + + + + Copies @message. The copy is a deep copy and the returned +#GDBusMessage is completely identical except that it is guaranteed +to not be locked. + +This operation can fail if e.g. @message contains file descriptors +and the per-process or system-wide open files limit is reached. + + A new #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message. + + The string item or %NULL if the first item in the body of +@message is not a string. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the body of a message. + + A #GVariant or %NULL if the body is +empty. Do not free, it is owned by @message. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the byte order of @message. + + The byte order. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the flags for @message. + + Flags that are set (typically values from the #GDBusMessageFlags enumeration bitwise ORed together). + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets a header field on @message. + + A #GVariant with the value if the header was found, %NULL +otherwise. Do not free, it is owned by @message. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageHeaderField enumeration) + + + + + + Gets an array of all header fields on @message that are set. + + An array of header fields +terminated by %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INVALID. Each element +is a #guchar. Free with g_free(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Checks whether @message is locked. To monitor changes to this +value, conncet to the #GObject::notify signal to listen for changes +on the #GDBusMessage:locked property. + + %TRUE if @message is locked, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the type of @message. + + A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageType enumeration). + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the serial for @message. + + A #guint32. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field. + + The value. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Gets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message, if any. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + A #GUnixFDList or %NULL if no file descriptors are +associated. Do not free, this object is owned by @message. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + If @message is locked, does nothing. Otherwise locks the message. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to +create a reply message to. + + + + A valid D-Bus error name. + + + + The D-Bus error message in a printf() format. + + + + Arguments for @error_message_format. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to +create a reply message to. + + + + A valid D-Bus error name. + + + + The D-Bus error message. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_message_new_method_error() but intended for language bindings. + + A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to +create a reply message to. + + + + A valid D-Bus error name. + + + + The D-Bus error message in a printf() format. + + + + Arguments for @error_message_format. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is a reply to @method_call_message. + + #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to +create a reply message to. + + + + + + Produces a human-readable multi-line description of @message. + +The contents of the description has no ABI guarantees, the contents +and formatting is subject to change at any time. Typical output +looks something like this: +|[ +Flags: none +Version: 0 +Serial: 4 +Headers: + path -> objectpath '/org/gtk/GDBus/TestObject' + interface -> 'org.gtk.GDBus.TestInterface' + member -> 'GimmeStdout' + destination -> ':1.146' +Body: () +UNIX File Descriptors: + (none) +]| +or +|[ +Flags: no-reply-expected +Version: 0 +Serial: 477 +Headers: + reply-serial -> uint32 4 + destination -> ':1.159' + sender -> ':1.146' + num-unix-fds -> uint32 1 +Body: () +UNIX File Descriptors: + fd 12: dev=0:10,mode=020620,ino=5,uid=500,gid=5,rdev=136:2,size=0,atime=1273085037,mtime=1273085851,ctime=1272982635 +]| + + A string that should be freed with g_free(). + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + Indentation level. + + + + + + Sets the body @message. As a side-effect the +%G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field is set to the +type string of @body (or cleared if @body is %NULL). + +If @body is floating, @message assumes ownership of @body. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + Either %NULL or a #GVariant that is a tuple. + + + + + + Sets the byte order of @message. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The byte order. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Sets the flags to set on @message. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + Flags for @message that are set (typically values from the #GDBusMessageFlags +enumeration bitwise ORed together). + + + + + + Sets a header field on @message. + +If @value is floating, @message assumes ownership of @value. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageHeaderField enumeration) + + + + A #GVariant to set the header field or %NULL to clear the header field. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Sets @message to be of @type. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageType enumeration). + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Sets the serial for @message. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + A #guint32. + + + + + + Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + The value to set. + + + + + + Sets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message. As a +side-effect the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header +field is set to the number of fds in @fd_list (or cleared if +@fd_list is %NULL). + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + + + Serializes @message to a blob. The byte order returned by +g_dbus_message_get_byte_order() will be used. + + A pointer to a +valid binary D-Bus message of @out_size bytes generated by @message +or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_free(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + Return location for size of generated blob. + + + + A #GDBusCapabilityFlags describing what protocol features are supported. + + + + + + If @message is not of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR does +nothing and returns %FALSE. + +Otherwise this method encodes the error in @message as a #GError +using g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() using the information in the +%G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field of @message as +well as the first string item in @message's body. + + %TRUE if @error was set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusMessage. + + + + + + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. + + The byte order is big endian. + + + The byte order is little endian. + + + + Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). + +A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return +a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the +message can simply return the @message object: +|[ +static GDBusMessage * +passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection + GDBusMessage *message, + gboolean incoming, + gpointer user_data) +{ + // inspect @message + return message; +} +]| +Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: +|[ +static GDBusMessage * +drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection + GDBusMessage *message, + gboolean incoming, + gpointer user_data) +{ + if (should_drop_message) + { + g_object_unref (message); + message = NULL; + } + return message; +} +]| +Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: +|[ +static GDBusMessage * +modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection + GDBusMessage *message, + gboolean incoming, + gpointer user_data) +{ + GDBusMessage *copy; + GError *error; + + error = NULL; + copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); + // handle @error being set + g_object_unref (message); + + // modify @copy + + return copy; +} +]| +If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot +be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file +descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is +logged to standard error. Applications can +check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a +#GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. + + A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with +g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter +functions can simply return the passed @message object. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. + + + + %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is +a message to be sent to the other peer. + + + + User data passed when adding the filter. + + + + + + Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. + + No flags set. + + + A reply is not expected. + + + The bus must not launch an +owner for the destination name in response to this message. + + + If set on a method +call, this flag means that the caller is prepared to wait for interactive +authorization. Since 2.46. + + + + Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. + + Not a valid header field. + + + The object path. + + + The interface name. + + + The method or signal name. + + + The name of the error that occurred. + + + The serial number the message is a reply to. + + + The name the message is intended for. + + + Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). + + + The signature of the message body. + + + The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. + + + + Message types used in #GDBusMessage. + + Message is of invalid type. + + + Method call. + + + Method reply. + + + Error reply. + + + Signal emission. + + + + Information about a method on an D-Bus interface. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The name of the D-Bus method, e.g. @RequestName. + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no in arguments. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no out arguments. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInfo. + + + + + + + Instances of the #GDBusMethodInvocation class are used when +handling D-Bus method calls. It provides a way to asynchronously +return results and errors. + +The normal way to obtain a #GDBusMethodInvocation object is to receive +it as an argument to the handle_method_call() function in a +#GDBusInterfaceVTable that was passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). + + Gets the #GDBusConnection the method was invoked on. + + A #GDBusConnection. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the name of the D-Bus interface the method was invoked on. + +If this method call is a property Get, Set or GetAll call that has +been redirected to the method call handler then +"org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties" will be returned. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information. + + A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusMessage for the method invocation. This is useful if +you need to use low-level protocol features, such as UNIX file +descriptor passing, that cannot be properly expressed in the +#GVariant API. + +See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] +for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive +UNIX file descriptors. + + #GDBusMessage. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets information about the method call, if any. + +If this method invocation is a property Get, Set or GetAll call that +has been redirected to the method call handler then %NULL will be +returned. See g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() and +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information. + + A #GDBusMethodInfo or %NULL. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the name of the method that was invoked. + + A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the object path the method was invoked on. + + A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the parameters of the method invocation. If there are no input +parameters then this will return a GVariant with 0 children rather than NULL. + + A #GVariant tuple. Do not unref this because it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets information about the property that this method call is for, if +any. + +This will only be set in the case of an invocation in response to a +property Get or Set call that has been directed to the method call +handler for an object on account of its property_get() or +property_set() vtable pointers being unset. + +See #GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information. + +If the call was GetAll, %NULL will be returned. + + a #GDBusPropertyInfo or %NULL + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation + + + + + + Gets the bus name that invoked the method. + + A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Gets the @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). + + A #gpointer. + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning an error. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A valid D-Bus error name. + + + + A valid D-Bus error message. + + + + + + Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning an error. + +See g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() for details about what error name +will be returned on the wire. In a nutshell, if the given error is +registered using g_dbus_error_register_error() the name given +during registration is used. Otherwise, a name of the form +`org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark...` is used. This provides +transparent mapping of #GError between applications using GDBus. + +If you are writing an application intended to be portable, +always register errors with g_dbus_error_register_error() +or use g_dbus_method_invocation_return_dbus_error(). + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + +Since 2.48, if the method call requested for a reply not to be sent +then this call will free @invocation but otherwise do nothing (as per +the recommendations of the D-Bus specification). + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. + + + + The error code. + + + + printf()-style format. + + + + Parameters for @format. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but without printf()-style formatting. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. + + + + The error code. + + + + The error message. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but intended for +language bindings. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. + + + + The error code. + + + + printf()-style format. + + + + #va_list of parameters for @format. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but takes a #GError +instead of the error domain, error code and message. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning @parameters. +If the @parameters GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + +It is an error if @parameters is not of the right format: it must be a tuple +containing the out-parameters of the D-Bus method. Even if the method has a +single out-parameter, it must be contained in a tuple. If the method has no +out-parameters, @parameters may be %NULL or an empty tuple. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +GDBusMethodInvocation *invocation = some_invocation; +g_autofree gchar *result_string = NULL; +g_autoptr (GError) error = NULL; + +result_string = calculate_result (&error); + +if (error != NULL) + g_dbus_method_invocation_return_gerror (invocation, error); +else + g_dbus_method_invocation_return_value (invocation, + g_variant_new ("(s)", result_string)); + +// Do not free @invocation here; returning a value does that +]| + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + +Since 2.48, if the method call requested for a reply not to be sent +then this call will sink @parameters and free @invocation, but +otherwise do nothing (as per the recommendations of the D-Bus +specification). + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with out parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing any parameters. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_value() but also takes a #GUnixFDList. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with out parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing any parameters. + + + + A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_gerror() but takes ownership +of @error so the caller does not need to free it. + +This method will take ownership of @invocation. See +#GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of +@invocation. + + + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + + Information about nodes in a remote object hierarchy. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The path of the node or %NULL if omitted. Note that this may be a relative path. See the D-Bus specification for more details. + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures or %NULL if there are no interfaces. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusNodeInfo structures or %NULL if there are no nodes. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + Parses @xml_data and returns a #GDBusNodeInfo representing the data. + +The introspection XML must contain exactly one top-level +<node> element. + +Note that this routine is using a +[GMarkup][glib-Simple-XML-Subset-Parser.description]-based +parser that only accepts a subset of valid XML documents. + + A #GDBusNodeInfo structure or %NULL if @error is set. Free +with g_dbus_node_info_unref(). + + + + + Valid D-Bus introspection XML. + + + + + + Appends an XML representation of @info (and its children) to @string_builder. + +This function is typically used for generating introspection XML documents at run-time for +handling the `org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable.Introspect` method. + + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo. + + + + Indentation level. + + + + A #GString to to append XML data to. + + + + + + Looks up information about an interface. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of interfaces. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusNodeInfo. + + + + + + + The #GDBusObject type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both +the service side (see #GDBusObjectSkeleton) and the client side +(see #GDBusObjectProxy). It is essentially just a container of +interfaces. + + Gets the D-Bus interface with name @interface_name associated with +@object, if any. + + %NULL if not found, otherwise a + #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus interfaces associated with @object. + + A list of #GDBusInterface instances. + The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + Gets the object path for @object. + + A string owned by @object. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus interface with name @interface_name associated with +@object, if any. + + %NULL if not found, otherwise a + #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus interfaces associated with @object. + + A list of #GDBusInterface instances. + The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + Gets the object path for @object. + + A string owned by @object. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + Emitted when @interface is added to @object. + + + + + + The #GDBusInterface that was added. + + + + + + Emitted when @interface is removed from @object. + + + + + + The #GDBusInterface that was removed. + + + + + + + Base object type for D-Bus objects. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + A string owned by @object. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + + + + A list of #GDBusInterface instances. + The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + + + + + + %NULL if not found, otherwise a + #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObject. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GDBusObjectManager type is the base type for service- and +client-side implementations of the standardized +[org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager) +interface. + +See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side implementation +and #GDBusObjectManagerServer for the service-side implementation. + + Gets the interface proxy for @interface_name at @object_path, if +any. + + A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + D-Bus interface name to lookup. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusObjectProxy at @object_path, if any. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + + + Gets the object path that @manager is for. + + A string owned by @manager. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + Gets all #GDBusObject objects known to @manager. + + A list of + #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with + g_list_free() after each element has been freed with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the interface proxy for @interface_name at @object_path, if +any. + + A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + D-Bus interface name to lookup. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusObjectProxy at @object_path, if any. + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + + + Gets the object path that @manager is for. + + A string owned by @manager. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + Gets all #GDBusObject objects known to @manager. + + A list of + #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with + g_list_free() after each element has been freed with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + Emitted when @interface is added to @object. + +This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to +connect signals to all objects managed by @manager. + + + + + + The #GDBusObject on which an interface was added. + + + + The #GDBusInterface that was added. + + + + + + Emitted when @interface has been removed from @object. + +This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to +connect signals to all objects managed by @manager. + + + + + + The #GDBusObject on which an interface was removed. + + + + The #GDBusInterface that was removed. + + + + + + Emitted when @object is added to @manager. + + + + + + The #GDBusObject that was added. + + + + + + Emitted when @object is removed from @manager. + + + + + + The #GDBusObject that was removed. + + + + + + + #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to create, monitor and delete object +proxies for remote objects exported by a #GDBusObjectManagerServer (or any +code implementing the +[org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager) +interface). + +Once an instance of this type has been created, you can connect to +the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added and +#GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals and inspect the +#GDBusObjectProxy objects returned by +g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects(). + +If the name for a #GDBusObjectManagerClient is not owned by anyone at +object construction time, the default behavior is to request the +message bus to launch an owner for the name. This behavior can be +disabled using the %G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START +flag. It's also worth noting that this only works if the name of +interest is activatable in the first place. E.g. in some cases it +is not possible to launch an owner for the requested name. In this +case, #GDBusObjectManagerClient object construction still succeeds but +there will be no object proxies +(e.g. g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects() returns the empty list) and +the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property is %NULL. + +The owner of the requested name can come and go (for example +consider a system service being restarted) – #GDBusObjectManagerClient +handles this case too; simply connect to the #GObject::notify +signal to watch for changes on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner +property. When the name owner vanishes, the behavior is that +#GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is set to %NULL (this includes +emission of the #GObject::notify signal) and then +#GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals are synthesized +for all currently existing object proxies. Since +#GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is %NULL when this happens, you can +use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal from a +genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote +#GDBusObjectManager. Similarly, when a new name owner appears, +#GDBusObjectManager::object-added signals are synthesized +while #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is still %NULL. Only when all +object proxies have been added, the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner +is set to the new name owner (this includes emission of the +#GObject::notify signal). Furthermore, you are guaranteed that +#GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner will alternate between a name owner +(e.g. `:1.42`) and %NULL even in the case where +the name of interest is atomically replaced + +Ultimately, #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to obtain #GDBusProxy +instances. All signals (including the +org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged signal) +delivered to #GDBusProxy instances are guaranteed to originate +from the name owner. This guarantee along with the behavior +described above, means that certain race conditions including the +"half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from +the new owner" problem cannot happen. + +To avoid having the application connect to signals on the returned +#GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects, the +#GDBusObject::interface-added, +#GDBusObject::interface-removed, +#GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and +#GDBusProxy::g-signal signals +are also emitted on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient instance managing these +objects. The signals emitted are +#GDBusObjectManager::interface-added, +#GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed, +#GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed and +#GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal. + +Note that all callbacks and signals are emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +that the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object was constructed +in. Additionally, the #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects +originating from the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object will be created in +the same context and, consequently, will deliver signals in the +same main loop. + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_object_manager_client_new(). + + A + #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_object_manager_client_new(). + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus(). + + A + #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus(). + + + + + + Like g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() but takes a #GBusType instead +of a #GDBusConnection. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor - the calling thread is +blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus() +for the asynchronous version. + + A + #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GBusType. + + + + Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. + + + + The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). + + + + The object path of the control object. + + + + A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. + + + + User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. + + + + Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor - the calling thread is +blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new() +for the asynchronous version. + + A + #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. + + + + The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name), or %NULL when not using a message bus connection. + + + + The object path of the control object. + + + + A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. + + + + User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. + + + + Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object. + +This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is +ready, @callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can +then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See +g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() for the synchronous version. + + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. + + + + The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). + + + + The object path of the control object. + + + + A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. + + + + User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. + + + + Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_object_manager_client_new() but takes a #GBusType instead of a +#GDBusConnection. + +This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is +ready, @callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. You can +then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_finish() to get the result. See +g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_sync() for the synchronous version. + + + + + + A #GBusType. + + + + Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. + + + + The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). + + + + The object path of the control object. + + + + A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. + + + + User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. + + + + Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusConnection used by @manager. + + A #GDBusConnection object. Do not free, + the object belongs to @manager. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerClient + + + + + + Gets the flags that @manager was constructed with. + + Zero of more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags +enumeration. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerClient + + + + + + Gets the name that @manager is for, or %NULL if not a message bus +connection. + + A unique or well-known name. Do not free, the string +belongs to @manager. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerClient + + + + + + The unique name that owns the name that @manager is for or %NULL if +no-one currently owns that name. You can connect to the +#GObject::notify signal to track changes to the +#GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property. + + The name owner or %NULL if no name owner +exists. Free with g_free(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. + + + + + + If this property is not %G_BUS_TYPE_NONE, then +#GDBusObjectManagerClient:connection must be %NULL and will be set to the +#GDBusConnection obtained by calling g_bus_get() with the value +of this property. + + + + The #GDBusConnection to use. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. + + + + A #GDestroyNotify for the #gpointer user_data in #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-user-data. + + + + The #GDBusProxyTypeFunc to use when determining what #GType to +use for interface proxies or %NULL. + + + + The #gpointer user_data to pass to #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-func. + + + + The well-known name or unique name that the manager is for. + + + + The unique name that owns #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name or %NULL if +no-one is currently owning the name. Connect to the +#GObject::notify signal to track changes to this property. + + + + The object path the manager is for. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on proxy changes. The +local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note +that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are +guaranteed to never be %NULL (either may be empty though). + +This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to +connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager. + +This signal is emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +that @manager was constructed in. + + + + + + The #GDBusObjectProxy on which an interface has properties that are changing. + + + + The #GDBusProxy that has properties that are changing. + + + + A #GVariant containing the properties that changed. + + + + A %NULL terminated + array of properties that were invalidated. + + + + + + + + Emitted when a D-Bus signal is received on @interface_proxy. + +This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to +connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager. + +This signal is emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +that @manager was constructed in. + + + + + + The #GDBusObjectProxy on which an interface is emitting a D-Bus signal. + + + + The #GDBusProxy that is emitting a D-Bus signal. + + + + The sender of the signal or NULL if the connection is not a bus connection. + + + + The signal name. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. + + The parent class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. + + No flags set. + + + If not set and the + manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch + an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only + be used in managers for well-known names. + + + + + + Base type for D-Bus object managers. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + A string owned by @manager. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + + + + A list of + #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with + g_list_free() after each element has been freed with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free + with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManager. + + + + Object path to lookup. + + + + D-Bus interface name to lookup. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GDBusObjectManagerServer is used to export #GDBusObject instances using +the standardized +[org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager) +interface. For example, remote D-Bus clients can get all objects +and properties in a single call. Additionally, any change in the +object hierarchy is broadcast using signals. This means that D-Bus +clients can keep caches up to date by only listening to D-Bus +signals. + +The recommended path to export an object manager at is the path form of the +well-known name of a D-Bus service, or below. For example, if a D-Bus service +is available at the well-known name `net.example.ExampleService1`, the object +manager should typically be exported at `/net/example/ExampleService1`, or +below (to allow for multiple object managers in a service). + +It is supported, but not recommended, to export an object manager at the root +path, `/`. + +See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side code that is +intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManagerServer or any D-Bus +object implementing the org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager +interface. + + + Creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerServer object. + +The returned server isn't yet exported on any connection. To do so, +use g_dbus_object_manager_server_set_connection(). Normally you +want to export all of your objects before doing so to avoid +[InterfacesAdded](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager) +signals being emitted. + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer object. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + The object path to export the manager object at. + + + + + + Exports @object on @manager. + +If there is already a #GDBusObject exported at the object path, +then the old object is removed. + +The object path for @object must be in the hierarchy rooted by the +object path for @manager. + +Note that @manager will take a reference on @object for as long as +it is exported. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_object_manager_server_export() but appends a string of +the form _N (with N being a natural number) to @object's object path +if an object with the given path already exists. As such, the +#GDBusObjectProxy:g-object-path property of @object may be modified. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + + + An object. + + + + + + Gets the #GDBusConnection used by @manager. + + A #GDBusConnection object or %NULL if + @manager isn't exported on a connection. The returned object should + be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer + + + + + + Returns whether @object is currently exported on @manager. + + %TRUE if @object is exported + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + + + An object. + + + + + + Exports all objects managed by @manager on @connection. If +@connection is %NULL, stops exporting objects. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + + + A #GDBusConnection or %NULL. + + + + + + If @manager has an object at @path, removes the object. Otherwise +does nothing. + +Note that @object_path must be in the hierarchy rooted by the +object path for @manager. + + %TRUE if object at @object_path was removed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + + + An object path. + + + + + + The #GDBusConnection to export objects on. + + + + The object path to register the manager object at. + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. + + The parent class. + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectProxy is an object used to represent a remote object +with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don't instantiate +a #GDBusObjectProxy yourself - typically #GDBusObjectManagerClient +is used to obtain it. + + + Creates a new #GDBusObjectProxy for the given connection and +object path. + + a new #GDBusObjectProxy + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the object path + + + + + + Gets the connection that @proxy is for. + + A #GDBusConnection. Do not free, the + object is owned by @proxy. + + + + + a #GDBusObjectProxy + + + + + + The connection of the proxy. + + + + The object path of the proxy. + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. + + The parent class. + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton instance is essentially a group of D-Bus +interfaces. The set of exported interfaces on the object may be +dynamic and change at runtime. + +This type is intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManager. + + + Creates a new #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + An object path. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds @interface_ to @object. + +If @object already contains a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton with the same +interface name, it is removed before @interface_ is added. + +Note that @object takes its own reference on @interface_ and holds +it until removed. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + This method simply calls g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush() on all +interfaces belonging to @object. See that method for when flushing +is useful. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + + + Removes @interface_ from @object. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. + + + + + + Removes the #GDBusInterface with @interface_name from @object. + +If no D-Bus interface of the given interface exists, this function +does nothing. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + + + Sets the object path for @object. + + + + + + A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + + + A valid D-Bus object path. + + + + + + The object path where the object is exported. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a method is invoked by a remote caller and used to +determine if the method call is authorized. + +This signal is like #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton's +#GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal, +except that it is for the enclosing object. + +The default class handler just returns %TRUE. + + %TRUE if the call is authorized, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton that @invocation is for. + + + + A #GDBusMethodInvocation. + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. + + The parent class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Information about a D-Bus property on a D-Bus interface. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The name of the D-Bus property, e.g. "SupportedFilesystems". + + + + The D-Bus signature of the property (a single complete type). + + + + Access control flags for the property. + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusPropertyInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusPropertyInfo. + + + + + + + Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. + + No flags set. + + + Property is readable. + + + Property is writable. + + + + #GDBusProxy is a base class used for proxies to access a D-Bus +interface on a remote object. A #GDBusProxy can be constructed for +both well-known and unique names. + +By default, #GDBusProxy will cache all properties (and listen to +changes) of the remote object, and proxy all signals that get +emitted. This behaviour can be changed by passing suitable +#GDBusProxyFlags when the proxy is created. If the proxy is for a +well-known name, the property cache is flushed when the name owner +vanishes and reloaded when a name owner appears. + +If a #GDBusProxy is used for a well-known name, the owner of the +name is tracked and can be read from +#GDBusProxy:g-name-owner. Connect to the #GObject::notify signal to +get notified of changes. Additionally, only signals and property +changes emitted from the current name owner are considered and +calls are always sent to the current name owner. This avoids a +number of race conditions when the name is lost by one owner and +claimed by another. However, if no name owner currently exists, +then calls will be sent to the well-known name which may result in +the message bus launching an owner (unless +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is set). + +The generic #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and +#GDBusProxy::g-signal signals are not very convenient to work with. +Therefore, the recommended way of working with proxies is to subclass +#GDBusProxy, and have more natural properties and signals in your derived +class. This [example][gdbus-example-gdbus-codegen] shows how this can +easily be done using the [gdbus-codegen][gdbus-codegen] tool. + +A #GDBusProxy instance can be used from multiple threads but note +that all signals (e.g. #GDBusProxy::g-signal, #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed +and #GObject::notify) are emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread where the instance was constructed. + +An example using a proxy for a well-known name can be found in +[gdbus-example-watch-proxy.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-watch-proxy.c) + + + + + Finishes creating a #GDBusProxy. + + A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if @error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback function passed to g_dbus_proxy_new(). + + + + + + Finishes creating a #GDBusProxy. + + A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if @error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback function passed to g_dbus_proxy_new_for_bus(). + + + + + + Like g_dbus_proxy_new_sync() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. + +#GDBusProxy is used in this [example][gdbus-wellknown-proxy]. + + A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GBusType. + + + + Flags used when constructing the proxy. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface + that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. + + + + A bus name (well-known or unique). + + + + An object path. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Creates a proxy for accessing @interface_name on the remote object +at @object_path owned by @name at @connection and synchronously +loads D-Bus properties unless the +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES flag is used. + +If the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS flag is not set, also sets up +match rules for signals. Connect to the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal +to handle signals from the remote object. + +If @name is a well-known name and the +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START and %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION +flags aren't set and no name owner currently exists, the message bus +will be requested to launch a name owner for the name. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_proxy_new() +and g_dbus_proxy_new_finish() for the asynchronous version. + +#GDBusProxy is used in this [example][gdbus-wellknown-proxy]. + + A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + Flags used when constructing the proxy. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. + + + + A bus name (well-known or unique) or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. + + + + An object path. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Creates a proxy for accessing @interface_name on the remote object +at @object_path owned by @name at @connection and asynchronously +loads D-Bus properties unless the +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES flag is used. Connect to +the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal to get notified about +property changes. + +If the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS flag is not set, also sets up +match rules for signals. Connect to the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal +to handle signals from the remote object. + +If @name is a well-known name and the +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START and %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION +flags aren't set and no name owner currently exists, the message bus +will be requested to launch a name owner for the name. + +This is a failable asynchronous constructor - when the proxy is +ready, @callback will be invoked and you can use +g_dbus_proxy_new_finish() to get the result. + +See g_dbus_proxy_new_sync() and for a synchronous version of this constructor. + +#GDBusProxy is used in this [example][gdbus-wellknown-proxy]. + + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + Flags used when constructing the proxy. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. + + + + A bus name (well-known or unique) or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. + + + + An object path. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + Callback function to invoke when the proxy is ready. + + + + User data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_proxy_new() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. + +#GDBusProxy is used in this [example][gdbus-wellknown-proxy]. + + + + + + A #GBusType. + + + + Flags used when constructing the proxy. + + + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. + + + + A bus name (well-known or unique). + + + + An object path. + + + + A D-Bus interface name. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + Callback function to invoke when the proxy is ready. + + + + User data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. + +If @method_name contains any dots, then @name is split into interface and +method name parts. This allows using @proxy for invoking methods on +other interfaces. + +If the #GDBusConnection associated with @proxy is closed then +the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If +@cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not +compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows +convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_dbus_proxy_call (proxy, + "TwoStrings", + g_variant_new ("(ss)", + "Thing One", + "Thing Two"), + G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, + -1, + NULL, + (GAsyncReadyCallback) two_strings_done, + &data); +]| + +If @proxy has an expected interface (see +#GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @method_name is referenced by it, +then the return value is checked against the return type. + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, +@callback will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this method from. +You can then call g_dbus_proxy_call_finish() to get the result of +the operation. See g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() for the synchronous +version of this method. + +If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with +the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Name of method to invoke. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. + + + + The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning + "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't +care about the result of the method invocation. + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_proxy_call(). + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with +return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_proxy_call(). + + + + + + Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. + +If @method_name contains any dots, then @name is split into interface and +method name parts. This allows using @proxy for invoking methods on +other interfaces. + +If the #GDBusConnection associated with @proxy is disconnected then +the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If +@cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not +compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows +convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_dbus_proxy_call_sync (proxy, + "TwoStrings", + g_variant_new ("(ss)", + "Thing One", + "Thing Two"), + G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, + -1, + NULL, + &error); +]| + +The calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See +g_dbus_proxy_call() for the asynchronous version of this +method. + +If @proxy has an expected interface (see +#GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @method_name is referenced by it, +then the return value is checked against the return type. + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with +return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Name of method to invoke. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal + or %NULL if not passing parameters. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. + + + + The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning + "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_proxy_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Name of method to invoke. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. + + + + The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning + "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. + + + + A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't +care about the result of the method invocation. + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_proxy_call_with_unix_fd_list(). + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with +return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_proxy_call_with_unix_fd_list(). + + + + + + Like g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. + +This method is only available on UNIX. + + %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with +return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Name of method to invoke. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal + or %NULL if not passing parameters. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. + + + + The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning + "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. + + + + A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Looks up the value for a property from the cache. This call does no +blocking IO. + +If @proxy has an expected interface (see +#GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @property_name is referenced by +it, then @value is checked against the type of the property. + + A reference to the #GVariant instance + that holds the value for @property_name or %NULL if the value is not in + the cache. The returned reference must be freed with g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Property name. + + + + + + Gets the names of all cached properties on @proxy. + + A + %NULL-terminated array of strings or %NULL if + @proxy has no cached properties. Free the returned array with + g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Gets the connection @proxy is for. + + A #GDBusConnection owned by @proxy. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Gets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is +passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and +g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. + +See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. + + Timeout to use for @proxy. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Gets the flags that @proxy was constructed with. + + Flags from the #GDBusProxyFlags enumeration. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Returns the #GDBusInterfaceInfo, if any, specifying the interface +that @proxy conforms to. See the #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info +property for more details. + + A #GDBusInterfaceInfo or %NULL. + Do not unref the returned object, it is owned by @proxy. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus interface name @proxy is for. + + A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Gets the name that @proxy was constructed for. + + A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + The unique name that owns the name that @proxy is for or %NULL if +no-one currently owns that name. You may connect to the +#GObject::notify signal to track changes to the +#GDBusProxy:g-name-owner property. + + The name owner or %NULL if no name + owner exists. Free with g_free(). + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + Gets the object path @proxy is for. + + A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + If @value is not %NULL, sets the cached value for the property with +name @property_name to the value in @value. + +If @value is %NULL, then the cached value is removed from the +property cache. + +If @proxy has an expected interface (see +#GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @property_name is referenced by +it, then @value is checked against the type of the property. + +If the @value #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows +convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g. +|[<!-- language="C" --> + g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property (proxy, + "SomeProperty", + g_variant_new ("(si)", + "A String", + 42)); +]| + +Normally you will not need to use this method since @proxy +is tracking changes using the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.PropertiesChanged` +D-Bus signal. However, for performance reasons an object may +decide to not use this signal for some properties and instead +use a proprietary out-of-band mechanism to transmit changes. + +As a concrete example, consider an object with a property +`ChatroomParticipants` which is an array of strings. Instead of +transmitting the same (long) array every time the property changes, +it is more efficient to only transmit the delta using e.g. signals +`ChatroomParticipantJoined(String name)` and +`ChatroomParticipantParted(String name)`. + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy + + + + Property name. + + + + Value for the property or %NULL to remove it from the cache. + + + + + + Sets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is +passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and +g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. + +See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy. + + + + Timeout in milliseconds. + + + + + + Ensure that interactions with @proxy conform to the given +interface. See the #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info property for more +details. + + + + + + A #GDBusProxy + + + + Minimum interface this proxy conforms to + or %NULL to unset. + + + + + + If this property is not %G_BUS_TYPE_NONE, then +#GDBusProxy:g-connection must be %NULL and will be set to the +#GDBusConnection obtained by calling g_bus_get() with the value +of this property. + + + + The #GDBusConnection the proxy is for. + + + + The timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed +as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and +g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. + +This allows applications to set a proxy-wide timeout for all +remote method invocations on the proxy. If this property is -1, +the default timeout (typically 25 seconds) is used. If set to +%G_MAXINT, then no timeout is used. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusProxyFlags enumeration. + + + + Ensure that interactions with this proxy conform to the given +interface. This is mainly to ensure that malformed data received +from the other peer is ignored. The given #GDBusInterfaceInfo is +said to be the "expected interface". + +The checks performed are: +- When completing a method call, if the type signature of + the reply message isn't what's expected, the reply is + discarded and the #GError is set to %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. + +- Received signals that have a type signature mismatch are dropped and + a warning is logged via g_warning(). + +- Properties received via the initial `GetAll()` call or via the + `::PropertiesChanged` signal (on the + [org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) + interface) or set using g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property() + with a type signature mismatch are ignored and a warning is + logged via g_warning(). + +Note that these checks are never done on methods, signals and +properties that are not referenced in the given +#GDBusInterfaceInfo, since extending a D-Bus interface on the +service-side is not considered an ABI break. + + + + The D-Bus interface name the proxy is for. + + + + The well-known or unique name that the proxy is for. + + + + The unique name that owns #GDBusProxy:g-name or %NULL if no-one +currently owns that name. You may connect to #GObject::notify signal to +track changes to this property. + + + + The object path the proxy is for. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on @proxy changes. The +local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note +that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are +guaranteed to never be %NULL (either may be empty though). + +If the proxy has the flag +%G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES set, then +@invalidated_properties will always be empty. + +This signal corresponds to the +`PropertiesChanged` D-Bus signal on the +`org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties` interface. + + + + + + A #GVariant containing the properties that changed + + + + A %NULL terminated array of properties that was invalidated + + + + + + + + Emitted when a signal from the remote object and interface that @proxy is for, has been received. + + + + + + The sender of the signal or %NULL if the connection is not a bus connection. + + + + The name of the signal. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. + + + + + + + Class structure for #GDBusProxy. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. + + No flags set. + + + Don't load properties. + + + Don't connect to signals on the remote object. + + + If the proxy is for a well-known name, +do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization or a method call. +This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names. + + + If set, the property value for any __invalidated property__ will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the [`PropertiesChanged`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. + + + If the proxy is for a well-known name, +do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization, but allow it to be +autostarted by a method call. This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names, +and only if %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is not also specified. + + + + + + Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to +use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or +object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). + +This function is called in the +[thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +that @manager was constructed in. + + A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type + must be a #GDBusProxy or #GDBusObjectProxy -derived + type. + + + + + A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. + + + + The object path of the remote object. + + + + The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. + + + + User data. + + + + + + Flags used when sending #GDBusMessages on a #GDBusConnection. + + No flags set. + + + Do not automatically +assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when +sending a message. + + + + #GDBusServer is a helper for listening to and accepting D-Bus +connections. This can be used to create a new D-Bus server, allowing two +peers to use the D-Bus protocol for their own specialized communication. +A server instance provided in this way will not perform message routing or +implement the org.freedesktop.DBus interface. + +To just export an object on a well-known name on a message bus, such as the +session or system bus, you should instead use g_bus_own_name(). + +An example of peer-to-peer communication with G-DBus can be found +in [gdbus-example-peer.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-example-peer.c). + + + Creates a new D-Bus server that listens on the first address in +@address that works. + +Once constructed, you can use g_dbus_server_get_client_address() to +get a D-Bus address string that clients can use to connect. + +Connect to the #GDBusServer::new-connection signal to handle +incoming connections. + +The returned #GDBusServer isn't active - you have to start it with +g_dbus_server_start(). + +#GDBusServer is used in this [example][gdbus-peer-to-peer]. + +This is a synchronous failable constructor. See +g_dbus_server_new() for the asynchronous version. + + A #GDBusServer or %NULL if @error is set. Free with +g_object_unref(). + + + + + A D-Bus address. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. + + + + A D-Bus GUID. + + + + A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Gets a +[D-Bus address](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses) +string that can be used by clients to connect to @server. + + A D-Bus address string. Do not free, the string is owned +by @server. + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Gets the flags for @server. + + A set of flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Gets the GUID for @server. + + A D-Bus GUID. Do not free this string, it is owned by @server. + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Gets whether @server is active. + + %TRUE if server is active, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Starts @server. + + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Stops @server. + + + + + + A #GDBusServer. + + + + + + Whether the server is currently active. + + + + The D-Bus address to listen on. + + + + A #GDBusAuthObserver object to assist in the authentication process or %NULL. + + + + The D-Bus address that clients can use. + + + + Flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. + + + + The guid of the server. + + + + Emitted when a new authenticated connection has been made. Use +g_dbus_connection_get_peer_credentials() to figure out what +identity (if any), was authenticated. + +If you want to accept the connection, take a reference to the +@connection object and return %TRUE. When you are done with the +connection call g_dbus_connection_close() and give up your +reference. Note that the other peer may disconnect at any time - +a typical thing to do when accepting a connection is to listen to +the #GDBusConnection::closed signal. + +If #GDBusServer:flags contains %G_DBUS_SERVER_FLAGS_RUN_IN_THREAD +then the signal is emitted in a new thread dedicated to the +connection. Otherwise the signal is emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread that @server was constructed in. + +You are guaranteed that signal handlers for this signal runs +before incoming messages on @connection are processed. This means +that it's suitable to call g_dbus_connection_register_object() or +similar from the signal handler. + + %TRUE to claim @connection, %FALSE to let other handlers +run. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection for the new connection. + + + + + + + Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. + + No flags set. + + + All #GDBusServer::new-connection +signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for +details). + + + Allow the anonymous +authentication method. + + + + Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). + + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the sender of the signal. + + + + The object path that the signal was emitted on. + + + + The name of the interface. + + + + The name of the signal. + + + + A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. + + + + User data passed when subscribing to the signal. + + + + + + Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). + + No flags set. + + + Don't actually send the AddMatch +D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control +over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). + + + Match first arguments that +contain a bus or interface name with the given namespace. + + + Match first arguments that +contain an object path that is either equivalent to the given path, +or one of the paths is a subpath of the other. + + + + Information about a signal on a D-Bus interface. + + The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. + + + + The name of the D-Bus signal, e.g. "NameOwnerChanged". + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no arguments. + + + + + + A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases +the reference count. + + The same @info. + + + + + A #GDBusSignalInfo + + + + + + If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases +the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, +the memory used is freed. + + + + + + A #GDBusSignalInfo. + + + + + + + The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. + +Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one +segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). + + A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. + + + + A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. + + + + Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + + + The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. + +This function is called when generating introspection data and also +when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the +%G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not +specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). + +Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not +contain the '/' character. + +The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). + + A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. + + + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + + + Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + No flags set. + + + Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range + will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want + to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. + + + + The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. + +Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one +segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). + +This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object +at this node. + +If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to +be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo +structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This +array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item +before being freed with g_free(). + +The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero +items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the +remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL +case. + + A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The unique bus name of the remote caller. + + + + The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. + + + + The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + + + + + Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). + + Function for enumerating child nodes. + + + + Function for introspecting a child node. + + + + Function for dispatching a remote call on a child node. + + + + + + + + + + Extension point for default handler to URI association. See +[Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + Data input stream implements #GInputStream and includes functions for +reading structured data directly from a binary input stream. + + + Creates a new data input stream for the @base_stream. + + a new #GDataInputStream. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + + + Gets the byte order for the data input stream. + + the @stream's current #GDataStreamByteOrder. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + + + Gets the current newline type for the @stream. + + #GDataStreamNewlineType for the given @stream. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + + + Reads an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value from @stream. + + an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value read from the @stream or %0 +if an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads a 16-bit/2-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). + + a signed 16-bit/2-byte value read from @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads a signed 32-bit/4-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a signed 32-bit/4-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads a 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a signed 64-bit/8-byte value read from @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads a line from the data input stream. Note that no encoding +checks or conversion is performed; the input is not guaranteed to +be UTF-8, and may in fact have embedded NUL characters. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + a NUL terminated byte array with the line that was read in + (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length + of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error + will be set. If there's no content to read, it will still return + %NULL, but @error won't be set. + + + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_line(). It is +an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You +can then call g_data_input_stream_read_line_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied. + + + + the data to pass to callback function. + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous call started by +g_data_input_stream_read_line_async(). Note the warning about +string encoding in g_data_input_stream_read_line() applies here as +well. + + + a NUL-terminated byte array with the line that was read in + (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length + of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error + will be set. If there's no content to read, it will still return + %NULL, but @error won't be set. + + + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous call started by +g_data_input_stream_read_line_async(). + + a string with the line that + was read in (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to + get the length of the read line. On an error, it will return + %NULL and @error will be set. For UTF-8 conversion errors, the set + error domain is %G_CONVERT_ERROR. If there's no content to read, + it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + + + Reads a UTF-8 encoded line from the data input stream. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a NUL terminated UTF-8 string + with the line that was read in (without the newlines). Set + @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line. On an + error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. For UTF-8 + conversion errors, the set error domain is %G_CONVERT_ERROR. If + there's no content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error + won't be set. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads an unsigned 16-bit/2-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). + + an unsigned 16-bit/2-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads an unsigned 32-bit/4-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + an unsigned 32-bit/4-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream. + +In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, +see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte read from @stream or %0 if +an error occurred. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first +occurrence of any of the stop characters. + +Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(), +this function consumes the stop character that it finds. + +Don't use this function in new code. Its functionality is +inconsistent with g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(). Both +functions will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use +g_data_input_stream_read_upto() instead, but note that that function +does not consume the stop character. + Use g_data_input_stream_read_upto() instead, which has more + consistent behaviour regarding the stop character. + + a string with the data that was read + before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to + a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will + return %NULL on an error. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + characters to terminate the read. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_until(). +It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. + +Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), +this function does not consume the stop character that it finds. You +must read it for yourself. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You +can then call g_data_input_stream_read_until_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + +Don't use this function in new code. Its functionality is +inconsistent with g_data_input_stream_read_until(). Both functions +will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use +g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() instead. + Use g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() instead, which + has more consistent behaviour regarding the stop character. + + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + characters to terminate the read. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied. + + + + the data to pass to callback function. + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous call started by +g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(). + Use g_data_input_stream_read_upto_finish() instead, which + has more consistent behaviour regarding the stop character. + + a string with the data that was read + before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to + a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will + return %NULL on an error. + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. + + + + + + Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first +occurrence of any of the stop characters. + +In contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), this function +does not consume the stop character. You have to use +g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling +g_data_input_stream_read_upto() again. + +Note that @stop_chars may contain '\0' if @stop_chars_len is +specified. + +The returned string will always be nul-terminated on success. + + a string with the data that was read + before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to + a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will + return %NULL on an error + + + + + a #GDataInputStream + + + + characters to terminate the read + + + + length of @stop_chars. May be -1 if @stop_chars is + nul-terminated + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_upto(). +It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. + +In contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), this function +does not consume the stop character. You have to use +g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling +g_data_input_stream_read_upto() again. + +Note that @stop_chars may contain '\0' if @stop_chars_len is +specified. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You +can then call g_data_input_stream_read_upto_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDataInputStream + + + + characters to terminate the read + + + + length of @stop_chars. May be -1 if @stop_chars is + nul-terminated + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous call started by +g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async(). + +Note that this function does not consume the stop character. You +have to use g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling +g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() again. + +The returned string will always be nul-terminated on success. + + a string with the data that was read + before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to + a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will + return %NULL on an error. + + + + + a #GDataInputStream + + + + the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback + + + + a #gsize to get the length of the data read in + + + + + + This function sets the byte order for the given @stream. All subsequent +reads from the @stream will be read in the given @order. + + + + + + a given #GDataInputStream. + + + + a #GDataStreamByteOrder to set. + + + + + + Sets the newline type for the @stream. + +Note that using G_DATA_STREAM_NEWLINE_TYPE_ANY is slightly unsafe. If a read +chunk ends in "CR" we must read an additional byte to know if this is "CR" or +"CR LF", and this might block if there is no more data available. + + + + + + a #GDataInputStream. + + + + the type of new line return as #GDataStreamNewlineType. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Data output stream implements #GOutputStream and includes functions for +writing data directly to an output stream. + + + Creates a new data output stream for @base_stream. + + #GDataOutputStream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + Gets the byte order for the stream. + + the #GDataStreamByteOrder for the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + + + Puts a byte into the output stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #guchar. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts a signed 16-bit integer into the output stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #gint16. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts a signed 32-bit integer into the output stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #gint32. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts a signed 64-bit integer into the stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #gint64. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts a string into the output stream. + + %TRUE if @string was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts an unsigned 16-bit integer into the output stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #guint16. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts an unsigned 32-bit integer into the stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #guint32. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Puts an unsigned 64-bit integer into the stream. + + %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a #guint64. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Sets the byte order of the data output stream to @order. + + + + + + a #GDataOutputStream. + + + + a %GDataStreamByteOrder. + + + + + + Determines the byte ordering that is used when writing +multi-byte entities (such as integers) to the stream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources +across various machine architectures. + + Selects Big Endian byte order. + + + Selects Little Endian byte order. + + + Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. + + + + #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. + + Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. + + + Selects "CR" line endings. + + + Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. + + + Automatically try to handle any line ending type. + + + + A #GDatagramBased is a networking interface for representing datagram-based +communications. It is a more or less direct mapping of the core parts of the +BSD socket API in a portable GObject interface. It is implemented by +#GSocket, which wraps the UNIX socket API on UNIX and winsock2 on Windows. + +#GDatagramBased is entirely platform independent, and is intended to be used +alongside higher-level networking APIs such as #GIOStream. + +It uses vectored scatter/gather I/O by default, allowing for many messages +to be sent or received in a single call. Where possible, implementations of +the interface should take advantage of vectored I/O to minimise processing +or system calls. For example, #GSocket uses recvmmsg() and sendmmsg() where +possible. Callers should take advantage of scatter/gather I/O (the use of +multiple buffers per message) to avoid unnecessary copying of data to +assemble or disassemble a message. + +Each #GDatagramBased operation has a timeout parameter which may be negative +for blocking behaviour, zero for non-blocking behaviour, or positive for +timeout behaviour. A blocking operation blocks until finished or there is an +error. A non-blocking operation will return immediately with a +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error if it cannot make progress. A timeout operation +will block until the operation is complete or the timeout expires; if the +timeout expires it will return what progress it made, or +%G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT if no progress was made. To know when a call would +successfully run you can call g_datagram_based_condition_check() or +g_datagram_based_condition_wait(). You can also use +g_datagram_based_create_source() and attach it to a #GMainContext to get +callbacks when I/O is possible. + +When running a non-blocking operation applications should always be able to +handle getting a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error even when some other function +said that I/O was possible. This can easily happen in case of a race +condition in the application, but it can also happen for other reasons. For +instance, on Windows a socket is always seen as writable until a write +returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. + +As with #GSocket, #GDatagramBaseds can be either connection oriented (for +example, SCTP) or connectionless (for example, UDP). #GDatagramBaseds must be +datagram-based, not stream-based. The interface does not cover connection +establishment — use methods on the underlying type to establish a connection +before sending and receiving data through the #GDatagramBased API. For +connectionless socket types the target/source address is specified or +received in each I/O operation. + +Like most other APIs in GLib, #GDatagramBased is not inherently thread safe. +To use a #GDatagramBased concurrently from multiple threads, you must +implement your own locking. + + Checks on the readiness of @datagram_based to perform operations. The +operations specified in @condition are checked for and masked against the +currently-satisfied conditions on @datagram_based. The result is returned. + +%G_IO_IN will be set in the return value if data is available to read with +g_datagram_based_receive_messages(), or if the connection is closed remotely +(EOS); and if the datagram_based has not been closed locally using some +implementation-specific method (such as g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket). + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +%G_IO_OUT will be set if it is expected that at least one byte can be sent +using g_datagram_based_send_messages() without blocking. It will not be set +if the datagram_based has been closed locally. + +%G_IO_HUP will be set if the connection has been closed locally. + +%G_IO_ERR will be set if there was an asynchronous error in transmitting data +previously enqueued using g_datagram_based_send_messages(). + +Note that on Windows, it is possible for an operation to return +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK even immediately after +g_datagram_based_condition_check() has claimed that the #GDatagramBased is +ready for writing. Rather than calling g_datagram_based_condition_check() and +then writing to the #GDatagramBased if it succeeds, it is generally better to +simply try writing right away, and try again later if the initial attempt +returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; these +conditions will always be set in the output if they are true. Apart from +these flags, the output is guaranteed to be masked by @condition. + +This call never blocks. + + the #GIOCondition mask of the current state + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to check + + + + + + Waits for up to @timeout microseconds for condition to become true on +@datagram_based. If the condition is met, %TRUE is returned. + +If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if @timeout is +reached before the condition is met, then %FALSE is returned and @error is +set appropriately (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). + + %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to wait for + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that can be attached to a #GMainContext to monitor for +the availability of the specified @condition on the #GDatagramBased. The +#GSource keeps a reference to the @datagram_based. + +The callback on the source is of the #GDatagramBasedSourceFunc type. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; these +conditions will always be reported in the callback if they are true. + +If non-%NULL, @cancellable can be used to cancel the source, which will +cause the source to trigger, reporting the current condition (which is +likely 0 unless cancellation happened at the same time as a condition +change). You can check for this in the callback using +g_cancellable_is_cancelled(). + + a newly allocated #GSource + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to monitor + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Receive one or more data messages from @datagram_based in one go. + +@messages must point to an array of #GInputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GInputMessage +contains a pointer to an array of #GInputVector structs describing the +buffers that the data received in each message will be written to. + +@flags modify how all messages are received. The commonly available +arguments for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. These +flags affect the overall receive operation. Flags affecting individual +messages are returned in #GInputMessage.flags. + +The other members of #GInputMessage are treated as described in its +documentation. + +If @timeout is negative the call will block until @num_messages have been +received, the connection is closed remotely (EOS), @cancellable is cancelled, +or an error occurs. + +If @timeout is 0 the call will return up to @num_messages without blocking, +or %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if no messages are queued in the operating system +to be received. + +If @timeout is positive the call will block on the same conditions as if +@timeout were negative. If the timeout is reached +before any messages are received, %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT is returned, +otherwise it will return the number of messages received before timing out. +(Note: This is effectively the behaviour of `MSG_WAITFORONE` with +recvmmsg().) + +To be notified when messages are available, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. +Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() even if you were previously notified of a +%G_IO_IN condition. + +If the remote peer closes the connection, any messages queued in the +underlying receive buffer will be returned, and subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() will return 0 (with no error set). + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be received; otherwise the number of +messages successfully received before the error will be returned. If +@cancellable is cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any +other error. + + number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number + of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is + zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages + was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try + to receive the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GInputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + Send one or more data messages from @datagram_based in one go. + +@messages must point to an array of #GOutputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GOutputMessage +contains an address to send the data to, and a pointer to an array of +#GOutputVector structs to describe the buffers that the data to be sent +for each message will be gathered from. + +@flags modify how the message is sent. The commonly available arguments +for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. + +The other members of #GOutputMessage are treated as described in its +documentation. + +If @timeout is negative the call will block until @num_messages have been +sent, @cancellable is cancelled, or an error occurs. + +If @timeout is 0 the call will send up to @num_messages without blocking, +or will return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if there is no space to send messages. + +If @timeout is positive the call will block on the same conditions as if +@timeout were negative. If the timeout is reached before any messages are +sent, %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT is returned, otherwise it will return the number +of messages sent before timing out. + +To be notified when messages can be sent, wait for the %G_IO_OUT condition. +Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from +g_datagram_based_send_messages() even if you were previously notified of a +%G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is very common due to +the way the underlying APIs work.) + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_write set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be sent; otherwise the number of messages +successfully sent before the error will be returned. If @cancellable is +cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any other error. + + number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of + messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero + or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in + which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GOutputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + Checks on the readiness of @datagram_based to perform operations. The +operations specified in @condition are checked for and masked against the +currently-satisfied conditions on @datagram_based. The result is returned. + +%G_IO_IN will be set in the return value if data is available to read with +g_datagram_based_receive_messages(), or if the connection is closed remotely +(EOS); and if the datagram_based has not been closed locally using some +implementation-specific method (such as g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket). + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +%G_IO_OUT will be set if it is expected that at least one byte can be sent +using g_datagram_based_send_messages() without blocking. It will not be set +if the datagram_based has been closed locally. + +%G_IO_HUP will be set if the connection has been closed locally. + +%G_IO_ERR will be set if there was an asynchronous error in transmitting data +previously enqueued using g_datagram_based_send_messages(). + +Note that on Windows, it is possible for an operation to return +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK even immediately after +g_datagram_based_condition_check() has claimed that the #GDatagramBased is +ready for writing. Rather than calling g_datagram_based_condition_check() and +then writing to the #GDatagramBased if it succeeds, it is generally better to +simply try writing right away, and try again later if the initial attempt +returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; these +conditions will always be set in the output if they are true. Apart from +these flags, the output is guaranteed to be masked by @condition. + +This call never blocks. + + the #GIOCondition mask of the current state + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to check + + + + + + Waits for up to @timeout microseconds for condition to become true on +@datagram_based. If the condition is met, %TRUE is returned. + +If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if @timeout is +reached before the condition is met, then %FALSE is returned and @error is +set appropriately (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). + + %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to wait for + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that can be attached to a #GMainContext to monitor for +the availability of the specified @condition on the #GDatagramBased. The +#GSource keeps a reference to the @datagram_based. + +The callback on the source is of the #GDatagramBasedSourceFunc type. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; these +conditions will always be reported in the callback if they are true. + +If non-%NULL, @cancellable can be used to cancel the source, which will +cause the source to trigger, reporting the current condition (which is +likely 0 unless cancellation happened at the same time as a condition +change). You can check for this in the callback using +g_cancellable_is_cancelled(). + + a newly allocated #GSource + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to monitor + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Receive one or more data messages from @datagram_based in one go. + +@messages must point to an array of #GInputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GInputMessage +contains a pointer to an array of #GInputVector structs describing the +buffers that the data received in each message will be written to. + +@flags modify how all messages are received. The commonly available +arguments for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. These +flags affect the overall receive operation. Flags affecting individual +messages are returned in #GInputMessage.flags. + +The other members of #GInputMessage are treated as described in its +documentation. + +If @timeout is negative the call will block until @num_messages have been +received, the connection is closed remotely (EOS), @cancellable is cancelled, +or an error occurs. + +If @timeout is 0 the call will return up to @num_messages without blocking, +or %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if no messages are queued in the operating system +to be received. + +If @timeout is positive the call will block on the same conditions as if +@timeout were negative. If the timeout is reached +before any messages are received, %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT is returned, +otherwise it will return the number of messages received before timing out. +(Note: This is effectively the behaviour of `MSG_WAITFORONE` with +recvmmsg().) + +To be notified when messages are available, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. +Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() even if you were previously notified of a +%G_IO_IN condition. + +If the remote peer closes the connection, any messages queued in the +underlying receive buffer will be returned, and subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() will return 0 (with no error set). + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_read set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be received; otherwise the number of +messages successfully received before the error will be returned. If +@cancellable is cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any +other error. + + number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number + of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is + zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages + was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try + to receive the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GInputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + Send one or more data messages from @datagram_based in one go. + +@messages must point to an array of #GOutputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GOutputMessage +contains an address to send the data to, and a pointer to an array of +#GOutputVector structs to describe the buffers that the data to be sent +for each message will be gathered from. + +@flags modify how the message is sent. The commonly available arguments +for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. + +The other members of #GOutputMessage are treated as described in its +documentation. + +If @timeout is negative the call will block until @num_messages have been +sent, @cancellable is cancelled, or an error occurs. + +If @timeout is 0 the call will send up to @num_messages without blocking, +or will return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if there is no space to send messages. + +If @timeout is positive the call will block on the same conditions as if +@timeout were negative. If the timeout is reached before any messages are +sent, %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT is returned, otherwise it will return the number +of messages sent before timing out. + +To be notified when messages can be sent, wait for the %G_IO_OUT condition. +Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from +g_datagram_based_send_messages() even if you were previously notified of a +%G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is very common due to +the way the underlying APIs work.) + +If the connection is shut down or closed (by calling g_socket_close() or +g_socket_shutdown() with @shutdown_write set, if it’s a #GSocket, for +example), all calls to this function will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be sent; otherwise the number of messages +successfully sent before the error will be returned. If @cancellable is +cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any other error. + + number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of + messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero + or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in + which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GOutputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + + Provides an interface for socket-like objects which have datagram semantics, +following the Berkeley sockets API. The interface methods are thin wrappers +around the corresponding virtual methods, and no pre-processing of inputs is +implemented — so implementations of this API must handle all functionality +documented in the interface methods. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number + of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is + zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages + was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try + to receive the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GInputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + + + + number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of + messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero + or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in + which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + an array of #GOutputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a %GCancellable + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated #GSource + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to monitor + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + + + + the #GIOCondition mask of the current state + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to check + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDatagramBased + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to wait for + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 + to block indefinitely + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + + + This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource +returned by g_datagram_based_create_source(). + + %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the source should be removed, + %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE otherwise + + + + + the #GDatagramBased + + + + the current condition at the source fired + + + + data passed in by the user + + + + + + #GDesktopAppInfo is an implementation of #GAppInfo based on +desktop files. + +Note that `<gio/gdesktopappinfo.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific +GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config +file when using it. + + + Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo based on a desktop file id. + +A desktop file id is the basename of the desktop file, including the +.desktop extension. GIO is looking for a desktop file with this name +in the `applications` subdirectories of the XDG +data directories (i.e. the directories specified in the `XDG_DATA_HOME` +and `XDG_DATA_DIRS` environment variables). GIO also supports the +prefix-to-subdirectory mapping that is described in the +[Menu Spec](http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/latest/) +(i.e. a desktop id of kde-foo.desktop will match +`/usr/share/applications/kde/foo.desktop`). + + a new #GDesktopAppInfo, or %NULL if no desktop file with that id + + + + + the desktop file id + + + + + + Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo. + + a new #GDesktopAppInfo or %NULL on error. + + + + + the path of a desktop file, in the GLib + filename encoding + + + + + + Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo. + + a new #GDesktopAppInfo or %NULL on error. + + + + + an opened #GKeyFile + + + + + + Gets all applications that implement @interface. + +An application implements an interface if that interface is listed in +the Implements= line of the desktop file of the application. + + a list of #GDesktopAppInfo +objects. + + + + + + + the name of the interface + + + + + + Searches desktop files for ones that match @search_string. + +The return value is an array of strvs. Each strv contains a list of +applications that matched @search_string with an equal score. The +outer list is sorted by score so that the first strv contains the +best-matching applications, and so on. +The algorithm for determining matches is undefined and may change at +any time. + + a + list of strvs. Free each item with g_strfreev() and free the outer + list with g_free(). + + + + + + + + + the search string to use + + + + + + Sets the name of the desktop that the application is running in. +This is used by g_app_info_should_show() and +g_desktop_app_info_get_show_in() to evaluate the +`OnlyShowIn` and `NotShowIn` +desktop entry fields. + +Should be called only once; subsequent calls are ignored. + do not use this API. Since 2.42 the value of the +`XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP` environment variable will be used. + + + + + + a string specifying what desktop this is + + + + + + Gets the user-visible display name of the "additional application +action" specified by @action_name. + +This corresponds to the "Name" key within the keyfile group for the +action. + + the locale-specific action name + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the name of the action as from + g_desktop_app_info_list_actions() + + + + + + Looks up a boolean value in the keyfile backing @info. + +The @key is looked up in the "Desktop Entry" group. + + the boolean value, or %FALSE if the key + is not found + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Gets the categories from the desktop file. + + The unparsed Categories key from the desktop file; + i.e. no attempt is made to split it by ';' or validate it. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + When @info was created from a known filename, return it. In some +situations such as the #GDesktopAppInfo returned from +g_desktop_app_info_new_from_keyfile(), this function will return %NULL. + + The full path to the file for @info, + or %NULL if not known. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + Gets the generic name from the destkop file. + + The value of the GenericName key + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + A desktop file is hidden if the Hidden key in it is +set to True. + + %TRUE if hidden, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo. + + + + + + Gets the keywords from the desktop file. + + The value of the Keywords key + + + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + Looks up a localized string value in the keyfile backing @info +translated to the current locale. + +The @key is looked up in the "Desktop Entry" group. + + a newly allocated string, or %NULL if the key + is not found + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Gets the value of the NoDisplay key, which helps determine if the +application info should be shown in menus. See +#G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NO_DISPLAY and g_app_info_should_show(). + + The value of the NoDisplay key + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that list available +applications for a specific name of the desktop, based on the +`OnlyShowIn` and `NotShowIn` keys. + +@desktop_env should typically be given as %NULL, in which case the +`XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP` environment variable is consulted. If you want +to override the default mechanism then you may specify @desktop_env, +but this is not recommended. + +Note that g_app_info_should_show() for @info will include this check (with +%NULL for @desktop_env) as well as additional checks. + + %TRUE if the @info should be shown in @desktop_env according to the +`OnlyShowIn` and `NotShowIn` keys, %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + a string specifying a desktop name + + + + + + Retrieves the StartupWMClass field from @info. This represents the +WM_CLASS property of the main window of the application, if launched +through @info. + + the startup WM class, or %NULL if none is set +in the desktop file. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo that supports startup notify + + + + + + Looks up a string value in the keyfile backing @info. + +The @key is looked up in the "Desktop Entry" group. + + a newly allocated string, or %NULL if the key + is not found + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Returns whether @key exists in the "Desktop Entry" group +of the keyfile backing @info. + + %TRUE if the @key exists + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the key to look up + + + + + + Activates the named application action. + +You may only call this function on action names that were +returned from g_desktop_app_info_list_actions(). + +Note that if the main entry of the desktop file indicates that the +application supports startup notification, and @launch_context is +non-%NULL, then startup notification will be used when activating the +action (and as such, invocation of the action on the receiving side +must signal the end of startup notification when it is completed). +This is the expected behaviour of applications declaring additional +actions, as per the desktop file specification. + +As with g_app_info_launch() there is no way to detect failures that +occur while using this function. + + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + the name of the action as from + g_desktop_app_info_list_actions() + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + + + This function performs the equivalent of g_app_info_launch_uris(), +but is intended primarily for operating system components that +launch applications. Ordinary applications should use +g_app_info_launch_uris(). + +If the application is launched via traditional UNIX fork()/exec() +then @spawn_flags, @user_setup and @user_setup_data are used for the +call to g_spawn_async(). Additionally, @pid_callback (with +@pid_callback_data) will be called to inform about the PID of the +created process. + +If application launching occurs via some other mechanism (eg: D-Bus +activation) then @spawn_flags, @user_setup, @user_setup_data, +@pid_callback and @pid_callback_data are ignored. + + %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + List of URIs + + + + + + a #GAppLaunchContext + + + + #GSpawnFlags, used for each process + + + + a #GSpawnChildSetupFunc, used once + for each process. + + + + User data for @user_setup + + + + Callback for child processes + + + + User data for @callback + + + + + + Returns the list of "additional application actions" supported on the +desktop file, as per the desktop file specification. + +As per the specification, this is the list of actions that are +explicitly listed in the "Actions" key of the [Desktop Entry] group. + + a list of strings, always non-%NULL + + + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + The origin filename of this #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + + + + + + + #GDesktopAppInfoLookup is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + Gets the default application for launching applications +using this URI scheme for a particular GDesktopAppInfoLookup +implementation. + +The GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface and this function is used +to implement g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme() backends +in a GIO module. There is no reason for applications to use it +directly. Applications should use g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme(). + The #GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface is deprecated and unused by gio. + + #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup + + + + a string containing a URI scheme. + + + + + + Gets the default application for launching applications +using this URI scheme for a particular GDesktopAppInfoLookup +implementation. + +The GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface and this function is used +to implement g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme() backends +in a GIO module. There is no reason for applications to use it +directly. Applications should use g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme(). + The #GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface is deprecated and unused by gio. + + #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup + + + + a string containing a URI scheme. + + + + + + + Interface that is used by backends to associate default +handlers with URI schemes. + + + + + + + #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup + + + + a string containing a URI scheme. + + + + + + + + During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may +create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once +for each, providing the process ID. + + + + + + a #GDesktopAppInfo + + + + Process identifier + + + + User data + + + + + + #GDrive - this represent a piece of hardware connected to the machine. +It's generally only created for removable hardware or hardware with +removable media. + +#GDrive is a container class for #GVolume objects that stem from +the same piece of media. As such, #GDrive abstracts a drive with +(or without) removable media and provides operations for querying +whether media is available, determining whether media change is +automatically detected and ejecting the media. + +If the #GDrive reports that media isn't automatically detected, one +can poll for media; typically one should not do this periodically +as a poll for media operation is potententially expensive and may +spin up the drive creating noise. + +#GDrive supports starting and stopping drives with authentication +support for the former. This can be used to support a diverse set +of use cases including connecting/disconnecting iSCSI devices, +powering down external disk enclosures and starting/stopping +multi-disk devices such as RAID devices. Note that the actual +semantics and side-effects of starting/stopping a #GDrive may vary +according to implementation. To choose the correct verbs in e.g. a +file manager, use g_drive_get_start_stop_type(). + +For porting from GnomeVFS note that there is no equivalent of +#GDrive in that API. + + Checks if a drive can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be polled for media changes. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be started. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be started degraded. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be stopped. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Asynchronously ejects a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_eject_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + Use g_drive_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a drive. + Use g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Ejects a drive. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @drive +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the kinds of identifiers that @drive has. +Use g_drive_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers +themselves. + + a %NULL-terminated + array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() + to free. + + + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + + + Gets the icon for @drive. + + #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive. + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive + doesn't have this kind of identifier. + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + Gets the name of @drive. + + a string containing @drive's name. The returned + string should be freed when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @drive, if any. + + Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped. + + A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the icon for @drive. + + symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Get a list of mountable volumes for @drive. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the @drive has media. Note that the OS may not be polling +the drive for media changes; see g_drive_is_media_check_automatic() +for more details. + + %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Check if @drive has any mountable volumes. + + %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes. + + %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting + media changes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the @drive supports removable media. + + %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the #GDrive and/or its media is considered removable by the user. +See g_drive_is_media_removable(). + + %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_drive_poll_for_media() on a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Asynchronously starts a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_start_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the start operation. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes starting a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Asynchronously stops a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_stop_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Finishes stopping a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be polled for media changes. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be started. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be started degraded. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if a drive can be stopped. + + %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Asynchronously ejects a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_eject_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + Use g_drive_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a drive. + Use g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Ejects a drive. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @drive +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the kinds of identifiers that @drive has. +Use g_drive_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers +themselves. + + a %NULL-terminated + array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() + to free. + + + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + + + Gets the icon for @drive. + + #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive. + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive + doesn't have this kind of identifier. + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + Gets the name of @drive. + + a string containing @drive's name. The returned + string should be freed when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @drive, if any. + + Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped. + + A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Gets the icon for @drive. + + symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Get a list of mountable volumes for @drive. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the @drive has media. Note that the OS may not be polling +the drive for media changes; see g_drive_is_media_check_automatic() +for more details. + + %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Check if @drive has any mountable volumes. + + %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes. + + %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting + media changes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the @drive supports removable media. + + %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Checks if the #GDrive and/or its media is considered removable by the user. +See g_drive_is_media_removable(). + + %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_drive_poll_for_media() on a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Asynchronously starts a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_start_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the start operation. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes starting a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Asynchronously stops a drive. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_drive_stop_finish() to obtain the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes stopping a drive. + + %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Emitted when the drive's state has changed. + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the #GDrive have been +disconnected. If the recipient is holding references to the +object they should release them so the object can be +finalized. + + + + + + Emitted when the physical eject button (if any) of a drive has +been pressed. + + + + + + Emitted when the physical stop button (if any) of a drive has +been pressed. + + + + + + + Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a string containing @drive's name. The returned + string should be freed when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting + media changes, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive + doesn't have this kind of identifier. + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated + array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() + to free. + + + + + + + a #GDrive + + + + + + + + + A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the start operation. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GDrive. + + + + + + + + Flags used when starting a drive. + + No flags set. + + + + Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. + + Unknown or drive doesn't support + start/stop. + + + The stop method will physically + shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is + attached to. + + + The start/stop methods are used + for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. + + + The start/stop methods will + assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical + drives. + + + The start/stop methods will + unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY + UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) + + + + #GDtlsClientConnection is the client-side subclass of +#GDtlsConnection, representing a client-side DTLS connection. + + + + Creates a new #GDtlsClientConnection wrapping @base_socket which is +assumed to communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. + + the new + #GDtlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GDatagramBased to wrap + + + + the expected identity of the server + + + + + + Gets the list of distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities +that the server will accept certificates from. This will be set +during the TLS handshake if the server requests a certificate. +Otherwise, it will be %NULL. + +Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete +subject DN of the certificate authority. + + the list of +CA DNs. You should unref each element with g_byte_array_unref() and then +the free the list with g_list_free(). + + + + + + + + + the #GDtlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn's expected server identity + + a #GSocketConnectable describing the +expected server identity, or %NULL if the expected identity is not +known. + + + + + the #GDtlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn's validation flags + + the validation flags + + + + + the #GDtlsClientConnection + + + + + + Sets @conn's expected server identity, which is used both to tell +servers on virtual hosts which certificate to present, and also +to let @conn know what name to look for in the certificate when +performing %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation, if enabled. + + + + + + the #GDtlsClientConnection + + + + a #GSocketConnectable describing the expected server identity + + + + + + Sets @conn's validation flags, to override the default set of +checks performed when validating a server certificate. By default, +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL is used. + + + + + + the #GDtlsClientConnection + + + + the #GTlsCertificateFlags to use + + + + + + A list of the distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities +that the server will accept client certificates signed by. If the +server requests a client certificate during the handshake, then +this property will be set after the handshake completes. + +Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete +subject DN of the certificate authority. + + + + + + A #GSocketConnectable describing the identity of the server that +is expected on the other end of the connection. + +If the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY flag is set in +#GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags, this object will be used +to determine the expected identify of the remote end of the +connection; if #GDtlsClientConnection:server-identity is not set, +or does not match the identity presented by the server, then the +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation will fail. + +In addition to its use in verifying the server certificate, +this is also used to give a hint to the server about what +certificate we expect, which is useful for servers that serve +virtual hosts. + + + + What steps to perform when validating a certificate received from +a server. Server certificates that fail to validate in all of the +ways indicated here will be rejected unless the application +overrides the default via #GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate. + + + + + vtable for a #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. + + The parent interface. + + + + + #GDtlsConnection is the base DTLS connection class type, which wraps +a #GDatagramBased and provides DTLS encryption on top of it. Its +subclasses, #GDtlsClientConnection and #GDtlsServerConnection, +implement client-side and server-side DTLS, respectively. + +For TLS support, see #GTlsConnection. + +As DTLS is datagram based, #GDtlsConnection implements #GDatagramBased, +presenting a datagram-socket-like API for the encrypted connection. This +operates over a base datagram connection, which is also a #GDatagramBased +(#GDtlsConnection:base-socket). + +To close a DTLS connection, use g_dtls_connection_close(). + +Neither #GDtlsServerConnection or #GDtlsClientConnection set the peer address +on their base #GDatagramBased if it is a #GSocket — it is up to the caller to +do that if they wish. If they do not, and g_socket_close() is called on the +base socket, the #GDtlsConnection will not raise a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_CONNECTED +error on further I/O. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. + +On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; +although the connection needs to perform a handshake after +connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may +need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, +#GDtlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try +to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call +g_dtls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure +whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to +just immediately trying to write to @conn, in which +case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed +before or after completing the handshake). + +Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at +the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this +function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. +However, you may call g_dtls_connection_handshake() later on to +renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. + +#GDtlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the +handshake. + + success or failure + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See +g_dtls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See +g_dtls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Shut down part or all of a DTLS connection. + +If @shutdown_read is %TRUE then the receiving side of the connection is shut +down, and further reading is disallowed. Subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +If @shutdown_write is %TRUE then the sending side of the connection is shut +down, and further writing is disallowed. Subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_send_messages() will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +It is allowed for both @shutdown_read and @shutdown_write to be TRUE — this +is equivalent to calling g_dtls_connection_close(). + +If @cancellable is cancelled, the #GDtlsConnection may be left +partially-closed and any pending untransmitted data may be lost. Call +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() again to complete closing the #GDtlsConnection. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously shut down part or all of the DTLS connection. See +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() for more information. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the shutdown operation is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS shutdown operation. See +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Close the DTLS connection. This is equivalent to calling +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() to shut down both sides of the connection. + +Closing a #GDtlsConnection waits for all buffered but untransmitted data to +be sent before it completes. It then sends a `close_notify` DTLS alert to the +peer and may wait for a `close_notify` to be received from the peer. It does +not close the underlying #GDtlsConnection:base-socket; that must be closed +separately. + +Once @conn is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. +Closing a #GDtlsConnection multiple times will not return an error. + +#GDtlsConnections will be automatically closed when the last reference is +dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are +released as early as possible. + +If @cancellable is cancelled, the #GDtlsConnection may be left +partially-closed and any pending untransmitted data may be lost. Call +g_dtls_connection_close() again to complete closing the #GDtlsConnection. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously close the DTLS connection. See g_dtls_connection_close() for +more information. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the close operation is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS close operation. See g_dtls_connection_close() +for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Used by #GDtlsConnection implementations to emit the +#GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate signal. + + %TRUE if one of the signal handlers has returned + %TRUE to accept @peer_cert + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the peer's #GTlsCertificate + + + + the problems with @peer_cert + + + + + + Gets @conn's certificate, as set by +g_dtls_connection_set_certificate(). + + @conn's certificate, or %NULL + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Gets the certificate database that @conn uses to verify +peer certificates. See g_dtls_connection_set_database(). + + the certificate database that @conn uses or %NULL + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Get the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used +for things like prompting the user for passwords. If %NULL is returned, then +no user interaction will occur for this connection. + + The interaction object. + + + + + a connection + + + + + + Gets @conn's peer's certificate after the handshake has completed. +(It is not set during the emission of +#GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate.) + + @conn's peer's certificate, or %NULL + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Gets the errors associated with validating @conn's peer's +certificate, after the handshake has completed. (It is not set +during the emission of #GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate.) + + @conn's peer's certificate errors + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn rehandshaking mode. See +g_dtls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode() for details. + + @conn's rehandshaking mode + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Tests whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification +when the connection is closed. See +g_dtls_connection_set_require_close_notify() for details. + + %TRUE if @conn requires a proper TLS close notification. + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + + + Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. + +On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; +although the connection needs to perform a handshake after +connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may +need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, +#GDtlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try +to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call +g_dtls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure +whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to +just immediately trying to write to @conn, in which +case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed +before or after completing the handshake). + +Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at +the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this +function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. +However, you may call g_dtls_connection_handshake() later on to +renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. + +#GDtlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the +handshake. + + success or failure + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See +g_dtls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See +g_dtls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + This sets the certificate that @conn will present to its peer +during the TLS handshake. For a #GDtlsServerConnection, it is +mandatory to set this, and that will normally be done at construct +time. + +For a #GDtlsClientConnection, this is optional. If a handshake fails +with %G_TLS_ERROR_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED, that means that the server +requires a certificate, and if you try connecting again, you should +call this method first. You can call +g_dtls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() on the failed connection +to get a list of Certificate Authorities that the server will +accept certificates from. + +(It is also possible that a server will allow the connection with +or without a certificate; in that case, if you don't provide a +certificate, you can tell that the server requested one by the fact +that g_dtls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() will return +non-%NULL.) + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the certificate to use for @conn + + + + + + Sets the certificate database that is used to verify peer certificates. +This is set to the default database by default. See +g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). If set to %NULL, then +peer certificate validation will always set the +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA error (meaning +#GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate will always be emitted on +client-side connections, unless that bit is not set in +#GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags). + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + + + Set the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used +for things like prompting the user for passwords. + +The @interaction argument will normally be a derived subclass of +#GTlsInteraction. %NULL can also be provided if no user interaction +should occur for this connection. + + + + + + a connection + + + + an interaction object, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets how @conn behaves with respect to rehandshaking requests. + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_NEVER means that it will never agree to +rehandshake after the initial handshake is complete. (For a client, +this means it will refuse rehandshake requests from the server, and +for a server, this means it will close the connection with an error +if the client attempts to rehandshake.) + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_SAFELY means that the connection will allow a +rehandshake only if the other end of the connection supports the +TLS `renegotiation_info` extension. This is the default behavior, +but means that rehandshaking will not work against older +implementations that do not support that extension. + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_UNSAFELY means that the connection will allow +rehandshaking even without the `renegotiation_info` extension. On +the server side in particular, this is not recommended, since it +leaves the server open to certain attacks. However, this mode is +necessary if you need to allow renegotiation with older client +software. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the rehandshaking mode + + + + + + Sets whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification +before the connection is closed. If this is %TRUE (the default), +then @conn will expect to receive a TLS close notification from its +peer before the connection is closed, and will return a +%G_TLS_ERROR_EOF error if the connection is closed without proper +notification (since this may indicate a network error, or +man-in-the-middle attack). + +In some protocols, the application will know whether or not the +connection was closed cleanly based on application-level data +(because the application-level data includes a length field, or is +somehow self-delimiting); in this case, the close notify is +redundant and may be omitted. You +can use g_dtls_connection_set_require_close_notify() to tell @conn +to allow an "unannounced" connection close, in which case the close +will show up as a 0-length read, as in a non-TLS +#GDatagramBased, and it is up to the application to check that +the data has been fully received. + +Note that this only affects the behavior when the peer closes the +connection; when the application calls g_dtls_connection_close_async() on +@conn itself, this will send a close notification regardless of the +setting of this property. If you explicitly want to do an unclean +close, you can close @conn's #GDtlsConnection:base-socket rather +than closing @conn itself. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + whether or not to require close notification + + + + + + Shut down part or all of a DTLS connection. + +If @shutdown_read is %TRUE then the receiving side of the connection is shut +down, and further reading is disallowed. Subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_receive_messages() will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +If @shutdown_write is %TRUE then the sending side of the connection is shut +down, and further writing is disallowed. Subsequent calls to +g_datagram_based_send_messages() will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. + +It is allowed for both @shutdown_read and @shutdown_write to be TRUE — this +is equivalent to calling g_dtls_connection_close(). + +If @cancellable is cancelled, the #GDtlsConnection may be left +partially-closed and any pending untransmitted data may be lost. Call +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() again to complete closing the #GDtlsConnection. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously shut down part or all of the DTLS connection. See +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() for more information. + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the shutdown operation is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS shutdown operation. See +g_dtls_connection_shutdown() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + The #GDatagramBased that the connection wraps. Note that this may be any +implementation of #GDatagramBased, not just a #GSocket. + + + + The connection's certificate; see +g_dtls_connection_set_certificate(). + + + + The certificate database to use when verifying this TLS connection. +If no certificate database is set, then the default database will be +used. See g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). + + + + A #GTlsInteraction object to be used when the connection or certificate +database need to interact with the user. This will be used to prompt the +user for passwords where necessary. + + + + The connection's peer's certificate, after the TLS handshake has +completed and the certificate has been accepted. Note in +particular that this is not yet set during the emission of +#GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate. + +(You can watch for a #GObject::notify signal on this property to +detect when a handshake has occurred.) + + + + The errors noticed-and-ignored while verifying +#GDtlsConnection:peer-certificate. Normally this should be 0, but +it may not be if #GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags is not +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL, or if +#GDtlsConnection::accept-certificate overrode the default +behavior. + + + + The rehandshaking mode. See +g_dtls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). + + + + Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required. +See g_dtls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). + + + + Emitted during the TLS handshake after the peer certificate has +been received. You can examine @peer_cert's certification path by +calling g_tls_certificate_get_issuer() on it. + +For a client-side connection, @peer_cert is the server's +certificate, and the signal will only be emitted if the +certificate was not acceptable according to @conn's +#GDtlsClientConnection:validation_flags. If you would like the +certificate to be accepted despite @errors, return %TRUE from the +signal handler. Otherwise, if no handler accepts the certificate, +the handshake will fail with %G_TLS_ERROR_BAD_CERTIFICATE. + +For a server-side connection, @peer_cert is the certificate +presented by the client, if this was requested via the server's +#GDtlsServerConnection:authentication_mode. On the server side, +the signal is always emitted when the client presents a +certificate, and the certificate will only be accepted if a +handler returns %TRUE. + +Note that if this signal is emitted as part of asynchronous I/O +in the main thread, then you should not attempt to interact with +the user before returning from the signal handler. If you want to +let the user decide whether or not to accept the certificate, you +would have to return %FALSE from the signal handler on the first +attempt, and then after the connection attempt returns a +%G_TLS_ERROR_HANDSHAKE, you can interact with the user, and if +the user decides to accept the certificate, remember that fact, +create a new connection, and return %TRUE from the signal handler +the next time. + +If you are doing I/O in another thread, you do not +need to worry about this, and can simply block in the signal +handler until the UI thread returns an answer. + + %TRUE to accept @peer_cert (which will also +immediately end the signal emission). %FALSE to allow the signal +emission to continue, which will cause the handshake to fail if +no one else overrides it. + + + + + the peer's #GTlsCertificate + + + + the problems with @peer_cert. + + + + + + + Virtual method table for a #GDtlsConnection implementation. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + success or failure + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams + + + + %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the shutdown operation is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set + + + + + a #GDtlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + #GDtlsServerConnection is the server-side subclass of #GDtlsConnection, +representing a server-side DTLS connection. + + + + Creates a new #GDtlsServerConnection wrapping @base_socket. + + the new + #GDtlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GDatagramBased to wrap + + + + the default server certificate, or %NULL + + + + + + The #GTlsAuthenticationMode for the server. This can be changed +before calling g_dtls_connection_handshake() if you want to +rehandshake with a different mode from the initial handshake. + + + + + vtable for a #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. + + The parent interface. + + + + + #GEmblem is an implementation of #GIcon that supports +having an emblem, which is an icon with additional properties. +It can than be added to a #GEmblemedIcon. + +Currently, only metainformation about the emblem's origin is +supported. More may be added in the future. + + + Creates a new emblem for @icon. + + a new #GEmblem. + + + + + a GIcon containing the icon. + + + + + + Creates a new emblem for @icon. + + a new #GEmblem. + + + + + a GIcon containing the icon. + + + + a GEmblemOrigin enum defining the emblem's origin + + + + + + Gives back the icon from @emblem. + + a #GIcon. The returned object belongs to + the emblem and should not be modified or freed. + + + + + a #GEmblem from which the icon should be extracted. + + + + + + Gets the origin of the emblem. + + the origin of the emblem + + + + + a #GEmblem + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem +to #GEmblem. + + Emblem of unknown origin + + + Emblem adds device-specific information + + + Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" + + + Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) + + + + #GEmblemedIcon is an implementation of #GIcon that supports +adding an emblem to an icon. Adding multiple emblems to an +icon is ensured via g_emblemed_icon_add_emblem(). + +Note that #GEmblemedIcon allows no control over the position +of the emblems. See also #GEmblem for more information. + + + Creates a new emblemed icon for @icon with the emblem @emblem. + + a new #GIcon + + + + + a #GIcon + + + + a #GEmblem, or %NULL + + + + + + Adds @emblem to the #GList of #GEmblems. + + + + + + a #GEmblemedIcon + + + + a #GEmblem + + + + + + Removes all the emblems from @icon. + + + + + + a #GEmblemedIcon + + + + + + Gets the list of emblems for the @icon. + + a #GList of + #GEmblems that is owned by @emblemed + + + + + + + a #GEmblemedIcon + + + + + + Gets the main icon for @emblemed. + + a #GIcon that is owned by @emblemed + + + + + a #GEmblemedIcon + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to +the trash. + + + + A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. +This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. + + + + A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag +is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. This attribute +is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType +is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag +is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. This attribute +is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType +is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's +entity tag. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of free space left on the +file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system +is read only. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system +is remote. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is remote. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in bytes) of the file system, +used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType +is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of used on the +file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager +application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the +file system. The value for this key contain a +#GFilesystemPreviewType. + + + + A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current +GVFS backend in use. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. +An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive +directory scanning. + + + + A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. +An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source +and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default +to copy). + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started +degraded. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable +file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) +is automatically polled for media. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the +file's owner. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the +user that owns the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be +used to get preview of the file. For example, it may be a low +resolution thumbnail without metadata. Corresponding +#GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value +for this key should contain a #GIcon. + + + + A key in the "recent" namespace for getting time, when the metadata for the +file in `recent:///` was last changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64. + + + + A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux +context. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. Note that this attribute is only +available if GLib has been built with SELinux support. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space +that is consumed by the file (in bytes). This will generally be larger +than the file size (due to block size overhead) but can occasionally be +smaller (for example, for sparse files). +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. +The value for this key should contain a valid content type. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. +The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always +in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to +UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that +might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the +encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. + +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. +The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing +the filename, but can also contain furter information. Example descriptions +could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" +for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title +when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. + +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. +A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF8 and can thus be displayed in +the UI. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. +An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be +used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name +might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as +"(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). + +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. +The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it +only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the +regular content type. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. +The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. +Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink +to get the type. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is +volatile. This is meant for opaque, non-POSIX-like backends to +indicate that the URI is not persistent. Applications should look +at #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET for the persistent URI. + +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. +The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, +and can thus not be generally displayed as is. +Use #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the +name in a user interface. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. +An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key +to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order +should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order +was zero. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. +The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file +is a symlink. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in +the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. +The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. + + + + A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. +This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. Corresponding +#GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking whether the thumbnail is outdated. +This attribute is %TRUE if the thumbnail is up-to-date with the file it represents, +and %FALSE if the file has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. + +If %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED is %TRUE and this attribute is %FALSE, +it indicates that thumbnailing may be attempted again and may succeed. + +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail +image. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last +accessed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the +file was last accessed, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time +the file was last accessed. This should be used in conjunction with +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last +changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, +and contains the time since the file was last changed, in seconds since the +UNIX epoch. + +This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time +the file was last changed. This should be used in conjunction with +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, +and contains the time since the file was created, in seconds since the UNIX +epoch. + +This corresponds to the NTFS ctime. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time +the file was created. This should be used in conjunction with +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last +modified. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the +file was modified, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. + + + + A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time +the file was last modified. This should be used in conjunction with +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against +items in `trash:///`, will return the date and time when the file +was trashed. The format of the returned string is YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against +`trash:///` returns the number of (toplevel) items in the trash folder. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against +items in `trash:///`, will return the original path to the file before it +was trashed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated +for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file +system. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the +file is located on (see stat() documentation). This attribute is only +available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. +This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. +This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding +#GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a +UNIX mount point. This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount +point. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file +(e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). See lstat() +documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links +for a file. See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available +for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file +(if it is a special file). See lstat() documentation. This attribute +is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType +is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. +This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. +Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. + + + + #GFile is a high level abstraction for manipulating files on a +virtual file system. #GFiles are lightweight, immutable objects +that do no I/O upon creation. It is necessary to understand that +#GFile objects do not represent files, merely an identifier for a +file. All file content I/O is implemented as streaming operations +(see #GInputStream and #GOutputStream). + +To construct a #GFile, you can use: +- g_file_new_for_path() if you have a path. +- g_file_new_for_uri() if you have a URI. +- g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() for a command line argument. +- g_file_new_tmp() to create a temporary file from a template. +- g_file_parse_name() from a UTF-8 string gotten from g_file_get_parse_name(). +- g_file_new_build_filename() to create a file from path elements. + +One way to think of a #GFile is as an abstraction of a pathname. For +normal files the system pathname is what is stored internally, but as +#GFiles are extensible it could also be something else that corresponds +to a pathname in a userspace implementation of a filesystem. + +#GFiles make up hierarchies of directories and files that correspond to +the files on a filesystem. You can move through the file system with +#GFile using g_file_get_parent() to get an identifier for the parent +directory, g_file_get_child() to get a child within a directory, +g_file_resolve_relative_path() to resolve a relative path between two +#GFiles. There can be multiple hierarchies, so you may not end up at +the same root if you repeatedly call g_file_get_parent() on two different +files. + +All #GFiles have a basename (get with g_file_get_basename()). These names +are byte strings that are used to identify the file on the filesystem +(relative to its parent directory) and there is no guarantees that they +have any particular charset encoding or even make any sense at all. If +you want to use filenames in a user interface you should use the display +name that you can get by requesting the +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME attribute with g_file_query_info(). +This is guaranteed to be in UTF-8 and can be used in a user interface. +But always store the real basename or the #GFile to use to actually +access the file, because there is no way to go from a display name to +the actual name. + +Using #GFile as an identifier has the same weaknesses as using a path +in that there may be multiple aliases for the same file. For instance, +hard or soft links may cause two different #GFiles to refer to the same +file. Other possible causes for aliases are: case insensitive filesystems, +short and long names on FAT/NTFS, or bind mounts in Linux. If you want to +check if two #GFiles point to the same file you can query for the +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE attribute. Note that #GFile does some trivial +canonicalization of pathnames passed in, so that trivial differences in +the path string used at creation (duplicated slashes, slash at end of +path, "." or ".." path segments, etc) does not create different #GFiles. + +Many #GFile operations have both synchronous and asynchronous versions +to suit your application. Asynchronous versions of synchronous functions +simply have _async() appended to their function names. The asynchronous +I/O functions call a #GAsyncReadyCallback which is then used to finalize +the operation, producing a GAsyncResult which is then passed to the +function's matching _finish() operation. + +It is highly recommended to use asynchronous calls when running within a +shared main loop, such as in the main thread of an application. This avoids +I/O operations blocking other sources on the main loop from being dispatched. +Synchronous I/O operations should be performed from worker threads. See the +[introduction to asynchronous programming section][async-programming] for +more. + +Some #GFile operations almost always take a noticeable amount of time, and +so do not have synchronous analogs. Notable cases include: +- g_file_mount_mountable() to mount a mountable file. +- g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() to unmount a mountable file. +- g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation() to eject a mountable file. + +## Entity Tags # {#gfile-etag} + +One notable feature of #GFiles are entity tags, or "etags" for +short. Entity tags are somewhat like a more abstract version of the +traditional mtime, and can be used to quickly determine if the file +has been modified from the version on the file system. See the +HTTP 1.1 +[specification](http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html) +for HTTP Etag headers, which are a very similar concept. + + Constructs a #GFile from a series of elements using the correct +separator for filenames. + +Using this function is equivalent to calling g_build_filename(), +followed by g_file_new_for_path() on the result. + + a new #GFile + + + + + the first element in the path + + + + remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. +The value of @arg can be either a URI, an absolute path or a +relative path resolved relative to the current working directory. +This operation never fails, but the returned object might not +support any I/O operation if @arg points to a malformed path. + +Note that on Windows, this function expects its argument to be in +UTF-8 -- not the system code page. This means that you +should not use this function with string from argv as it is passed +to main(). g_win32_get_command_line() will return a UTF-8 version of +the commandline. #GApplication also uses UTF-8 but +g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg() may be more useful +for you there. It is also always possible to use this function with +#GOptionContext arguments of type %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME. + + a new #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a command line string + + + + + + Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. + +This function is similar to g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() except +that it allows for passing the current working directory as an +argument instead of using the current working directory of the +process. + +This is useful if the commandline argument was given in a context +other than the invocation of the current process. + +See also g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg(). + + a new #GFile + + + + + a command line string + + + + the current working directory of the commandline + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile for a given path. This operation never +fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O +operation if @path is malformed. + + a new #GFile for the given @path. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a string containing a relative or absolute path. + The string must be encoded in the glib filename encoding. + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile for a given URI. This operation never +fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O +operation if @uri is malformed or if the uri type is +not supported. + + a new #GFile for the given @uri. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a UTF-8 string containing a URI + + + + + + Opens a file in the preferred directory for temporary files (as +returned by g_get_tmp_dir()) and returns a #GFile and +#GFileIOStream pointing to it. + +@tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding +containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, and containing no +directory components. If it is %NULL, a default template is used. + +Unlike the other #GFile constructors, this will return %NULL if +a temporary file could not be created. + + a new #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + Template for the file + name, as in g_file_open_tmp(), or %NULL for a default template + + + + on return, a #GFileIOStream for the created file + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile with the given @parse_name (i.e. something +given by g_file_get_parse_name()). This operation never fails, +but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if +the @parse_name cannot be parsed. + + a new #GFile. + + + + + a file name or path to be parsed + + + + + + Gets an output stream for appending data to the file. +If the file doesn't already exist it is created. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that +is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error. If the file is a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are +possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for appending. + +For more details, see g_file_append_to() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_append_to_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file append operation started with +g_file_append_to_async(). + + a valid #GFileOutputStream + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination. +Can not handle recursive copies of directories. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already +existing @destination file is overwritten. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks +will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the +@source symlink will be copied. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_ALL_METADATA is specified then all the metadata +that is possible to copy is copied, not just the default subset (which, +for instance, does not include the owner, see #GFileInfo). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored +by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. +@progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed +that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with +the total number of bytes copied during the operation. + +If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error +is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. + +If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then +the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. + +If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. + +If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or +#G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error is returned. + +If you are interested in copying the #GFile object itself (not the on-disk +file), see g_file_dup(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with + progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + + + Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination +asynchronously. For details of the behaviour, see g_file_copy(). + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then that function that will be called +just like in g_file_copy(). The callback will run in the default main context +of the thread calling g_file_copy_async() — the same context as @callback is +run in. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +g_file_copy_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with progress + information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes copying the file started with g_file_copy_async(). + + a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. +The file must not already exist. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level +that is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If a file or directory with this name already exists the +%G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't +allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME +error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will +be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind +of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream +for writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +For more details, see g_file_create() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_create_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with +g_file_create_async(). + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and +writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level +that is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If a file or directory with this name already exists, the +%G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't +allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME +error, and if the name is too long, %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG +will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what +kind of filesystem the file is on. + +Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are +not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write +streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. + + a #GFileIOStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream +for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with +g_file_create_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Deletes a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be +deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously delete a file. If the @file is a directory, it will +only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as +g_unlink(). + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes deleting a file started with g_file_delete_async(). + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Duplicates a #GFile handle. This operation does not duplicate +the actual file or directory represented by the #GFile; see +g_file_copy() if attempting to copy a file. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a new #GFile that is a duplicate + of the given #GFile. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_eject_mountable_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by +g_file_eject_mountable(). + Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish() + instead. + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by +g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation(). + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the requested information about the files in a directory. +The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out +#GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file +attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if +it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute +from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should +be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. +The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like +"standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. +An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". +The standard attributes are available as defines, like +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. If the file is not a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too. + + A #GFileEnumerator if successful, + %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about the files +in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will +give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. + +For more details, see g_file_enumerate_children() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_enumerate_children_finish() to get the result of +the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an async enumerate children operation. +See g_file_enumerate_children_async(). + + a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL + if an error occurred. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Checks if the two given #GFiles refer to the same file. + +Note that two #GFiles that differ can still refer to the same +file on the filesystem due to various forms of filename +aliasing. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. + + + + + the first #GFile + + + + the second #GFile + + + + + + Gets a #GMount for the #GFile. + +If the #GFileIface for @file does not have a mount (e.g. +possibly a remote share), @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND +and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GMount where the @file is located + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the mount for the file. + +For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to +get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous find mount request. +See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async(). + + #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF-8 +version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL +and @error will be set. This is very useful when constructing a +#GFile for a new file and the user entered the filename in the +user interface, for instance when you select a directory and +type a filename in the file selector. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a #GFile to the specified child, or + %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + string to a possible child + + + + + + Gets the parent directory for the @file. +If the @file represents the root directory of the +file system, then %NULL will be returned. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a #GFile structure to the + parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free + the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the parse name of the @file. +A parse name is a UTF-8 string that describes the +file such that one can get the #GFile back using +g_file_parse_name(). + +This is generally used to show the #GFile as a nice +full-pathname kind of string in a user interface, +like in a location entry. + +For local files with names that can safely be converted +to UTF-8 the pathname is used, otherwise the IRI is used +(a form of URI that allows UTF-8 characters unescaped). + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the #GFile's parse name. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the URI for the @file. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the #GFile's URI. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile. +RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: +|[ +URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] +]| +Common schemes include "file", "http", "ftp", etc. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the URI scheme for the given + #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the + given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, + not supported, or #GFile is invalid. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing a URI scheme + + + + + + Creates a hash value for a #GFile. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an + integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. + This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to + add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to a #GFile + + + + + + Checks to see if a file is native to the platform. + +A native file s one expressed in the platform-native filename format, +e.g. "C:\Windows" or "/usr/bin/". This does not mean the file is local, +as it might be on a locally mounted remote filesystem. + +On some systems non-native files may be available using the native +filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE), in these cases this call +will return %FALSE, but g_file_get_path() will still return a native path. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if @file is native + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Creates a directory. Note that this will only create a child directory +of the immediate parent directory of the path or URI given by the #GFile. +To recursively create directories, see g_file_make_directory_with_parents(). +This function will fail if the parent directory does not exist, setting +@error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. If the file system doesn't support +creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. + +For a local #GFile the newly created directory will have the default +(current) ownership and permissions of the current process. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a directory. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous directory creation, started with +g_file_make_directory_async(). + + %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a symbolic link named @file which contains the string +@symlink_value. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create + + + + a string with the path for the target + of the new symlink + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. + +This is essentially an analog of the 'du' command, but it also +reports the number of directories and non-directory files encountered +(including things like symbolic links). + +By default, errors are only reported against the toplevel file +itself. Errors found while recursing are silently ignored, unless +%G_FILE_DISK_USAGE_REPORT_ALL_ERRORS is given in @flags. + +The returned size, @disk_usage, is in bytes and should be formatted +with g_format_size() in order to get something reasonable for showing +in a user interface. + +@progress_callback and @progress_data can be given to request +periodic progress updates while scanning. See the documentation for +#GFileMeasureProgressCallback for information about when and how the +callback will be invoked. + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. + +This is the asynchronous version of g_file_measure_disk_usage(). See +there for more information. + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when complete + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Collects the results from an earlier call to +g_file_measure_disk_usage_async(). See g_file_measure_disk_usage() for +more information. + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + Obtains a directory monitor for the given file. +This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +It does not make sense for @flags to contain +%G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS, since hard links can not be made to +directories. It is not possible to monitor all the files in a +directory for changes made via hard links; if you want to do this then +you must register individual watches with g_file_monitor(). + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Obtains a file monitor for the given file. If no file notification +mechanism exists, then regular polling of the file is used. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @flags contains %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS then the monitor +will also attempt to report changes made to the file via another +filename (ie, a hard link). Without this flag, you can only rely on +changes made through the filename contained in @file to be +reported. Using this flag may result in an increase in resource +usage, and may not have any effect depending on the #GFileMonitor +backend and/or filesystem type. + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains +the file @location. + +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a mount operation started by g_file_mount_enclosing_volume(). + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, + this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Mounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. +Using @mount_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, +passwords are needed during authentication. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started +with g_file_mount_mountable(). + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Tries to move the file or directory @source to the location specified +by @destination. If native move operations are supported then this is +used, otherwise a copy + delete fallback is used. The native +implementation may support moving directories (for instance on moves +inside the same filesystem), but the fallback code does not. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already +existing @destination file is overwritten. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks +will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the +@source symlink will be copied. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored +by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. +@progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is +guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been +transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. + +If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND +error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. + +If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, +then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. + +If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. + +If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or +#G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then +the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error may be returned (if the native +move operation isn't available). + + %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile pointing to the source location + + + + #GFile pointing to the destination location + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + #GFileProgressCallback + function for updates + + + + gpointer to user data for + the callback function + + + + + + Opens an existing file for reading and writing. The result is +a #GFileIOStream that can be used to read and write the contents +of the file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on +what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local +file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you +really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening +for reading or writing. + + #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to open + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for reading and writing. + +For more details, see g_file_open_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_open_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with +g_file_open_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Polls a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled +with g_file_poll_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Checks whether @file has the prefix specified by @prefix. + +In other words, if the names of initial elements of @file's +pathname match @prefix. Only full pathname elements are matched, +so a path like /foo is not considered a prefix of /foobar, only +of /foo/bar. + +A #GFile is not a prefix of itself. If you want to check for +equality, use g_file_equal(). + +This call does no I/O, as it works purely on names. As such it can +sometimes return %FALSE even if @file is inside a @prefix (from a +filesystem point of view), because the prefix of @file is an alias +of @prefix. + + %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Similar to g_file_query_info(), but obtains information +about the filesystem the @file is on, rather than the file itself. +For instance the amount of space available and the type of +the filesystem. + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the attributes +that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible +to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just +won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of +attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all +attributes, and a wildcard like "filesystem::*" means all attributes +in the filesystem namespace. The standard namespace for filesystem +attributes is "filesystem". Common attributes of interest are +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE (the total size of the filesystem +in bytes), #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE (number of bytes available), +and #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE (type of the filesystem). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what +kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about the filesystem +that the specified @file is on. The result is a #GFileInfo object +that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the +file). + +For more details, see g_file_query_filesystem_info() which is the +synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous filesystem info query. +See g_file_query_filesystem_info_async(). + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the requested information about specified @file. +The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value +attributes (such as the type or size of the file). + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file +attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if +it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute +from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a +comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. +The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like +"standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. +An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". +The standard attributes are available as defines, like +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +For symlinks, normally the information about the target of the +symlink is returned, rather than information about the symlink +itself. However if you pass #G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS +in @flags the information about the symlink itself will be returned. +Also, for symlinks that point to non-existing files the information +about the symlink itself will be returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be +returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of +filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL + on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about specified @file. +The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes +(such as type or size for the file). + +For more details, see g_file_query_info() which is the synchronous +version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file info query. +See g_file_query_info_async(). + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file. + +Returns the type and full attribute name of all the attributes +that can be set on this file. This doesn't mean setting it will +always succeed though, you might get an access failure, or some +specific file may not support a specific attribute. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes +can be created by a user. An example of this is extended +attributes (in the "xattr" namespace). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for reading. + +For more details, see g_file_read() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_read_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with +g_file_read_async(). + + a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Opens a file for reading. The result is a #GFileInputStream that +can be used to read the contents of the file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be +returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend +on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to read + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Returns an output stream for overwriting the file, possibly +creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, +it will be created. + +This will try to replace the file in the safest way possible so +that any errors during the writing will not affect an already +existing copy of the file. For instance, for local files it +may write to a temporary file and then atomically rename over +the destination when the stream is closed. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that +is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If you pass in a non-%NULL @etag value and @file already exists, then +this value is compared to the current entity tag of the file, and if +they differ an %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG error is returned. This +generally means that the file has been changed since you last read +it. You can get the new etag from g_file_output_stream_get_etag() +after you've finished writing and closed the #GFileOutputStream. When +you load a new file you can use g_file_input_stream_query_info() to +get the etag of the file. + +If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a +backup of the current file before overwriting it. If this fails +a %G_IO_ERROR_CANT_CREATE_BACKUP error will be returned. If you +want to replace anyway, try again with @make_backup set to %FALSE. + +If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will +be returned, and if the file is some other form of non-regular file +then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_REGULAR_FILE error will be returned. Some +file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long +%G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are +possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously overwrites the file, replacing the contents, +possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. + +For more details, see g_file_replace() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_replace_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with +g_file_replace_async(). + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns an output stream for overwriting the file in readwrite mode, +possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't +exist, it will be created. + +For details about the behaviour, see g_file_replace() which does the +same thing but returns an output stream only. + +Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not +supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, +rather than just opening for reading or writing. + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously overwrites the file in read-write mode, +replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy +of the file first. + +For more details, see g_file_replace_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_replace_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with +g_file_replace_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Resolves a relative path for @file to an absolute path. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + #GFile to the resolved path. + %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a given relative path string + + + + + + Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value. + +Some attributes can be unset by setting @type to +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID and @value_p to %NULL. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + The type of the attribute + + + + a pointer to the value (or the pointer + itself if the type is a pointer type) + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sets the attributes of @file with @info. + +For more details, see g_file_set_attributes_from_info(), +which is the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_set_attributes_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + Finishes setting an attribute started in g_file_set_attributes_async(). + + %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + + + Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target +values, not stopping on the first error. + +If there is any error during this operation then @error will +be set to the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged +by setting the "status" field in the attribute value to +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can +also detect further errors. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Renames @file to the specified display name. + +The display name is converted from UTF-8 to the correct encoding +for the target filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this. + +If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the +edit name (#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the +initial value in the rename widget, and then the result after editing +should be passed to g_file_set_display_name(). + +On success the resulting converted filename is returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, + or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sets the display name for a given #GFile. + +For more details, see g_file_set_display_name() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_set_display_name_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes setting a display name started with +g_file_set_display_name_async(). + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Starts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. +Using @start_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, +passwords are needed during authentication. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a start operation. See g_file_start_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous start operation that was started +with g_file_start_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Stops a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_stop_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an stop operation, see g_file_stop_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous stop operation that was started +with g_file_stop_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Sends @file to the "Trashcan", if possible. This is similar to +deleting it, but the user can recover it before emptying the trashcan. +Not all file systems support trashing, so this call can return the +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile to send to trash + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sends @file to the Trash location, if possible. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file trashing operation, started with +g_file_trash_async(). + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started +with g_file_unmount_mountable(). + Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish() + instead. + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Unmounts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an unmount operation, +see g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started +with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets an output stream for appending data to the file. +If the file doesn't already exist it is created. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that +is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error. If the file is a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are +possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for appending. + +For more details, see g_file_append_to() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_append_to_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file append operation started with +g_file_append_to_async(). + + a valid #GFileOutputStream + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination. +Can not handle recursive copies of directories. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already +existing @destination file is overwritten. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks +will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the +@source symlink will be copied. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_ALL_METADATA is specified then all the metadata +that is possible to copy is copied, not just the default subset (which, +for instance, does not include the owner, see #GFileInfo). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored +by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. +@progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed +that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with +the total number of bytes copied during the operation. + +If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error +is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. + +If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then +the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. + +If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. + +If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or +#G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error is returned. + +If you are interested in copying the #GFile object itself (not the on-disk +file), see g_file_dup(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with + progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + + + Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination +asynchronously. For details of the behaviour, see g_file_copy(). + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then that function that will be called +just like in g_file_copy(). The callback will run in the default main context +of the thread calling g_file_copy_async() — the same context as @callback is +run in. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +g_file_copy_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with progress + information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Copies the file attributes from @source to @destination. + +Normally only a subset of the file attributes are copied, +those that are copies in a normal file copy operation +(which for instance does not include e.g. owner). However +if #G_FILE_COPY_ALL_METADATA is specified in @flags, then +all the metadata that is possible to copy is copied. This +is useful when implementing move by copy + delete source. + + %TRUE if the attributes were copied successfully, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFile with attributes + + + + a #GFile to copy attributes to + + + + a set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Finishes copying the file started with g_file_copy_async(). + + a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. +The file must not already exist. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level +that is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If a file or directory with this name already exists the +%G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't +allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME +error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will +be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind +of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream +for writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +For more details, see g_file_create() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_create_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with +g_file_create_async(). + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and +writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level +that is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If a file or directory with this name already exists, the +%G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't +allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME +error, and if the name is too long, %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG +will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what +kind of filesystem the file is on. + +Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are +not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write +streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. + + a #GFileIOStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream +for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. + +For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with +g_file_create_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Deletes a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be +deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously delete a file. If the @file is a directory, it will +only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as +g_unlink(). + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes deleting a file started with g_file_delete_async(). + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Duplicates a #GFile handle. This operation does not duplicate +the actual file or directory represented by the #GFile; see +g_file_copy() if attempting to copy a file. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a new #GFile that is a duplicate + of the given #GFile. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_eject_mountable_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by +g_file_eject_mountable(). + Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish() + instead. + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by +g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation(). + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the requested information about the files in a directory. +The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out +#GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file +attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if +it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute +from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should +be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. +The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like +"standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. +An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". +The standard attributes are available as defines, like +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. If the file is not a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too. + + A #GFileEnumerator if successful, + %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about the files +in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will +give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. + +For more details, see g_file_enumerate_children() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_enumerate_children_finish() to get the result of +the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an async enumerate children operation. +See g_file_enumerate_children_async(). + + a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL + if an error occurred. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Checks if the two given #GFiles refer to the same file. + +Note that two #GFiles that differ can still refer to the same +file on the filesystem due to various forms of filename +aliasing. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. + + + + + the first #GFile + + + + the second #GFile + + + + + + Gets a #GMount for the #GFile. + +If the #GFileIface for @file does not have a mount (e.g. +possibly a remote share), @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND +and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GMount where the @file is located + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the mount for the file. + +For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to +get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous find mount request. +See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async(). + + #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the base name (the last component of the path) for a given #GFile. + +If called for the top level of a system (such as the filesystem root +or a uri like sftp://host/) it will return a single directory separator +(and on Windows, possibly a drive letter). + +The base name is a byte string (not UTF-8). It has no defined encoding +or rules other than it may not contain zero bytes. If you want to use +filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you +can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME +attribute with g_file_query_info(). + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + string containing the #GFile's + base name, or %NULL if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string + should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets a child of @file with basename equal to @name. + +Note that the file with that specific name might not exist, but +you can still have a #GFile that points to it. You can use this +for instance to create that file. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a #GFile to a child specified by @name. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + string containing the child's basename + + + + + + Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF-8 +version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL +and @error will be set. This is very useful when constructing a +#GFile for a new file and the user entered the filename in the +user interface, for instance when you select a directory and +type a filename in the file selector. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a #GFile to the specified child, or + %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + string to a possible child + + + + + + Gets the parent directory for the @file. +If the @file represents the root directory of the +file system, then %NULL will be returned. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a #GFile structure to the + parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free + the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the parse name of the @file. +A parse name is a UTF-8 string that describes the +file such that one can get the #GFile back using +g_file_parse_name(). + +This is generally used to show the #GFile as a nice +full-pathname kind of string in a user interface, +like in a location entry. + +For local files with names that can safely be converted +to UTF-8 the pathname is used, otherwise the IRI is used +(a form of URI that allows UTF-8 characters unescaped). + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the #GFile's parse name. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the local pathname for #GFile, if one exists. If non-%NULL, this is +guaranteed to be an absolute, canonical path. It might contain symlinks. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + string containing the #GFile's path, + or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string should be freed + with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the path for @descendant relative to @parent. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + string with the relative path from + @descendant to @parent, or %NULL if @descendant doesn't have @parent as + prefix. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when + no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the URI for the @file. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the #GFile's URI. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile. +RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: +|[ +URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] +]| +Common schemes include "file", "http", "ftp", etc. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + a string containing the URI scheme for the given + #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Checks if @file has a parent, and optionally, if it is @parent. + +If @parent is %NULL then this function returns %TRUE if @file has any +parent at all. If @parent is non-%NULL then %TRUE is only returned +if @file is an immediate child of @parent. + + %TRUE if @file is an immediate child of @parent (or any parent in + the case that @parent is %NULL). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the parent to check for, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks whether @file has the prefix specified by @prefix. + +In other words, if the names of initial elements of @file's +pathname match @prefix. Only full pathname elements are matched, +so a path like /foo is not considered a prefix of /foobar, only +of /foo/bar. + +A #GFile is not a prefix of itself. If you want to check for +equality, use g_file_equal(). + +This call does no I/O, as it works purely on names. As such it can +sometimes return %FALSE even if @file is inside a @prefix (from a +filesystem point of view), because the prefix of @file is an alias +of @prefix. + + %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the + given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, + not supported, or #GFile is invalid. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing a URI scheme + + + + + + Creates a hash value for a #GFile. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an + integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. + This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to + add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to a #GFile + + + + + + Checks to see if a file is native to the platform. + +A native file s one expressed in the platform-native filename format, +e.g. "C:\Windows" or "/usr/bin/". This does not mean the file is local, +as it might be on a locally mounted remote filesystem. + +On some systems non-native files may be available using the native +filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE), in these cases this call +will return %FALSE, but g_file_get_path() will still return a native path. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + %TRUE if @file is native + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Loads the contents of @file and returns it as #GBytes. + +If @file is a resource:// based URI, the resulting bytes will reference the +embedded resource instead of a copy. Otherwise, this is equivalent to calling +g_file_load_contents() and g_bytes_new_take(). + +For resources, @etag_out will be set to %NULL. + +The data contained in the resulting #GBytes is always zero-terminated, but +this is not included in the #GBytes length. The resulting #GBytes should be +freed with g_bytes_unref() when no longer in use. + + a #GBytes or %NULL and @error is set + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a location to place the current + entity tag for the file, or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed + + + + + + Asynchronously loads the contents of @file as #GBytes. + +If @file is a resource:// based URI, the resulting bytes will reference the +embedded resource instead of a copy. Otherwise, this is equivalent to calling +g_file_load_contents_async() and g_bytes_new_take(). + +@callback should call g_file_load_bytes_finish() to get the result of this +asynchronous operation. + +See g_file_load_bytes() for more information. + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Completes an asynchronous request to g_file_load_bytes_async(). + +For resources, @etag_out will be set to %NULL. + +The data contained in the resulting #GBytes is always zero-terminated, but +this is not included in the #GBytes length. The resulting #GBytes should be +freed with g_bytes_unref() when no longer in use. + +See g_file_load_bytes() for more information. + + a #GBytes or %NULL and @error is set + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult provided to the callback + + + + a location to place the current + entity tag for the file, or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed + + + + + + Loads the content of the file into memory. The data is always +zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length. +The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer +needed. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @file's contents were successfully loaded. + %FALSE if there were errors. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a location to place the contents of the file + + + + + + a location to place the length of the contents of the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + a location to place the current entity tag for the file, + or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous load of the @file's contents. + +For more details, see g_file_load_contents() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the load operation has completed, @callback will be called +with @user data. To finish the operation, call +g_file_load_contents_finish() with the #GAsyncResult returned by +the @callback. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous load of the @file's contents. +The contents are placed in @contents, and @length is set to the +size of the @contents string. The @content should be freed with +g_free() when no longer needed. If @etag_out is present, it will be +set to the new entity tag for the @file. + + %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is + present, it will be set appropriately. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a location to place the contents of the file + + + + + + a location to place the length of the contents of the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + a location to place the current entity tag for the file, + or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed + + + + + + Reads the partial contents of a file. A #GFileReadMoreCallback should +be used to stop reading from the file when appropriate, else this +function will behave exactly as g_file_load_contents_async(). This +operation can be finished by g_file_load_partial_contents_finish(). + +Users of this function should be aware that @user_data is passed to +both the @read_more_callback and the @callback. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a + #GFileReadMoreCallback to receive partial data + and to specify whether further data should be read + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to the callback functions + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous partial load operation that was started +with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(). The data is always +zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length. +The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer +needed. + + %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is + present, it will be set appropriately. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a location to place the contents of the file + + + + + + a location to place the length of the contents of the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + a location to place the current entity tag for the file, + or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed + + + + + + Creates a directory. Note that this will only create a child directory +of the immediate parent directory of the path or URI given by the #GFile. +To recursively create directories, see g_file_make_directory_with_parents(). +This function will fail if the parent directory does not exist, setting +@error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. If the file system doesn't support +creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. + +For a local #GFile the newly created directory will have the default +(current) ownership and permissions of the current process. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a directory. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous directory creation, started with +g_file_make_directory_async(). + + %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Creates a directory and any parent directories that may not +exist similar to 'mkdir -p'. If the file system does not support +creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. If the directory itself already exists, +this function will fail setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS, unlike +the similar g_mkdir_with_parents(). + +For a local #GFile the newly created directories will have the default +(current) ownership and permissions of the current process. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if all directories have been successfully created, %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Creates a symbolic link named @file which contains the string +@symlink_value. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create + + + + a string with the path for the target + of the new symlink + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. + +This is essentially an analog of the 'du' command, but it also +reports the number of directories and non-directory files encountered +(including things like symbolic links). + +By default, errors are only reported against the toplevel file +itself. Errors found while recursing are silently ignored, unless +%G_FILE_DISK_USAGE_REPORT_ALL_ERRORS is given in @flags. + +The returned size, @disk_usage, is in bytes and should be formatted +with g_format_size() in order to get something reasonable for showing +in a user interface. + +@progress_callback and @progress_data can be given to request +periodic progress updates while scanning. See the documentation for +#GFileMeasureProgressCallback for information about when and how the +callback will be invoked. + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. + +This is the asynchronous version of g_file_measure_disk_usage(). See +there for more information. + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when complete + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Collects the results from an earlier call to +g_file_measure_disk_usage_async(). See g_file_measure_disk_usage() for +more information. + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + Obtains a file or directory monitor for the given file, +depending on the type of the file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Obtains a directory monitor for the given file. +This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +It does not make sense for @flags to contain +%G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS, since hard links can not be made to +directories. It is not possible to monitor all the files in a +directory for changes made via hard links; if you want to do this then +you must register individual watches with g_file_monitor(). + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Obtains a file monitor for the given file. If no file notification +mechanism exists, then regular polling of the file is used. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @flags contains %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS then the monitor +will also attempt to report changes made to the file via another +filename (ie, a hard link). Without this flag, you can only rely on +changes made through the filename contained in @file to be +reported. Using this flag may result in an increase in resource +usage, and may not have any effect depending on the #GFileMonitor +backend and/or filesystem type. + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains +the file @location. + +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a mount operation started by g_file_mount_enclosing_volume(). + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, + this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Mounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. +Using @mount_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, +passwords are needed during authentication. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started +with g_file_mount_mountable(). + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Tries to move the file or directory @source to the location specified +by @destination. If native move operations are supported then this is +used, otherwise a copy + delete fallback is used. The native +implementation may support moving directories (for instance on moves +inside the same filesystem), but the fallback code does not. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already +existing @destination file is overwritten. + +If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks +will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the +@source symlink will be copied. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored +by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. +@progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is +guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been +transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. + +If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND +error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. + +If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, +then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. + +If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. + +If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or +#G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then +the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error may be returned (if the native +move operation isn't available). + + %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile pointing to the source location + + + + #GFile pointing to the destination location + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + #GFileProgressCallback + function for updates + + + + gpointer to user data for + the callback function + + + + + + Opens an existing file for reading and writing. The result is +a #GFileIOStream that can be used to read and write the contents +of the file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on +what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local +file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you +really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening +for reading or writing. + + #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to open + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for reading and writing. + +For more details, see g_file_open_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_open_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with +g_file_open_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Exactly like g_file_get_path(), but caches the result via +g_object_set_qdata_full(). This is useful for example in C +applications which mix `g_file_*` APIs with native ones. It +also avoids an extra duplicated string when possible, so will be +generally more efficient. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + string containing the #GFile's path, + or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string is owned by @file. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + Polls a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled +with g_file_poll_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns the #GAppInfo that is registered as the default +application to handle the file specified by @file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GAppInfo if the handle was found, + %NULL if there were errors. + When you are done with it, release it with g_object_unref() + + + + + a #GFile to open + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Utility function to check if a particular file exists. This is +implemented using g_file_query_info() and as such does blocking I/O. + +Note that in many cases it is [racy to first check for file existence](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_of_check_to_time_of_use) +and then execute something based on the outcome of that, because the +file might have been created or removed in between the operations. The +general approach to handling that is to not check, but just do the +operation and handle the errors as they come. + +As an example of race-free checking, take the case of reading a file, +and if it doesn't exist, creating it. There are two racy versions: read +it, and on error create it; and: check if it exists, if not create it. +These can both result in two processes creating the file (with perhaps +a partially written file as the result). The correct approach is to +always try to create the file with g_file_create() which will either +atomically create the file or fail with a %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error. + +However, in many cases an existence check is useful in a user interface, +for instance to make a menu item sensitive/insensitive, so that you don't +have to fool users that something is possible and then just show an error +dialog. If you do this, you should make sure to also handle the errors +that can happen due to races when you execute the operation. + + %TRUE if the file exists (and can be detected without error), + %FALSE otherwise (or if cancelled). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Utility function to inspect the #GFileType of a file. This is +implemented using g_file_query_info() and as such does blocking I/O. + +The primary use case of this method is to check if a file is +a regular file, directory, or symlink. + + The #GFileType of the file and #G_FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN + if the file does not exist + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags passed to g_file_query_info() + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Similar to g_file_query_info(), but obtains information +about the filesystem the @file is on, rather than the file itself. +For instance the amount of space available and the type of +the filesystem. + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the attributes +that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible +to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just +won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of +attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all +attributes, and a wildcard like "filesystem::*" means all attributes +in the filesystem namespace. The standard namespace for filesystem +attributes is "filesystem". Common attributes of interest are +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE (the total size of the filesystem +in bytes), #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE (number of bytes available), +and #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE (type of the filesystem). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will +be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what +kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about the filesystem +that the specified @file is on. The result is a #GFileInfo object +that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the +file). + +For more details, see g_file_query_filesystem_info() which is the +synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous filesystem info query. +See g_file_query_filesystem_info_async(). + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the requested information about specified @file. +The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value +attributes (such as the type or size of the file). + +The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file +attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if +it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute +from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a +comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. +The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like +"standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. +An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". +The standard attributes are available as defines, like +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +For symlinks, normally the information about the target of the +symlink is returned, rather than information about the symlink +itself. However if you pass #G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS +in @flags the information about the symlink itself will be returned. +Also, for symlinks that point to non-existing files the information +about the symlink itself will be returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be +returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of +filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL + on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously gets the requested information about specified @file. +The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes +(such as type or size for the file). + +For more details, see g_file_query_info() which is the synchronous +version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file info query. +See g_file_query_info_async(). + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file. + +Returns the type and full attribute name of all the attributes +that can be set on this file. This doesn't mean setting it will +always succeed though, you might get an access failure, or some +specific file may not support a specific attribute. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes +can be created by a user. An example of this is extended +attributes (in the "xattr" namespace). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Opens a file for reading. The result is a #GFileInputStream that +can be used to read the contents of the file. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be +returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY +error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend +on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to read + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously opens @file for reading. + +For more details, see g_file_read() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_read_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with +g_file_read_async(). + + a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns an output stream for overwriting the file, possibly +creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, +it will be created. + +This will try to replace the file in the safest way possible so +that any errors during the writing will not affect an already +existing copy of the file. For instance, for local files it +may write to a temporary file and then atomically rename over +the destination when the stream is closed. + +By default files created are generally readable by everyone, +but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file +will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that +is supported on the target filesystem. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled +by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the +operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be +returned. + +If you pass in a non-%NULL @etag value and @file already exists, then +this value is compared to the current entity tag of the file, and if +they differ an %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG error is returned. This +generally means that the file has been changed since you last read +it. You can get the new etag from g_file_output_stream_get_etag() +after you've finished writing and closed the #GFileOutputStream. When +you load a new file you can use g_file_input_stream_query_info() to +get the etag of the file. + +If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a +backup of the current file before overwriting it. If this fails +a %G_IO_ERROR_CANT_CREATE_BACKUP error will be returned. If you +want to replace anyway, try again with @make_backup set to %FALSE. + +If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will +be returned, and if the file is some other form of non-regular file +then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_REGULAR_FILE error will be returned. Some +file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long +%G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are +possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously overwrites the file, replacing the contents, +possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. + +For more details, see g_file_replace() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_replace_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Replaces the contents of @file with @contents of @length bytes. + +If @etag is specified (not %NULL), any existing file must have that etag, +or the error %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG will be returned. + +If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup +of @file. Internally, it uses g_file_replace(), so will try to replace the +file contents in the safest way possible. For example, atomic renames are +used when replacing local files’ contents. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +The returned @new_etag can be used to verify that the file hasn't +changed the next time it is saved over. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function + will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the new contents for @file + + + + + + the length of @contents in bytes + + + + the old [entity-tag][gfile-etag] for the document, + or %NULL + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + a location to a new [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the document. This should be freed with g_free() when no longer + needed, or %NULL + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Starts an asynchronous replacement of @file with the given +@contents of @length bytes. @etag will replace the document's +current entity tag. + +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_replace_contents_finish(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to +make a backup of @file. + +Note that no copy of @content will be made, so it must stay valid +until @callback is called. See g_file_replace_contents_bytes_async() +for a #GBytes version that will automatically hold a reference to the +contents (without copying) for the duration of the call. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + string of contents to replace the file with + + + + + + the length of @contents in bytes + + + + a new [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the @file, or %NULL + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Same as g_file_replace_contents_async() but takes a #GBytes input instead. +This function will keep a ref on @contents until the operation is done. +Unlike g_file_replace_contents_async() this allows forgetting about the +content without waiting for the callback. + +When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with +@user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with +g_file_replace_contents_finish(). + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GBytes + + + + a new [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the @file, or %NULL + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous replace of the given @file. See +g_file_replace_contents_async(). Sets @new_etag to the new entity +tag for the document, if present. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a location of a new [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the document. This should be freed with g_free() when it is no + longer needed, or %NULL + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with +g_file_replace_async(). + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns an output stream for overwriting the file in readwrite mode, +possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't +exist, it will be created. + +For details about the behaviour, see g_file_replace() which does the +same thing but returns an output stream only. + +Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not +supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, +rather than just opening for reading or writing. + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously overwrites the file in read-write mode, +replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy +of the file first. + +For more details, see g_file_replace_readwrite() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_replace_readwrite_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with +g_file_replace_readwrite_async(). + + a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Resolves a relative path for @file to an absolute path. + +This call does no blocking I/O. + + #GFile to the resolved path. + %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a given relative path string + + + + + + Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value. + +Some attributes can be unset by setting @type to +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID and @value_p to %NULL. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + The type of the attribute + + + + a pointer to the value (or the pointer + itself if the type is a pointer type) + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail, +returning %FALSE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value + in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a string containing the attribute's new value + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32 to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value + in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a #gint32 containing the attribute's new value + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64 to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a #guint64 containing the attribute's new value + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a string containing the attribute's value + + + + #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32 to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value + in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a #guint32 containing the attribute's new value + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64 to @value. +If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value + in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + a #guint64 containing the attribute's new value + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sets the attributes of @file with @info. + +For more details, see g_file_set_attributes_from_info(), +which is the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_set_attributes_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + Finishes setting an attribute started in g_file_set_attributes_async(). + + %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + + + Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target +values, not stopping on the first error. + +If there is any error during this operation then @error will +be set to the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged +by setting the "status" field in the attribute value to +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can +also detect further errors. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Renames @file to the specified display name. + +The display name is converted from UTF-8 to the correct encoding +for the target filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this. + +If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the +edit name (#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the +initial value in the rename widget, and then the result after editing +should be passed to g_file_set_display_name(). + +On success the resulting converted filename is returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, + or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sets the display name for a given #GFile. + +For more details, see g_file_set_display_name() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_set_display_name_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes setting a display name started with +g_file_set_display_name_async(). + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Starts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. +Using @start_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, +passwords are needed during authentication. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a start operation. See g_file_start_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous start operation that was started +with g_file_start_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Stops a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_stop_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an stop operation, see g_file_stop_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous stop operation that was started +with g_file_stop_mountable(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Checks if @file supports +[thread-default contexts][g-main-context-push-thread-default-context]. +If this returns %FALSE, you cannot perform asynchronous operations on +@file in a thread that has a thread-default context. + + Whether or not @file supports thread-default contexts. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + + + Sends @file to the "Trashcan", if possible. This is similar to +deleting it, but the user can recover it before emptying the trashcan. +Not all file systems support trashing, so this call can return the +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile to send to trash + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Asynchronously sends @file to the Trash location, if possible. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous file trashing operation, started with +g_file_trash_async(). + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started +with g_file_unmount_mountable(). + Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish() + instead. + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Unmounts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an unmount operation, +see g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() for details. + +Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started +with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation(). + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + Information about a specific attribute. + + the name of the attribute. + + + + the #GFileAttributeType type of the attribute. + + + + a set of #GFileAttributeInfoFlags. + + + + + Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. + + no flags set. + + + copy the attribute values when the file is copied. + + + copy the attribute values when the file is moved. + + + + Acts as a lightweight registry for possible valid file attributes. +The registry stores Key-Value pair formats as #GFileAttributeInfos. + + an array of #GFileAttributeInfos. + + + + the number of values in the array. + + + + Creates a new file attribute info list. + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList. + + + + + Adds a new attribute with @name to the @list, setting +its @type and @flags. + + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList. + + + + the name of the attribute to add. + + + + the #GFileAttributeType for the attribute. + + + + #GFileAttributeInfoFlags for the attribute. + + + + + + Makes a duplicate of a file attribute info list. + + a copy of the given @list. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList to duplicate. + + + + + + Gets the file attribute with the name @name from @list. + + a #GFileAttributeInfo for the @name, or %NULL if an +attribute isn't found. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList. + + + + the name of the attribute to lookup. + + + + + + References a file attribute info list. + + #GFileAttributeInfoList or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList to reference. + + + + + + Removes a reference from the given @list. If the reference count +falls to zero, the @list is deleted. + + + + + + The #GFileAttributeInfoList to unreference. + + + + + + + Determines if a string matches a file attribute. + + Creates a new file attribute matcher, which matches attributes +against a given string. #GFileAttributeMatchers are reference +counted structures, and are created with a reference count of 1. If +the number of references falls to 0, the #GFileAttributeMatcher is +automatically destroyed. + +The @attribute string should be formatted with specific keys separated +from namespaces with a double colon. Several "namespace::key" strings may be +concatenated with a single comma (e.g. "standard::type,standard::is-hidden"). +The wildcard "*" may be used to match all keys and namespaces, or +"namespace::*" will match all keys in a given namespace. + +## Examples of file attribute matcher strings and results + +- `"*"`: matches all attributes. +- `"standard::is-hidden"`: matches only the key is-hidden in the + standard namespace. +- `"standard::type,unix::*"`: matches the type key in the standard + namespace and all keys in the unix namespace. + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher + + + + + an attribute string to match. + + + + + + Checks if the matcher will match all of the keys in a given namespace. +This will always return %TRUE if a wildcard character is in use (e.g. if +matcher was created with "standard::*" and @ns is "standard", or if matcher was created +using "*" and namespace is anything.) + +TODO: this is awkwardly worded. + + %TRUE if the matcher matches all of the entries +in the given @ns, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + a string containing a file attribute namespace. + + + + + + Gets the next matched attribute from a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + a string containing the next attribute or %NULL if +no more attribute exist. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + + Checks if an attribute will be matched by an attribute matcher. If +the matcher was created with the "*" matching string, this function +will always return %TRUE. + + %TRUE if @attribute matches @matcher. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Checks if a attribute matcher only matches a given attribute. Always +returns %FALSE if "*" was used when creating the matcher. + + %TRUE if the matcher only matches @attribute. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + References a file attribute matcher. + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + + Subtracts all attributes of @subtract from @matcher and returns +a matcher that supports those attributes. + +Note that currently it is not possible to remove a single +attribute when the @matcher matches the whole namespace - or remove +a namespace or attribute when the matcher matches everything. This +is a limitation of the current implementation, but may be fixed +in the future. + + A file attribute matcher matching all attributes of + @matcher that are not matched by @subtract + + + + + Matcher to subtract from + + + + The matcher to subtract + + + + + + Prints what the matcher is matching against. The format will be +equal to the format passed to g_file_attribute_matcher_new(). +The output however, might not be identical, as the matcher may +decide to use a different order or omit needless parts. + + a string describing the attributes the matcher matches + against or %NULL if @matcher was %NULL. + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + + Unreferences @matcher. If the reference count falls below 1, +the @matcher is automatically freed. + + + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + + + Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. + + Attribute value is unset (empty). + + + Attribute value is set. + + + Indicates an error in setting the value. + + + + The data types for file attributes. + + indicates an invalid or uninitalized type. + + + a null terminated UTF8 string. + + + a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. + + + a boolean value. + + + an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. + + + a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. + + + an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. + + + a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. + + + a #GObject. + + + a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 + + + + Flags used when copying or moving files. + + No flags set. + + + Overwrite any existing files + + + Make a backup of any existing files. + + + Don't follow symlinks. + + + Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). + + + Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. + + + Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. + + + + Flags used when an operation may create a file. + + No flags set. + + + Create a file that can only be + accessed by the current user. + + + Replace the destination + as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old + permissions, replace instead of following links. This + is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" + rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. + You can think of it as "unlink destination" before + writing to it, although the implementation may not + be exactly like that. Since 2.20 + + + + #GFileDescriptorBased is implemented by streams (implementations of +#GInputStream or #GOutputStream) that are based on file descriptors. + +Note that `<gio/gfiledescriptorbased.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific +GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config +file when using it. + + Gets the underlying file descriptor. + + The file descriptor + + + + + a #GFileDescriptorBased. + + + + + + Gets the underlying file descriptor. + + The file descriptor + + + + + a #GFileDescriptorBased. + + + + + + + An interface for file descriptor based io objects. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + The file descriptor + + + + + a #GFileDescriptorBased. + + + + + + + + #GFileEnumerator allows you to operate on a set of #GFiles, +returning a #GFileInfo structure for each file enumerated (e.g. +g_file_enumerate_children() will return a #GFileEnumerator for each +of the children within a directory). + +To get the next file's information from a #GFileEnumerator, use +g_file_enumerator_next_file() or its asynchronous version, +g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). Note that the asynchronous +version will return a list of #GFileInfos, whereas the +synchronous will only return the next file in the enumerator. + +The ordering of returned files is unspecified for non-Unix +platforms; for more information, see g_dir_read_name(). On Unix, +when operating on local files, returned files will be sorted by +inode number. Effectively you can assume that the ordering of +returned files will be stable between successive calls (and +applications) assuming the directory is unchanged. + +If your application needs a specific ordering, such as by name or +modification time, you will have to implement that in your +application code. + +To close a #GFileEnumerator, use g_file_enumerator_close(), or +its asynchronous version, g_file_enumerator_close_async(). Once +a #GFileEnumerator is closed, no further actions may be performed +on it, and it should be freed with g_object_unref(). + + Asynchronously closes the file enumerator. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned in +g_file_enumerator_close_finish(). + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes closing a file enumerator, started from g_file_enumerator_close_async(). + +If the file enumerator was already closed when g_file_enumerator_close_async() +was called, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED in @error, and +return %FALSE. If the file enumerator had pending operation when the close +operation was started, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING, and +return %FALSE. If @cancellable was not %NULL, then the operation may have been +cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %FALSE will be +returned. + + %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns information for the next file in the enumerated object. +Will block until the information is available. The #GFileInfo +returned from this function will contain attributes that match the +attribute string that was passed when the #GFileEnumerator was created. + +See the documentation of #GFileEnumerator for information about the +order of returned files. + +On error, returns %NULL and sets @error to the error. If the +enumerator is at the end, %NULL will be returned and @error will +be unset. + + A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error + or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request information for a number of files from the enumerator asynchronously. +When all i/o for the operation is finished the @callback will be called with +the requested information. + +See the documentation of #GFileEnumerator for information about the +order of returned files. + +The callback can be called with less than @num_files files in case of error +or at the end of the enumerator. In case of a partial error the callback will +be called with any succeeding items and no error, and on the next request the +error will be reported. If a request is cancelled the callback will be called +with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will +result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will +be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default +priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the number of file info objects to request + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). + + a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with + g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're + done with them. + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Releases all resources used by this enumerator, making the +enumerator return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED on all calls. + +This will be automatically called when the last reference +is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make +sure resources are released as early as possible. + + #TRUE on success or #FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously closes the file enumerator. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned in +g_file_enumerator_close_finish(). + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes closing a file enumerator, started from g_file_enumerator_close_async(). + +If the file enumerator was already closed when g_file_enumerator_close_async() +was called, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED in @error, and +return %FALSE. If the file enumerator had pending operation when the close +operation was started, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING, and +return %FALSE. If @cancellable was not %NULL, then the operation may have been +cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %FALSE will be +returned. + + %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Return a new #GFile which refers to the file named by @info in the source +directory of @enumerator. This function is primarily intended to be used +inside loops with g_file_enumerator_next_file(). + +This is a convenience method that's equivalent to: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + gchar *name = g_file_info_get_name (info); + GFile *child = g_file_get_child (g_file_enumerator_get_container (enumr), + name); +]| + + a #GFile for the #GFileInfo passed it. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator + + + + a #GFileInfo gotten from g_file_enumerator_next_file() + or the async equivalents. + + + + + + Get the #GFile container which is being enumerated. + + the #GFile which is being enumerated. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator + + + + + + Checks if the file enumerator has pending operations. + + %TRUE if the @enumerator has pending operations. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + + + Checks if the file enumerator has been closed. + + %TRUE if the @enumerator is closed. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + + + This is a version of g_file_enumerator_next_file() that's easier to +use correctly from C programs. With g_file_enumerator_next_file(), +the gboolean return value signifies "end of iteration or error", which +requires allocation of a temporary #GError. + +In contrast, with this function, a %FALSE return from +g_file_enumerator_iterate() *always* means +"error". End of iteration is signaled by @out_info or @out_child being %NULL. + +Another crucial difference is that the references for @out_info and +@out_child are owned by @direnum (they are cached as hidden +properties). You must not unref them in your own code. This makes +memory management significantly easier for C code in combination +with loops. + +Finally, this function optionally allows retrieving a #GFile as +well. + +You must specify at least one of @out_info or @out_child. + +The code pattern for correctly using g_file_enumerator_iterate() from C +is: + +|[ +direnum = g_file_enumerate_children (file, ...); +while (TRUE) + { + GFileInfo *info; + if (!g_file_enumerator_iterate (direnum, &info, NULL, cancellable, error)) + goto out; + if (!info) + break; + ... do stuff with "info"; do not unref it! ... + } + +out: + g_object_unref (direnum); // Note: frees the last @info +]| + + + + + + an open #GFileEnumerator + + + + Output location for the next #GFileInfo, or %NULL + + + + Output location for the next #GFile, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Returns information for the next file in the enumerated object. +Will block until the information is available. The #GFileInfo +returned from this function will contain attributes that match the +attribute string that was passed when the #GFileEnumerator was created. + +See the documentation of #GFileEnumerator for information about the +order of returned files. + +On error, returns %NULL and sets @error to the error. If the +enumerator is at the end, %NULL will be returned and @error will +be unset. + + A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error + or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request information for a number of files from the enumerator asynchronously. +When all i/o for the operation is finished the @callback will be called with +the requested information. + +See the documentation of #GFileEnumerator for information about the +order of returned files. + +The callback can be called with less than @num_files files in case of error +or at the end of the enumerator. In case of a partial error the callback will +be called with any succeeding items and no error, and on the next request the +error will be reported. If a request is cancelled the callback will be called +with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will +result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will +be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default +priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the number of file info objects to request + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). + + a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with + g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're + done with them. + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Sets the file enumerator as having pending operations. + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a boolean value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error + or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the number of file info objects to request + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with + g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're + done with them. + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GFileIOStream provides io streams that both read and write to the same +file handle. + +GFileIOStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the io +stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file and to truncate +the file, provided the filesystem of the file supports these +operations. + +To find the position of a file io stream, use +g_seekable_tell(). + +To find out if a file io stream supports seeking, use g_seekable_can_seek(). +To position a file io stream, use g_seekable_seek(). +To find out if a file io stream supports truncating, use +g_seekable_can_truncate(). To truncate a file io +stream, use g_seekable_truncate(). + +The default implementation of all the #GFileIOStream operations +and the implementation of #GSeekable just call into the same operations +on the output stream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. +This must be called after the stream has been written +and closed, as the etag can change while writing. + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + + + Queries a file io stream for the given @attributes. +This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous +version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). +While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag +internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + +Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being +set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for +the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). I +all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will +be returned. + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, +@callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to +finish the operation with g_file_io_stream_query_info_finish(). + +For the synchronous version of this function, see +g_file_io_stream_query_info(). + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finalizes the asynchronous query started +by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. +This must be called after the stream has been written +and closed, as the etag can change while writing. + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + + + Queries a file io stream for the given @attributes. +This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous +version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). +While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag +internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + +Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being +set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for +the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). I +all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will +be returned. + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, +@callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to +finish the operation with g_file_io_stream_query_info_finish(). + +For the synchronous version of this function, see +g_file_io_stream_query_info(). + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finalizes the asynchronous query started +by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileIOStream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GFileIcon specifies an icon by pointing to an image file +to be used as icon. + + + + Creates a new icon for a file. + + a #GIcon for the given + @file, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFile. + + + + + + Gets the #GFile associated with the given @icon. + + a #GFile, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + The file containing the icon. + + + + + + + An interface for writing VFS file handles. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a new #GFile that is a duplicate + of the given #GFile. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an + integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. + This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to + add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to a #GFile + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. + + + + + the first #GFile + + + + the second #GFile + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @file is native + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the + given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, + not supported, or #GFile is invalid. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing a URI scheme + + + + + + + + + a string containing the URI scheme for the given + #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a string containing the #GFile's URI. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + a string containing the #GFile's parse name. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + a #GFile structure to the + parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free + the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + input #GFile + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GFile to the resolved path. + %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a given relative path string + + + + + + + + + a #GFile to the specified child, or + %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + string to a possible child + + + + + + + + + A #GFileEnumerator if successful, + %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL + if an error occurred. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL + on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with + g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an attribute query string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + #GFileInfo for given @file + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GMount where the @file is located + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, + or %NULL if there was an error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. + When you are done with it, release it with + g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a string containing the attribute's name + + + + The type of the attribute + + + + a pointer to the value (or the pointer + itself if the type is a pointer type) + + + + a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a #GFileQueryInfoFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + a #gpointer + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + + + + + + #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to read + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a valid #GFileOutputStream + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile to send to trash + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create + + + + a string with the path for the target + of the new symlink + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with + progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + destination #GFile + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + function to callback with progress + information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed + + + + user data to pass to @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + #GFile pointing to the source location + + + + #GFile pointing to the destination location + + + + set of #GFileCopyFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + #GFileProgressCallback + function for updates + + + + gpointer to user data for + the callback function + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFile or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, + this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, + or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + #GFile to open + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream for the newly created + file, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GFile + + + + an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] + for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + an [entity tag][gfile-etag] for the current #GFile, + or %NULL to ignore + + + + %TRUE if a backup should be created + + + + a set of #GFileCreateFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + a boolean that indicates whether the #GFile implementation supports thread-default contexts. Since 2.22. + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation, + or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, + %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + input #GFile + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call + when the request is satisfied, or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + input #GFile + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFile + + + + #GFileMeasureFlags + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable + + + + a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback + + + + user_data for @progress_callback + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when complete + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. + %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. + + + + + a #GFile + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + the number of bytes of disk space used + + + + the number of directories encountered + + + + the number of non-directories encountered + + + + + + + + Functionality for manipulating basic metadata for files. #GFileInfo +implements methods for getting information that all files should +contain, and allows for manipulation of extended attributes. + +See [GFileAttribute][gio-GFileAttribute] for more information on how +GIO handles file attributes. + +To obtain a #GFileInfo for a #GFile, use g_file_query_info() (or its +async variant). To obtain a #GFileInfo for a file input or output +stream, use g_file_input_stream_query_info() or +g_file_output_stream_query_info() (or their async variants). + +To change the actual attributes of a file, you should then set the +attribute in the #GFileInfo and call g_file_set_attributes_from_info() +or g_file_set_attributes_async() on a GFile. + +However, not all attributes can be changed in the file. For instance, +the actual size of a file cannot be changed via g_file_info_set_size(). +You may call g_file_query_settable_attributes() and +g_file_query_writable_namespaces() to discover the settable attributes +of a particular file at runtime. + +#GFileAttributeMatcher allows for searching through a #GFileInfo for +attributes. + + Creates a new file info structure. + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + Clears the status information from @info. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + First clears all of the [GFileAttribute][gio-GFileAttribute] of @dest_info, +and then copies all of the file attributes from @src_info to @dest_info. + + + + + + source to copy attributes from. + + + + destination to copy attributes to. + + + + + + Duplicates a file info structure. + + a duplicate #GFileInfo of @other. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the value of a attribute, formated as a string. +This escapes things as needed to make the string valid +utf8. + + a UTF-8 string associated with the given @attribute. + When you're done with the string it must be freed with g_free(). + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the value of a boolean attribute. If the attribute does not +contain a boolean value, %FALSE will be returned. + + the boolean value contained within the attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the value of a byte string attribute. If the attribute does +not contain a byte string, %NULL will be returned. + + the contents of the @attribute value as a byte string, or +%NULL otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the attribute type, value and status for an attribute key. + + %TRUE if @info has an attribute named @attribute, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a file attribute key + + + + return location for the attribute type, or %NULL + + + + return location for the + attribute value, or %NULL; the attribute value will not be %NULL + + + + return location for the attribute status, or %NULL + + + + + + Gets a signed 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the +attribute does not contain a signed 32-bit integer, or is invalid, +0 will be returned. + + a signed 32-bit integer from the attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets a signed 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the +attribute does not contain an signed 64-bit integer, or is invalid, +0 will be returned. + + a signed 64-bit integer from the attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the value of a #GObject attribute. If the attribute does +not contain a #GObject, %NULL will be returned. + + a #GObject associated with the given @attribute, or +%NULL otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the attribute status for an attribute key. + + a #GFileAttributeStatus for the given @attribute, or + %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_UNSET if the key is invalid. + + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a file attribute key + + + + + + Gets the value of a string attribute. If the attribute does +not contain a string, %NULL will be returned. + + the contents of the @attribute value as a UTF-8 string, or +%NULL otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the value of a stringv attribute. If the attribute does +not contain a stringv, %NULL will be returned. + + the contents of the @attribute value as a stringv, or +%NULL otherwise. Do not free. These returned strings are UTF-8. + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the attribute type for an attribute key. + + a #GFileAttributeType for the given @attribute, or +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID if the key is not set. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets an unsigned 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the +attribute does not contain an unsigned 32-bit integer, or is invalid, +0 will be returned. + + an unsigned 32-bit integer from the attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets a unsigned 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the +attribute does not contain an unsigned 64-bit integer, or is invalid, +0 will be returned. + + a unsigned 64-bit integer from the attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Gets the file's content type. + + a string containing the file's content type. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Returns the #GDateTime representing the deletion date of the file, as +available in G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE. If the +G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE attribute is unset, %NULL is returned. + + a #GDateTime, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets a display name for a file. + + a string containing the display name. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the edit name for a file. + + a string containing the edit name. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the [entity tag][gfile-etag] for a given +#GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE. + + a string containing the value of the "etag:value" attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets a file's type (whether it is a regular file, symlink, etc). +This is different from the file's content type, see g_file_info_get_content_type(). + + a #GFileType for the given file. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the icon for a file. + + #GIcon for the given @info. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Checks if a file is a backup file. + + %TRUE if file is a backup file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Checks if a file is hidden. + + %TRUE if the file is a hidden file, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Checks if a file is a symlink. + + %TRUE if the given @info is a symlink. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the modification time of the current @info and sets it +in @result. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GTimeVal. + + + + + + Gets the name for a file. + + a string containing the file name. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the file's size. + + a #goffset containing the file's size. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the value of the sort_order attribute from the #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER. + + a #gint32 containing the value of the "standard::sort_order" attribute. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for a file. + + #GIcon for the given @info. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Gets the symlink target for a given #GFileInfo. + + a string containing the symlink target. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + + + Checks if a file info structure has an attribute named @attribute. + + %TRUE if @Ginfo has an attribute named @attribute, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Checks if a file info structure has an attribute in the +specified @name_space. + + %TRUE if @Ginfo has an attribute in @name_space, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute namespace. + + + + + + Lists the file info structure's attributes. + + a +null-terminated array of strings of all of the possible attribute +types for the given @name_space, or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key's namespace, or %NULL to list + all attributes. + + + + + + Removes all cases of @attribute from @info if it exists. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given value, if possible. To unset the +attribute, use %G_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID for @type. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a #GFileAttributeType + + + + pointer to the value + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a boolean value. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a byte string. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a signed 32-bit integer + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + attribute name to set. + + + + int64 value to set attribute to. + + + + + + Sets @mask on @info to match specific attribute types. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GFileAttributeMatcher. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a #GObject. + + + + + + Sets the attribute status for an attribute key. This is only +needed by external code that implement g_file_set_attributes_from_info() +or similar functions. + +The attribute must exist in @info for this to work. Otherwise %FALSE +is returned and @info is unchanged. + + %TRUE if the status was changed, %FALSE if the key was not set. + + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + a file attribute key + + + + a #GFileAttributeStatus + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + a UTF-8 string. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + +Sinze: 2.22 + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key + + + + a %NULL terminated array of UTF-8 strings. + + + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + an unsigned 32-bit integer. + + + + + + Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, +if possible. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a file attribute key. + + + + an unsigned 64-bit integer. + + + + + + Sets the content type attribute for a given #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a content type. See [GContentType][gio-GContentType] + + + + + + Sets the display name for the current #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a string containing a display name. + + + + + + Sets the edit name for the current file. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a string containing an edit name. + + + + + + Sets the file type in a #GFileInfo to @type. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GFileType. + + + + + + Sets the icon for a given #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + Sets the "is_hidden" attribute in a #GFileInfo according to @is_hidden. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Sets the "is_symlink" attribute in a #GFileInfo according to @is_symlink. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED attribute in the file +info to the given time value. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GTimeVal. + + + + + + Sets the name attribute for the current #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a string containing a name. + + + + + + Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE attribute in the file info +to the given size. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #goffset containing the file's size. + + + + + + Sets the sort order attribute in the file info structure. See +%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a sort order integer. + + + + + + Sets the symbolic icon for a given #GFileInfo. +See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET attribute in the file info +to the given symlink target. + + + + + + a #GFileInfo. + + + + a static string containing a path to a symlink target. + + + + + + Unsets a mask set by g_file_info_set_attribute_mask(), if one +is set. + + + + + + #GFileInfo. + + + + + + + + + GFileInputStream provides input streams that take their +content from a file. + +GFileInputStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the input +stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file, provided the +filesystem of the file allows it. To find the position of a file +input stream, use g_seekable_tell(). To find out if a file input +stream supports seeking, use g_seekable_can_seek(). +To position a file input stream, use g_seekable_seek(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + Queries a file input stream the given @attributes. This function blocks +while querying the stream. For the asynchronous (non-blocking) version +of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info_async(). While the +stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and +any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + + a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Queries the stream information asynchronously. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + +For the synchronous version of this function, +see g_file_input_stream_query_info(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set + + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous info query operation. + + #GFileInfo. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Queries a file input stream the given @attributes. This function blocks +while querying the stream. For the asynchronous (non-blocking) version +of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info_async(). While the +stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and +any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + + a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Queries the stream information asynchronously. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + +For the synchronous version of this function, +see g_file_input_stream_query_info(). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set + + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous info query operation. + + #GFileInfo. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + #GFileInfo. + + + + + a #GFileInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags that can be used with g_file_measure_disk_usage(). + + No flags set. + + + Report any error encountered + while traversing the directory tree. Normally errors are only + reported for the toplevel file. + + + Tally usage based on apparent file + sizes. Normally, the block-size is used, if available, as this is a + more accurate representation of disk space used. + Compare with `du --apparent-size`. + + + Do not cross mount point boundaries. + Compare with `du -x`. + + + + This callback type is used by g_file_measure_disk_usage() to make +periodic progress reports when measuring the amount of disk spaced +used by a directory. + +These calls are made on a best-effort basis and not all types of +#GFile will support them. At the minimum, however, one call will +always be made immediately. + +In the case that there is no support, @reporting will be set to +%FALSE (and the other values undefined) and no further calls will be +made. Otherwise, the @reporting will be %TRUE and the other values +all-zeros during the first (immediate) call. In this way, you can +know which type of progress UI to show without a delay. + +For g_file_measure_disk_usage() the callback is made directly. For +g_file_measure_disk_usage_async() the callback is made via the +default main context of the calling thread (ie: the same way that the +final async result would be reported). + +@current_size is in the same units as requested by the operation (see +%G_FILE_DISK_USAGE_APPARENT_SIZE). + +The frequency of the updates is implementation defined, but is +ideally about once every 200ms. + +The last progress callback may or may not be equal to the final +result. Always check the async result to get the final value. + + + + + + %TRUE if more reports will come + + + + the current cumulative size measurement + + + + the number of directories visited so far + + + + the number of non-directory files encountered + + + + the data passed to the original request for this callback + + + + + + Monitors a file or directory for changes. + +To obtain a #GFileMonitor for a file or directory, use +g_file_monitor(), g_file_monitor_file(), or +g_file_monitor_directory(). + +To get informed about changes to the file or directory you are +monitoring, connect to the #GFileMonitor::changed signal. The +signal will be emitted in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread that the monitor was created in +(though if the global default main context is blocked, this may +cause notifications to be blocked even if the thread-default +context is still running). + + Cancels a file monitor. + + always %TRUE + + + + + a #GFileMonitor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Cancels a file monitor. + + always %TRUE + + + + + a #GFileMonitor. + + + + + + Emits the #GFileMonitor::changed signal if a change +has taken place. Should be called from file monitor +implementations only. + +Implementations are responsible to call this method from the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] of the +thread that the monitor was created in. + + + + + + a #GFileMonitor. + + + + a #GFile. + + + + a #GFile. + + + + a set of #GFileMonitorEvent flags. + + + + + + Returns whether the monitor is canceled. + + %TRUE if monitor is canceled. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GFileMonitor + + + + + + Sets the rate limit to which the @monitor will report +consecutive change events to the same file. + + + + + + a #GFileMonitor. + + + + a non-negative integer with the limit in milliseconds + to poll for changes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when @file has been changed. + +If using %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES on a directory monitor, and +the information is available (and if supported by the backend), +@event_type may be %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, +%G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN or %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT. + +In all cases @file will be a child of the monitored directory. For +renames, @file will be the old name and @other_file is the new +name. For "moved in" events, @file is the name of the file that +appeared and @other_file is the old name that it was moved from (in +another directory). For "moved out" events, @file is the name of +the file that used to be in this directory and @other_file is the +name of the file at its new location. + +It makes sense to treat %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN as +equivalent to %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_CREATED and +%G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT as equivalent to +%G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_DELETED, with extra information. +%G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED is equivalent to a delete/create +pair. This is exactly how the events will be reported in the case +that the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is not in use. + +If using the deprecated flag %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag and @event_type is +#G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED, @file will be set to a #GFile containing the +old path, and @other_file will be set to a #GFile containing the new path. + +In all the other cases, @other_file will be set to #NULL. + + + + + + a #GFile. + + + + a #GFile or #NULL. + + + + a #GFileMonitorEvent. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + always %TRUE + + + + + a #GFileMonitor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. + + a file changed. + + + a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. + + + a file was deleted. + + + a file was created. + + + a file attribute was changed. + + + the file location will soon be unmounted. + + + the file location was unmounted. + + + the file was moved -- only sent if the + (deprecated) %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag is set + + + the file was renamed within the + current directory -- only sent if the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES + flag is set. Since: 2.46. + + + the file was moved into the + monitored directory from another location -- only sent if the + %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46. + + + the file was moved out of the + monitored directory to another location -- only sent if the + %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46 + + + + Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. + + No flags set. + + + Watch for mount events. + + + Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused + by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED + event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default + behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED + and CREATED events). Deprecated since 2.46: use + %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES instead. + + + Watch for changes to the file made + via another hard link. Since 2.36. + + + Watch for rename operations on a + monitored directory. This causes %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, + %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN and %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT + events to be emitted when possible. Since: 2.46. + + + + + + GFileOutputStream provides output streams that write their +content to a file. + +GFileOutputStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the output +stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file and to truncate +the file, provided the filesystem of the file supports these +operations. + +To find the position of a file output stream, use g_seekable_tell(). +To find out if a file output stream supports seeking, use +g_seekable_can_seek().To position a file output stream, use +g_seekable_seek(). To find out if a file output stream supports +truncating, use g_seekable_can_truncate(). To truncate a file output +stream, use g_seekable_truncate(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. +This must be called after the stream has been written +and closed, as the etag can change while writing. + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + + + Queries a file output stream for the given @attributes. +This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous +version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). +While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag +internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + +Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being +set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for +the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). In +all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will +be returned. + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, +@callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to +finish the operation with g_file_output_stream_query_info_finish(). + +For the synchronous version of this function, see +g_file_output_stream_query_info(). + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finalizes the asynchronous query started +by g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. +This must be called after the stream has been written +and closed, as the etag can change while writing. + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + + + Queries a file output stream for the given @attributes. +This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous +version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). +While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag +internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. + +Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being +set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for +the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). In +all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will +be returned. + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, +@callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to +finish the operation with g_file_output_stream_query_info_finish(). + +For the synchronous version of this function, see +g_file_output_stream_query_info(). + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finalizes the asynchronous query started +by g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a file attribute query string. + + + + the [I/O priority][gio-GIOScheduler] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + A #GFileInfo for the finished query. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + the entity tag for the stream. + + + + + a #GFileOutputStream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving +a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how +far along that operation is to the application. + + + + + + the current number of bytes in the operation. + + + + the total number of bytes in the operation. + + + + user data passed to the callback. + + + + + + Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. + + No flags set. + + + Don't follow symlinks. + + + + When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), +it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. +A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data +should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. + + %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the data as currently read. + + + + the size of the data currently read. + + + + data passed to the callback. + + + + + + Indicates the file's on-disk type. + + File's type is unknown. + + + File handle represents a regular file. + + + File handle represents a directory. + + + File handle represents a symbolic link + (Unix systems). + + + File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, + block device, or character device. + + + File is a shortcut (Windows systems). + + + File is a mountable location. + + + + Completes partial file and directory names given a partial string by +looking in the file system for clues. Can return a list of possible +completion strings for widget implementations. + + Creates a new filename completer. + + a #GFilenameCompleter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Obtains a completion for @initial_text from @completer. + + a completed string, or %NULL if no completion exists. + This string is not owned by GIO, so remember to g_free() it + when finished. + + + + + the filename completer. + + + + text to be completed. + + + + + + Gets an array of completion strings for a given initial text. + + array of strings with possible completions for @initial_text. +This array must be freed by g_strfreev() when finished. + + + + + + + the filename completer. + + + + text to be completed. + + + + + + If @dirs_only is %TRUE, @completer will only +complete directory names, and not file names. + + + + + + the filename completer. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Emitted when the file name completion information comes available. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be +previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key +#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. + + Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. + + + Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. + + + Never preview files. + + + + Base class for input stream implementations that perform some +kind of filtering operation on a base stream. Typical examples +of filtering operations are character set conversion, compression +and byte order flipping. + + Gets the base stream for the filter stream. + + a #GInputStream. + + + + + a #GFilterInputStream. + + + + + + Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is +closed. + + %TRUE if the base stream will be closed. + + + + + a #GFilterInputStream. + + + + + + Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. + + + + + + a #GFilterInputStream. + + + + %TRUE to close the base stream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Base class for output stream implementations that perform some +kind of filtering operation on a base stream. Typical examples +of filtering operations are character set conversion, compression +and byte order flipping. + + Gets the base stream for the filter stream. + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + a #GFilterOutputStream. + + + + + + Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is +closed. + + %TRUE if the base stream will be closed. + + + + + a #GFilterOutputStream. + + + + + + Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. + + + + + + a #GFilterOutputStream. + + + + %TRUE to close the base stream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Error codes returned by GIO functions. + +Note that this domain may be extended in future GLib releases. In +general, new error codes either only apply to new APIs, or else +replace %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED in cases that were not explicitly +distinguished before. You should therefore avoid writing code like +|[<!-- language="C" --> +if (g_error_matches (error, G_IO_ERROR, G_IO_ERROR_FAILED)) + { + // Assume that this is EPRINTERONFIRE + ... + } +]| +but should instead treat all unrecognized error codes the same as +#G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. + + Generic error condition for when an operation fails + and no more specific #GIOErrorEnum value is defined. + + + File not found. + + + File already exists. + + + File is a directory. + + + File is not a directory. + + + File is a directory that isn't empty. + + + File is not a regular file. + + + File is not a symbolic link. + + + File cannot be mounted. + + + Filename is too many characters. + + + Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. + + + File contains too many symbolic links. + + + No space left on drive. + + + Invalid argument. + + + Permission denied. + + + Operation (or one of its parameters) not supported + + + File isn't mounted. + + + File is already mounted. + + + File was closed. + + + Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. + + + Operations are still pending. + + + File is read only. + + + Backup couldn't be created. + + + File's Entity Tag was incorrect. + + + Operation timed out. + + + Operation would be recursive. + + + File is busy. + + + Operation would block. + + + Host couldn't be found (remote operations). + + + Operation would merge files. + + + Operation failed and a helper program has + already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. + + + The current process has too many files + open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward + this limit. Since 2.20 + + + The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 + + + The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 + + + Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 + + + The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 + + + A remote object generated an error that + doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error + domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus + error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the + message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. + + + Host unreachable. Since 2.26 + + + Network unreachable. Since 2.26 + + + Connection refused. Since 2.26 + + + Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 + + + Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 + + + Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 + + + Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. + Since 2.26 + + + Broken pipe. Since 2.36 + + + Connection closed by peer. Note that this + is the same code as %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE; before 2.44 some + "connection closed" errors returned %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE, but others + returned %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. Now they should all return the same + value, which has this more logical name. Since 2.44. + + + Transport endpoint is not connected. Since 2.44 + + + Message too large. Since 2.48. + + + + #GIOExtension is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + Gets the name under which @extension was registered. + +Note that the same type may be registered as extension +for multiple extension points, under different names. + + the name of @extension. + + + + + a #GIOExtension + + + + + + Gets the priority with which @extension was registered. + + the priority of @extension + + + + + a #GIOExtension + + + + + + Gets the type associated with @extension. + + the type of @extension + + + + + a #GIOExtension + + + + + + Gets a reference to the class for the type that is +associated with @extension. + + the #GTypeClass for the type of @extension + + + + + a #GIOExtension + + + + + + + #GIOExtensionPoint is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + Finds a #GIOExtension for an extension point by name. + + the #GIOExtension for @extension_point that has the + given name, or %NULL if there is no extension with that name + + + + + a #GIOExtensionPoint + + + + the name of the extension to get + + + + + + Gets a list of all extensions that implement this extension point. +The list is sorted by priority, beginning with the highest priority. + + a #GList of + #GIOExtensions. The list is owned by GIO and should not be + modified. + + + + + + + a #GIOExtensionPoint + + + + + + Gets the required type for @extension_point. + + the #GType that all implementations must have, + or #G_TYPE_INVALID if the extension point has no required type + + + + + a #GIOExtensionPoint + + + + + + Sets the required type for @extension_point to @type. +All implementations must henceforth have this type. + + + + + + a #GIOExtensionPoint + + + + the #GType to require + + + + + + Registers @type as extension for the extension point with name +@extension_point_name. + +If @type has already been registered as an extension for this +extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned. + + a #GIOExtension object for #GType + + + + + the name of the extension point + + + + the #GType to register as extension + + + + the name for the extension + + + + the priority for the extension + + + + + + Looks up an existing extension point. + + the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there + is no registered extension point with the given name. + + + + + the name of the extension point + + + + + + Registers an extension point. + + the new #GIOExtensionPoint. This object is + owned by GIO and should not be freed. + + + + + The name of the extension point + + + + + + + Provides an interface and default functions for loading and unloading +modules. This is used internally to make GIO extensible, but can also +be used by others to implement module loading. + + + Creates a new GIOModule that will load the specific +shared library when in use. + + a #GIOModule from given @filename, +or %NULL on error. + + + + + filename of the shared library module. + + + + + + Optional API for GIO modules to implement. + +Should return a list of all the extension points that may be +implemented in this module. + +This method will not be called in normal use, however it may be +called when probing existing modules and recording which extension +points that this model is used for. This means we won't have to +load and initialize this module unless its needed. + +If this function is not implemented by the module the module will +always be loaded, initialized and then unloaded on application +startup so that it can register its extension points during init. + +Note that a module need not actually implement all the extension +points that g_io_module_query() returns, since the exact list of +extension may depend on runtime issues. However all extension +points actually implemented must be returned by g_io_module_query() +(if defined). + +When installing a module that implements g_io_module_query() you must +run gio-querymodules in order to build the cache files required for +lazy loading. + +Since 2.56, this function should be named `g_io_<modulename>_query`, where +`modulename` is the plugin’s filename with the `lib` or `libgio` prefix and +everything after the first dot removed, and with `-` replaced with `_` +throughout. For example, `libgiognutls-helper.so` becomes `gnutls_helper`. +Using the new symbol names avoids name clashes when building modules +statically. The old symbol names continue to be supported, but cannot be used +for static builds. + + A %NULL-terminated array of strings, + listing the supported extension points of the module. The array + must be suitable for freeing with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + Required API for GIO modules to implement. + +This function is run after the module has been loaded into GIO, +to initialize the module. Typically, this function will call +g_io_extension_point_implement(). + +Since 2.56, this function should be named `g_io_<modulename>_load`, where +`modulename` is the plugin’s filename with the `lib` or `libgio` prefix and +everything after the first dot removed, and with `-` replaced with `_` +throughout. For example, `libgiognutls-helper.so` becomes `gnutls_helper`. +Using the new symbol names avoids name clashes when building modules +statically. The old symbol names continue to be supported, but cannot be used +for static builds. + + + + + + a #GIOModule. + + + + + + Required API for GIO modules to implement. + +This function is run when the module is being unloaded from GIO, +to finalize the module. + +Since 2.56, this function should be named `g_io_<modulename>_unload`, where +`modulename` is the plugin’s filename with the `lib` or `libgio` prefix and +everything after the first dot removed, and with `-` replaced with `_` +throughout. For example, `libgiognutls-helper.so` becomes `gnutls_helper`. +Using the new symbol names avoids name clashes when building modules +statically. The old symbol names continue to be supported, but cannot be used +for static builds. + + + + + + a #GIOModule. + + + + + + + + + Represents a scope for loading IO modules. A scope can be used for blocking +duplicate modules, or blocking a module you don't want to load. + +The scope can be used with g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory_with_scope() +or g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory_with_scope(). + + Block modules with the given @basename from being loaded when +this scope is used with g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory_with_scope() +or g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory_with_scope(). + + + + + + a module loading scope + + + + the basename to block + + + + + + Free a module scope. + + + + + + a module loading scope + + + + + + Create a new scope for loading of IO modules. A scope can be used for +blocking duplicate modules, or blocking a module you don't want to load. + +Specify the %G_IO_MODULE_SCOPE_BLOCK_DUPLICATES flag to block modules +which have the same base name as a module that has already been seen +in this scope. + + the new module scope + + + + + flags for the new scope + + + + + + + Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). + + No module scan flags + + + When using this scope to load or + scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base + basename as previously loaded module. + + + + Opaque class for defining and scheduling IO jobs. + + Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run in the thread +that the job was started from, waiting for the result (and thus +blocking the I/O job). + Use g_main_context_invoke(). + + The return value of @func + + + + + a #GIOSchedulerJob + + + + a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread + + + + data to pass to @func + + + + a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL + + + + + + Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run asynchronously in +the thread that the job was started from. The callback will be run +when the main loop is available, but at that time the I/O job might +have finished. The return value from the callback is ignored. + +Note that if you are passing the @user_data from g_io_scheduler_push_job() +on to this function you have to ensure that it is not freed before +@func is called, either by passing %NULL as @notify to +g_io_scheduler_push_job() or by using refcounting for @user_data. + Use g_main_context_invoke(). + + + + + + a #GIOSchedulerJob + + + + a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread + + + + data to pass to @func + + + + a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL + + + + + + + I/O Job function. + +Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable +to see if they have been cancelled. + + %TRUE if this function should be called again to + complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) + + + + + a #GIOSchedulerJob. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + GIOStream represents an object that has both read and write streams. +Generally the two streams act as separate input and output streams, +but they share some common resources and state. For instance, for +seekable streams, both streams may use the same position. + +Examples of #GIOStream objects are #GSocketConnection, which represents +a two-way network connection; and #GFileIOStream, which represents a +file handle opened in read-write mode. + +To do the actual reading and writing you need to get the substreams +with g_io_stream_get_input_stream() and g_io_stream_get_output_stream(). + +The #GIOStream object owns the input and the output streams, not the other +way around, so keeping the substreams alive will not keep the #GIOStream +object alive. If the #GIOStream object is freed it will be closed, thus +closing the substreams, so even if the substreams stay alive they will +always return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. + +To close a stream use g_io_stream_close() which will close the common +stream object and also the individual substreams. You can also close +the substreams themselves. In most cases this only marks the +substream as closed, so further I/O on it fails but common state in the +#GIOStream may still be open. However, some streams may support +"half-closed" states where one direction of the stream is actually shut down. + +Operations on #GIOStreams cannot be started while another operation on the +#GIOStream or its substreams is in progress. Specifically, an application can +read from the #GInputStream and write to the #GOutputStream simultaneously +(either in separate threads, or as asynchronous operations in the same +thread), but an application cannot start any #GIOStream operation while there +is a #GIOStream, #GInputStream or #GOutputStream operation in progress, and +an application can’t start any #GInputStream or #GOutputStream operation +while there is a #GIOStream operation in progress. + +This is a product of individual stream operations being associated with a +given #GMainContext (the thread-default context at the time the operation was +started), rather than entire streams being associated with a single +#GMainContext. + +GIO may run operations on #GIOStreams from other (worker) threads, and this +may be exposed to application code in the behaviour of wrapper streams, such +as #GBufferedInputStream or #GTlsConnection. With such wrapper APIs, +application code may only run operations on the base (wrapped) stream when +the wrapper stream is idle. Note that the semantics of such operations may +not be well-defined due to the state the wrapper stream leaves the base +stream in (though they are guaranteed not to crash). + + Finishes an asynchronous io stream splice operation. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources +related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + +For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the io priority of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Closes a stream. + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the input stream for this object. This is used +for reading. + + a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for +writing. + + a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Clears the pending flag on @stream. + + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. This will also +close the individual input and output streams, if they are not already +closed. + +Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a stream multiple times will not +return an error. + +Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers +in the stream. + +Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference +is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure +resources are released as early as possible. + +Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file +descriptor) open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for +the individual stream for details. + +On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the +close operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed +to close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. +Still, it is important to check and report the error to the user, +otherwise there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written. + +If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. +Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams +can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. + +The default implementation of this method just calls close on the +individual input/output streams. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources +related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + +For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the io priority of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Closes a stream. + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the input stream for this object. This is used +for reading. + + a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for +writing. + + a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Checks if a stream has pending actions. + + %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Checks if a stream is closed. + + %TRUE if the stream is closed. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is +already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set +@error. + + %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + Asyncronously splice the output stream of @stream1 to the input stream of +@stream2, and splice the output stream of @stream2 to the input stream of +@stream1. + +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_io_stream_splice_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GIOStream. + + + + a #GIOStream. + + + + a set of #GIOStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + + + + a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. +Do not free. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the io priority of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. + + Do not close either stream. + + + Close the first stream after + the splice. + + + Close the second stream after + the splice. + + + Wait for both splice operations to finish + before calling the callback. + + + + #GIcon is a very minimal interface for icons. It provides functions +for checking the equality of two icons, hashing of icons and +serializing an icon to and from strings. + +#GIcon does not provide the actual pixmap for the icon as this is out +of GIO's scope, however implementations of #GIcon may contain the name +of an icon (see #GThemedIcon), or the path to an icon (see #GLoadableIcon). + +To obtain a hash of a #GIcon, see g_icon_hash(). + +To check if two #GIcons are equal, see g_icon_equal(). + +For serializing a #GIcon, use g_icon_serialize() and +g_icon_deserialize(). + +If you want to consume #GIcon (for example, in a toolkit) you must +be prepared to handle at least the three following cases: +#GLoadableIcon, #GThemedIcon and #GEmblemedIcon. It may also make +sense to have fast-paths for other cases (like handling #GdkPixbuf +directly, for example) but all compliant #GIcon implementations +outside of GIO must implement #GLoadableIcon. + +If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon +implementations you need to ensure that your new implementation also +implements #GLoadableIcon. Additionally, you must provide an +implementation of g_icon_serialize() that gives a result that is +understood by g_icon_deserialize(), yielding one of the built-in icon +types. + + Deserializes a #GIcon previously serialized using g_icon_serialize(). + + a #GIcon, or %NULL when deserialization fails. + + + + + a #GVariant created with g_icon_serialize() + + + + + + Gets a hash for an icon. + + a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for +use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to an icon object. + + + + + + Generate a #GIcon instance from @str. This function can fail if +@str is not valid - see g_icon_to_string() for discussion. + +If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon +implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered +with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string(). + + An object implementing the #GIcon + interface or %NULL if @error is set. + + + + + A string obtained via g_icon_to_string(). + + + + + + Checks if two icons are equal. + + %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + pointer to the first #GIcon. + + + + pointer to the second #GIcon. + + + + + + Gets a hash for an icon. + + a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for +use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to an icon object. + + + + + + Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved +back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value. +As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only +makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine, +(as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace. + + a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. + + + + + a #GIcon + + + + + + Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for +serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or +saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to +get @icon back from the returned string. + +The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except +in the following two cases + +- If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path + (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping + if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not + native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri() + (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`). + +- If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name, the encoding is + simply the name (such as `network-server`). + + An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or +%NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. + + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if two icons are equal. + + %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + pointer to the first #GIcon. + + + + pointer to the second #GIcon. + + + + + + Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved +back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value. +As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only +makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine, +(as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace. + + a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. + + + + + a #GIcon + + + + + + Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for +serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or +saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to +get @icon back from the returned string. + +The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except +in the following two cases + +- If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path + (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping + if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not + native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri() + (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`). + +- If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name, the encoding is + simply the name (such as `network-server`). + + An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or +%NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. + + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + + GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various +different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for +examples of how to implement this interface. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for +use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to an icon object. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + pointer to the first #GIcon. + + + + pointer to the second #GIcon. + + + + + + + + + An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or +%NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. + + + + + a #GIcon. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. + + + + + a #GIcon + + + + + + + + #GInetAddress represents an IPv4 or IPv6 internet address. Use +g_resolver_lookup_by_name() or g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async() to +look up the #GInetAddress for a hostname. Use +g_resolver_lookup_by_address() or +g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async() to look up the hostname for a +#GInetAddress. + +To actually connect to a remote host, you will need a +#GInetSocketAddress (which includes a #GInetAddress as well as a +port number). + + Creates a #GInetAddress for the "any" address (unassigned/"don't +care") for @family. + + a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the "any" address +for @family. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + the address family + + + + + + Creates a new #GInetAddress from the given @family and @bytes. +@bytes should be 4 bytes for %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV4 and 16 bytes for +%G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6. + + a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @family and @bytes. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + raw address data + + + + + + the address family of @bytes + + + + + + Parses @string as an IP address and creates a new #GInetAddress. + + a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @string, or %NULL if +@string could not be parsed. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a string representation of an IP address + + + + + + Creates a #GInetAddress for the loopback address for @family. + + a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the loopback address +for @family. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + the address family + + + + + + Gets the raw binary address data from @address. + + a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, +which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this +array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Converts @address to string form. + + a representation of @address as a string, which should be +freed after use. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Checks if two #GInetAddress instances are equal, e.g. the same address. + + %TRUE if @address and @other_address are equal, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GInetAddress. + + + + Another #GInetAddress. + + + + + + Gets @address's family + + @address's family + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is the "any" address for its family. + + %TRUE if @address is the "any" address for its family. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a link-local address (that is, if it +identifies a host on a local network that is not connected to the +Internet). + + %TRUE if @address is a link-local address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is the loopback address for its family. + + %TRUE if @address is the loopback address for its family. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a global multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is a global multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a link-local multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is a link-local multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a node-local multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is a node-local multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is an organization-local multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is an organization-local multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a site-local multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is a site-local multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a multicast address. + + %TRUE if @address is a multicast address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Tests whether @address is a site-local address such as 10.0.0.1 +(that is, the address identifies a host on a local network that can +not be reached directly from the Internet, but which may have +outgoing Internet connectivity via a NAT or firewall). + + %TRUE if @address is a site-local address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Gets the size of the native raw binary address for @address. This +is the size of the data that you get from g_inet_address_to_bytes(). + + the number of bytes used for the native version of @address. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Gets the raw binary address data from @address. + + a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, +which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this +array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Converts @address to string form. + + a representation of @address as a string, which should be +freed after use. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether this is the "any" address for its family. +See g_inet_address_get_is_any(). + + + + Whether this is a link-local address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_link_local(). + + + + Whether this is the loopback address for its family. +See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback(). + + + + Whether this is a global multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_global(). + + + + Whether this is a link-local multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_link_local(). + + + + Whether this is a node-local multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_node_local(). + + + + Whether this is an organization-local multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_org_local(). + + + + Whether this is a site-local multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_site_local(). + + + + Whether this is a multicast address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_multicast(). + + + + Whether this is a site-local address. +See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a representation of @address as a string, which should be +freed after use. + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + + + + a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, +which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this +array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + + + #GInetAddressMask represents a range of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses +described by a base address and a length indicating how many bits +of the base address are relevant for matching purposes. These are +often given in string form. Eg, "10.0.0.0/8", or "fe80::/10". + + + Creates a new #GInetAddressMask representing all addresses whose +first @length bits match @addr. + + a new #GInetAddressMask, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + number of bits of @addr to use + + + + + + Parses @mask_string as an IP address and (optional) length, and +creates a new #GInetAddressMask. The length, if present, is +delimited by a "/". If it is not present, then the length is +assumed to be the full length of the address. + + a new #GInetAddressMask corresponding to @string, or %NULL +on error. + + + + + an IP address or address/length string + + + + + + Tests if @mask and @mask2 are the same mask. + + whether @mask and @mask2 are the same mask + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + another #GInetAddressMask + + + + + + Gets @mask's base address + + @mask's base address + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + + + Gets the #GSocketFamily of @mask's address + + the #GSocketFamily of @mask's address + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + + + Gets @mask's length + + @mask's length + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + + + Tests if @address falls within the range described by @mask. + + whether @address falls within the range described by +@mask. + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + + + Converts @mask back to its corresponding string form. + + a string corresponding to @mask. + + + + + a #GInetAddressMask + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An IPv4 or IPv6 socket address; that is, the combination of a +#GInetAddress and a port number. + + + Creates a new #GInetSocketAddress for @address and @port. + + a new #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + a #GInetAddress + + + + a port number + + + + + + Creates a new #GInetSocketAddress for @address and @port. + +If @address is an IPv6 address, it can also contain a scope ID +(separated from the address by a `%`). + + a new #GInetSocketAddress, or %NULL if @address cannot be +parsed. + + + + + the string form of an IP address + + + + a port number + + + + + + Gets @address's #GInetAddress. + + the #GInetAddress for @address, which must be +g_object_ref()'d if it will be stored + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets the `sin6_flowinfo` field from @address, +which must be an IPv6 address. + + the flowinfo field + + + + + a %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6 #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets @address's port. + + the port for @address + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets the `sin6_scope_id` field from @address, +which must be an IPv6 address. + + the scope id field + + + + + a %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6 #GInetAddress + + + + + + + + + The `sin6_flowinfo` field, for IPv6 addresses. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GInitable is implemented by objects that can fail during +initialization. If an object implements this interface then +it must be initialized as the first thing after construction, +either via g_initable_init() or g_async_initable_init_async() +(the latter is only available if it also implements #GAsyncInitable). + +If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an +error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and +g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined +behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or g_warning(), but +this must not be relied on. + +Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use +the interface method directly, instead it will be used automatically +in various ways. For C applications you generally just call +g_initable_new() directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new() wrapper. +This will call g_initable_init() under the cover, returning %NULL and +setting a #GError on failure (at which point the instance is +unreferenced). + +For bindings in languages where the native constructor supports +exceptions the binding could check for objects implemention %GInitable +during normal construction and automatically initialize them, throwing +an exception on failure. + + Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object +and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. + + a newly allocated + #GObject, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GType supporting #GInitable. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GError location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to + ignore. + + + + the name of the first property, or %NULL if no + properties + + + + the value if the first property, followed by and other property + value pairs, and ended by %NULL. + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object +and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. + + a newly allocated + #GObject, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GType supporting #GInitable. + + + + the name of the first property, followed by +the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL. + + + + The var args list generated from @first_property_name. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object +and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. + Use g_object_new_with_properties() and +g_initable_init() instead. See #GParameter for more information. + + a newly allocated + #GObject, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GType supporting #GInitable. + + + + the number of parameters in @parameters + + + + the parameters to use to construct the object + + + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Initializes the object implementing the interface. + +This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C, +g_initable_new() should typically be used instead. + +The object must be initialized before any real use after initial +construction, either with this function or g_async_initable_init_async(). + +Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, +then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object +from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL and +the object doesn't support cancellable initialization the error +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. + +If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an +error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and +g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined +behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details. + +Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be +initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as +supporting this. Generally, a class’ implementation of init() can assume +(and assert) that it will only be called once. Previously, this documentation +recommended all #GInitable implementations should be idempotent; that +recommendation was relaxed in GLib 2.54. + +If a class explicitly supports being initialized multiple times, it is +recommended that the method is idempotent: multiple calls with the same +arguments should return the same results. Only the first call initializes +the object; further calls return the result of the first call. + +One reason why a class might need to support idempotent initialization is if +it is designed to be used via the singleton pattern, with a +#GObjectClass.constructor that sometimes returns an existing instance. +In this pattern, a caller would expect to be able to call g_initable_init() +on the result of g_object_new(), regardless of whether it is in fact a new +instance. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will + return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GInitable. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Initializes the object implementing the interface. + +This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C, +g_initable_new() should typically be used instead. + +The object must be initialized before any real use after initial +construction, either with this function or g_async_initable_init_async(). + +Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, +then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object +from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL and +the object doesn't support cancellable initialization the error +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. + +If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an +error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and +g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined +behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details. + +Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be +initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as +supporting this. Generally, a class’ implementation of init() can assume +(and assert) that it will only be called once. Previously, this documentation +recommended all #GInitable implementations should be idempotent; that +recommendation was relaxed in GLib 2.54. + +If a class explicitly supports being initialized multiple times, it is +recommended that the method is idempotent: multiple calls with the same +arguments should return the same results. Only the first call initializes +the object; further calls return the result of the first call. + +One reason why a class might need to support idempotent initialization is if +it is designed to be used via the singleton pattern, with a +#GObjectClass.constructor that sometimes returns an existing instance. +In this pattern, a caller would expect to be able to call g_initable_init() +on the result of g_object_new(), regardless of whether it is in fact a new +instance. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will + return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GInitable. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization +may fail. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will + return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GInitable. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + Structure used for scatter/gather data input when receiving multiple +messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of empty +#GInputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they +were one buffer, and will set @bytes_received to the total number of bytes +received across all #GInputVectors. + +This structure closely mirrors `struct mmsghdr` and `struct msghdr` from +the POSIX sockets API (see `man 2 recvmmsg`). + +If @address is non-%NULL then it is set to the source address the message +was received from, and the caller must free it afterwards. + +If @control_messages is non-%NULL then it is set to an array of control +messages received with the message (if any), and the caller must free it +afterwards. @num_control_messages is set to the number of elements in +this array, which may be zero. + +Flags relevant to this message will be returned in @flags. For example, +`MSG_EOR` or `MSG_TRUNC`. + + return location + for a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL + + + + pointer to an + array of input vectors + + + + + + the number of input vectors pointed to by @vectors + + + + will be set to the number of bytes that have been + received + + + + collection of #GSocketMsgFlags for the received message, + outputted by the call + + + + return location for a + caller-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL + + + + + + return location for the number of + elements in @control_messages + + + + + #GInputStream has functions to read from a stream (g_input_stream_read()), +to close a stream (g_input_stream_close()) and to skip some content +(g_input_stream_skip()). + +To copy the content of an input stream to an output stream without +manually handling the reads and writes, use g_output_stream_splice(). + +See the documentation for #GIOStream for details of thread safety of +streaming APIs. + +All of these functions have async variants too. + + Requests an asynchronous closes of the stream, releasing resources related to it. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +For behaviour details see g_input_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement +asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you +override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes closing a stream asynchronously, started from g_input_stream_close_async(). + + %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer +starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_read_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed on @stream, and will +result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer will be passed to the +callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read +as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will +be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default +priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement +asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you +override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] +of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation. + + number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tries to skip @count bytes from the stream. Will block during the operation. + +This is identical to g_input_stream_read(), from a behaviour standpoint, +but the bytes that are skipped are not returned to the user. Some +streams have an implementation that is more efficient than reading the data. + +This function is optional for inherited classes, as the default implementation +emulates it using read. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + + Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, +and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the callback. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip +as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) +will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. +Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to +implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. +However, if you override one, you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a stream skip operation. + + the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Clears the pending flag on @stream. + + + + + + input stream + + + + + + Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. + +Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. +Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error. + +Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference +is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure +resources are released as early as possible. + +Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor) +open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual +stream for details. + +On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close +operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to +close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it +is important to check and report the error to the user. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. +Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams +can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Requests an asynchronous closes of the stream, releasing resources related to it. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +For behaviour details see g_input_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement +asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you +override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes closing a stream asynchronously, started from g_input_stream_close_async(). + + %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Checks if an input stream has pending actions. + + %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. + + + + + input stream. + + + + + + Checks if an input stream is closed. + + %TRUE if the stream is closed. + + + + + input stream. + + + + + + Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at +@buffer. Will block during this read. + +If count is zero returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count +larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +The returned @buffer is not a nul-terminated string, it can contain nul bytes +at any position, and this function doesn't nul-terminate the @buffer. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes read, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at +@buffer. Will block during this read. + +This function is similar to g_input_stream_read(), except it tries to +read as many bytes as requested, only stopping on an error or end of stream. + +On a successful read of @count bytes, or if we reached the end of the +stream, %TRUE is returned, and @bytes_read is set to the number of bytes +read into @buffer. + +If there is an error during the operation %FALSE is returned and @error +is set to indicate the error status. + +As a special exception to the normal conventions for functions that +use #GError, if this function returns %FALSE (and sets @error) then +@bytes_read will be set to the number of bytes that were successfully +read before the error was encountered. This functionality is only +available from C. If you need it from another language then you must +write your own loop around g_input_stream_read(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was read from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the +buffer starting at @buffer. + +This is the asynchronous equivalent of g_input_stream_read_all(). + +Call g_input_stream_read_all_finish() to collect the result. + +Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical +value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower +priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + + + + + + A #GInputStream + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long) + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation started with +g_input_stream_read_all_async(). + +As a special exception to the normal conventions for functions that +use #GError, if this function returns %FALSE (and sets @error) then +@bytes_read will be set to the number of bytes that were successfully +read before the error was encountered. This functionality is only +available from C. If you need it from another language then you must +write your own loop around g_input_stream_read_async(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GInputStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was read from the stream + + + + + + Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer +starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_read_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed on @stream, and will +result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer will be passed to the +callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read +as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will +be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default +priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement +asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you +override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] +of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Like g_input_stream_read(), this tries to read @count bytes from +the stream in a blocking fashion. However, rather than reading into +a user-supplied buffer, this will create a new #GBytes containing +the data that was read. This may be easier to use from language +bindings. + +If count is zero, returns a zero-length #GBytes and does nothing. A +value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, a new #GBytes is returned. It is not an error if the +size of this object is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file. A zero-length #GBytes is +returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never +otherwise. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error %NULL is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + a new #GBytes, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + maximum number of bytes that will be read from the stream. Common +values include 4096 and 8192. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into a +new #GBytes. When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_input_stream_read_bytes_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed +on @stream, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the new #GBytes will be passed to the callback. It is +not an error if this is smaller than the requested size, as it can +happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read as +many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if +@count is zero), but never otherwise. + +Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical +value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower +priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream read-into-#GBytes operation. + + the newly-allocated #GBytes, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation. + + number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is +already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set +@error. + + %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. + + + + + input stream + + + + + + Tries to skip @count bytes from the stream. Will block during the operation. + +This is identical to g_input_stream_read(), from a behaviour standpoint, +but the bytes that are skipped are not returned to the user. Some +streams have an implementation that is more efficient than reading the data. + +This function is optional for inherited classes, as the default implementation +emulates it using read. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + + Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, +and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the callback. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip +as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file +(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. + +Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) +will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. +Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to +implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. +However, if you override one, you must override all. + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a stream skip operation. + + the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes that will be read from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] +of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GInputStream. + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Structure used for scatter/gather data input. +You generally pass in an array of #GInputVectors +and the operation will store the read data starting in the +first buffer, switching to the next as needed. + + Pointer to a buffer where data will be written. + + + + the available size in @buffer. + + + + + #GListModel is an interface that represents a mutable list of +#GObjects. Its main intention is as a model for various widgets in +user interfaces, such as list views, but it can also be used as a +convenient method of returning lists of data, with support for +updates. + +Each object in the list may also report changes in itself via some +mechanism (normally the #GObject::notify signal). Taken together +with the #GListModel::items-changed signal, this provides for a list +that can change its membership, and in which the members can change +their individual properties. + +A good example would be the list of visible wireless network access +points, where each access point can report dynamic properties such as +signal strength. + +It is important to note that the #GListModel itself does not report +changes to the individual items. It only reports changes to the list +membership. If you want to observe changes to the objects themselves +then you need to connect signals to the objects that you are +interested in. + +All items in a #GListModel are of (or derived from) the same type. +g_list_model_get_item_type() returns that type. The type may be an +interface, in which case all objects in the list must implement it. + +The semantics are close to that of an array: +g_list_model_get_n_items() returns the number of items in the list and +g_list_model_get_item() returns an item at a (0-based) position. In +order to allow implementations to calculate the list length lazily, +you can also iterate over items: starting from 0, repeatedly call +g_list_model_get_item() until it returns %NULL. + +An implementation may create objects lazily, but must take care to +return the same object for a given position until all references to +it are gone. + +On the other side, a consumer is expected only to hold references on +objects that are currently "user visible", in order to faciliate the +maximum level of laziness in the implementation of the list and to +reduce the required number of signal connections at a given time. + +This interface is intended only to be used from a single thread. The +thread in which it is appropriate to use it depends on the particular +implementation, but typically it will be from the thread that owns +the [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +in effect at the time that the model was created. + + Get the item at @position. If @position is greater than the number of +items in @list, %NULL is returned. + +%NULL is never returned for an index that is smaller than the length +of the list. See g_list_model_get_n_items(). + + the object at @position. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + the position of the item to fetch + + + + + + Gets the type of the items in @list. All items returned from +g_list_model_get_type() are of that type or a subtype, or are an +implementation of that interface. + +The item type of a #GListModel can not change during the life of the +model. + + the #GType of the items contained in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + Gets the number of items in @list. + +Depending on the model implementation, calling this function may be +less efficient than iterating the list with increasing values for +@position until g_list_model_get_item() returns %NULL. + + the number of items in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + Get the item at @position. If @position is greater than the number of +items in @list, %NULL is returned. + +%NULL is never returned for an index that is smaller than the length +of the list. See g_list_model_get_n_items(). + + the item at @position. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + the position of the item to fetch + + + + + + Gets the type of the items in @list. All items returned from +g_list_model_get_type() are of that type or a subtype, or are an +implementation of that interface. + +The item type of a #GListModel can not change during the life of the +model. + + the #GType of the items contained in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + Gets the number of items in @list. + +Depending on the model implementation, calling this function may be +less efficient than iterating the list with increasing values for +@position until g_list_model_get_item() returns %NULL. + + the number of items in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + Get the item at @position. If @position is greater than the number of +items in @list, %NULL is returned. + +%NULL is never returned for an index that is smaller than the length +of the list. See g_list_model_get_n_items(). + + the object at @position. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + the position of the item to fetch + + + + + + Emits the #GListModel::items-changed signal on @list. + +This function should only be called by classes implementing +#GListModel. It has to be called after the internal representation +of @list has been updated, because handlers connected to this signal +might query the new state of the list. + +Implementations must only make changes to the model (as visible to +its consumer) in places that will not cause problems for that +consumer. For models that are driven directly by a write API (such +as #GListStore), changes can be reported in response to uses of that +API. For models that represent remote data, changes should only be +made from a fresh mainloop dispatch. It is particularly not +permitted to make changes in response to a call to the #GListModel +consumer API. + +Stated another way: in general, it is assumed that code making a +series of accesses to the model via the API, without returning to the +mainloop, and without calling other code, will continue to view the +same contents of the model. + + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + the position at which @list changed + + + + the number of items removed + + + + the number of items added + + + + + + This signal is emitted whenever items were added or removed to +@list. At @position, @removed items were removed and @added items +were added in their place. + + + + + + the position at which @list changed + + + + the number of items removed + + + + the number of items added + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GListModel. + + parent #GTypeInterface + + + + + + the #GType of the items contained in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + + + + the number of items in @list. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + + + + + + the object at @position. + + + + + a #GListModel + + + + the position of the item to fetch + + + + + + + + #GListStore is a simple implementation of #GListModel that stores all +items in memory. + +It provides insertions, deletions, and lookups in logarithmic time +with a fast path for the common case of iterating the list linearly. + + + Creates a new #GListStore with items of type @item_type. @item_type +must be a subclass of #GObject. + + a new #GListStore + + + + + the #GType of items in the list + + + + + + Appends @item to @store. @item must be of type #GListStore:item-type. + +This function takes a ref on @item. + +Use g_list_store_splice() to append multiple items at the same time +efficiently. + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + the new item + + + + + + Inserts @item into @store at @position. @item must be of type +#GListStore:item-type or derived from it. @position must be smaller +than the length of the list, or equal to it to append. + +This function takes a ref on @item. + +Use g_list_store_splice() to insert multiple items at the same time +efficiently. + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + the position at which to insert the new item + + + + the new item + + + + + + Inserts @item into @store at a position to be determined by the +@compare_func. + +The list must already be sorted before calling this function or the +result is undefined. Usually you would approach this by only ever +inserting items by way of this function. + +This function takes a ref on @item. + + the position at which @item was inserted + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + the new item + + + + pairwise comparison function for sorting + + + + user data for @compare_func + + + + + + Removes the item from @store that is at @position. @position must be +smaller than the current length of the list. + +Use g_list_store_splice() to remove multiple items at the same time +efficiently. + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + the position of the item that is to be removed + + + + + + Removes all items from @store. + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + + + Sort the items in @store according to @compare_func. + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + pairwise comparison function for sorting + + + + user data for @compare_func + + + + + + Changes @store by removing @n_removals items and adding @n_additions +items to it. @additions must contain @n_additions items of type +#GListStore:item-type. %NULL is not permitted. + +This function is more efficient than g_list_store_insert() and +g_list_store_remove(), because it only emits +#GListModel::items-changed once for the change. + +This function takes a ref on each item in @additions. + +The parameters @position and @n_removals must be correct (ie: +@position + @n_removals must be less than or equal to the length of +the list at the time this function is called). + + + + + + a #GListStore + + + + the position at which to make the change + + + + the number of items to remove + + + + the items to add + + + + + + the number of items to add + + + + + + The type of items contained in this list store. Items must be +subclasses of #GObject. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the #GIcon interface and adds the ability to +load icons from streams. + + + Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, +see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded +icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to +ignore. + + + + + + Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see +g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking +version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). + + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async(). + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded + icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, +see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded +icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to +ignore. + + + + + + Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see +g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking +version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). + + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async(). + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded + icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded +icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to +ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + an integer. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GInputStream to read the icon from. + + + + + a #GLoadableIcon. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + a location to store the type of the loaded + icon, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action +names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the +action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." +for application-wide actions. + +See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). + + + + The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in +menus that are linked from this item. + + + + The menu item attribute which holds the icon of the item. + +The icon is stored in the format returned by g_icon_serialize(). + +This attribute is intended only to represent 'noun' icons such as +favicons for a webpage, or application icons. It should not be used +for 'verbs' (ie: stock icons). + + + + The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. + + + + The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action +will be activated. + +See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() + + + + The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked +menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label +as a header. + +See also g_menu_item_set_link(). + + + + The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. + +See also g_menu_item_set_link(). + + + + #GMemoryInputStream is a class for using arbitrary +memory chunks as input for GIO streaming input operations. + +As of GLib 2.34, #GMemoryInputStream implements +#GPollableInputStream. + + + + Creates a new empty #GMemoryInputStream. + + a new #GInputStream + + + + + Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data from the given @bytes. + + new #GInputStream read from @bytes + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data in memory of a given size. + + new #GInputStream read from @data of @len bytes. + + + + + input data + + + + + + length of the data, may be -1 if @data is a nul-terminated string + + + + function that is called to free @data, or %NULL + + + + + + Appends @bytes to data that can be read from the input stream. + + + + + + a #GMemoryInputStream + + + + input data + + + + + + Appends @data to data that can be read from the input stream + + + + + + a #GMemoryInputStream + + + + input data + + + + + + length of the data, may be -1 if @data is a nul-terminated string + + + + function that is called to free @data, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GMemoryOutputStream is a class for using arbitrary +memory chunks as output for GIO streaming output operations. + +As of GLib 2.34, #GMemoryOutputStream trivially implements +#GPollableOutputStream: it always polls as ready. + + + + Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream. + +In most cases this is not the function you want. See +g_memory_output_stream_new_resizable() instead. + +If @data is non-%NULL, the stream will use that for its internal storage. + +If @realloc_fn is non-%NULL, it will be used for resizing the internal +storage when necessary and the stream will be considered resizable. +In that case, the stream will start out being (conceptually) empty. +@size is used only as a hint for how big @data is. Specifically, +seeking to the end of a newly-created stream will seek to zero, not +@size. Seeking past the end of the stream and then writing will +introduce a zero-filled gap. + +If @realloc_fn is %NULL then the stream is fixed-sized. Seeking to +the end will seek to @size exactly. Writing past the end will give +an 'out of space' error. Attempting to seek past the end will fail. +Unlike the resizable case, seeking to an offset within the stream and +writing will preserve the bytes passed in as @data before that point +and will return them as part of g_memory_output_stream_steal_data(). +If you intend to seek you should probably therefore ensure that @data +is properly initialised. + +It is probably only meaningful to provide @data and @size in the case +that you want a fixed-sized stream. Put another way: if @realloc_fn +is non-%NULL then it makes most sense to give @data as %NULL and +@size as 0 (allowing #GMemoryOutputStream to do the initial +allocation for itself). + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +// a stream that can grow +stream = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, realloc, free); + +// another stream that can grow +stream2 = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, g_realloc, g_free); + +// a fixed-size stream +data = malloc (200); +stream3 = g_memory_output_stream_new (data, 200, NULL, free); +]| + + A newly created #GMemoryOutputStream object. + + + + + pointer to a chunk of memory to use, or %NULL + + + + the size of @data + + + + a function with realloc() semantics (like g_realloc()) + to be called when @data needs to be grown, or %NULL + + + + a function to be called on @data when the stream is + finalized, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream, using g_realloc() and g_free() +for memory allocation. + + + + + + Gets any loaded data from the @ostream. + +Note that the returned pointer may become invalid on the next +write or truncate operation on the stream. + + pointer to the stream's data, or %NULL if the data + has been stolen + + + + + a #GMemoryOutputStream + + + + + + Returns the number of bytes from the start up to including the last +byte written in the stream that has not been truncated away. + + the number of bytes written to the stream + + + + + a #GMemoryOutputStream + + + + + + Gets the size of the currently allocated data area (available from +g_memory_output_stream_get_data()). + +You probably don't want to use this function on resizable streams. +See g_memory_output_stream_get_data_size() instead. For resizable +streams the size returned by this function is an implementation +detail and may be change at any time in response to operations on the +stream. + +If the stream is fixed-sized (ie: no realloc was passed to +g_memory_output_stream_new()) then this is the maximum size of the +stream and further writes will return %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE. + +In any case, if you want the number of bytes currently written to the +stream, use g_memory_output_stream_get_data_size(). + + the number of bytes allocated for the data buffer + + + + + a #GMemoryOutputStream + + + + + + Returns data from the @ostream as a #GBytes. @ostream must be +closed before calling this function. + + the stream's data + + + + + a #GMemoryOutputStream + + + + + + Gets any loaded data from the @ostream. Ownership of the data +is transferred to the caller; when no longer needed it must be +freed using the free function set in @ostream's +#GMemoryOutputStream:destroy-function property. + +@ostream must be closed before calling this function. + + the stream's data, or %NULL if it has previously + been stolen + + + + + a #GMemoryOutputStream + + + + + + Pointer to buffer where data will be written. + + + + Size of data written to the buffer. + + + + Function called with the buffer as argument when the stream is destroyed. + + + + Function with realloc semantics called to enlarge the buffer. + + + + Current size of the data buffer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GMenu is a simple implementation of #GMenuModel. +You populate a #GMenu by adding #GMenuItem instances to it. + +There are some convenience functions to allow you to directly +add items (avoiding #GMenuItem) for the common cases. To add +a regular item, use g_menu_insert(). To add a section, use +g_menu_insert_section(). To add a submenu, use +g_menu_insert_submenu(). + + Creates a new #GMenu. + +The new menu has no items. + + a new #GMenu + + + + + Convenience function for appending a normal menu item to the end of +@menu. Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more +flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + the detailed action string, or %NULL + + + + + + Appends @item to the end of @menu. + +See g_menu_insert_item() for more information. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + a #GMenuItem to append + + + + + + Convenience function for appending a section menu item to the end of +@menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a +more flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the section + + + + + + Convenience function for appending a submenu menu item to the end of +@menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a +more flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu + + + + + + Marks @menu as frozen. + +After the menu is frozen, it is an error to attempt to make any +changes to it. In effect this means that the #GMenu API must no +longer be used. + +This function causes g_menu_model_is_mutable() to begin returning +%FALSE, which has some positive performance implications. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + + + Convenience function for inserting a normal menu item into @menu. +Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible +alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the position at which to insert the item + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + the detailed action string, or %NULL + + + + + + Inserts @item into @menu. + +The "insertion" is actually done by copying all of the attribute and +link values of @item and using them to form a new item within @menu. +As such, @item itself is not really inserted, but rather, a menu item +that is exactly the same as the one presently described by @item. + +This means that @item is essentially useless after the insertion +occurs. Any changes you make to it are ignored unless it is inserted +again (at which point its updated values will be copied). + +You should probably just free @item once you're done. + +There are many convenience functions to take care of common cases. +See g_menu_insert(), g_menu_insert_section() and +g_menu_insert_submenu() as well as "prepend" and "append" variants of +each of these functions. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the position at which to insert the item + + + + the #GMenuItem to insert + + + + + + Convenience function for inserting a section menu item into @menu. +Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more +flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the position at which to insert the item + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the section + + + + + + Convenience function for inserting a submenu menu item into @menu. +Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more +flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the position at which to insert the item + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu + + + + + + Convenience function for prepending a normal menu item to the start +of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more +flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + the detailed action string, or %NULL + + + + + + Prepends @item to the start of @menu. + +See g_menu_insert_item() for more information. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + a #GMenuItem to prepend + + + + + + Convenience function for prepending a section menu item to the start +of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for +a more flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the section + + + + + + Convenience function for prepending a submenu menu item to the start +of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for +a more flexible alternative. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu + + + + + + Removes an item from the menu. + +@position gives the index of the item to remove. + +It is an error if position is not in range the range from 0 to one +less than the number of items in the menu. + +It is not possible to remove items by identity since items are added +to the menu simply by copying their links and attributes (ie: +identity of the item itself is not preserved). + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + the position of the item to remove + + + + + + Removes all items in the menu. + + + + + + a #GMenu + + + + + + + #GMenuAttributeIter is an opaque structure type. You must access it +using the functions below. + + This function combines g_menu_attribute_iter_next() with +g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value(). + +First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) attribute. +If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other +effects. + +If successful, @name and @value are set to the name and value of the +attribute that has just been advanced to. At this point, +g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value() will +return the same values again. + +The value returned in @name remains valid for as long as the iterator +remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must +be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when it is no longer in use. + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional + attribute + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + the type of the attribute + + + + the attribute value + + + + + + Gets the name of the attribute at the current iterator position, as +a string. + +The iterator is not advanced. + + the name of the attribute + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + + This function combines g_menu_attribute_iter_next() with +g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value(). + +First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) attribute. +If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other +effects. + +If successful, @name and @value are set to the name and value of the +attribute that has just been advanced to. At this point, +g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value() will +return the same values again. + +The value returned in @name remains valid for as long as the iterator +remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must +be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when it is no longer in use. + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional + attribute + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + the type of the attribute + + + + the attribute value + + + + + + Gets the value of the attribute at the current iterator position. + +The iterator is not advanced. + + the value of the current attribute + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + + Attempts to advance the iterator to the next (possibly first) +attribute. + +%TRUE is returned on success, or %FALSE if there are no more +attributes. + +You must call this function when you first acquire the iterator +to advance it to the first attribute (and determine if the first +attribute exists at all). + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE when there are no more attributes + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional + attribute + + + + + a #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + the type of the attribute + + + + the attribute value + + + + + + + + + + #GMenuItem is an opaque structure type. You must access it using the +functions below. + + Creates a new #GMenuItem. + +If @label is non-%NULL it is used to set the "label" attribute of the +new item. + +If @detailed_action is non-%NULL it is used to set the "action" and +possibly the "target" attribute of the new item. See +g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for more information. + + a new #GMenuItem + + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + the detailed action string, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GMenuItem as an exact copy of an existing menu item in a +#GMenuModel. + +@item_index must be valid (ie: be sure to call +g_menu_model_get_n_items() first). + + a new #GMenuItem. + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of an item in @model + + + + + + Creates a new #GMenuItem representing a section. + +This is a convenience API around g_menu_item_new() and +g_menu_item_set_section(). + +The effect of having one menu appear as a section of another is +exactly as it sounds: the items from @section become a direct part of +the menu that @menu_item is added to. + +Visual separation is typically displayed between two non-empty +sections. If @label is non-%NULL then it will be encorporated into +this visual indication. This allows for labeled subsections of a +menu. + +As a simple example, consider a typical "Edit" menu from a simple +program. It probably contains an "Undo" and "Redo" item, followed by +a separator, followed by "Cut", "Copy" and "Paste". + +This would be accomplished by creating three #GMenu instances. The +first would be populated with the "Undo" and "Redo" items, and the +second with the "Cut", "Copy" and "Paste" items. The first and +second menus would then be added as submenus of the third. In XML +format, this would look something like the following: +|[ +<menu id='edit-menu'> + <section> + <item label='Undo'/> + <item label='Redo'/> + </section> + <section> + <item label='Cut'/> + <item label='Copy'/> + <item label='Paste'/> + </section> +</menu> +]| + +The following example is exactly equivalent. It is more illustrative +of the exact relationship between the menus and items (keeping in +mind that the 'link' element defines a new menu that is linked to the +containing one). The style of the second example is more verbose and +difficult to read (and therefore not recommended except for the +purpose of understanding what is really going on). +|[ +<menu id='edit-menu'> + <item> + <link name='section'> + <item label='Undo'/> + <item label='Redo'/> + </link> + </item> + <item> + <link name='section'> + <item label='Cut'/> + <item label='Copy'/> + <item label='Paste'/> + </link> + </item> +</menu> +]| + + a new #GMenuItem + + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the section + + + + + + Creates a new #GMenuItem representing a submenu. + +This is a convenience API around g_menu_item_new() and +g_menu_item_set_submenu(). + + a new #GMenuItem + + + + + the section label, or %NULL + + + + a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu + + + + + + Queries the named @attribute on @menu_item. + +If the attribute exists and matches the #GVariantType corresponding +to @format_string then @format_string is used to deconstruct the +value into the positional parameters and %TRUE is returned. + +If the attribute does not exist, or it does exist but has the wrong +type, then the positional parameters are ignored and %FALSE is +returned. + + %TRUE if the named attribute was found with the expected + type + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the attribute name to query + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + positional parameters, as per @format_string + + + + + + Queries the named @attribute on @menu_item. + +If @expected_type is specified and the attribute does not have this +type, %NULL is returned. %NULL is also returned if the attribute +simply does not exist. + + the attribute value, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the attribute name to query + + + + the expected type of the attribute + + + + + + Queries the named @link on @menu_item. + + the link, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the link name to query + + + + + + Sets or unsets the "action" and "target" attributes of @menu_item. + +If @action is %NULL then both the "action" and "target" attributes +are unset (and @format_string is ignored along with the positional +parameters). + +If @action is non-%NULL then the "action" attribute is set. +@format_string is then inspected. If it is non-%NULL then the proper +position parameters are collected to create a #GVariant instance to +use as the target value. If it is %NULL then the positional +parameters are ignored and the "target" attribute is unset. + +See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for an equivalent +call that directly accepts a #GVariant. See +g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for a more convenient version that +works with string-typed targets. + +See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for a +description of the semantics of the action and target attributes. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the name of the action for this item + + + + a GVariant format string + + + + positional parameters, as per @format_string + + + + + + Sets or unsets the "action" and "target" attributes of @menu_item. + +If @action is %NULL then both the "action" and "target" attributes +are unset (and @target_value is ignored). + +If @action is non-%NULL then the "action" attribute is set. The +"target" attribute is then set to the value of @target_value if it is +non-%NULL or unset otherwise. + +Normal menu items (ie: not submenu, section or other custom item +types) are expected to have the "action" attribute set to identify +the action that they are associated with. The state type of the +action help to determine the disposition of the menu item. See +#GAction and #GActionGroup for an overview of actions. + +In general, clicking on the menu item will result in activation of +the named action with the "target" attribute given as the parameter +to the action invocation. If the "target" attribute is not set then +the action is invoked with no parameter. + +If the action has no state then the menu item is usually drawn as a +plain menu item (ie: with no additional decoration). + +If the action has a boolean state then the menu item is usually drawn +as a toggle menu item (ie: with a checkmark or equivalent +indication). The item should be marked as 'toggled' or 'checked' +when the boolean state is %TRUE. + +If the action has a string state then the menu item is usually drawn +as a radio menu item (ie: with a radio bullet or equivalent +indication). The item should be marked as 'selected' when the string +state is equal to the value of the @target property. + +See g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() or +g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for two equivalent calls that are +probably more convenient for most uses. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the name of the action for this item + + + + a #GVariant to use as the action target + + + + + + Sets or unsets an attribute on @menu_item. + +The attribute to set or unset is specified by @attribute. This +can be one of the standard attribute names %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, +%G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, or a custom +attribute name. +Attribute names are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers +and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, +must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. + +If @format_string is non-%NULL then the proper position parameters +are collected to create a #GVariant instance to use as the attribute +value. If it is %NULL then the positional parameterrs are ignored +and the named attribute is unset. + +See also g_menu_item_set_attribute_value() for an equivalent call +that directly accepts a #GVariant. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the attribute to set + + + + a #GVariant format string, or %NULL + + + + positional parameters, as per @format_string + + + + + + Sets or unsets an attribute on @menu_item. + +The attribute to set or unset is specified by @attribute. This +can be one of the standard attribute names %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, +%G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, or a custom +attribute name. +Attribute names are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers +and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, +must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. + +must consist only of lowercase +ASCII characters, digits and '-'. + +If @value is non-%NULL then it is used as the new value for the +attribute. If @value is %NULL then the attribute is unset. If +the @value #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + +See also g_menu_item_set_attribute() for a more convenient way to do +the same. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the attribute to set + + + + a #GVariant to use as the value, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the "action" and possibly the "target" attribute of @menu_item. + +The format of @detailed_action is the same format parsed by +g_action_parse_detailed_name(). + +See g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() or +g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for more flexible (but +slightly less convenient) alternatives. + +See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for a description of +the semantics of the action and target attributes. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the "detailed" action string + + + + + + Sets (or unsets) the icon on @menu_item. + +This call is the same as calling g_icon_serialize() and using the +result as the value to g_menu_item_set_attribute_value() for +%G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON. + +This API is only intended for use with "noun" menu items; things like +bookmarks or applications in an "Open With" menu. Don't use it on +menu items corresponding to verbs (eg: stock icons for 'Save' or +'Quit'). + +If @icon is %NULL then the icon is unset. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + a #GIcon, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets or unsets the "label" attribute of @menu_item. + +If @label is non-%NULL it is used as the label for the menu item. If +it is %NULL then the label attribute is unset. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + the label to set, or %NULL to unset + + + + + + Creates a link from @menu_item to @model if non-%NULL, or unsets it. + +Links are used to establish a relationship between a particular menu +item and another menu. For example, %G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU is used to +associate a submenu with a particular menu item, and %G_MENU_LINK_SECTION +is used to create a section. Other types of link can be used, but there +is no guarantee that clients will be able to make sense of them. +Link types are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers +and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, +must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + type of link to establish or unset + + + + the #GMenuModel to link to (or %NULL to unset) + + + + + + Sets or unsets the "section" link of @menu_item to @section. + +The effect of having one menu appear as a section of another is +exactly as it sounds: the items from @section become a direct part of +the menu that @menu_item is added to. See g_menu_item_new_section() +for more information about what it means for a menu item to be a +section. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + a #GMenuModel, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets or unsets the "submenu" link of @menu_item to @submenu. + +If @submenu is non-%NULL, it is linked to. If it is %NULL then the +link is unset. + +The effect of having one menu appear as a submenu of another is +exactly as it sounds. + + + + + + a #GMenuItem + + + + a #GMenuModel, or %NULL + + + + + + + #GMenuLinkIter is an opaque structure type. You must access it using +the functions below. + + This function combines g_menu_link_iter_next() with +g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value(). + +First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) link. +If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. + +If successful, @out_link and @value are set to the name and #GMenuModel +of the link that has just been advanced to. At this point, +g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value() will return the +same values again. + +The value returned in @out_link remains valid for as long as the iterator +remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must +be unreffed using g_object_unref() when it is no longer in use. + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + the name of the link + + + + the linked #GMenuModel + + + + + + Gets the name of the link at the current iterator position. + +The iterator is not advanced. + + the type of the link + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + + This function combines g_menu_link_iter_next() with +g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value(). + +First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) link. +If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. + +If successful, @out_link and @value are set to the name and #GMenuModel +of the link that has just been advanced to. At this point, +g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value() will return the +same values again. + +The value returned in @out_link remains valid for as long as the iterator +remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must +be unreffed using g_object_unref() when it is no longer in use. + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + the name of the link + + + + the linked #GMenuModel + + + + + + Gets the linked #GMenuModel at the current iterator position. + +The iterator is not advanced. + + the #GMenuModel that is linked to + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + + Attempts to advance the iterator to the next (possibly first) +link. + +%TRUE is returned on success, or %FALSE if there are no more links. + +You must call this function when you first acquire the iterator to +advance it to the first link (and determine if the first link exists +at all). + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE when there are no more links + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link + + + + + a #GMenuLinkIter + + + + the name of the link + + + + the linked #GMenuModel + + + + + + + + + + #GMenuModel represents the contents of a menu -- an ordered list of +menu items. The items are associated with actions, which can be +activated through them. Items can be grouped in sections, and may +have submenus associated with them. Both items and sections usually +have some representation data, such as labels or icons. The type of +the associated action (ie whether it is stateful, and what kind of +state it has) can influence the representation of the item. + +The conceptual model of menus in #GMenuModel is hierarchical: +sections and submenus are again represented by #GMenuModels. +Menus themselves do not define their own roles. Rather, the role +of a particular #GMenuModel is defined by the item that references +it (or, in the case of the 'root' menu, is defined by the context +in which it is used). + +As an example, consider the visible portions of this menu: + +## An example menu # {#menu-example} + +![](menu-example.png) + +There are 8 "menus" visible in the screenshot: one menubar, two +submenus and 5 sections: + +- the toplevel menubar (containing 4 items) +- the View submenu (containing 3 sections) +- the first section of the View submenu (containing 2 items) +- the second section of the View submenu (containing 1 item) +- the final section of the View submenu (containing 1 item) +- the Highlight Mode submenu (containing 2 sections) +- the Sources section (containing 2 items) +- the Markup section (containing 2 items) + +The [example][menu-model] illustrates the conceptual connection between +these 8 menus. Each large block in the figure represents a menu and the +smaller blocks within the large block represent items in that menu. Some +items contain references to other menus. + +## A menu example # {#menu-model} + +![](menu-model.png) + +Notice that the separators visible in the [example][menu-example] +appear nowhere in the [menu model][menu-model]. This is because +separators are not explicitly represented in the menu model. Instead, +a separator is inserted between any two non-empty sections of a menu. +Section items can have labels just like any other item. In that case, +a display system may show a section header instead of a separator. + +The motivation for this abstract model of application controls is +that modern user interfaces tend to make these controls available +outside the application. Examples include global menus, jumplists, +dash boards, etc. To support such uses, it is necessary to 'export' +information about actions and their representation in menus, which +is exactly what the [GActionGroup exporter][gio-GActionGroup-exporter] +and the [GMenuModel exporter][gio-GMenuModel-exporter] do for +#GActionGroup and #GMenuModel. The client-side counterparts to +make use of the exported information are #GDBusActionGroup and +#GDBusMenuModel. + +The API of #GMenuModel is very generic, with iterators for the +attributes and links of an item, see g_menu_model_iterate_item_attributes() +and g_menu_model_iterate_item_links(). The 'standard' attributes and +link types have predefined names: %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, +%G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, %G_MENU_LINK_SECTION +and %G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU. + +Items in a #GMenuModel represent active controls if they refer to +an action that can get activated when the user interacts with the +menu item. The reference to the action is encoded by the string id +in the %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION attribute. An action id uniquely +identifies an action in an action group. Which action group(s) provide +actions depends on the context in which the menu model is used. +E.g. when the model is exported as the application menu of a +#GtkApplication, actions can be application-wide or window-specific +(and thus come from two different action groups). By convention, the +application-wide actions have names that start with "app.", while the +names of window-specific actions start with "win.". + +While a wide variety of stateful actions is possible, the following +is the minimum that is expected to be supported by all users of exported +menu information: +- an action with no parameter type and no state +- an action with no parameter type and boolean state +- an action with string parameter type and string state + +## Stateless + +A stateless action typically corresponds to an ordinary menu item. + +Selecting such a menu item will activate the action (with no parameter). + +## Boolean State + +An action with a boolean state will most typically be used with a "toggle" +or "switch" menu item. The state can be set directly, but activating the +action (with no parameter) results in the state being toggled. + +Selecting a toggle menu item will activate the action. The menu item should +be rendered as "checked" when the state is true. + +## String Parameter and State + +Actions with string parameters and state will most typically be used to +represent an enumerated choice over the items available for a group of +radio menu items. Activating the action with a string parameter is +equivalent to setting that parameter as the state. + +Radio menu items, in addition to being associated with the action, will +have a target value. Selecting that menu item will result in activation +of the action with the target value as the parameter. The menu item should +be rendered as "selected" when the state of the action is equal to the +target value of the menu item. + + Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute +specified by @attribute. + +If @expected_type is non-%NULL then it specifies the expected type of +the attribute. If it is %NULL then any type will be accepted. + +If the attribute exists and matches @expected_type (or if the +expected type is unspecified) then the value is returned. + +If the attribute does not exist, or does not match the expected type +then %NULL is returned. + + the value of the attribute + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the attribute to query + + + + the expected type of the attribute, or + %NULL + + + + + + Gets all the attributes associated with the item in the menu model. + + + + + + the #GMenuModel to query + + + + The #GMenuItem to query + + + + Attributes on the item + + + + + + + + + Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the link +specified by @link. + +If the link exists, the linked #GMenuModel is returned. If the link +does not exist, %NULL is returned. + + the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the link to query + + + + + + Gets all the links associated with the item in the menu model. + + + + + + the #GMenuModel to query + + + + The #GMenuItem to query + + + + Links from the item + + + + + + + + + Query the number of items in @model. + + the number of items + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + Queries if @model is mutable. + +An immutable #GMenuModel will never emit the #GMenuModel::items-changed +signal. Consumers of the model may make optimisations accordingly. + + %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be + emitted). + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + Creates a #GMenuAttributeIter to iterate over the attributes of +the item at position @item_index in @model. + +You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. + + a new #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + Creates a #GMenuLinkIter to iterate over the links of the item at +position @item_index in @model. + +You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. + + a new #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + Queries item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute +specified by @attribute. + +If the attribute exists and matches the #GVariantType corresponding +to @format_string then @format_string is used to deconstruct the +value into the positional parameters and %TRUE is returned. + +If the attribute does not exist, or it does exist but has the wrong +type, then the positional parameters are ignored and %FALSE is +returned. + +This function is a mix of g_menu_model_get_item_attribute_value() and +g_variant_get(), followed by a g_variant_unref(). As such, +@format_string must make a complete copy of the data (since the +#GVariant may go away after the call to g_variant_unref()). In +particular, no '&' characters are allowed in @format_string. + + %TRUE if the named attribute was found with the expected + type + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the attribute to query + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + positional parameters, as per @format_string + + + + + + Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute +specified by @attribute. + +If @expected_type is non-%NULL then it specifies the expected type of +the attribute. If it is %NULL then any type will be accepted. + +If the attribute exists and matches @expected_type (or if the +expected type is unspecified) then the value is returned. + +If the attribute does not exist, or does not match the expected type +then %NULL is returned. + + the value of the attribute + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the attribute to query + + + + the expected type of the attribute, or + %NULL + + + + + + Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the link +specified by @link. + +If the link exists, the linked #GMenuModel is returned. If the link +does not exist, %NULL is returned. + + the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the link to query + + + + + + Query the number of items in @model. + + the number of items + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + Queries if @model is mutable. + +An immutable #GMenuModel will never emit the #GMenuModel::items-changed +signal. Consumers of the model may make optimisations accordingly. + + %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be + emitted). + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + Requests emission of the #GMenuModel::items-changed signal on @model. + +This function should never be called except by #GMenuModel +subclasses. Any other calls to this function will very likely lead +to a violation of the interface of the model. + +The implementation should update its internal representation of the +menu before emitting the signal. The implementation should further +expect to receive queries about the new state of the menu (and +particularly added menu items) while signal handlers are running. + +The implementation must dispatch this call directly from a mainloop +entry and not in response to calls -- particularly those from the +#GMenuModel API. Said another way: the menu must not change while +user code is running without returning to the mainloop. + + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the position of the change + + + + the number of items removed + + + + the number of items added + + + + + + Creates a #GMenuAttributeIter to iterate over the attributes of +the item at position @item_index in @model. + +You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. + + a new #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + Creates a #GMenuLinkIter to iterate over the links of the item at +position @item_index in @model. + +You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. + + a new #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a change has occured to the menu. + +The only changes that can occur to a menu is that items are removed +or added. Items may not change (except by being removed and added +back in the same location). This signal is capable of describing +both of those changes (at the same time). + +The signal means that starting at the index @position, @removed +items were removed and @added items were added in their place. If +@removed is zero then only items were added. If @added is zero +then only items were removed. + +As an example, if the menu contains items a, b, c, d (in that +order) and the signal (2, 1, 3) occurs then the new composition of +the menu will be a, b, _, _, _, d (with each _ representing some +new item). + +Signal handlers may query the model (particularly the added items) +and expect to see the results of the modification that is being +reported. The signal is emitted after the modification. + + + + + + the position of the change + + + + the number of items removed + + + + the number of items added + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be + emitted). + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + + + + the number of items + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + + + + + + + + + + the #GMenuModel to query + + + + The #GMenuItem to query + + + + Attributes on the item + + + + + + + + + + + + a new #GMenuAttributeIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + + + + the value of the attribute + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the attribute to query + + + + the expected type of the attribute, or + %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + the #GMenuModel to query + + + + The #GMenuItem to query + + + + Links from the item + + + + + + + + + + + + a new #GMenuLinkIter + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + + + + the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL + + + + + a #GMenuModel + + + + the index of the item + + + + the link to query + + + + + + + + + + The #GMount interface represents user-visible mounts. Note, when +porting from GnomeVFS, #GMount is the moral equivalent of #GnomeVFSVolume. + +#GMount is a "mounted" filesystem that you can access. Mounted is in +quotes because it's not the same as a unix mount, it might be a gvfs +mount, but you can still access the files on it if you use GIO. Might or +might not be related to a volume object. + +Unmounting a #GMount instance is an asynchronous operation. For +more information about asynchronous operations, see #GAsyncResult +and #GTask. To unmount a #GMount instance, first call +g_mount_unmount_with_operation() with (at least) the #GMount instance and a +#GAsyncReadyCallback. The callback will be fired when the +operation has resolved (either with success or failure), and a +#GAsyncResult structure will be passed to the callback. That +callback should then call g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the #GMount +and the #GAsyncResult data to see if the operation was completed +successfully. If an @error is present when g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() +is called, then it will be filled with any error information. + + Checks if @mount can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Checks if @mount can be unmounted. + + %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_eject_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + Use g_mount_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the default location of @mount. The default location of the given +@mount is a path that reflects the main entry point for the user (e.g. +the home directory, or the root of the volume). + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the drive for the @mount. + +This is a convenience method for getting the #GVolume and then +using that object to get the #GDrive. + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the icon for @mount. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the name of @mount. + + the name for the given @mount. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the root directory on @mount. + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @mount, if any. + + Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for @mount. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the UUID for the @mount. The reference is typically based on +the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be +considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID +available. + + the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the volume for the @mount. + + a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or +more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically +prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera +memory cards. See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on x-content types. + +This is an asynchronous operation (see +g_mount_guess_content_type_sync() for the synchronous version), and +is finished by calling g_mount_guess_content_type_finish() with the +@mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes guessing content types of @mount. If any errors occurred +during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and +%FALSE will be returned. In particular, you may get an +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the mount does not support content +guessing. + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or +more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically +prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera +memory cards. See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on x-content types. + +This is an synchronous operation and as such may block doing IO; +see g_mount_guess_content_type() for the asynchronous version. + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Remounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_remount_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResults data returned in the @callback. + +Remounting is useful when some setting affecting the operation +of the volume has been changed, as these may need a remount to +take affect. While this is semantically equivalent with unmounting +and then remounting not all backends might need to actually be +unmounted. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes remounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_unmount_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @mount can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Checks if @mount can be unmounted. + + %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_eject_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + Use g_mount_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the default location of @mount. The default location of the given +@mount is a path that reflects the main entry point for the user (e.g. +the home directory, or the root of the volume). + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the drive for the @mount. + +This is a convenience method for getting the #GVolume and then +using that object to get the #GDrive. + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the icon for @mount. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the name of @mount. + + the name for the given @mount. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the root directory on @mount. + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @mount, if any. + + Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for @mount. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the UUID for the @mount. The reference is typically based on +the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be +considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID +available. + + the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Gets the volume for the @mount. + + a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or +more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically +prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera +memory cards. See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on x-content types. + +This is an asynchronous operation (see +g_mount_guess_content_type_sync() for the synchronous version), and +is finished by calling g_mount_guess_content_type_finish() with the +@mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes guessing content types of @mount. If any errors occurred +during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and +%FALSE will be returned. In particular, you may get an +%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the mount does not support content +guessing. + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or +more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically +prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera +memory cards. See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on x-content types. + +This is an synchronous operation and as such may block doing IO; +see g_mount_guess_content_type() for the asynchronous version. + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Determines if @mount is shadowed. Applications or libraries should +avoid displaying @mount in the user interface if it is shadowed. + +A mount is said to be shadowed if there exists one or more user +visible objects (currently #GMount objects) with a root that is +inside the root of @mount. + +One application of shadow mounts is when exposing a single file +system that is used to address several logical volumes. In this +situation, a #GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two +#GVolume objects (for example, one for the camera functionality of +the device and one for a SD card reader on the device) with +activation URIs `gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store1/` +and `gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store2/`. When the +underlying mount (with root +`gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/`) is mounted, said +#GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two #GMount objects +(each with their root matching the corresponding volume activation +root) that would shadow the original mount. + +The proxy monitor in GVfs 2.26 and later, automatically creates and +manage shadow mounts (and shadows the underlying mount) if the +activation root on a #GVolume is set. + + %TRUE if @mount is shadowed. + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + Remounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_remount_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResults data returned in the @callback. + +Remounting is useful when some setting affecting the operation +of the volume has been changed, as these may need a remount to +take affect. While this is semantically equivalent with unmounting +and then remounting not all backends might need to actually be +unmounted. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes remounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Increments the shadow count on @mount. Usually used by +#GVolumeMonitor implementations when creating a shadow mount for +@mount, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more information. The caller +will need to emit the #GMount::changed signal on @mount manually. + + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_unmount_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the @mount +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Decrements the shadow count on @mount. Usually used by +#GVolumeMonitor implementations when destroying a shadow mount for +@mount, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more information. The caller +will need to emit the #GMount::changed signal on @mount manually. + + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + Emitted when the mount has been changed. + + + + + + This signal may be emitted when the #GMount is about to be +unmounted. + +This signal depends on the backend and is only emitted if +GIO was used to unmount. + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the #GMount have been +unmounted. If the recipient is holding references to the +object they should release them so the object can be +finalized. + + + + + + + Interface for implementing operations for mounts. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + the name for the given @mount. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. + Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. + + + + + + + a #GMount + + + + Whether to force a rescan of the content. + Otherwise a cached result will be used if available + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid + user interaction. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a #GFile. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + + Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. + + + + + A #GMount. + + + + + + + + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with + g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GMount. + + + + + + + + Flags used when mounting a mount. + + No flags set. + + + + #GMountOperation provides a mechanism for interacting with the user. +It can be used for authenticating mountable operations, such as loop +mounting files, hard drive partitions or server locations. It can +also be used to ask the user questions or show a list of applications +preventing unmount or eject operations from completing. + +Note that #GMountOperation is used for more than just #GMount +objects – for example it is also used in g_drive_start() and +g_drive_stop(). + +Users should instantiate a subclass of this that implements all the +various callbacks to show the required dialogs, such as +#GtkMountOperation. If no user interaction is desired (for example +when automounting filesystems at login time), usually %NULL can be +passed, see each method taking a #GMountOperation for details. + + Creates a new mount operation. + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emits the #GMountOperation::reply signal. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation + + + + a #GMountOperationResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Check to see whether the mount operation is being used +for an anonymous user. + + %TRUE if mount operation is anonymous. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Gets a choice from the mount operation. + + an integer containing an index of the user's choice from +the choice's list, or %0. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Gets the domain of the mount operation. + + a string set to the domain. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Gets a password from the mount operation. + + a string containing the password within @op. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Gets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation. + + a #GPasswordSave flag. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Get the user name from the mount operation. + + a string containing the user name. + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + + + Emits the #GMountOperation::reply signal. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation + + + + a #GMountOperationResult + + + + + + Sets the mount operation to use an anonymous user if @anonymous is %TRUE. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + boolean value. + + + + + + Sets a default choice for the mount operation. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + an integer. + + + + + + Sets the mount operation's domain. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + the domain to set. + + + + + + Sets the mount operation's password to @password. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + password to set. + + + + + + Sets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + a set of #GPasswordSave flags. + + + + + + Sets the user name within @op to @username. + + + + + + a #GMountOperation. + + + + input username. + + + + + + Whether to use an anonymous user when authenticating. + + + + The index of the user's choice when a question is asked during the +mount operation. See the #GMountOperation::ask-question signal. + + + + The domain to use for the mount operation. + + + + The password that is used for authentication when carrying out +the mount operation. + + + + Determines if and how the password information should be saved. + + + + The user name that is used for authentication when carrying out +the mount operation. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted by the backend when e.g. a device becomes unavailable +while a mount operation is in progress. + +Implementations of GMountOperation should handle this signal +by dismissing open password dialogs. + + + + + + Emitted when a mount operation asks the user for a password. + +If the message contains a line break, the first line should be +presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the +primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. + + + + + + string containing a message to display to the user. + + + + string containing the default user name. + + + + string containing the default domain. + + + + a set of #GAskPasswordFlags. + + + + + + Emitted when asking the user a question and gives a list of +choices for the user to choose from. + +If the message contains a line break, the first line should be +presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the +primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. + + + + + + string containing a message to display to the user. + + + + an array of strings for each possible choice. + + + + + + + + Emitted when the user has replied to the mount operation. + + + + + + a #GMountOperationResult indicating how the request was handled + + + + + + Emitted when one or more processes are blocking an operation +e.g. unmounting/ejecting a #GMount or stopping a #GDrive. + +Note that this signal may be emitted several times to update the +list of blocking processes as processes close files. The +application should only respond with g_mount_operation_reply() to +the latest signal (setting #GMountOperation:choice to the choice +the user made). + +If the message contains a line break, the first line should be +presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the +primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. + + + + + + string containing a message to display to the user. + + + + an array of #GPid for processes + blocking the operation. + + + + + + an array of strings for each possible choice. + + + + + + + + Emitted when an unmount operation has been busy for more than some time +(typically 1.5 seconds). + +When unmounting or ejecting a volume, the kernel might need to flush +pending data in its buffers to the volume stable storage, and this operation +can take a considerable amount of time. This signal may be emitted several +times as long as the unmount operation is outstanding, and then one +last time when the operation is completed, with @bytes_left set to zero. + +Implementations of GMountOperation should handle this signal by +showing an UI notification, and then dismiss it, or show another notification +of completion, when @bytes_left reaches zero. + +If the message contains a line break, the first line should be +presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the +primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. + + + + + + string containing a mesage to display to the user + + + + the estimated time left before the operation completes, + in microseconds, or -1 + + + + the amount of bytes to be written before the operation + completes (or -1 if such amount is not known), or zero if the operation + is completed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GMountOperation + + + + a #GMountOperationResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for +information is send by the mounting operation. + + The request was fulfilled and the + user specified data is now available + + + The user requested the mount operation + to be aborted + + + The request was unhandled (i.e. not + implemented) + + + + Flags used when an unmounting a mount. + + No flags set. + + + Unmount even if there are outstanding + file operations on the mount. + + + + + + + Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + An socket address of some unknown native type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GNetworkAddress provides an easy way to resolve a hostname and +then attempt to connect to that host, handling the possibility of +multiple IP addresses and multiple address families. + +See #GSocketConnectable for and example of using the connectable +interface. + + + Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given +@hostname and @port. + +Note that depending on the configuration of the machine, a +@hostname of `localhost` may refer to the IPv4 loopback address +only, or to both IPv4 and IPv6; use +g_network_address_new_loopback() to create a #GNetworkAddress that +is guaranteed to resolve to both addresses. + + the new #GNetworkAddress + + + + + the hostname + + + + the port + + + + + + Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the local host +over a loopback connection to the given @port. This is intended for +use in connecting to local services which may be running on IPv4 or +IPv6. + +The connectable will return IPv4 and IPv6 loopback addresses, +regardless of how the host resolves `localhost`. By contrast, +g_network_address_new() will often only return an IPv4 address when +resolving `localhost`, and an IPv6 address for `localhost6`. + +g_network_address_get_hostname() will always return `localhost` for +#GNetworkAddresses created with this constructor. + + the new #GNetworkAddress + + + + + the port + + + + + + Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given +@hostname and @port. May fail and return %NULL in case +parsing @host_and_port fails. + +@host_and_port may be in any of a number of recognised formats; an IPv6 +address, an IPv4 address, or a domain name (in which case a DNS +lookup is performed). Quoting with [] is supported for all address +types. A port override may be specified in the usual way with a +colon. + +If no port is specified in @host_and_port then @default_port will be +used as the port number to connect to. + +In general, @host_and_port is expected to be provided by the user +(allowing them to give the hostname, and a port override if necessary) +and @default_port is expected to be provided by the application. + +(The port component of @host_and_port can also be specified as a +service name rather than as a numeric port, but this functionality +is deprecated, because it depends on the contents of /etc/services, +which is generally quite sparse on platforms other than Linux.) + + the new + #GNetworkAddress, or %NULL on error + + + + + the hostname and optionally a port + + + + the default port if not in @host_and_port + + + + + + Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given +@uri. May fail and return %NULL in case parsing @uri fails. + +Using this rather than g_network_address_new() or +g_network_address_parse() allows #GSocketClient to determine +when to use application-specific proxy protocols. + + the new + #GNetworkAddress, or %NULL on error + + + + + the hostname and optionally a port + + + + The default port if none is found in the URI + + + + + + Gets @addr's hostname. This might be either UTF-8 or ASCII-encoded, +depending on what @addr was created with. + + @addr's hostname + + + + + a #GNetworkAddress + + + + + + Gets @addr's port number + + @addr's port (which may be 0) + + + + + a #GNetworkAddress + + + + + + Gets @addr's scheme + + @addr's scheme (%NULL if not built from URI) + + + + + a #GNetworkAddress + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The host's network connectivity state, as reported by #GNetworkMonitor. + + The host is not configured with a + route to the Internet; it may or may not be connected to a local + network. + + + The host is connected to a network, but + does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, perhaps + due to upstream network problems. + + + The host is behind a captive portal and + cannot reach the full Internet. + + + The host is connected to a network, and + appears to be able to reach the full Internet. + + + + #GNetworkMonitor provides an easy-to-use cross-platform API +for monitoring network connectivity. On Linux, the available +implementations are based on the kernel's netlink interface and +on NetworkManager. + +There is also an implementation for use inside Flatpak sandboxes. + + + Gets the default #GNetworkMonitor for the system. + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + + Attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by +@connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to +it. + +This may return %TRUE even when #GNetworkMonitor:network-available +is %FALSE, if, for example, @monitor can determine that +@connectable refers to a host on a local network. + +If @monitor believes that an attempt to connect to @connectable +will succeed, it will return %TRUE. Otherwise, it will return +%FALSE and set @error to an appropriate error (such as +%G_IO_ERROR_HOST_UNREACHABLE). + +Note that although this does not attempt to connect to +@connectable, it may still block for a brief period of time (eg, +trying to do multicast DNS on the local network), so if you do not +want to block, you should use g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). + + %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously attempts to determine whether or not the host +pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually +trying to connect to it. + +For more details, see g_network_monitor_can_reach(). + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an async network connectivity test. +See g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). + + %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by +@connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to +it. + +This may return %TRUE even when #GNetworkMonitor:network-available +is %FALSE, if, for example, @monitor can determine that +@connectable refers to a host on a local network. + +If @monitor believes that an attempt to connect to @connectable +will succeed, it will return %TRUE. Otherwise, it will return +%FALSE and set @error to an appropriate error (such as +%G_IO_ERROR_HOST_UNREACHABLE). + +Note that although this does not attempt to connect to +@connectable, it may still block for a brief period of time (eg, +trying to do multicast DNS on the local network), so if you do not +want to block, you should use g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). + + %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously attempts to determine whether or not the host +pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually +trying to connect to it. + +For more details, see g_network_monitor_can_reach(). + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. +You can then call g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an async network connectivity test. +See g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). + + %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets a more detailed networking state than +g_network_monitor_get_network_available(). + +If #GNetworkMonitor:network-available is %FALSE, then the +connectivity state will be %G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_LOCAL. + +If #GNetworkMonitor:network-available is %TRUE, then the +connectivity state will be %G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_FULL (if there +is full Internet connectivity), %G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_LIMITED (if +the host has a default route, but appears to be unable to actually +reach the full Internet), or %G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_PORTAL (if the +host is trapped behind a "captive portal" that requires some sort +of login or acknowledgement before allowing full Internet access). + +Note that in the case of %G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_LIMITED and +%G_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_PORTAL, it is possible that some sites are +reachable but others are not. In this case, applications can +attempt to connect to remote servers, but should gracefully fall +back to their "offline" behavior if the connection attempt fails. + + the network connectivity state + + + + + the #GNetworkMonitor + + + + + + Checks if the network is available. "Available" here means that the +system has a default route available for at least one of IPv4 or +IPv6. It does not necessarily imply that the public Internet is +reachable. See #GNetworkMonitor:network-available for more details. + + whether the network is available + + + + + the #GNetworkMonitor + + + + + + Checks if the network is metered. +See #GNetworkMonitor:network-metered for more details. + + whether the connection is metered + + + + + the #GNetworkMonitor + + + + + + More detailed information about the host's network connectivity. +See g_network_monitor_get_connectivity() and +#GNetworkConnectivity for more details. + + + + Whether the network is considered available. That is, whether the +system has a default route for at least one of IPv4 or IPv6. + +Real-world networks are of course much more complicated than +this; the machine may be connected to a wifi hotspot that +requires payment before allowing traffic through, or may be +connected to a functioning router that has lost its own upstream +connectivity. Some hosts might only be accessible when a VPN is +active. Other hosts might only be accessible when the VPN is +not active. Thus, it is best to use g_network_monitor_can_reach() +or g_network_monitor_can_reach_async() to test for reachability +on a host-by-host basis. (On the other hand, when the property is +%FALSE, the application can reasonably expect that no remote +hosts at all are reachable, and should indicate this to the user +in its UI.) + +See also #GNetworkMonitor::network-changed. + + + + Whether the network is considered metered. That is, whether the +system has traffic flowing through the default connection that is +subject to limitations set by service providers. For example, traffic +might be billed by the amount of data transmitted, or there might be a +quota on the amount of traffic per month. This is typical with tethered +connections (3G and 4G) and in such situations, bandwidth intensive +applications may wish to avoid network activity where possible if it will +cost the user money or use up their limited quota. + +If more information is required about specific devices then the +system network management API should be used instead (for example, +NetworkManager or ConnMan). + +If this information is not available then no networks will be +marked as metered. + +See also #GNetworkMonitor:network-available. + + + + Emitted when the network configuration changes. + + + + + + the current value of #GNetworkMonitor:network-available + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GNetworkMonitor. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the + request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + Like #GNetworkAddress does with hostnames, #GNetworkService +provides an easy way to resolve a SRV record, and then attempt to +connect to one of the hosts that implements that service, handling +service priority/weighting, multiple IP addresses, and multiple +address families. + +See #GSrvTarget for more information about SRV records, and see +#GSocketConnectable for and example of using the connectable +interface. + + + Creates a new #GNetworkService representing the given @service, +@protocol, and @domain. This will initially be unresolved; use the +#GSocketConnectable interface to resolve it. + + a new #GNetworkService + + + + + the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") + + + + the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") + + + + the DNS domain to look up the service in + + + + + + Gets the domain that @srv serves. This might be either UTF-8 or +ASCII-encoded, depending on what @srv was created with. + + @srv's domain name + + + + + a #GNetworkService + + + + + + Gets @srv's protocol name (eg, "tcp"). + + @srv's protocol name + + + + + a #GNetworkService + + + + + + Get's the URI scheme used to resolve proxies. By default, the service name +is used as scheme. + + @srv's scheme name + + + + + a #GNetworkService + + + + + + Gets @srv's service name (eg, "ldap"). + + @srv's service name + + + + + a #GNetworkService + + + + + + Set's the URI scheme used to resolve proxies. By default, the service name +is used as scheme. + + + + + + a #GNetworkService + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GNotification is a mechanism for creating a notification to be shown +to the user -- typically as a pop-up notification presented by the +desktop environment shell. + +The key difference between #GNotification and other similar APIs is +that, if supported by the desktop environment, notifications sent +with #GNotification will persist after the application has exited, +and even across system reboots. + +Since the user may click on a notification while the application is +not running, applications using #GNotification should be able to be +started as a D-Bus service, using #GApplication. + +User interaction with a notification (either the default action, or +buttons) must be associated with actions on the application (ie: +"app." actions). It is not possible to route user interaction +through the notification itself, because the object will not exist if +the application is autostarted as a result of a notification being +clicked. + +A notification can be sent with g_application_send_notification(). + + Creates a new #GNotification with @title as its title. + +After populating @notification with more details, it can be sent to +the desktop shell with g_application_send_notification(). Changing +any properties after this call will not have any effect until +resending @notification. + + a new #GNotification instance + + + + + the title of the notification + + + + + + Adds a button to @notification that activates the action in +@detailed_action when clicked. That action must be an +application-wide action (starting with "app."). If @detailed_action +contains a target, the action will be activated with that target as +its parameter. + +See g_action_parse_detailed_name() for a description of the format +for @detailed_action. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + label of the button + + + + a detailed action name + + + + + + Adds a button to @notification that activates @action when clicked. +@action must be an application-wide action (it must start with "app."). + +If @target_format is given, it is used to collect remaining +positional parameters into a #GVariant instance, similar to +g_variant_new(). @action will be activated with that #GVariant as its +parameter. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + label of the button + + + + an action name + + + + a #GVariant format string, or %NULL + + + + positional parameters, as determined by @target_format + + + + + + Adds a button to @notification that activates @action when clicked. +@action must be an application-wide action (it must start with "app."). + +If @target is non-%NULL, @action will be activated with @target as +its parameter. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + label of the button + + + + an action name + + + + a #GVariant to use as @action's parameter, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the body of @notification to @body. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + the new body for @notification, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the default action of @notification to @detailed_action. This +action is activated when the notification is clicked on. + +The action in @detailed_action must be an application-wide action (it +must start with "app."). If @detailed_action contains a target, the +given action will be activated with that target as its parameter. +See g_action_parse_detailed_name() for a description of the format +for @detailed_action. + +When no default action is set, the application that the notification +was sent on is activated. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + a detailed action name + + + + + + Sets the default action of @notification to @action. This action is +activated when the notification is clicked on. It must be an +application-wide action (it must start with "app."). + +If @target_format is given, it is used to collect remaining +positional parameters into a #GVariant instance, similar to +g_variant_new(). @action will be activated with that #GVariant as its +parameter. + +When no default action is set, the application that the notification +was sent on is activated. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + an action name + + + + a #GVariant format string, or %NULL + + + + positional parameters, as determined by @target_format + + + + + + Sets the default action of @notification to @action. This action is +activated when the notification is clicked on. It must be an +application-wide action (start with "app."). + +If @target is non-%NULL, @action will be activated with @target as +its parameter. + +When no default action is set, the application that the notification +was sent on is activated. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + an action name + + + + a #GVariant to use as @action's parameter, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the icon of @notification to @icon. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + the icon to be shown in @notification, as a #GIcon + + + + + + Sets the priority of @notification to @priority. See +#GNotificationPriority for possible values. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + a #GNotificationPriority + + + + + + Sets the title of @notification to @title. + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + the new title for @notification + + + + + + Deprecated in favor of g_notification_set_priority(). + Since 2.42, this has been deprecated in favour of + g_notification_set_priority(). + + + + + + a #GNotification + + + + %TRUE if @notification is urgent + + + + + + + Priority levels for #GNotifications. + + the default priority, to be used for the + majority of notifications (for example email messages, software updates, + completed download/sync operations) + + + for notifications that do not require + immediate attention - typically used for contextual background + information, such as contact birthdays or local weather + + + for events that require more attention, + usually because responses are time-sensitive (for example chat and SMS + messages or alarms) + + + for urgent notifications, or notifications + that require a response in a short space of time (for example phone calls + or emergency warnings) + + + + Structure used for scatter/gather data output when sending multiple +messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of +#GOutputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they +were one buffer. + +If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver +(as previously set by g_socket_connect()). + + a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL + + + + pointer to an array of output vectors + + + + the number of output vectors pointed to by @vectors. + + + + initialize to 0. Will be set to the number of bytes + that have been sent + + + + a pointer + to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. + + + + + + number of elements in @control_messages. + + + + + #GOutputStream has functions to write to a stream (g_output_stream_write()), +to close a stream (g_output_stream_close()) and to flush pending writes +(g_output_stream_flush()). + +To copy the content of an input stream to an output stream without +manually handling the reads and writes, use g_output_stream_splice(). + +See the documentation for #GIOStream for details of thread safety of +streaming APIs. + +All of these functions have async variants too. + + Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources +related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_output_stream_close_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + +For behaviour details see g_output_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Closes an output stream. + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given +@stream. Will block during the operation. Closing the stream will +implicitly cause a flush. + +This function is optional for inherited classes. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + Forces an asynchronous write of all user-space buffered data for +the given @stream. +For behaviour details see g_output_stream_flush(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_output_stream_flush_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes flushing an output stream. + + %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Splices an input stream into an output stream. + + a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or + -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes + spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be + returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number + of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Splices a stream asynchronously. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_output_stream_splice_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + +For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see +g_output_stream_splice(). + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream splice operation. + + a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the + number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that + will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual + number of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into +the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_output_stream_write_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, +and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes written will be passed to the +@callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the +requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, +but generally we try to write as many bytes as requested. + +You are guaranteed that this method will never fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK - if @stream can't accept more data, the +method will just wait until this changes. + +Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical +value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower +priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + +For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see +g_output_stream_write(). + +Note that no copy of @buffer will be made, so it must stay valid +until @callback is called. See g_output_stream_write_bytes_async() +for a #GBytes version that will automatically hold a reference to +the contents (without copying) for the duration of the call. + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a stream write operation. + + a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block +during the operation. + +If count is 0, returns 0 and does nothing. A value of @count +larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, or if there is not enough +storage in the stream. All writes block until at least one byte +is written or an error occurs; 0 is never returned (unless +@count is 0). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes written, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + Clears the pending flag on @stream. + + + + + + output stream + + + + + + Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. + +Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. +Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error. + +Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers in the +stream. + +Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference +is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure +resources are released as early as possible. + +Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor) +open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual +stream for details. + +On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close +operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to +close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it +is important to check and report the error to the user, otherwise +there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. +Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but there some streams +can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. On +cancellation (as with any error) there is no guarantee that all written +data will reach the target. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources +related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_output_stream_close_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + +For behaviour details see g_output_stream_close(). + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Closes an output stream. + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given +@stream. Will block during the operation. Closing the stream will +implicitly cause a flush. + +This function is optional for inherited classes. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + Forces an asynchronous write of all user-space buffered data for +the given @stream. +For behaviour details see g_output_stream_flush(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_output_stream_flush_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes flushing an output stream. + + %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Checks if an output stream has pending actions. + + %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + Checks if an output stream has already been closed. + + %TRUE if @stream is closed. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + Checks if an output stream is being closed. This can be +used inside e.g. a flush implementation to see if the +flush (or other i/o operation) is called from within +the closing operation. + + %TRUE if @stream is being closed. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + This is a utility function around g_output_stream_write_all(). It +uses g_strdup_vprintf() to turn @format and @... into a string that +is then written to @stream. + +See the documentation of g_output_stream_write_all() about the +behavior of the actual write operation. + +Note that partial writes cannot be properly checked with this +function due to the variable length of the written string, if you +need precise control over partial write failures, you need to +create you own printf()-like wrapper around g_output_stream_write() +or g_output_stream_write_all(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was + written to the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore + + + + the format string. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is +already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set +@error. + + %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + Splices an input stream into an output stream. + + a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or + -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes + spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be + returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number + of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Splices a stream asynchronously. +When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_output_stream_splice_finish() to get the +result of the operation. + +For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see +g_output_stream_splice(). + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream splice operation. + + a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the + number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that + will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual + number of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + This is a utility function around g_output_stream_write_all(). It +uses g_strdup_vprintf() to turn @format and @args into a string that +is then written to @stream. + +See the documentation of g_output_stream_write_all() about the +behavior of the actual write operation. + +Note that partial writes cannot be properly checked with this +function due to the variable length of the written string, if you +need precise control over partial write failures, you need to +create you own printf()-like wrapper around g_output_stream_write() +or g_output_stream_write_all(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was + written to the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore + + + + the format string. See the printf() documentation + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block +during the operation. + +If count is 0, returns 0 and does nothing. A value of @count +larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned. +It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it +can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, or if there is not enough +storage in the stream. All writes block until at least one byte +is written or an error occurs; 0 is never returned (unless +@count is 0). + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes written, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block +during the operation. + +This function is similar to g_output_stream_write(), except it tries to +write as many bytes as requested, only stopping on an error. + +On a successful write of @count bytes, %TRUE is returned, and @bytes_written +is set to @count. + +If there is an error during the operation %FALSE is returned and @error +is set to indicate the error status. + +As a special exception to the normal conventions for functions that +use #GError, if this function returns %FALSE (and sets @error) then +@bytes_written will be set to the number of bytes that were +successfully written before the error was encountered. This +functionality is only available from C. If you need it from another +language then you must write your own loop around +g_output_stream_write(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was + written to the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into +the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_output_stream_write_all_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +This is the asynchronous version of g_output_stream_write_all(). + +Call g_output_stream_write_all_finish() to collect the result. + +Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical +value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower +priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +Note that no copy of @buffer will be made, so it must stay valid +until @callback is called. + + + + + + A #GOutputStream + + + + the buffer containing the data to write + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + the io priority of the request + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous stream write operation started with +g_output_stream_write_all_async(). + +As a special exception to the normal conventions for functions that +use #GError, if this function returns %FALSE (and sets @error) then +@bytes_written will be set to the number of bytes that were +successfully written before the error was encountered. This +functionality is only available from C. If you need it from another +language then you must write your own loop around +g_output_stream_write_async(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GOutputStream + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was written to the stream + + + + + + Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into +the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. +You can then call g_output_stream_write_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + +During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, +and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. + +A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a +%G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + +On success, the number of bytes written will be passed to the +@callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the +requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, +but generally we try to write as many bytes as requested. + +You are guaranteed that this method will never fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK - if @stream can't accept more data, the +method will just wait until this changes. + +Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical +value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower +priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads +to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting +classes. However, if you override one you must override all. + +For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see +g_output_stream_write(). + +Note that no copy of @buffer will be made, so it must stay valid +until @callback is called. See g_output_stream_write_bytes_async() +for a #GBytes version that will automatically hold a reference to +the contents (without copying) for the duration of the call. + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + A wrapper function for g_output_stream_write() which takes a +#GBytes as input. This can be more convenient for use by language +bindings or in other cases where the refcounted nature of #GBytes +is helpful over a bare pointer interface. + +However, note that this function may still perform partial writes, +just like g_output_stream_write(). If that occurs, to continue +writing, you will need to create a new #GBytes containing just the +remaining bytes, using g_bytes_new_from_bytes(). Passing the same +#GBytes instance multiple times potentially can result in duplicated +data in the output stream. + + Number of bytes written, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the #GBytes to write + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + This function is similar to g_output_stream_write_async(), but +takes a #GBytes as input. Due to the refcounted nature of #GBytes, +this allows the stream to avoid taking a copy of the data. + +However, note that this function may still perform partial writes, +just like g_output_stream_write_async(). If that occurs, to continue +writing, you will need to create a new #GBytes containing just the +remaining bytes, using g_bytes_new_from_bytes(). Passing the same +#GBytes instance multiple times potentially can result in duplicated +data in the output stream. + +For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see +g_output_stream_write_bytes(). + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + The bytes to write + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes a stream write-from-#GBytes operation. + + a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Finishes a stream write operation. + + a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Number of bytes written, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + + + + a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or + -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes + spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be + returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number + of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the + number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that + will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual + number of bytes spliced. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GOutputStream. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional cancellable object + + + + callback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. + + Do not close either stream. + + + Close the source stream after + the splice. + + + Close the target stream after + the splice. + + + + Structure used for scatter/gather data output. +You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVectors +and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were +one buffer. + + Pointer to a buffer of data to read. + + + + the size of @buffer. + + + + + Extension point for proxy functionality. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. + +#Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it +to, and later retrieves it again from there. + + never save a password. + + + save a password for the session. + + + save a password permanently. + + + + A #GPermission represents the status of the caller's permission to +perform a certain action. + +You can query if the action is currently allowed and if it is +possible to acquire the permission so that the action will be allowed +in the future. + +There is also an API to actually acquire the permission and one to +release it. + +As an example, a #GPermission might represent the ability for the +user to write to a #GSettings object. This #GPermission object could +then be used to decide if it is appropriate to show a "Click here to +unlock" button in a dialog and to provide the mechanism to invoke +when that button is clicked. + + Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. + +The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission +and the underlying authentication mechanism. A simple example is +that a dialog may appear asking the user to enter their password. + +You should check with g_permission_get_can_acquire() before calling +this function. + +If the permission is acquired then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, +%FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. + +This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that +user interaction is required). See g_permission_acquire_async() for +the non-blocking version. + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. + +This is the first half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_acquire(). + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Collects the result of attempting to acquire the permission +represented by @permission. + +This is the second half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_acquire(). + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. + +The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission +and the underlying authentication mechanism. In most cases the +permission will be dropped immediately without further action. + +You should check with g_permission_get_can_release() before calling +this function. + +If the permission is released then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, +%FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. + +This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that +user interaction is required). See g_permission_release_async() for +the non-blocking version. + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. + +This is the first half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_release(). + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Collects the result of attempting to release the permission +represented by @permission. + +This is the second half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_release(). + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. + +The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission +and the underlying authentication mechanism. A simple example is +that a dialog may appear asking the user to enter their password. + +You should check with g_permission_get_can_acquire() before calling +this function. + +If the permission is acquired then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, +%FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. + +This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that +user interaction is required). See g_permission_acquire_async() for +the non-blocking version. + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. + +This is the first half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_acquire(). + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Collects the result of attempting to acquire the permission +represented by @permission. + +This is the second half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_acquire(). + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'allowed' property. This property is %TRUE if +the caller currently has permission to perform the action that +@permission represents the permission to perform. + + the value of the 'allowed' property + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'can-acquire' property. This property is %TRUE +if it is generally possible to acquire the permission by calling +g_permission_acquire(). + + the value of the 'can-acquire' property + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'can-release' property. This property is %TRUE +if it is generally possible to release the permission by calling +g_permission_release(). + + the value of the 'can-release' property + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + + + This function is called by the #GPermission implementation to update +the properties of the permission. You should never call this +function except from a #GPermission implementation. + +GObject notify signals are generated, as appropriate. + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the new value for the 'allowed' property + + + + the new value for the 'can-acquire' property + + + + the new value for the 'can-release' property + + + + + + Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. + +The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission +and the underlying authentication mechanism. In most cases the +permission will be dropped immediately without further action. + +You should check with g_permission_get_can_release() before calling +this function. + +If the permission is released then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, +%FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. + +This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that +user interaction is required). See g_permission_release_async() for +the non-blocking version. + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. + +This is the first half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_release(). + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Collects the result of attempting to release the permission +represented by @permission. + +This is the second half of the asynchronous version of +g_permission_release(). + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + %TRUE if the caller currently has permission to perform the action that +@permission represents the permission to perform. + + + + %TRUE if it is generally possible to acquire the permission by calling +g_permission_acquire(). + + + + %TRUE if it is generally possible to release the permission by calling +g_permission_release(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done + + + + the user data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the permission was successfully released + + + + + a #GPermission instance + + + + the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GPollableInputStream is implemented by #GInputStreams that +can be polled for readiness to read. This can be used when +interfacing with a non-GIO API that expects +UNIX-file-descriptor-style asynchronous I/O rather than GIO-style. + + + Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement +#GPollableInputStream but have only certain instances of that class +be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of +other #GPollableInputStream methods is undefined. + +For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; +a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be read, or +@cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the +source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. + +As with g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), it is possible that +the stream may not actually be readable even after the source +triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() +rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback. + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if @stream can be read. + +Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% +reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_input_stream_read() +after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee +non-blocking behavior, you should always use +g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. + + %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to read will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + Attempts to read up to @count bytes from @stream into @buffer, as +with g_input_stream_read(). If @stream is not currently readable, +this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can +use g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource +that will be triggered when @stream is readable. + +Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually +use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error +if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which +may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due +to having been cancelled. + + the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read + + + + + + Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement +#GPollableInputStream but have only certain instances of that class +be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of +other #GPollableInputStream methods is undefined. + +For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; +a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be read, or +@cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the +source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. + +As with g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), it is possible that +the stream may not actually be readable even after the source +triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() +rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback. + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if @stream can be read. + +Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% +reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_input_stream_read() +after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee +non-blocking behavior, you should always use +g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. + + %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to read will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + Attempts to read up to @count bytes from @stream into @buffer, as +with g_input_stream_read(). If @stream is not currently readable, +this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can +use g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource +that will be triggered when @stream is readable. + +Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually +use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error +if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which +may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due +to having been cancelled. + + the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + The interface for pollable input streams. + +The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. + +The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls +g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls +g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need +to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable +implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually +readable. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to read will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + + + + + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableInputStream + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read + + + + + + + + #GPollableOutputStream is implemented by #GOutputStreams that +can be polled for readiness to write. This can be used when +interfacing with a non-GIO API that expects +UNIX-file-descriptor-style asynchronous I/O rather than GIO-style. + + + Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement +#GPollableOutputStream but have only certain instances of that +class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior +of other #GPollableOutputStream methods is undefined. + +For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; +a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be written, or +@cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the +source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. + +As with g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), it is possible that +the stream may not actually be writable even after the source +triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() +rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback. + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if @stream can be written. + +Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% +reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_output_stream_write() +after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee +non-blocking behavior, you should always use +g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. + + %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to write will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + Attempts to write up to @count bytes from @buffer to @stream, as +with g_output_stream_write(). If @stream is not currently writable, +this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can +use g_pollable_output_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource +that will be triggered when @stream is writable. + +Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually +use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error +if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which +may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due +to having been cancelled. + +Also note that if %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying +transports like D/TLS require that you send the same @buffer and @count. + + the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream + + + + a buffer to write + data from + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to write + + + + + + Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement +#GPollableOutputStream but have only certain instances of that +class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior +of other #GPollableOutputStream methods is undefined. + +For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; +a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be written, or +@cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the +source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. + +As with g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), it is possible that +the stream may not actually be writable even after the source +triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() +rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback. + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if @stream can be written. + +Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% +reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_output_stream_write() +after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee +non-blocking behavior, you should always use +g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. + + %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to write will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + Attempts to write up to @count bytes from @buffer to @stream, as +with g_output_stream_write(). If @stream is not currently writable, +this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can +use g_pollable_output_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource +that will be triggered when @stream is writable. + +Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually +use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error +if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which +may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due +to having been cancelled. + +Also note that if %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying +transports like D/TLS require that you send the same @buffer and @count. + + the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream + + + + a buffer to write + data from + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to write + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + The interface for pollable output streams. + +The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. + +The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls +g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls +g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only +need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable +implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually +writable. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error + has occurred on @stream, this will result in + g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the + next attempt to write will return the error. + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + + + + + + a new #GSource + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including + %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). + + + + + a #GPollableOutputStream + + + + a buffer to write + data from + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to write + + + + + + + + This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource +returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and +g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). + + it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. + + + + + the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream + + + + data passed in by the user. + + + + + + A #GPropertyAction is a way to get a #GAction with a state value +reflecting and controlling the value of a #GObject property. + +The state of the action will correspond to the value of the property. +Changing it will change the property (assuming the requested value +matches the requirements as specified in the #GParamSpec). + +Only the most common types are presently supported. Booleans are +mapped to booleans, strings to strings, signed/unsigned integers to +int32/uint32 and floats and doubles to doubles. + +If the property is an enum then the state will be string-typed and +conversion will automatically be performed between the enum value and +"nick" string as per the #GEnumValue table. + +Flags types are not currently supported. + +Properties of object types, boxed types and pointer types are not +supported and probably never will be. + +Properties of #GVariant types are not currently supported. + +If the property is boolean-valued then the action will have a NULL +parameter type, and activating the action (with no parameter) will +toggle the value of the property. + +In all other cases, the parameter type will correspond to the type of +the property. + +The general idea here is to reduce the number of locations where a +particular piece of state is kept (and therefore has to be synchronised +between). #GPropertyAction does not have a separate state that is kept +in sync with the property value -- its state is the property value. + +For example, it might be useful to create a #GAction corresponding to +the "visible-child-name" property of a #GtkStack so that the current +page can be switched from a menu. The active radio indication in the +menu is then directly determined from the active page of the +#GtkStack. + +An anti-example would be binding the "active-id" property on a +#GtkComboBox. This is because the state of the combobox itself is +probably uninteresting and is actually being used to control +something else. + +Another anti-example would be to bind to the "visible-child-name" +property of a #GtkStack if this value is actually stored in +#GSettings. In that case, the real source of the value is +#GSettings. If you want a #GAction to control a setting stored in +#GSettings, see g_settings_create_action() instead, and possibly +combine its use with g_settings_bind(). + + + Creates a #GAction corresponding to the value of property +@property_name on @object. + +The property must be existent and readable and writable (and not +construct-only). + +This function takes a reference on @object and doesn't release it +until the action is destroyed. + + a new #GPropertyAction + + + + + the name of the action to create + + + + the object that has the property + to wrap + + + + the name of the property + + + + + + If @action is currently enabled. + +If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and +g_action_change_state() have no effect. + + + + If %TRUE, the state of the action will be the negation of the +property value, provided the property is boolean. + + + + The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying +the action once it has been added to a #GActionMap. + + + + The object to wrap a property on. + +The object must be a non-%NULL #GObject with properties. + + + + The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the +action. + + + + The name of the property to wrap on the object. + +The property must exist on the passed-in object and it must be +readable and writable (and not construct-only). + + + + The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless. + + + + The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the +action is stateless. + + + + + A #GProxy handles connecting to a remote host via a given type of +proxy server. It is implemented by the 'gio-proxy' extension point. +The extensions are named after their proxy protocol name. As an +example, a SOCKS5 proxy implementation can be retrieved with the +name 'socks5' using the function +g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). + + Lookup "gio-proxy" extension point for a proxy implementation that supports +specified protocol. + + return a #GProxy or NULL if protocol + is not supported. + + + + + the proxy protocol name (e.g. http, socks, etc) + + + + + + Given @connection to communicate with a proxy (eg, a +#GSocketConnection that is connected to the proxy server), this +does the necessary handshake to connect to @proxy_address, and if +required, wraps the #GIOStream to handle proxy payload. + + a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might + be the same as @connection, in which case a reference + will be added. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronous version of g_proxy_connect(). + + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + callback data + + + + + + See g_proxy_connect(). + + a #GIOStream. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Some proxy protocols expect to be passed a hostname, which they +will resolve to an IP address themselves. Others, like SOCKS4, do +not allow this. This function will return %FALSE if @proxy is +implementing such a protocol. When %FALSE is returned, the caller +should resolve the destination hostname first, and then pass a +#GProxyAddress containing the stringified IP address to +g_proxy_connect() or g_proxy_connect_async(). + + %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + + + Given @connection to communicate with a proxy (eg, a +#GSocketConnection that is connected to the proxy server), this +does the necessary handshake to connect to @proxy_address, and if +required, wraps the #GIOStream to handle proxy payload. + + a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might + be the same as @connection, in which case a reference + will be added. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronous version of g_proxy_connect(). + + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + callback data + + + + + + See g_proxy_connect(). + + a #GIOStream. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Some proxy protocols expect to be passed a hostname, which they +will resolve to an IP address themselves. Others, like SOCKS4, do +not allow this. This function will return %FALSE if @proxy is +implementing such a protocol. When %FALSE is returned, the caller +should resolve the destination hostname first, and then pass a +#GProxyAddress containing the stringified IP address to +g_proxy_connect() or g_proxy_connect_async(). + + %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + + + + Support for proxied #GInetSocketAddress. + + + Creates a new #GProxyAddress for @inetaddr with @protocol that should +tunnel through @dest_hostname and @dest_port. + +(Note that this method doesn't set the #GProxyAddress:uri or +#GProxyAddress:destination-protocol fields; use g_object_new() +directly if you want to set those.) + + a new #GProxyAddress + + + + + The proxy server #GInetAddress. + + + + The proxy server port. + + + + The proxy protocol to support, in lower case (e.g. socks, http). + + + + The destination hostname the proxy should tunnel to. + + + + The destination port to tunnel to. + + + + The username to authenticate to the proxy server + (or %NULL). + + + + The password to authenticate to the proxy server + (or %NULL). + + + + + + Gets @proxy's destination hostname; that is, the name of the host +that will be connected to via the proxy, not the name of the proxy +itself. + + the @proxy's destination hostname + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets @proxy's destination port; that is, the port on the +destination host that will be connected to via the proxy, not the +port number of the proxy itself. + + the @proxy's destination port + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets the protocol that is being spoken to the destination +server; eg, "http" or "ftp". + + the @proxy's destination protocol + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets @proxy's password. + + the @proxy's password + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets @proxy's protocol. eg, "socks" or "http" + + the @proxy's protocol + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets the proxy URI that @proxy was constructed from. + + the @proxy's URI, or %NULL if unknown + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + Gets @proxy's username. + + the @proxy's username + + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + + + + + + + + + The protocol being spoke to the destination host, or %NULL if +the #GProxyAddress doesn't know. + + + + + + + + + + The URI string that the proxy was constructed from (or %NULL +if the creator didn't specify this). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GProxyAddress. + + + + + + A subclass of #GSocketAddressEnumerator that takes another address +enumerator and wraps its results in #GProxyAddresses as +directed by the default #GProxyResolver. + + + + + The default port to use if #GProxyAddressEnumerator:uri does not +specify one. + + + + The proxy resolver to use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might + be the same as @connection, in which case a reference + will be added. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + a #GProxyAddress + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + callback data + + + + + + + + + a #GIOStream. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. + + + + + a #GProxy + + + + + + + + #GProxyResolver provides synchronous and asynchronous network proxy +resolution. #GProxyResolver is used within #GSocketClient through +the method g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(). + +Implementations of #GProxyResolver based on libproxy and GNOME settings can +be found in glib-networking. GIO comes with an implementation for use inside +Flatpak portals. + + Gets the default #GProxyResolver for the system. + + the default #GProxyResolver. + + + + + Checks if @resolver can be used on this system. (This is used +internally; g_proxy_resolver_get_default() will only return a proxy +resolver that returns %TRUE for this method.) + + %TRUE if @resolver is supported. + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + + + Looks into the system proxy configuration to determine what proxy, +if any, to use to connect to @uri. The returned proxy URIs are of +the form `<protocol>://[user[:password]@]host:port` or +`direct://`, where <protocol> could be http, rtsp, socks +or other proxying protocol. + +If you don't know what network protocol is being used on the +socket, you should use `none` as the URI protocol. +In this case, the resolver might still return a generic proxy type +(such as SOCKS), but would not return protocol-specific proxy types +(such as http). + +`direct://` is used when no proxy is needed. +Direct connection should not be attempted unless it is part of the +returned array of proxies. + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronous lookup of proxy. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more +details. + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Call this function to obtain the array of proxy URIs when +g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async() is complete. See +g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Checks if @resolver can be used on this system. (This is used +internally; g_proxy_resolver_get_default() will only return a proxy +resolver that returns %TRUE for this method.) + + %TRUE if @resolver is supported. + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + + + Looks into the system proxy configuration to determine what proxy, +if any, to use to connect to @uri. The returned proxy URIs are of +the form `<protocol>://[user[:password]@]host:port` or +`direct://`, where <protocol> could be http, rtsp, socks +or other proxying protocol. + +If you don't know what network protocol is being used on the +socket, you should use `none` as the URI protocol. +In this case, the resolver might still return a generic proxy type +(such as SOCKS), but would not return protocol-specific proxy types +(such as http). + +`direct://` is used when no proxy is needed. +Direct connection should not be attempted unless it is part of the +returned array of proxies. + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronous lookup of proxy. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more +details. + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Call this function to obtain the array of proxy URIs when +g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async() is complete. See +g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GProxyResolver. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + %TRUE if @resolver is supported. + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + + + + + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + a URI representing the destination to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + + + + A + NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed + with g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + a #GProxyResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to +@size bytes. + +The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). + + a pointer to the reallocated memory + + + + + memory block to reallocate + + + + size to reallocate @data to + + + + + + The GRemoteActionGroup interface is implemented by #GActionGroup +instances that either transmit action invocations to other processes +or receive action invocations in the local process from other +processes. + +The interface has `_full` variants of the two +methods on #GActionGroup used to activate actions: +g_action_group_activate_action() and +g_action_group_change_action_state(). These variants allow a +"platform data" #GVariant to be specified: a dictionary providing +context for the action invocation (for example: timestamps, startup +notification IDs, etc). + +#GDBusActionGroup implements #GRemoteActionGroup. This provides a +mechanism to send platform data for action invocations over D-Bus. + +Additionally, g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() will check if +the exported #GActionGroup implements #GRemoteActionGroup and use the +`_full` variants of the calls if available. This +provides a mechanism by which to receive platform data for action +invocations that arrive by way of D-Bus. + + + Activates the remote action. + +This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it +allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the +activation request. This typically contains details such as the user +interaction timestamp or startup notification information. + +@platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. + + + + + + a #GDBusActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + the optional parameter to the activation + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + Changes the state of a remote action. + +This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that +it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the +state change request. This typically contains details such as the +user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. + +@platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. + + + + + + a #GRemoteActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to change the state of + + + + the new requested value for the state + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + Activates the remote action. + +This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it +allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the +activation request. This typically contains details such as the user +interaction timestamp or startup notification information. + +@platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. + + + + + + a #GDBusActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + the optional parameter to the activation + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + Changes the state of a remote action. + +This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that +it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the +state change request. This typically contains details such as the +user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. + +@platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type +%G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. + + + + + + a #GRemoteActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to change the state of + + + + the new requested value for the state + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + + The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. + + + + + + + + + + + a #GDBusActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to activate + + + + the optional parameter to the activation + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GRemoteActionGroup + + + + the name of the action to change the state of + + + + the new requested value for the state + + + + the platform data to send + + + + + + + + #GResolver provides cancellable synchronous and asynchronous DNS +resolution, for hostnames (g_resolver_lookup_by_address(), +g_resolver_lookup_by_name() and their async variants) and SRV +(service) records (g_resolver_lookup_service()). + +#GNetworkAddress and #GNetworkService provide wrappers around +#GResolver functionality that also implement #GSocketConnectable, +making it easy to connect to a remote host/service. + + Frees @addresses (which should be the return value from +g_resolver_lookup_by_name() or g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish()). +(This is a convenience method; you can also simply free the results +by hand.) + + + + + + a #GList of #GInetAddress + + + + + + + + Frees @targets (which should be the return value from +g_resolver_lookup_service() or g_resolver_lookup_service_finish()). +(This is a convenience method; you can also simply free the +results by hand.) + + + + + + a #GList of #GSrvTarget + + + + + + + + Gets the default #GResolver. You should unref it when you are done +with it. #GResolver may use its reference count as a hint about how +many threads it should allocate for concurrent DNS resolutions. + + the default #GResolver. + + + + + Synchronously reverse-resolves @address to determine its +associated hostname. + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded + form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its +associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must +call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded +form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Synchronously resolves @hostname to determine its associated IP +address(es). @hostname may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname, or +the textual form of an IP address (in which case this just becomes +a wrapper around g_inet_address_new_from_string()). + +On success, g_resolver_lookup_by_name() will return a non-empty #GList of +#GInetAddress, sorted in order of preference and guaranteed to not +contain duplicates. That is, if using the result to connect to +@hostname, you should attempt to connect to the first address +first, then the second if the first fails, etc. If you are using +the result to listen on a socket, it is appropriate to add each +result using e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address(). + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a +value from #GResolverError and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +If you are planning to connect to a socket on the resolved IP +address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its +#GSocketConnectable interface. + + a non-empty #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You +must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are +done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its +associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which +must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result. +See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up the address of + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a call to +g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() +for more details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Synchronously performs a DNS record lookup for the given @rrname and returns +a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for +information on what the records contain for each @record_type. + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously performing a DNS lookup for the given +@rrname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call +g_resolver_lookup_records_finish() to get the final result. See +g_resolver_lookup_records() for more details. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_records_async(). Returns a non-empty list of records as +#GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the +records contain. + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_service_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more +details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronously reverse-resolves @address to determine its +associated hostname. + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded + form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its +associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must +call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded +form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Synchronously resolves @hostname to determine its associated IP +address(es). @hostname may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname, or +the textual form of an IP address (in which case this just becomes +a wrapper around g_inet_address_new_from_string()). + +On success, g_resolver_lookup_by_name() will return a non-empty #GList of +#GInetAddress, sorted in order of preference and guaranteed to not +contain duplicates. That is, if using the result to connect to +@hostname, you should attempt to connect to the first address +first, then the second if the first fails, etc. If you are using +the result to listen on a socket, it is appropriate to add each +result using e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address(). + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a +value from #GResolverError and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +If you are planning to connect to a socket on the resolved IP +address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its +#GSocketConnectable interface. + + a non-empty #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You +must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are +done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its +associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which +must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result. +See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up the address of + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a call to +g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() +for more details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Synchronously performs a DNS record lookup for the given @rrname and returns +a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for +information on what the records contain for each @record_type. + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously performing a DNS lookup for the given +@rrname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call +g_resolver_lookup_records_finish() to get the final result. See +g_resolver_lookup_records() for more details. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_records_async(). Returns a non-empty list of records as +#GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the +records contain. + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Synchronously performs a DNS SRV lookup for the given @service and +@protocol in the given @domain and returns an array of #GSrvTarget. +@domain may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname. Note also that the +@service and @protocol arguments do not include the leading underscore +that appears in the actual DNS entry. + +On success, g_resolver_lookup_service() will return a non-empty #GList of +#GSrvTarget, sorted in order of preference. (That is, you should +attempt to connect to the first target first, then the second if +the first fails, etc.) + +If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError and %NULL will be returned. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +If you are planning to connect to the service, it is usually easier +to create a #GNetworkService and use its #GSocketConnectable +interface. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the targets and the +list when you are done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_targets() to do +this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") + + + + the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") + + + + the DNS domain to look up the service in + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Begins asynchronously performing a DNS SRV lookup for the given +@service and @protocol in the given @domain, and eventually calls +@callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_service_finish() to +get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more +details. + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") + + + + the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") + + + + the DNS domain to look up the service in + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a previous call to +g_resolver_lookup_service_async(). + +If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to +a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, +@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + a non-empty #GList of +#GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more +details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Sets @resolver to be the application's default resolver (reffing +@resolver, and unreffing the previous default resolver, if any). +Future calls to g_resolver_get_default() will return this resolver. + +This can be used if an application wants to perform any sort of DNS +caching or "pinning"; it can implement its own #GResolver that +calls the original default resolver for DNS operations, and +implements its own cache policies on top of that, and then set +itself as the default resolver for all later code to use. + + + + + + the new default #GResolver + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the resolver notices that the system resolver +configuration has changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a non-empty #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You +must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are +done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the hostname to look up the address of + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + + + + a #GList +of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() +for more details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded + form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the address to reverse-resolve + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + + + + a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded +form), or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a non-empty #GList of +#GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more +details. + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the DNS name to lookup the record for + + + + the type of DNS record to lookup + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after resolution completes + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + + + + a non-empty #GList of +#GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list +when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with +g_variant_unref() to do this.) + + + + + + + a #GResolver + + + + the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned +from a #GResolver routine. + + the requested name/address/service was not + found + + + the requested information could not + be looked up due to a network error or similar problem + + + unknown error + + + Gets the #GResolver Error Quark. + + a #GQuark. + + + + + + + + The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or +g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned +as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in +the variant tuples returned. + +%G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature +'(qqqs)', containing a guint16 with the priority, a guint16 with the +weight, a guint16 with the port, and a string of the hostname. + +%G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature +'(qs)', representing a guint16 with the preference, and a string containing +the mail exchanger hostname. + +%G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature +'(as)', representing an array of the strings in the text record. + +%G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature +'(ssuuuuu)', representing a string containing the primary name server, a +string containing the administrator, the serial as a guint32, the refresh +interval as guint32, the retry interval as a guint32, the expire timeout +as a guint32, and the ttl as a guint32. + +%G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature +'(s)', representing a string of the hostname of the name server. + + lookup DNS SRV records for a domain + + + lookup DNS MX records for a domain + + + lookup DNS TXT records for a name + + + lookup DNS SOA records for a zone + + + lookup DNS NS records for a domain + + + + Applications and libraries often contain binary or textual data that is +really part of the application, rather than user data. For instance +#GtkBuilder .ui files, splashscreen images, GMenu markup XML, CSS files, +icons, etc. These are often shipped as files in `$datadir/appname`, or +manually included as literal strings in the code. + +The #GResource API and the [glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] program +provide a convenient and efficient alternative to this which has some nice properties. You +maintain the files as normal files, so its easy to edit them, but during the build the files +are combined into a binary bundle that is linked into the executable. This means that loading +the resource files are efficient (as they are already in memory, shared with other instances) and +simple (no need to check for things like I/O errors or locate the files in the filesystem). It +also makes it easier to create relocatable applications. + +Resource files can also be marked as compressed. Such files will be included in the resource bundle +in a compressed form, but will be automatically uncompressed when the resource is used. This +is very useful e.g. for larger text files that are parsed once (or rarely) and then thrown away. + +Resource files can also be marked to be preprocessed, by setting the value of the +`preprocess` attribute to a comma-separated list of preprocessing options. +The only options currently supported are: + +`xml-stripblanks` which will use the xmllint command +to strip ignorable whitespace from the XML file. For this to work, +the `XMLLINT` environment variable must be set to the full path to +the xmllint executable, or xmllint must be in the `PATH`; otherwise +the preprocessing step is skipped. + +`to-pixdata` which will use the gdk-pixbuf-pixdata command to convert +images to the GdkPixdata format, which allows you to create pixbufs directly using the data inside +the resource file, rather than an (uncompressed) copy if it. For this, the gdk-pixbuf-pixdata +program must be in the PATH, or the `GDK_PIXBUF_PIXDATA` environment variable must be +set to the full path to the gdk-pixbuf-pixdata executable; otherwise the resource compiler will +abort. + +Resource files will be exported in the GResource namespace using the +combination of the given `prefix` and the filename from the `file` element. +The `alias` attribute can be used to alter the filename to expose them at a +different location in the resource namespace. Typically, this is used to +include files from a different source directory without exposing the source +directory in the resource namespace, as in the example below. + +Resource bundles are created by the [glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] program +which takes an XML file that describes the bundle, and a set of files that the XML references. These +are combined into a binary resource bundle. + +An example resource description: +|[ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<gresources> + <gresource prefix="/org/gtk/Example"> + <file>data/splashscreen.png</file> + <file compressed="true">dialog.ui</file> + <file preprocess="xml-stripblanks">menumarkup.xml</file> + <file alias="example.css">data/example.css</file> + </gresource> +</gresources> +]| + +This will create a resource bundle with the following files: +|[ +/org/gtk/Example/data/splashscreen.png +/org/gtk/Example/dialog.ui +/org/gtk/Example/menumarkup.xml +/org/gtk/Example/example.css +]| + +Note that all resources in the process share the same namespace, so use Java-style +path prefixes (like in the above example) to avoid conflicts. + +You can then use [glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] to compile the XML to a +binary bundle that you can load with g_resource_load(). However, its more common to use the --generate-source and +--generate-header arguments to create a source file and header to link directly into your application. +This will generate `get_resource()`, `register_resource()` and +`unregister_resource()` functions, prefixed by the `--c-name` argument passed +to [glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources]. `get_resource()` returns +the generated #GResource object. The register and unregister functions +register the resource so its files can be accessed using +g_resources_lookup_data(). + +Once a #GResource has been created and registered all the data in it can be accessed globally in the process by +using API calls like g_resources_open_stream() to stream the data or g_resources_lookup_data() to get a direct pointer +to the data. You can also use URIs like "resource:///org/gtk/Example/data/splashscreen.png" with #GFile to access +the resource data. + +Some higher-level APIs, such as #GtkApplication, will automatically load +resources from certain well-known paths in the resource namespace as a +convenience. See the documentation for those APIs for details. + +There are two forms of the generated source, the default version uses the compiler support for constructor +and destructor functions (where available) to automatically create and register the #GResource on startup +or library load time. If you pass `--manual-register`, two functions to register/unregister the resource are created +instead. This requires an explicit initialization call in your application/library, but it works on all platforms, +even on the minor ones where constructors are not supported. (Constructor support is available for at least Win32, Mac OS and Linux.) + +Note that resource data can point directly into the data segment of e.g. a library, so if you are unloading libraries +during runtime you need to be very careful with keeping around pointers to data from a resource, as this goes away +when the library is unloaded. However, in practice this is not generally a problem, since most resource accesses +are for your own resources, and resource data is often used once, during parsing, and then released. + +When debugging a program or testing a change to an installed version, it is often useful to be able to +replace resources in the program or library, without recompiling, for debugging or quick hacking and testing +purposes. Since GLib 2.50, it is possible to use the `G_RESOURCE_OVERLAYS` environment variable to selectively overlay +resources with replacements from the filesystem. It is a colon-separated list of substitutions to perform +during resource lookups. + +A substitution has the form + +|[ + /org/gtk/libgtk=/home/desrt/gtk-overlay +]| + +The part before the `=` is the resource subpath for which the overlay applies. The part after is a +filesystem path which contains files and subdirectories as you would like to be loaded as resources with the +equivalent names. + +In the example above, if an application tried to load a resource with the resource path +`/org/gtk/libgtk/ui/gtkdialog.ui` then GResource would check the filesystem path +`/home/desrt/gtk-overlay/ui/gtkdialog.ui`. If a file was found there, it would be used instead. This is an +overlay, not an outright replacement, which means that if a file is not found at that path, the built-in +version will be used instead. Whiteouts are not currently supported. + +Substitutions must start with a slash, and must not contain a trailing slash before the '='. The path after +the slash should ideally be absolute, but this is not strictly required. It is possible to overlay the +location of a single resource with an individual file. + + Creates a GResource from a reference to the binary resource bundle. +This will keep a reference to @data while the resource lives, so +the data should not be modified or freed. + +If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need +to register it with g_resources_register(). + +Note: @data must be backed by memory that is at least pointer aligned. +Otherwise this function will internally create a copy of the memory since +GLib 2.56, or in older versions fail and exit the process. + + a new #GResource, or %NULL on error + + + + + A #GBytes + + + + + + Registers the resource with the process-global set of resources. +Once a resource is registered the files in it can be accessed +with the global resource lookup functions like g_resources_lookup_data(). + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Unregisters the resource from the process-global set of resources. + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Returns all the names of children at the specified @path in the resource. +The return result is a %NULL terminated list of strings which should +be released with g_strfreev(). + +If @path is invalid or does not exist in the #GResource, +%G_RESOURCE_ERROR_NOT_FOUND will be returned. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + an array of constant strings + + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and +if found returns information about it. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + %TRUE if the file was found. %FALSE if there were errors + + + + + A #GResource + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + a location to place the length of the contents of the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + a location to place the flags about the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and +returns a #GBytes that lets you directly access the data in +memory. + +The data is always followed by a zero byte, so you +can safely use the data as a C string. However, that byte +is not included in the size of the GBytes. + +For uncompressed resource files this is a pointer directly into +the resource bundle, which is typically in some readonly data section +in the program binary. For compressed files we allocate memory on +the heap and automatically uncompress the data. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + #GBytes or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_bytes_unref() + + + + + A #GResource + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and +returns a #GInputStream that lets you read the data. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + #GInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref() + + + + + A #GResource + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @resource by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #GResource + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @resource by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the resource is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Loads a binary resource bundle and creates a #GResource representation of it, allowing +you to query it for data. + +If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need +to register it with g_resources_register(). + + a new #GResource, or %NULL on error + + + + + the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding + + + + + + + An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned +from a #GResource routine. + + no file was found at the requested path + + + unknown error + + + Gets the #GResource Error Quark. + + a #GQuark + + + + + + GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource +bundle. + + No flags set. + + + The file is compressed. + + + + GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. + + No flags set. + + + + Extension point for #GSettingsBackend functionality. + + + + #GSeekable is implemented by streams (implementations of +#GInputStream or #GOutputStream) that support seeking. + +Seekable streams largely fall into two categories: resizable and +fixed-size. + +#GSeekable on fixed-sized streams is approximately the same as POSIX +lseek() on a block device (for example: attmepting to seek past the +end of the device is an error). Fixed streams typically cannot be +truncated. + +#GSeekable on resizable streams is approximately the same as POSIX +lseek() on a normal file. Seeking past the end and writing data will +usually cause the stream to resize by introducing zero bytes. + + Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface. + + %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Tests if the length of the stream can be adjusted with +g_seekable_truncate(). + + %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Seeks in the stream by the given @offset, modified by @type. + +Attempting to seek past the end of the stream will have different +results depending on if the stream is fixed-sized or resizable. If +the stream is resizable then seeking past the end and then writing +will result in zeros filling the empty space. Seeking past the end +of a resizable stream and reading will result in EOF. Seeking past +the end of a fixed-sized stream will fail. + +Any operation that would result in a negative offset will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + a #goffset. + + + + a #GSeekType. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tells the current position within the stream. + + the offset from the beginning of the buffer. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Sets the length of the stream to @offset. If the stream was previously +larger than @offset, the extra data is discarded. If the stream was +previouly shorter than @offset, it is extended with NUL ('\0') bytes. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + new length for @seekable, in bytes. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface. + + %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Tests if the length of the stream can be adjusted with +g_seekable_truncate(). + + %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Seeks in the stream by the given @offset, modified by @type. + +Attempting to seek past the end of the stream will have different +results depending on if the stream is fixed-sized or resizable. If +the stream is resizable then seeking past the end and then writing +will result in zeros filling the empty space. Seeking past the end +of a resizable stream and reading will result in EOF. Seeking past +the end of a fixed-sized stream will fail. + +Any operation that would result in a negative offset will fail. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + a #goffset. + + + + a #GSeekType. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tells the current position within the stream. + + the offset from the beginning of the buffer. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + Sets the length of the stream to @offset. If the stream was previously +larger than @offset, the extra data is discarded. If the stream was +previouly shorter than @offset, it is extended with NUL ('\0') bytes. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an +operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the +partial result will be returned, without an error. + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + new length for @seekable, in bytes. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + the offset from the beginning of the buffer. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + a #goffset. + + + + a #GSeekType. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if successful. If an error + has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error + appropriately if present. + + + + + a #GSeekable. + + + + new length for @seekable, in bytes. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + The #GSettings class provides a convenient API for storing and retrieving +application settings. + +Reads and writes can be considered to be non-blocking. Reading +settings with #GSettings is typically extremely fast: on +approximately the same order of magnitude (but slower than) a +#GHashTable lookup. Writing settings is also extremely fast in terms +of time to return to your application, but can be extremely expensive +for other threads and other processes. Many settings backends +(including dconf) have lazy initialisation which means in the common +case of the user using their computer without modifying any settings +a lot of work can be avoided. For dconf, the D-Bus service doesn't +even need to be started in this case. For this reason, you should +only ever modify #GSettings keys in response to explicit user action. +Particular care should be paid to ensure that modifications are not +made during startup -- for example, when setting the initial value +of preferences widgets. The built-in g_settings_bind() functionality +is careful not to write settings in response to notify signals as a +result of modifications that it makes to widgets. + +When creating a GSettings instance, you have to specify a schema +that describes the keys in your settings and their types and default +values, as well as some other information. + +Normally, a schema has a fixed path that determines where the settings +are stored in the conceptual global tree of settings. However, schemas +can also be '[relocatable][gsettings-relocatable]', i.e. not equipped with +a fixed path. This is +useful e.g. when the schema describes an 'account', and you want to be +able to store a arbitrary number of accounts. + +Paths must start with and end with a forward slash character ('/') +and must not contain two sequential slash characters. Paths should +be chosen based on a domain name associated with the program or +library to which the settings belong. Examples of paths are +"/org/gtk/settings/file-chooser/" and "/ca/desrt/dconf-editor/". +Paths should not start with "/apps/", "/desktop/" or "/system/" as +they often did in GConf. + +Unlike other configuration systems (like GConf), GSettings does not +restrict keys to basic types like strings and numbers. GSettings stores +values as #GVariant, and allows any #GVariantType for keys. Key names +are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers and '-'. Furthermore, +the names must begin with a lowercase character, must not end +with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. + +Similar to GConf, the default values in GSettings schemas can be +localized, but the localized values are stored in gettext catalogs +and looked up with the domain that is specified in the +`gettext-domain` attribute of the <schemalist> or <schema> +elements and the category that is specified in the `l10n` attribute of +the <default> element. The string which is translated includes all text in +the <default> element, including any surrounding quotation marks. + +The `l10n` attribute must be set to `messages` or `time`, and sets the +[locale category for +translation](https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Aspects.html#index-locale-categories-1). +The `messages` category should be used by default; use `time` for +translatable date or time formats. A translation comment can be added as an +XML comment immediately above the <default> element — it is recommended to +add these comments to aid translators understand the meaning and +implications of the default value. An optional translation `context` +attribute can be set on the <default> element to disambiguate multiple +defaults which use the same string. + +For example: +|[ + <!-- Translators: A list of words which are not allowed to be typed, in + GVariant serialization syntax. + See: https://developer.gnome.org/glib/stable/gvariant-text.html --> + <default l10n='messages' context='Banned words'>['bad', 'words']</default> +]| + +Translations of default values must remain syntactically valid serialized +#GVariants (e.g. retaining any surrounding quotation marks) or runtime +errors will occur. + +GSettings uses schemas in a compact binary form that is created +by the [glib-compile-schemas][glib-compile-schemas] +utility. The input is a schema description in an XML format. + +A DTD for the gschema XML format can be found here: +[gschema.dtd](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/gschema.dtd) + +The [glib-compile-schemas][glib-compile-schemas] tool expects schema +files to have the extension `.gschema.xml`. + +At runtime, schemas are identified by their id (as specified in the +id attribute of the <schema> element). The convention for schema +ids is to use a dotted name, similar in style to a D-Bus bus name, +e.g. "org.gnome.SessionManager". In particular, if the settings are +for a specific service that owns a D-Bus bus name, the D-Bus bus name +and schema id should match. For schemas which deal with settings not +associated with one named application, the id should not use +StudlyCaps, e.g. "org.gnome.font-rendering". + +In addition to #GVariant types, keys can have types that have +enumerated types. These can be described by a <choice>, +<enum> or <flags> element, as seen in the +[example][schema-enumerated]. The underlying type of such a key +is string, but you can use g_settings_get_enum(), g_settings_set_enum(), +g_settings_get_flags(), g_settings_set_flags() access the numeric values +corresponding to the string value of enum and flags keys. + +An example for default value: +|[ +<schemalist> + <schema id="org.gtk.Test" path="/org/gtk/Test/" gettext-domain="test"> + + <key name="greeting" type="s"> + <default l10n="messages">"Hello, earthlings"</default> + <summary>A greeting</summary> + <description> + Greeting of the invading martians + </description> + </key> + + <key name="box" type="(ii)"> + <default>(20,30)</default> + </key> + + </schema> +</schemalist> +]| + +An example for ranges, choices and enumerated types: +|[ +<schemalist> + + <enum id="org.gtk.Test.myenum"> + <value nick="first" value="1"/> + <value nick="second" value="2"/> + </enum> + + <flags id="org.gtk.Test.myflags"> + <value nick="flag1" value="1"/> + <value nick="flag2" value="2"/> + <value nick="flag3" value="4"/> + </flags> + + <schema id="org.gtk.Test"> + + <key name="key-with-range" type="i"> + <range min="1" max="100"/> + <default>10</default> + </key> + + <key name="key-with-choices" type="s"> + <choices> + <choice value='Elisabeth'/> + <choice value='Annabeth'/> + <choice value='Joe'/> + </choices> + <aliases> + <alias value='Anna' target='Annabeth'/> + <alias value='Beth' target='Elisabeth'/> + </aliases> + <default>'Joe'</default> + </key> + + <key name='enumerated-key' enum='org.gtk.Test.myenum'> + <default>'first'</default> + </key> + + <key name='flags-key' flags='org.gtk.Test.myflags'> + <default>["flag1","flag2"]</default> + </key> + </schema> +</schemalist> +]| + +## Vendor overrides + +Default values are defined in the schemas that get installed by +an application. Sometimes, it is necessary for a vendor or distributor +to adjust these defaults. Since patching the XML source for the schema +is inconvenient and error-prone, +[glib-compile-schemas][glib-compile-schemas] reads so-called vendor +override' files. These are keyfiles in the same directory as the XML +schema sources which can override default values. The schema id serves +as the group name in the key file, and the values are expected in +serialized GVariant form, as in the following example: +|[ + [org.gtk.Example] + key1='string' + key2=1.5 +]| + +glib-compile-schemas expects schema files to have the extension +`.gschema.override`. + +## Binding + +A very convenient feature of GSettings lets you bind #GObject properties +directly to settings, using g_settings_bind(). Once a GObject property +has been bound to a setting, changes on either side are automatically +propagated to the other side. GSettings handles details like mapping +between GObject and GVariant types, and preventing infinite cycles. + +This makes it very easy to hook up a preferences dialog to the +underlying settings. To make this even more convenient, GSettings +looks for a boolean property with the name "sensitivity" and +automatically binds it to the writability of the bound setting. +If this 'magic' gets in the way, it can be suppressed with the +#G_SETTINGS_BIND_NO_SENSITIVITY flag. + +## Relocatable schemas # {#gsettings-relocatable} + +A relocatable schema is one with no `path` attribute specified on its +<schema> element. By using g_settings_new_with_path(), a #GSettings object +can be instantiated for a relocatable schema, assigning a path to the +instance. Paths passed to g_settings_new_with_path() will typically be +constructed dynamically from a constant prefix plus some form of instance +identifier; but they must still be valid GSettings paths. Paths could also +be constant and used with a globally installed schema originating from a +dependency library. + +For example, a relocatable schema could be used to store geometry information +for different windows in an application. If the schema ID was +`org.foo.MyApp.Window`, it could be instantiated for paths +`/org/foo/MyApp/main/`, `/org/foo/MyApp/document-1/`, +`/org/foo/MyApp/document-2/`, etc. If any of the paths are well-known +they can be specified as <child> elements in the parent schema, e.g.: +|[ +<schema id="org.foo.MyApp" path="/org/foo/MyApp/"> + <child name="main" schema="org.foo.MyApp.Window"/> +</schema> +]| + +## Build system integration # {#gsettings-build-system} + +GSettings comes with autotools integration to simplify compiling and +installing schemas. To add GSettings support to an application, add the +following to your `configure.ac`: +|[ +GLIB_GSETTINGS +]| + +In the appropriate `Makefile.am`, use the following snippet to compile and +install the named schema: +|[ +gsettings_SCHEMAS = org.foo.MyApp.gschema.xml +EXTRA_DIST = $(gsettings_SCHEMAS) + +@GSETTINGS_RULES@ +]| + +No changes are needed to the build system to mark a schema XML file for +translation. Assuming it sets the `gettext-domain` attribute, a schema may +be marked for translation by adding it to `POTFILES.in`, assuming gettext +0.19 is in use (the preferred method for translation): +|[ +data/org.foo.MyApp.gschema.xml +]| + +Alternatively, if intltool 0.50.1 is in use: +|[ +[type: gettext/gsettings]data/org.foo.MyApp.gschema.xml +]| + +GSettings will use gettext to look up translations for the <summary> and +<description> elements, and also any <default> elements which have a `l10n` +attribute set. Translations must not be included in the `.gschema.xml` file +by the build system, for example by using intltool XML rules with a +`.gschema.xml.in` template. + +If an enumerated type defined in a C header file is to be used in a GSettings +schema, it can either be defined manually using an <enum> element in the +schema XML, or it can be extracted automatically from the C header. This +approach is preferred, as it ensures the two representations are always +synchronised. To do so, add the following to the relevant `Makefile.am`: +|[ +gsettings_ENUM_NAMESPACE = org.foo.MyApp +gsettings_ENUM_FILES = my-app-enums.h my-app-misc.h +]| + +`gsettings_ENUM_NAMESPACE` specifies the schema namespace for the enum files, +which are specified in `gsettings_ENUM_FILES`. This will generate a +`org.foo.MyApp.enums.xml` file containing the extracted enums, which will be +automatically included in the schema compilation, install and uninstall +rules. It should not be committed to version control or included in +`EXTRA_DIST`. + + Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by +@schema_id. + +Signals on the newly created #GSettings object will be dispatched +via the thread-default #GMainContext in effect at the time of the +call to g_settings_new(). The new #GSettings will hold a reference +on the context. See g_main_context_push_thread_default(). + + a new #GSettings object + + + + + the id of the schema + + + + + + Creates a new #GSettings object with a given schema, backend and +path. + +It should be extremely rare that you ever want to use this function. +It is made available for advanced use-cases (such as plugin systems +that want to provide access to schemas loaded from custom locations, +etc). + +At the most basic level, a #GSettings object is a pure composition of +4 things: a #GSettingsSchema, a #GSettingsBackend, a path within that +backend, and a #GMainContext to which signals are dispatched. + +This constructor therefore gives you full control over constructing +#GSettings instances. The first 3 parameters are given directly as +@schema, @backend and @path, and the main context is taken from the +thread-default (as per g_settings_new()). + +If @backend is %NULL then the default backend is used. + +If @path is %NULL then the path from the schema is used. It is an +error if @path is %NULL and the schema has no path of its own or if +@path is non-%NULL and not equal to the path that the schema does +have. + + a new #GSettings object + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + a #GSettingsBackend + + + + the path to use + + + + + + Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by +@schema_id and a given #GSettingsBackend. + +Creating a #GSettings object with a different backend allows accessing +settings from a database other than the usual one. For example, it may make +sense to pass a backend corresponding to the "defaults" settings database on +the system to get a settings object that modifies the system default +settings instead of the settings for this user. + + a new #GSettings object + + + + + the id of the schema + + + + the #GSettingsBackend to use + + + + + + Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by +@schema_id and a given #GSettingsBackend and path. + +This is a mix of g_settings_new_with_backend() and +g_settings_new_with_path(). + + a new #GSettings object + + + + + the id of the schema + + + + the #GSettingsBackend to use + + + + the path to use + + + + + + Creates a new #GSettings object with the relocatable schema specified +by @schema_id and a given path. + +You only need to do this if you want to directly create a settings +object with a schema that doesn't have a specified path of its own. +That's quite rare. + +It is a programmer error to call this function for a schema that +has an explicitly specified path. + +It is a programmer error if @path is not a valid path. A valid path +begins and ends with '/' and does not contain two consecutive '/' +characters. + + a new #GSettings object + + + + + the id of the schema + + + + the path to use + + + + + + Deprecated. + Use g_settings_schema_source_list_schemas() instead + + a list of relocatable + #GSettings schemas that are available. The list must not be + modified or freed. + + + + + + + Deprecated. + Use g_settings_schema_source_list_schemas() instead. +If you used g_settings_list_schemas() to check for the presence of +a particular schema, use g_settings_schema_source_lookup() instead +of your whole loop. + + a list of #GSettings + schemas that are available. The list must not be modified or + freed. + + + + + + + Ensures that all pending operations are complete for the default backend. + +Writes made to a #GSettings are handled asynchronously. For this +reason, it is very unlikely that the changes have it to disk by the +time g_settings_set() returns. + +This call will block until all of the writes have made it to the +backend. Since the mainloop is not running, no change notifications +will be dispatched during this call (but some may be queued by the +time the call is done). + + + + + + Removes an existing binding for @property on @object. + +Note that bindings are automatically removed when the +object is finalized, so it is rarely necessary to call this +function. + + + + + + the object + + + + the property whose binding is removed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Applies any changes that have been made to the settings. This +function does nothing unless @settings is in 'delay-apply' mode; +see g_settings_delay(). In the normal case settings are always +applied immediately. + + + + + + a #GSettings instance + + + + + + Create a binding between the @key in the @settings object +and the property @property of @object. + +The binding uses the default GIO mapping functions to map +between the settings and property values. These functions +handle booleans, numeric types and string types in a +straightforward way. Use g_settings_bind_with_mapping() if +you need a custom mapping, or map between types that are not +supported by the default mapping functions. + +Unless the @flags include %G_SETTINGS_BIND_NO_SENSITIVITY, this +function also establishes a binding between the writability of +@key and the "sensitive" property of @object (if @object has +a boolean property by that name). See g_settings_bind_writable() +for more details about writable bindings. + +Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to @object, +and that you can have only one binding per object property. +If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second +binding overrides the first one. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to bind + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of the property to bind + + + + flags for the binding + + + + + + Create a binding between the @key in the @settings object +and the property @property of @object. + +The binding uses the provided mapping functions to map between +settings and property values. + +Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to @object, +and that you can have only one binding per object property. +If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second +binding overrides the first one. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to bind + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of the property to bind + + + + flags for the binding + + + + a function that gets called to convert values + from @settings to @object, or %NULL to use the default GIO mapping + + + + a function that gets called to convert values + from @object to @settings, or %NULL to use the default GIO mapping + + + + data that gets passed to @get_mapping and @set_mapping + + + + #GDestroyNotify function for @user_data + + + + + + Create a binding between the writability of @key in the +@settings object and the property @property of @object. +The property must be boolean; "sensitive" or "visible" +properties of widgets are the most likely candidates. + +Writable bindings are always uni-directional; changes of the +writability of the setting will be propagated to the object +property, not the other way. + +When the @inverted argument is %TRUE, the binding inverts the +value as it passes from the setting to the object, i.e. @property +will be set to %TRUE if the key is not writable. + +Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to @object, +and that you can have only one binding per object property. +If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second +binding overrides the first one. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to bind + + + + a #GObject + + + + the name of a boolean property to bind + + + + whether to 'invert' the value + + + + + + Creates a #GAction corresponding to a given #GSettings key. + +The action has the same name as the key. + +The value of the key becomes the state of the action and the action +is enabled when the key is writable. Changing the state of the +action results in the key being written to. Changes to the value or +writability of the key cause appropriate change notifications to be +emitted for the action. + +For boolean-valued keys, action activations take no parameter and +result in the toggling of the value. For all other types, +activations take the new value for the key (which must have the +correct type). + + a new #GAction + + + + + a #GSettings + + + + the name of a key in @settings + + + + + + Changes the #GSettings object into 'delay-apply' mode. In this +mode, changes to @settings are not immediately propagated to the +backend, but kept locally until g_settings_apply() is called. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience function that combines g_settings_get_value() with +g_variant_get(). + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or for the #GVariantType of @format to mismatch +the type given in the schema. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + arguments as per @format + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for booleans. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a boolean type in the schema for @settings. + + a boolean + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Creates a child settings object which has a base path of +`base-path/@name`, where `base-path` is the base path of +@settings. + +The schema for the child settings object must have been declared +in the schema of @settings using a <child> element. + + a 'child' settings object + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the child schema + + + + + + Gets the "default value" of a key. + +This is the value that would be read if g_settings_reset() were to be +called on the key. + +Note that this may be a different value than returned by +g_settings_schema_key_get_default_value() if the system administrator +has provided a default value. + +Comparing the return values of g_settings_get_default_value() and +g_settings_get_value() is not sufficient for determining if a value +has been set because the user may have explicitly set the value to +something that happens to be equal to the default. The difference +here is that if the default changes in the future, the user's key +will still be set. + +This function may be useful for adding an indication to a UI of what +the default value was before the user set it. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings. + + the default value + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the default value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for doubles. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a 'double' type in the schema for @settings. + + a double + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key and converts it +to the enum value that it represents. + +In order to use this function the type of the value must be a string +and it must be marked in the schema file as an enumerated type. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or is not marked as an enumerated type. + +If the value stored in the configuration database is not a valid +value for the enumerated type then this function will return the +default value. + + the enum value + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key and converts it +to the flags value that it represents. + +In order to use this function the type of the value must be an array +of strings and it must be marked in the schema file as an flags type. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or is not marked as a flags type. + +If the value stored in the configuration database is not a valid +value for the flags type then this function will return the default +value. + + the flags value + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Returns whether the #GSettings object has any unapplied +changes. This can only be the case if it is in 'delayed-apply' mode. + + %TRUE if @settings has unapplied changes + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 32-bit integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. + + an integer + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 64-bit integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a int64 type in the schema for @settings. + + a 64-bit integer + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings, subject to +application-level validation/mapping. + +You should use this function when the application needs to perform +some processing on the value of the key (for example, parsing). The +@mapping function performs that processing. If the function +indicates that the processing was unsuccessful (due to a parse error, +for example) then the mapping is tried again with another value. + +This allows a robust 'fall back to defaults' behaviour to be +implemented somewhat automatically. + +The first value that is tried is the user's setting for the key. If +the mapping function fails to map this value, other values may be +tried in an unspecified order (system or site defaults, translated +schema default values, untranslated schema default values, etc). + +If the mapping function fails for all possible values, one additional +attempt is made: the mapping function is called with a %NULL value. +If the mapping function still indicates failure at this point then +the application will be aborted. + +The result parameter for the @mapping function is pointed to a +#gpointer which is initially set to %NULL. The same pointer is given +to each invocation of @mapping. The final value of that #gpointer is +what is returned by this function. %NULL is valid; it is returned +just as any other value would be. + + the result, which may be %NULL + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + the function to map the value in the + settings database to the value used by the application + + + + user data for @mapping + + + + + + Queries the range of a key. + Use g_settings_schema_key_get_range() instead. + + + + + + a #GSettings + + + + the key to query the range of + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for strings. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a string type in the schema for @settings. + + a newly-allocated string + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for string arrays. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having an array of strings type in the schema for @settings. + + a +newly-allocated, %NULL-terminated array of strings, the value that +is stored at @key in @settings. + + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 32-bit unsigned +integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a uint32 type in the schema for @settings. + + an unsigned integer + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 64-bit unsigned +integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a uint64 type in the schema for @settings. + + a 64-bit unsigned integer + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Checks the "user value" of a key, if there is one. + +The user value of a key is the last value that was set by the user. + +After calling g_settings_reset() this function should always return +%NULL (assuming something is not wrong with the system +configuration). + +It is possible that g_settings_get_value() will return a different +value than this function. This can happen in the case that the user +set a value for a key that was subsequently locked down by the system +administrator -- this function will return the user's old value. + +This function may be useful for adding a "reset" option to a UI or +for providing indication that a particular value has been changed. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings. + + the user's value, if set + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the user value for + + + + + + Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings. + + a new #GVariant + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the key to get the value for + + + + + + Finds out if a key can be written or not + + %TRUE if the key @name is writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of a key + + + + + + Gets the list of children on @settings. + +The list is exactly the list of strings for which it is not an error +to call g_settings_get_child(). + +For GSettings objects that are lists, this value can change at any +time and you should connect to the "children-changed" signal to watch +for those changes. Note that there is a race condition here: you may +request a child after listing it only for it to have been destroyed +in the meantime. For this reason, g_settings_get_child() may return +%NULL even for a child that was listed by this function. + +For GSettings objects that are not lists, you should probably not be +calling this function from "normal" code (since you should already +know what children are in your schema). This function may still be +useful there for introspection reasons, however. + +You should free the return value with g_strfreev() when you are done +with it. + + a list of the children on @settings + + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + + + Introspects the list of keys on @settings. + +You should probably not be calling this function from "normal" code +(since you should already know what keys are in your schema). This +function is intended for introspection reasons. + +You should free the return value with g_strfreev() when you are done +with it. + + a list of the keys on @settings + + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + + + Checks if the given @value is of the correct type and within the +permitted range for @key. + Use g_settings_schema_key_range_check() instead. + + %TRUE if @value is valid for @key + + + + + a #GSettings + + + + the key to check + + + + the value to check + + + + + + Resets @key to its default value. + +This call resets the key, as much as possible, to its default value. +That might the value specified in the schema or the one set by the +administrator. + + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of a key + + + + + + Reverts all non-applied changes to the settings. This function +does nothing unless @settings is in 'delay-apply' mode; see +g_settings_delay(). In the normal case settings are always applied +immediately. + +Change notifications will be emitted for affected keys. + + + + + + a #GSettings instance + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience function that combines g_settings_set_value() with +g_variant_new(). + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or for the #GVariantType of @format to mismatch +the type given in the schema. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + a #GVariant format string + + + + arguments as per @format + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for booleans. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a boolean type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for doubles. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a 'double' type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Looks up the enumerated type nick for @value and writes it to @key, +within @settings. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or is not marked as an enumerated type, or for +@value not to be a valid value for the named type. + +After performing the write, accessing @key directly with +g_settings_get_string() will return the 'nick' associated with +@value. + + %TRUE, if the set succeeds + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + a key, within @settings + + + + an enumerated value + + + + + + Looks up the flags type nicks for the bits specified by @value, puts +them in an array of strings and writes the array to @key, within +@settings. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or is not marked as a flags type, or for @value +to contain any bits that are not value for the named type. + +After performing the write, accessing @key directly with +g_settings_get_strv() will return an array of 'nicks'; one for each +bit in @value. + + %TRUE, if the set succeeds + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + a key, within @settings + + + + a flags value + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 32-bit integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 64-bit integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a int64 type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for strings. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a string type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for string arrays. If +@value is %NULL, then @key is set to be the empty array. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having an array of strings type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 32-bit unsigned +integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a uint32 type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 64-bit unsigned +integers. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as +having a uint64 type in the schema for @settings. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + the value to set it to + + + + + + Sets @key in @settings to @value. + +It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the +schema for @settings or for @value to have the incorrect type, per +the schema. + +If @value is floating then this function consumes the reference. + + %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, + %FALSE if the key was not writable + + + + + a #GSettings object + + + + the name of the key to set + + + + a #GVariant of the correct type + + + + + + The name of the context that the settings are stored in. + + + + Whether the #GSettings object is in 'delay-apply' mode. See +g_settings_delay() for details. + + + + If this property is %TRUE, the #GSettings object has outstanding +changes that will be applied when g_settings_apply() is called. + + + + The path within the backend where the settings are stored. + + + + The name of the schema that describes the types of keys +for this #GSettings object. + +The type of this property is *not* #GSettingsSchema. +#GSettingsSchema has only existed since version 2.32 and +unfortunately this name was used in previous versions to refer to +the schema ID rather than the schema itself. Take care to use the +'settings-schema' property if you wish to pass in a +#GSettingsSchema. + Use the 'schema-id' property instead. In a future +version, this property may instead refer to a #GSettingsSchema. + + + + The name of the schema that describes the types of keys +for this #GSettings object. + + + + The #GSettingsSchema describing the types of keys for this +#GSettings object. + +Ideally, this property would be called 'schema'. #GSettingsSchema +has only existed since version 2.32, however, and before then the +'schema' property was used to refer to the ID of the schema rather +than the schema itself. Take care. + + + + + + + + + + The "change-event" signal is emitted once per change event that +affects this settings object. You should connect to this signal +only if you are interested in viewing groups of changes before they +are split out into multiple emissions of the "changed" signal. +For most use cases it is more appropriate to use the "changed" signal. + +In the event that the change event applies to one or more specified +keys, @keys will be an array of #GQuark of length @n_keys. In the +event that the change event applies to the #GSettings object as a +whole (ie: potentially every key has been changed) then @keys will +be %NULL and @n_keys will be 0. + +The default handler for this signal invokes the "changed" signal +for each affected key. If any other connected handler returns +%TRUE then this default functionality will be suppressed. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the + event. FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + + an array of #GQuarks for the changed keys, or %NULL + + + + + + the length of the @keys array, or 0 + + + + + + The "changed" signal is emitted when a key has potentially changed. +You should call one of the g_settings_get() calls to check the new +value. + +This signal supports detailed connections. You can connect to the +detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks +when key "x" changes. + +Note that @settings only emits this signal if you have read @key at +least once while a signal handler was already connected for @key. + + + + + + the name of the key that changed + + + + + + The "writable-change-event" signal is emitted once per writability +change event that affects this settings object. You should connect +to this signal if you are interested in viewing groups of changes +before they are split out into multiple emissions of the +"writable-changed" signal. For most use cases it is more +appropriate to use the "writable-changed" signal. + +In the event that the writability change applies only to a single +key, @key will be set to the #GQuark for that key. In the event +that the writability change affects the entire settings object, +@key will be 0. + +The default handler for this signal invokes the "writable-changed" +and "changed" signals for each affected key. This is done because +changes in writability might also imply changes in value (if for +example, a new mandatory setting is introduced). If any other +connected handler returns %TRUE then this default functionality +will be suppressed. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the + event. FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the quark of the key, or 0 + + + + + + The "writable-changed" signal is emitted when the writability of a +key has potentially changed. You should call +g_settings_is_writable() in order to determine the new status. + +This signal supports detailed connections. You can connect to the +detailed signal "writable-changed::x" in order to only receive +callbacks when the writability of "x" changes. + + + + + + the key + + + + + + + The #GSettingsBackend interface defines a generic interface for +non-strictly-typed data that is stored in a hierarchy. To implement +an alternative storage backend for #GSettings, you need to implement +the #GSettingsBackend interface and then make it implement the +extension point #G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME. + +The interface defines methods for reading and writing values, a +method for determining if writing of certain values will fail +(lockdown) and a change notification mechanism. + +The semantics of the interface are very precisely defined and +implementations must carefully adhere to the expectations of +callers that are documented on each of the interface methods. + +Some of the #GSettingsBackend functions accept or return a #GTree. +These trees always have strings as keys and #GVariant as values. +g_settings_backend_create_tree() is a convenience function to create +suitable trees. + +The #GSettingsBackend API is exported to allow third-party +implementations, but does not carry the same stability guarantees +as the public GIO API. For this reason, you have to define the +C preprocessor symbol %G_SETTINGS_ENABLE_BACKEND before including +`gio/gsettingsbackend.h`. + + Calculate the longest common prefix of all keys in a tree and write +out an array of the key names relative to that prefix and, +optionally, the value to store at each of those keys. + +You must free the value returned in @path, @keys and @values using +g_free(). You should not attempt to free or unref the contents of +@keys or @values. + + + + + + a #GTree containing the changes + + + + the location to save the path + + + + the + location to save the relative keys + + + + + + + the location to save the values, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Returns the default #GSettingsBackend. It is possible to override +the default by setting the `GSETTINGS_BACKEND` environment variable +to the name of a settings backend. + +The user gets a reference to the backend. + + the default #GSettingsBackend + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Signals that a single key has possibly changed. Backend +implementations should call this if a key has possibly changed its +value. + +@key must be a valid key (ie starting with a slash, not containing +'//', and not ending with a slash). + +The implementation must call this function during any call to +g_settings_backend_write(), before the call returns (except in the +case that no keys are actually changed and it cares to detect this +fact). It may not rely on the existence of a mainloop for +dispatching the signal later. + +The implementation may call this function at any other time it likes +in response to other events (such as changes occurring outside of the +program). These calls may originate from a mainloop or may originate +in response to any other action (including from calls to +g_settings_backend_write()). + +In the case that this call is in response to a call to +g_settings_backend_write() then @origin_tag must be set to the same +value that was passed to that call. + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + the name of the key + + + + the origin tag + + + + + + This call is a convenience wrapper. It gets the list of changes from +@tree, computes the longest common prefix and calls +g_settings_backend_changed(). + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + a #GTree containing the changes + + + + the origin tag + + + + + + Signals that a list of keys have possibly changed. Backend +implementations should call this if keys have possibly changed their +values. + +@path must be a valid path (ie starting and ending with a slash and +not containing '//'). Each string in @items must form a valid key +name when @path is prefixed to it (ie: each item must not start or +end with '/' and must not contain '//'). + +The meaning of this signal is that any of the key names resulting +from the contatenation of @path with each item in @items may have +changed. + +The same rules for when notifications must occur apply as per +g_settings_backend_changed(). These two calls can be used +interchangeably if exactly one item has changed (although in that +case g_settings_backend_changed() is definitely preferred). + +For efficiency reasons, the implementation should strive for @path to +be as long as possible (ie: the longest common prefix of all of the +keys that were changed) but this is not strictly required. + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + the path containing the changes + + + + the %NULL-terminated list of changed keys + + + + + + the origin tag + + + + + + Signals that all keys below a given path may have possibly changed. +Backend implementations should call this if an entire path of keys +have possibly changed their values. + +@path must be a valid path (ie starting and ending with a slash and +not containing '//'). + +The meaning of this signal is that any of the key which has a name +starting with @path may have changed. + +The same rules for when notifications must occur apply as per +g_settings_backend_changed(). This call might be an appropriate +reasponse to a 'reset' call but implementations are also free to +explicitly list the keys that were affected by that call if they can +easily do so. + +For efficiency reasons, the implementation should strive for @path to +be as long as possible (ie: the longest common prefix of all of the +keys that were changed) but this is not strictly required. As an +example, if this function is called with the path of "/" then every +single key in the application will be notified of a possible change. + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + the path containing the changes + + + + the origin tag + + + + + + Signals that the writability of all keys below a given path may have +changed. + +Since GSettings performs no locking operations for itself, this call +will always be made in response to external events. + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + the name of the path + + + + + + Signals that the writability of a single key has possibly changed. + +Since GSettings performs no locking operations for itself, this call +will always be made in response to external events. + + + + + + a #GSettingsBackend implementation + + + + the name of the key + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GSettingsBackend. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which +direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both +directions. + + Equivalent to `G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET` + + + Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. + It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. + + + Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. + It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. + + + Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting + + + When set in addition to #G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property + value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting + + + When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert + the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both + be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). + + + + The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to +an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values +of the appropriate type. + + %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error + + + + + return location for the property value + + + + the #GVariant + + + + user data that was specified when the binding was created + + + + + + The type for the function that is used to convert an object property +value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. + + a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, + or %NULL in case of an error + + + + + a #GValue containing the property value to map + + + + the #GVariantType to create + + + + user data that was specified when the binding was created + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored +in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. + +If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at +@result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value +is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. + +If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being +given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE +must be returned in this case. + + %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error + + + + + the #GVariant to map, or %NULL + + + + the result of the mapping + + + + the user data that was passed to +g_settings_get_mapped() + + + + + + + + The #GSettingsSchemaSource and #GSettingsSchema APIs provide a +mechanism for advanced control over the loading of schemas and a +mechanism for introspecting their content. + +Plugin loading systems that wish to provide plugins a way to access +settings face the problem of how to make the schemas for these +settings visible to GSettings. Typically, a plugin will want to ship +the schema along with itself and it won't be installed into the +standard system directories for schemas. + +#GSettingsSchemaSource provides a mechanism for dealing with this by +allowing the creation of a new 'schema source' from which schemas can +be acquired. This schema source can then become part of the metadata +associated with the plugin and queried whenever the plugin requires +access to some settings. + +Consider the following example: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +typedef struct +{ + ... + GSettingsSchemaSource *schema_source; + ... +} Plugin; + +Plugin * +initialise_plugin (const gchar *dir) +{ + Plugin *plugin; + + ... + + plugin->schema_source = + g_settings_schema_source_new_from_directory (dir, + g_settings_schema_source_get_default (), FALSE, NULL); + + ... + + return plugin; +} + +... + +GSettings * +plugin_get_settings (Plugin *plugin, + const gchar *schema_id) +{ + GSettingsSchema *schema; + + if (schema_id == NULL) + schema_id = plugin->identifier; + + schema = g_settings_schema_source_lookup (plugin->schema_source, + schema_id, FALSE); + + if (schema == NULL) + { + ... disable the plugin or abort, etc ... + } + + return g_settings_new_full (schema, NULL, NULL); +} +]| + +The code above shows how hooks should be added to the code that +initialises (or enables) the plugin to create the schema source and +how an API can be added to the plugin system to provide a convenient +way for the plugin to access its settings, using the schemas that it +ships. + +From the standpoint of the plugin, it would need to ensure that it +ships a gschemas.compiled file as part of itself, and then simply do +the following: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +{ + GSettings *settings; + gint some_value; + + settings = plugin_get_settings (self, NULL); + some_value = g_settings_get_int (settings, "some-value"); + ... +} +]| + +It's also possible that the plugin system expects the schema source +files (ie: .gschema.xml files) instead of a gschemas.compiled file. +In that case, the plugin loading system must compile the schemas for +itself before attempting to create the settings source. + + Get the ID of @schema. + + the ID + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + Gets the key named @name from @schema. + +It is a programmer error to request a key that does not exist. See +g_settings_schema_list_keys(). + + the #GSettingsSchemaKey for @name + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + the name of a key + + + + + + Gets the path associated with @schema, or %NULL. + +Schemas may be single-instance or relocatable. Single-instance +schemas correspond to exactly one set of keys in the backend +database: those located at the path returned by this function. + +Relocatable schemas can be referenced by other schemas and can +threfore describe multiple sets of keys at different locations. For +relocatable schemas, this function will return %NULL. + + the path of the schema, or %NULL + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + Checks if @schema has a key named @name. + + %TRUE if such a key exists + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + the name of a key + + + + + + Gets the list of children in @schema. + +You should free the return value with g_strfreev() when you are done +with it. + + a list of the children on @settings + + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + Introspects the list of keys on @schema. + +You should probably not be calling this function from "normal" code +(since you should already know what keys are in your schema). This +function is intended for introspection reasons. + + a list of the keys on + @schema + + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + Increase the reference count of @schema, returning a new reference. + + a new reference to @schema + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + Decrease the reference count of @schema, possibly freeing it. + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchema + + + + + + + #GSettingsSchemaKey is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + Gets the default value for @key. + +Note that this is the default value according to the schema. System +administrator defaults and lockdown are not visible via this API. + + the default value for the key + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Gets the description for @key. + +If no description has been provided in the schema for @key, returns +%NULL. + +The description can be one sentence to several paragraphs in length. +Paragraphs are delimited with a double newline. Descriptions can be +translated and the value returned from this function is is the +current locale. + +This function is slow. The summary and description information for +the schemas is not stored in the compiled schema database so this +function has to parse all of the source XML files in the schema +directory. + + the description for @key, or %NULL + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Gets the name of @key. + + the name of @key. + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Queries the range of a key. + +This function will return a #GVariant that fully describes the range +of values that are valid for @key. + +The type of #GVariant returned is `(sv)`. The string describes +the type of range restriction in effect. The type and meaning of +the value contained in the variant depends on the string. + +If the string is `'type'` then the variant contains an empty array. +The element type of that empty array is the expected type of value +and all values of that type are valid. + +If the string is `'enum'` then the variant contains an array +enumerating the possible values. Each item in the array is +a possible valid value and no other values are valid. + +If the string is `'flags'` then the variant contains an array. Each +item in the array is a value that may appear zero or one times in an +array to be used as the value for this key. For example, if the +variant contained the array `['x', 'y']` then the valid values for +the key would be `[]`, `['x']`, `['y']`, `['x', 'y']` and +`['y', 'x']`. + +Finally, if the string is `'range'` then the variant contains a pair +of like-typed values -- the minimum and maximum permissible values +for this key. + +This information should not be used by normal programs. It is +considered to be a hint for introspection purposes. Normal programs +should already know what is permitted by their own schema. The +format may change in any way in the future -- but particularly, new +forms may be added to the possibilities described above. + +You should free the returned value with g_variant_unref() when it is +no longer needed. + + a #GVariant describing the range + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Gets the summary for @key. + +If no summary has been provided in the schema for @key, returns +%NULL. + +The summary is a short description of the purpose of the key; usually +one short sentence. Summaries can be translated and the value +returned from this function is is the current locale. + +This function is slow. The summary and description information for +the schemas is not stored in the compiled schema database so this +function has to parse all of the source XML files in the schema +directory. + + the summary for @key, or %NULL + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Gets the #GVariantType of @key. + + the type of @key + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Checks if the given @value is of the correct type and within the +permitted range for @key. + +It is a programmer error if @value is not of the correct type -- you +must check for this first. + + %TRUE if @value is valid for @key + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + the value to check + + + + + + Increase the reference count of @key, returning a new reference. + + a new reference to @key + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + Decrease the reference count of @key, possibly freeing it. + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaKey + + + + + + + This is an opaque structure type. You may not access it directly. + + Attempts to create a new schema source corresponding to the contents +of the given directory. + +This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it +may be useful to authors of plugin management systems. + +The directory should contain a file called `gschemas.compiled` as +produced by the [glib-compile-schemas][glib-compile-schemas] tool. + +If @trusted is %TRUE then `gschemas.compiled` is trusted not to be +corrupted. This assumption has a performance advantage, but can result +in crashes or inconsistent behaviour in the case of a corrupted file. +Generally, you should set @trusted to %TRUE for files installed by the +system and to %FALSE for files in the home directory. + +If @parent is non-%NULL then there are two effects. + +First, if g_settings_schema_source_lookup() is called with the +@recursive flag set to %TRUE and the schema can not be found in the +source, the lookup will recurse to the parent. + +Second, any references to other schemas specified within this +source (ie: `child` or `extends`) references may be resolved +from the @parent. + +For this second reason, except in very unusual situations, the +@parent should probably be given as the default schema source, as +returned by g_settings_schema_source_get_default(). + + + + + + the filename of a directory + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaSource, or %NULL + + + + %TRUE, if the directory is trusted + + + + + + Lists the schemas in a given source. + +If @recursive is %TRUE then include parent sources. If %FALSE then +only include the schemas from one source (ie: one directory). You +probably want %TRUE. + +Non-relocatable schemas are those for which you can call +g_settings_new(). Relocatable schemas are those for which you must +use g_settings_new_with_path(). + +Do not call this function from normal programs. This is designed for +use by database editors, commandline tools, etc. + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaSource + + + + if we should recurse + + + + the + list of non-relocatable schemas + + + + + + the list + of relocatable schemas + + + + + + + + Looks up a schema with the identifier @schema_id in @source. + +This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it +may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who +want to introspect the content of schemas. + +If the schema isn't found directly in @source and @recursive is %TRUE +then the parent sources will also be checked. + +If the schema isn't found, %NULL is returned. + + a new #GSettingsSchema + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaSource + + + + a schema ID + + + + %TRUE if the lookup should be recursive + + + + + + Increase the reference count of @source, returning a new reference. + + a new reference to @source + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaSource + + + + + + Decrease the reference count of @source, possibly freeing it. + + + + + + a #GSettingsSchemaSource + + + + + + Gets the default system schema source. + +This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it +may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who +want to introspect the content of schemas. + +If no schemas are installed, %NULL will be returned. + +The returned source may actually consist of multiple schema sources +from different directories, depending on which directories were given +in `XDG_DATA_DIRS` and `GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR`. For this reason, all +lookups performed against the default source should probably be done +recursively. + + the default schema source + + + + + + A #GSimpleAction is the obvious simple implementation of the #GAction +interface. This is the easiest way to create an action for purposes of +adding it to a #GSimpleActionGroup. + +See also #GtkAction. + + + Creates a new action. + +The created action is stateless. See g_simple_action_new_stateful(). + + a new #GSimpleAction + + + + + the name of the action + + + + the type of parameter to the activate function + + + + + + Creates a new stateful action. + +@state is the initial state of the action. All future state values +must have the same #GVariantType as the initial state. + +If the @state GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + a new #GSimpleAction + + + + + the name of the action + + + + the type of the parameter to the activate function + + + + the initial state of the action + + + + + + Sets the action as enabled or not. + +An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to +have its state changed from outside callers. + +This should only be called by the implementor of the action. Users +of the action should not attempt to modify its enabled flag. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAction + + + + whether the action is enabled + + + + + + Sets the state of the action. + +This directly updates the 'state' property to the given value. + +This should only be called by the implementor of the action. Users +of the action should not attempt to directly modify the 'state' +property. Instead, they should call g_action_change_state() to +request the change. + +If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAction + + + + the new #GVariant for the state + + + + + + Sets the state hint for the action. + +See g_action_get_state_hint() for more information about +action state hints. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAction + + + + a #GVariant representing the state hint + + + + + + If @action is currently enabled. + +If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and +g_action_change_state() have no effect. + + + + The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying +the action once it has been added to a #GSimpleActionGroup. + + + + The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the +action. + + + + The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless. + + + + The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the +action is stateless. + + + + Indicates that the action was just activated. + +@parameter will always be of the expected type. In the event that +an incorrect type was given, no signal will be emitted. + +Since GLib 2.40, if no handler is connected to this signal then the +default behaviour for boolean-stated actions with a %NULL parameter +type is to toggle them via the #GSimpleAction::change-state signal. +For stateful actions where the state type is equal to the parameter +type, the default is to forward them directly to +#GSimpleAction::change-state. This should allow almost all users +of #GSimpleAction to connect only one handler or the other. + + + + + + the parameter to the activation + + + + + + Indicates that the action just received a request to change its +state. + +@value will always be of the correct state type. In the event that +an incorrect type was given, no signal will be emitted. + +If no handler is connected to this signal then the default +behaviour is to call g_simple_action_set_state() to set the state +to the requested value. If you connect a signal handler then no +default action is taken. If the state should change then you must +call g_simple_action_set_state() from the handler. + +An example of a 'change-state' handler: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +change_volume_state (GSimpleAction *action, + GVariant *value, + gpointer user_data) +{ + gint requested; + + requested = g_variant_get_int32 (value); + + // Volume only goes from 0 to 10 + if (0 <= requested && requested <= 10) + g_simple_action_set_state (action, value); +} +]| + +The handler need not set the state to the requested value. +It could set it to any value at all, or take some other action. + + + + + + the requested value for the state + + + + + + + #GSimpleActionGroup is a hash table filled with #GAction objects, +implementing the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap interfaces. + + + + Creates a new, empty, #GSimpleActionGroup. + + a new #GSimpleActionGroup + + + + + A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances +and adding them to the action group. + Use g_action_map_add_action_entries() + + + + + + a #GSimpleActionGroup + + + + a pointer to the first item in + an array of #GActionEntry structs + + + + + + the length of @entries, or -1 + + + + the user data for signal connections + + + + + + Adds an action to the action group. + +If the action group already contains an action with the same name as +@action then the old action is dropped from the group. + +The action group takes its own reference on @action. + Use g_action_map_add_action() + + + + + + a #GSimpleActionGroup + + + + a #GAction + + + + + + Looks up the action with the name @action_name in the group. + +If no such action exists, returns %NULL. + Use g_action_map_lookup_action() + + a #GAction, or %NULL + + + + + a #GSimpleActionGroup + + + + the name of an action + + + + + + Removes the named action from the action group. + +If no action of this name is in the group then nothing happens. + Use g_action_map_remove_action() + + + + + + a #GSimpleActionGroup + + + + the name of the action + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + As of GLib 2.46, #GSimpleAsyncResult is deprecated in favor of +#GTask, which provides a simpler API. + +#GSimpleAsyncResult implements #GAsyncResult. + +GSimpleAsyncResult handles #GAsyncReadyCallbacks, error +reporting, operation cancellation and the final state of an operation, +completely transparent to the application. Results can be returned +as a pointer e.g. for functions that return data that is collected +asynchronously, a boolean value for checking the success or failure +of an operation, or a #gssize for operations which return the number +of bytes modified by the operation; all of the simple return cases +are covered. + +Most of the time, an application will not need to know of the details +of this API; it is handled transparently, and any necessary operations +are handled by #GAsyncResult's interface. However, if implementing a +new GIO module, for writing language bindings, or for complex +applications that need better control of how asynchronous operations +are completed, it is important to understand this functionality. + +GSimpleAsyncResults are tagged with the calling function to ensure +that asynchronous functions and their finishing functions are used +together correctly. + +To create a new #GSimpleAsyncResult, call g_simple_async_result_new(). +If the result needs to be created for a #GError, use +g_simple_async_result_new_from_error() or +g_simple_async_result_new_take_error(). If a #GError is not available +(e.g. the asynchronous operation's doesn't take a #GError argument), +but the result still needs to be created for an error condition, use +g_simple_async_result_new_error() (or g_simple_async_result_set_error_va() +if your application or binding requires passing a variable argument list +directly), and the error can then be propagated through the use of +g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). + +An asynchronous operation can be made to ignore a cancellation event by +calling g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation() with a +#GSimpleAsyncResult for the operation and %FALSE. This is useful for +operations that are dangerous to cancel, such as close (which would +cause a leak if cancelled before being run). + +GSimpleAsyncResult can integrate into GLib's event loop, #GMainLoop, +or it can use #GThreads. +g_simple_async_result_complete() will finish an I/O task directly +from the point where it is called. g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() +will finish it from an idle handler in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +where the #GSimpleAsyncResult was created. +g_simple_async_result_run_in_thread() will run the job in a +separate thread and then use +g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() to deliver the result. + +To set the results of an asynchronous function, +g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer(), +g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gboolean(), and +g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gssize() +are provided, setting the operation's result to a gpointer, gboolean, or +gssize, respectively. + +Likewise, to get the result of an asynchronous function, +g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer(), +g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gboolean(), and +g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gssize() are +provided, getting the operation's result as a gpointer, gboolean, and +gssize, respectively. + +For the details of the requirements implementations must respect, see +#GAsyncResult. A typical implementation of an asynchronous operation +using GSimpleAsyncResult looks something like this: + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +static void +baked_cb (Cake *cake, + gpointer user_data) +{ + // In this example, this callback is not given a reference to the cake, + // so the GSimpleAsyncResult has to take a reference to it. + GSimpleAsyncResult *result = user_data; + + if (cake == NULL) + g_simple_async_result_set_error (result, + BAKER_ERRORS, + BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, + "Go to the supermarket"); + else + g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer (result, + g_object_ref (cake), + g_object_unref); + + + // In this example, we assume that baked_cb is called as a callback from + // the mainloop, so it's safe to complete the operation synchronously here. + // If, however, _baker_prepare_cake () might call its callback without + // first returning to the mainloop — inadvisable, but some APIs do so — + // we would need to use g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle(). + g_simple_async_result_complete (result); + g_object_unref (result); +} + +void +baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, + guint radius, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) +{ + GSimpleAsyncResult *simple; + Cake *cake; + + if (radius < 3) + { + g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle (G_OBJECT (self), + callback, + user_data, + BAKER_ERRORS, + BAKER_ERROR_TOO_SMALL, + "%ucm radius cakes are silly", + radius); + return; + } + + simple = g_simple_async_result_new (G_OBJECT (self), + callback, + user_data, + baker_bake_cake_async); + cake = _baker_get_cached_cake (self, radius); + + if (cake != NULL) + { + g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer (simple, + g_object_ref (cake), + g_object_unref); + g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle (simple); + g_object_unref (simple); + // Drop the reference returned by _baker_get_cached_cake(); + // the GSimpleAsyncResult has taken its own reference. + g_object_unref (cake); + return; + } + + _baker_prepare_cake (self, radius, baked_cb, simple); +} + +Cake * +baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error) +{ + GSimpleAsyncResult *simple; + Cake *cake; + + g_return_val_if_fail (g_simple_async_result_is_valid (result, + G_OBJECT (self), + baker_bake_cake_async), + NULL); + + simple = (GSimpleAsyncResult *) result; + + if (g_simple_async_result_propagate_error (simple, error)) + return NULL; + + cake = CAKE (g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer (simple)); + return g_object_ref (cake); +} +]| + + + Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + +The common convention is to create the #GSimpleAsyncResult in the +function that starts the asynchronous operation and use that same +function as the @source_tag. + +If your operation supports cancellation with #GCancellable (which it +probably should) then you should provide the user's cancellable to +g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() immediately after +this function returns. + Use g_task_new() instead. + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + the asynchronous function. + + + + + + Creates a new #GSimpleAsyncResult with a set error. + Use g_task_new() and g_task_return_new_error() instead. + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + a #GQuark. + + + + an error code. + + + + a string with format characters. + + + + a list of values to insert into @format. + + + + + + Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition. + Use g_task_new() and g_task_return_error() instead. + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition, and takes over the +caller's ownership of @error, so the caller does not need to free it anymore. + Use g_task_new() and g_task_return_error() instead. + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Ensures that the data passed to the _finish function of an async +operation is consistent. Three checks are performed. + +First, @result is checked to ensure that it is really a +#GSimpleAsyncResult. Second, @source is checked to ensure that it +matches the source object of @result. Third, @source_tag is +checked to ensure that it is equal to the @source_tag argument given +to g_simple_async_result_new() (which, by convention, is a pointer +to the _async function corresponding to the _finish function from +which this function is called). (Alternatively, if either +@source_tag or @result's source tag is %NULL, then the source tag +check is skipped.) + Use #GTask and g_task_is_valid() instead. + + #TRUE if all checks passed or #FALSE if any failed. + + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to the _finish function. + + + + the #GObject passed to the _finish function. + + + + the asynchronous function. + + + + + + Completes an asynchronous I/O job immediately. Must be called in +the thread where the asynchronous result was to be delivered, as it +invokes the callback directly. If you are in a different thread use +g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle(). + +Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as +is needed to complete the call. + Use #GTask instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Completes an asynchronous function in an idle handler in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread that @simple was initially created in +(and re-pushes that context around the invocation of the callback). + +Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as +is needed to complete the call. + Use #GTask instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the operation result boolean from within the asynchronous result. + Use #GTask and g_task_propagate_boolean() instead. + + %TRUE if the operation's result was %TRUE, %FALSE + if the operation's result was %FALSE. + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets a pointer result as returned by the asynchronous function. + Use #GTask and g_task_propagate_pointer() instead. + + a pointer from the result. + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets a gssize from the asynchronous result. + Use #GTask and g_task_propagate_int() instead. + + a gssize returned from the asynchronous function. + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the source tag for the #GSimpleAsyncResult. + Use #GTask and g_task_get_source_tag() instead. + + a #gpointer to the source object for the #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Propagates an error from within the simple asynchronous result to +a given destination. + +If the #GCancellable given to a prior call to +g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() is cancelled then this +function will return %TRUE with @dest set appropriately. + Use #GTask instead. + + %TRUE if the error was propagated to @dest. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + + + Runs the asynchronous job in a separate thread and then calls +g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() on @simple to return +the result to the appropriate main loop. + +Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as +is needed to run the job and report its completion. + Use #GTask and g_task_run_in_thread() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc. + + + + the io priority of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Sets a #GCancellable to check before dispatching results. + +This function has one very specific purpose: the provided cancellable +is checked at the time of g_simple_async_result_propagate_error() If +it is cancelled, these functions will return an "Operation was +cancelled" error (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED). + +Implementors of cancellable asynchronous functions should use this in +order to provide a guarantee to their callers that cancelling an +async operation will reliably result in an error being returned for +that operation (even if a positive result for the operation has +already been sent as an idle to the main context to be dispatched). + +The checking described above is done regardless of any call to the +unrelated g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation() function. + Use #GTask instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult + + + + a #GCancellable to check, or %NULL to unset + + + + + + Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_new_error() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR). + + + + an error code. + + + + a formatted error reporting string. + + + + a list of variables to fill in @format. + + + + + + Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. +Unless writing a binding, see g_simple_async_result_set_error(). + Use #GTask and g_task_return_error() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR). + + + + an error code. + + + + a formatted error reporting string. + + + + va_list of arguments. + + + + + + Sets the result from a #GError. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_error() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + #GError. + + + + + + Sets whether to handle cancellation within the asynchronous operation. + +This function has nothing to do with +g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable(). It only refers to the +#GCancellable passed to g_simple_async_result_run_in_thread(). + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Sets the operation result to a boolean within the asynchronous result. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_boolean() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #gboolean. + + + + + + Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to a pointer. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_pointer() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a pointer result from an asynchronous function. + + + + a #GDestroyNotify function. + + + + + + Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to +the given @op_res. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_int() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #gssize. + + + + + + Sets the result from @error, and takes over the caller's ownership +of @error, so the caller does not need to free it any more. + Use #GTask and g_task_return_error() instead. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult + + + + a #GError + + + + + + + + + Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and +checks for cancellation. + + + + + + a #GSimpleAsyncResult. + + + + a #GObject. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + GSimpleIOStream creates a #GIOStream from an arbitrary #GInputStream and +#GOutputStream. This allows any pair of input and output streams to be used +with #GIOStream methods. + +This is useful when you obtained a #GInputStream and a #GOutputStream +by other means, for instance creating them with platform specific methods as +g_unix_input_stream_new() or g_win32_input_stream_new(), and you want +to take advantage of the methods provided by #GIOStream. + + Creates a new #GSimpleIOStream wrapping @input_stream and @output_stream. +See also #GIOStream. + + a new #GSimpleIOStream instance. + + + + + a #GInputStream. + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GSimplePermission is a trivial implementation of #GPermission that +represents a permission that is either always or never allowed. The +value is given at construction and doesn't change. + +Calling request or release will result in errors. + + Creates a new #GPermission instance that represents an action that is +either always or never allowed. + + the #GSimplePermission, as a #GPermission + + + + + %TRUE if the action is allowed + + + + + + + #GSimpleProxyResolver is a simple #GProxyResolver implementation +that handles a single default proxy, multiple URI-scheme-specific +proxies, and a list of hosts that proxies should not be used for. + +#GSimpleProxyResolver is never the default proxy resolver, but it +can be used as the base class for another proxy resolver +implementation, or it can be created and used manually, such as +with g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). + + + Creates a new #GSimpleProxyResolver. See +#GSimpleProxyResolver:default-proxy and +#GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts for more details on how the +arguments are interpreted. + + a new #GSimpleProxyResolver + + + + + the default proxy to use, eg + "socks://192.168.1.1" + + + + an optional list of hosts/IP addresses + to not use a proxy for. + + + + + + Sets the default proxy on @resolver, to be used for any URIs that +don't match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts or a proxy set +via g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy(). + +If @default_proxy starts with "socks://", +#GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring to all three of +the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types. + + + + + + a #GSimpleProxyResolver + + + + the default proxy to use + + + + + + Sets the list of ignored hosts. + +See #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts for more details on how the +@ignore_hosts argument is interpreted. + + + + + + a #GSimpleProxyResolver + + + + %NULL-terminated list of hosts/IP addresses + to not use a proxy for + + + + + + Adds a URI-scheme-specific proxy to @resolver; URIs whose scheme +matches @uri_scheme (and which don't match +#GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts) will be proxied via @proxy. + +As with #GSimpleProxyResolver:default-proxy, if @proxy starts with +"socks://", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it +as referring to all three of the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy +types. + + + + + + a #GSimpleProxyResolver + + + + the URI scheme to add a proxy for + + + + the proxy to use for @uri_scheme + + + + + + The default proxy URI that will be used for any URI that doesn't +match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts, and doesn't match any +of the schemes set with g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy(). + +Note that as a special case, if this URI starts with +"socks://", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring +to all three of the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types. + + + + A list of hostnames and IP addresses that the resolver should +allow direct connections to. + +Entries can be in one of 4 formats: + +- A hostname, such as "example.com", ".example.com", or + "*.example.com", any of which match "example.com" or + any subdomain of it. + +- An IPv4 or IPv6 address, such as "192.168.1.1", + which matches only that address. + +- A hostname or IP address followed by a port, such as + "example.com:80", which matches whatever the hostname or IP + address would match, but only for URLs with the (explicitly) + indicated port. In the case of an IPv6 address, the address + part must appear in brackets: "[::1]:443" + +- An IP address range, given by a base address and prefix length, + such as "fe80::/10", which matches any address in that range. + +Note that when dealing with Unicode hostnames, the matching is +done against the ASCII form of the name. + +Also note that hostname exclusions apply only to connections made +to hosts identified by name, and IP address exclusions apply only +to connections made to hosts identified by address. That is, if +example.com has an address of 192.168.1.1, and the :ignore-hosts list +contains only "192.168.1.1", then a connection to "example.com" +(eg, via a #GNetworkAddress) will use the proxy, and a connection to +"192.168.1.1" (eg, via a #GInetSocketAddress) will not. + +These rules match the "ignore-hosts"/"noproxy" rules most +commonly used by other applications. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GSocket is a low-level networking primitive. It is a more or less +direct mapping of the BSD socket API in a portable GObject based API. +It supports both the UNIX socket implementations and winsock2 on Windows. + +#GSocket is the platform independent base upon which the higher level +network primitives are based. Applications are not typically meant to +use it directly, but rather through classes like #GSocketClient, +#GSocketService and #GSocketConnection. However there may be cases where +direct use of #GSocket is useful. + +#GSocket implements the #GInitable interface, so if it is manually constructed +by e.g. g_object_new() you must call g_initable_init() and check the +results before using the object. This is done automatically in +g_socket_new() and g_socket_new_from_fd(), so these functions can return +%NULL. + +Sockets operate in two general modes, blocking or non-blocking. When +in blocking mode all operations (which don’t take an explicit blocking +parameter) block until the requested operation +is finished or there is an error. In non-blocking mode all calls that +would block return immediately with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error. +To know when a call would successfully run you can call g_socket_condition_check(), +or g_socket_condition_wait(). You can also use g_socket_create_source() and +attach it to a #GMainContext to get callbacks when I/O is possible. +Note that all sockets are always set to non blocking mode in the system, and +blocking mode is emulated in GSocket. + +When working in non-blocking mode applications should always be able to +handle getting a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error even when some other +function said that I/O was possible. This can easily happen in case +of a race condition in the application, but it can also happen for other +reasons. For instance, on Windows a socket is always seen as writable +until a write returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. + +#GSockets can be either connection oriented or datagram based. +For connection oriented types you must first establish a connection by +either connecting to an address or accepting a connection from another +address. For connectionless socket types the target/source address is +specified or received in each I/O operation. + +All socket file descriptors are set to be close-on-exec. + +Note that creating a #GSocket causes the signal %SIGPIPE to be +ignored for the remainder of the program. If you are writing a +command-line utility that uses #GSocket, you may need to take into +account the fact that your program will not automatically be killed +if it tries to write to %stdout after it has been closed. + +Like most other APIs in GLib, #GSocket is not inherently thread safe. To use +a #GSocket concurrently from multiple threads, you must implement your own +locking. + + + + Creates a new #GSocket with the defined family, type and protocol. +If @protocol is 0 (%G_SOCKET_PROTOCOL_DEFAULT) the default protocol type +for the family and type is used. + +The @protocol is a family and type specific int that specifies what +kind of protocol to use. #GSocketProtocol lists several common ones. +Many families only support one protocol, and use 0 for this, others +support several and using 0 means to use the default protocol for +the family and type. + +The protocol id is passed directly to the operating +system, so you can use protocols not listed in #GSocketProtocol if you +know the protocol number used for it. + + a #GSocket or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + the socket family to use, e.g. %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV4. + + + + the socket type to use. + + + + the id of the protocol to use, or 0 for default. + + + + + + Creates a new #GSocket from a native file descriptor +or winsock SOCKET handle. + +This reads all the settings from the file descriptor so that +all properties should work. Note that the file descriptor +will be set to non-blocking mode, independent on the blocking +mode of the #GSocket. + +On success, the returned #GSocket takes ownership of @fd. On failure, the +caller must close @fd themselves. + +Since GLib 2.46, it is no longer a fatal error to call this on a non-socket +descriptor. Instead, a GError will be set with code %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED + + a #GSocket or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a native socket file descriptor. + + + + + + Accept incoming connections on a connection-based socket. This removes +the first outstanding connection request from the listening socket and +creates a #GSocket object for it. + +The @socket must be bound to a local address with g_socket_bind() and +must be listening for incoming connections (g_socket_listen()). + +If there are no outstanding connections then the operation will block +or return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if non-blocking I/O is enabled. +To be notified of an incoming connection, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. + + a new #GSocket, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + When a socket is created it is attached to an address family, but it +doesn't have an address in this family. g_socket_bind() assigns the +address (sometimes called name) of the socket. + +It is generally required to bind to a local address before you can +receive connections. (See g_socket_listen() and g_socket_accept() ). +In certain situations, you may also want to bind a socket that will be +used to initiate connections, though this is not normally required. + +If @socket is a TCP socket, then @allow_reuse controls the setting +of the `SO_REUSEADDR` socket option; normally it should be %TRUE for +server sockets (sockets that you will eventually call +g_socket_accept() on), and %FALSE for client sockets. (Failing to +set this flag on a server socket may cause g_socket_bind() to return +%G_IO_ERROR_ADDRESS_IN_USE if the server program is stopped and then +immediately restarted.) + +If @socket is a UDP socket, then @allow_reuse determines whether or +not other UDP sockets can be bound to the same address at the same +time. In particular, you can have several UDP sockets bound to the +same address, and they will all receive all of the multicast and +broadcast packets sent to that address. (The behavior of unicast +UDP packets to an address with multiple listeners is not defined.) + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GSocketAddress specifying the local address. + + + + whether to allow reusing this address + + + + + + Checks and resets the pending connect error for the socket. +This is used to check for errors when g_socket_connect() is +used in non-blocking mode. + + %TRUE if no error, %FALSE otherwise, setting @error to the error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + Closes the socket, shutting down any active connection. + +Closing a socket does not wait for all outstanding I/O operations +to finish, so the caller should not rely on them to be guaranteed +to complete even if the close returns with no error. + +Once the socket is closed, all other operations will return +%G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a socket multiple times will not +return an error. + +Sockets will be automatically closed when the last reference +is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure +resources are released as early as possible. + +Beware that due to the way that TCP works, it is possible for +recently-sent data to be lost if either you close a socket while the +%G_IO_IN condition is set, or else if the remote connection tries to +send something to you after you close the socket but before it has +finished reading all of the data you sent. There is no easy generic +way to avoid this problem; the easiest fix is to design the network +protocol such that the client will never send data "out of turn". +Another solution is for the server to half-close the connection by +calling g_socket_shutdown() with only the @shutdown_write flag set, +and then wait for the client to notice this and close its side of the +connection, after which the server can safely call g_socket_close(). +(This is what #GTcpConnection does if you call +g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect(). But of course, this +only works if the client will close its connection after the server +does.) + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + Checks on the readiness of @socket to perform operations. +The operations specified in @condition are checked for and masked +against the currently-satisfied conditions on @socket. The result +is returned. + +Note that on Windows, it is possible for an operation to return +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK even immediately after +g_socket_condition_check() has claimed that the socket is ready for +writing. Rather than calling g_socket_condition_check() and then +writing to the socket if it succeeds, it is generally better to +simply try writing to the socket right away, and try again later if +the initial attempt returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in condition; +these conditions will always be set in the output if they are true. + +This call never blocks. + + the @GIOCondition mask of the current state + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to check + + + + + + Waits for up to @timeout microseconds for @condition to become true +on @socket. If the condition is met, %TRUE is returned. + +If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if +@timeout (or the socket's #GSocket:timeout) is reached before the +condition is met, then %FALSE is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, +is set to the appropriate value (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or +%G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). + +If you don't want a timeout, use g_socket_condition_wait(). +(Alternatively, you can pass -1 for @timeout.) + +Note that although @timeout is in microseconds for consistency with +other GLib APIs, this function actually only has millisecond +resolution, and the behavior is undefined if @timeout is not an +exact number of milliseconds. + + %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to wait for + + + + the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, or -1 + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Waits for @condition to become true on @socket. When the condition +is met, %TRUE is returned. + +If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if the +socket has a timeout set and it is reached before the condition is +met, then %FALSE is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, is set to +the appropriate value (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or +%G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). + +See also g_socket_condition_timed_wait(). + + %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to wait for + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Connect the socket to the specified remote address. + +For connection oriented socket this generally means we attempt to make +a connection to the @address. For a connection-less socket it sets +the default address for g_socket_send() and discards all incoming datagrams +from other sources. + +Generally connection oriented sockets can only connect once, but +connection-less sockets can connect multiple times to change the +default address. + +If the connect call needs to do network I/O it will block, unless +non-blocking I/O is enabled. Then %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING is returned +and the user can be notified of the connection finishing by waiting +for the G_IO_OUT condition. The result of the connection must then be +checked with g_socket_check_connect_result(). + + %TRUE if connected, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GSocketConnection subclass of the right type for +@socket. + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + Creates a #GSource that can be attached to a %GMainContext to monitor +for the availability of the specified @condition on the socket. The #GSource +keeps a reference to the @socket. + +The callback on the source is of the #GSocketSourceFunc type. + +It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; +these conditions will always be reported output if they are true. + +@cancellable if not %NULL can be used to cancel the source, which will +cause the source to trigger, reporting the current condition (which +is likely 0 unless cancellation happened at the same time as a +condition change). You can check for this in the callback using +g_cancellable_is_cancelled(). + +If @socket has a timeout set, and it is reached before @condition +occurs, the source will then trigger anyway, reporting %G_IO_IN or +%G_IO_OUT depending on @condition. However, @socket will have been +marked as having had a timeout, and so the next #GSocket I/O method +you call will then fail with a %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. + + a newly allocated %GSource, free with g_source_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GIOCondition mask to monitor + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Get the amount of data pending in the OS input buffer, without blocking. + +If @socket is a UDP or SCTP socket, this will return the size of +just the next packet, even if additional packets are buffered after +that one. + +Note that on Windows, this function is rather inefficient in the +UDP case, and so if you know any plausible upper bound on the size +of the incoming packet, it is better to just do a +g_socket_receive() with a buffer of that size, rather than calling +g_socket_get_available_bytes() first and then doing a receive of +exactly the right size. + + the number of bytes that can be read from the socket +without blocking or truncating, or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + Gets the blocking mode of the socket. For details on blocking I/O, +see g_socket_set_blocking(). + + %TRUE if blocking I/O is used, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the broadcast setting on @socket; if %TRUE, +it is possible to send packets to broadcast +addresses. + + the broadcast setting on @socket + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Returns the credentials of the foreign process connected to this +socket, if any (e.g. it is only supported for %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_UNIX +sockets). + +If this operation isn't supported on the OS, the method fails with +the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. On Linux this is implemented +by reading the %SO_PEERCRED option on the underlying socket. + +Other ways to obtain credentials from a foreign peer includes the +#GUnixCredentialsMessage type and +g_unix_connection_send_credentials() / +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() functions. + + %NULL if @error is set, otherwise a #GCredentials object +that must be freed with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the socket family of the socket. + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Returns the underlying OS socket object. On unix this +is a socket file descriptor, and on Windows this is +a Winsock2 SOCKET handle. This may be useful for +doing platform specific or otherwise unusual operations +on the socket. + + the file descriptor of the socket. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the keepalive mode of the socket. For details on this, +see g_socket_set_keepalive(). + + %TRUE if keepalive is active, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the listen backlog setting of the socket. For details on this, +see g_socket_set_listen_backlog(). + + the maximum number of pending connections. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Try to get the local address of a bound socket. This is only +useful if the socket has been bound to a local address, +either explicitly or implicitly when connecting. + + a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the multicast loopback setting on @socket; if %TRUE (the +default), outgoing multicast packets will be looped back to +multicast listeners on the same host. + + the multicast loopback setting on @socket + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the multicast time-to-live setting on @socket; see +g_socket_set_multicast_ttl() for more details. + + the multicast time-to-live setting on @socket + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with +getsockopt(). (If you need to fetch a non-integer-valued option, +you will need to call getsockopt() directly.) + +The [<gio/gnetworking.h>][gio-gnetworking.h] +header pulls in system headers that will define most of the +standard/portable socket options. For unusual socket protocols or +platform-dependent options, you may need to include additional +headers. + +Note that even for socket options that are a single byte in size, +@value is still a pointer to a #gint variable, not a #guchar; +g_socket_get_option() will handle the conversion internally. + + success or failure. On failure, @error will be set, and + the system error value (`errno` or WSAGetLastError()) will still + be set to the result of the getsockopt() call. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + the "API level" of the option (eg, `SOL_SOCKET`) + + + + the "name" of the option (eg, `SO_BROADCAST`) + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Gets the socket protocol id the socket was created with. +In case the protocol is unknown, -1 is returned. + + a protocol id, or -1 if unknown + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Try to get the remote address of a connected socket. This is only +useful for connection oriented sockets that have been connected. + + a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the socket type of the socket. + + a #GSocketType + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the timeout setting of the socket. For details on this, see +g_socket_set_timeout(). + + the timeout in seconds + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Gets the unicast time-to-live setting on @socket; see +g_socket_set_ttl() for more details. + + the time-to-live setting on @socket + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Checks whether a socket is closed. + + %TRUE if socket is closed, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + Check whether the socket is connected. This is only useful for +connection-oriented sockets. + +If using g_socket_shutdown(), this function will return %TRUE until the +socket has been shut down for reading and writing. If you do a non-blocking +connect, this function will not return %TRUE until after you call +g_socket_check_connect_result(). + + %TRUE if socket is connected, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Registers @socket to receive multicast messages sent to @group. +@socket must be a %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM socket, and must have +been bound to an appropriate interface and port with +g_socket_bind(). + +If @iface is %NULL, the system will automatically pick an interface +to bind to based on @group. + +If @source_specific is %TRUE, source-specific multicast as defined +in RFC 4604 is used. Note that on older platforms this may fail +with a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. + +To bind to a given source-specific multicast address, use +g_socket_join_multicast_group_ssm() instead. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to join. + + + + %TRUE if source-specific multicast should be used + + + + Name of the interface to use, or %NULL + + + + + + Registers @socket to receive multicast messages sent to @group. +@socket must be a %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM socket, and must have +been bound to an appropriate interface and port with +g_socket_bind(). + +If @iface is %NULL, the system will automatically pick an interface +to bind to based on @group. + +If @source_specific is not %NULL, use source-specific multicast as +defined in RFC 4604. Note that on older platforms this may fail +with a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. + +Note that this function can be called multiple times for the same +@group with different @source_specific in order to receive multicast +packets from more than one source. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to join. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the +source-specific multicast address or %NULL to ignore. + + + + Name of the interface to use, or %NULL + + + + + + Removes @socket from the multicast group defined by @group, @iface, +and @source_specific (which must all have the same values they had +when you joined the group). + +@socket remains bound to its address and port, and can still receive +unicast messages after calling this. + +To unbind to a given source-specific multicast address, use +g_socket_leave_multicast_group_ssm() instead. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to leave. + + + + %TRUE if source-specific multicast was used + + + + Interface used + + + + + + Removes @socket from the multicast group defined by @group, @iface, +and @source_specific (which must all have the same values they had +when you joined the group). + +@socket remains bound to its address and port, and can still receive +unicast messages after calling this. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to leave. + + + + a #GInetAddress specifying the +source-specific multicast address or %NULL to ignore. + + + + Name of the interface to use, or %NULL + + + + + + Marks the socket as a server socket, i.e. a socket that is used +to accept incoming requests using g_socket_accept(). + +Before calling this the socket must be bound to a local address using +g_socket_bind(). + +To set the maximum amount of outstanding clients, use +g_socket_set_listen_backlog(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + + + Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket. This is mainly used by +connection-oriented sockets; it is identical to g_socket_receive_from() +with @address set to %NULL. + +For %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM and %G_SOCKET_TYPE_SEQPACKET sockets, +g_socket_receive() will always read either 0 or 1 complete messages from +the socket. If the received message is too large to fit in @buffer, then +the data beyond @size bytes will be discarded, without any explicit +indication that this has occurred. + +For %G_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM sockets, g_socket_receive() can return any +number of bytes, up to @size. If more than @size bytes have been +received, the additional data will be returned in future calls to +g_socket_receive(). + +If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there +is some data to receive, the connection is closed, or there is an +error. If there is no data available and the socket is in +non-blocking mode, a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be +returned. To be notified when data is available, wait for the +%G_IO_IN condition. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by +the peer, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read from the socket + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket. + +If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the +source address of the received packet. +@address is owned by the caller. + +See g_socket_receive() for additional information. + + Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by +the peer, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a pointer to a #GSocketAddress + pointer, or %NULL + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read from the socket + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Receive data from a socket. For receiving multiple messages, see +g_socket_receive_messages(); for easier use, see +g_socket_receive() and g_socket_receive_from(). + +If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the +source address of the received packet. +@address is owned by the caller. + +@vector must point to an array of #GInputVector structs and +@num_vectors must be the length of this array. These structs +describe the buffers that received data will be scattered into. +If @num_vectors is -1, then @vectors is assumed to be terminated +by a #GInputVector with a %NULL buffer pointer. + +As a special case, if @num_vectors is 0 (in which case, @vectors +may of course be %NULL), then a single byte is received and +discarded. This is to facilitate the common practice of sending a +single '\0' byte for the purposes of transferring ancillary data. + +@messages, if non-%NULL, will be set to point to a newly-allocated +array of #GSocketControlMessage instances or %NULL if no such +messages was received. These correspond to the control messages +received from the kernel, one #GSocketControlMessage per message +from the kernel. This array is %NULL-terminated and must be freed +by the caller using g_free() after calling g_object_unref() on each +element. If @messages is %NULL, any control messages received will +be discarded. + +@num_messages, if non-%NULL, will be set to the number of control +messages received. + +If both @messages and @num_messages are non-%NULL, then +@num_messages gives the number of #GSocketControlMessage instances +in @messages (ie: not including the %NULL terminator). + +@flags is an in/out parameter. The commonly available arguments +for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too +(and g_socket_receive_message() may pass system-specific flags out). +Flags passed in to the parameter affect the receive operation; flags returned +out of it are relevant to the specific returned message. + +As with g_socket_receive(), data may be discarded if @socket is +%G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM or %G_SOCKET_TYPE_SEQPACKET and you do not +provide enough buffer space to read a complete message. You can pass +%G_SOCKET_MSG_PEEK in @flags to peek at the current message without +removing it from the receive queue, but there is no portable way to find +out the length of the message other than by reading it into a +sufficiently-large buffer. + +If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there +is some data to receive, the connection is closed, or there is an +error. If there is no data available and the socket is in +non-blocking mode, a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be +returned. To be notified when data is available, wait for the +%G_IO_IN condition. + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by +the peer, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a pointer to a #GSocketAddress + pointer, or %NULL + + + + an array of #GInputVector structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @vectors, or -1 + + + + a pointer + which may be filled with an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL + + + + + + a pointer which will be filled with the number of + elements in @messages, or %NULL + + + + a pointer to an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Receive multiple data messages from @socket in one go. This is the most +complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see +g_socket_receive(), g_socket_receive_from(), and g_socket_receive_message(). + +@messages must point to an array of #GInputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GInputMessage +contains a pointer to an array of #GInputVector structs describing the +buffers that the data received in each message will be written to. Using +multiple #GInputVectors is more memory-efficient than manually copying data +out of a single buffer to multiple sources, and more system-call-efficient +than making multiple calls to g_socket_receive(), such as in scenarios where +a lot of data packets need to be received (e.g. high-bandwidth video +streaming over RTP/UDP). + +@flags modify how all messages are received. The commonly available +arguments for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. These +flags affect the overall receive operation. Flags affecting individual +messages are returned in #GInputMessage.flags. + +The other members of #GInputMessage are treated as described in its +documentation. + +If #GSocket:blocking is %TRUE the call will block until @num_messages have +been received, or the end of the stream is reached. + +If #GSocket:blocking is %FALSE the call will return up to @num_messages +without blocking, or %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if no messages are queued in the +operating system to be received. + +In blocking mode, if #GSocket:timeout is positive and is reached before any +messages are received, %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT is returned, otherwise up to +@num_messages are returned. (Note: This is effectively the +behaviour of `MSG_WAITFORONE` with recvmmsg().) + +To be notified when messages are available, wait for the +%G_IO_IN condition. Note though that you may still receive +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_receive_messages() even if you were +previously notified of a %G_IO_IN condition. + +If the remote peer closes the connection, any messages queued in the +operating system will be returned, and subsequent calls to +g_socket_receive_messages() will return 0 (with no error set). + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be received; otherwise the number of +messages successfully received before the error will be returned. + + number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number + of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if in non-blocking + mode, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages + was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try + to receive the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + an array of #GInputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_receive(), except that +the choice of blocking or non-blocking behavior is determined by +the @blocking argument rather than by @socket's properties. + + Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by +the peer, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a buffer to + read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). + + + + + + the number of bytes you want to read from the socket + + + + whether to do blocking or non-blocking I/O + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Tries to send @size bytes from @buffer on the socket. This is +mainly used by connection-oriented sockets; it is identical to +g_socket_send_to() with @address set to %NULL. + +If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is +space for the data in the socket queue. If there is no space available +and the socket is in non-blocking mode a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error +will be returned. To be notified when space is available, wait for the +%G_IO_OUT condition. Note though that you may still receive +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_send() even if you were previously +notified of a %G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is +very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.) + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 +on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + the buffer + containing the data to send. + + + + + + the number of bytes to send + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Send data to @address on @socket. For sending multiple messages see +g_socket_send_messages(); for easier use, see +g_socket_send() and g_socket_send_to(). + +If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver +(set by g_socket_connect()). + +@vectors must point to an array of #GOutputVector structs and +@num_vectors must be the length of this array. (If @num_vectors is -1, +then @vectors is assumed to be terminated by a #GOutputVector with a +%NULL buffer pointer.) The #GOutputVector structs describe the buffers +that the sent data will be gathered from. Using multiple +#GOutputVectors is more memory-efficient than manually copying +data from multiple sources into a single buffer, and more +network-efficient than making multiple calls to g_socket_send(). + +@messages, if non-%NULL, is taken to point to an array of @num_messages +#GSocketControlMessage instances. These correspond to the control +messages to be sent on the socket. +If @num_messages is -1 then @messages is treated as a %NULL-terminated +array. + +@flags modify how the message is sent. The commonly available arguments +for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. + +If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is +space for the data in the socket queue. If there is no space available +and the socket is in non-blocking mode a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error +will be returned. To be notified when space is available, wait for the +%G_IO_OUT condition. Note though that you may still receive +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_send() even if you were previously +notified of a %G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is +very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.) + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. + + Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 +on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL + + + + an array of #GOutputVector structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @vectors, or -1 + + + + a pointer to an + array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. + + + + + + number of elements in @messages, or -1. + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Send multiple data messages from @socket in one go. This is the most +complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see +g_socket_send(), g_socket_send_to(), and g_socket_send_message(). + +@messages must point to an array of #GOutputMessage structs and +@num_messages must be the length of this array. Each #GOutputMessage +contains an address to send the data to, and a pointer to an array of +#GOutputVector structs to describe the buffers that the data to be sent +for each message will be gathered from. Using multiple #GOutputVectors is +more memory-efficient than manually copying data from multiple sources +into a single buffer, and more network-efficient than making multiple +calls to g_socket_send(). Sending multiple messages in one go avoids the +overhead of making a lot of syscalls in scenarios where a lot of data +packets need to be sent (e.g. high-bandwidth video streaming over RTP/UDP), +or where the same data needs to be sent to multiple recipients. + +@flags modify how the message is sent. The commonly available arguments +for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the +values there are the same as the system values, and the flags +are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. + +If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is +space for all the data in the socket queue. If there is no space available +and the socket is in non-blocking mode a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error +will be returned if no data was written at all, otherwise the number of +messages sent will be returned. To be notified when space is available, +wait for the %G_IO_OUT condition. Note though that you may still receive +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_send() even if you were previously +notified of a %G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is +very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.) + +On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only +be returned if zero messages could be sent; otherwise the number of messages +successfully sent before the error will be returned. + + number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of + messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if the socket is + non-blocking or if @num_messages was larger than UIO_MAXIOV (1024), + in which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + an array of #GOutputMessage structs + + + + + + the number of elements in @messages + + + + an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Tries to send @size bytes from @buffer to @address. If @address is +%NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver (set by +g_socket_connect()). + +See g_socket_send() for additional information. + + Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 +on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL + + + + the buffer + containing the data to send. + + + + + + the number of bytes to send + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_send(), except that +the choice of blocking or non-blocking behavior is determined by +the @blocking argument rather than by @socket's properties. + + Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 +on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + the buffer + containing the data to send. + + + + + + the number of bytes to send + + + + whether to do blocking or non-blocking I/O + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the blocking mode of the socket. In blocking mode +all operations (which don’t take an explicit blocking parameter) block until +they succeed or there is an error. In +non-blocking mode all functions return results immediately or +with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error. + +All sockets are created in blocking mode. However, note that the +platform level socket is always non-blocking, and blocking mode +is a GSocket level feature. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + Whether to use blocking I/O or not. + + + + + + Sets whether @socket should allow sending to broadcast addresses. +This is %FALSE by default. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + whether @socket should allow sending to broadcast + addresses + + + + + + Sets or unsets the %SO_KEEPALIVE flag on the underlying socket. When +this flag is set on a socket, the system will attempt to verify that the +remote socket endpoint is still present if a sufficiently long period of +time passes with no data being exchanged. If the system is unable to +verify the presence of the remote endpoint, it will automatically close +the connection. + +This option is only functional on certain kinds of sockets. (Notably, +%G_SOCKET_PROTOCOL_TCP sockets.) + +The exact time between pings is system- and protocol-dependent, but will +normally be at least two hours. Most commonly, you would set this flag +on a server socket if you want to allow clients to remain idle for long +periods of time, but also want to ensure that connections are eventually +garbage-collected if clients crash or become unreachable. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + Value for the keepalive flag + + + + + + Sets the maximum number of outstanding connections allowed +when listening on this socket. If more clients than this are +connecting to the socket and the application is not handling them +on time then the new connections will be refused. + +Note that this must be called before g_socket_listen() and has no +effect if called after that. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + the maximum number of pending connections. + + + + + + Sets whether outgoing multicast packets will be received by sockets +listening on that multicast address on the same host. This is %TRUE +by default. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + whether @socket should receive messages sent to its + multicast groups from the local host + + + + + + Sets the time-to-live for outgoing multicast datagrams on @socket. +By default, this is 1, meaning that multicast packets will not leave +the local network. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + the time-to-live value for all multicast datagrams on @socket + + + + + + Sets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with +setsockopt(). (If you need to set a non-integer-valued option, +you will need to call setsockopt() directly.) + +The [<gio/gnetworking.h>][gio-gnetworking.h] +header pulls in system headers that will define most of the +standard/portable socket options. For unusual socket protocols or +platform-dependent options, you may need to include additional +headers. + + success or failure. On failure, @error will be set, and + the system error value (`errno` or WSAGetLastError()) will still + be set to the result of the setsockopt() call. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + the "API level" of the option (eg, `SOL_SOCKET`) + + + + the "name" of the option (eg, `SO_BROADCAST`) + + + + the value to set the option to + + + + + + Sets the time in seconds after which I/O operations on @socket will +time out if they have not yet completed. + +On a blocking socket, this means that any blocking #GSocket +operation will time out after @timeout seconds of inactivity, +returning %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. + +On a non-blocking socket, calls to g_socket_condition_wait() will +also fail with %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT after the given time. Sources +created with g_socket_create_source() will trigger after +@timeout seconds of inactivity, with the requested condition +set, at which point calling g_socket_receive(), g_socket_send(), +g_socket_check_connect_result(), etc, will fail with +%G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. + +If @timeout is 0 (the default), operations will never time out +on their own. + +Note that if an I/O operation is interrupted by a signal, this may +cause the timeout to be reset. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + the timeout for @socket, in seconds, or 0 for none + + + + + + Sets the time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets on @socket. +By default the platform-specific default value is used. + + + + + + a #GSocket. + + + + the time-to-live value for all unicast packets on @socket + + + + + + Shut down part or all of a full-duplex connection. + +If @shutdown_read is %TRUE then the receiving side of the connection +is shut down, and further reading is disallowed. + +If @shutdown_write is %TRUE then the sending side of the connection +is shut down, and further writing is disallowed. + +It is allowed for both @shutdown_read and @shutdown_write to be %TRUE. + +One example where it is useful to shut down only one side of a connection is +graceful disconnect for TCP connections where you close the sending side, +then wait for the other side to close the connection, thus ensuring that the +other side saw all sent data. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + whether to shut down the read side + + + + whether to shut down the write side + + + + + + Checks if a socket is capable of speaking IPv4. + +IPv4 sockets are capable of speaking IPv4. On some operating systems +and under some combinations of circumstances IPv6 sockets are also +capable of speaking IPv4. See RFC 3493 section 3.7 for more +information. + +No other types of sockets are currently considered as being capable +of speaking IPv4. + + %TRUE if this socket can be used with IPv4. + + + + + a #GSocket + + + + + + + + + Whether the socket should allow sending to broadcast addresses. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether outgoing multicast packets loop back to the local host. + + + + Time-to-live out outgoing multicast packets + + + + + + + + + + The timeout in seconds on socket I/O + + + + Time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GSocketAddress is the equivalent of struct sockaddr in the BSD +sockets API. This is an abstract class; use #GInetSocketAddress +for internet sockets, or #GUnixSocketAddress for UNIX domain sockets. + + + Creates a #GSocketAddress subclass corresponding to the native +struct sockaddr @native. + + a new #GSocketAddress if @native could successfully + be converted, otherwise %NULL + + + + + a pointer to a struct sockaddr + + + + the size of the memory location pointed to by @native + + + + + + Gets the socket family type of @address. + + the socket family type of @address + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets the size of @address's native struct sockaddr. +You can use this to allocate memory to pass to +g_socket_address_to_native(). + + the size of the native struct sockaddr that + @address represents + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + Converts a #GSocketAddress to a native struct sockaddr, which can +be passed to low-level functions like connect() or bind(). + +If not enough space is available, a %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE error +is returned. If the address type is not known on the system +then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error is returned. + + %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native +struct sockaddr + + + + the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as + g_socket_address_get_native_size() + + + + + + Gets the socket family type of @address. + + the socket family type of @address + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets the size of @address's native struct sockaddr. +You can use this to allocate memory to pass to +g_socket_address_to_native(). + + the size of the native struct sockaddr that + @address represents + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + Converts a #GSocketAddress to a native struct sockaddr, which can +be passed to low-level functions like connect() or bind(). + +If not enough space is available, a %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE error +is returned. If the address type is not known on the system +then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error is returned. + + %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native +struct sockaddr + + + + the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as + g_socket_address_get_native_size() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the socket family type of @address + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + + + + the size of the native struct sockaddr that + @address represents + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native +struct sockaddr + + + + the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as + g_socket_address_get_native_size() + + + + + + + + Enumerator type for objects that contain or generate +#GSocketAddress instances. + + Retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator. Note that this +may block for some amount of time. (Eg, a #GNetworkAddress may need +to do a DNS lookup before it can return an address.) Use +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async() if you need to avoid +blocking. + +If @enumerator is expected to yield addresses, but for some reason +is unable to (eg, because of a DNS error), then the first call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() will return an appropriate error +in *@error. However, if the first call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() succeeds, then any further +internal errors (other than @cancellable being triggered) will be +ignored. + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator +and then calls @callback, which must call +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result. + + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request + is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a completed call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async(). See +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() for more information about +error handling. + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator. Note that this +may block for some amount of time. (Eg, a #GNetworkAddress may need +to do a DNS lookup before it can return an address.) Use +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async() if you need to avoid +blocking. + +If @enumerator is expected to yield addresses, but for some reason +is unable to (eg, because of a DNS error), then the first call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() will return an appropriate error +in *@error. However, if the first call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() succeeds, then any further +internal errors (other than @cancellable being triggered) will be +ignored. + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator +and then calls @callback, which must call +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result. + + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request + is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Retrieves the result of a completed call to +g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async(). See +g_socket_address_enumerator_next() for more information about +error handling. + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request + is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + + + + a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on + error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no + more addresses. + + + + + a #GSocketAddressEnumerator + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GSocketClient is a lightweight high-level utility class for connecting to +a network host using a connection oriented socket type. + +You create a #GSocketClient object, set any options you want, and then +call a sync or async connect operation, which returns a #GSocketConnection +subclass on success. + +The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned depends on the type of +the underlying socket that is in use. For instance, for a TCP/IP connection +it will be a #GTcpConnection. + +As #GSocketClient is a lightweight object, you don't need to cache it. You +can just create a new one any time you need one. + + Creates a new #GSocketClient with the default options. + + a #GSocketClient. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enable proxy protocols to be handled by the application. When the +indicated proxy protocol is returned by the #GProxyResolver, +#GSocketClient will consider this protocol as supported but will +not try to find a #GProxy instance to handle handshaking. The +application must check for this case by calling +g_socket_connection_get_remote_address() on the returned +#GSocketConnection, and seeing if it's a #GProxyAddress of the +appropriate type, to determine whether or not it needs to handle +the proxy handshaking itself. + +This should be used for proxy protocols that are dialects of +another protocol such as HTTP proxy. It also allows cohabitation of +proxy protocols that are reused between protocols. A good example +is HTTP. It can be used to proxy HTTP, FTP and Gopher and can also +be use as generic socket proxy through the HTTP CONNECT method. + +When the proxy is detected as being an application proxy, TLS handshake +will be skipped. This is required to let the application do the proxy +specific handshake. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + The proxy protocol + + + + + + Tries to resolve the @connectable and make a network connection to it. + +Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed +and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their +reference to it when finished with it. + +The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned depends on the type of +the underlying socket that is used. For instance, for a TCP/IP connection +it will be a #GTcpConnection. + +The socket created will be the same family as the address that the +@connectable resolves to, unless family is set with g_socket_client_set_family() +or indirectly via g_socket_client_set_local_address(). The socket type +defaults to %G_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM but can be set with +g_socket_client_set_socket_type(). + +If a local address is specified with g_socket_client_set_local_address() the +socket will be bound to this address before connecting. + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GSocketConnectable specifying the remote address. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + a #GSocketConnectable specifying the remote address. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_async() + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + This is a helper function for g_socket_client_connect(). + +Attempts to create a TCP connection to the named host. + +@host_and_port may be in any of a number of recognized formats; an IPv6 +address, an IPv4 address, or a domain name (in which case a DNS +lookup is performed). Quoting with [] is supported for all address +types. A port override may be specified in the usual way with a +colon. Ports may be given as decimal numbers or symbolic names (in +which case an /etc/services lookup is performed). + +If no port override is given in @host_and_port then @default_port will be +used as the port number to connect to. + +In general, @host_and_port is expected to be provided by the user (allowing +them to give the hostname, and a port override if necessary) and +@default_port is expected to be provided by the application. + +In the case that an IP address is given, a single connection +attempt is made. In the case that a name is given, multiple +connection attempts may be made, in turn and according to the +number of address records in DNS, until a connection succeeds. + +Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed +and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their +reference to it when finished with it. + +In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts +connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set +accordingly. + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + the name and optionally port of the host to connect to + + + + the default port to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_host(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_host_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + the name and optionally the port of the host to connect to + + + + the default port to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_host_async() + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Attempts to create a TCP connection to a service. + +This call looks up the SRV record for @service at @domain for the +"tcp" protocol. It then attempts to connect, in turn, to each of +the hosts providing the service until either a connection succeeds +or there are no hosts remaining. + +Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed +and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their +reference to it when finished with it. + +In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts +connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set +accordingly. + + a #GSocketConnection if successful, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + a domain name + + + + the name of the service to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of +g_socket_client_connect_to_service(). + + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + a domain name + + + + the name of the service to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_service_async() + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + This is a helper function for g_socket_client_connect(). + +Attempts to create a TCP connection with a network URI. + +@uri may be any valid URI containing an "authority" (hostname/port) +component. If a port is not specified in the URI, @default_port +will be used. TLS will be negotiated if #GSocketClient:tls is %TRUE. +(#GSocketClient does not know to automatically assume TLS for +certain URI schemes.) + +Using this rather than g_socket_client_connect() or +g_socket_client_connect_to_host() allows #GSocketClient to +determine when to use application-specific proxy protocols. + +Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed +and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their +reference to it when finished with it. + +In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts +connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set +accordingly. + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + A network URI + + + + the default port to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_uri(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_uri_finish() to get +the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + a network uri + + + + the default port to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_uri_async() + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Gets the proxy enable state; see g_socket_client_set_enable_proxy() + + whether proxying is enabled + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the socket family of the socket client. + +See g_socket_client_set_family() for details. + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the local address of the socket client. + +See g_socket_client_set_local_address() for details. + + a #GSocketAddress or %NULL. Do not free. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the protocol name type of the socket client. + +See g_socket_client_set_protocol() for details. + + a #GSocketProtocol + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + + + Gets the #GProxyResolver being used by @client. Normally, this will +be the resolver returned by g_proxy_resolver_get_default(), but you +can override it with g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). + + The #GProxyResolver being used by + @client. + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the socket type of the socket client. + +See g_socket_client_set_socket_type() for details. + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the I/O timeout time for sockets created by @client. + +See g_socket_client_set_timeout() for details. + + the timeout in seconds + + + + + a #GSocketClient + + + + + + Gets whether @client creates TLS connections. See +g_socket_client_set_tls() for details. + + whether @client uses TLS + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Gets the TLS validation flags used creating TLS connections via +@client. + + the TLS validation flags + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + + + Sets whether or not @client attempts to make connections via a +proxy server. When enabled (the default), #GSocketClient will use a +#GProxyResolver to determine if a proxy protocol such as SOCKS is +needed, and automatically do the necessary proxy negotiation. + +See also g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + whether to enable proxies + + + + + + Sets the socket family of the socket client. +If this is set to something other than %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_INVALID +then the sockets created by this object will be of the specified +family. + +This might be useful for instance if you want to force the local +connection to be an ipv4 socket, even though the address might +be an ipv6 mapped to ipv4 address. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + + + Sets the local address of the socket client. +The sockets created by this object will bound to the +specified address (if not %NULL) before connecting. + +This is useful if you want to ensure that the local +side of the connection is on a specific port, or on +a specific interface. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the protocol of the socket client. +The sockets created by this object will use of the specified +protocol. + +If @protocol is %0 that means to use the default +protocol for the socket family and type. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GSocketProtocol + + + + + + Overrides the #GProxyResolver used by @client. You can call this if +you want to use specific proxies, rather than using the system +default proxy settings. + +Note that whether or not the proxy resolver is actually used +depends on the setting of #GSocketClient:enable-proxy, which is not +changed by this function (but which is %TRUE by default) + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GProxyResolver, or %NULL for the + default. + + + + + + Sets the socket type of the socket client. +The sockets created by this object will be of the specified +type. + +It doesn't make sense to specify a type of %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM, +as GSocketClient is used for connection oriented services. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + a #GSocketType + + + + + + Sets the I/O timeout for sockets created by @client. @timeout is a +time in seconds, or 0 for no timeout (the default). + +The timeout value affects the initial connection attempt as well, +so setting this may cause calls to g_socket_client_connect(), etc, +to fail with %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + the timeout + + + + + + Sets whether @client creates TLS (aka SSL) connections. If @tls is +%TRUE, @client will wrap its connections in a #GTlsClientConnection +and perform a TLS handshake when connecting. + +Note that since #GSocketClient must return a #GSocketConnection, +but #GTlsClientConnection is not a #GSocketConnection, this +actually wraps the resulting #GTlsClientConnection in a +#GTcpWrapperConnection when returning it. You can use +g_tcp_wrapper_connection_get_base_io_stream() on the return value +to extract the #GTlsClientConnection. + +If you need to modify the behavior of the TLS handshake (eg, by +setting a client-side certificate to use, or connecting to the +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate signal), you can connect to +@client's #GSocketClient::event signal and wait for it to be +emitted with %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKING, which will give you +a chance to see the #GTlsClientConnection before the handshake +starts. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + whether to use TLS + + + + + + Sets the TLS validation flags used when creating TLS connections +via @client. The default value is %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL. + + + + + + a #GSocketClient. + + + + the validation flags + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The proxy resolver to use + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when @client's activity on @connectable changes state. +Among other things, this can be used to provide progress +information about a network connection in the UI. The meanings of +the different @event values are as follows: + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_RESOLVING: @client is about to look up @connectable + in DNS. @connection will be %NULL. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_RESOLVED: @client has successfully resolved + @connectable in DNS. @connection will be %NULL. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_CONNECTING: @client is about to make a connection + to a remote host; either a proxy server or the destination server + itself. @connection is the #GSocketConnection, which is not yet + connected. Since GLib 2.40, you can access the remote + address via g_socket_connection_get_remote_address(). + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_CONNECTED: @client has successfully connected + to a remote host. @connection is the connected #GSocketConnection. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_PROXY_NEGOTIATING: @client is about to negotiate + with a proxy to get it to connect to @connectable. @connection is + the #GSocketConnection to the proxy server. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_PROXY_NEGOTIATED: @client has negotiated a + connection to @connectable through a proxy server. @connection is + the stream returned from g_proxy_connect(), which may or may not + be a #GSocketConnection. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKING: @client is about to begin a TLS + handshake. @connection is a #GTlsClientConnection. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKED: @client has successfully completed + the TLS handshake. @connection is a #GTlsClientConnection. + +- %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE: @client has either successfully connected + to @connectable (in which case @connection is the #GSocketConnection + that it will be returning to the caller) or has failed (in which + case @connection is %NULL and the client is about to return an error). + +Each event except %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE may be emitted +multiple times (or not at all) for a given connectable (in +particular, if @client ends up attempting to connect to more than +one address). However, if @client emits the #GSocketClient::event +signal at all for a given connectable, that it will always emit +it with %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE when it is done. + +Note that there may be additional #GSocketClientEvent values in +the future; unrecognized @event values should be ignored. + + + + + + the event that is occurring + + + + the #GSocketConnectable that @event is occurring on + + + + the current representation of the connection + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the +#GSocketClient::event signal for more details. + +Additional values may be added to this type in the future. + + The client is doing a DNS lookup. + + + The client has completed a DNS lookup. + + + The client is connecting to a remote + host (either a proxy or the destination server). + + + The client has connected to a remote + host. + + + The client is negotiating + with a proxy to connect to the destination server. + + + The client has negotiated + with the proxy server. + + + The client is performing a + TLS handshake. + + + The client has performed a + TLS handshake. + + + The client is done with a particular + #GSocketConnectable. + + + + + + Objects that describe one or more potential socket endpoints +implement #GSocketConnectable. Callers can then use +g_socket_connectable_enumerate() to get a #GSocketAddressEnumerator +to try out each socket address in turn until one succeeds, as shown +in the sample code below. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +MyConnectionType * +connect_to_host (const char *hostname, + guint16 port, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error) +{ + MyConnection *conn = NULL; + GSocketConnectable *addr; + GSocketAddressEnumerator *enumerator; + GSocketAddress *sockaddr; + GError *conn_error = NULL; + + addr = g_network_address_new (hostname, port); + enumerator = g_socket_connectable_enumerate (addr); + g_object_unref (addr); + + // Try each sockaddr until we succeed. Record the first connection error, + // but not any further ones (since they'll probably be basically the same + // as the first). + while (!conn && (sockaddr = g_socket_address_enumerator_next (enumerator, cancellable, error)) + { + conn = connect_to_sockaddr (sockaddr, conn_error ? NULL : &conn_error); + g_object_unref (sockaddr); + } + g_object_unref (enumerator); + + if (conn) + { + if (conn_error) + { + // We couldn't connect to the first address, but we succeeded + // in connecting to a later address. + g_error_free (conn_error); + } + return conn; + } + else if (error) + { + /// Either initial lookup failed, or else the caller cancelled us. + if (conn_error) + g_error_free (conn_error); + return NULL; + } + else + { + g_error_propagate (error, conn_error); + return NULL; + } +} +]| + + Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable. + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable that will +return #GProxyAddresses for addresses that you must connect +to via a proxy. + +If @connectable does not implement +g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(), this will fall back to +calling g_socket_connectable_enumerate(). + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + Format a #GSocketConnectable as a string. This is a human-readable format for +use in debugging output, and is not a stable serialization format. It is not +suitable for use in user interfaces as it exposes too much information for a +user. + +If the #GSocketConnectable implementation does not support string formatting, +the implementation’s type name will be returned as a fallback. + + the formatted string + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable. + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable that will +return #GProxyAddresses for addresses that you must connect +to via a proxy. + +If @connectable does not implement +g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(), this will fall back to +calling g_socket_connectable_enumerate(). + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + Format a #GSocketConnectable as a string. This is a human-readable format for +use in debugging output, and is not a stable serialization format. It is not +suitable for use in user interfaces as it exposes too much information for a +user. + +If the #GSocketConnectable implementation does not support string formatting, +the implementation’s type name will be returned as a fallback. + + the formatted string + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + + Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator +and #GProxyAddressEnumerator + + The parent interface. + + + + + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + + + + a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + + + + the formatted string + + + + + a #GSocketConnectable + + + + + + + + #GSocketConnection is a #GIOStream for a connected socket. They +can be created either by #GSocketClient when connecting to a host, +or by #GSocketListener when accepting a new client. + +The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned from these calls +depends on the type of the underlying socket that is in use. For +instance, for a TCP/IP connection it will be a #GTcpConnection. + +Choosing what type of object to construct is done with the socket +connection factory, and it is possible for 3rd parties to register +custom socket connection types for specific combination of socket +family/type/protocol using g_socket_connection_factory_register_type(). + +To close a #GSocketConnection, use g_io_stream_close(). Closing both +substreams of the #GIOStream separately will not close the underlying +#GSocket. + + Looks up the #GType to be used when creating socket connections on +sockets with the specified @family, @type and @protocol_id. + +If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned. + + a #GType + + + + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + a #GSocketType + + + + a protocol id + + + + + + Looks up the #GType to be used when creating socket connections on +sockets with the specified @family, @type and @protocol. + +If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned. + + + + + + a #GType, inheriting from %G_TYPE_SOCKET_CONNECTION + + + + a #GSocketFamily + + + + a #GSocketType + + + + a protocol id + + + + + + Connect @connection to the specified remote address. + + %TRUE if the connection succeeded, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously connect @connection to the specified remote address. + +This clears the #GSocket:blocking flag on @connection's underlying +socket if it is currently set. + +Use g_socket_connection_connect_finish() to retrieve the result. + + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. + + + + a %GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Gets the result of a g_socket_connection_connect_async() call. + + %TRUE if the connection succeeded, %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + the #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Try to get the local address of a socket connection. + + a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + + + Try to get the remote address of a socket connection. + +Since GLib 2.40, when used with g_socket_client_connect() or +g_socket_client_connect_async(), during emission of +%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_CONNECTING, this function will return the remote +address that will be used for the connection. This allows +applications to print e.g. "Connecting to example.com +(10.42.77.3)...". + + a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + + + Gets the underlying #GSocket object of the connection. +This can be useful if you want to do something unusual on it +not supported by the #GSocketConnection APIs. + + a #GSocket or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + + + Checks if @connection is connected. This is equivalent to calling +g_socket_is_connected() on @connection's underlying #GSocket. + + whether @connection is connected + + + + + a #GSocketConnection + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GSocketControlMessage is a special-purpose utility message that +can be sent to or received from a #GSocket. These types of +messages are often called "ancillary data". + +The message can represent some sort of special instruction to or +information from the socket or can represent a special kind of +transfer to the peer (for example, sending a file descriptor over +a UNIX socket). + +These messages are sent with g_socket_send_message() and received +with g_socket_receive_message(). + +To extend the set of control message that can be sent, subclass this +class and override the get_size, get_level, get_type and serialize +methods. + +To extend the set of control messages that can be received, subclass +this class and implement the deserialize method. Also, make sure your +class is registered with the GType typesystem before calling +g_socket_receive_message() to read such a message. + + Tries to deserialize a socket control message of a given +@level and @type. This will ask all known (to GType) subclasses +of #GSocketControlMessage if they can understand this kind +of message and if so deserialize it into a #GSocketControlMessage. + +If there is no implementation for this kind of control message, %NULL +will be returned. + + the deserialized message or %NULL + + + + + a socket level + + + + a socket control message type for the given @level + + + + the size of the data in bytes + + + + pointer to the message data + + + + + + + + Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message. +This is often SOL_SOCKET. + + an integer describing the level + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + Returns the space required for the control message, not including +headers or alignment. + + The number of bytes required. + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Converts the data in the message to bytes placed in the +message. + +@data is guaranteed to have enough space to fit the size +returned by g_socket_control_message_get_size() on this +object. + + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + A buffer to write data to + + + + + + Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message. +This is often SOL_SOCKET. + + an integer describing the level + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + Returns the protocol specific type of the control message. +For instance, for UNIX fd passing this would be SCM_RIGHTS. + + an integer describing the type of control message + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + Returns the space required for the control message, not including +headers or alignment. + + The number of bytes required. + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + Converts the data in the message to bytes placed in the +message. + +@data is guaranteed to have enough space to fit the size +returned by g_socket_control_message_get_size() on this +object. + + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + A buffer to write data to + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GSocketControlMessage. + + + + + + + The number of bytes required. + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + + + + an integer describing the level + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GSocketControlMessage + + + + A buffer to write data to + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are +identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, +if available.) + + no address family + + + the UNIX domain family + + + the IPv4 family + + + the IPv6 family + + + + A #GSocketListener is an object that keeps track of a set +of server sockets and helps you accept sockets from any of the +socket, either sync or async. + +If you want to implement a network server, also look at #GSocketService +and #GThreadedSocketService which are subclass of #GSocketListener +that makes this even easier. + + Creates a new #GSocketListener with no sockets to listen for. +New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address() +or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). + + a new #GSocketListener. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added +to the listener. Returns a #GSocketConnection for the socket that was +accepted. + +If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source +object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added +to the listener. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket() +to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_async() + + a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + + + Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added +to the listener. Returns the #GSocket that was accepted. + +If you want to accept the high-level #GSocketConnection, not a #GSocket, +which is often the case, then you should use g_socket_listener_accept() +instead. + +If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source +object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added +to the listener. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by +triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation +was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. + + a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept_socket(). + +When the operation is finished @callback will be +called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data for the callback + + + + + + Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async() + + a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + + + Creates a socket of type @type and protocol @protocol, binds +it to @address and adds it to the set of sockets we're accepting +sockets from. + +Note that adding an IPv6 address, depending on the platform, +may or may not result in a listener that also accepts IPv4 +connections. For more deterministic behavior, see +g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). + +@source_object will be passed out in the various calls +to accept to identify this particular source, which is +useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do +different things depending on what address is connected to. + +If successful and @effective_address is non-%NULL then it will +be set to the address that the binding actually occurred at. This +is helpful for determining the port number that was used for when +requesting a binding to port 0 (ie: "any port"). This address, if +requested, belongs to the caller and must be freed. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a #GSocketAddress + + + + a #GSocketType + + + + a #GSocketProtocol + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + location to store the address that was bound to, or %NULL. + + + + + + Listens for TCP connections on any available port number for both +IPv6 and IPv4 (if each is available). + +This is useful if you need to have a socket for incoming connections +but don't care about the specific port number. + +@source_object will be passed out in the various calls +to accept to identify this particular source, which is +useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do +different things depending on what address is connected to. + + the port number, or 0 in case of failure. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + + + Helper function for g_socket_listener_add_address() that +creates a TCP/IP socket listening on IPv4 and IPv6 (if +supported) on the specified port on all interfaces. + +@source_object will be passed out in the various calls +to accept to identify this particular source, which is +useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do +different things depending on what address is connected to. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + an IP port number (non-zero) + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + + + Adds @socket to the set of sockets that we try to accept +new clients from. The socket must be bound to a local +address and listened to. + +@source_object will be passed out in the various calls +to accept to identify this particular source, which is +useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do +different things depending on what address is connected to. + +The @socket will not be automatically closed when the @listener is finalized +unless the listener held the final reference to the socket. Before GLib 2.42, +the @socket was automatically closed on finalization of the @listener, even +if references to it were held elsewhere. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + a listening #GSocket + + + + Optional #GObject identifying this source + + + + + + Closes all the sockets in the listener. + + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + + + Sets the listen backlog on the sockets in the listener. + +See g_socket_set_listen_backlog() for details + + + + + + a #GSocketListener + + + + an integer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when @listener's activity on @socket changes state. +Note that when @listener is used to listen on both IPv4 and +IPv6, a separate set of signals will be emitted for each, and +the order they happen in is undefined. + + + + + + the event that is occurring + + + + the #GSocket the event is occurring on + + + + + + + Class structure for #GSocketListener. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketListener. See the +#GSocketListener::event signal for more details. + +Additional values may be added to this type in the future. + + The listener is about to bind a socket. + + + The listener has bound a socket. + + + The listener is about to start + listening on this socket. + + + The listener is now listening on + this socket. + + + + + + Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). +The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the +values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags +are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include +the right system header and pass in the flag. + + No flags. + + + Request to send/receive out of band data. + + + Read data from the socket without removing it from + the queue. + + + Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, + only send to hosts on directly connected networks. + + + + + + A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a +family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for +the particular family/type. + +This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You +can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to +use protocols not listed here. + + The protocol type is unknown + + + The default protocol for the family/type + + + TCP over IP + + + UDP over IP + + + SCTP over IP + + + + A #GSocketService is an object that represents a service that +is provided to the network or over local sockets. When a new +connection is made to the service the #GSocketService::incoming +signal is emitted. + +A #GSocketService is a subclass of #GSocketListener and you need +to add the addresses you want to accept connections on with the +#GSocketListener APIs. + +There are two options for implementing a network service based on +#GSocketService. The first is to create the service using +g_socket_service_new() and to connect to the #GSocketService::incoming +signal. The second is to subclass #GSocketService and override the +default signal handler implementation. + +In either case, the handler must immediately return, or else it +will block additional incoming connections from being serviced. +If you are interested in writing connection handlers that contain +blocking code then see #GThreadedSocketService. + +The socket service runs on the main loop of the +[thread-default context][g-main-context-push-thread-default-context] +of the thread it is created in, and is not +threadsafe in general. However, the calls to start and stop the +service are thread-safe so these can be used from threads that +handle incoming clients. + + Creates a new #GSocketService with no sockets to listen for. +New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address() +or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). + +New services are created active, there is no need to call +g_socket_service_start(), unless g_socket_service_stop() has been +called before. + + a new #GSocketService. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Check whether the service is active or not. An active +service will accept new clients that connect, while +a non-active service will let connecting clients queue +up until the service is started. + + %TRUE if the service is active, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GSocketService + + + + + + Restarts the service, i.e. start accepting connections +from the added sockets when the mainloop runs. This only needs +to be called after the service has been stopped from +g_socket_service_stop(). + +This call is thread-safe, so it may be called from a thread +handling an incoming client request. + + + + + + a #GSocketService + + + + + + Stops the service, i.e. stops accepting connections +from the added sockets when the mainloop runs. + +This call is thread-safe, so it may be called from a thread +handling an incoming client request. + +Note that this only stops accepting new connections; it does not +close the listening sockets, and you can call +g_socket_service_start() again later to begin listening again. To +close the listening sockets, call g_socket_listener_close(). (This +will happen automatically when the #GSocketService is finalized.) + +This must be called before calling g_socket_listener_close() as +the socket service will start accepting connections immediately +when a new socket is added. + + + + + + a #GSocketService + + + + + + Whether the service is currently accepting connections. + + + + + + + + + + The ::incoming signal is emitted when a new incoming connection +to @service needs to be handled. The handler must initiate the +handling of @connection, but may not block; in essence, +asynchronous operations must be used. + +@connection will be unreffed once the signal handler returns, +so you need to ref it yourself if you are planning to use it. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being called + + + + + a new #GSocketConnection object + + + + the source_object passed to + g_socket_listener_add_address() + + + + + + + Class structure for #GSocketService. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource +returned by g_socket_create_source(). + + it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. + + + + + the #GSocket + + + + the current condition at the source fired. + + + + data passed in by the user. + + + + + + Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement +all the socket types. + + Type unknown or wrong + + + Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). + + + Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. + (e.g. UDP) + + + Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams + of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). + + + + SRV (service) records are used by some network protocols to provide +service-specific aliasing and load-balancing. For example, XMPP +(Jabber) uses SRV records to locate the XMPP server for a domain; +rather than connecting directly to "example.com" or assuming a +specific server hostname like "xmpp.example.com", an XMPP client +would look up the "xmpp-client" SRV record for "example.com", and +then connect to whatever host was pointed to by that record. + +You can use g_resolver_lookup_service() or +g_resolver_lookup_service_async() to find the #GSrvTargets +for a given service. However, if you are simply planning to connect +to the remote service, you can use #GNetworkService's +#GSocketConnectable interface and not need to worry about +#GSrvTarget at all. + + Creates a new #GSrvTarget with the given parameters. + +You should not need to use this; normally #GSrvTargets are +created by #GResolver. + + a new #GSrvTarget. + + + + + the host that the service is running on + + + + the port that the service is running on + + + + the target's priority + + + + the target's weight + + + + + + Copies @target + + a copy of @target + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Frees @target + + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Gets @target's hostname (in ASCII form; if you are going to present +this to the user, you should use g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to +check if it contains encoded Unicode segments, and use +g_hostname_to_unicode() to convert it if it does.) + + @target's hostname + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Gets @target's port + + @target's port + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Gets @target's priority. You should not need to look at this; +#GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in +RFC 2782. + + @target's priority + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Gets @target's weight. You should not need to look at this; +#GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in +RFC 2782. + + @target's weight + + + + + a #GSrvTarget + + + + + + Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. + + the head of the sorted list. + + + + + + + a #GList of #GSrvTarget + + + + + + + + + #GStaticResource is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed +using the following functions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Finalized a GResource initialized by g_static_resource_init(). + +This is normally used by code generated by +[glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] +and is not typically used by other code. + + + + + + pointer to a static #GStaticResource + + + + + + Gets the GResource that was registered by a call to g_static_resource_init(). + +This is normally used by code generated by +[glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] +and is not typically used by other code. + + a #GResource + + + + + pointer to a static #GStaticResource + + + + + + Initializes a GResource from static data using a +GStaticResource. + +This is normally used by code generated by +[glib-compile-resources][glib-compile-resources] +and is not typically used by other code. + + + + + + pointer to a static #GStaticResource + + + + + + + #GSubprocess allows the creation of and interaction with child +processes. + +Processes can be communicated with using standard GIO-style APIs (ie: +#GInputStream, #GOutputStream). There are GIO-style APIs to wait for +process termination (ie: cancellable and with an asynchronous +variant). + +There is an API to force a process to terminate, as well as a +race-free API for sending UNIX signals to a subprocess. + +One major advantage that GIO brings over the core GLib library is +comprehensive API for asynchronous I/O, such +g_output_stream_splice_async(). This makes GSubprocess +significantly more powerful and flexible than equivalent APIs in +some other languages such as the `subprocess.py` +included with Python. For example, using #GSubprocess one could +create two child processes, reading standard output from the first, +processing it, and writing to the input stream of the second, all +without blocking the main loop. + +A powerful g_subprocess_communicate() API is provided similar to the +`communicate()` method of `subprocess.py`. This enables very easy +interaction with a subprocess that has been opened with pipes. + +#GSubprocess defaults to tight control over the file descriptors open +in the child process, avoiding dangling-fd issues that are caused by +a simple fork()/exec(). The only open file descriptors in the +spawned process are ones that were explicitly specified by the +#GSubprocess API (unless %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_INHERIT_FDS was +specified). + +#GSubprocess will quickly reap all child processes as they exit, +avoiding "zombie processes" remaining around for long periods of +time. g_subprocess_wait() can be used to wait for this to happen, +but it will happen even without the call being explicitly made. + +As a matter of principle, #GSubprocess has no API that accepts +shell-style space-separated strings. It will, however, match the +typical shell behaviour of searching the PATH for executables that do +not contain a directory separator in their name. + +#GSubprocess attempts to have a very simple API for most uses (ie: +spawning a subprocess with arguments and support for most typical +kinds of input and output redirection). See g_subprocess_new(). The +#GSubprocessLauncher API is provided for more complicated cases +(advanced types of redirection, environment variable manipulation, +change of working directory, child setup functions, etc). + +A typical use of #GSubprocess will involve calling +g_subprocess_new(), followed by g_subprocess_wait_async() or +g_subprocess_wait(). After the process exits, the status can be +checked using functions such as g_subprocess_get_if_exited() (which +are similar to the familiar WIFEXITED-style POSIX macros). + + + Create a new process with the given flags and varargs argument +list. By default, matching the g_spawn_async() defaults, the +child's stdin will be set to the system null device, and +stdout/stderr will be inherited from the parent. You can use +@flags to control this behavior. + +The argument list must be terminated with %NULL. + + A newly created #GSubprocess, or %NULL on error (and @error + will be set) + + + + + flags that define the behaviour of the subprocess + + + + return location for an error, or %NULL + + + + first commandline argument to pass to the subprocess + + + + more commandline arguments, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Create a new process with the given flags and argument list. + +The argument list is expected to be %NULL-terminated. + + A newly created #GSubprocess, or %NULL on error (and @error + will be set) + + + + + commandline arguments for the subprocess + + + + + + flags that define the behaviour of the subprocess + + + + + + Communicate with the subprocess until it terminates, and all input +and output has been completed. + +If @stdin_buf is given, the subprocess must have been created with +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDIN_PIPE. The given data is fed to the +stdin of the subprocess and the pipe is closed (ie: EOF). + +At the same time (as not to cause blocking when dealing with large +amounts of data), if %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE or +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDERR_PIPE were used, reads from those +streams. The data that was read is returned in @stdout and/or +the @stderr. + +If the subprocess was created with %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE, +@stdout_buf will contain the data read from stdout. Otherwise, for +subprocesses not created with %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE, +@stdout_buf will be set to %NULL. Similar provisions apply to +@stderr_buf and %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDERR_PIPE. + +As usual, any output variable may be given as %NULL to ignore it. + +If you desire the stdout and stderr data to be interleaved, create +the subprocess with %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDERR_MERGE. The merged result will be returned +in @stdout_buf and @stderr_buf will be set to %NULL. + +In case of any error (including cancellation), %FALSE will be +returned with @error set. Some or all of the stdin data may have +been written. Any stdout or stderr data that has been read will be +discarded. None of the out variables (aside from @error) will have +been set to anything in particular and should not be inspected. + +In the case that %TRUE is returned, the subprocess has exited and the +exit status inspection APIs (eg: g_subprocess_get_if_exited(), +g_subprocess_get_exit_status()) may be used. + +You should not attempt to use any of the subprocess pipes after +starting this function, since they may be left in strange states, +even if the operation was cancelled. You should especially not +attempt to interact with the pipes while the operation is in progress +(either from another thread or if using the asynchronous version). + + %TRUE if successful + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + data to send to the stdin of the subprocess, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + data read from the subprocess stdout + + + + data read from the subprocess stderr + + + + + + Asynchronous version of g_subprocess_communicate(). Complete +invocation with g_subprocess_communicate_finish(). + + + + + + Self + + + + Input data, or %NULL + + + + Cancellable + + + + Callback + + + + User data + + + + + + Complete an invocation of g_subprocess_communicate_async(). + + + + + + Self + + + + Result + + + + Return location for stdout data + + + + Return location for stderr data + + + + + + Like g_subprocess_communicate(), but validates the output of the +process as UTF-8, and returns it as a regular NUL terminated string. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + data to send to the stdin of the subprocess, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + data read from the subprocess stdout + + + + data read from the subprocess stderr + + + + + + Asynchronous version of g_subprocess_communicate_utf8(). Complete +invocation with g_subprocess_communicate_utf8_finish(). + + + + + + Self + + + + Input data, or %NULL + + + + Cancellable + + + + Callback + + + + User data + + + + + + Complete an invocation of g_subprocess_communicate_utf8_async(). + + + + + + Self + + + + Result + + + + Return location for stdout data + + + + Return location for stderr data + + + + + + Use an operating-system specific method to attempt an immediate, +forceful termination of the process. There is no mechanism to +determine whether or not the request itself was successful; +however, you can use g_subprocess_wait() to monitor the status of +the process after calling this function. + +On Unix, this function sends %SIGKILL. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Check the exit status of the subprocess, given that it exited +normally. This is the value passed to the exit() system call or the +return value from main. + +This is equivalent to the system WEXITSTATUS macro. + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() and +unless g_subprocess_get_if_exited() returned %TRUE. + + the exit status + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + On UNIX, returns the process ID as a decimal string. +On Windows, returns the result of GetProcessId() also as a string. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Check if the given subprocess exited normally (ie: by way of exit() +or return from main()). + +This is equivalent to the system WIFEXITED macro. + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() has +returned. + + %TRUE if the case of a normal exit + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Check if the given subprocess terminated in response to a signal. + +This is equivalent to the system WIFSIGNALED macro. + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() has +returned. + + %TRUE if the case of termination due to a signal + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Gets the raw status code of the process, as from waitpid(). + +This value has no particular meaning, but it can be used with the +macros defined by the system headers such as WIFEXITED. It can also +be used with g_spawn_check_exit_status(). + +It is more likely that you want to use g_subprocess_get_if_exited() +followed by g_subprocess_get_exit_status(). + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() has +returned. + + the (meaningless) waitpid() exit status from the kernel + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Gets the #GInputStream from which to read the stderr output of +@subprocess. + +The process must have been created with +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDERR_PIPE. + + the stderr pipe + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Gets the #GOutputStream that you can write to in order to give data +to the stdin of @subprocess. + +The process must have been created with +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDIN_PIPE. + + the stdout pipe + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Gets the #GInputStream from which to read the stdout output of +@subprocess. + +The process must have been created with +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE. + + the stdout pipe + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Checks if the process was "successful". A process is considered +successful if it exited cleanly with an exit status of 0, either by +way of the exit() system call or return from main(). + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() has +returned. + + %TRUE if the process exited cleanly with a exit status of 0 + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Get the signal number that caused the subprocess to terminate, given +that it terminated due to a signal. + +This is equivalent to the system WTERMSIG macro. + +It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() and +unless g_subprocess_get_if_signaled() returned %TRUE. + + the signal causing termination + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + + Sends the UNIX signal @signal_num to the subprocess, if it is still +running. + +This API is race-free. If the subprocess has terminated, it will not +be signalled. + +This API is not available on Windows. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the signal number to send + + + + + + Synchronously wait for the subprocess to terminate. + +After the process terminates you can query its exit status with +functions such as g_subprocess_get_if_exited() and +g_subprocess_get_exit_status(). + +This function does not fail in the case of the subprocess having +abnormal termination. See g_subprocess_wait_check() for that. + +Cancelling @cancellable doesn't kill the subprocess. Call +g_subprocess_force_exit() if it is desirable. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @cancellable was cancelled + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Wait for the subprocess to terminate. + +This is the asynchronous version of g_subprocess_wait(). + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the operation is complete + + + + user_data for @callback + + + + + + Combines g_subprocess_wait() with g_spawn_check_exit_status(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if process exited abnormally, or +@cancellable was cancelled + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Combines g_subprocess_wait_async() with g_spawn_check_exit_status(). + +This is the asynchronous version of g_subprocess_wait_check(). + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the operation is complete + + + + user_data for @callback + + + + + + Collects the result of a previous call to +g_subprocess_wait_check_async(). + + %TRUE if successful, or %FALSE with @error set + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + Collects the result of a previous call to +g_subprocess_wait_async(). + + %TRUE if successful, or %FALSE with @error set + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags to define the behaviour of a #GSubprocess. + +Note that the default for stdin is to redirect from `/dev/null`. For +stdout and stderr the default are for them to inherit the +corresponding descriptor from the calling process. + +Note that it is a programmer error to mix 'incompatible' flags. For +example, you may not request both %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_SILENCE. + + No flags. + + + create a pipe for the stdin of the + spawned process that can be accessed with + g_subprocess_get_stdin_pipe(). + + + stdin is inherited from the + calling process. + + + create a pipe for the stdout of the + spawned process that can be accessed with + g_subprocess_get_stdout_pipe(). + + + silence the stdout of the spawned + process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). + + + create a pipe for the stderr of the + spawned process that can be accessed with + g_subprocess_get_stderr_pipe(). + + + silence the stderr of the spawned + process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). + + + merge the stderr of the spawned + process with whatever the stdout happens to be. This is a good way + of directing both streams to a common log file, for example. + + + spawned processes will inherit the + file descriptors of their parent, unless those descriptors have + been explicitly marked as close-on-exec. This flag has no effect + over the "standard" file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr). + + + + This class contains a set of options for launching child processes, +such as where its standard input and output will be directed, the +argument list, the environment, and more. + +While the #GSubprocess class has high level functions covering +popular cases, use of this class allows access to more advanced +options. It can also be used to launch multiple subprocesses with +a similar configuration. + + Creates a new #GSubprocessLauncher. + +The launcher is created with the default options. A copy of the +environment of the calling process is made at the time of this call +and will be used as the environment that the process is launched in. + + + + + + #GSubprocessFlags + + + + + + Returns the value of the environment variable @variable in the +environment of processes launched from this launcher. + +On UNIX, the returned string can be an arbitrary byte string. +On Windows, it will be UTF-8. + + the value of the environment variable, + %NULL if unset + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the environment variable to get + + + + + + Sets up a child setup function. + +The child setup function will be called after fork() but before +exec() on the child's side. + +@destroy_notify will not be automatically called on the child's side +of the fork(). It will only be called when the last reference on the +#GSubprocessLauncher is dropped or when a new child setup function is +given. + +%NULL can be given as @child_setup to disable the functionality. + +Child setup functions are only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a #GSpawnChildSetupFunc to use as the child setup function + + + + user data for @child_setup + + + + a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data + + + + + + Sets the current working directory that processes will be launched +with. + +By default processes are launched with the current working directory +of the launching process at the time of launch. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the cwd for launched processes + + + + + + Replace the entire environment of processes launched from this +launcher with the given 'environ' variable. + +Typically you will build this variable by using g_listenv() to copy +the process 'environ' and using the functions g_environ_setenv(), +g_environ_unsetenv(), etc. + +As an alternative, you can use g_subprocess_launcher_setenv(), +g_subprocess_launcher_unsetenv(), etc. + +Pass an empty array to set an empty environment. Pass %NULL to inherit the +parent process’ environment. As of GLib 2.54, the parent process’ environment +will be copied when g_subprocess_launcher_set_environ() is called. +Previously, it was copied when the subprocess was executed. This means the +copied environment may now be modified (using g_subprocess_launcher_setenv(), +etc.) before launching the subprocess. + +On UNIX, all strings in this array can be arbitrary byte strings. +On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + + the replacement environment + + + + + + + + Sets the flags on the launcher. + +The default flags are %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_NONE. + +You may not set flags that specify conflicting options for how to +handle a particular stdio stream (eg: specifying both +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDIN_PIPE and +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDIN_INHERIT). + +You may also not set a flag that conflicts with a previous call to a +function like g_subprocess_launcher_set_stdin_file_path() or +g_subprocess_launcher_take_stdout_fd(). + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + #GSubprocessFlags + + + + + + Sets the file path to use as the stderr for spawned processes. + +If @path is %NULL then any previously given path is unset. + +The file will be created or truncated when the process is spawned, as +would be the case if using '2>' at the shell. + +If you want to send both stdout and stderr to the same file then use +%G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDERR_MERGE. + +You may not set a stderr file path if a stderr fd is already set or +if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stderr elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a filename or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the file path to use as the stdin for spawned processes. + +If @path is %NULL then any previously given path is unset. + +The file must exist or spawning the process will fail. + +You may not set a stdin file path if a stdin fd is already set or if +the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdin elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + + + + + + Sets the file path to use as the stdout for spawned processes. + +If @path is %NULL then any previously given path is unset. + +The file will be created or truncated when the process is spawned, as +would be the case if using '>' at the shell. + +You may not set a stdout file path if a stdout fd is already set or +if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdout elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a filename or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the environment variable @variable in the environment of +processes launched from this launcher. + +On UNIX, both the variable's name and value can be arbitrary byte +strings, except that the variable's name cannot contain '='. +On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the environment variable to set, + must not contain '=' + + + + the new value for the variable + + + + whether to change the variable if it already exists + + + + + + Creates a #GSubprocess given a provided varargs list of arguments. + + A new #GSubprocess, or %NULL on error (and @error will be set) + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + Error + + + + Command line arguments + + + + Continued arguments, %NULL terminated + + + + + + Creates a #GSubprocess given a provided array of arguments. + + A new #GSubprocess, or %NULL on error (and @error will be set) + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + Command line arguments + + + + + + + + Transfer an arbitrary file descriptor from parent process to the +child. This function takes "ownership" of the fd; it will be closed +in the parent when @self is freed. + +By default, all file descriptors from the parent will be closed. +This function allows you to create (for example) a custom pipe() or +socketpair() before launching the process, and choose the target +descriptor in the child. + +An example use case is GNUPG, which has a command line argument +--passphrase-fd providing a file descriptor number where it expects +the passphrase to be written. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + File descriptor in parent process + + + + Target descriptor for child process + + + + + + Sets the file descriptor to use as the stderr for spawned processes. + +If @fd is -1 then any previously given fd is unset. + +Note that the default behaviour is to pass stderr through to the +stderr of the parent process. + +The passed @fd belongs to the #GSubprocessLauncher. It will be +automatically closed when the launcher is finalized. The file +descriptor will also be closed on the child side when executing the +spawned process. + +You may not set a stderr fd if a stderr file path is already set or +if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stderr elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a file descriptor, or -1 + + + + + + Sets the file descriptor to use as the stdin for spawned processes. + +If @fd is -1 then any previously given fd is unset. + +Note that if your intention is to have the stdin of the calling +process inherited by the child then %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDIN_INHERIT +is a better way to go about doing that. + +The passed @fd is noted but will not be touched in the current +process. It is therefore necessary that it be kept open by the +caller until the subprocess is spawned. The file descriptor will +also not be explicitly closed on the child side, so it must be marked +O_CLOEXEC if that's what you want. + +You may not set a stdin fd if a stdin file path is already set or if +the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdin elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a file descriptor, or -1 + + + + + + Sets the file descriptor to use as the stdout for spawned processes. + +If @fd is -1 then any previously given fd is unset. + +Note that the default behaviour is to pass stdout through to the +stdout of the parent process. + +The passed @fd is noted but will not be touched in the current +process. It is therefore necessary that it be kept open by the +caller until the subprocess is spawned. The file descriptor will +also not be explicitly closed on the child side, so it must be marked +O_CLOEXEC if that's what you want. + +You may not set a stdout fd if a stdout file path is already set or +if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdout elsewhere. + +This feature is only available on UNIX. + + + + + + a #GSubprocessLauncher + + + + a file descriptor, or -1 + + + + + + Removes the environment variable @variable from the environment of +processes launched from this launcher. + +On UNIX, the variable's name can be an arbitrary byte string not +containing '='. On Windows, it should be in UTF-8. + + + + + + a #GSubprocess + + + + the environment variable to unset, + must not contain '=' + + + + + + + + + + Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. +Used by TLS servers. + + + + The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This +is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. + + + + A #GTask represents and manages a cancellable "task". + +## Asynchronous operations + +The most common usage of #GTask is as a #GAsyncResult, to +manage data during an asynchronous operation. You call +g_task_new() in the "start" method, followed by +g_task_set_task_data() and the like if you need to keep some +additional data associated with the task, and then pass the +task object around through your asynchronous operation. +Eventually, you will call a method such as +g_task_return_pointer() or g_task_return_error(), which will +save the value you give it and then invoke the task's callback +function in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +where it was created (waiting until the next iteration of the main +loop first, if necessary). The caller will pass the #GTask back to +the operation's finish function (as a #GAsyncResult), and you can +can use g_task_propagate_pointer() or the like to extract the +return value. + +Here is an example for using GTask as a GAsyncResult: +|[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + CakeFrostingType frosting; + char *message; + } DecorationData; + + static void + decoration_data_free (DecorationData *decoration) + { + g_free (decoration->message); + g_slice_free (DecorationData, decoration); + } + + static void + baked_cb (Cake *cake, + gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task = user_data; + DecorationData *decoration = g_task_get_task_data (task); + GError *error = NULL; + + if (cake == NULL) + { + g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, + "Go to the supermarket"); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + if (!cake_decorate (cake, decoration->frosting, decoration->message, &error)) + { + g_object_unref (cake); + // g_task_return_error() takes ownership of error + g_task_return_error (task, error); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); + g_object_unref (task); + } + + void + baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, + guint radius, + CakeFlavor flavor, + CakeFrostingType frosting, + const char *message, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task; + DecorationData *decoration; + Cake *cake; + + task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); + if (radius < 3) + { + g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_TOO_SMALL, + "%ucm radius cakes are silly", + radius); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + cake = _baker_get_cached_cake (self, radius, flavor, frosting, message); + if (cake != NULL) + { + // _baker_get_cached_cake() returns a reffed cake + g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + decoration = g_slice_new (DecorationData); + decoration->frosting = frosting; + decoration->message = g_strdup (message); + g_task_set_task_data (task, decoration, (GDestroyNotify) decoration_data_free); + + _baker_begin_cake (self, radius, flavor, cancellable, baked_cb, task); + } + + Cake * + baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error) + { + g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); + + return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); + } +]| + +## Chained asynchronous operations + +#GTask also tries to simplify asynchronous operations that +internally chain together several smaller asynchronous +operations. g_task_get_cancellable(), g_task_get_context(), +and g_task_get_priority() allow you to get back the task's +#GCancellable, #GMainContext, and [I/O priority][io-priority] +when starting a new subtask, so you don't have to keep track +of them yourself. g_task_attach_source() simplifies the case +of waiting for a source to fire (automatically using the correct +#GMainContext and priority). + +Here is an example for chained asynchronous operations: + |[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + Cake *cake; + CakeFrostingType frosting; + char *message; + } BakingData; + + static void + decoration_data_free (BakingData *bd) + { + if (bd->cake) + g_object_unref (bd->cake); + g_free (bd->message); + g_slice_free (BakingData, bd); + } + + static void + decorated_cb (Cake *cake, + GAsyncResult *result, + gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task = user_data; + GError *error = NULL; + + if (!cake_decorate_finish (cake, result, &error)) + { + g_object_unref (cake); + g_task_return_error (task, error); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + // baking_data_free() will drop its ref on the cake, so we have to + // take another here to give to the caller. + g_task_return_pointer (task, g_object_ref (cake), g_object_unref); + g_object_unref (task); + } + + static gboolean + decorator_ready (gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task = user_data; + BakingData *bd = g_task_get_task_data (task); + + cake_decorate_async (bd->cake, bd->frosting, bd->message, + g_task_get_cancellable (task), + decorated_cb, task); + + return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; + } + + static void + baked_cb (Cake *cake, + gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task = user_data; + BakingData *bd = g_task_get_task_data (task); + GError *error = NULL; + + if (cake == NULL) + { + g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, + "Go to the supermarket"); + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + bd->cake = cake; + + // Bail out now if the user has already cancelled + if (g_task_return_error_if_cancelled (task)) + { + g_object_unref (task); + return; + } + + if (cake_decorator_available (cake)) + decorator_ready (task); + else + { + GSource *source; + + source = cake_decorator_wait_source_new (cake); + // Attach @source to @task's GMainContext and have it call + // decorator_ready() when it is ready. + g_task_attach_source (task, source, decorator_ready); + g_source_unref (source); + } + } + + void + baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, + guint radius, + CakeFlavor flavor, + CakeFrostingType frosting, + const char *message, + gint priority, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) + { + GTask *task; + BakingData *bd; + + task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); + g_task_set_priority (task, priority); + + bd = g_slice_new0 (BakingData); + bd->frosting = frosting; + bd->message = g_strdup (message); + g_task_set_task_data (task, bd, (GDestroyNotify) baking_data_free); + + _baker_begin_cake (self, radius, flavor, cancellable, baked_cb, task); + } + + Cake * + baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error) + { + g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); + + return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); + } +]| + +## Asynchronous operations from synchronous ones + +You can use g_task_run_in_thread() to turn a synchronous +operation into an asynchronous one, by running it in a thread. +When it completes, the result will be dispatched to the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +where the #GTask was created. + +Running a task in a thread: + |[<!-- language="C" --> + typedef struct { + guint radius; + CakeFlavor flavor; + CakeFrostingType frosting; + char *message; + } CakeData; + + static void + cake_data_free (CakeData *cake_data) + { + g_free (cake_data->message); + g_slice_free (CakeData, cake_data); + } + + static void + bake_cake_thread (GTask *task, + gpointer source_object, + gpointer task_data, + GCancellable *cancellable) + { + Baker *self = source_object; + CakeData *cake_data = task_data; + Cake *cake; + GError *error = NULL; + + cake = bake_cake (baker, cake_data->radius, cake_data->flavor, + cake_data->frosting, cake_data->message, + cancellable, &error); + if (cake) + g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); + else + g_task_return_error (task, error); + } + + void + baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, + guint radius, + CakeFlavor flavor, + CakeFrostingType frosting, + const char *message, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) + { + CakeData *cake_data; + GTask *task; + + cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); + cake_data->radius = radius; + cake_data->flavor = flavor; + cake_data->frosting = frosting; + cake_data->message = g_strdup (message); + task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); + g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); + g_task_run_in_thread (task, bake_cake_thread); + g_object_unref (task); + } + + Cake * + baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, + GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error) + { + g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); + + return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); + } +]| + +## Adding cancellability to uncancellable tasks + +Finally, g_task_run_in_thread() and g_task_run_in_thread_sync() +can be used to turn an uncancellable operation into a +cancellable one. If you call g_task_set_return_on_cancel(), +passing %TRUE, then if the task's #GCancellable is cancelled, +it will return control back to the caller immediately, while +allowing the task thread to continue running in the background +(and simply discarding its result when it finally does finish). +Provided that the task thread is careful about how it uses +locks and other externally-visible resources, this allows you +to make "GLib-friendly" asynchronous and cancellable +synchronous variants of blocking APIs. + +Cancelling a task: + |[<!-- language="C" --> + static void + bake_cake_thread (GTask *task, + gpointer source_object, + gpointer task_data, + GCancellable *cancellable) + { + Baker *self = source_object; + CakeData *cake_data = task_data; + Cake *cake; + GError *error = NULL; + + cake = bake_cake (baker, cake_data->radius, cake_data->flavor, + cake_data->frosting, cake_data->message, + &error); + if (error) + { + g_task_return_error (task, error); + return; + } + + // If the task has already been cancelled, then we don't want to add + // the cake to the cake cache. Likewise, we don't want to have the + // task get cancelled in the middle of updating the cache. + // g_task_set_return_on_cancel() will return %TRUE here if it managed + // to disable return-on-cancel, or %FALSE if the task was cancelled + // before it could. + if (g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, FALSE)) + { + // If the caller cancels at this point, their + // GAsyncReadyCallback won't be invoked until we return, + // so we don't have to worry that this code will run at + // the same time as that code does. But if there were + // other functions that might look at the cake cache, + // then we'd probably need a GMutex here as well. + baker_add_cake_to_cache (baker, cake); + g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); + } + } + + void + baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, + guint radius, + CakeFlavor flavor, + CakeFrostingType frosting, + const char *message, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data) + { + CakeData *cake_data; + GTask *task; + + cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); + + ... + + task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); + g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); + g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, TRUE); + g_task_run_in_thread (task, bake_cake_thread); + } + + Cake * + baker_bake_cake_sync (Baker *self, + guint radius, + CakeFlavor flavor, + CakeFrostingType frosting, + const char *message, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error) + { + CakeData *cake_data; + GTask *task; + Cake *cake; + + cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); + + ... + + task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, NULL, NULL); + g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); + g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, TRUE); + g_task_run_in_thread_sync (task, bake_cake_thread); + + cake = g_task_propagate_pointer (task, error); + g_object_unref (task); + return cake; + } +]| + +## Porting from GSimpleAsyncResult + +#GTask's API attempts to be simpler than #GSimpleAsyncResult's +in several ways: +- You can save task-specific data with g_task_set_task_data(), and + retrieve it later with g_task_get_task_data(). This replaces the + abuse of g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer() for the same + purpose with #GSimpleAsyncResult. +- In addition to the task data, #GTask also keeps track of the + [priority][io-priority], #GCancellable, and + #GMainContext associated with the task, so tasks that consist of + a chain of simpler asynchronous operations will have easy access + to those values when starting each sub-task. +- g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() provides simplified + handling for cancellation. In addition, cancellation + overrides any other #GTask return value by default, like + #GSimpleAsyncResult does when + g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() is called. + (You can use g_task_set_check_cancellable() to turn off that + behavior.) On the other hand, g_task_run_in_thread() + guarantees that it will always run your + `task_func`, even if the task's #GCancellable + is already cancelled before the task gets a chance to run; + you can start your `task_func` with a + g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() check if you need the + old behavior. +- The "return" methods (eg, g_task_return_pointer()) + automatically cause the task to be "completed" as well, and + there is no need to worry about the "complete" vs "complete + in idle" distinction. (#GTask automatically figures out + whether the task's callback can be invoked directly, or + if it needs to be sent to another #GMainContext, or delayed + until the next iteration of the current #GMainContext.) +- The "finish" functions for #GTask based operations are generally + much simpler than #GSimpleAsyncResult ones, normally consisting + of only a single call to g_task_propagate_pointer() or the like. + Since g_task_propagate_pointer() "steals" the return value from + the #GTask, it is not necessary to juggle pointers around to + prevent it from being freed twice. +- With #GSimpleAsyncResult, it was common to call + g_simple_async_result_propagate_error() from the + `_finish()` wrapper function, and have + virtual method implementations only deal with successful + returns. This behavior is deprecated, because it makes it + difficult for a subclass to chain to a parent class's async + methods. Instead, the wrapper function should just be a + simple wrapper, and the virtual method should call an + appropriate `g_task_propagate_` function. + Note that wrapper methods can now use + g_async_result_legacy_propagate_error() to do old-style + #GSimpleAsyncResult error-returning behavior, and + g_async_result_is_tagged() to check if a result is tagged as + having come from the `_async()` wrapper + function (for "short-circuit" results, such as when passing + 0 to g_input_stream_read_async()). + + + Creates a #GTask acting on @source_object, which will eventually be +used to invoke @callback in the current +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]. + +Call this in the "start" method of your asynchronous method, and +pass the #GTask around throughout the asynchronous operation. You +can use g_task_set_task_data() to attach task-specific data to the +object, which you can retrieve later via g_task_get_task_data(). + +By default, if @cancellable is cancelled, then the return value of +the task will always be %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED, even if the task had +already completed before the cancellation. This allows for +simplified handling in cases where cancellation may imply that +other objects that the task depends on have been destroyed. If you +do not want this behavior, you can use +g_task_set_check_cancellable() to change it. + + a #GTask. + + + + + the #GObject that owns + this task, or %NULL. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + + + Checks that @result is a #GTask, and that @source_object is its +source object (or that @source_object is %NULL and @result has no +source object). This can be used in g_return_if_fail() checks. + + %TRUE if @result and @source_object are valid, %FALSE +if not + + + + + A #GAsyncResult + + + + the source object + expected to be associated with the task + + + + + + Creates a #GTask and then immediately calls g_task_return_error() +on it. Use this in the wrapper function of an asynchronous method +when you want to avoid even calling the virtual method. You can +then use g_async_result_is_tagged() in the finish method wrapper to +check if the result there is tagged as having been created by the +wrapper method, and deal with it appropriately if so. + +See also g_task_report_new_error(). + + + + + + the #GObject that owns + this task, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task + + + + error to report + + + + + + Creates a #GTask and then immediately calls +g_task_return_new_error() on it. Use this in the wrapper function +of an asynchronous method when you want to avoid even calling the +virtual method. You can then use g_async_result_is_tagged() in the +finish method wrapper to check if the result there is tagged as +having been created by the wrapper method, and deal with it +appropriately if so. + +See also g_task_report_error(). + + + + + + the #GObject that owns + this task, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task + + + + a #GQuark. + + + + an error code. + + + + a string with format characters. + + + + a list of values to insert into @format. + + + + + + A utility function for dealing with async operations where you need +to wait for a #GSource to trigger. Attaches @source to @task's +#GMainContext with @task's [priority][io-priority], and sets @source's +callback to @callback, with @task as the callback's `user_data`. + +This takes a reference on @task until @source is destroyed. + + + + + + a #GTask + + + + the source to attach + + + + the callback to invoke when @source triggers + + + + + + Gets @task's #GCancellable + + @task's #GCancellable + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Gets @task's check-cancellable flag. See +g_task_set_check_cancellable() for more details. + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + + + Gets the value of #GTask:completed. This changes from %FALSE to %TRUE after +the task’s callback is invoked, and will return %FALSE if called from inside +the callback. + + %TRUE if the task has completed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + + + Gets the #GMainContext that @task will return its result in (that +is, the context that was the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +at the point when @task was created). + +This will always return a non-%NULL value, even if the task's +context is the default #GMainContext. + + @task's #GMainContext + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Gets @task's priority + + @task's priority + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Gets @task's return-on-cancel flag. See +g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + + + Gets the source object from @task. Like +g_async_result_get_source_object(), but does not ref the object. + + @task's source object, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Gets @task's source tag. See g_task_set_source_tag(). + + @task's source tag + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Gets @task's `task_data`. + + @task's `task_data`. + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Tests if @task resulted in an error. + + %TRUE if the task resulted in an error, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + + + Gets the result of @task as a #gboolean. + +If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will +instead return %FALSE and set @error. + +Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or +error) to the caller, you may only call it once. + + the task result, or %FALSE on error + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + + + Gets the result of @task as an integer (#gssize). + +If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will +instead return -1 and set @error. + +Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or +error) to the caller, you may only call it once. + + the task result, or -1 on error + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + + + Gets the result of @task as a pointer, and transfers ownership +of that value to the caller. + +If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will +instead return %NULL and set @error. + +Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or +error) to the caller, you may only call it once. + + the task result, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task (see +g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this +means). + + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + the #gboolean result of a task function. + + + + + + Sets @task's result to @error (which @task assumes ownership of) +and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more +discussion of exactly what this means). + +Note that since the task takes ownership of @error, and since the +task may be completed before returning from g_task_return_error(), +you cannot assume that @error is still valid after calling this. +Call g_error_copy() on the error if you need to keep a local copy +as well. + +See also g_task_return_new_error(). + + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + the #GError result of a task function. + + + + + + Checks if @task's #GCancellable has been cancelled, and if so, sets +@task's error accordingly and completes the task (see +g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this +means). + + %TRUE if @task has been cancelled, %FALSE if not + + + + + a #GTask + + + + + + Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task (see +g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this +means). + + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + the integer (#gssize) result of a task function. + + + + + + Sets @task's result to a new #GError created from @domain, @code, +@format, and the remaining arguments, and completes the task (see +g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this +means). + +See also g_task_return_error(). + + + + + + a #GTask. + + + + a #GQuark. + + + + an error code. + + + + a string with format characters. + + + + a list of values to insert into @format. + + + + + + Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task. If @result +is not %NULL, then @result_destroy will be used to free @result if +the caller does not take ownership of it with +g_task_propagate_pointer(). + +"Completes the task" means that for an ordinary asynchronous task +it will either invoke the task's callback, or else queue that +callback to be invoked in the proper #GMainContext, or in the next +iteration of the current #GMainContext. For a task run via +g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(), calling this +method will save @result to be returned to the caller later, but +the task will not actually be completed until the #GTaskThreadFunc +exits. + +Note that since the task may be completed before returning from +g_task_return_pointer(), you cannot assume that @result is still +valid after calling this, unless you are still holding another +reference on it. + + + + + + a #GTask + + + + the pointer result of a task + function + + + + a #GDestroyNotify function. + + + + + + Runs @task_func in another thread. When @task_func returns, @task's +#GAsyncReadyCallback will be invoked in @task's #GMainContext. + +This takes a ref on @task until the task completes. + +See #GTaskThreadFunc for more details about how @task_func is handled. + +Although GLib currently rate-limits the tasks queued via +g_task_run_in_thread(), you should not assume that it will always +do this. If you have a very large number of tasks to run, but don't +want them to all run at once, you should only queue a limited +number of them at a time. + + + + + + a #GTask + + + + a #GTaskThreadFunc + + + + + + Runs @task_func in another thread, and waits for it to return or be +cancelled. You can use g_task_propagate_pointer(), etc, afterward +to get the result of @task_func. + +See #GTaskThreadFunc for more details about how @task_func is handled. + +Normally this is used with tasks created with a %NULL +`callback`, but note that even if the task does +have a callback, it will not be invoked when @task_func returns. +#GTask:completed will be set to %TRUE just before this function returns. + +Although GLib currently rate-limits the tasks queued via +g_task_run_in_thread_sync(), you should not assume that it will +always do this. If you have a very large number of tasks to run, +but don't want them to all run at once, you should only queue a +limited number of them at a time. + + + + + + a #GTask + + + + a #GTaskThreadFunc + + + + + + Sets or clears @task's check-cancellable flag. If this is %TRUE +(the default), then g_task_propagate_pointer(), etc, and +g_task_had_error() will check the task's #GCancellable first, and +if it has been cancelled, then they will consider the task to have +returned an "Operation was cancelled" error +(%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED), regardless of any other error or return +value the task may have had. + +If @check_cancellable is %FALSE, then the #GTask will not check the +cancellable itself, and it is up to @task's owner to do this (eg, +via g_task_return_error_if_cancelled()). + +If you are using g_task_set_return_on_cancel() as well, then +you must leave check-cancellable set %TRUE. + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + whether #GTask will check the state of + its #GCancellable for you. + + + + + + Sets @task's priority. If you do not call this, it will default to +%G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. + +This will affect the priority of #GSources created with +g_task_attach_source() and the scheduling of tasks run in threads, +and can also be explicitly retrieved later via +g_task_get_priority(). + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + the [priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + + + Sets or clears @task's return-on-cancel flag. This is only +meaningful for tasks run via g_task_run_in_thread() or +g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). + +If @return_on_cancel is %TRUE, then cancelling @task's +#GCancellable will immediately cause it to return, as though the +task's #GTaskThreadFunc had called +g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() and then returned. + +This allows you to create a cancellable wrapper around an +uninterruptable function. The #GTaskThreadFunc just needs to be +careful that it does not modify any externally-visible state after +it has been cancelled. To do that, the thread should call +g_task_set_return_on_cancel() again to (atomically) set +return-on-cancel %FALSE before making externally-visible changes; +if the task gets cancelled before the return-on-cancel flag could +be changed, g_task_set_return_on_cancel() will indicate this by +returning %FALSE. + +You can disable and re-enable this flag multiple times if you wish. +If the task's #GCancellable is cancelled while return-on-cancel is +%FALSE, then calling g_task_set_return_on_cancel() to set it %TRUE +again will cause the task to be cancelled at that point. + +If the task's #GCancellable is already cancelled before you call +g_task_run_in_thread()/g_task_run_in_thread_sync(), then the +#GTaskThreadFunc will still be run (for consistency), but the task +will also be completed right away. + + %TRUE if @task's return-on-cancel flag was changed to + match @return_on_cancel. %FALSE if @task has already been + cancelled. + + + + + the #GTask + + + + whether the task returns automatically when + it is cancelled. + + + + + + Sets @task's source tag. You can use this to tag a task return +value with a particular pointer (usually a pointer to the function +doing the tagging) and then later check it using +g_task_get_source_tag() (or g_async_result_is_tagged()) in the +task's "finish" function, to figure out if the response came from a +particular place. + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task + + + + + + Sets @task's task data (freeing the existing task data, if any). + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + task-specific data + + + + #GDestroyNotify for @task_data + + + + + + Whether the task has completed, meaning its callback (if set) has been +invoked. This can only happen after g_task_return_pointer(), +g_task_return_error() or one of the other return functions have been called +on the task. + +This property is guaranteed to change from %FALSE to %TRUE exactly once. + +The #GObject::notify signal for this change is emitted in the same main +context as the task’s callback, immediately after that callback is invoked. + + + + + + + The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via +g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). + +If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets +cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though +g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without +waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task +function will continue running in its thread in the background. The +function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses +externally-visible state in this case. See +g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. + +Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the +#GTaskThreadFunc returns, not when it calls a +`g_task_return_` function. + + + + + + the #GTask + + + + @task's source object + + + + @task's task data + + + + @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + This is the subclass of #GSocketConnection that is created +for TCP/IP sockets. + + Checks if graceful disconnects are used. See +g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect(). + + %TRUE if graceful disconnect is used on close, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GTcpConnection + + + + + + This enables graceful disconnects on close. A graceful disconnect +means that we signal the receiving end that the connection is terminated +and wait for it to close the connection before closing the connection. + +A graceful disconnect means that we can be sure that we successfully sent +all the outstanding data to the other end, or get an error reported. +However, it also means we have to wait for all the data to reach the +other side and for it to acknowledge this by closing the socket, which may +take a while. For this reason it is disabled by default. + + + + + + a #GTcpConnection + + + + Whether to do graceful disconnects or not + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GTcpWrapperConnection can be used to wrap a #GIOStream that is +based on a #GSocket, but which is not actually a +#GSocketConnection. This is used by #GSocketClient so that it can +always return a #GSocketConnection, even when the connection it has +actually created is not directly a #GSocketConnection. + + Wraps @base_io_stream and @socket together as a #GSocketConnection. + + the new #GSocketConnection. + + + + + the #GIOStream to wrap + + + + the #GSocket associated with @base_io_stream + + + + + + Get's @conn's base #GIOStream + + @conn's base #GIOStream + + + + + a #GTcpWrapperConnection + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A helper class for testing code which uses D-Bus without touching the user's +session bus. + +Note that #GTestDBus modifies the user’s environment, calling setenv(). +This is not thread-safe, so all #GTestDBus calls should be completed before +threads are spawned, or should have appropriate locking to ensure no access +conflicts to environment variables shared between #GTestDBus and other +threads. + +## Creating unit tests using GTestDBus + +Testing of D-Bus services can be tricky because normally we only ever run +D-Bus services over an existing instance of the D-Bus daemon thus we +usually don't activate D-Bus services that are not yet installed into the +target system. The #GTestDBus object makes this easier for us by taking care +of the lower level tasks such as running a private D-Bus daemon and looking +up uninstalled services in customizable locations, typically in your source +code tree. + +The first thing you will need is a separate service description file for the +D-Bus daemon. Typically a `services` subdirectory of your `tests` directory +is a good place to put this file. + +The service file should list your service along with an absolute path to the +uninstalled service executable in your source tree. Using autotools we would +achieve this by adding a file such as `my-server.service.in` in the services +directory and have it processed by configure. +|[ + [D-BUS Service] + Name=org.gtk.GDBus.Examples.ObjectManager + Exec=@abs_top_builddir@/gio/tests/gdbus-example-objectmanager-server +]| +You will also need to indicate this service directory in your test +fixtures, so you will need to pass the path while compiling your +test cases. Typically this is done with autotools with an added +preprocessor flag specified to compile your tests such as: +|[ + -DTEST_SERVICES=\""$(abs_top_builddir)/tests/services"\" +]| + Once you have a service definition file which is local to your source tree, +you can proceed to set up a GTest fixture using the #GTestDBus scaffolding. + +An example of a test fixture for D-Bus services can be found +here: +[gdbus-test-fixture.c](https://git.gnome.org/browse/glib/tree/gio/tests/gdbus-test-fixture.c) + +Note that these examples only deal with isolating the D-Bus aspect of your +service. To successfully run isolated unit tests on your service you may need +some additional modifications to your test case fixture. For example; if your +service uses GSettings and installs a schema then it is important that your test service +not load the schema in the ordinary installed location (chances are that your service +and schema files are not yet installed, or worse; there is an older version of the +schema file sitting in the install location). + +Most of the time we can work around these obstacles using the +environment. Since the environment is inherited by the D-Bus daemon +created by #GTestDBus and then in turn inherited by any services the +D-Bus daemon activates, using the setup routine for your fixture is +a practical place to help sandbox your runtime environment. For the +rather typical GSettings case we can work around this by setting +`GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR` to the in tree directory holding your schemas +in the above fixture_setup() routine. + +The GSettings schemas need to be locally pre-compiled for this to work. This can be achieved +by compiling the schemas locally as a step before running test cases, an autotools setup might +do the following in the directory holding schemas: +|[ + all-am: + $(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) . + + CLEANFILES += gschemas.compiled +]| + + Create a new #GTestDBus object. + + a new #GTestDBus. + + + + + a #GTestDBusFlags + + + + + + Unset DISPLAY and DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS env variables to ensure the test +won't use user's session bus. + +This is useful for unit tests that want to verify behaviour when no session +bus is running. It is not necessary to call this if unit test already calls +g_test_dbus_up() before acquiring the session bus. + + + + + + Add a path where dbus-daemon will look up .service files. This can't be +called after g_test_dbus_up(). + + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + path to a directory containing .service files + + + + + + Stop the session bus started by g_test_dbus_up(). + +This will wait for the singleton returned by g_bus_get() or g_bus_get_sync() +is destroyed. This is done to ensure that the next unit test won't get a +leaked singleton from this test. + + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + + + Get the address on which dbus-daemon is running. If g_test_dbus_up() has not +been called yet, %NULL is returned. This can be used with +g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). + + the address of the bus, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + + + Get the flags of the #GTestDBus object. + + the value of #GTestDBus:flags property + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + + + Stop the session bus started by g_test_dbus_up(). + +Unlike g_test_dbus_down(), this won't verify the #GDBusConnection +singleton returned by g_bus_get() or g_bus_get_sync() is destroyed. Unit +tests wanting to verify behaviour after the session bus has been stopped +can use this function but should still call g_test_dbus_down() when done. + + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + + + Start a dbus-daemon instance and set DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS. After this +call, it is safe for unit tests to start sending messages on the session bus. + +If this function is called from setup callback of g_test_add(), +g_test_dbus_down() must be called in its teardown callback. + +If this function is called from unit test's main(), then g_test_dbus_down() +must be called after g_test_run(). + + + + + + a #GTestDBus + + + + + + #GTestDBusFlags specifying the behaviour of the D-Bus session. + + + + + Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. + + No flags. + + + + #GThemedIcon is an implementation of #GIcon that supports icon themes. +#GThemedIcon contains a list of all of the icons present in an icon +theme, so that icons can be looked up quickly. #GThemedIcon does +not provide actual pixmaps for icons, just the icon names. +Ideally something like gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon() should be used to +resolve the list of names so that fallback icons work nicely with +themes that inherit other themes. + + + Creates a new themed icon for @iconname. + + a new #GThemedIcon. + + + + + a string containing an icon name. + + + + + + Creates a new themed icon for @iconnames. + + a new #GThemedIcon + + + + + an array of strings containing icon names. + + + + + + the length of the @iconnames array, or -1 if @iconnames is + %NULL-terminated + + + + + + Creates a new themed icon for @iconname, and all the names +that can be created by shortening @iconname at '-' characters. + +In the following example, @icon1 and @icon2 are equivalent: +|[<!-- language="C" --> +const char *names[] = { + "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", + "gnome-dev-cdrom", + "gnome-dev", + "gnome" +}; + +icon1 = g_themed_icon_new_from_names (names, 4); +icon2 = g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks ("gnome-dev-cdrom-audio"); +]| + + a new #GThemedIcon. + + + + + a string containing an icon name + + + + + + Append a name to the list of icons from within @icon. + +Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls +to g_icon_hash(). + + + + + + a #GThemedIcon + + + + name of icon to append to list of icons from within @icon. + + + + + + Gets the names of icons from within @icon. + + a list of icon names. + + + + + + + a #GThemedIcon. + + + + + + Prepend a name to the list of icons from within @icon. + +Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls +to g_icon_hash(). + + + + + + a #GThemedIcon + + + + name of icon to prepend to list of icons from within @icon. + + + + + + The icon name. + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of icon names. + + + + + + Whether to use the default fallbacks found by shortening the icon name +at '-' characters. If the "names" array has more than one element, +ignores any past the first. + +For example, if the icon name was "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", the array +would become +|[<!-- language="C" --> +{ + "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", + "gnome-dev-cdrom", + "gnome-dev", + "gnome", + NULL +}; +]| + + + + + + + A #GThreadedSocketService is a simple subclass of #GSocketService +that handles incoming connections by creating a worker thread and +dispatching the connection to it by emitting the +#GThreadedSocketService::run signal in the new thread. + +The signal handler may perform blocking IO and need not return +until the connection is closed. + +The service is implemented using a thread pool, so there is a +limited amount of threads available to serve incoming requests. +The service automatically stops the #GSocketService from accepting +new connections when all threads are busy. + +As with #GSocketService, you may connect to #GThreadedSocketService::run, +or subclass and override the default handler. + + Creates a new #GThreadedSocketService with no listeners. Listeners +must be added with one of the #GSocketListener "add" methods. + + a new #GSocketService. + + + + + the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently + handling incoming clients, -1 means no limit + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The ::run signal is emitted in a worker thread in response to an +incoming connection. This thread is dedicated to handling +@connection and may perform blocking IO. The signal handler need +not return until the connection is closed. + + %TRUE to stop further signal handlers from being called + + + + + a new #GSocketConnection object. + + + + the source_object passed to g_socket_listener_add_address(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. + + client authentication not required + + + client authentication is requested + + + client authentication is required + + + + TLS (Transport Layer Security, aka SSL) and DTLS backend. + + Gets the default #GTlsBackend for the system. + + a #GTlsBackend + + + + + Gets the default #GTlsDatabase used to verify TLS connections. + + the default database, which should be + unreffed when done. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Checks if DTLS is supported. DTLS support may not be available even if TLS +support is available, and vice-versa. + + whether DTLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Checks if TLS is supported; if this returns %FALSE for the default +#GTlsBackend, it means no "real" TLS backend is available. + + whether or not TLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsCertificate implementation. + + the #GType of @backend's #GTlsCertificate + implementation. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsClientConnection implementation. + + the #GType of @backend's #GTlsClientConnection + implementation. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the default #GTlsDatabase used to verify TLS connections. + + the default database, which should be + unreffed when done. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend’s #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. + + the #GType of @backend’s #GDtlsClientConnection + implementation, or %G_TYPE_INVALID if this backend doesn’t support DTLS. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend’s #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. + + the #GType of @backend’s #GDtlsServerConnection + implementation, or %G_TYPE_INVALID if this backend doesn’t support DTLS. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsFileDatabase implementation. + + the #GType of backend's #GTlsFileDatabase implementation. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsServerConnection implementation. + + the #GType of @backend's #GTlsServerConnection + implementation. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Checks if DTLS is supported. DTLS support may not be available even if TLS +support is available, and vice-versa. + + whether DTLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + Checks if TLS is supported; if this returns %FALSE for the default +#GTlsBackend, it means no "real" TLS backend is available. + + whether or not TLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + + Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + whether or not TLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the default database, which should be + unreffed when done. + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + + + + whether DTLS is supported + + + + + the #GTlsBackend + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A certificate used for TLS authentication and encryption. +This can represent either a certificate only (eg, the certificate +received by a client from a server), or the combination of +a certificate and a private key (which is needed when acting as a +#GTlsServerConnection). + + Creates a #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @file. The +returned certificate will be the first certificate found in @file. As +of GLib 2.44, if @file contains more certificates it will try to load +a certificate chain. All certificates will be verified in the order +found (top-level certificate should be the last one in the file) and +the #GTlsCertificate:issuer property of each certificate will be set +accordingly if the verification succeeds. If any certificate in the +chain cannot be verified, the first certificate in the file will +still be returned. + +If @file cannot be read or parsed, the function will return %NULL and +set @error. Otherwise, this behaves like +g_tls_certificate_new_from_pem(). + + the new certificate, or %NULL on error + + + + + file containing a PEM-encoded certificate to import + + + + + + Creates a #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @cert_file +and @key_file. The returned certificate will be the first certificate +found in @cert_file. As of GLib 2.44, if @cert_file contains more +certificates it will try to load a certificate chain. All +certificates will be verified in the order found (top-level +certificate should be the last one in the file) and the +#GTlsCertificate:issuer property of each certificate will be set +accordingly if the verification succeeds. If any certificate in the +chain cannot be verified, the first certificate in the file will +still be returned. + +If either file cannot be read or parsed, the function will return +%NULL and set @error. Otherwise, this behaves like +g_tls_certificate_new_from_pem(). + + the new certificate, or %NULL on error + + + + + file containing one or more PEM-encoded + certificates to import + + + + file containing a PEM-encoded private key + to import + + + + + + Creates a #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @data. If +@data includes both a certificate and a private key, then the +returned certificate will include the private key data as well. (See +the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem property for information about +supported formats.) + +The returned certificate will be the first certificate found in +@data. As of GLib 2.44, if @data contains more certificates it will +try to load a certificate chain. All certificates will be verified in +the order found (top-level certificate should be the last one in the +file) and the #GTlsCertificate:issuer property of each certificate +will be set accordingly if the verification succeeds. If any +certificate in the chain cannot be verified, the first certificate in +the file will still be returned. + + the new certificate, or %NULL if @data is invalid + + + + + PEM-encoded certificate data + + + + the length of @data, or -1 if it's 0-terminated. + + + + + + Creates one or more #GTlsCertificates from the PEM-encoded +data in @file. If @file cannot be read or parsed, the function will +return %NULL and set @error. If @file does not contain any +PEM-encoded certificates, this will return an empty list and not +set @error. + + a +#GList containing #GTlsCertificate objects. You must free the list +and its contents when you are done with it. + + + + + + + file containing PEM-encoded certificates to import + + + + + + This verifies @cert and returns a set of #GTlsCertificateFlags +indicating any problems found with it. This can be used to verify a +certificate outside the context of making a connection, or to +check a certificate against a CA that is not part of the system +CA database. + +If @identity is not %NULL, @cert's name(s) will be compared against +it, and %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY will be set in the return +value if it does not match. If @identity is %NULL, that bit will +never be set in the return value. + +If @trusted_ca is not %NULL, then @cert (or one of the certificates +in its chain) must be signed by it, or else +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA will be set in the return value. If +@trusted_ca is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return +value. + +(All other #GTlsCertificateFlags values will always be set or unset +as appropriate.) + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags + + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + the certificate of a trusted authority + + + + + + Gets the #GTlsCertificate representing @cert's issuer, if known + + The certificate of @cert's issuer, +or %NULL if @cert is self-signed or signed with an unknown +certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + + + Check if two #GTlsCertificate objects represent the same certificate. +The raw DER byte data of the two certificates are checked for equality. +This has the effect that two certificates may compare equal even if +their #GTlsCertificate:issuer, #GTlsCertificate:private-key, or +#GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem properties differ. + + whether the same or not + + + + + first certificate to compare + + + + second certificate to compare + + + + + + This verifies @cert and returns a set of #GTlsCertificateFlags +indicating any problems found with it. This can be used to verify a +certificate outside the context of making a connection, or to +check a certificate against a CA that is not part of the system +CA database. + +If @identity is not %NULL, @cert's name(s) will be compared against +it, and %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY will be set in the return +value if it does not match. If @identity is %NULL, that bit will +never be set in the return value. + +If @trusted_ca is not %NULL, then @cert (or one of the certificates +in its chain) must be signed by it, or else +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA will be set in the return value. If +@trusted_ca is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return +value. + +(All other #GTlsCertificateFlags values will always be set or unset +as appropriate.) + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags + + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + the certificate of a trusted authority + + + + + + The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate. +This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate-pem property +represent the same data, just in different forms. + + + + + + The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate. +This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate +property represent the same data, just in different forms. + + + + A #GTlsCertificate representing the entity that issued this +certificate. If %NULL, this means that the certificate is either +self-signed, or else the certificate of the issuer is not +available. + + + + The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate's +private key, in either PKCS#1 format or unencrypted PKCS#8 +format. This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem +property) can be set when constructing a key (eg, from a file), +but cannot be read. + +PKCS#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only +support PKCS#1. You can use the `openssl rsa` +tool to convert PKCS#8 keys to PKCS#1. + + + + + + The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate's +private key in either PKCS#1 format ("`BEGIN RSA PRIVATE +KEY`") or unencrypted PKCS#8 format ("`BEGIN +PRIVATE KEY`"). This property (or the +#GTlsCertificate:private-key property) can be set when +constructing a key (eg, from a file), but cannot be read. + +PKCS#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only +support PKCS#1. You can use the `openssl rsa` +tool to convert PKCS#8 keys to PKCS#1. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags + + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + the certificate of a trusted authority + + + + + + + + + + + + + A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be +used to set which validation steps to perform (eg, with +g_tls_client_connection_set_validation_flags()), or to describe why +a particular certificate was rejected (eg, in +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). + + The signing certificate authority is + not known. + + + The certificate does not match the + expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. + + + The certificate's activation time + is still in the future + + + The certificate has expired + + + The certificate has been revoked + according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. + + + The certificate's algorithm is + considered insecure. + + + Some other error occurred validating + the certificate + + + the combination of all of the above + flags + + + + + + Flags for g_tls_interaction_request_certificate(), +g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async(), and +g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate(). + + No flags + + + + #GTlsClientConnection is the client-side subclass of +#GTlsConnection, representing a client-side TLS connection. + + + Creates a new #GTlsClientConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which +must have pollable input and output streams) which is assumed to +communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. + +See the documentation for #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream for restrictions +on when application code can run operations on the @base_io_stream after +this function has returned. + + the new +#GTlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GIOStream to wrap + + + + the expected identity of the server + + + + + + Copies session state from one connection to another. This is +not normally needed, but may be used when the same session +needs to be used between different endpoints as is required +by some protocols such as FTP over TLS. @source should have +already completed a handshake, and @conn should not have +completed a handshake. + + + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Copies session state from one connection to another. This is +not normally needed, but may be used when the same session +needs to be used between different endpoints as is required +by some protocols such as FTP over TLS. @source should have +already completed a handshake, and @conn should not have +completed a handshake. + + + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets the list of distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities +that the server will accept certificates from. This will be set +during the TLS handshake if the server requests a certificate. +Otherwise, it will be %NULL. + +Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete +subject DN of the certificate authority. + + the list of +CA DNs. You should unref each element with g_byte_array_unref() and then +the free the list with g_list_free(). + + + + + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn's expected server identity + + a #GSocketConnectable describing the +expected server identity, or %NULL if the expected identity is not +known. + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets whether @conn will force the lowest-supported TLS protocol +version rather than attempt to negotiate the highest mutually- +supported version of TLS; see g_tls_client_connection_set_use_ssl3(). + SSL 3.0 is insecure, and this function does not +actually indicate whether it is enabled. + + whether @conn will use the lowest-supported TLS protocol version + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn's validation flags + + the validation flags + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + Sets @conn's expected server identity, which is used both to tell +servers on virtual hosts which certificate to present, and also +to let @conn know what name to look for in the certificate when +performing %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation, if enabled. + + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + a #GSocketConnectable describing the expected server identity + + + + + + If @use_ssl3 is %TRUE, this forces @conn to use the lowest-supported +TLS protocol version rather than trying to properly negotiate the +highest mutually-supported protocol version with the peer. This can +be used when talking to broken TLS servers that exhibit protocol +version intolerance. + +Be aware that SSL 3.0 is generally disabled by the #GTlsBackend, so +the lowest-supported protocol version is probably not SSL 3.0. + SSL 3.0 is insecure, and this function does not +generally enable or disable it, despite its name. + + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + whether to use the lowest-supported protocol version + + + + + + Sets @conn's validation flags, to override the default set of +checks performed when validating a server certificate. By default, +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL is used. + + + + + + the #GTlsClientConnection + + + + the #GTlsCertificateFlags to use + + + + + + A list of the distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities +that the server will accept client certificates signed by. If the +server requests a client certificate during the handshake, then +this property will be set after the handshake completes. + +Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete +subject DN of the certificate authority. + + + + + + A #GSocketConnectable describing the identity of the server that +is expected on the other end of the connection. + +If the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY flag is set in +#GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags, this object will be used +to determine the expected identify of the remote end of the +connection; if #GTlsClientConnection:server-identity is not set, +or does not match the identity presented by the server, then the +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation will fail. + +In addition to its use in verifying the server certificate, +this is also used to give a hint to the server about what +certificate we expect, which is useful for servers that serve +virtual hosts. + + + + If %TRUE, forces the connection to use a fallback version of TLS +or SSL, rather than trying to negotiate the best version of TLS +to use. This can be used when talking to servers that don't +implement version negotiation correctly and therefore refuse to +handshake at all with a modern TLS handshake. + +Despite the property name, the fallback version is usually not +SSL 3.0, because SSL 3.0 is generally disabled by the #GTlsBackend. +#GTlsClientConnection will use the next-highest available version +as the fallback version. + SSL 3.0 is insecure, and this property does not +generally enable or disable it, despite its name. + + + + What steps to perform when validating a certificate received from +a server. Server certificates that fail to validate in all of the +ways indicated here will be rejected unless the application +overrides the default via #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate. + + + + + vtable for a #GTlsClientConnection implementation. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + a #GTlsClientConnection + + + + + + + + #GTlsConnection is the base TLS connection class type, which wraps +a #GIOStream and provides TLS encryption on top of it. Its +subclasses, #GTlsClientConnection and #GTlsServerConnection, +implement client-side and server-side TLS, respectively. + +For DTLS (Datagram TLS) support, see #GDtlsConnection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. + +On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; +although the connection needs to perform a handshake after +connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may +need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, +#GTlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try +to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call +g_tls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure +whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to +just immediately trying to write to @conn's output stream, in which +case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed +before or after completing the handshake). + +Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at +the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this +function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. +However, you may call g_tls_connection_handshake() later on to +renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. + +#GTlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the +handshake. + + success or failure + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See +g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See +g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Used by #GTlsConnection implementations to emit the +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate signal. + + %TRUE if one of the signal handlers has returned + %TRUE to accept @peer_cert + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the peer's #GTlsCertificate + + + + the problems with @peer_cert + + + + + + Gets @conn's certificate, as set by +g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). + + @conn's certificate, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Gets the certificate database that @conn uses to verify +peer certificates. See g_tls_connection_set_database(). + + the certificate database that @conn uses or %NULL + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Get the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used +for things like prompting the user for passwords. If %NULL is returned, then +no user interaction will occur for this connection. + + The interaction object. + + + + + a connection + + + + + + Gets @conn's peer's certificate after the handshake has completed. +(It is not set during the emission of +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate.) + + @conn's peer's certificate, or %NULL + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Gets the errors associated with validating @conn's peer's +certificate, after the handshake has completed. (It is not set +during the emission of #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate.) + + @conn's peer's certificate errors + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Gets @conn rehandshaking mode. See +g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode() for details. + + @conn's rehandshaking mode + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Tests whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification +when the connection is closed. See +g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify() for details. + + %TRUE if @conn requires a proper TLS close +notification. + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Gets whether @conn uses the system certificate database to verify +peer certificates. See g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb(). + Use g_tls_connection_get_database() instead + + whether @conn uses the system certificate database + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + + + Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. + +On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; +although the connection needs to perform a handshake after +connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may +need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, +#GTlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try +to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call +g_tls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure +whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to +just immediately trying to write to @conn's output stream, in which +case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed +before or after completing the handshake). + +Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at +the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this +function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. +However, you may call g_tls_connection_handshake() later on to +renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. + +#GTlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the +handshake. + + success or failure + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See +g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See +g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + This sets the certificate that @conn will present to its peer +during the TLS handshake. For a #GTlsServerConnection, it is +mandatory to set this, and that will normally be done at construct +time. + +For a #GTlsClientConnection, this is optional. If a handshake fails +with %G_TLS_ERROR_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED, that means that the server +requires a certificate, and if you try connecting again, you should +call this method first. You can call +g_tls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() on the failed connection +to get a list of Certificate Authorities that the server will +accept certificates from. + +(It is also possible that a server will allow the connection with +or without a certificate; in that case, if you don't provide a +certificate, you can tell that the server requested one by the fact +that g_tls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() will return +non-%NULL.) + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the certificate to use for @conn + + + + + + Sets the certificate database that is used to verify peer certificates. +This is set to the default database by default. See +g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). If set to %NULL, then +peer certificate validation will always set the +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA error (meaning +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate will always be emitted on +client-side connections, unless that bit is not set in +#GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags). + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + + + Set the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used +for things like prompting the user for passwords. + +The @interaction argument will normally be a derived subclass of +#GTlsInteraction. %NULL can also be provided if no user interaction +should occur for this connection. + + + + + + a connection + + + + an interaction object, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets how @conn behaves with respect to rehandshaking requests. + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_NEVER means that it will never agree to +rehandshake after the initial handshake is complete. (For a client, +this means it will refuse rehandshake requests from the server, and +for a server, this means it will close the connection with an error +if the client attempts to rehandshake.) + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_SAFELY means that the connection will allow a +rehandshake only if the other end of the connection supports the +TLS `renegotiation_info` extension. This is the default behavior, +but means that rehandshaking will not work against older +implementations that do not support that extension. + +%G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_UNSAFELY means that the connection will allow +rehandshaking even without the `renegotiation_info` extension. On +the server side in particular, this is not recommended, since it +leaves the server open to certain attacks. However, this mode is +necessary if you need to allow renegotiation with older client +software. + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the rehandshaking mode + + + + + + Sets whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification +before the connection is closed. If this is %TRUE (the default), +then @conn will expect to receive a TLS close notification from its +peer before the connection is closed, and will return a +%G_TLS_ERROR_EOF error if the connection is closed without proper +notification (since this may indicate a network error, or +man-in-the-middle attack). + +In some protocols, the application will know whether or not the +connection was closed cleanly based on application-level data +(because the application-level data includes a length field, or is +somehow self-delimiting); in this case, the close notify is +redundant and sometimes omitted. (TLS 1.1 explicitly allows this; +in TLS 1.0 it is technically an error, but often done anyway.) You +can use g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify() to tell @conn +to allow an "unannounced" connection close, in which case the close +will show up as a 0-length read, as in a non-TLS +#GSocketConnection, and it is up to the application to check that +the data has been fully received. + +Note that this only affects the behavior when the peer closes the +connection; when the application calls g_io_stream_close() itself +on @conn, this will send a close notification regardless of the +setting of this property. If you explicitly want to do an unclean +close, you can close @conn's #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream rather +than closing @conn itself, but note that this may only be done when no other +operations are pending on @conn or the base I/O stream. + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + whether or not to require close notification + + + + + + Sets whether @conn uses the system certificate database to verify +peer certificates. This is %TRUE by default. If set to %FALSE, then +peer certificate validation will always set the +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA error (meaning +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate will always be emitted on +client-side connections, unless that bit is not set in +#GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags). + Use g_tls_connection_set_database() instead + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + whether to use the system certificate database + + + + + + The #GIOStream that the connection wraps. The connection holds a reference +to this stream, and may run operations on the stream from other threads +throughout its lifetime. Consequently, after the #GIOStream has been +constructed, application code may only run its own operations on this +stream when no #GIOStream operations are running. + + + + The connection's certificate; see +g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). + + + + The certificate database to use when verifying this TLS connection. +If no certificate database is set, then the default database will be +used. See g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). + + + + A #GTlsInteraction object to be used when the connection or certificate +database need to interact with the user. This will be used to prompt the +user for passwords where necessary. + + + + The connection's peer's certificate, after the TLS handshake has +completed and the certificate has been accepted. Note in +particular that this is not yet set during the emission of +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate. + +(You can watch for a #GObject::notify signal on this property to +detect when a handshake has occurred.) + + + + The errors noticed-and-ignored while verifying +#GTlsConnection:peer-certificate. Normally this should be 0, but +it may not be if #GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags is not +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL, or if +#GTlsConnection::accept-certificate overrode the default +behavior. + + + + The rehandshaking mode. See +g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). + + + + Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required. +See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). + + + + Whether or not the system certificate database will be used to +verify peer certificates. See +g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb(). + Use GTlsConnection:database instead + + + + + + + + + + Emitted during the TLS handshake after the peer certificate has +been received. You can examine @peer_cert's certification path by +calling g_tls_certificate_get_issuer() on it. + +For a client-side connection, @peer_cert is the server's +certificate, and the signal will only be emitted if the +certificate was not acceptable according to @conn's +#GTlsClientConnection:validation_flags. If you would like the +certificate to be accepted despite @errors, return %TRUE from the +signal handler. Otherwise, if no handler accepts the certificate, +the handshake will fail with %G_TLS_ERROR_BAD_CERTIFICATE. + +For a server-side connection, @peer_cert is the certificate +presented by the client, if this was requested via the server's +#GTlsServerConnection:authentication_mode. On the server side, +the signal is always emitted when the client presents a +certificate, and the certificate will only be accepted if a +handler returns %TRUE. + +Note that if this signal is emitted as part of asynchronous I/O +in the main thread, then you should not attempt to interact with +the user before returning from the signal handler. If you want to +let the user decide whether or not to accept the certificate, you +would have to return %FALSE from the signal handler on the first +attempt, and then after the connection attempt returns a +%G_TLS_ERROR_HANDSHAKE, you can interact with the user, and if +the user decides to accept the certificate, remember that fact, +create a new connection, and return %TRUE from the signal handler +the next time. + +If you are doing I/O in another thread, you do not +need to worry about this, and can simply block in the signal +handler until the UI thread returns an answer. + + %TRUE to accept @peer_cert (which will also +immediately end the signal emission). %FALSE to allow the signal +emission to continue, which will cause the handshake to fail if +no one else overrides it. + + + + + the peer's #GTlsCertificate + + + + the problems with @peer_cert. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + success or failure + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the request + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the handshake is complete + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which +case @error will be set. + + + + + a #GTlsConnection + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GTlsDatabase is used to lookup certificates and other information +from a certificate or key store. It is an abstract base class which +TLS library specific subtypes override. + +Most common client applications will not directly interact with +#GTlsDatabase. It is used internally by #GTlsConnection. + + Create a handle string for the certificate. The database will only be able +to create a handle for certificates that originate from the database. In +cases where the database cannot create a handle for a certificate, %NULL +will be returned. + +This handle should be stable across various instances of the application, +and between applications. If a certificate is modified in the database, +then it is not guaranteed that this handle will continue to point to it. + + a newly allocated string containing the +handle. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + certificate for which to create a handle. + + + + + + Lookup a certificate by its handle. + +The handle should have been created by calling +g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle() on a #GTlsDatabase object of +the same TLS backend. The handle is designed to remain valid across +instantiations of the database. + +If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in +this database, then %NULL will be returned. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated +#GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup a certificate by its handle in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup of a certificate by its handle. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_by_handle() for more information. + +If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in +this database, then %NULL will be returned. + + a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. +Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. + +The %issuer property +of @certificate is not modified, and the two certificates are not hooked +into a chain. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup issuer operation. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. + +The database may choose to hold a reference to the issuer byte array for the duration +of of this asynchronous operation. The byte array should not be modified during +this time. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup of certificates. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Determines the validity of a certificate chain after looking up and +adding any missing certificates to the chain. + +@chain is a chain of #GTlsCertificate objects each pointing to the next +certificate in the chain by its #GTlsCertificate:issuer property. The chain may initially +consist of one or more certificates. After the verification process is +complete, @chain may be modified by adding missing certificates, or removing +extra certificates. If a certificate anchor was found, then it is added to +the @chain. + +@purpose describes the purpose (or usage) for which the certificate +is being used. Typically @purpose will be set to #G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER +which means that the certificate is being used to authenticate a server +(and we are acting as the client). + +The @identity is used to check for pinned certificates (trust exceptions) +in the database. These will override the normal verification process on a +host by host basis. + +Currently there are no @flags, and %G_TLS_DATABASE_VERIFY_NONE should be +used. + +If @chain is found to be valid, then the return value will be 0. If +@chain is found to be invalid, then the return value will indicate +the problems found. If the function is unable to determine whether +@chain is valid or not (eg, because @cancellable is triggered +before it completes) then the return value will be +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_GENERIC_ERROR and @error will be set +accordingly. @error is not set when @chain is successfully analyzed +but found to be invalid. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_verify_chain_async() to perform +the verification operation asynchronously. + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously determines the validity of a certificate chain after +looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. See +g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous verify chain operation. See +g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. + +If @chain is found to be valid, then the return value will be 0. If +@chain is found to be invalid, then the return value will indicate +the problems found. If the function is unable to determine whether +@chain is valid or not (eg, because @cancellable is triggered +before it completes) then the return value will be +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_GENERIC_ERROR and @error will be set +accordingly. @error is not set when @chain is successfully analyzed +but found to be invalid. + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Create a handle string for the certificate. The database will only be able +to create a handle for certificates that originate from the database. In +cases where the database cannot create a handle for a certificate, %NULL +will be returned. + +This handle should be stable across various instances of the application, +and between applications. If a certificate is modified in the database, +then it is not guaranteed that this handle will continue to point to it. + + a newly allocated string containing the +handle. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + certificate for which to create a handle. + + + + + + Lookup a certificate by its handle. + +The handle should have been created by calling +g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle() on a #GTlsDatabase object of +the same TLS backend. The handle is designed to remain valid across +instantiations of the database. + +If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in +this database, then %NULL will be returned. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated +#GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup a certificate by its handle in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup of a certificate by its handle. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_by_handle() for more information. + +If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in +this database, then %NULL will be returned. + + a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. +Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. + +The %issuer property +of @certificate is not modified, and the two certificates are not hooked +into a chain. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup issuer operation. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async() to perform +the lookup operation asynchronously. + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. + +The database may choose to hold a reference to the issuer byte array for the duration +of of this asynchronous operation. The byte array should not be modified during +this time. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous lookup of certificates. See +g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Determines the validity of a certificate chain after looking up and +adding any missing certificates to the chain. + +@chain is a chain of #GTlsCertificate objects each pointing to the next +certificate in the chain by its #GTlsCertificate:issuer property. The chain may initially +consist of one or more certificates. After the verification process is +complete, @chain may be modified by adding missing certificates, or removing +extra certificates. If a certificate anchor was found, then it is added to +the @chain. + +@purpose describes the purpose (or usage) for which the certificate +is being used. Typically @purpose will be set to #G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER +which means that the certificate is being used to authenticate a server +(and we are acting as the client). + +The @identity is used to check for pinned certificates (trust exceptions) +in the database. These will override the normal verification process on a +host by host basis. + +Currently there are no @flags, and %G_TLS_DATABASE_VERIFY_NONE should be +used. + +If @chain is found to be valid, then the return value will be 0. If +@chain is found to be invalid, then the return value will indicate +the problems found. If the function is unable to determine whether +@chain is valid or not (eg, because @cancellable is triggered +before it completes) then the return value will be +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_GENERIC_ERROR and @error will be set +accordingly. @error is not set when @chain is successfully analyzed +but found to be invalid. + +This function can block, use g_tls_database_verify_chain_async() to perform +the verification operation asynchronously. + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously determines the validity of a certificate chain after +looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. See +g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous verify chain operation. See +g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. + +If @chain is found to be valid, then the return value will be 0. If +@chain is found to be invalid, then the return value will indicate +the problems found. If the function is unable to determine whether +@chain is valid or not (eg, because @cancellable is triggered +before it completes) then the return value will be +%G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_GENERIC_ERROR and @error will be set +accordingly. @error is not set when @chain is successfully analyzed +but found to be invalid. + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + The class for #GTlsDatabase. Derived classes should implement the various +virtual methods. _async and _finish methods have a default +implementation that runs the corresponding sync method in a thread. + + + + + + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate chain + + + + the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. + + + + the expected peer identity + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + additional verify flags + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the +result of verification. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated string containing the +handle. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + certificate for which to create a handle. + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated +#GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a certificate handle + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. +Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + flags which affect the lookup operation + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, +or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. + + + + + + used to interact with the user if necessary + + + + Flags which affect the lookup operation. + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call when the operation completes + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate +objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. + + + + + + + a #GTlsDatabase + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle(), +g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), +and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). + + No lookup flags + + + Restrict lookup to certificates that have + a private key. + + + + + + Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). + + No verification flags + + + + An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a +TLS-related routine. + + No TLS provider is available + + + Miscellaneous TLS error + + + A certificate could not be parsed + + + The TLS handshake failed because the + peer does not seem to be a TLS server. + + + The TLS handshake failed because the + peer's certificate was not acceptable. + + + The TLS handshake failed because + the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was + provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). + + + The TLS connection was closed without proper + notice, which may indicate an attack. See + g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). + + + Gets the TLS error quark. + + a #GQuark. + + + + + + #GTlsFileDatabase is implemented by #GTlsDatabase objects which load +their certificate information from a file. It is an interface which +TLS library specific subtypes implement. + + + Creates a new #GTlsFileDatabase which uses anchor certificate authorities +in @anchors to verify certificate chains. + +The certificates in @anchors must be PEM encoded. + + the new +#GTlsFileDatabase, or %NULL on error + + + + + filename of anchor certificate authorities. + + + + + + The path to a file containing PEM encoded certificate authority +root anchors. The certificates in this file will be treated as +root authorities for the purpose of verifying other certificates +via the g_tls_database_verify_chain() operation. + + + + + Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + #GTlsInteraction provides a mechanism for the TLS connection and database +code to interact with the user. It can be used to ask the user for passwords. + +To use a #GTlsInteraction with a TLS connection use +g_tls_connection_set_interaction(). + +Callers should instantiate a derived class that implements the various +interaction methods to show the required dialogs. + +Callers should use the 'invoke' functions like +g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() to run interaction methods. These +functions make sure that the interaction is invoked in the main loop +and not in the current thread, if the current thread is not running the +main loop. + +Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd +like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class +initialization function. Any interactions not implemented will return +%G_TLS_INTERACTION_UNHANDLED. If a derived class implements an async method, +it must also implement the corresponding finish method. + + Run synchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, +g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this +function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may +also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will +be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may +abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, +g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this +function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may +also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will +be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may +abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + +Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + Complete an ask password user interaction request. This should be once +the g_tls_interaction_ask_password_async() completion callback is called. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsPassword passed +to g_tls_interaction_ask_password() will have its password filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + Run synchronous interaction to ask the user to choose a certificate to use +with the connection. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate() +should be used instead of this function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a certificate selector, although they may +also choose to provide a certificate from elsewhere. Alternatively the user may +abort this certificate request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsConnection +passed to g_tls_interaction_request_certificate() will have had its +#GTlsConnection:certificate filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a certificate to use with +the connection. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate() should +be used instead of this function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a certificate selector, although they may +also choose to provide a certificate from elsewhere. @callback will be called +when the operation completes. Alternatively the user may abort this certificate +request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + Complete an request certificate user interaction request. This should be once +the g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async() completion callback is called. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsConnection +passed to g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async() will have had its +#GTlsConnection:certificate filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + Run synchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, +g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this +function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may +also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will +be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may +abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, +g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this +function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may +also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will +be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may +abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + +Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + Complete an ask password user interaction request. This should be once +the g_tls_interaction_ask_password_async() completion callback is called. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsPassword passed +to g_tls_interaction_ask_password() will have its password filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + Invoke the interaction to ask the user for a password. It invokes this +interaction in the main loop, specifically the #GMainContext returned by +g_main_context_get_thread_default() when the interaction is created. This +is called by called by #GTlsConnection or #GTlsDatabase to ask the user +for a password. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may +also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will +be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may +abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +The implementation can either be a synchronous (eg: modal dialog) or an +asynchronous one (eg: modeless dialog). This function will take care of +calling which ever one correctly. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Invoke the interaction to ask the user to choose a certificate to +use with the connection. It invokes this interaction in the main +loop, specifically the #GMainContext returned by +g_main_context_get_thread_default() when the interaction is +created. This is called by called by #GTlsConnection when the peer +requests a certificate during the handshake. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a certificate selector, +although they may also choose to provide a certificate from +elsewhere. Alternatively the user may abort this certificate +request, which may or may not abort the TLS connection. + +The implementation can either be a synchronous (eg: modal dialog) or an +asynchronous one (eg: modeless dialog). This function will take care of +calling which ever one correctly. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the certificate request interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Run synchronous interaction to ask the user to choose a certificate to use +with the connection. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate() +should be used instead of this function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a certificate selector, although they may +also choose to provide a certificate from elsewhere. Alternatively the user may +abort this certificate request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsConnection +passed to g_tls_interaction_request_certificate() will have had its +#GTlsConnection:certificate filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may +not support immediate cancellation. + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a certificate to use with +the connection. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate() should +be used instead of this function. + +Derived subclasses usually implement a certificate selector, although they may +also choose to provide a certificate from elsewhere. @callback will be called +when the operation completes. Alternatively the user may abort this certificate +request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + Complete an request certificate user interaction request. This should be once +the g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async() completion callback is called. + +If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsConnection +passed to g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async() will have had its +#GTlsConnection:certificate filled in. + +If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the +user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that +contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various +virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. + +Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd +like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class +initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, +it must also implement the corresponding finish method. + +The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, +and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. + +If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be +%G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of +%G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + + + + + + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + + + + The status of the ask password interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + + + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + a #GTlsConnection object + + + + flags providing more information about the request + + + + an optional #GCancellable cancellation object + + + + will be called when the interaction completes + + + + data to pass to the @callback + + + + + + + + + The status of the request certificate interaction. + + + + + a #GTlsInteraction object + + + + the result passed to the callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction +when finishing an interaction request. + + The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not + implemented). + + + The interaction completed, and resulting data + is available. + + + The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. + and the operation should be aborted. + + + + Holds a password used in TLS. + + Create a new #GTlsPassword object. + + The newly allocated password object + + + + + the password flags + + + + description of what the password is for + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the password value. If @length is not %NULL then it will be +filled in with the length of the password value. (Note that the +password value is not nul-terminated, so you can only pass %NULL +for @length in contexts where you know the password will have a +certain fixed length.) + + The password value (owned by the password object). + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + location to place the length of the password. + + + + + + Provide the value for this password. + +The @value will be owned by the password object, and later freed using +the @destroy function callback. + +Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as +@length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be +calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not +considered part of the password in this case.) + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + the value for the password + + + + + + the length of the password, or -1 + + + + a function to use to free the password. + + + + + + Get a description string about what the password will be used for. + + The description of the password. + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + + + Get flags about the password. + + The flags about the password. + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + + + Get the password value. If @length is not %NULL then it will be +filled in with the length of the password value. (Note that the +password value is not nul-terminated, so you can only pass %NULL +for @length in contexts where you know the password will have a +certain fixed length.) + + The password value (owned by the password object). + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + location to place the length of the password. + + + + + + Get a user readable translated warning. Usually this warning is a +representation of the password flags returned from +g_tls_password_get_flags(). + + The warning. + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + + + Set a description string about what the password will be used for. + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + The description of the password + + + + + + Set flags about the password. + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + The flags about the password + + + + + + Set the value for this password. The @value will be copied by the password +object. + +Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as +@length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be +calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not +considered part of the password in this case.) + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + the new password value + + + + + + the length of the password, or -1 + + + + + + Provide the value for this password. + +The @value will be owned by the password object, and later freed using +the @destroy function callback. + +Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as +@length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be +calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not +considered part of the password in this case.) + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + the value for the password + + + + + + the length of the password, or -1 + + + + a function to use to free the password. + + + + + + Set a user readable translated warning. Usually this warning is a +representation of the password flags returned from +g_tls_password_get_flags(). + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + The user readable warning + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GTlsPassword. + + + + + + + The password value (owned by the password object). + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + location to place the length of the password. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GTlsPassword object + + + + the value for the password + + + + + + the length of the password, or -1 + + + + a function to use to free the password. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Various flags for the password. + + No flags + + + The password was wrong, and the user should retry. + + + Hint to the user that the password has been + wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. + + + Hint to the user that this is the last try to get + this password right. + + + + + + When to allow rehandshaking. See +g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). + + Never allow rehandshaking + + + Allow safe rehandshaking only + + + Allow unsafe rehandshaking + + + + #GTlsServerConnection is the server-side subclass of #GTlsConnection, +representing a server-side TLS connection. + + + Creates a new #GTlsServerConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which +must have pollable input and output streams). + +See the documentation for #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream for restrictions +on when application code can run operations on the @base_io_stream after +this function has returned. + + the new +#GTlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GIOStream to wrap + + + + the default server certificate, or %NULL + + + + + + The #GTlsAuthenticationMode for the server. This can be changed +before calling g_tls_connection_handshake() if you want to +rehandshake with a different mode from the initial handshake. + + + + + vtable for a #GTlsServerConnection implementation. + + The parent interface. + + + + + This is the subclass of #GSocketConnection that is created +for UNIX domain sockets. + +It contains functions to do some of the UNIX socket specific +functionality like passing file descriptors. + +Note that `<gio/gunixconnection.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific +GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` +pkg-config file when using it. + + Receives credentials from the sending end of the connection. The +sending end has to call g_unix_connection_send_credentials() (or +similar) for this to work. + +As well as reading the credentials this also reads (and discards) a +single byte from the stream, as this is required for credentials +passing to work on some implementations. + +Other ways to exchange credentials with a foreign peer includes the +#GUnixCredentialsMessage type and g_socket_get_credentials() function. + + Received credentials on success (free with +g_object_unref()), %NULL if @error is set. + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Asynchronously receive credentials. + +For more details, see g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous receive credentials operation started with +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials_async(). + + a #GCredentials, or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Receives a file descriptor from the sending end of the connection. +The sending end has to call g_unix_connection_send_fd() for this +to work. + +As well as reading the fd this also reads a single byte from the +stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some +implementations. + + a file descriptor on success, -1 on error. + + + + + a #GUnixConnection + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Passes the credentials of the current user the receiving side +of the connection. The receiving end has to call +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() (or similar) to accept the +credentials. + +As well as sending the credentials this also writes a single NUL +byte to the stream, as this is required for credentials passing to +work on some implementations. + +Other ways to exchange credentials with a foreign peer includes the +#GUnixCredentialsMessage type and g_socket_get_credentials() function. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @error is set. + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Asynchronously send credentials. + +For more details, see g_unix_connection_send_credentials() which is +the synchronous version of this call. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +g_unix_connection_send_credentials_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous send credentials operation started with +g_unix_connection_send_credentials_async(). + + %TRUE if the operation was successful, otherwise %FALSE. + + + + + A #GUnixConnection. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + Passes a file descriptor to the receiving side of the +connection. The receiving end has to call g_unix_connection_receive_fd() +to accept the file descriptor. + +As well as sending the fd this also writes a single byte to the +stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some +implementations. + + a %TRUE on success, %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GUnixConnection + + + + a file descriptor + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This #GSocketControlMessage contains a #GCredentials instance. It +may be sent using g_socket_send_message() and received using +g_socket_receive_message() over UNIX sockets (ie: sockets in the +%G_SOCKET_FAMILY_UNIX family). + +For an easier way to send and receive credentials over +stream-oriented UNIX sockets, see +g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and +g_unix_connection_receive_credentials(). To receive credentials of +a foreign process connected to a socket, use +g_socket_get_credentials(). + + Creates a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage with credentials matching the current processes. + + a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage + + + + + Creates a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage holding @credentials. + + a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage + + + + + A #GCredentials object. + + + + + + Checks if passing #GCredentials on a #GSocket is supported on this platform. + + %TRUE if supported, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + Gets the credentials stored in @message. + + A #GCredentials instance. Do not free, it is owned by @message. + + + + + A #GUnixCredentialsMessage. + + + + + + The credentials stored in the message. + + + + + + + + + + + Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #GUnixFDList contains a list of file descriptors. It owns the file +descriptors that it contains, closing them when finalized. + +It may be wrapped in a #GUnixFDMessage and sent over a #GSocket in +the %G_SOCKET_ADDRESS_UNIX family by using g_socket_send_message() +and received using g_socket_receive_message(). + +Note that `<gio/gunixfdlist.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO +interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config +file when using it. + + Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing no file descriptors. + + a new #GUnixFDList + + + + + Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing the file descriptors given in +@fds. The file descriptors become the property of the new list and +may no longer be used by the caller. The array itself is owned by +the caller. + +Each file descriptor in the array should be set to close-on-exec. + +If @n_fds is -1 then @fds must be terminated with -1. + + a new #GUnixFDList + + + + + the initial list of file descriptors + + + + + + the length of #fds, or -1 + + + + + + Adds a file descriptor to @list. + +The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy +of the descriptor and the copy contained in @list will be closed +when @list is finalized. + +A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or +system-wide file descriptor limit. + +The index of the file descriptor in the list is returned. If you use +this index with g_unix_fd_list_get() then you will receive back a +duplicated copy of the same file descriptor. + + the index of the appended fd in case of success, else -1 + (and @error is set) + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + a valid open file descriptor + + + + + + Gets a file descriptor out of @list. + +@index_ specifies the index of the file descriptor to get. It is a +programmer error for @index_ to be out of range; see +g_unix_fd_list_get_length(). + +The file descriptor is duplicated using dup() and set as +close-on-exec before being returned. You must call close() on it +when you are done. + +A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or +system-wide file descriptor limit. + + the file descriptor, or -1 in case of error + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + the index into the list + + + + + + Gets the length of @list (ie: the number of file descriptors +contained within). + + the length of @list + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + + + Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this +object. + +After this call, the descriptors remain the property of @list. The +caller must not close them and must not free the array. The array is +valid only until @list is changed in any way. + +If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file +descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also +terminated with -1. + +This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file +descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. + + an array of file + descriptors + + + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + pointer to the length of the returned + array, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this +object. + +After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in +@list. Further calls will return an empty list (unless more +descriptors have been added). + +The return result of this function must be freed with g_free(). +The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file +descriptors. The file descriptors in the array are set to +close-on-exec. + +If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file +descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also +terminated with -1. + +This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file +descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. + + an array of file + descriptors + + + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + pointer to the length of the returned + array, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This #GSocketControlMessage contains a #GUnixFDList. +It may be sent using g_socket_send_message() and received using +g_socket_receive_message() over UNIX sockets (ie: sockets in the +%G_SOCKET_ADDRESS_UNIX family). The file descriptors are copied +between processes by the kernel. + +For an easier way to send and receive file descriptors over +stream-oriented UNIX sockets, see g_unix_connection_send_fd() and +g_unix_connection_receive_fd(). + +Note that `<gio/gunixfdmessage.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO +interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config +file when using it. + + Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing an empty file descriptor +list. + + a new #GUnixFDMessage + + + + + Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing @list. + + a new #GUnixFDMessage + + + + + a #GUnixFDList + + + + + + Adds a file descriptor to @message. + +The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy +of the descriptor and the copy contained in @message will be closed +when @message is finalized. + +A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or +system-wide file descriptor limit. + + %TRUE in case of success, else %FALSE (and @error is set) + + + + + a #GUnixFDMessage + + + + a valid open file descriptor + + + + + + Gets the #GUnixFDList contained in @message. This function does not +return a reference to the caller, but the returned list is valid for +the lifetime of @message. + + the #GUnixFDList from @message + + + + + a #GUnixFDMessage + + + + + + Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this +object. + +After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in +@message. Further calls will return an empty list (unless more +descriptors have been added). + +The return result of this function must be freed with g_free(). +The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file +descriptors. + +If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file +descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also +terminated with -1. + +This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file +descriptors contained in @message, an empty array is returned. + + an array of file + descriptors + + + + + + + a #GUnixFDMessage + + + + pointer to the length of the returned + array, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #GUnixInputStream implements #GInputStream for reading from a UNIX +file descriptor, including asynchronous operations. (If the file +descriptor refers to a socket or pipe, this will use poll() to do +asynchronous I/O. If it refers to a regular file, it will fall back +to doing asynchronous I/O in another thread.) + +Note that `<gio/gunixinputstream.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO +interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config +file when using it. + + + + Creates a new #GUnixInputStream for the given @fd. + +If @close_fd is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed +when the stream is closed. + + a new #GUnixInputStream + + + + + a UNIX file descriptor + + + + %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done + + + + + + Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be +closed when the stream is closed. + + %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done + + + + + a #GUnixInputStream + + + + + + Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream reads from. + + The file descriptor of @stream + + + + + a #GUnixInputStream + + + + + + Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed +when the stream is closed. + + + + + + a #GUnixInputStream + + + + %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done + + + + + + Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed. + + + + The file descriptor that the stream reads from. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). +This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. + + + Watches #GUnixMounts for changes. + + Deprecated alias for g_unix_mount_monitor_get(). + +This function was never a true constructor, which is why it was +renamed. + Use g_unix_mount_monitor_get() instead. + + a #GUnixMountMonitor. + + + + + Gets the #GUnixMountMonitor for the current thread-default main +context. + +The mount monitor can be used to monitor for changes to the list of +mounted filesystems as well as the list of mount points (ie: fstab +entries). + +You must only call g_object_unref() on the return value from under +the same main context as you called this function. + + the #GUnixMountMonitor. + + + + + This function does nothing. + +Before 2.44, this was a partially-effective way of controlling the +rate at which events would be reported under some uncommon +circumstances. Since @mount_monitor is a singleton, it also meant +that calling this function would have side effects for other users of +the monitor. + This function does nothing. Don't call it. + + + + + + a #GUnixMountMonitor + + + + a integer with the limit in milliseconds to + poll for changes. + + + + + + Emitted when the unix mount points have changed. + + + + + + Emitted when the unix mounts have changed. + + + + + + + + + Defines a Unix mount point (e.g. <filename>/dev</filename>). +This corresponds roughly to a fstab entry. + + Compares two unix mount points. + + 1, 0 or -1 if @mount1 is greater than, equal to, +or less than @mount2, respectively. + + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + + + Makes a copy of @mount_point. + + a new #GUnixMountPoint + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Frees a unix mount point. + + + + + + unix mount point to free. + + + + + + Gets the device path for a unix mount point. + + a string containing the device path. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Gets the file system type for the mount point. + + a string containing the file system type. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Gets the mount path for a unix mount point. + + a string containing the mount path. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Gets the options for the mount point. + + a string containing the options. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Guesses whether a Unix mount point can be ejected. + + %TRUE if @mount_point is deemed to be ejectable. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint + + + + + + Guesses the icon of a Unix mount point. + + a #GIcon + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint + + + + + + Guesses the name of a Unix mount point. +The result is a translated string. + + A newly allocated string that must + be freed with g_free() + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint + + + + + + Guesses the symbolic icon of a Unix mount point. + + a #GIcon + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint + + + + + + Checks if a unix mount point is a loopback device. + + %TRUE if the mount point is a loopback. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Checks if a unix mount point is read only. + + %TRUE if a mount point is read only. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + Checks if a unix mount point is mountable by the user. + + %TRUE if the mount point is user mountable. + + + + + a #GUnixMountPoint. + + + + + + + #GUnixOutputStream implements #GOutputStream for writing to a UNIX +file descriptor, including asynchronous operations. (If the file +descriptor refers to a socket or pipe, this will use poll() to do +asynchronous I/O. If it refers to a regular file, it will fall back +to doing asynchronous I/O in another thread.) + +Note that `<gio/gunixoutputstream.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO +interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config file +when using it. + + + + Creates a new #GUnixOutputStream for the given @fd. + +If @close_fd, is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed when +the output stream is destroyed. + + a new #GOutputStream + + + + + a UNIX file descriptor + + + + %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done + + + + + + Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be +closed when the stream is closed. + + %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done + + + + + a #GUnixOutputStream + + + + + + Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream writes to. + + The file descriptor of @stream + + + + + a #GUnixOutputStream + + + + + + Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed +when the stream is closed. + + + + + + a #GUnixOutputStream + + + + %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done + + + + + + Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed. + + + + The file descriptor that the stream writes to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Support for UNIX-domain (also known as local) sockets. + +UNIX domain sockets are generally visible in the filesystem. +However, some systems support abstract socket names which are not +visible in the filesystem and not affected by the filesystem +permissions, visibility, etc. Currently this is only supported +under Linux. If you attempt to use abstract sockets on other +systems, function calls may return %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED +errors. You can use g_unix_socket_address_abstract_names_supported() +to see if abstract names are supported. + +Note that `<gio/gunixsocketaddress.h>` belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO +interfaces, thus you have to use the `gio-unix-2.0.pc` pkg-config file +when using it. + + + Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress for @path. + +To create abstract socket addresses, on systems that support that, +use g_unix_socket_address_new_abstract(). + + a new #GUnixSocketAddress + + + + + the socket path + + + + + + Creates a new %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED +#GUnixSocketAddress for @path. + Use g_unix_socket_address_new_with_type(). + + a new #GUnixSocketAddress + + + + + the abstract name + + + + + + the length of @path, or -1 + + + + + + Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress of type @type with name @path. + +If @type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH, this is equivalent to +calling g_unix_socket_address_new(). + +If @type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS, @path and @path_len will be +ignored. + +If @path_type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT, then @path_len +bytes of @path will be copied to the socket's path, and only those +bytes will be considered part of the name. (If @path_len is -1, +then @path is assumed to be NUL-terminated.) For example, if @path +was "test", then calling g_socket_address_get_native_size() on the +returned socket would return 7 (2 bytes of overhead, 1 byte for the +abstract-socket indicator byte, and 4 bytes for the name "test"). + +If @path_type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED, then +@path_len bytes of @path will be copied to the socket's path, the +rest of the path will be padded with 0 bytes, and the entire +zero-padded buffer will be considered the name. (As above, if +@path_len is -1, then @path is assumed to be NUL-terminated.) In +this case, g_socket_address_get_native_size() will always return +the full size of a `struct sockaddr_un`, although +g_unix_socket_address_get_path_len() will still return just the +length of @path. + +%G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT is preferred over +%G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED for new programs. Of course, +when connecting to a server created by another process, you must +use the appropriate type corresponding to how that process created +its listening socket. + + a new #GUnixSocketAddress + + + + + the name + + + + + + the length of @path, or -1 + + + + a #GUnixSocketAddressType + + + + + + Checks if abstract UNIX domain socket names are supported. + + %TRUE if supported, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + Gets @address's type. + + a #GUnixSocketAddressType + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Tests if @address is abstract. + Use g_unix_socket_address_get_address_type() + + %TRUE if the address is abstract, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets @address's path, or for abstract sockets the "name". + +Guaranteed to be zero-terminated, but an abstract socket +may contain embedded zeros, and thus you should use +g_unix_socket_address_get_path_len() to get the true length +of this string. + + the path for @address + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Gets the length of @address's path. + +For details, see g_unix_socket_address_get_path(). + + the length of the path + + + + + a #GInetSocketAddress + + + + + + Whether or not this is an abstract address + Use #GUnixSocketAddress:address-type, which +distinguishes between zero-padded and non-zero-padded +abstract addresses. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. +%G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain +socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS +indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, +or a socket created with socketpair()). + +For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming +them; the man pages suggest using the entire `struct sockaddr_un` +as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with +zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. +However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and +pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is +%G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. + + invalid + + + anonymous + + + a filesystem path + + + an abstract name + + + an abstract name, 0-padded + to the full length of a unix socket name + + + + Extension point for #GVfs functionality. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + The string used to obtain the volume class with g_volume_get_identifier(). + +Known volume classes include `device` and `network`. Other classes may +be added in the future. + +This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume +instances into different sections - for example a file manager or +file chooser can use this information to show `network` volumes under +a "Network" heading and `device` volumes under a "Devices" heading. + + + + The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). + + + + The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). + + + + The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). + + + + The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). + + + + The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). + + + + Extension point for volume monitor functionality. +See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. + + + + Entry point for using GIO functionality. + + Gets the default #GVfs for the system. + + a #GVfs. + + + + + Gets the local #GVfs for the system. + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a #GFile for @path. + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string containing a VFS path. + + + + + + Gets a #GFile for @uri. + +This operation never fails, but the returned object +might not support any I/O operation if the URI +is malformed or if the URI scheme is not supported. + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a#GVfs. + + + + a string containing a URI + + + + + + Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs. + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings. + The returned array belongs to GIO and must + not be freed or modified. + + + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + Checks if the VFS is active. + + %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful + and it is now active. + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This operation never fails, but the returned object might +not support any I/O operations if the @parse_name cannot +be parsed by the #GVfs module. + + a #GFile for the given @parse_name. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string to be parsed by the VFS module. + + + + + + Gets a #GFile for @path. + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string containing a VFS path. + + + + + + Gets a #GFile for @uri. + +This operation never fails, but the returned object +might not support any I/O operation if the URI +is malformed or if the URI scheme is not supported. + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a#GVfs. + + + + a string containing a URI + + + + + + Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs. + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings. + The returned array belongs to GIO and must + not be freed or modified. + + + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + Checks if the VFS is active. + + %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful + and it is now active. + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + This operation never fails, but the returned object might +not support any I/O operations if the @parse_name cannot +be parsed by the #GVfs module. + + a #GFile for the given @parse_name. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string to be parsed by the VFS module. + + + + + + Registers @uri_func and @parse_name_func as the #GFile URI and parse name +lookup functions for URIs with a scheme matching @scheme. +Note that @scheme is registered only within the running application, as +opposed to desktop-wide as it happens with GVfs backends. + +When a #GFile is requested with an URI containing @scheme (e.g. through +g_file_new_for_uri()), @uri_func will be called to allow a custom +constructor. The implementation of @uri_func should not be blocking, and +must not call g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() or g_vfs_unregister_uri_scheme(). + +When g_file_parse_name() is called with a parse name obtained from such file, +@parse_name_func will be called to allow the #GFile to be created again. In +that case, it's responsibility of @parse_name_func to make sure the parse +name matches what the custom #GFile implementation returned when +g_file_get_parse_name() was previously called. The implementation of +@parse_name_func should not be blocking, and must not call +g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() or g_vfs_unregister_uri_scheme(). + +It's an error to call this function twice with the same scheme. To unregister +a custom URI scheme, use g_vfs_unregister_uri_scheme(). + + %TRUE if @scheme was successfully registered, or %FALSE if a handler + for @scheme already exists. + + + + + a #GVfs + + + + an URI scheme, e.g. "http" + + + + a #GVfsFileLookupFunc + + + + custom data passed to be passed to @uri_func, or %NULL + + + + function to be called when unregistering the + URI scheme, or when @vfs is disposed, to free the resources used + by the URI lookup function + + + + a #GVfsFileLookupFunc + + + + custom data passed to be passed to + @parse_name_func, or %NULL + + + + function to be called when unregistering the + URI scheme, or when @vfs is disposed, to free the resources used + by the parse name lookup function + + + + + + Unregisters the URI handler for @scheme previously registered with +g_vfs_register_uri_scheme(). + + %TRUE if @scheme was successfully unregistered, or %FALSE if a + handler for @scheme does not exist. + + + + + a #GVfs + + + + an URI scheme, e.g. "http" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful + and it is now active. + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + + + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string containing a VFS path. + + + + + + + + + a #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a#GVfs. + + + + a string containing a URI + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings. + The returned array belongs to GIO and must + not be freed or modified. + + + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + + + + + + a #GFile for the given @parse_name. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVfs. + + + + a string to be parsed by the VFS module. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function type is used by g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() to make it +possible for a client to associate an URI scheme to a different #GFile +implementation. + +The client should return a reference to the new file that has been +created for @uri, or %NULL to continue with the default implementation. + + a #GFile for @identifier. + + + + + a #GVfs + + + + the identifier to lookup a #GFile for. This can either + be an URI or a parse name as returned by g_file_get_parse_name() + + + + user data passed to the function + + + + + + The #GVolume interface represents user-visible objects that can be +mounted. Note, when porting from GnomeVFS, #GVolume is the moral +equivalent of #GnomeVFSDrive. + +Mounting a #GVolume instance is an asynchronous operation. For more +information about asynchronous operations, see #GAsyncResult and +#GTask. To mount a #GVolume, first call g_volume_mount() with (at +least) the #GVolume instance, optionally a #GMountOperation object +and a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + +Typically, one will only want to pass %NULL for the +#GMountOperation if automounting all volumes when a desktop session +starts since it's not desirable to put up a lot of dialogs asking +for credentials. + +The callback will be fired when the operation has resolved (either +with success or failure), and a #GAsyncReady structure will be +passed to the callback. That callback should then call +g_volume_mount_finish() with the #GVolume instance and the +#GAsyncReady data to see if the operation was completed +successfully. If an @error is present when g_volume_mount_finish() +is called, then it will be filled with any error information. + +## Volume Identifiers # {#volume-identifier} + +It is sometimes necessary to directly access the underlying +operating system object behind a volume (e.g. for passing a volume +to an application via the commandline). For this purpose, GIO +allows to obtain an 'identifier' for the volume. There can be +different kinds of identifiers, such as Hal UDIs, filesystem labels, +traditional Unix devices (e.g. `/dev/sda2`), UUIDs. GIO uses predefined +strings as names for the different kinds of identifiers: +#G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI, #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL, etc. +Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain an identifier for a volume. + + +Note that #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI will only be available +when the gvfs hal volume monitor is in use. Other volume monitors +will generally be able to provide the #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE +identifier, which can be used to obtain a hal device by means of +libhal_manager_find_device_string_match(). + + Checks if a volume can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Checks if a volume can be mounted. + + %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_eject_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. + Use g_volume_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + pointer to a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to + avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the kinds of [identifiers][volume-identifier] that @volume has. +Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. + + a %NULL-terminated array + of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of +mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume +is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the +#GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always +either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In +other words, in code + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GMount *mount; + GFile *mount_root + GFile *volume_activation_root; + + mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); // mounted, so never NULL + mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount); + volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root (volume); // assume not NULL +]| +then the expression +|[<!-- language="C" --> + (g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) || + g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root)) +]| +will always be %TRUE. + +Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor +implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see +g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details. + + the activation root of @volume + or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the drive for the @volume. + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not + associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed + with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the icon for @volume. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the identifier of the given kind for @volume. +See the [introduction][volume-identifier] for more +information about volume identifiers. + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume + doesn't have this kind of identifier + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + Gets the mount for the @volume. + + a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the name of @volume. + + the name for the given @volume. The returned string should + be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @volume, if any. + + Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for @volume. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the UUID for the @volume. The reference is typically based on +the file system UUID for the volume in question and should be +considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID +available. + + the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Finishes mounting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + +If the mount operation succeeded, g_volume_get_mount() on @volume +is guaranteed to return the mount right after calling this +function; there's no need to listen for the 'mount-added' signal on +#GVolumeMonitor. + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Mounts a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_mount_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the volume should be automatically mounted. + + %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Checks if a volume can be ejected. + + %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Checks if a volume can be mounted. + + %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_eject_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. + Use g_volume_eject_with_operation() instead. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + Use g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() instead. + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + pointer to a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to + avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the kinds of [identifiers][volume-identifier] that @volume has. +Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. + + a %NULL-terminated array + of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of +mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume +is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the +#GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always +either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In +other words, in code + +|[<!-- language="C" --> + GMount *mount; + GFile *mount_root + GFile *volume_activation_root; + + mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); // mounted, so never NULL + mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount); + volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root (volume); // assume not NULL +]| +then the expression +|[<!-- language="C" --> + (g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) || + g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root)) +]| +will always be %TRUE. + +Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor +implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see +g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details. + + the activation root of @volume + or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the drive for the @volume. + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not + associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed + with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the icon for @volume. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the identifier of the given kind for @volume. +See the [introduction][volume-identifier] for more +information about volume identifiers. + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume + doesn't have this kind of identifier + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + Gets the mount for the @volume. + + a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the name of @volume. + + the name for the given @volume. The returned string should + be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the sort key for @volume, if any. + + Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for @volume. + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Gets the UUID for the @volume. The reference is typically based on +the file system UUID for the volume in question and should be +considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID +available. + + the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Mounts a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is +finished by calling g_volume_mount_finish() with the @volume +and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + Finishes mounting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, +@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. + +If the mount operation succeeded, g_volume_get_mount() on @volume +is guaranteed to return the mount right after calling this +function; there's no need to listen for the 'mount-added' signal on +#GVolumeMonitor. + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns whether the volume should be automatically mounted. + + %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + Emitted when the volume has been changed. + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the #GVolume have been removed. If +the recipient is holding references to the object they should +release them so the object can be finalized. + + + + + + + Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the name for the given @volume. The returned string should + be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. + The returned string should be freed with g_free() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not + associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed + with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the operation + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data that gets passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed + + + + + pointer to a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + a newly allocated string containing the + requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume + doesn't have this kind of identifier + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + the kind of identifier to return + + + + + + + + + a %NULL-terminated array + of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + the activation root of @volume + or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + flags affecting the unmount if required for eject + + + + a #GMountOperation or %NULL to + avoid user interaction + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + + a #GIcon. + The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() + when no longer needed. + + + + + a #GVolume + + + + + + + + #GVolumeMonitor is for listing the user interesting devices and volumes +on the computer. In other words, what a file selector or file manager +would show in a sidebar. + +#GVolumeMonitor is not +[thread-default-context aware][g-main-context-push-thread-default], +and so should not be used other than from the main thread, with no +thread-default-context active. + + This function should be called by any #GVolumeMonitor +implementation when a new #GMount object is created that is not +associated with a #GVolume object. It must be called just before +emitting the @mount_added signal. + +If the return value is not %NULL, the caller must associate the +returned #GVolume object with the #GMount. This involves returning +it in its g_mount_get_volume() implementation. The caller must +also listen for the "removed" signal on the returned object +and give up its reference when handling that signal + +Similary, if implementing g_volume_monitor_adopt_orphan_mount(), +the implementor must take a reference to @mount and return it in +its g_volume_get_mount() implemented. Also, the implementor must +listen for the "unmounted" signal on @mount and give up its +reference upon handling that signal. + +There are two main use cases for this function. + +One is when implementing a user space file system driver that reads +blocks of a block device that is already represented by the native +volume monitor (for example a CD Audio file system driver). Such +a driver will generate its own #GMount object that needs to be +associated with the #GVolume object that represents the volume. + +The other is for implementing a #GVolumeMonitor whose sole purpose +is to return #GVolume objects representing entries in the users +"favorite servers" list or similar. + Instead of using this function, #GVolumeMonitor +implementations should instead create shadow mounts with the URI of +the mount they intend to adopt. See the proxy volume monitor in +gvfs for an example of this. Also see g_mount_is_shadowed(), +g_mount_shadow() and g_mount_unshadow() functions. + + the #GVolume object that is the parent for @mount or %NULL +if no wants to adopt the #GMount. + + + + + a #GMount object to find a parent for + + + + + + Gets the volume monitor used by gio. + + a reference to the #GVolumeMonitor used by gio. Call + g_object_unref() when done with it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a list of drives connected to the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + Finds a #GMount object by its UUID (see g_mount_get_uuid()) + + a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + Gets a list of the mounts on the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of #GMount objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + Finds a #GVolume object by its UUID (see g_volume_get_uuid()) + + a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + Gets a list of the volumes on the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of #GVolume objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a list of drives connected to the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + Finds a #GMount object by its UUID (see g_mount_get_uuid()) + + a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + Gets a list of the mounts on the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of #GMount objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + Finds a #GVolume object by its UUID (see g_volume_get_uuid()) + + a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + Gets a list of the volumes on the system. + +The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after +its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). + + a #GList of #GVolume objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a drive changes. + + + + + + the drive that changed + + + + + + Emitted when a drive is connected to the system. + + + + + + a #GDrive that was connected. + + + + + + Emitted when a drive is disconnected from the system. + + + + + + a #GDrive that was disconnected. + + + + + + Emitted when the eject button is pressed on @drive. + + + + + + the drive where the eject button was pressed + + + + + + Emitted when the stop button is pressed on @drive. + + + + + + the drive where the stop button was pressed + + + + + + Emitted when a mount is added. + + + + + + a #GMount that was added. + + + + + + Emitted when a mount changes. + + + + + + a #GMount that changed. + + + + + + May be emitted when a mount is about to be removed. + +This signal depends on the backend and is only emitted if +GIO was used to unmount. + + + + + + a #GMount that is being unmounted. + + + + + + Emitted when a mount is removed. + + + + + + a #GMount that was removed. + + + + + + Emitted when a mountable volume is added to the system. + + + + + + a #GVolume that was added. + + + + + + Emitted when mountable volume is changed. + + + + + + a #GVolume that changed. + + + + + + Emitted when a mountable volume is removed from the system. + + + + + + a #GVolume that was removed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + + + + a #GList of #GVolume objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + + + + a #GList of #GMount objects. + + + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + + + + + + a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + + + + a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GVolumeMonitor. + + + + the UUID to look for + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Zlib decompression + + + Creates a new #GZlibCompressor. + + a new #GZlibCompressor + + + + + The format to use for the compressed data + + + + compression level (0-9), -1 for default + + + + + + Returns the #GZlibCompressor:file-info property. + + a #GFileInfo, or %NULL + + + + + a #GZlibCompressor + + + + + + Sets @file_info in @compressor. If non-%NULL, and @compressor's +#GZlibCompressor:format property is %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, +it will be used to set the file name and modification time in +the GZIP header of the compressed data. + +Note: it is an error to call this function while a compression is in +progress; it may only be called immediately after creation of @compressor, +or after resetting it with g_converter_reset(). + + + + + + a #GZlibCompressor + + + + a #GFileInfo + + + + + + If set to a non-%NULL #GFileInfo object, and #GZlibCompressor:format is +%G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, the compressor will write the file name +and modification time from the file info to the GZIP header. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor +and #GZlibCompressor. + + deflate compression with zlib header + + + gzip file format + + + deflate compression with no header + + + + Zlib decompression + + + Creates a new #GZlibDecompressor. + + a new #GZlibDecompressor + + + + + The format to use for the compressed data + + + + + + Retrieves the #GFileInfo constructed from the GZIP header data +of compressed data processed by @compressor, or %NULL if @decompressor's +#GZlibDecompressor:format property is not %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, +or the header data was not fully processed yet, or it not present in the +data stream at all. + + a #GFileInfo, or %NULL + + + + + a #GZlibDecompressor + + + + + + A #GFileInfo containing the information found in the GZIP header +of the data stream processed, or %NULL if the header was not yet +fully processed, is not present at all, or the compressor's +#GZlibDecompressor:format property is not %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @action_name is valid. + +@action_name is valid if it consists only of alphanumeric characters, +plus '-' and '.'. The empty string is not a valid action name. + +It is an error to call this function with a non-utf8 @action_name. +@action_name must not be %NULL. + + %TRUE if @action_name is valid + + + + + an potential action name + + + + + + Parses a detailed action name into its separate name and target +components. + +Detailed action names can have three formats. + +The first format is used to represent an action name with no target +value and consists of just an action name containing no whitespace +nor the characters ':', '(' or ')'. For example: "app.action". + +The second format is used to represent an action with a target value +that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus '-' +and '.'. In that case, the action name and target value are +separated by a double colon ("::"). For example: +"app.action::target". + +The third format is used to represent an action with any type of +target value, including strings. The target value follows the action +name, surrounded in parens. For example: "app.action(42)". The +target value is parsed using g_variant_parse(). If a tuple-typed +value is desired, it must be specified in the same way, resulting in +two sets of parens, for example: "app.action((1,2,3))". A string +target can be specified this way as well: "app.action('target')". +For strings, this third format must be used if * target value is +empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, '-' and '.'. + + %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE with @error set + + + + + a detailed action name + + + + the action name + + + + the target value, or %NULL for no target + + + + + + Formats a detailed action name from @action_name and @target_value. + +It is an error to call this function with an invalid action name. + +This function is the opposite of g_action_parse_detailed_name(). +It will produce a string that can be parsed back to the @action_name +and @target_value by that function. + +See that function for the types of strings that will be printed by +this function. + + a detailed format string + + + + + a valid action name + + + + a #GVariant target value, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information. + +Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the +[freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification](http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec) +are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains +percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from +being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules. + + new #GAppInfo for given command. + + + + + the commandline to use + + + + the application name, or %NULL to use @commandline + + + + flags that can specify details of the created #GAppInfo + + + + + + Gets a list of all of the applications currently registered +on this system. + +For desktop files, this includes applications that have +`NoDisplay=true` set or are excluded from display by means +of `OnlyShowIn` or `NotShowIn`. See g_app_info_should_show(). +The returned list does not include applications which have +the `Hidden` key set. + + a newly allocated #GList of references to #GAppInfos. + + + + + + + Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type, +including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See +g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and +g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type(). + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type. + + #GAppInfo for given @content_type or + %NULL on error. + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + if %TRUE, the #GAppInfo is expected to + support URIs + + + + + + Gets the default application for handling URIs with +the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part +of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http", +"ftp" or "sip". + + #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. + + + + + a string containing a URI scheme. + + + + + + Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. +those applications which claim to support the given content type +by MIME type subclassing and not directly. + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. +those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly, +and not by MIME type subclassing. +Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e. +the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been +called. + + #GList of #GAppInfos + for given @content_type or %NULL on error. + + + + + + + the content type to find a #GAppInfo for + + + + + + Utility function that launches the default application +registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O +is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if +required. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. + + + + + the uri to show + + + + an optional #GAppLaunchContext + + + + + + Async version of g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri(). + +This version is useful if you are interested in receiving +error information in the case where the application is +sandboxed and the portal may present an application chooser +dialog to the user. + + + + + + the uri to show + + + + an optional #GAppLaunchContext + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GASyncReadyCallback to call when the request is done + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous launch-default-for-uri operation. + + %TRUE if the launch was successful, %FALSE if @error is set + + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Removes all changes to the type associations done by +g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(), +g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(), +g_app_info_add_supports_type() or +g_app_info_remove_supports_type(). + + + + + + a content type + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object asynchronously. + +When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check +for any errors. + Use g_object_new_with_properties() and +g_async_initable_init_async() instead. See #GParameter for more information. + + + + + + a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. + + + + the number of parameters in @parameters + + + + the parameters to use to construct the object + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] of the operation + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is + finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Asynchronously connects to the message bus specified by @bus_type. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can +then call g_bus_get_finish() to get the result of the operation. + +This is a asynchronous failable function. See g_bus_get_sync() for +the synchronous version. + + + + + + a #GBusType + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_bus_get(). + +The returned object is a singleton, that is, shared with other +callers of g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() for @bus_type. In the +event that you need a private message bus connection, use +g_dbus_address_get_for_bus_sync() and +g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). + +Note that the returned #GDBusConnection object will (usually) have +the #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close property set to %TRUE. + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed + to g_bus_get() + + + + + + Synchronously connects to the message bus specified by @bus_type. +Note that the returned object may shared with other callers, +e.g. if two separate parts of a process calls this function with +the same @bus_type, they will share the same object. + +This is a synchronous failable function. See g_bus_get() and +g_bus_get_finish() for the asynchronous version. + +The returned object is a singleton, that is, shared with other +callers of g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() for @bus_type. In the +event that you need a private message bus connection, use +g_dbus_address_get_for_bus_sync() and +g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). + +Note that the returned #GDBusConnection object will (usually) have +the #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close property set to %TRUE. + + a #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. + Free with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a #GBusType + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Starts acquiring @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls +@name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when the name is +acquired respectively lost. Callbacks will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this function from. + +You are guaranteed that one of the @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler +callbacks will be invoked after calling this function - there are three +possible cases: + +- @name_lost_handler with a %NULL connection (if a connection to the bus + can't be made). + +- @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can't be + obtained) + +- @bus_acquired_handler then @name_acquired_handler (if the name was + obtained). + +When you are done owning the name, just call g_bus_unown_name() +with the owner id this function returns. + +If the name is acquired or lost (for example another application +could acquire the name if you allow replacement or the application +currently owning the name exits), the handlers are also invoked. +If the #GDBusConnection that is used for attempting to own the name +closes, then @name_lost_handler is invoked since it is no longer +possible for other processes to access the process. + +You cannot use g_bus_own_name() several times for the same name (unless +interleaved with calls to g_bus_unown_name()) - only the first call +will work. + +Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_acquired_handler +and @name_lost_handler are guaranteed to alternate; that +is, if @name_acquired_handler is invoked then you are +guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it +will be @name_lost_handler. The reverse is also true. + +If you plan on exporting objects (using e.g. +g_dbus_connection_register_object()), note that it is generally too late +to export the objects in @name_acquired_handler. Instead, you can do this +in @bus_acquired_handler since you are guaranteed that this will run +before @name is requested from the bus. + +This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that wants +to [own names][gdbus-owning-names] and export objects. +Simply register objects to be exported in @bus_acquired_handler and +unregister the objects (if any) in @name_lost_handler. + + an identifier (never 0) that an be used with + g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. + + + + + the type of bus to own a name on + + + + the well-known name to own + + + + a set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration + + + + handler to invoke when connected to the bus of type @bus_type or %NULL + + + + handler to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL + + + + handler to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL + + + + user data to pass to handlers + + + + function for freeing @user_data or %NULL + + + + + + Like g_bus_own_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a +#GBusType. + + an identifier (never 0) that an be used with + g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the well-known name to own + + + + a set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration + + + + handler to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL + + + + handler to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL + + + + user data to pass to handlers + + + + function for freeing @user_data or %NULL + + + + + + Version of g_bus_own_name_on_connection() using closures instead of +callbacks for easier binding in other languages. + + an identifier (never 0) that an be used with + g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. + + + + + a #GDBusConnection + + + + the well-known name to own + + + + a set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is + acquired or %NULL + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is lost + or %NULL + + + + + + Version of g_bus_own_name() using closures instead of callbacks for +easier binding in other languages. + + an identifier (never 0) that an be used with + g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. + + + + + the type of bus to own a name on + + + + the well-known name to own + + + + a set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration + + + + #GClosure to invoke when connected to + the bus of type @bus_type or %NULL + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is + acquired or %NULL + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is lost or + %NULL + + + + + + Stops owning a name. + + + + + + an identifier obtained from g_bus_own_name() + + + + + + Stops watching a name. + + + + + + An identifier obtained from g_bus_watch_name() + + + + + + Starts watching @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls +@name_appeared_handler and @name_vanished_handler when the name is +known to have a owner respectively known to lose its +owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the +[thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] +of the thread you are calling this function from. + +You are guaranteed that one of the handlers will be invoked after +calling this function. When you are done watching the name, just +call g_bus_unwatch_name() with the watcher id this function +returns. + +If the name vanishes or appears (for example the application owning +the name could restart), the handlers are also invoked. If the +#GDBusConnection that is used for watching the name disconnects, then +@name_vanished_handler is invoked since it is no longer +possible to access the name. + +Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_appeared_handler +and @name_vanished_handler are guaranteed to alternate; that +is, if @name_appeared_handler is invoked then you are +guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it +will be @name_vanished_handler. The reverse is also true. + +This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that want +to take action when a certain [name exists][gdbus-watching-names]. +Basically, the application should create object proxies in +@name_appeared_handler and destroy them again (if any) in +@name_vanished_handler. + + An identifier (never 0) that an be used with +g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. + + + + + The type of bus to watch a name on. + + + + The name (well-known or unique) to watch. + + + + Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. + + + + Handler to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. + + + + Handler to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. + + + + User data to pass to handlers. + + + + Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. + + + + + + Like g_bus_watch_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a +#GBusType. + + An identifier (never 0) that an be used with +g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The name (well-known or unique) to watch. + + + + Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. + + + + Handler to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. + + + + Handler to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. + + + + User data to pass to handlers. + + + + Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. + + + + + + Version of g_bus_watch_name_on_connection() using closures instead of callbacks for +easier binding in other languages. + + An identifier (never 0) that an be used with +g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. + + + + + A #GDBusConnection. + + + + The name (well-known or unique) to watch. + + + + Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is known +to exist or %NULL. + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is known +to not exist or %NULL. + + + + + + Version of g_bus_watch_name() using closures instead of callbacks for +easier binding in other languages. + + An identifier (never 0) that an be used with +g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. + + + + + The type of bus to watch a name on. + + + + The name (well-known or unique) to watch. + + + + Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is known +to exist or %NULL. + + + + #GClosure to invoke when @name is known +to not exist or %NULL. + + + + + + Checks if a content type can be executable. Note that for instance +things like text files can be executables (i.e. scripts and batch files). + + %TRUE if the file type corresponds to a type that + can be executable, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Compares two content types for equality. + + %TRUE if the two strings are identical or equivalent, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a content type string + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Tries to find a content type based on the mime type name. + + Newly allocated string with content type or + %NULL. Free with g_free() + + + + + a mime type string + + + + + + Gets the human readable description of the content type. + + a short description of the content type @type. Free the + returned string with g_free() + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Gets the generic icon name for a content type. + +See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on the generic icon name. + + the registered generic icon name for the given @type, + or %NULL if unknown. Free with g_free() + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Gets the icon for a content type. + + #GIcon corresponding to the content type. Free the returned + object with g_object_unref() + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Gets the mime type for the content type, if one is registered. + + the registered mime type for the given @type, + or %NULL if unknown. + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Gets the symbolic icon for a content type. + + symbolic #GIcon corresponding to the content type. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref() + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Guesses the content type based on example data. If the function is +uncertain, @result_uncertain will be set to %TRUE. Either @filename +or @data may be %NULL, in which case the guess will be based solely +on the other argument. + + a string indicating a guessed content type for the + given data. Free with g_free() + + + + + a string, or %NULL + + + + a stream of data, or %NULL + + + + + + the size of @data + + + + return location for the certainty + of the result, or %NULL + + + + + + Tries to guess the type of the tree with root @root, by +looking at the files it contains. The result is an array +of content types, with the best guess coming first. + +The types returned all have the form x-content/foo, e.g. +x-content/audio-cdda (for audio CDs) or x-content/image-dcf +(for a camera memory card). See the +[shared-mime-info](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec) +specification for more on x-content types. + +This function is useful in the implementation of +g_mount_guess_content_type(). + + an %NULL-terminated + array of zero or more content types. Free with g_strfreev() + + + + + + + the root of the tree to guess a type for + + + + + + Determines if @type is a subset of @supertype. + + %TRUE if @type is a kind of @supertype, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a content type string + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Determines if @type is a subset of @mime_type. +Convenience wrapper around g_content_type_is_a(). + + %TRUE if @type is a kind of @mime_type, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a content type string + + + + a mime type string + + + + + + Checks if the content type is the generic "unknown" type. +On UNIX this is the "application/octet-stream" mimetype, +while on win32 it is "*" and on OSX it is a dynamic type +or octet-stream. + + %TRUE if the type is the unknown type. + + + + + a content type string + + + + + + Gets a list of strings containing all the registered content types +known to the system. The list and its data should be freed using +g_list_free_full (list, g_free). + + list of the registered + content types + + + + + + + Escape @string so it can appear in a D-Bus address as the value +part of a key-value pair. + +For instance, if @string is `/run/bus-for-:0`, +this function would return `/run/bus-for-%3A0`, +which could be used in a D-Bus address like +`unix:nonce-tcp:host=127.0.0.1,port=42,noncefile=/run/bus-for-%3A0`. + + a copy of @string with all + non-optionally-escaped bytes escaped + + + + + an unescaped string to be included in a D-Bus address + as the value in a key-value pair + + + + + + Synchronously looks up the D-Bus address for the well-known message +bus instance specified by @bus_type. This may involve using various +platform specific mechanisms. + +The returned address will be in the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + + a valid D-Bus address string for @bus_type or %NULL if + @error is set + + + + + a #GBusType + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Asynchronously connects to an endpoint specified by @address and +sets up the connection so it is in a state to run the client-side +of the D-Bus authentication conversation. @address must be in the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can +then call g_dbus_address_get_stream_finish() to get the result of +the operation. + +This is an asynchronous failable function. See +g_dbus_address_get_stream_sync() for the synchronous version. + + + + + + A valid D-Bus address. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. + + + + Data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_address_get_stream(). + + A #GIOStream or %NULL if @error is set. + + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_address_get_stream(). + + + + %NULL or return location to store the GUID extracted from @address, if any. + + + + + + Synchronously connects to an endpoint specified by @address and +sets up the connection so it is in a state to run the client-side +of the D-Bus authentication conversation. @address must be in the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + +This is a synchronous failable function. See +g_dbus_address_get_stream() for the asynchronous version. + + A #GIOStream or %NULL if @error is set. + + + + + A valid D-Bus address. + + + + %NULL or return location to store the GUID extracted from @address, if any. + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + + + Looks up the value of an annotation. + +The cost of this function is O(n) in number of annotations. + + The value or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @annotations. + + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of annotations or %NULL. + + + + + + The name of the annotation to look up. + + + + + + Creates a D-Bus error name to use for @error. If @error matches +a registered error (cf. g_dbus_error_register_error()), the corresponding +D-Bus error name will be returned. + +Otherwise the a name of the form +`org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark._ESCAPED_QUARK_NAME.Code_ERROR_CODE` +will be used. This allows other GDBus applications to map the error +on the wire back to a #GError using g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error(). + +This function is typically only used in object mappings to put a +#GError on the wire. Regular applications should not use it. + + A D-Bus error name (never %NULL). Free with g_free(). + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Gets the D-Bus error name used for @error, if any. + +This function is guaranteed to return a D-Bus error name for all +#GErrors returned from functions handling remote method calls +(e.g. g_dbus_connection_call_finish()) unless +g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() has been used on @error. + + an allocated string or %NULL if the D-Bus error name + could not be found. Free with g_free(). + + + + + a #GError + + + + + + Checks if @error represents an error received via D-Bus from a remote peer. If so, +use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to get the name of the error. + + %TRUE if @error represents an error from a remote peer, +%FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Creates a #GError based on the contents of @dbus_error_name and +@dbus_error_message. + +Errors registered with g_dbus_error_register_error() will be looked +up using @dbus_error_name and if a match is found, the error domain +and code is used. Applications can use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() +to recover @dbus_error_name. + +If a match against a registered error is not found and the D-Bus +error name is in a form as returned by g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() +the error domain and code encoded in the name is used to +create the #GError. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message +such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). + +Otherwise, a #GError with the error code %G_IO_ERROR_DBUS_ERROR +in the #G_IO_ERROR error domain is returned. Also, @dbus_error_name is +added to the error message such that it can be recovered with +g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). + +In all three cases, @dbus_error_name can always be recovered from the +returned #GError using the g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() function +(unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() hasn't been used on the returned error). + +This function is typically only used in object mappings to prepare +#GError instances for applications. Regular applications should not use +it. + + An allocated #GError. Free with g_error_free(). + + + + + D-Bus error name. + + + + D-Bus error message. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an association to map between @dbus_error_name and +#GErrors specified by @error_domain and @error_code. + +This is typically done in the routine that returns the #GQuark for +an error domain. + + %TRUE if the association was created, %FALSE if it already +exists. + + + + + A #GQuark for a error domain. + + + + An error code. + + + + A D-Bus error name. + + + + + + Helper function for associating a #GError error domain with D-Bus error names. + + + + + + The error domain name. + + + + A pointer where to store the #GQuark. + + + + A pointer to @num_entries #GDBusErrorEntry struct items. + + + + + + Number of items to register. + + + + + + Looks for extra information in the error message used to recover +the D-Bus error name and strips it if found. If stripped, the +message field in @error will correspond exactly to what was +received on the wire. + +This is typically used when presenting errors to the end user. + + %TRUE if information was stripped, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #GError. + + + + + + Destroys an association previously set up with g_dbus_error_register_error(). + + %TRUE if the association was destroyed, %FALSE if it wasn't found. + + + + + A #GQuark for a error domain. + + + + An error code. + + + + A D-Bus error name. + + + + + + Generate a D-Bus GUID that can be used with +e.g. g_dbus_connection_new(). + +See the D-Bus specification regarding what strings are valid D-Bus +GUID (for example, D-Bus GUIDs are not RFC-4122 compliant). + + A valid D-Bus GUID. Free with g_free(). + + + + + Converts a #GValue to a #GVariant of the type indicated by the @type +parameter. + +The conversion is using the following rules: + +- #G_TYPE_STRING: 's', 'o', 'g' or 'ay' +- #G_TYPE_STRV: 'as', 'ao' or 'aay' +- #G_TYPE_BOOLEAN: 'b' +- #G_TYPE_UCHAR: 'y' +- #G_TYPE_INT: 'i', 'n' +- #G_TYPE_UINT: 'u', 'q' +- #G_TYPE_INT64 'x' +- #G_TYPE_UINT64: 't' +- #G_TYPE_DOUBLE: 'd' +- #G_TYPE_VARIANT: Any #GVariantType + +This can fail if e.g. @gvalue is of type #G_TYPE_STRING and @type +is ['i'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-INT32:CAPS]. It will also fail for any #GType +(including e.g. #G_TYPE_OBJECT and #G_TYPE_BOXED derived-types) not +in the table above. + +Note that if @gvalue is of type #G_TYPE_VARIANT and its value is +%NULL, the empty #GVariant instance (never %NULL) for @type is +returned (e.g. 0 for scalar types, the empty string for string types, +'/' for object path types, the empty array for any array type and so on). + +See the g_dbus_gvariant_to_gvalue() function for how to convert a +#GVariant to a #GValue. + + A #GVariant (never floating) of #GVariantType @type holding + the data from @gvalue or %NULL in case of failure. Free with + g_variant_unref(). + + + + + A #GValue to convert to a #GVariant + + + + A #GVariantType + + + + + + Converts a #GVariant to a #GValue. If @value is floating, it is consumed. + +The rules specified in the g_dbus_gvalue_to_gvariant() function are +used - this function is essentially its reverse form. So, a #GVariant +containing any basic or string array type will be converted to a #GValue +containing a basic value or string array. Any other #GVariant (handle, +variant, tuple, dict entry) will be converted to a #GValue containing that +#GVariant. + +The conversion never fails - a valid #GValue is always returned in +@out_gvalue. + + + + + + A #GVariant. + + + + Return location pointing to a zero-filled (uninitialized) #GValue. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a +[D-Bus address](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + +This doesn't check if @string is actually supported by #GDBusServer +or #GDBusConnection - use g_dbus_is_supported_address() to do more +checks. + + %TRUE if @string is a valid D-Bus address, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A string. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a D-Bus GUID. + +See the D-Bus specification regarding what strings are valid D-Bus +GUID (for example, D-Bus GUIDs are not RFC-4122 compliant). + + %TRUE if @string is a guid, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The string to check. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus interface name. + + %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The string to check. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus member (e.g. signal or method) name. + + %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The string to check. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus bus name (either unique or well-known). + + %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The string to check. + + + + + + Like g_dbus_is_address() but also checks if the library supports the +transports in @string and that key/value pairs for each transport +are valid. See the specification of the +[D-Bus address format](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses). + + %TRUE if @string is a valid D-Bus address that is +supported by this library, %FALSE if @error is set. + + + + + A string. + + + + + + Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus unique bus name. + + %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + The string to check. + + + + + + Creates a new #GDtlsClientConnection wrapping @base_socket which is +assumed to communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. + + the new + #GDtlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GDatagramBased to wrap + + + + the expected identity of the server + + + + + + Creates a new #GDtlsServerConnection wrapping @base_socket. + + the new + #GDtlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GDatagramBased to wrap + + + + the default server certificate, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. +The value of @arg can be either a URI, an absolute path or a +relative path resolved relative to the current working directory. +This operation never fails, but the returned object might not +support any I/O operation if @arg points to a malformed path. + +Note that on Windows, this function expects its argument to be in +UTF-8 -- not the system code page. This means that you +should not use this function with string from argv as it is passed +to main(). g_win32_get_command_line() will return a UTF-8 version of +the commandline. #GApplication also uses UTF-8 but +g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg() may be more useful +for you there. It is also always possible to use this function with +#GOptionContext arguments of type %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME. + + a new #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a command line string + + + + + + Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. + +This function is similar to g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() except +that it allows for passing the current working directory as an +argument instead of using the current working directory of the +process. + +This is useful if the commandline argument was given in a context +other than the invocation of the current process. + +See also g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg(). + + a new #GFile + + + + + a command line string + + + + the current working directory of the commandline + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile for a given path. This operation never +fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O +operation if @path is malformed. + + a new #GFile for the given @path. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a string containing a relative or absolute path. + The string must be encoded in the glib filename encoding. + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile for a given URI. This operation never +fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O +operation if @uri is malformed or if the uri type is +not supported. + + a new #GFile for the given @uri. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + a UTF-8 string containing a URI + + + + + + Opens a file in the preferred directory for temporary files (as +returned by g_get_tmp_dir()) and returns a #GFile and +#GFileIOStream pointing to it. + +@tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding +containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, and containing no +directory components. If it is %NULL, a default template is used. + +Unlike the other #GFile constructors, this will return %NULL if +a temporary file could not be created. + + a new #GFile. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). + + + + + Template for the file + name, as in g_file_open_tmp(), or %NULL for a default template + + + + on return, a #GFileIOStream for the created file + + + + + + Constructs a #GFile with the given @parse_name (i.e. something +given by g_file_get_parse_name()). This operation never fails, +but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if +the @parse_name cannot be parsed. + + a new #GFile. + + + + + a file name or path to be parsed + + + + + + Deserializes a #GIcon previously serialized using g_icon_serialize(). + + a #GIcon, or %NULL when deserialization fails. + + + + + a #GVariant created with g_icon_serialize() + + + + + + Gets a hash for an icon. + + a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for +use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. + + + + + #gconstpointer to an icon object. + + + + + + Generate a #GIcon instance from @str. This function can fail if +@str is not valid - see g_icon_to_string() for discussion. + +If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon +implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered +with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string(). + + An object implementing the #GIcon + interface or %NULL if @error is set. + + + + + A string obtained via g_icon_to_string(). + + + + + + Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is +similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object +and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. + Use g_object_new_with_properties() and +g_initable_init() instead. See #GParameter for more information. + + a newly allocated + #GObject, or %NULL on error + + + + + a #GType supporting #GInitable. + + + + the number of parameters in @parameters + + + + the parameters to use to construct the object + + + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Converts errno.h error codes into GIO error codes. The fallback +value %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED is returned for error codes not currently +handled (but note that future GLib releases may return a more +specific value instead). + +As %errno is global and may be modified by intermediate function +calls, you should save its value as soon as the call which sets it + + #GIOErrorEnum value for the given errno.h error number. + + + + + Error number as defined in errno.h. + + + + + + Gets the GIO Error Quark. + + a #GQuark. + + + + + Registers @type as extension for the extension point with name +@extension_point_name. + +If @type has already been registered as an extension for this +extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned. + + a #GIOExtension object for #GType + + + + + the name of the extension point + + + + the #GType to register as extension + + + + the name for the extension + + + + the priority for the extension + + + + + + Looks up an existing extension point. + + the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there + is no registered extension point with the given name. + + + + + the name of the extension point + + + + + + Registers an extension point. + + the new #GIOExtensionPoint. This object is + owned by GIO and should not be freed. + + + + + The name of the extension point + + + + + + Loads all the modules in the specified directory. + +If don't require all modules to be initialized (and thus registering +all gtypes) then you can use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory() +which allows delayed/lazy loading of modules. + + a list of #GIOModules loaded + from the directory, + All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to + unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call + g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list + with g_list_free(). + + + + + + + pathname for a directory containing modules + to load. + + + + + + Loads all the modules in the specified directory. + +If don't require all modules to be initialized (and thus registering +all gtypes) then you can use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory() +which allows delayed/lazy loading of modules. + + a list of #GIOModules loaded + from the directory, + All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to + unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call + g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list + with g_list_free(). + + + + + + + pathname for a directory containing modules + to load. + + + + a scope to use when scanning the modules. + + + + + + Scans all the modules in the specified directory, ensuring that +any extension point implemented by a module is registered. + +This may not actually load and initialize all the types in each +module, some modules may be lazily loaded and initialized when +an extension point it implementes is used with e.g. +g_io_extension_point_get_extensions() or +g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). + +If you need to guarantee that all types are loaded in all the modules, +use g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory(). + + + + + + pathname for a directory containing modules + to scan. + + + + + + Scans all the modules in the specified directory, ensuring that +any extension point implemented by a module is registered. + +This may not actually load and initialize all the types in each +module, some modules may be lazily loaded and initialized when +an extension point it implementes is used with e.g. +g_io_extension_point_get_extensions() or +g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). + +If you need to guarantee that all types are loaded in all the modules, +use g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory(). + + + + + + pathname for a directory containing modules + to scan. + + + + a scope to use when scanning the modules + + + + + + Cancels all cancellable I/O jobs. + +A job is cancellable if a #GCancellable was passed into +g_io_scheduler_push_job(). + You should never call this function, since you don't +know how other libraries in your program might be making use of +gioscheduler. + + + + + + Schedules the I/O job to run in another thread. + +@notify will be called on @user_data after @job_func has returned, +regardless whether the job was cancelled or has run to completion. + +If @cancellable is not %NULL, it can be used to cancel the I/O job +by calling g_cancellable_cancel() or by calling +g_io_scheduler_cancel_all_jobs(). + use #GThreadPool or g_task_run_in_thread() + + + + + + a #GIOSchedulerJobFunc. + + + + data to pass to @job_func + + + + a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL + + + + the [I/O priority][io-priority] +of the request. + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Creates a keyfile-backed #GSettingsBackend. + +The filename of the keyfile to use is given by @filename. + +All settings read to or written from the backend must fall under the +path given in @root_path (which must start and end with a slash and +not contain two consecutive slashes). @root_path may be "/". + +If @root_group is non-%NULL then it specifies the name of the keyfile +group used for keys that are written directly below @root_path. For +example, if @root_path is "/apps/example/" and @root_group is +"toplevel", then settings the key "/apps/example/enabled" to a value +of %TRUE will cause the following to appear in the keyfile: + +|[ + [toplevel] + enabled=true +]| + +If @root_group is %NULL then it is not permitted to store keys +directly below the @root_path. + +For keys not stored directly below @root_path (ie: in a sub-path), +the name of the subpath (with the final slash stripped) is used as +the name of the keyfile group. To continue the example, if +"/apps/example/profiles/default/font-size" were set to +12 then the following would appear in the keyfile: + +|[ + [profiles/default] + font-size=12 +]| + +The backend will refuse writes (and return writability as being +%FALSE) for keys outside of @root_path and, in the event that +@root_group is %NULL, also for keys directly under @root_path. +Writes will also be refused if the backend detects that it has the +inability to rewrite the keyfile (ie: the containing directory is not +writable). + +There is no checking done for your key namespace clashing with the +syntax of the key file format. For example, if you have '[' or ']' +characters in your path names or '=' in your key names you may be in +trouble. + + a keyfile-backed #GSettingsBackend + + + + + the filename of the keyfile + + + + the path under which all settings keys appear + + + + the group name corresponding to + @root_path, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates a memory-backed #GSettingsBackend. + +This backend allows changes to settings, but does not write them +to any backing storage, so the next time you run your application, +the memory backend will start out with the default values again. + + a newly created #GSettingsBackend + + + + + Gets the default #GNetworkMonitor for the system. + + a #GNetworkMonitor + + + + + Initializes the platform networking libraries (eg, on Windows, this +calls WSAStartup()). GLib will call this itself if it is needed, so +you only need to call it if you directly call system networking +functions (without calling any GLib networking functions first). + + + + + + Creates a readonly #GSettingsBackend. + +This backend does not allow changes to settings, so all settings +will always have their default values. + + a newly created #GSettingsBackend + + + + + Utility method for #GPollableInputStream and #GPollableOutputStream +implementations. Creates a new #GSource that expects a callback of +type #GPollableSourceFunc. The new source does not actually do +anything on its own; use g_source_add_child_source() to add other +sources to it to cause it to trigger. + + the new #GSource. + + + + + the stream associated with the new source + + + + + + Utility method for #GPollableInputStream and #GPollableOutputStream +implementations. Creates a new #GSource, as with +g_pollable_source_new(), but also attaching @child_source (with a +dummy callback), and @cancellable, if they are non-%NULL. + + the new #GSource. + + + + + the stream associated with the + new source + + + + optional child source to attach + + + + optional #GCancellable to attach + + + + + + Tries to read from @stream, as with g_input_stream_read() (if +@blocking is %TRUE) or g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() +(if @blocking is %FALSE). This can be used to more easily share +code between blocking and non-blocking implementations of a method. + +If @blocking is %FALSE, then @stream must be a +#GPollableInputStream for which g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() +returns %TRUE, or else the behavior is undefined. If @blocking is +%TRUE, then @stream does not need to be a #GPollableInputStream. + + the number of bytes read, or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GInputStream + + + + a buffer to + read data into + + + + + + the number of bytes to read + + + + whether to do blocking I/O + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tries to write to @stream, as with g_output_stream_write() (if +@blocking is %TRUE) or g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() +(if @blocking is %FALSE). This can be used to more easily share +code between blocking and non-blocking implementations of a method. + +If @blocking is %FALSE, then @stream must be a +#GPollableOutputStream for which +g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE or else the +behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not +need to be a #GPollableOutputStream. + + the number of bytes written, or -1 on error. + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer + containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + whether to do blocking I/O + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Tries to write @count bytes to @stream, as with +g_output_stream_write_all(), but using g_pollable_stream_write() +rather than g_output_stream_write(). + +On a successful write of @count bytes, %TRUE is returned, and +@bytes_written is set to @count. + +If there is an error during the operation (including +%G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK in the non-blocking case), %FALSE is +returned and @error is set to indicate the error status, +@bytes_written is updated to contain the number of bytes written +into the stream before the error occurred. + +As with g_pollable_stream_write(), if @blocking is %FALSE, then +@stream must be a #GPollableOutputStream for which +g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE or else the +behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not +need to be a #GPollableOutputStream. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error + + + + + a #GOutputStream. + + + + the buffer + containing the data to write. + + + + + + the number of bytes to write + + + + whether to do blocking I/O + + + + location to store the number of bytes that was + written to the stream + + + + optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. + + + + + + Lookup "gio-proxy" extension point for a proxy implementation that supports +specified protocol. + + return a #GProxy or NULL if protocol + is not supported. + + + + + the proxy protocol name (e.g. http, socks, etc) + + + + + + Gets the default #GProxyResolver for the system. + + the default #GProxyResolver. + + + + + Gets the #GResolver Error Quark. + + a #GQuark. + + + + + Gets the #GResource Error Quark. + + a #GQuark + + + + + Loads a binary resource bundle and creates a #GResource representation of it, allowing +you to query it for data. + +If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need +to register it with g_resources_register(). + + a new #GResource, or %NULL on error + + + + + the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding + + + + + + Returns all the names of children at the specified @path in the set of +globally registered resources. +The return result is a %NULL terminated list of strings which should +be released with g_strfreev(). + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + an array of constant strings + + + + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of +globally registered resources and if found returns information about it. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + %TRUE if the file was found. %FALSE if there were errors + + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + a location to place the length of the contents of the file, + or %NULL if the length is not needed + + + + a location to place the #GResourceFlags about the file, + or %NULL if the flags are not needed + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of +globally registered resources and returns a #GBytes that +lets you directly access the data in memory. + +The data is always followed by a zero byte, so you +can safely use the data as a C string. However, that byte +is not included in the size of the GBytes. + +For uncompressed resource files this is a pointer directly into +the resource bundle, which is typically in some readonly data section +in the program binary. For compressed files we allocate memory on +the heap and automatically uncompress the data. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + #GBytes or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_bytes_unref() + + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of +globally registered resources and returns a #GInputStream +that lets you read the data. + +@lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. + + #GInputStream or %NULL on error. + Free the returned object with g_object_unref() + + + + + A pathname inside the resource + + + + A #GResourceLookupFlags + + + + + + Registers the resource with the process-global set of resources. +Once a resource is registered the files in it can be accessed +with the global resource lookup functions like g_resources_lookup_data(). + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Unregisters the resource from the process-global set of resources. + + + + + + A #GResource + + + + + + Gets the default system schema source. + +This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it +may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who +want to introspect the content of schemas. + +If no schemas are installed, %NULL will be returned. + +The returned source may actually consist of multiple schema sources +from different directories, depending on which directories were given +in `XDG_DATA_DIRS` and `GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR`. For this reason, all +lookups performed against the default source should probably be done +recursively. + + the default schema source + + + + + Reports an error in an asynchronous function in an idle function by +directly setting the contents of the #GAsyncResult with the given error +information. + Use g_task_report_error(). + + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL. + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + a #GQuark containing the error domain (usually #G_IO_ERROR). + + + + a specific error code. + + + + a formatted error reporting string. + + + + a list of variables to fill in @format. + + + + + + Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to +g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle(), but takes a #GError rather +than building a new one. + Use g_task_report_error(). + + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + the #GError to report + + + + + + Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to +g_simple_async_report_gerror_in_idle(), but takes over the caller's +ownership of @error, so the caller does not have to free it any more. + Use g_task_report_error(). + + + + + + a #GObject, or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback. + + + + user data passed to @callback. + + + + the #GError to report + + + + + + Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. + + the head of the sorted list. + + + + + + + a #GList of #GSrvTarget + + + + + + + + Gets the default #GTlsBackend for the system. + + a #GTlsBackend + + + + + Creates a new #GTlsClientConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which +must have pollable input and output streams) which is assumed to +communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. + +See the documentation for #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream for restrictions +on when application code can run operations on the @base_io_stream after +this function has returned. + + the new +#GTlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GIOStream to wrap + + + + the expected identity of the server + + + + + + Gets the TLS error quark. + + a #GQuark. + + + + + Creates a new #GTlsFileDatabase which uses anchor certificate authorities +in @anchors to verify certificate chains. + +The certificates in @anchors must be PEM encoded. + + the new +#GTlsFileDatabase, or %NULL on error + + + + + filename of anchor certificate authorities. + + + + + + Creates a new #GTlsServerConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which +must have pollable input and output streams). + +See the documentation for #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream for restrictions +on when application code can run operations on the @base_io_stream after +this function has returned. + + the new +#GTlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error + + + + + the #GIOStream to wrap + + + + the default server certificate, or %NULL + + + + + + Determines if @mount_path is considered an implementation of the +OS. This is primarily used for hiding mountable and mounted volumes +that only are used in the OS and has little to no relevance to the +casual user. + + %TRUE if @mount_path is considered an implementation detail + of the OS. + + + + + a mount path, e.g. `/media/disk` or `/usr` + + + + + + Determines if @device_path is considered a block device path which is only +used in implementation of the OS. This is primarily used for hiding +mounted volumes that are intended as APIs for programs to read, and system +administrators at a shell; rather than something that should, for example, +appear in a GUI. For example, the Linux `/proc` filesystem. + +The list of device paths considered ‘system’ ones may change over time. + + %TRUE if @device_path is considered an implementation detail of + the OS. + + + + + a device path, e.g. `/dev/loop0` or `nfsd` + + + + + + Determines if @fs_type is considered a type of file system which is only +used in implementation of the OS. This is primarily used for hiding +mounted volumes that are intended as APIs for programs to read, and system +administrators at a shell; rather than something that should, for example, +appear in a GUI. For example, the Linux `/proc` filesystem. + +The list of file system types considered ‘system’ ones may change over time. + + %TRUE if @fs_type is considered an implementation detail of the OS. + + + + + a file system type, e.g. `procfs` or `tmpfs` + + + + + + Gets a #GUnixMountEntry for a given mount path. If @time_read +is set, it will be filled with a unix timestamp for checking +if the mounts have changed since with g_unix_mounts_changed_since(). + + a #GUnixMountEntry. + + + + + path for a possible unix mount. + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp. + + + + + + Compares two unix mounts. + + 1, 0 or -1 if @mount1 is greater than, equal to, +or less than @mount2, respectively. + + + + + first #GUnixMountEntry to compare. + + + + second #GUnixMountEntry to compare. + + + + + + Makes a copy of @mount_entry. + + a new #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry. + + + + + + Gets a #GUnixMountEntry for a given file path. If @time_read +is set, it will be filled with a unix timestamp for checking +if the mounts have changed since with g_unix_mounts_changed_since(). + + a #GUnixMountEntry. + + + + + file path on some unix mount. + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp. + + + + + + Frees a unix mount. + + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry. + + + + + + Gets the device path for a unix mount. + + a string containing the device path. + + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + + + Gets the filesystem type for the unix mount. + + a string containing the file system type. + + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + + + Gets the mount path for a unix mount. + + the mount path for @mount_entry. + + + + + input #GUnixMountEntry to get the mount path for. + + + + + + Guesses whether a Unix mount can be ejected. + + %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be ejectable. + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + + Guesses the icon of a Unix mount. + + a #GIcon + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + + Guesses the name of a Unix mount. +The result is a translated string. + + A newly allocated string that must + be freed with g_free() + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + + Guesses whether a Unix mount should be displayed in the UI. + + %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be displayable. + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + + Guesses the symbolic icon of a Unix mount. + + a #GIcon + + + + + a #GUnixMountEntry + + + + + + Checks if a unix mount is mounted read only. + + %TRUE if @mount_entry is read only. + + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + + + Checks if a Unix mount is a system mount. This is the Boolean OR of +g_unix_is_system_fs_type(), g_unix_is_system_device_path() and +g_unix_is_mount_path_system_internal() on @mount_entry’s properties. + +The definition of what a ‘system’ mount entry is may change over time as new +file system types and device paths are ignored. + + %TRUE if the unix mount is for a system path. + + + + + a #GUnixMount. + + + + + + Checks if the unix mount points have changed since a given unix time. + + %TRUE if the mount points have changed since @time. + + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp. + + + + + + Gets a #GList of #GUnixMountPoint containing the unix mount points. +If @time_read is set, it will be filled with the mount timestamp, +allowing for checking if the mounts have changed with +g_unix_mount_points_changed_since(). + + + a #GList of the UNIX mountpoints. + + + + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp. + + + + + + Checks if the unix mounts have changed since a given unix time. + + %TRUE if the mounts have changed since @time. + + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp. + + + + + + Gets a #GList of #GUnixMountEntry containing the unix mounts. +If @time_read is set, it will be filled with the mount +timestamp, allowing for checking if the mounts have changed +with g_unix_mounts_changed_since(). + + + a #GList of the UNIX mounts. + + + + + + + guint64 to contain a timestamp, or %NULL + + + + + + diff --git a/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/OSTree-1.0.gir b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/OSTree-1.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5ba7245 --- /dev/null +++ b/rust-bindings/rust/gir-files/OSTree-1.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,12383 @@ + + + + + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of #OstreeCollectionRef instances, designed to +be used with g_auto(): + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_auto(OstreeCollectionRefv) refs = NULL; +]| + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of #OstreeRepoFinderResult instances, designed to +be used with g_auto(): + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +g_auto(OstreeRepoFinderResultv) results = NULL; +]| + + + + + + A new progress object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Process any pending signals, ensuring the main context is cleared +of sources used by this object. Also ensures that no further +events will be queued. + + + + + + Self + + + + + + Get the values corresponding to zero or more keys from the +#OstreeAsyncProgress. Each key is specified in @... as the key name, followed +by a #GVariant format string, followed by the necessary arguments for that +format string, just as for g_variant_get(). After those arguments is the +next key name. The varargs list must be %NULL-terminated. + +Each format string must make deep copies of its value, as the values stored +in the #OstreeAsyncProgress may be freed from another thread after this +function returns. + +This operation is thread-safe, and all the keys are queried atomically. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +guint32 outstanding_fetches; +guint64 bytes_received; +g_autofree gchar *status = NULL; +g_autoptr(GVariant) refs_variant = NULL; + +ostree_async_progress_get (progress, + "outstanding-fetches", "u", &outstanding_fetches, + "bytes-received", "t", &bytes_received, + "status", "s", &status, + "refs", "@a{ss}", &refs_variant, + NULL); +]| + + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + key name, format string, #GVariant return locations, …, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Get the human-readable status string from the #OstreeAsyncProgress. This +operation is thread-safe. The retuned value may be %NULL if no status is +set. + +This is a convenience function to get the well-known `status` key. + + the current status, or %NULL if none is set + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Look up a key in the #OstreeAsyncProgress and return the #GVariant associated +with it. The lookup is thread-safe. + + value for the given @key, or %NULL if + it was not set + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + a key to look up + + + + + + Set the values for zero or more keys in the #OstreeAsyncProgress. Each key is +specified in @... as the key name, followed by a #GVariant format string, +followed by the necessary arguments for that format string, just as for +g_variant_new(). After those arguments is the next key name. The varargs list +must be %NULL-terminated. + +g_variant_ref_sink() will be called as appropriate on the #GVariant +parameters, so they may be floating. + +This operation is thread-safe, and all the keys are set atomically. + +|[<!-- language="C" --> +guint32 outstanding_fetches = 15; +guint64 bytes_received = 1000; + +ostree_async_progress_set (progress, + "outstanding-fetches", "u", outstanding_fetches, + "bytes-received", "t", bytes_received, + "status", "s", "Updated status", + "refs", "@a{ss}", g_variant_new_parsed ("@a{ss} {}"), + NULL); +]| + + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + key name, format string, #GVariant parameters, …, followed by %NULL + + + + + + Set the human-readable status string for the #OstreeAsyncProgress. This +operation is thread-safe. %NULL may be passed to clear the status. + +This is a convenience function to set the well-known `status` key. + + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + new status string, or %NULL to clear the status + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Assign a new @value to the given @key, replacing any existing value. The +operation is thread-safe. @value may be a floating reference; +g_variant_ref_sink() will be called on it. + +Any watchers of the #OstreeAsyncProgress will be notified of the change if +@value differs from the existing value for @key. + + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress + + + + a key to set + + + + the value to assign to @key + + + + + + Emitted when @self has been changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copy of @self + + + + + Bootconfig to clone + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize a bootconfig from the given file. + + + + + + Parser + + + + Directory fd + + + + File path + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GVariant type `s`. If this is added to a commit, `ostree_repo_pull()` +will enforce that the commit was retrieved from a repository which has +the same collection ID. See `ostree_repo_set_collection_id()`. +This is most useful in concert with `OSTREE_COMMIT_META_KEY_REF_BINDING`, +as it more strongly binds the commit to the repository and branch. + + + + GVariant type `s`. This metadata key is used to display vendor's message +when an update stream for a particular branch ends. It usually provides +update instructions for the users. + + + + GVariant type `s`. Should contain a refspec defining a new target branch; +`ostree admin upgrade` and `OstreeSysrootUpgrader` will automatically initiate +a rebase upon encountering this metadata key. + + + + GVariant type `as`; each element is a branch name. If this is added to a +commit, `ostree_repo_pull()` will enforce that the commit was retrieved from +one of the branch names in this array. This prevents "sidegrade" attacks. +The rationale for having this support multiple branch names is that it helps +support a "promotion" model of taking a commit and moving it between development +and production branches. + + + + GVariant type `s`. This should hold a relatively short single line value +containing a human-readable "source" for a commit, intended to be displayed +near the origin ref. This is particularly useful for systems that inject +content into an OSTree commit from elsewhere - for example, generating from +an OCI or qcow2 image. Or if generating from packages, the enabled repository +names and their versions. + +Try to keep this key short (e.g. < 80 characters) and human-readable; if you +desire machine readable data, consider injecting separate metadata keys. + + + + GVariant type `s`. This metadata key is used for version numbers. A freeform +string; the intention is that systems using ostree do not interpret this +semantically as traditional package managers do. + +This is the only ostree-defined metadata key that does not start with `ostree.`. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A structure which globally uniquely identifies a ref as the tuple +(@collection_id, @ref_name). For backwards compatibility, @collection_id may be %NULL, +indicating a ref name which is not globally unique. + + collection ID which provided the ref, or %NULL if there + is no associated collection + + + + ref name + + + + Create a new #OstreeCollectionRef containing (@collection_id, @ref_name). If +@collection_id is %NULL, this is equivalent to a plain ref name string (not a +refspec; no remote name is included), which can be used for non-P2P +operations. + + a new #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + a collection ID, or %NULL for a plain ref + + + + a ref name + + + + + + Create a copy of the given @ref. + + a newly allocated copy of @ref + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + Free the given @ref. + + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + Copy an array of #OstreeCollectionRefs, including deep copies of all its +elements. @refs must be %NULL-terminated; it may be empty, but must not be +%NULL. + + a newly allocated copy of @refs + + + + + + + %NULL-terminated array of #OstreeCollectionRefs + + + + + + + + Compare @ref1 and @ref2 and return %TRUE if they have the same collection ID and +ref name, and %FALSE otherwise. Both @ref1 and @ref2 must be non-%NULL. + + %TRUE if @ref1 and @ref2 are equal, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + another #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + Free the given array of @refs, including freeing all its elements. @refs +must be %NULL-terminated; it may be empty, but must not be %NULL. + + + + + + an array of #OstreeCollectionRefs + + + + + + + + Hash the given @ref. This function is suitable for use with #GHashTable. +@ref must be non-%NULL. + + hash value for @ref + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The intention of an origin file is primarily describe the "inputs" that +resulted in a deployment, and it's commonly used to derive the new state. For +example, a key value (in pure libostree mode) is the "refspec". However, +libostree (or other applications) may want to store "transient" state that +should not be carried across upgrades. + +This function just removes all members of the `libostree-transient` group. +The name of that group is available to all libostree users; best practice +would be to prefix values underneath there with a short identifier for your +software. + +Additionally, this function will remove the `origin/unlocked` and +`origin/override-commit` members; these should be considered transient state +that should have been under an explicit group. + + + + + + An origin + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + New deep copy of @self + + + + + Deployment + + + + + + + %TRUE if deployments have the same osname, csum, and deployserial + + + + + A deployment + + + + A deployment + + + + + + + Boot configuration + + + + + Deployment + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Origin + + + + + Deployment + + + + + + Note this function only returns a *relative* path - if you want to +access, it, you must either use fd-relative api such as openat(), +or concatenate it with the full ostree_sysroot_get_path(). + + Path to deployment root directory, relative to sysroot + + + + + A deployment + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + See ostree_sysroot_deployment_set_pinned(). + + `TRUE` if deployment will not be subject to GC + + + + + Deployment + + + + + + + `TRUE` if deployment should be "finalized" at shutdown time + + + + + Deployment + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An extensible options structure controlling diff dirs. Make sure +that owner_uid/gid is set to -1 when not used. This is used by +ostree_diff_dirs_with_options(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Errors returned by signature creation and verification operations in OSTree. +These may be returned by any API which creates or verifies signatures. + + A signature was expected, but not found. + + + A signature was malformed. + + + A signature was found, but was created with a key not in the configured keyrings. + + + + Signature attributes available from an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult. +The attribute's #GVariantType is shown in brackets. + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN] Is the signature valid? + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN] Has the signature expired? + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN] Has the signing key expired? + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN] Has the signing key been revoked? + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN] Is the signing key missing? + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] Fingerprint of the signing key + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64] Signature creation Unix timestamp + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64] Signature expiration Unix timestamp (0 if no + expiration) + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] Name of the public key algorithm used to create + the signature + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] Name of the hash algorithm used to create the + signature + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] The name of the signing key's primary user + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] The email address of the signing key's primary + user + + + [#G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING] Fingerprint of the signing key's primary key + (will be the same as OSTREE_GPG_SIGNATURE_ATTR_FINGERPRINT if the + the signature is already from the primary key rather than a subkey, + and will be the empty string if the key is missing.) + + + + Formatting flags for ostree_gpg_verify_result_describe(). Currently +there's only one possible output format, but this enumeration allows +for future variations. + + Use the default output format + + + + + + + + Similar to ostree_gpg_verify_result_describe() but takes a #GVariant of +all attributes for a GPG signature instead of an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult +and signature index. + +The @variant <emphasis>MUST</emphasis> have been created by +ostree_gpg_verify_result_get_all(). + + + + + + a #GVariant from ostree_gpg_verify_result_get_all() + + + + a #GString to hold the description + + + + optional line prefix string + + + + flags to adjust the description format + + + + + + Counts all the signatures in @result. + + signature count + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + + + Counts only the valid signatures in @result. + + valid signature count + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + + + Appends a brief, human-readable description of the GPG signature at +@signature_index in @result to the @output_buffer. The description +spans multiple lines. A @line_prefix string, if given, will precede +each line of the description. + +The @flags argument is reserved for future variations to the description +format. Currently must be 0. + +It is a programmer error to request an invalid @signature_index. Use +ostree_gpg_verify_result_count_all() to find the number of signatures in +@result. + + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + which signature to describe + + + + a #GString to hold the description + + + + optional line prefix string + + + + flags to adjust the description format + + + + + + Builds a #GVariant tuple of requested attributes for the GPG signature at +@signature_index in @result. See the #OstreeGpgSignatureAttr description +for the #GVariantType of each available attribute. + +It is a programmer error to request an invalid #OstreeGpgSignatureAttr or +an invalid @signature_index. Use ostree_gpg_verify_result_count_all() to +find the number of signatures in @result. + + a new, floating, #GVariant tuple + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + which signature to get attributes from + + + + Array of requested attributes + + + + + + Length of the @attrs array + + + + + + Builds a #GVariant tuple of all available attributes for the GPG signature +at @signature_index in @result. + +The child values in the returned #GVariant tuple are ordered to match the +#OstreeGpgSignatureAttr enumeration, which means the enum values can be +used as index values in functions like g_variant_get_child(). See the +#OstreeGpgSignatureAttr description for the #GVariantType of each +available attribute. + +<note> + <para> + The #OstreeGpgSignatureAttr enumeration may be extended in the future + with new attributes, which would affect the #GVariant tuple returned by + this function. While the position and type of current child values in + the #GVariant tuple will not change, to avoid backward-compatibility + issues <emphasis>please do not depend on the tuple's overall size or + type signature</emphasis>. + </para> +</note> + +It is a programmer error to request an invalid @signature_index. Use +ostree_gpg_verify_result_count_all() to find the number of signatures in +@result. + + a new, floating, #GVariant tuple + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + which signature to get attributes from + + + + + + Searches @result for a signature signed by @key_id. If a match is found, +the function returns %TRUE and sets @out_signature_index so that further +signature details can be obtained through ostree_gpg_verify_result_get(). +If no match is found, the function returns %FALSE and leaves +@out_signature_index unchanged. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + a GPG key ID or fingerprint + + + + return location for the index of the signature + signed by @key_id, or %NULL + + + + + + Checks if the result contains at least one signature from the +trusted keyring. You can call this function immediately after +ostree_repo_verify_summary() or ostree_repo_verify_commit_ext() - +it will handle the %NULL @result and filled @error too. + + %TRUE if @result was not %NULL and had at least one +signature from trusted keyring, otherwise %FALSE + + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Zlib decompression + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Maximum permitted size in bytes of metadata objects. This is an +arbitrary number, but really, no one should be putting humongous +data in metadata. + + + + Objects committed above this size will be allowed, but a warning +will be emitted. + + + + Private instance structure. + + + A new tree + + + + + Creates a new OstreeMutableTree with the contents taken from the given repo +and checksums. The data will be loaded from the repo lazily as needed. + + A new tree + + + + + The repo which contains the objects refered by the checksums. + + + + dirtree checksum + + + + dirmeta checksum + + + + + + In some cases, a tree may be in a "lazy" state that loads +data in the background; if an error occurred during a non-throwing +API call, it will have been cached. This function checks for a +cached error. The tree remains in error state. + + `TRUE` on success + + + + + Tree + + + + + + Returns the subdirectory of self with filename @name, creating an empty one +it if it doesn't exist. + + + + + + Tree + + + + Name of subdirectory of self to retrieve/creates + + + + the subdirectory + + + + + + Create all parent trees necessary for the given @split_path to +exist. + + + + + + Tree + + + + File path components + + + + + + SHA256 checksum for metadata + + + + The parent tree + + + + + + Merges @self with the tree given by @contents_checksum and +@metadata_checksum, but only if it's possible without writing new objects to +the @repo. We can do this if either @self is empty, the tree given by +@contents_checksum is empty or if both trees already have the same +@contents_checksum. + + @TRUE if merge was successful, @FALSE if it was not possible. + +This function enables optimisations when composing trees. The provided +checksums are not loaded or checked when this function is called. Instead +the contents will be loaded only when needed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + All children files (the value is a checksum) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + All children directories + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Traverse @start number of elements starting from @split_path; the +child will be returned in @out_subdir. + + + + + + Tree + + + + Split pathname + + + + + + Descend from this number of elements in @split_path + + + + Target parent + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The name of a `GKeyFile` group for data that should not +be carried across upgrades. For more information, +see ostree_deployment_origin_remove_transient_state(). + + + + Enumeration for core object types; %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_FILE is for +content, the other types are metadata. + + Content; regular file, symbolic link + + + List of children (trees or files), and metadata + + + Directory metadata + + + Toplevel object, refers to tree and dirmeta for root + + + Toplevel object, refers to a deleted commit + + + Detached metadata for a commit + + + Symlink to a .file given its checksum on the payload only. + + + + ostree release version component (e.g. 2 if %OSTREE_VERSION is 2017.2) + + + + The name of a ref which is used to store metadata for the entire repository, +such as its expected update time (`ostree.summary.expires`), name, or new +GPG keys. Metadata is stored on contentless commits in the ref, and hence is +signed with the commits. + +This supersedes the additional metadata dictionary in the `summary` file +(see ostree_repo_regenerate_summary()), as the use of a ref means that the +metadata for multiple upstream repositories can be included in a single mirror +repository, disambiguating the refs using collection IDs. In order to support +peer to peer redistribution of repository metadata, repositories must set a +collection ID (ostree_repo_set_collection_id()). + +Users of OSTree may place arbitrary metadata in commits on this ref, but the +keys must be namespaced by product or developer. For example, +`exampleos.end-of-life`. The `ostree.` prefix is reserved. + + + + This represents the configuration for a single remote repository. Currently, +remotes can only be passed around as (reference counted) opaque handles. In +future, more API may be added to create and interrogate them. + + Get the human-readable name of the remote. This is what the user configured, +if the remote was explicitly configured; and will otherwise be a stable, +arbitrary, string. + + remote’s name + + + + + an #OstreeRemote + + + + + + Get the URL from the remote. + + the remote's URL + + + + + an #OstreeRemote + + + + + + Increase the reference count on the given @remote. + + a copy of @remote, for convenience + + + + + an #OstreeRemote + + + + + + Decrease the reference count on the given @remote and free it if the +reference count reaches 0. + + + + + + an #OstreeRemote + + + + + + + + + An accessor object for an OSTree repository located at @path + + + + + Path to a repository + + + + + + If the current working directory appears to be an OSTree +repository, create a new #OstreeRepo object for accessing it. +Otherwise use the path in the OSTREE_REPO environment variable +(if defined) or else the default system repository located at +/ostree/repo. + + An accessor object for an OSTree repository located at /ostree/repo + + + + + Creates a new #OstreeRepo instance, taking the system root path explicitly +instead of assuming "/". + + An accessor object for the OSTree repository located at @repo_path. + + + + + Path to a repository + + + + Path to the system root + + + + + + This is a file-descriptor relative version of ostree_repo_create(). +Create the underlying structure on disk for the repository, and call +ostree_repo_open_at() on the result, preparing it for use. + +If a repository already exists at @dfd + @path (defined by an `objects/` +subdirectory existing), then this function will simply call +ostree_repo_open_at(). In other words, this function cannot be used to change +the mode or configuration (`repo/config`) of an existing repo. + +The @options dict may contain: + + - collection-id: s: Set as collection ID in repo/config (Since 2017.9) + + A new OSTree repository reference + + + + + Directory fd + + + + Path + + + + The mode to store the repository in + + + + a{sv}: See below for accepted keys + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This combines ostree_repo_new() (but using fd-relative access) with +ostree_repo_open(). Use this when you know you should be operating on an +already extant repository. If you want to create one, use ostree_repo_create_at(). + + An accessor object for an OSTree repository located at @dfd + @path + + + + + Directory fd + + + + Path + + + + + + + + + Convenient "changed" callback for use with +ostree_async_progress_new_and_connect() when pulling from a remote +repository. + +Depending on the state of the #OstreeAsyncProgress, either displays a +custom status message, or else outstanding fetch progress in bytes/sec, +or else outstanding content or metadata writes to the repository in +number of objects. + +Compatibility note: this function previously assumed that @user_data +was a pointer to a #GSConsole instance. This is no longer the case, +and @user_data is ignored. + + + + + + Async progress + + + + User data + + + + + + This hash table is a mapping from #GVariant which can be accessed +via ostree_object_name_deserialize() to a #GVariant containing either +a similar #GVariant or and array of them, listing the parents of the key. + + A new hash table + + + + + + + + This hash table is a set of #GVariant which can be accessed via +ostree_object_name_deserialize(). + + A new hash table + + + + + + + + Gets all the commits that a certain object belongs to, as recorded +by a parents table gotten from ostree_repo_traverse_commit_union_with_parents. + + An array of checksums for +the commits the key belongs to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abort the active transaction; any staged objects and ref changes will be +discarded. You *must* invoke this if you have chosen not to invoke +ostree_repo_commit_transaction(). Calling this function when not in a +transaction will do nothing and return successfully. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Add a GPG signature to a summary file. + + + + + + Self + + + + NULL-terminated array of GPG keys. + + + + + + GPG home directory, or %NULL + + + + A #GCancellable + + + + + + Append a GPG signature to a commit. + + + + + + Self + + + + SHA256 of given commit to sign + + + + Signature data + + + + A #GCancellable + + + + + + Similar to ostree_repo_checkout_tree(), but uses directory-relative +paths for the destination, uses a new `OstreeRepoCheckoutAtOptions`, +and takes a commit checksum and optional subpath pair, rather than +requiring use of `GFile` APIs for the caller. + +It also replaces ostree_repo_checkout_at() which was not safe to +use with GObject introspection. + +Note in addition that unlike ostree_repo_checkout_tree(), the +default is not to use the repository-internal uncompressed objects +cache. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Options + + + + Directory FD for destination + + + + Directory for destination + + + + Checksum for commit + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Call this after finishing a succession of checkout operations; it +will delete any currently-unused uncompressed objects from the +cache. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Check out @source into @destination, which must live on the +physical filesystem. @source may be any subdirectory of a given +commit. The @mode and @overwrite_mode allow control over how the +files are checked out. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Options controlling all files + + + + Whether or not to overwrite files + + + + Place tree here + + + + Source tree + + + + Source info + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Similar to ostree_repo_checkout_tree(), but uses directory-relative +paths for the destination, uses a new `OstreeRepoCheckoutAtOptions`, +and takes a commit checksum and optional subpath pair, rather than +requiring use of `GFile` APIs for the caller. + +Note in addition that unlike ostree_repo_checkout_tree(), the +default is not to use the repository-internal uncompressed objects +cache. + +This function is deprecated. Use ostree_repo_checkout_at() instead. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Options + + + + Directory FD for destination + + + + Directory for destination + + + + Checksum for commit + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Complete the transaction. Any refs set with +ostree_repo_transaction_set_ref() or +ostree_repo_transaction_set_refspec() will be written out. + +Note that if multiple threads are performing writes, all such threads must +have terminated before this function is invoked. + +Locking: Releases `shared` lock acquired by `ostree_repo_prepare_transaction()` +Multithreading: This function is *not* MT safe; only one transaction can be +active at a time. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + A set of statistics of things +that happened during this transaction. + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + A newly-allocated copy of the repository config + + + + + + + + + + Create the underlying structure on disk for the repository, and call +ostree_repo_open() on the result, preparing it for use. + +Since version 2016.8, this function will succeed on an existing +repository, and finish creating any necessary files in a partially +created repository. However, this function cannot change the mode +of an existing repository, and will silently ignore an attempt to +do so. + +Since 2017.9, "existing repository" is defined by the existence of an +`objects` subdirectory. + +This function predates ostree_repo_create_at(). It is an error to call +this function on a repository initialized via ostree_repo_open_at(). + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + The mode to store the repository in + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Remove the object of type @objtype with checksum @sha256 +from the repository. An error of type %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND +is thrown if the object does not exist. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + Checksum + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Check whether two opened repositories are the same on disk: if their root +directories are the same inode. If @a or @b are not open yet (due to +ostree_repo_open() not being called on them yet), %FALSE will be returned. + + %TRUE if @a and @b are the same repository on disk, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + + + Import an archive file @archive into the repository, and write its +file structure to @mtree. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + Options controlling conversion + + + + An #OstreeRepoFile for the base directory + + + + A `struct archive`, but specified as void to avoid a dependency on the libarchive headers + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Find reachable remote URIs which claim to provide any of the given named +@refs. This will search for configured remotes (#OstreeRepoFinderConfig), +mounted volumes (#OstreeRepoFinderMount) and (if enabled at compile time) +local network peers (#OstreeRepoFinderAvahi). In order to use a custom +configuration of #OstreeRepoFinder instances, call +ostree_repo_finder_resolve_all_async() on them individually. + +Any remote which is found and which claims to support any of the given @refs +will be returned in the results. It is possible that a remote claims to +support a given ref, but turns out not to — it is not possible to verify this +until ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() is called. + +The returned results will be sorted with the most useful first — this is +typically the remote which claims to provide the most of @refs, at the lowest +latency. + +Each result contains a list of the subset of @refs it claims to provide. It +is possible for a non-empty list of results to be returned, but for some of +@refs to not be listed in any of the results. Callers must check for this. + +Pass the results to ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() to pull the given @refs +from those remotes. + +The following @options are currently defined: + + * `override-commit-ids` (`as`): Array of specific commit IDs to fetch. The nth + commit ID applies to the nth ref, so this must be the same length as @refs, if + provided. + * `n-network-retries` (`u`): Number of times to retry each download on + receiving a transient network error, such as a socket timeout; default is + 5, 0 means return errors without retrying. + +@finders must be a non-empty %NULL-terminated array of the #OstreeRepoFinder +instances to use, or %NULL to use the system default set of finders, which +will typically be all available finders using their default options (but +this is not guaranteed). + +GPG verification of commits will be used unconditionally. + +This will use the thread-default #GMainContext, but will not iterate it. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + a GVariant `a{sv}` with an extensible set of flags + + + + non-empty array of + #OstreeRepoFinder instances to use, or %NULL to use the system defaults + + + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress to update with the operation’s + progress, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous pull operation started with +ostree_repo_find_remotes_async(). + + a potentially empty array + of #OstreeRepoFinderResults, followed by a %NULL terminator element; or + %NULL on error + + + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + the asynchronous result + + + + + + Verify consistency of the object; this performs checks only relevant to the +immediate object itself, such as checksumming. This API call will not itself +traverse metadata objects for example. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + Checksum + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Get the collection ID of this repository. See [collection IDs][collection-ids]. + + collection ID for the repository + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + + + + The repository configuration; do not modify + + + + + + + + + + In some cases it's useful for applications to access the repository +directly; for example, writing content into `repo/tmp` ensures it's +on the same filesystem. Another case is detecting the mtime on the +repository (to see whether a ref was written). + + File descriptor for repository root - owned by @self + + + + + Repo + + + + + + For more information see ostree_repo_set_disable_fsync(). + + Whether or not fsync() is enabled for this repo. + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Before this function can be used, ostree_repo_init() must have been +called. + + Parent repository, or %NULL if none + + + + + Repo + + + + + + Note that since the introduction of ostree_repo_open_at(), this function may +return a process-specific path in `/proc` if the repository was created using +that API. In general, you should avoid use of this API. + + Path to repo + + + + + Repo + + + + + + OSTree remotes are represented by keyfile groups, formatted like: +`[remote "remotename"]`. This function returns a value named @option_name +underneath that group, and returns it as a boolean. +If the option is not set, @out_value will be set to @default_value. If an +error is returned, @out_value will be set to %FALSE. + + %TRUE on success, otherwise %FALSE with @error set + + + + + A OstreeRepo + + + + Name + + + + Option + + + + Value returned if @option_name is not present + + + + location to store the result. + + + + + + OSTree remotes are represented by keyfile groups, formatted like: +`[remote "remotename"]`. This function returns a value named @option_name +underneath that group, and returns it as a zero terminated array of strings. +If the option is not set, or if an error is returned, @out_value will be set +to %NULL. + + %TRUE on success, otherwise %FALSE with @error set + + + + + A OstreeRepo + + + + Name + + + + Option + + + + location to store the list + of strings. The list should be freed with + g_strfreev(). + + + + + + + + OSTree remotes are represented by keyfile groups, formatted like: +`[remote "remotename"]`. This function returns a value named @option_name +underneath that group, or @default_value if the remote exists but not the +option name. If an error is returned, @out_value will be set to %NULL. + + %TRUE on success, otherwise %FALSE with @error set + + + + + A OstreeRepo + + + + Name + + + + Option + + + + Value returned if @option_name is not present + + + + Return location for value + + + + + + Verify @signatures for @data using GPG keys in the keyring for +@remote_name, and return an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult. + +The @remote_name parameter can be %NULL. In that case it will do +the verifications using GPG keys in the keyrings of all remotes. + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult, or %NULL on error + + + + + Repository + + + + Name of remote + + + + Data as a #GBytes + + + + Signatures as a #GBytes + + + + Path to directory GPG keyrings; overrides built-in default if given + + + + Path to additional keyring file (not a directory) + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Set @out_have_object to %TRUE if @self contains the given object; +%FALSE otherwise. + + %FALSE if an unexpected error occurred, %TRUE otherwise + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + %TRUE if repository contains object + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Calculate a hash value for the given open repository, suitable for use when +putting it into a hash table. It is an error to call this on an #OstreeRepo +which is not yet open, as a persistent hash value cannot be calculated until +the repository is open and the inode of its root directory has been loaded. + +This function does no I/O. + + hash value for the #OstreeRepo + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + + + Import an archive file @archive into the repository, and write its +file structure to @mtree. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + Options structure, ensure this is zeroed, then set specific variables + + + + Really this is "struct archive*" + + + + The #OstreeMutableTree to write to + + + + Optional commit modifier + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Copy object named by @objtype and @checksum into @self from the +source repository @source. If both repositories are of the same +type and on the same filesystem, this will simply be a fast Unix +hard link operation. + +Otherwise, a copy will be performed. + + + + + + Destination repo + + + + Source repo + + + + Object type + + + + checksum + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Copy object named by @objtype and @checksum into @self from the +source repository @source. If both repositories are of the same +type and on the same filesystem, this will simply be a fast Unix +hard link operation. + +Otherwise, a copy will be performed. + + + + + + Destination repo + + + + Source repo + + + + Object type + + + + checksum + + + + If %TRUE, assume the source repo is valid and trusted + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + %TRUE if this repository is the root-owned system global repository + + + + + Repository + + + + + + Returns whether the repository is writable by the current user. +If the repository is not writable, the @error indicates why. + + %TRUE if this repository is writable + + + + + Repo + + + + + + List all local, mirrored, and remote refs, mapping them to the commit +checksums they currently point to in @out_all_refs. If @match_collection_id +is specified, the results will be limited to those with an equal collection +ID. + +#OstreeCollectionRefs are guaranteed to be returned with their collection ID +set to a non-%NULL value; so no refs from `refs/heads` will be listed if no +collection ID is configured for the repository +(ostree_repo_get_collection_id()). + +If you want to exclude refs from `refs/remotes`, use +%OSTREE_REPO_LIST_REFS_EXT_EXCLUDE_REMOTES in @flags. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + Repo + + + + If non-%NULL, only list refs from this collection + + + + + Mapping from collection–ref to checksum + + + + + + + Options controlling listing behavior + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + This function synchronously enumerates all commit objects starting +with @start, returning data in @out_commits. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error, and @error will be set + + + + + Repo + + + + List commits starting with this checksum + + + + +Map of serialized commit name to variant data + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + This function synchronously enumerates all objects in the +repository, returning data in @out_objects. @out_objects +maps from keys returned by ostree_object_name_serialize() +to #GVariant values of type %OSTREE_REPO_LIST_OBJECTS_VARIANT_TYPE. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error, and @error will be set + + + + + Repo + + + + Flags controlling enumeration + + + + +Map of serialized object name to variant data + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + If @refspec_prefix is %NULL, list all local and remote refspecs, +with their current values in @out_all_refs. Otherwise, only list +refspecs which have @refspec_prefix as a prefix. + +@out_all_refs will be returned as a mapping from refspecs (including the +remote name) to checksums. If @refspec_prefix is non-%NULL, it will be +removed as a prefix from the hash table keys. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Only list refs which match this prefix + + + + + Mapping from refspec to checksum + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + If @refspec_prefix is %NULL, list all local and remote refspecs, +with their current values in @out_all_refs. Otherwise, only list +refspecs which have @refspec_prefix as a prefix. + +@out_all_refs will be returned as a mapping from refspecs (including the +remote name) to checksums. Differently from ostree_repo_list_refs(), the +@refspec_prefix will not be removed from the refspecs in the hash table. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Only list refs which match this prefix + + + + + Mapping from refspec to checksum + + + + + + + Options controlling listing behavior + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + This function synchronously enumerates all static deltas in the +repository, returning its result in @out_deltas. + + + + + + Repo + + + + String name of deltas (checksum-checksum.delta) + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + A version of ostree_repo_load_variant() specialized to commits, +capable of returning extended state information. Currently +the only extended state is %OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_STATE_PARTIAL, which +means that only a sub-path of the commit is available. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Commit checksum + + + + Commit + + + + Commit state + + + + + + Load content object, decomposing it into three parts: the actual +content (for regular files), the metadata, and extended attributes. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + File content + + + + File information + + + + Extended attributes + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Load object as a stream; useful when copying objects between +repositories. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Stream for object + + + + Length of @out_input + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Load the metadata object @sha256 of type @objtype, storing the +result in @out_variant. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Expected object type + + + + Checksum string + + + + Metadata object + + + + + + Attempt to load the metadata object @sha256 of type @objtype if it +exists, storing the result in @out_variant. If it doesn't exist, +%NULL is returned. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + ASCII checksum + + + + Metadata + + + + + + Commits in "partial" state do not have all their child objects written. This +occurs in various situations, such as during a pull, but also if a "subpath" +pull is used, as well as "commit only" pulls. + +This function is used by ostree_repo_pull_with_options(); you +should use this if you are implementing a different type of transport. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Commit SHA-256 + + + + Whether or not this commit is partial + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Starts or resumes a transaction. In order to write to a repo, you +need to start a transaction. You can complete the transaction with +ostree_repo_commit_transaction(), or abort the transaction with +ostree_repo_abort_transaction(). + +Currently, transactions may result in partial commits or data in the target +repository if interrupted during ostree_repo_commit_transaction(), and +further writing refs is also not currently atomic. + +There can be at most one transaction active on a repo at a time per instance +of `OstreeRepo`; however, it is safe to have multiple threads writing objects +on a single `OstreeRepo` instance as long as their lifetime is bounded by the +transaction. + +Locking: Acquires a `shared` lock; release via commit or abort +Multithreading: This function is *not* MT safe; only one transaction can be +active at a time. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + Whether this transaction +is resuming from a previous one. This is a legacy state, now OSTree +pulls use per-commit `state/.commitpartial` files. + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Delete content from the repository. By default, this function will +only delete "orphaned" objects not referred to by any commit. This +can happen during a local commit operation, when we have written +content objects but not saved the commit referencing them. + +However, if %OSTREE_REPO_PRUNE_FLAGS_REFS_ONLY is provided, instead +of traversing all commits, only refs will be used. Particularly +when combined with @depth, this is a convenient way to delete +history from the repository. + +Use the %OSTREE_REPO_PRUNE_FLAGS_NO_PRUNE to just determine +statistics on objects that would be deleted, without actually +deleting them. + +Locking: exclusive + + + + + + Repo + + + + Options controlling prune process + + + + Stop traversal after this many iterations (-1 for unlimited) + + + + Number of objects found + + + + Number of objects deleted + + + + Storage size in bytes of objects deleted + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Delete content from the repository. This function is the "backend" +half of the higher level ostree_repo_prune(). To use this function, +you determine the root set yourself, and this function finds all other +unreferenced objects and deletes them. + +Use this API when you want to perform more selective pruning - for example, +retain all commits from a production branch, but just GC some history from +your dev branch. + +The %OSTREE_REPO_PRUNE_FLAGS_NO_PRUNE flag may be specified to just determine +statistics on objects that would be deleted, without actually deleting them. + +Locking: exclusive + + + + + + Repo + + + + Options controlling prune process + + + + Number of objects found + + + + Number of objects deleted + + + + Storage size in bytes of objects deleted + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Prune static deltas, if COMMIT is specified then delete static delta files only +targeting that commit; otherwise any static delta of non existing commits are +deleted. + +Locking: exclusive + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum for commit, or %NULL for each +non existing commit + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Connect to the remote repository, fetching the specified set of +refs @refs_to_fetch. For each ref that is changed, download the +commit, all metadata, and all content objects, storing them safely +on disk in @self. + +If @flags contains %OSTREE_REPO_PULL_FLAGS_MIRROR, and +the @refs_to_fetch is %NULL, and the remote repository contains a +summary file, then all refs will be fetched. + +If @flags contains %OSTREE_REPO_PULL_FLAGS_COMMIT_ONLY, then only the +metadata for the commits in @refs_to_fetch is pulled. + +Warning: This API will iterate the thread default main context, +which is a bug, but kept for compatibility reasons. If you want to +avoid this, use g_main_context_push_thread_default() to push a new +one around this call. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Optional list of refs; if %NULL, fetch all configured refs + + + + + + Options controlling fetch behavior + + + + Progress + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Pull refs from multiple remotes which have been found using +ostree_repo_find_remotes_async(). + +@results are expected to be in priority order, with the best remotes to pull +from listed first. ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() will generally pull +from the remotes in order, but may parallelise its downloads. + +If an error is encountered when pulling from a given remote, that remote will +be ignored and another will be tried instead. If any refs have not been +downloaded successfully after all remotes have been tried, %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED +will be returned. The results of any successful downloads will remain cached +in the local repository. + +If @cancellable is cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned +immediately. The results of any successfully completed downloads at that +point will remain cached in the local repository. + +GPG verification of commits will be used unconditionally. + +The following @options are currently defined: + + * `flags` (`i`): #OstreeRepoPullFlags to apply to the pull operation + * `inherit-transaction` (`b`): %TRUE to inherit an ongoing transaction on + the #OstreeRepo, rather than encapsulating the pull in a new one + * `depth` (`i`): How far in the history to traverse; default is 0, -1 means infinite + * `disable-static-deltas` (`b`): Do not use static deltas + * `http-headers` (`a(ss)`): Additional headers to add to all HTTP requests + * `subdirs` (`as`): Pull just these subdirectories + * `update-frequency` (`u`): Frequency to call the async progress callback in + milliseconds, if any; only values higher than 0 are valid + * `append-user-agent` (`s`): Additional string to append to the user agent + + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + %NULL-terminated array of remotes to + pull from, including the refs to pull from each + + + + + + A GVariant `a{sv}` with an extensible set of flags + + + + an #OstreeAsyncProgress to update with the operation’s + progress, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous pull operation started with +ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + the asynchronous result + + + + + + This is similar to ostree_repo_pull(), but only fetches a single +subpath. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Subdirectory path + + + + Optional list of refs; if %NULL, fetch all configured refs + + + + + + Options controlling fetch behavior + + + + Progress + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_repo_pull(), but supports an extensible set of flags. +The following are currently defined: + + * refs (as): Array of string refs + * collection-refs (a(sss)): Array of (collection ID, ref name, checksum) tuples to pull; + mutually exclusive with `refs` and `override-commit-ids`. Checksums may be the empty + string to pull the latest commit for that ref + * flags (i): An instance of #OstreeRepoPullFlags + * subdir (s): Pull just this subdirectory + * subdirs (as): Pull just these subdirectories + * override-remote-name (s): If local, add this remote to refspec + * gpg-verify (b): GPG verify commits + * gpg-verify-summary (b): GPG verify summary + * depth (i): How far in the history to traverse; default is 0, -1 means infinite + * disable-static-deltas (b): Do not use static deltas + * require-static-deltas (b): Require static deltas + * override-commit-ids (as): Array of specific commit IDs to fetch for refs + * timestamp-check (b): Verify commit timestamps are newer than current (when pulling via ref); Since: 2017.11 + * dry-run (b): Only print information on what will be downloaded (requires static deltas) + * override-url (s): Fetch objects from this URL if remote specifies no metalink in options + * inherit-transaction (b): Don't initiate, finish or abort a transaction, useful to do multiple pulls in one transaction. + * http-headers (a(ss)): Additional headers to add to all HTTP requests + * update-frequency (u): Frequency to call the async progress callback in milliseconds, if any; only values higher than 0 are valid + * localcache-repos (as): File paths for local repos to use as caches when doing remote fetches + * append-user-agent (s): Additional string to append to the user agent + * n-network-retries (u): Number of times to retry each download on receiving + a transient network error, such as a socket timeout; default is 5, 0 + means return errors without retrying + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote or file:// url + + + + A GVariant a{sv} with an extensible set of flags. + + + + Progress + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Return the size in bytes of object with checksum @sha256, after any +compression has been applied. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + Checksum + + + + Size in bytes object occupies physically + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Load the content for @rev into @out_root. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Ref or ASCII checksum + + + + An #OstreeRepoFile corresponding to the root + + + + The resolved commit checksum + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + OSTree commits can have arbitrary metadata associated; this +function retrieves them. If none exists, @out_metadata will be set +to %NULL. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 commit checksum + + + + Metadata associated with commit in with format "a{sv}", or %NULL if none exists + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + An OSTree repository can contain a high level "summary" file that +describes the available branches and other metadata. + +If the timetable for making commits and updating the summary file is fairly +regular, setting the `ostree.summary.expires` key in @additional_metadata +will aid clients in working out when to check for updates. + +It is regenerated automatically after any ref is +added, removed, or updated if `core/auto-update-summary` is set. + +If the `core/collection-id` key is set in the configuration, it will be +included as %OSTREE_SUMMARY_COLLECTION_ID in the summary file. Refs that +have associated collection IDs will be included in the generated summary +file, listed under the %OSTREE_SUMMARY_COLLECTION_MAP key. Collection IDs +and refs in %OSTREE_SUMMARY_COLLECTION_MAP are guaranteed to be in +lexicographic order. + +Locking: exclusive + + + + + + Repo + + + + A GVariant of type a{sv}, or %NULL + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + By default, an #OstreeRepo will cache the remote configuration and its +own repo/config data. This API can be used to reload it. + + + + + + repo + + + + cancellable + + + + + + Create a new remote named @name pointing to @url. If @options is +provided, then it will be mapped to #GKeyFile entries, where the +GVariant dictionary key is an option string, and the value is +mapped as follows: + * s: g_key_file_set_string() + * b: g_key_file_set_boolean() + * as: g_key_file_set_string_list() + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + URL for remote (if URL begins with metalink=, it will be used as such) + + + + GVariant of type a{sv} + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + A combined function handling the equivalent of +ostree_repo_remote_add(), ostree_repo_remote_delete(), with more +options. + + + + + + Repo + + + + System root + + + + Operation to perform + + + + Name of remote + + + + URL for remote (if URL begins with metalink=, it will be used as such) + + + + GVariant of type a{sv} + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Delete the remote named @name. It is an error if the provided +remote does not exist. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Tries to fetch the summary file and any GPG signatures on the summary file +over HTTP, and returns the binary data in @out_summary and @out_signatures +respectively. + +If no summary file exists on the remote server, @out_summary is set to +@NULL. Likewise if the summary file is not signed, @out_signatures is +set to @NULL. In either case the function still returns %TRUE. + +This method does not verify the signature of the downloaded summary file. +Use ostree_repo_verify_summary() for that. + +Parse the summary data into a #GVariant using g_variant_new_from_bytes() +with #OSTREE_SUMMARY_GVARIANT_FORMAT as the format string. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Self + + + + name of a remote + + + + return location for raw summary data, or + %NULL + + + + return location for raw summary + signature data, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_repo_remote_fetch_summary(), but supports an extensible set of flags. +The following are currently defined: + +- override-url (s): Fetch summary from this URL if remote specifies no metalink in options +- http-headers (a(ss)): Additional headers to add to all HTTP requests +- append-user-agent (s): Additional string to append to the user agent +- n-network-retries (u): Number of times to retry each download on receiving + a transient network error, such as a socket timeout; default is 5, 0 + means return errors without retrying + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Self + + + + name of a remote + + + + A GVariant a{sv} with an extensible set of flags + + + + return location for raw summary data, or + %NULL + + + + return location for raw summary + signature data, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Return whether GPG verification is enabled for the remote named @name +through @out_gpg_verify. It is an error if the provided remote does +not exist. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Remote's GPG option + + + + + + Return whether GPG verification of the summary is enabled for the remote +named @name through @out_gpg_verify_summary. It is an error if the provided +remote does not exist. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Remote's GPG option + + + + + + Return the URL of the remote named @name through @out_url. It is an +error if the provided remote does not exist. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Remote's URL + + + + + + Imports one or more GPG keys from the open @source_stream, or from the +user's personal keyring if @source_stream is %NULL. The @key_ids array +can optionally restrict which keys are imported. If @key_ids is %NULL, +then all keys are imported. + +The imported keys will be used to conduct GPG verification when pulling +from the remote named @name. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + Self + + + + name of a remote + + + + a #GInputStream, or %NULL + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of GPG key IDs, or %NULL + + + + + + return location for the number of imported + keys, or %NULL + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + List available remote names in an #OstreeRepo. Remote names are sorted +alphabetically. If no remotes are available the function returns %NULL. + + a %NULL-terminated + array of remote names + + + + + + + Repo + + + + Number of remotes available + + + + + + List refs advertised by @remote_name, including refs which are part of +collections. If the repository at @remote_name has a collection ID set, its +refs will be returned with that collection ID; otherwise, they will be returned +with a %NULL collection ID in each #OstreeCollectionRef key in @out_all_refs. +Any refs for other collections stored in the repository will also be returned. +No filtering is performed. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of the remote. + + + + + Mapping from collection–ref to checksum + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of the remote. + + + + + Mapping from ref to checksum + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Look up the checksum for the given collection–ref, returning it in @out_rev. +This will search through the mirrors and remote refs. + +If @allow_noent is %TRUE and the given @ref cannot be found, %TRUE will be +returned and @out_rev will be set to %NULL. If @allow_noent is %FALSE and +the given @ref cannot be found, a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be +returned. + +There are currently no @flags which affect the behaviour of this function. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + a collection–ref to resolve + + + + %TRUE to not throw an error if @ref doesn’t exist + + + + options controlling behaviour + + + + return location for + the checksum corresponding to @ref, or %NULL if @allow_noent is %TRUE and + the @ref could not be found + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Find the GPG keyring for the given @collection_id, using the local +configuration from the given #OstreeRepo. This will search the configured +remotes for ones whose `collection-id` key matches @collection_id, and will +return the first matching remote. + +If multiple remotes match and have different keyrings, a debug message will +be emitted, and the first result will be returned. It is expected that the +keyrings should match. + +If no match can be found, a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. + + #OstreeRemote containing the GPG keyring for + @collection_id + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + the collection ID to look up a keyring for + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Look up the given refspec, returning the checksum it references in +the parameter @out_rev. Will fall back on remote directory if cannot +find the given refspec in local. + + + + + + Repo + + + + A refspec + + + + Do not throw an error if refspec does not exist + + + + A checksum,or %NULL if @allow_noent is true and it does not exist + + + + + + Look up the given refspec, returning the checksum it references in +the parameter @out_rev. Differently from ostree_repo_resolve_rev(), +this will not fall back to searching through remote repos if a +local ref is specified but not found. + + + + + + Repo + + + + A refspec + + + + Do not throw an error if refspec does not exist + + + + Options controlling behavior + + + + A checksum,or %NULL if @allow_noent is true and it does not exist + + + + + + This function is deprecated in favor of using ostree_repo_devino_cache_new(), +which allows a precise mapping to be built up between hardlink checkout files +and their checksums between `ostree_repo_checkout_at()` and +`ostree_repo_write_directory_to_mtree()`. + +When invoking ostree_repo_write_directory_to_mtree(), it has to compute the +checksum of all files. If your commit contains hardlinks from a checkout, +this functions builds a mapping of device numbers and inodes to their +checksum. + +There is an upfront cost to creating this mapping, as this will scan the +entire objects directory. If your commit is composed of mostly hardlinks to +existing ostree objects, then this will speed up considerably, so call it +before you call ostree_repo_write_directory_to_mtree() or similar. However, +ostree_repo_devino_cache_new() is better as it avoids scanning all objects. + +Multithreading: This function is *not* MT safe. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_repo_set_ref_immediate(), but creates an alias. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + A remote for the ref + + + + The ref to write + + + + The ref target to point it to, or %NULL to unset + + + + GCancellable + + + + + + Set a custom location for the cache directory used for e.g. +per-remote summary caches. Setting this manually is useful when +doing operations on a system repo as a user because you don't have +write permissions in the repo, where the cache is normally stored. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + directory fd + + + + subpath in @dfd + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Set or clear the collection ID of this repository. See [collection IDs][collection-ids]. +The update will be made in memory, but must be written out to the repository +configuration on disk using ostree_repo_write_config(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an #OstreeRepo + + + + new collection ID, or %NULL to unset it + + + + + + This is like ostree_repo_transaction_set_collection_ref(), except it may be +invoked outside of a transaction. This is presently safe for the +case where we're creating or overwriting an existing ref. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + The collection–ref to write + + + + The checksum to point it to, or %NULL to unset + + + + GCancellable + + + + + + Disable requests to fsync() to stable storage during commits. This +option should only be used by build system tools which are creating +disposable virtual machines, or have higher level mechanisms for +ensuring data consistency. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + If %TRUE, do not fsync + + + + + + This is like ostree_repo_transaction_set_ref(), except it may be +invoked outside of a transaction. This is presently safe for the +case where we're creating or overwriting an existing ref. + +Multithreading: This function is MT safe. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + A remote for the ref + + + + The ref to write + + + + The checksum to point it to, or %NULL to unset + + + + GCancellable + + + + + + Add a GPG signature to a commit. + + + + + + Self + + + + SHA256 of given commit to sign + + + + Use this GPG key id + + + + GPG home directory, or %NULL + + + + A #GCancellable + + + + + + This function is deprecated, sign the summary file instead. +Add a GPG signature to a static delta. + + + + + + Self + + + + From commit + + + + To commit + + + + key id + + + + homedir + + + + cancellable + + + + + + Given a directory representing an already-downloaded static delta +on disk, apply it, generating a new commit. The directory must be +named with the form "FROM-TO", where both are checksums, and it +must contain a file named "superblock", along with at least one part. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Path to a directory containing static delta data, or directly to the superblock + + + + If %TRUE, assume data integrity + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Generate a lookaside "static delta" from @from (%NULL means +from-empty) which can generate the objects in @to. This delta is +an optimization over fetching individual objects, and can be +conveniently stored and applied offline. + +The @params argument should be an a{sv}. The following attributes +are known: + - min-fallback-size: u: Minimum uncompressed size in megabytes to use fallback, 0 to disable fallbacks + - max-chunk-size: u: Maximum size in megabytes of a delta part + - max-bsdiff-size: u: Maximum size in megabytes to consider bsdiff compression + for input files + - compression: y: Compression type: 0=none, x=lzma, g=gzip + - bsdiff-enabled: b: Enable bsdiff compression. Default TRUE. + - inline-parts: b: Put part data in header, to get a single file delta. Default FALSE. + - verbose: b: Print diagnostic messages. Default FALSE. + - endianness: b: Deltas use host byte order by default; this option allows choosing (G_BIG_ENDIAN or G_LITTLE_ENDIAN) + - filename: ay: Save delta superblock to this filename, and parts in the same directory. Default saves to repository. + + + + + + Repo + + + + High level optimization choice + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum of origin, or %NULL + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum of target + + + + Optional metadata + + + + Parameters, see below + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + If @checksum is not %NULL, then record it as the target of local ref named +@ref. + +Otherwise, if @checksum is %NULL, then record that the ref should +be deleted. + +The change will not be written out immediately, but when the transaction +is completed with ostree_repo_commit_transaction(). If the transaction +is instead aborted with ostree_repo_abort_transaction(), no changes will +be made to the repository. + +Multithreading: Since v2017.15 this function is MT safe. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + The collection–ref to write + + + + The checksum to point it to + + + + + + If @checksum is not %NULL, then record it as the target of ref named +@ref; if @remote is provided, the ref will appear to originate from that +remote. + +Otherwise, if @checksum is %NULL, then record that the ref should +be deleted. + +The change will be written when the transaction is completed with +ostree_repo_commit_transaction(); that function takes care of writing all of +the objects (such as the commit referred to by @checksum) before updating the +refs. If the transaction is instead aborted with +ostree_repo_abort_transaction(), no changes to the ref will be made to the +repository. + +Note however that currently writing *multiple* refs is not truly atomic; if +the process or system is terminated during +ostree_repo_commit_transaction(), it is possible that just some of the refs +will have been updated. Your application should take care to handle this +case. + +Multithreading: Since v2017.15 this function is MT safe. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + A remote for the ref + + + + The ref to write + + + + The checksum to point it to + + + + + + Like ostree_repo_transaction_set_ref(), but takes concatenated +@refspec format as input instead of separate remote and name +arguments. + +Multithreading: Since v2017.15 this function is MT safe. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + The refspec to write + + + + The checksum to point it to + + + + + + Create a new set @out_reachable containing all objects reachable +from @commit_checksum, traversing @maxdepth parent commits. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Traverse this many parent commits, -1 for unlimited + + + + Set of reachable objects + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Update the set @inout_reachable containing all objects reachable +from @commit_checksum, traversing @maxdepth parent commits. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Traverse this many parent commits, -1 for unlimited + + + + Set of reachable objects + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Update the set @inout_reachable containing all objects reachable +from @commit_checksum, traversing @maxdepth parent commits. + +Additionally this constructs a mapping from each object to the parents +of the object, which can be used to track which commits an object +belongs to. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Traverse this many parent commits, -1 for unlimited + + + + Set of reachable objects + + + + + + + Map from object to parent object + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Add all commit objects directly reachable via a ref to @reachable. + +Locking: shared + + + + + + Repo + + + + Depth of traversal + + + + Set of reachable objects (will be modified) + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Check for a valid GPG signature on commit named by the ASCII +checksum @commit_checksum. + + %TRUE if there was a GPG signature from a trusted keyring, otherwise %FALSE + + + + + Repository + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Path to directory GPG keyrings; overrides built-in default if given + + + + Path to additional keyring file (not a directory) + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Read GPG signature(s) on the commit named by the ASCII checksum +@commit_checksum and return detailed results. + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult, or %NULL on error + + + + + Repository + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Path to directory GPG keyrings; overrides built-in default if given + + + + Path to additional keyring file (not a directory) + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Read GPG signature(s) on the commit named by the ASCII checksum +@commit_checksum and return detailed results, based on the keyring +configured for @remote. + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult, or %NULL on error + + + + + Repository + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + OSTree remote to use for configuration + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Verify @signatures for @summary data using GPG keys in the keyring for +@remote_name, and return an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult. + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult, or %NULL on error + + + + + Repo + + + + Name of remote + + + + Summary data as a #GBytes + + + + Summary signatures as a #GBytes + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Import an archive file @archive into the repository, and write its +file structure to @mtree. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepo + + + + A path to an archive file + + + + The #OstreeMutableTree to write to + + + + Optional commit modifier + + + + Autocreate parent directories + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Write a commit metadata object, referencing @root_contents_checksum +and @root_metadata_checksum. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum for parent, or %NULL for none + + + + Subject + + + + Body + + + + GVariant of type a{sv}, or %NULL for none + + + + The tree to point the commit to + + + + Resulting ASCII SHA256 checksum for commit + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Replace any existing metadata associated with commit referred to by +@checksum with @metadata. If @metadata is %NULL, then existing +data will be deleted. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 commit checksum + + + + Metadata to associate with commit in with format "a{sv}", or %NULL to delete + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Write a commit metadata object, referencing @root_contents_checksum +and @root_metadata_checksum. + + + + + + Repo + + + + ASCII SHA256 checksum for parent, or %NULL for none + + + + Subject + + + + Body + + + + GVariant of type a{sv}, or %NULL for none + + + + The tree to point the commit to + + + + The time to use to stamp the commit + + + + Resulting ASCII SHA256 checksum for commit + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Save @new_config in place of this repository's config file. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Overwrite the config file with this data + + + + + + Store the content object streamed as @object_input, +with total length @length. The actual checksum will +be returned as @out_csum. + + + + + + Repo + + + + If provided, validate content against this checksum + + + + Content object stream + + + + Length of @object_input + + + + Binary checksum + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously store the content object @object. If provided, the +checksum @expected_checksum will be verified. + + + + + + Repo + + + + If provided, validate content against this checksum + + + + Input + + + + Length of @object + + + + Cancellable + + + + Invoked when content is writed + + + + User data for @callback + + + + + + Completes an invocation of ostree_repo_write_content_async(). + + + + + + a #OstreeRepo + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + A binary SHA256 checksum of the content object + + + + + + Store the content object streamed as @object_input, with total +length @length. The given @checksum will be treated as trusted. + +This function should be used when importing file objects from local +disk, for example. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Store content using this ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Content stream + + + + Length of @object_input + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Store as objects all contents of the directory referred to by @dfd +and @path all children into the repository @self, overlaying the +resulting filesystem hierarchy into @mtree. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Directory file descriptor + + + + Path + + + + Overlay directory contents into this tree + + + + Optional modifier + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Store objects for @dir and all children into the repository @self, +overlaying the resulting filesystem hierarchy into @mtree. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Path to a directory + + + + Overlay directory contents into this tree + + + + Optional modifier + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Store the metadata object @object. Return the checksum +as @out_csum. + +If @expected_checksum is not %NULL, verify it against the +computed checksum. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + If provided, validate content against this checksum + + + + Metadata + + + + Binary checksum + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously store the metadata object @variant. If provided, +the checksum @expected_checksum will be verified. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + If provided, validate content against this checksum + + + + Metadata + + + + Cancellable + + + + Invoked when metadata is writed + + + + Data for @callback + + + + + + Complete a call to ostree_repo_write_metadata_async(). + + + + + + Repo + + + + Result + + + + Binary checksum value + + + + + + + + Store the metadata object @variant; the provided @checksum is +trusted. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + Store object with this ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Metadata object stream + + + + Length, may be 0 for unknown + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Store the metadata object @variant; the provided @checksum is +trusted. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Object type + + + + Store object with this ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + Metadata object + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Write all metadata objects for @mtree to repo; the resulting +@out_file points to the %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_DIR_TREE object that +the @mtree represented. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Mutable tree + + + + An #OstreeRepoFile representing @mtree's root. + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Path to repository. Note that if this repository was created +via `ostree_repo_new_at()`, this value will refer to a value in +the Linux kernel's `/proc/self/fd` directory. Generally, you +should avoid using this property at all; you can gain a reference +to the repository's directory fd via `ostree_repo_get_dfd()` and +use file-descriptor relative operations. + + + + Path to directory containing remote definitions. The default is `NULL`. +If a `sysroot-path` property is defined, this value will default to +`${sysroot_path}/etc/ostree/remotes.d`. + +This value will only be used for system repositories. + + + + A system using libostree for the host has a "system" repository; this +property will be set for repositories referenced via +`ostree_sysroot_repo()` for example. + +You should avoid using this property; if your code is operating +on a system repository, use `OstreeSysroot` and access the repository +object via `ostree_sysroot_repo()`. + + + + Emitted during a pull operation upon GPG verification (if enabled). +Applications can connect to this signal to output the verification +results if desired. + +The signal will be emitted from whichever #GMainContext is the +thread-default at the point when ostree_repo_pull_with_options() +is called. + + + + + + checksum of the signed object + + + + an #OstreeGpgVerifyResult + + + + + + + An extensible options structure controlling checkout. Ensure that +you have entirely zeroed the structure, then set just the desired +options. This is used by ostree_repo_checkout_at() which +supercedes previous separate enumeration usage in +ostree_repo_checkout_tree() and ostree_repo_checkout_tree_at(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function simply assigns @cache to the `devino_to_csum_cache` member of +@opts; it's only useful for introspection. + +Note that cache does *not* have its refcount incremented - the lifetime of +@cache must be equal to or greater than that of @opts. + + + + + + Checkout options + + + + Devino cache + + + + + + + + #OstreeRepoCheckoutFilterResult saying whether or not to checkout this file + + + + + Repo + + + + Path to file + + + + File information + + + + User data + + + + + + + Do checkout this object + + + Ignore this object + + + + + No special options + + + Ignore uid/gid of files + + + + An extensible options structure controlling checkout. Ensure that +you have entirely zeroed the structure, then set just the desired +options. This is used by ostree_repo_checkout_tree_at() which +supercedes previous separate enumeration usage in +ostree_repo_checkout_tree(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + No special options + + + When layering checkouts, unlink() and replace existing files, but do not modify existing directories (unless whiteouts are enabled, then directories are replaced) + + + Only add new files/directories + + + Like UNION_FILES, but error if files are not identical (requires hardlink checkouts) + + + + + #OstreeRepoCommitFilterResult saying whether or not to commit this file + + + + + Repo + + + + Path to file + + + + File information + + + + User data + + + + + + + Do commit this object + + + Ignore this object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A structure allowing control over commits. + + + A new commit modifier. + + + + + Control options for filter + + + + Function that can inspect individual files + + + + User data + + + + A #GDestroyNotify + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + See the documentation for +`ostree_repo_devino_cache_new()`. This function can +then be used for later calls to +`ostree_repo_write_directory_to_mtree()` to optimize commits. + +Note if your process has multiple writers, you should use separate +`OSTreeRepo` instances if you want to also use this API. + +This function will add a reference to @cache without copying - you +should avoid further mutation of the cache. + + + + + + Modifier + + + + A hash table caching device,inode to checksums + + + + + + If @policy is non-%NULL, use it to look up labels to use for +"security.selinux" extended attributes. + +Note that any policy specified this way operates in addition to any +extended attributes provided via +ostree_repo_commit_modifier_set_xattr_callback(). However if both +specify a value for "security.selinux", then the one from the +policy wins. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepoCommitModifier + + + + Policy to use for labeling + + + + + + If set, this function should return extended attributes to use for +the given path. This is useful for things like ACLs and SELinux, +where a build system can label the files as it's committing to the +repository. + + + + + + An #OstreeRepoCommitModifier + + + + Function to be invoked, should return extended attributes for path + + + + Destroy notification + + + + Data for @callback: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + No special flags + + + Do not process extended attributes + + + Generate size information. + + + Canonicalize permissions for bare-user-only mode. + + + Emit an error if configured SELinux policy does not provide a label + + + Delete added files/directories after commit; Since: 2017.13 + + + If a devino cache hit is found, skip modifier filters (non-directories only); Since: 2017.14 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags representing the state of a commit in the local repository, as returned +by ostree_repo_load_commit(). + + Commit is complete. This is the default. + (Since: 2017.14.) + + + One or more objects are missing from the + local copy of the commit, but metadata is present. (Since: 2015.7.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Return information on the current directory. This function may +only be called if %OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_DIR was returned +from ostree_repo_commit_traverse_iter_next(). + + + + + + An iter + + + + Name of current dir + + + + Checksum of current content + + + + Checksum of current metadata + + + + + + Return information on the current file. This function may only be +called if %OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_FILE was returned from +ostree_repo_commit_traverse_iter_next(). + + + + + + An iter + + + + Name of current file + + + + Checksum of current file + + + + + + Initialize (in place) an iterator over the root of a commit object. + + + + + + An iter + + + + A repo + + + + Variant of type %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMIT + + + + Flags + + + + + + Initialize (in place) an iterator over a directory tree. + + + + + + An iter + + + + A repo + + + + Variant of type %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_DIR_TREE + + + + Flags + + + + + + Step the interator to the next item. Files will be returned first, +then subdirectories. Call this in a loop; upon encountering +%OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_END, there will be no more files or +directories. If %OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_DIR is returned, +then call ostree_repo_commit_traverse_iter_get_dir() to retrieve +data for that directory. Similarly, if +%OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_FILE is returned, call +ostree_repo_commit_traverse_iter_get_file(). + +If %OSTREE_REPO_COMMIT_ITER_RESULT_ERROR is returned, it is a +program error to call any further API on @iter except for +ostree_repo_commit_traverse_iter_clear(). + + + + + + An iter + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + OSTree has support for pairing ostree_repo_checkout_tree_at() using +hardlinks in combination with a later +ostree_repo_write_directory_to_mtree() using a (normally modified) +directory. In order for OSTree to optimally detect just the new +files, use this function and fill in the `devino_to_csum_cache` +member of `OstreeRepoCheckoutAtOptions`, then call +ostree_repo_commit_set_devino_cache(). + + Newly allocated cache + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An extensible options structure controlling archive creation. Ensure that +you have entirely zeroed the structure, then set just the desired +options. This is used by ostree_repo_export_tree_to_archive(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Repository + + + + + + + + + + + The root directory for the commit referenced by this file + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A version of ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() which queries one or more +@finders in parallel and combines the results. + + + + + + non-empty array of #OstreeRepoFinders + + + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + the local repository which the refs are being resolved for, + which provides configuration information and GPG keys + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Get the results from a ostree_repo_finder_resolve_all_async() operation. + + array of zero + or more results + + + + + + + #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + Find reachable remote URIs which claim to provide any of the given @refs. The +specific method for finding the remotes depends on the #OstreeRepoFinder +implementation. + +Any remote which is found and which claims to support any of the given @refs +will be returned in the results. It is possible that a remote claims to +support a given ref, but turns out not to — it is not possible to verify this +until ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() is called. + +The returned results will be sorted with the most useful first — this is +typically the remote which claims to provide the most @refs, at the lowest +latency. + +Each result contains a mapping of @refs to the checksums of the commits +which the result provides. If the result provides the latest commit for a ref +across all of the results, the checksum will be set. Otherwise, if the +result provides an outdated commit, or doesn’t provide a given ref at all, +the checksum will not be set. Results which provide none of the requested +@refs may be listed with an empty refs map. + +Pass the results to ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() to pull the given +@refs from those remotes. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + the local repository which the refs are being resolved for, + which provides configuration information and GPG keys + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Get the results from a ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() operation. + + array of zero + or more results + + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + Find reachable remote URIs which claim to provide any of the given @refs. The +specific method for finding the remotes depends on the #OstreeRepoFinder +implementation. + +Any remote which is found and which claims to support any of the given @refs +will be returned in the results. It is possible that a remote claims to +support a given ref, but turns out not to — it is not possible to verify this +until ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() is called. + +The returned results will be sorted with the most useful first — this is +typically the remote which claims to provide the most @refs, at the lowest +latency. + +Each result contains a mapping of @refs to the checksums of the commits +which the result provides. If the result provides the latest commit for a ref +across all of the results, the checksum will be set. Otherwise, if the +result provides an outdated commit, or doesn’t provide a given ref at all, +the checksum will not be set. Results which provide none of the requested +@refs may be listed with an empty refs map. + +Pass the results to ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() to pull the given +@refs from those remotes. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + the local repository which the refs are being resolved for, + which provides configuration information and GPG keys + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Get the results from a ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() operation. + + array of zero + or more results + + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Start monitoring the local network for peers who are advertising OSTree +repositories, using Avahi. In order for this to work, the #GMainContext +passed to @self at construction time must be iterated (so it will typically +be the global #GMainContext, or be a separate #GMainContext in a worker +thread). + +This will return an error (%G_IO_ERROR_FAILED) if initialisation fails, or if +Avahi support is not available (%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). In either case, +the #OstreeRepoFinderAvahi instance is useless afterwards and should be +destroyed. + +Call ostree_repo_finder_avahi_stop() to stop the repo finder. + +It is an error to call this function multiple times on the same +#OstreeRepoFinderAvahi instance, or to call it after +ostree_repo_finder_avahi_stop(). + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderAvahi + + + + + + Stop monitoring the local network for peers who are advertising OSTree +repositories. If any resolve tasks (from ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async()) +are in progress, they will be cancelled and will return %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. + +Call ostree_repo_finder_avahi_start() to start the repo finder. + +It is an error to call this function multiple times on the same +#OstreeRepoFinderAvahi instance, or to call it before +ostree_repo_finder_avahi_start(). + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderAvahi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #OstreeRepoFinderConfig. + + a new #OstreeRepoFinderConfig + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + the local repository which the refs are being resolved for, + which provides configuration information and GPG keys + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + + + + array of zero + or more results + + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinder + + + + #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #OstreeRepoFinderMount, using the given @monitor to look up +volumes. If @monitor is %NULL, the monitor from g_volume_monitor_get() will +be used. + + a new #OstreeRepoFinderMount + + + + + volume monitor to use, or %NULL to use + the system default + + + + + + Volume monitor to use to look up mounted volumes when queried. + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #OstreeRepoFinderOverride. + + a new #OstreeRepoFinderOverride + + + + + Add the given @uri to the set of URIs which the repo finder will search for +matching refs when ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() is called on it. + + + + + + + + + URI to add to the repo finder + + + + + + + + + + + + #OstreeRepoFinderResult gives a single result from an +ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() or ostree_repo_finder_resolve_all_async() +operation. This represents a single remote which provides none, some or all +of the refs being resolved. The structure includes various bits of metadata +which allow ostree_repo_pull_from_remotes_async() (for example) to prioritise +how to pull the refs. + +The @priority is used as one input of many to ordering functions like +ostree_repo_finder_result_compare(). + +@ref_to_checksum indicates which refs (out of the ones queried for as inputs +to ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async()) are provided by this remote. The refs +are present as keys (of type #OstreeCollectionRef), and the corresponding values +are the checksums of the commits the remote currently has for those refs. (These +might not be the latest commits available out of all results.) A +checksum may be %NULL if the remote does not advertise the corresponding ref. +After ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() has been called, the commit metadata +should be available locally, so the details for each checksum can be looked +up using ostree_repo_load_commit(). + +@ref_to_timestamp provides timestamps for the set of refs in +@ref_to_checksum. The refs are keys (of type #OstreeCollectionRef) and the +values are guint64 pointers with the timestamp associated with the checksum +provided in @ref_to_checksum. @ref_to_timestamp can be %NULL, and when it's +not, the timestamps are zero when any of the following conditions are met: +(1) the override-commit-ids option was used on +ostree_repo_find_remotes_async (2) there was an error in trying to get the +commit metadata (3) the checksum for this ref is %NULL in @ref_to_checksum. + + #OstreeRemote which contains the transport details for the result, + such as its URI and GPG key + + + + the #OstreeRepoFinder instance which produced this result + + + + static priority of the result, where higher numbers indicate lower + priority + + + + map of collection–ref + pairs to checksums provided by this remote; values may be %NULL to + indicate this remote doesn’t provide that ref + + + + + + + Unix timestamp (seconds since the epoch, UTC) when + the summary file on the remote was last modified, or `0` if unknown + + + + map of + collection–ref pairs to timestamps; values may be 0 for various reasons + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #OstreeRepoFinderResult instance. The semantics for the arguments +are as described in the #OstreeRepoFinderResult documentation. + + a new #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + + an #OstreeRemote containing the transport details + for the result + + + + the #OstreeRepoFinder instance which produced the + result + + + + static priority of the result, where higher numbers indicate lower + priority + + + + + map of collection–ref pairs to checksums provided by this result + + + + + + + map of collection–ref pairs to timestamps provided by this + result + + + + + + + Unix timestamp (seconds since the epoch, UTC) when + the summary file for the result was last modified, or `0` if this is unknown + + + + + + Compare two #OstreeRepoFinderResult instances to work out which one is better +to pull from, and hence needs to be ordered before the other. + + <0 if @a is ordered before @b, 0 if they are ordered equally, + >0 if @b is ordered before @a + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + + + Copy an #OstreeRepoFinderResult. + + a newly allocated copy of @result + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult to copy + + + + + + Free the given @result. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + + + Free the given @results array, freeing each element and the container. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + + + + + + An extensible options structure controlling archive import. Ensure that +you have entirely zeroed the structure, then set just the desired +options. This is used by ostree_repo_import_archive_to_mtree(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Possibly change a pathname while importing an archive. If %NULL is returned, +then @src_path will be used unchanged. Otherwise, return a new pathname which +will be freed via `g_free()`. + +This pathname translation will be performed *before* any processing from an +active `OstreeRepoCommitModifier`. Will be invoked for all directory and file +types, first with outer directories, then their sub-files and directories. + +Note that enabling pathname translation will always override the setting for +`use_ostree_convention`. + + + + + + Repo + + + + Stat buffer + + + + Path in the archive + + + + User data + + + + + + + List only loose (plain file) objects + + + List only packed (compacted into blobs) objects + + + List all objects + + + Only list objects in this repo, not parents + + + + + No flags. + + + Only list aliases. Since: 2017.10 + + + Exclude remote refs. Since: 2017.11 + + + + See the documentation of #OstreeRepo for more information about the +possible modes. + + Files are stored as themselves; checkouts are hardlinks; can only be written as root + + + Files are compressed, should be owned by non-root. Can be served via HTTP. Since: 2017.12 + + + Legacy alias for `OSTREE_REPO_MODE_ARCHIVE` + + + Files are stored as themselves, except ownership; can be written by user. Hardlinks work only in user checkouts. + + + Same as BARE_USER, but all metadata is not stored, so it can only be used for user checkouts. Does not need xattrs. + + + + + No special options for pruning + + + Don't actually delete objects + + + Do not traverse individual commit objects, only follow refs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + No special options for pull + + + Write out refs suitable for mirrors and fetch all refs if none requested + + + Fetch only the commit metadata + + + Do verify checksums of local (filesystem-accessible) repositories (defaults on for HTTP) + + + Since 2017.7. Reject writes of content objects with modes outside of 0775. + + + Don't verify checksums of objects HTTP repositories (Since: 2017.12) + + + + The remote change operation. + + Add a remote + + + Like above, but do nothing if the remote exists + + + Delete a remote + + + Delete a remote, do nothing if the remote does not exist + + + + + No flags. + + + + A list of statistics for each transaction that may be +interesting for reporting purposes. + + The total number of metadata objects +in the repository after this transaction has completed. + + + + The number of metadata objects that +were written to the repository in this transaction. + + + + The total number of content objects +in the repository after this transaction has completed. + + + + The number of content objects that +were written to the repository in this transaction. + + + + The amount of data added to the repository, +in bytes, counting only content objects. + + + + reserved + + + + reserved + + + + reserved + + + + reserved + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Length of a sha256 digest when expressed as raw bytes + + + + Length of a sha256 digest when expressed as a hexadecimal string + + + + + + + + + + + + + An accessor object for SELinux policy in root located at @path + + + + + Path to a root directory + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + An accessor object for SELinux policy in root located at @rootfs_dfd + + + + + Directory fd for rootfs (will not be cloned) + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Cleanup function for ostree_sepolicy_setfscreatecon(). + + + + + + Not used, just in case you didn't infer that from the parameter name + + + + + + + Checksum of current policy + + + + + + + + + + Store in @out_label the security context for the given @relpath and +mode @unix_mode. If the policy does not specify a label, %NULL +will be returned. + + + + + + Self + + + + Path + + + + Unix mode + + + + Return location for security context + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + Type of current policy + + + + + + + + + + + Path to rootfs + + + + + + + + + + Reset the security context of @target based on the SELinux policy. + + + + + + Self + + + + Path string to use for policy lookup + + + + File attributes + + + + Physical path to target file + + + + Flags controlling behavior + + + + New label, or %NULL if unchanged + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + Policy + + + + Use this path to determine a label + + + + Used along with @path + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Parameters controlling optimization of static deltas. + + Optimize for speed of delta creation over space + + + Optimize for delta size (may be very slow) + + + + + Create a new #OstreeSysroot object for the sysroot at @path. If @path is %NULL, +the current visible root file system is used, equivalent to +ostree_sysroot_new_default(). + + An accessor object for an system root located at @path + + + + + Path to a system root directory, or %NULL to use the + current visible root file system + + + + + + + An accessor for the current visible root / filesystem + + + + + + Path to deployment origin file + + + + + A deployment path + + + + + + Delete any state that resulted from a partially completed +transaction, such as incomplete deployments. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Prune the system repository. This is a thin wrapper +around ostree_repo_prune_from_reachable(); the primary +addition is that this function automatically gathers +all deployed commits into the reachable set. + +You generally want to at least set the `OSTREE_REPO_PRUNE_FLAGS_REFS_ONLY` +flag in @options. A commit traversal depth of `0` is assumed. + +Locking: exclusive + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Flags controlling pruning + + + + Number of objects found + + + + Number of objects deleted + + + + Storage size in bytes of objects deleted + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Check out deployment tree with revision @revision, performing a 3 +way merge with @provided_merge_deployment for configuration. + +While this API is not deprecated, you most likely want to use the +ostree_sysroot_stage_tree() API. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + osname to use for merge deployment + + + + Checksum to add + + + + Origin to use for upgrades + + + + Use this deployment for merge path + + + + Use these as kernel arguments; if %NULL, inherit options from provided_merge_deployment + + + + + + The new deployment path + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Entirely replace the kernel arguments of @deployment with the +values in @new_kargs. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + A deployment + + + + Replace deployment's kernel arguments + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + By default, deployment directories are not mutable. This function +will allow making them temporarily mutable, for example to allow +layering additional non-OSTree content. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + A deployment + + + + Whether or not deployment's files can be changed + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + By default, deployments may be subject to garbage collection. Typical uses of +libostree only retain at most 2 deployments. If @is_pinned is `TRUE`, a +metadata bit will be set causing libostree to avoid automatic GC of the +deployment. However, this is really an "advisory" note; it's still possible +for e.g. older versions of libostree unaware of pinning to GC the deployment. + +This function does nothing and returns successfully if the deployment +is already in the desired pinning state. It is an error to try to pin +the staged deployment (as it's not in the bootloader entries). + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + A deployment + + + + Whether or not deployment will be automatically GC'd + + + + + + Configure the target deployment @deployment such that it +is writable. There are multiple modes, essentially differing +in whether or not any changes persist across reboot. + +The `OSTREE_DEPLOYMENT_UNLOCKED_HOTFIX` state is persistent +across reboots. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Deployment + + + + Transition to this unlocked state + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Ensure that @self is set up as a valid rootfs, by creating +/ostree/repo, among other things. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + The currently booted deployment, or %NULL if none + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Path to deployment root directory + + + + + Sysroot + + + + A deployment + + + + + + Note this function only returns a *relative* path - if you want +to access, it, you must either use fd-relative api such as openat(), +or concatenate it with the full ostree_sysroot_get_path(). + + Path to deployment root directory, relative to sysroot + + + + + Repo + + + + A deployment + + + + + + + Ordered list of deployments + + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + Access a file descriptor that refers to the root directory of this +sysroot. ostree_sysroot_load() must have been invoked prior to +calling this function. + + A file descriptor valid for the lifetime of @self + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + Find the deployment to use as a configuration merge source; this is +the first one in the current deployment list which matches osname. + + Configuration merge deployment + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Operating system group + + + + + + + Path to rootfs + + + + + + + + + + Retrieve the OSTree repository in sysroot @self. The repo is guaranteed to be open +(see ostree_repo_open()). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Repository in sysroot @self + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + The currently staged deployment, or %NULL if none + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the directory structure for an "osname", which is a +group of operating system deployments, with a shared `/var`. One +is required for generating a deployment. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Name group of operating system checkouts + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Load deployment list, bootversion, and subbootversion from the +rootfs @self. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Acquire an exclusive multi-process write lock for @self. This call +blocks until the lock has been acquired. The lock is not +reentrant. + +Release the lock with ostree_sysroot_unlock(). The lock will also +be released if @self is deallocated. + + + + + + Self + + + + + + An asynchronous version of ostree_sysroot_lock(). + + + + + + Self + + + + Cancellable + + + + Callback + + + + User data + + + + + + Call when ostree_sysroot_lock_async() is ready. + + + + + + Self + + + + Result + + + + + + + A new config file which sets @refspec as an origin + + + + + Sysroot + + + + A refspec + + + + + + Like ostree_sysroot_cleanup() in that it cleans up incomplete deployments +and old boot versions, but does NOT prune the repository. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Find the pending and rollback deployments for @osname. Pass %NULL for @osname +to use the booted deployment's osname. By default, pending deployment is the +first deployment in the order that matches @osname, and @rollback will be the +next one after the booted deployment, or the deployment after the pending if +we're not looking at the booted deployment. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + "stateroot" name + + + + The pending deployment + + + + The rollback deployment + + + + + + This function is a variant of ostree_sysroot_get_repo() that cannot fail, and +returns a cached repository. Can only be called after ostree_sysroot_load() +has been invoked successfully. + + The OSTree repository in sysroot @self. + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + Prepend @new_deployment to the list of deployments, commit, and +cleanup. By default, all other deployments for the given @osname +except the merge deployment and the booted deployment will be +garbage collected. + +If %OSTREE_SYSROOT_SIMPLE_WRITE_DEPLOYMENT_FLAGS_RETAIN is +specified, then all current deployments will be kept. + +If %OSTREE_SYSROOT_SIMPLE_WRITE_DEPLOYMENT_FLAGS_RETAIN_PENDING is +specified, then pending deployments will be kept. + +If %OSTREE_SYSROOT_SIMPLE_WRITE_DEPLOYMENT_FLAGS_RETAIN_ROLLBACK is +specified, then rollback deployments will be kept. + +If %OSTREE_SYSROOT_SIMPLE_WRITE_DEPLOYMENT_FLAGS_NOT_DEFAULT is +specified, then instead of prepending, the new deployment will be +added right after the booted or merge deployment, instead of first. + +If %OSTREE_SYSROOT_SIMPLE_WRITE_DEPLOYMENT_FLAGS_NO_CLEAN is +specified, then no cleanup will be performed after adding the +deployment. Make sure to call ostree_sysroot_cleanup() sometime +later, instead. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + OS name + + + + Prepend this deployment to the list + + + + Use this deployment for configuration merge + + + + Flags controlling behavior + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_sysroot_deploy_tree(), but "finalization" only occurs at OS +shutdown time. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + osname to use for merge deployment + + + + Checksum to add + + + + Origin to use for upgrades + + + + Use this deployment for merge path + + + + Use these as kernel arguments; if %NULL, inherit options from provided_merge_deployment + + + + + + The new deployment path + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Try to acquire an exclusive multi-process write lock for @self. If +another process holds the lock, this function will return +immediately, setting @out_acquired to %FALSE, and returning %TRUE +(and no error). + +Release the lock with ostree_sysroot_unlock(). The lock will also +be released if @self is deallocated. + + + + + + Self + + + + Whether or not the lock has been acquired + + + + + + Release any resources such as file descriptors referring to the +root directory of this sysroot. Normally, those resources are +cleared by finalization, but in garbage collected languages that +may not be predictable. + +This undoes the effect of `ostree_sysroot_load()`. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + Clear the lock previously acquired with ostree_sysroot_lock(). It +is safe to call this function if the lock has not been previously +acquired. + + + + + + Self + + + + + + Older version of ostree_sysroot_write_deployments_with_options(). This +version will perform post-deployment cleanup by default. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + List of new deployments + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Assuming @new_deployments have already been deployed in place on disk via +ostree_sysroot_deploy_tree(), atomically update bootloader configuration. By +default, no post-transaction cleanup will be performed. You should invoke +ostree_sysroot_cleanup() at some point after the transaction, or specify +`do_postclean` in @opts. Skipping the post-transaction cleanup is useful +if for example you want to control pruning of the repository. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + List of new deployments + + + + + + Options + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Immediately replace the origin file of the referenced @deployment +with the contents of @new_origin. If @new_origin is %NULL, +this function will write the current origin of @deployment. + + + + + + System root + + + + Deployment + + + + Origin content + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + libostree will log to the journal various events, such as the /etc merge +status, and transaction completion. Connect to this signal to also +synchronously receive the text for those messages. This is intended to be +used by command line tools which link to libostree as a library. + +Currently, the structured data is only available via the systemd journal. + + + + + + Human-readable string (should not contain newlines) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An upgrader + + + + + An #OstreeSysroot + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + An upgrader + + + + + An #OstreeSysroot + + + + Operating system name + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + An upgrader + + + + + An #OstreeSysroot + + + + Operating system name + + + + Flags + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Check that the timestamp on @to_rev is equal to or newer than +@from_rev. This protects systems against man-in-the-middle +attackers which provide a client with an older commit. + + + + + + Repo + + + + From revision + + + + To revision + + + + + + Write the new deployment to disk, perform a configuration merge +with /etc, and update the bootloader configuration. + + + + + + Self + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + A copy of the origin file, or %NULL if unknown + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + + The origin file, or %NULL if unknown + + + + + Sysroot + + + + + + + A one-line descriptive summary of the origin, or %NULL if unknown + + + + + Upgrader + + + + + + Perform a pull from the origin. First check if the ref has +changed, if so download the linked objects, and store the updated +ref locally. Then @out_changed will be %TRUE. + +If the origin remote is unchanged, @out_changed will be set to +%FALSE. + + + + + + Upgrader + + + + Flags controlling pull behavior + + + + Flags controlling upgrader behavior + + + + Progress + + + + Whether or not the origin changed + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_sysroot_upgrader_pull(), but allows retrieving just a +subpath of the tree. This can be used to download metadata files +from inside the tree such as package databases. + + + + + + Upgrader + + + + Subdirectory path (should include a leading /) + + + + Flags controlling pull behavior + + + + Flags controlling upgrader behavior + + + + Progress + + + + Whether or not the origin changed + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Replace the origin with @origin. + + + + + + Sysroot + + + + The new origin + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags controlling operation of an #OstreeSysrootUpgrader. + + Do not error if the origin has an unconfigured-state key + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The mtime used for stored files. This was originally 0, changed to 1 for +a few releases, then was reverted due to regressions it introduced from +users who had been using zero before. + + + + + + + + + + + ostree version. + + + + ostree version, encoded as a string, useful for printing and +concatenation. + + + + ostree year version component (e.g. 2017 if %OSTREE_VERSION is 2017.2) + + + + In many cases using libostree, a program may need to "break" +hardlinks by performing a copy. For example, in order to +logically append to a file. + +This function performs full copying, including e.g. extended +attributes and permissions of both regular files and symbolic links. + +If the file is not hardlinked, this function does nothing and +returns successfully. + +This function does not perform synchronization via `fsync()` or +`fdatasync()`; the idea is this will commonly be done as part +of an `ostree_repo_commit_transaction()`, which itself takes +care of synchronization. + + + + + + Directory fd + + + + Path relative to @dfd + + + + Do not copy extended attributes + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if current libostree has at least the requested version, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + Major/year required + + + + Release version required + + + + + + + Modified base64 encoding of @csum + +The "modified" term refers to the fact that instead of '/', the '_' +character is used. + + + + + An binary checksum of length 32 + + + + + + + + Overwrite the contents of @buf with modified base64 encoding of @csum. +The "modified" term refers to the fact that instead of '/', the '_' +character is used. + + + + + + An binary checksum of length 32 + + + + + + Output location, must be at least 44 bytes in length + + + + + + Overwrite the contents of @buf with stringified version of @csum. + + + + + + An binary checksum of length 32 + + + + + + Output location, must be at least 45 bytes in length + + + + + + + Binary version of @checksum. + + + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + + + + Binary checksum data in @bytes; do not free. If @bytes does not have the correct length, return %NULL. + + + + + + + #GVariant of type ay + + + + + + Like ostree_checksum_bytes_peek(), but also throws @error. + + Binary checksum data + + + + + + + #GVariant of type ay + + + + + + Compute the OSTree checksum for a given file. + + + + + + File path + + + + Object type + + + + Return location for binary checksum + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously compute the OSTree checksum for a given file; +complete with ostree_checksum_file_async_finish(). + + + + + + File path + + + + Object type + + + + Priority for operation, see %G_IO_PRIORITY_DEFAULT + + + + Cancellable + + + + Invoked when operation is complete + + + + Data for @callback + + + + + + Finish computing the OSTree checksum for a given file; see +ostree_checksum_file_async(). + + + + + + File path + + + + Async result + + + + Return location for binary checksum + + + + + + + + Compute the OSTree checksum for a given file. This is an fd-relative version +of ostree_checksum_file() which also takes flags and fills in a caller +allocated buffer. + + + + + + Directory file descriptor + + + + Subpath +@stbuf (allow-none): Optional stat buffer + + + + + + + Object type + + + + Flags +@out_checksum (out) (transfer full): Return location for hex checksum + + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Compute the OSTree checksum for a given input. + + + + + + File information + + + + Optional extended attributes + + + + File content, should be %NULL for symbolic links + + + + Object type + + + + Return location for binary checksum + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + String form of @csum + + + + + An binary checksum of length 32 + + + + + + + + + String form of @csum_bytes + + + + + #GVariant of type ay + + + + + + Overwrite the contents of @buf with stringified version of @csum. + + + + + + An binary checksum of length 32 + + + + + + Output location, must be at least OSTREE_SHA256_STRING_LEN+1 bytes in length + + + + + + Convert @checksum from a string to binary in-place, without +allocating memory. Use this function in hot code paths. + + + + + + a SHA256 string + + + + Output buffer with at least 32 bytes of space + + + + + + + Binary checksum from @checksum of length 32; free with g_free(). + + + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + + + + New #GVariant of type ay with length 32 + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + + + + + + + + Compare two binary checksums, using memcmp(). + + + + + + A binary checksum + + + + A binary checksum + + + + + + Copy an array of #OstreeCollectionRefs, including deep copies of all its +elements. @refs must be %NULL-terminated; it may be empty, but must not be +%NULL. + + a newly allocated copy of @refs + + + + + + + %NULL-terminated array of #OstreeCollectionRefs + + + + + + + + Compare @ref1 and @ref2 and return %TRUE if they have the same collection ID and +ref name, and %FALSE otherwise. Both @ref1 and @ref2 must be non-%NULL. + + %TRUE if @ref1 and @ref2 are equal, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + another #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + Free the given array of @refs, including freeing all its elements. @refs +must be %NULL-terminated; it may be empty, but must not be %NULL. + + + + + + an array of #OstreeCollectionRefs + + + + + + + + Hash the given @ref. This function is suitable for use with #GHashTable. +@ref must be non-%NULL. + + hash value for @ref + + + + + an #OstreeCollectionRef + + + + + + There are use cases where one wants a checksum just of the content of a +commit. OSTree commits by default capture the current timestamp, and may have +additional metadata, which means that re-committing identical content +often results in a new checksum. + +By comparing checksums of content, it's possible to easily distinguish +cases where nothing actually changed. + +The content checksums is simply defined as `SHA256(root dirtree_checksum || root_dirmeta_checksum)`, +i.e. the SHA-256 of the root "dirtree" object's checksum concatenated with the +root "dirmeta" checksum (both in binary form, not hexadecimal). + + A SHA-256 hex string, or %NULL if @commit_variant is not well-formed + + + + + A commit object + + + + + + + Checksum of the parent commit of @commit_variant, or %NULL +if none + + + + + Variant of type %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMIT + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A thin wrapper for ostree_content_stream_parse(); this function +converts an object content stream back into components. + + + + + + Whether or not the stream is zlib-compressed + + + + Path to file containing content + + + + If %TRUE, assume the content has been validated + + + + The raw file content stream + + + + Normal metadata + + + + Extended attributes + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + A thin wrapper for ostree_content_stream_parse(); this function +converts an object content stream back into components. + + + + + + Whether or not the stream is zlib-compressed + + + + Directory file descriptor + + + + Subpath + + + + If %TRUE, assume the content has been validated + + + + The raw file content stream + + + + Normal metadata + + + + Extended attributes + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + The reverse of ostree_raw_file_to_content_stream(); this function +converts an object content stream back into components. + + + + + + Whether or not the stream is zlib-compressed + + + + Object content stream + + + + Length of stream + + + + If %TRUE, assume the content has been validated + + + + The raw file content stream + + + + Normal metadata + + + + Extended attributes + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + A new #GVariant containing %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_DIR_META + + + + + a #GFileInfo containing directory information + + + + Optional extended attributes + + + + + + Compute the difference between directory @a and @b as 3 separate +sets of #OstreeDiffItem in @modified, @removed, and @added. + + + + + + Flags + + + + First directory path, or %NULL + + + + First directory path + + + + Modified files + + + + + + Removed files + + + + + + Added files + + + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Compute the difference between directory @a and @b as 3 separate +sets of #OstreeDiffItem in @modified, @removed, and @added. + + + + + + Flags + + + + First directory path, or %NULL + + + + First directory path + + + + Modified files + + + + + + Removed files + + + + + + Added files + + + + + + Options + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Print the contents of a diff to stdout. + + + + + + First directory path + + + + First directory path + + + + Modified files + + + + + + Removed files + + + + + + Added files + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use this function with #GHashTable and ostree_object_name_serialize(). + + + + + + A #GVariant containing a serialized object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reverse ostree_object_to_string(). + + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + Parsed checksum + + + + Parsed object type + + + + + + Reverse ostree_object_name_serialize(). Note that @out_checksum is +only valid for the lifetime of @variant, and must not be freed. + + + + + + A #GVariant of type (su) + + + + Pointer into string memory of @variant with checksum + + + + Return object type + + + + + + + A new floating #GVariant containing checksum string and objtype + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + An object type + + + + + + + A string containing both @checksum and a stringifed version of @objtype + + + + + An ASCII checksum + + + + Object type + + + + + + The reverse of ostree_object_type_to_string(). + + + + + + A stringified version of #OstreeObjectType + + + + + + Serialize @objtype to a string; this is used for file extensions. + + + + + + an #OstreeObjectType + + + + + + Split a refspec like `gnome-ostree:gnome-ostree/buildmaster` or just +`gnome-ostree/buildmaster` into two parts. In the first case, @out_remote +will be set to `gnome-ostree`, and @out_ref to `gnome-ostree/buildmaster`. +In the second case (a local ref), @out_remote will be %NULL, and @out_ref +will be `gnome-ostree/buildmaster`. In both cases, %TRUE will be returned. + + %TRUE on successful parsing, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + A "refspec" string + + + + Return location for the remote name, + or %NULL if the refspec refs to a local ref + + + + Return location for the ref name + + + + + + Convert from a "bare" file representation into an +OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_FILE stream suitable for ostree pull. + + + + + + File raw content stream + + + + A file info + + + + Optional extended attributes + + + + Serialized object stream + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Like ostree_raw_file_to_archive_z2_stream(), but supports an extensible set +of flags. The following flags are currently defined: + +- `compression-level` (`i`): Level of compression to use, 0–9, with 0 being + the least compression, and <0 giving the default level (currently 6). + + + + + + File raw content stream + + + + A file info + + + + Optional extended attributes + + + + A GVariant `a{sv}` with an extensible set of flags + + + + Serialized object stream + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + Convert from a "bare" file representation into an +OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_FILE stream. This is a fundamental operation +for writing data to an #OstreeRepo. + + + + + + File raw content stream + + + + A file info + + + + Optional extended attributes + + + + Serialized object stream + + + + Length of stream + + + + Cancellable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A version of ostree_repo_finder_resolve_async() which queries one or more +@finders in parallel and combines the results. + + + + + + non-empty array of #OstreeRepoFinders + + + + + + non-empty array of collection–ref pairs to find remotes for + + + + + + the local repository which the refs are being resolved for, + which provides configuration information and GPG keys + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + asynchronous completion callback + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Get the results from a ostree_repo_finder_resolve_all_async() operation. + + array of zero + or more results + + + + + + + #GAsyncResult from the callback + + + + + + Free the given @results array, freeing each element and the container. + + + + + + an #OstreeRepoFinderResult + + + + + + + + Use this function to see if input strings are checksums. + + %TRUE if @sha256 is a valid checksum string, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + SHA256 hex string + + + + + + Check whether the given @collection_id is valid. Return an error if it is +invalid or %NULL. + +Valid collection IDs are reverse DNS names: + * They are composed of 1 or more elements separated by a period (`.`) character. + All elements must contain at least one character. + * Each element must only contain the ASCII characters `[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_` and must not + begin with a digit. + * They must contain at least one `.` (period) character (and thus at least two elements). + * They must not begin with a `.` (period) character. + * They must not exceed 255 characters in length. + +(This makes their format identical to D-Bus interface names, for consistency.) + + %TRUE if @collection_id is a valid collection ID, %FALSE if it is invalid + or %NULL + + + + + A collection ID + + + + + + + %TRUE if @remote_name is a valid remote name + + + + + A remote name + + + + + + + %TRUE if @rev is a valid ref string + + + + + A revision string + + + + + + + %TRUE if @checksum is a valid ASCII SHA256 checksum + + + + + an ASCII string + + + + + + Use this to validate the basic structure of @commit, independent of +any other objects it references. + + %TRUE if @commit is structurally valid + + + + + A commit object, %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMIT + + + + + + + %TRUE if @checksum is a valid binary SHA256 checksum + + + + + a #GVariant of type "ay" + + + + + + Use this to validate the basic structure of @dirmeta. + + %TRUE if @dirmeta is structurally valid + + + + + A dirmeta object, %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_DIR_META + + + + + + Use this to validate the basic structure of @dirtree, independent of +any other objects it references. + + %TRUE if @dirtree is structurally valid + + + + + A dirtree object, %OSTREE_OBJECT_TYPE_DIR_TREE + + + + + + + %TRUE if @mode represents a valid file type and permissions + + + + + A Unix filesystem mode + + + + + + + %TRUE if @objtype represents a valid object type + + + + + + + + + +